Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 11, 2019.

 

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2836   47-3048279

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

65 Hayden Avenue

Lexington, MA 02421

(617) 674-9000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Alison Lawton

Chief Executive Officer

65 Hayden Avenue

Lexington, MA 02421

(617) 674-9000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

 

Kingsley L. Taft

Laurie A. Burlingame

Goodwin Procter LLP

100 Northern Ave.

Boston, MA 02210

(617) 570-1000

  

Peter N. Handrinos

Wesley C. Holmes

Latham & Watkins LLP

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, MA 02116

(617) 948-6000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large Accelerated Filer      Accelerated Filer  
Non-Accelerated Filer      Smaller Reporting Company  
     Emerging Growth Company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each Class of Securities

to be Registered

  

Proposed

Maximum Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

  

Amount of

Registration Fee (3)

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

   $100,000,000    $12,120

 

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters may purchase pursuant to an option to purchase additional shares.

(3)

Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 11, 2019

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                Shares

 

 

LOGO

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.

Common Stock

We are offering                  shares of our common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $        and $        per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “KLDO.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under U.S. federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Initial Public Offering Price

   $                    $                

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions (1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $    

 

  (1)

See “Underwriting” beginning on page 207 of this prospectus for additional information regarding total underwriter compensation.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of up to 30 days to purchase up to             additional shares of our common stock.

Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about                 , 2019.

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC   J.P. MORGAN   MORGAN STANLEY

Lead Manager

CANACCORD GENUITY

Prospectus dated                 , 2019


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     12  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     81  

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

     83  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     84  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     85  

CAPITALIZATION

     86  

DILUTION

     88  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     90  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     92  

BUSINESS

     111  

MANAGEMENT

     166  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     176  

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     185  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     187  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     192  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     195  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     201  

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     203  

UNDERWRITING

     207  

LEGAL MATTERS

     216  

EXPERTS

     216  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     216  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may provide you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.

 

(i)


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to the “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. together with its consolidated subsidiaries. In this prospectus, we use the following defined terms:

“Clinical trials” is used to refer to clinical studies conducted in humans with our product candidates under an effective Investigational New Drug Application, or IND.

“Non-IND human clinical studies” is used to refer to clinical studies conducted in humans with our product candidates under regulations supporting research with food (prior to electing whether to develop a product candidate as a drug or a non-drug, and prior to filing an IND for such a product candidate). We have determined that our initial product candidates are safe for non-IND human clinical studies based on initial safety assessments conducted by qualified experts from third-party scientific consulting organizations and because they are related to a class of compounds that is “Generally Recognized as Safe,” or GRAS, based on their history of safe human exposure when utilized for particular uses as food substances. This regulatory class of food substances does not need to be evaluated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration’s, or FDA’s, Office of Food Additive Safety prior to human use in food safety and tolerability studies. Our determination that our initial product candidates are safe for non-IND human clinical studies applies in the context of food, unless it is considered by the FDA as acceptable to support safety used in the context of an IND and future approval.

“Therapeutic” is used to refer only to a drug product.

“Therapy,” including the use of therapy in the term Microbiome Metabolic Therapies, or MMTs, is used to refer to a drug product or non-drug product (e.g., food products, medical food products).

Overview

We are a clinical-stage healthcare company with a differentiated, chemistry-driven approach focused on leveraging the potential of the microbiome organ to treat disease and improve human health. We have built a human-centric proprietary product platform for discovery and development that we believe will enable the rapid advancement of a broad portfolio of novel product candidates into non-IND human clinical studies under regulations supporting research with food. Our product candidates are Microbiome Metabolic Therapies, or MMTs, which are designed to modulate the metabolic output and profile of the microbiome by driving the function and distribution of the organ’s existing microbes. We have an industrialized approach to the discovery and development of MMTs, and our initial MMTs are targeted glycans. Each targeted glycan is an ensemble of complex carbohydrates that is intended to modulate microbial metabolism to drive a specific biological response. We believe our MMTs have the potential to be novel treatments across a variety of diseases and conditions.

The human microbiome is generally a community of more than 30 trillion microbes, organisms that include bacteria, viruses, archaea and fungi, which reside on and inside the human body. By evolving together over thousands of years, microbes and humans have developed an intricate and mutually beneficial relationship. Given the profound impact that microbes have on human health, this highly complex microbial ecosystem has been referred to as a “newly discovered organ.” There is a growing body of research that links a healthy microbiome with overall human health, while dysbiosis, or imbalance, in the microbiome has been correlated with numerous human conditions, including those that can cause significant morbidity and mortality. Some of these conditions include irritable bowel



 

1


Table of Contents

syndrome, Parkinson’s disease, diabetes, metabolic syndrome, cancer, allergies and ulcerative colitis. The microbiome organ remains a largely untapped frontier in healthcare, and we believe that we are uniquely positioned to succeed in translating its promise into solutions for human health.

We have developed proprietary synthetic chemistry technologies that allow us to create our MMT candidates. We believe that the key characteristics of our MMT candidates include the following:

 

   

Orally administered — Our MMT candidates are highly soluble and can therefore be orally administered.

 

   

Limited systemic exposure — Our MMT candidates have been observed to have limited systemic exposure after oral administration, minimizing off-target biological effects.

 

   

Selectively metabolized — We design MMT candidates that are selectively metabolized by enzymes in the microbiome to stimulate responses that ultimately reshape the microbiome’s function, composition and metabolic output.

 

   

Structurally diverse — Our MMT candidates are not a single, structurally-defined molecule, but rather an ensemble of molecules with a variety of structures. This structural complexity generally differentiates MMTs from any individual dietary fiber, and we believe that this is the primary factor for their differentiated microbiome activity.

 

   

Readily scalable — Our MMT candidates are produced using proprietary, standard small molecule unit operations. These methods are scalable and cost-effective.

 

   

Novel and proprietary — Our MMT candidates are protected by what we believe to be a robust intellectual property portfolio, including by composition of matter and method of use patents.

We believe that each of our MMT candidates work through one or more mechanisms of action, including decreasing production of metabolites, such as ammonia, trimethylamine and indole generated by bacteria in the microbiome; increasing production of metabolites, such as short chain fatty acids generated by bacteria in the microbiome; and advantaging or disadvantaging certain existing species in the microbiome community.

Utilizing our proprietary product platform, we have created a library of more than 1,000 MMT candidates to probe the structure-activity relationships of our MMTs and the microbiome organ. Our MMT library is rapidly growing as we continue to invest in techniques and technologies for chemical synthesis. Our MMT candidates and proprietary product platform are protected by our robust intellectual property portfolio, with eight U.S. patents, two European Patent Office, or EPO, patents and more than 100 non-provisional applications pending worldwide.

We evaluate our MMT candidates using a human-centric approach to discovery and development. Our approach is human-centric because we conduct the vast majority of our research either using human biological samples or directly in humans, rather than working in animal models and animals or other human proxy environments (e.g. target-based assays). In less than one year, we advanced our lead program from a mechanistic hypothesis to dosing in non-IND human clinical studies. Furthermore, we plan to initiate our first Phase 2 clinical trial under an IND, if cleared, approximately two years after conducting our first ex vivo screening. We believe this approach is more cost efficient than traditional drug development from the discovery stage to the commencement of a Phase 2 clinical trial. Since our founding in 2015, we have been able to develop a broad pipeline of product candidates that target multiple diseases and conditions while spending less than $75.0 million in cash through September 30, 2018.

Our proprietary product platform includes ex vivo screening of microbiome samples from healthy volunteers, ex vivo testing of patient microbiome samples and rapid advancement of our MMT candidates into non-IND human clinical studies. Our ex vivo screening process combines advances in drug discovery with microbiome science. This screening process is designed to measure the impact of



 

2


Table of Contents

MMT candidates on a variety of endpoints in microbiome samples from healthy volunteers. We use this process to screen for modulation of bacterial metabolites, bacterial growth and community composition. Once we have selected a subset of MMT candidates from our library as promising leads for a particular program, we begin to conduct ex vivo testing of these MMTs using patient microbiome samples. This testing helps to inform our MMT candidate selection and we believe increases the likelihood of choosing a product candidate with in vivo effects.

We advance our initial MMT candidates rapidly into non-IND human clinical studies under regulations supporting research with food. This enables us to gain valuable insights into our MMT candidates’ effects on the microbiome and human health before choosing to allocate additional time and capital to either proceed to develop a drug product candidate under an IND, if cleared, or commercialize a non-drug product. We plan to determine the best development path for each of our MMT candidates at an “MMT decision point” after conducting one or more non-IND human clinical studies. We plan to make our decision about which development path to pursue based on the results of our non-IND human clinical studies, in conjunction with our research into market opportunities and patient needs and our corporate strategy.

In our non-IND human clinical studies, we are able to measure safety, tolerability and potential markers of effect, which allows us to assess the potential use of our MMT candidates in humans. To date, we have conducted seven non-IND human clinical studies with our MMT candidates, and we intend to initiate Phase 2 clinical trials for our two lead programs in the first half of 2019 and the first quarter of 2020, respectively.

Data generated by our industrialized ex vivo screening, ex vivo testing and non-IND human clinical studies are captured in a database to support our computational capabilities and to improve our understanding of how the microbiome and humans interact. We have built and continue to invest in strengthening our significant capabilities in computational biology and data science that we believe will enable us to learn quickly from the human data we collect. We believe this knowledge supports our current MMT candidates and future pipeline opportunities.

The following chart summarizes our current pipeline:

LOGO



 

3


Table of Contents

Our initial programs target hyperammonemia, a metabolic condition generally characterized by elevated levels of ammonia in the blood. Our hyperammonemia programs are focused on two specific diseases, urea cycle disorders, or UCD, and hepatic encephalopathy, or HE. UCD is a serious and life-threatening, inherited, rare genetic disease arising from congenital mutations that affect the enzymes of the urea cycle, resulting in an impaired ability to process ammonia. HE is a spectrum of neurological and psychiatric abnormalities generally seen in patients with liver failure.

We have selected KB195 as our lead product candidate for development in the potential treatment of hyperammonemia in patients with UCD. We have conducted a non-IND human clinical study with KB195 in healthy volunteers and have initiated a non-IND human clinical study in UCD patients. We have also filed an IND that, if cleared, will enable us to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial in the first half of 2019 for KB195 in UCD.

We are evaluating both KB195 and KB174 for HE. For KB195, data from our hyperammonemia program in UCD will inform our decision as to whether to develop KB195 in HE. For KB174, we plan to initiate a non-IND human clinical study in the first half of 2019 to support our HE program. We plan to advance one of these two MMT candidates into a Phase 2 clinical trial for HE under an IND, if the IND is cleared, in the first quarter of 2020.

We have selected KB109 as our lead product candidate for development in the potential treatment of infections caused by multi-drug resistant bacteria in high risk patients. We plan to initiate a non-IND human clinical study with KB109 to support this program in the first half of 2019. We are also developing potential MMT candidates to address chronic kidney disease, atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease and drug or disease-induced diarrhea. We are conducting ongoing ex vivo screening and testing in these areas and, for drug and disease-induced diarrhea, we have identified a potential MMT candidate and commenced a non-IND human clinical study while also continuing to evaluate additional MMT candidates. For the remaining programs, we have not yet identified specific MMT candidates. In addition, we have several active programs in discovery, including work ongoing in diabetes, immuno-oncology, inflammation and infant health. Correlative data has been published for each of these areas, suggesting that the microbiome plays a critical role, and our discovery efforts are largely focused on either establishing a mechanistic hypothesis or establishing and optimizing an ex vivo screen to address these opportunities.

We have assembled a world-class leadership team that combines significant scientific, clinical and business experience. Our leaders have pioneered treatments and helped guide life science companies through periods of significant growth. Our management team is led by our Chief Executive Officer, Alison Lawton. Ms. Lawton spent more than 20 years in various positions of increasing responsibility at Genzyme and subsequently as part of Sanofi, including overseeing global market access and regulatory affairs. She also served as senior vice president and general manager of Genzyme Biosurgery. Michael Bonney serves as our Executive Chair and previously served as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Bonney previously served as chief executive officer and director at Cubist Pharmaceuticals and led it to become the world’s leading antibiotic company until its acquisition by Merck in 2015 for $9.5 billion. Joshua Brumm, our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, was previously chief operating officer and chief financial officer at Versartis and chief financial officer at ZELTIQ, leading both companies’ initial public offerings. Mr. Brumm also served as executive vice president of finance at Pharmacyclics and has raised over $800 million in capital over his career. Katharine Knobil, M.D., serves as our Chief Medical Officer and Head of Research and Development. Dr. Knobil spent more than 20 years in various positions of increasing responsibility at GlaxoSmithKline, or GSK, including, most recently, Chief Medical Officer. Previously, she served as Chief Medical Officer for Pharmaceuticals at GSK and Senior Vice President of Value Evidence and Outcomes.



 

4


Table of Contents

We were created in Flagship Labs, the institutional innovation foundry of Flagship Pioneering. Starting in 2007, at a time when the field of the human microbiome was in its infancy, Flagship began applying its process for pioneering to explore the unique biology of the trillions of microbes living on and in the human body.

Prior to our founding in 2015, Flagship Labs’ innovators and entrepreneurs Drs. Geoffrey von Maltzahn, Brian Baynes and Noubar Afeyan started exploring whether novel compounds could modulate the metabolic output and profile of the microbiome. These explorations spanned the effects that novel compounds, diet and other biological factors have on the microbiome and led to the discovery that novel compounds could dramatically change the metabolism of the microbiome. With this discovery, the exploration broadened with the goal of building the first food and drug discovery and development platform to target the microbiome.

Our strategy

We are driven by our mission to lead a revolution in health by leveraging the microbiome to potentially treat a broad range of diseases and conditions. Key elements of our strategy are to:

 

   

Harness the insights and data generated through our human-centric proprietary product platform to efficiently and rapidly advance a pipeline of MMTs that addresses needs across the healthcare continuum. We are applying our rapid and cost-effective development approach to advance and expand our pipeline, including conducting non-IND human clinical studies, which we believe gives us an advantage in both speed and cost as compared to traditional drug development from the discovery stage to the commencement of a Phase 2 clinical trial. We plan to continue to build a sufficiently broad range of future pipeline opportunities that we believe will allow us to advance one to two MMT candidates per year into the drug development pathway under an IND. We believe this approach will also result in the identification of MMT candidates to pursue for non-drug development pathways for commercialization, including commercializing our non-drug MMT products ourselves or partnering with established nutrition, medical food, or consumer health companies to commercialize these products.

 

   

Leverage our differentiated approach, knowledge and unique expertise to lead efforts to expand the scientific understanding of the microbiome and its impact on human health. We believe that we are well positioned to rapidly advance our understanding about human-microbiome interactions and use that knowledge in pursuit of our mission. Further, we believe our computational capabilities and differentiated approach, along with the expertise of our senior management, will further establish our leadership position in this emerging field.

 

   

Selectively enter into strategic collaborations to maximize the value of our platform and pipeline. Given our potential to generate novel product candidates that could address a wide variety of diseases and conditions, we may enter into strategic collaborations around certain targets, product candidates or disease areas that we believe could benefit from the resources of companies that specialize in these areas.

 

   

Further strengthen and expand our intellectual property portfolio. We believe we have a robust intellectual property portfolio to support our programs, with eight U.S. patents, two EPO patents and more than 100 non-provisional applications pending worldwide, including composition of matter and method of use patents. We also rely on trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position. We intend to further strengthen and expand our intellectual property portfolio to protect our proprietary product platform and product candidates.



 

5


Table of Contents
   

Foster a differentiated culture that supports engagement in our business and helps us attract and retain dedicated, passionate and talented employees. We believe that our people and our passion are our greatest strengths, and we are building a culture that is centered on creative thinking, collaboration and working with urgency in the pursuit of developing potential treatments and products to transform lives.

Risks associated with our business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus immediately following the prospectus summary. These risks include the following:

 

   

Regulatory requirements for development of our MMT candidates as drugs and non-drugs are uncertain and evolving. Changes in these laws, including our ability to conduct non-IND human clinical studies, or the current interpretation or application of these laws would have a significant adverse impact on our ability to develop and commercialize our products. Some of these risks include that the FDA may require that we conduct additional preclinical studies before proceeding to clinical trials, determine that our product candidates cannot be marketed as conventional foods or medical foods, or disagree with our determination that our product candidates may be studied in human clinical studies without an effective IND.

 

   

We have incurred net losses in every year since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses in the future.

 

   

We will require additional capital to fund our operations and if we fail to obtain necessary financing, we will not be able to complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

 

   

We have a limited operating history, which may make it difficult to evaluate our technology and product development capabilities and predict our future performance.

 

   

MMTs are a novel approach and negative perception of any product candidates that we develop could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business, obtain regulatory approvals or identify alternate regulatory pathways to market for such product candidates.

 

   

All of our initial product candidates, including those targeting UCD and HE, will require significant additional preclinical and clinical development before we can seek regulatory approval for and launch products commercially.

 

   

Clinical development is a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of any product candidates.

For additional information about the risks we face, please see the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors.”

Corporate history

We were incorporated in January 2015 under the laws of the state of Delaware under the name VL32, Inc. Our name was changed to Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. in November 2015. Our principal executive offices are located at 65 Hayden Avenue, Lexington, MA 02421, and our phone number is (617) 674-9000. Our website address is https://www.kaleido.com. The information contained in or accessible from our website is not incorporated into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.



 

6


Table of Contents

We own various U.S. federal trademark applications and unregistered trademarks, including our company name and our logo. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the symbols ® and ™, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.

Implications of being an emerging growth company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier to occur of (1) the last day of 2023, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, which means the market value of our equity securities that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th and (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and as a result of this election, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We may take advantage of these exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of an offering or such earlier time that it is no longer an “emerging growth company.”



 

7


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

             shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares offered by us

             shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering of approximately $        million, or $        million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, (i) to advance our programs in hyperammonemia through Phase 2 clinical trials including related CMC and clinical trial material requirements; (ii) to advance our pipeline outside of hyperammonemia, related product development, third-party costs and manufacturing for associated preclinical study, non-IND human clinical study and clinical trial materials; (iii) to advance our proprietary product platform and discovery efforts; and (iv) for working capital and other general corporate purposes. For a more complete description of our intended use of the proceeds from this offering, see “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

You should carefully read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Select Market symbol

“KLDO”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 12,231,094 shares of our common stock (which includes 657,250 issued but unvested shares of restricted common stock subject to repurchase) outstanding as of December 31, 2018, and gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 37,034,802 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering, and excludes:

 

   

137,030 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock that will become warrants to purchase common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.92 per share;

 

   

13,372,522 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2018 under our 2015 Stock Incentive Plan, or our 2015 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.75 per share;



 

8


Table of Contents
   

1,981 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of December 31, 2018 under our 2015 Plan, which will cease to be available for issuance at the time that our 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or our 2019 Plan, becomes effective;

 

   

             shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2019 Plan upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; and

 

   

             shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our 2019 ESPP, upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects or assumes the following:

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated by-laws in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

   

the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 37,034,802 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering;

 

   

the outstanding warrants to purchase our convertible preferred stock becoming warrants to purchase an aggregate of 137,030 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding options after December 31, 2018;

 

   

a one-for-                reverse split of our common stock effected on                 , 2019; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock in this offering.



 

9


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

You should read the following summary consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2018 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2018 or any other period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2016     2017     2017     2018  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

        

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 7,863     $ 20,992     $ 13,513     $ 26,854  

General and administrative

     1,573       6,038       3,578       13,024  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     9,436       27,030       17,091       39,878  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (9,436     (27,030     (17,091     (39,878
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

     —         32       —         716  

Interest expense

     (141     (435     (196     (745

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (106     (109     (110     (405

Other expense

     (2     (17     (10     (202
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (249     (529     (316     (636
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (9,685   $ (27,559   $ (17,407   $ (40,514
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share – basic and diluted (1)

   $ (1.29   $ (3.08   $ (1.97   $ (4.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares used in computing net loss per share – basic and diluted (1)

     7,504,021       8,939,232       8,856,149       9,862,365  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share – basic and diluted (1)

     $ (0.82     $ (0.92
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share – basic and diluted  (1)

       33,399,397         43,667,240  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)

See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share and the calculation of basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share.



 

10


Table of Contents
     As of September 30, 2018  
     Actual     Pro Forma  (1)      Pro Forma
As
Adjusted  (2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 92,550     $ 92,550      $                

Working capital (3)

     85,177       85,177     

Total assets

     100,203       100,203     

Long term debt—net of unamortized debt discount

     14,815       14,815     

Warrant liability

     700       —       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     153,224       —       

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (78,022     75,902     

 

(1)

The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 37,034,802 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and (ii) all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock becoming warrants to purchase shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data give further effect to our issuance and sale of                  shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $        per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $        million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and stockholders’ equity by approximately $        million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.



 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations.

Risks related to our business, technology and industry

We have incurred net losses in every year since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses in the future.

We are a clinical stage healthcare company with a limited operating history. Investment in product development in the healthcare industry, including of biopharmaceutical products, is highly speculative because it entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that any potential product candidate will fail to demonstrate adequate effect or an acceptable safety profile, gain regulatory approval and become commercially viable. Our lead product candidates are currently in clinical development. We have no products approved for commercial sale, and have not generated any revenue from product sales to date, and we continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations. As a result, we are not profitable and have incurred losses in each period since our inception in 2015. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018, we reported net losses of $9.7 million, $27.6 million and $40.5 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $85.0 million. We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase as we continue our research and development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our product candidates. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if, and as, we:

 

   

Conduct preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates;

 

   

further develop our proprietary product platform;

 

   

continue to discover and develop additional product candidates;

 

   

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

hire or contract additional clinical, scientific, manufacturing and commercial personnel to support our product development and commercialization efforts;

 

   

validate a manufacturing process and specifications for our product candidates;

 

   

establish in-house manufacturing capabilities for research and non-IND human clinical studies;

 

   

establish a commercial manufacturing source and secure supply chain capacity sufficient to provide preclinical study material, non-IND human clinical study material, clinical trial material and commercial quantities of any product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval;

 

   

acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;

 

   

seek various non-drug product pathways and drug regulatory authorizations;

 

   

establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or identify an alternate regulatory pathway to market; and

 

12


Table of Contents
   

add operational, compliance, financial and management information systems and personnel to support our transition to a public company.

To become and remain profitable, we or any potential future collaborator must develop and eventually commercialize products with significant market potential at an adequate profit margin after cost of goods sold and other expenses. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including completing preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials, obtaining marketing approval or identifying alternate regulatory pathways for product candidates, manufacturing, marketing and selling products for which we may obtain marketing approval or successfully identify alternate regulatory pathways and satisfying any post-marketing requirements. We may never succeed in any or all of these activities and, even if we do, we may never generate revenue that is significant enough to achieve profitability. If we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, maintain our research and development efforts, expand our business or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company also could cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Even if we succeed in commercializing one or more of our product candidates, we will continue to incur substantial research and development and other expenditures to develop and market additional product candidates. We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and our ability to generate revenue. Our prior losses and expected future losses have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital.

We will require additional capital to fund our operations and if we fail to obtain necessary financing, we will not be able to complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. We expect to continue to spend substantial amounts to conduct further research and development, preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials of our current and future programs, to validate the manufacturing process and specifications for our product candidates, to seek regulatory approvals for or identify alternate regulatory pathways to market for our product candidates and to launch and commercialize any products for which we receive regulatory approval or identify an alternate regulatory pathway to market, including potentially building our own commercial organization. As of December 31, 2018, we had $76.1 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand. Based on our current operating plan, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses, capital expenditure requirements and debt service obligations through                 . However, our future capital requirements and the period for which our existing resources will support our operations may vary significantly from what we expect, and we will in any event require additional capital in order to complete clinical development of any of our current product candidates. Our monthly spending levels will vary based on new and ongoing development and corporate activities. Because the length of time and activities associated with development of our product candidates is highly uncertain, we are unable to estimate the actual funds we will require for development and any approved marketing and commercialization activities. Our future funding requirements, both near and long-term, will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates and any need to conduct additional such studies as may be required by a regulator;

 

   

the clinical development plans we establish for these product candidates;

 

13


Table of Contents
   

further development of our proprietary product platform and supporting infrastructure;

 

   

the number and characteristics of product candidates that we develop or may in-license;

 

   

the terms of any collaboration agreements we may choose to initiate or conclude;

 

   

the outcome, timing and cost of meeting regulatory requirements established by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

 

   

the effect of changes in regulation or policy relating to the development and commercialization of our product candidates by the FDA, the EMA, and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

 

   

the costs of establishing, maintaining, and overseeing a quality system compliant with current good manufacturing practice requirements, or cGMPs, and a supply chain for the development and manufacture of our product candidates;

 

   

the cost of defending intellectual property disputes, including patent infringement actions brought by third parties against us, our product candidates or our proprietary product platform;

 

   

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

 

   

the cost and timing of establishing, expanding and scaling manufacturing capabilities; and

 

   

the cost of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for any product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval or identify alternate regulatory pathways in regions where we choose to commercialize our products on our own.

We do not have any committed external source of funds or other support for our development efforts and we cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Until we can generate sufficient product or royalty revenue to finance our cash requirements, which we may never do, we expect to finance our future cash needs through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, licensing arrangements and other marketing or distribution arrangements. If we raise additional funds through public or private equity offerings, the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect our stockholders’ rights. Further, to the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, we would be subject to fixed payment obligations and may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, declaring dividends or acquiring or licensing intellectual property rights. If we raise additional capital through marketing and distribution arrangements or other collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish certain valuable rights to our product candidates, technologies, future revenue streams or research programs or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. We also could be required to seek collaborators for one or more of our current or future product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable or relinquish our rights to product candidates or technologies that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more of our products or product candidates or one or more of our other research and development initiatives. Any of the above events could significantly harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

14


Table of Contents

We have a limited operating history, which may make it difficult to evaluate our technology and product development capabilities and predict our future performance.

We are early in our development efforts and we have not initiated therapeutic clinical trials for any of our product candidates for therapeutic indications. Similarly, we have not elected a product candidate to develop as a non-drug product such as a food or medical food. We were formed in 2015, have no products approved for commercial sale or marketed via other regulatory pathways (e.g., non-drug products) and have not generated any revenue from product sales. Our ability to generate product revenue or profits, which we do not expect will occur for many years, if ever, will depend on the successful development and eventual commercialization of our product candidates, which may never occur. We may never be able to develop or commercialize a marketable product.

Our current and future therapeutics programs and product candidates require additional discovery research, preclinical development, clinical development, regulatory approval in multiple jurisdictions or identification of alternate regulatory pathways to market, manufacturing validation, obtaining manufacturing supply, capacity and expertise, building of a commercial and distribution organization, substantial investment and significant marketing efforts before we generate any revenue from product sales. Our non-therapeutic programs require additional discovery research, preclinical development and non-IND human clinical studies. In addition, our drug product candidates must be approved for marketing by the FDA or certain other health regulatory agencies, including the EMA, or we must secure alternate non-therapeutic regulatory pathways to market our non-therapeutic product candidates before we may commercialize any product in the respective jurisdictions.

Our limited operating history may make it difficult to evaluate our technology and industry and predict our future performance. Our short history as an operating company makes any assessment of our future success or viability subject to significant uncertainty. We will encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by early-stage companies in evolving fields. If we do not address these risks successfully, our business will suffer. Similarly, we expect that our financial condition and operating results will fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. As a result, our stockholders should not rely upon the results of any quarterly or annual period as an indicator of future operating performance.

In addition, as an early-stage company, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown circumstances. As we advance our product candidates, we will need to transition from a company with a research focus to a company capable of supporting clinical development and if successful, commercial activities. We may not be successful in such a transition.

Microbiome Metabolic Therapies, or MMTs, are a novel approach and negative perception of any product candidates that we develop could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business, obtain regulatory approvals or identify alternate regulatory pathways to market for such product candidates.

Microbiome therapies and therapy candidates in general, and our MMT candidates in particular, are a relatively new and novel approach. In the United States and the European Union, no products to date have been approved specifically demonstrating an impact on the microbiome as part of their therapeutic effect. MMTs and microbiome therapies in general may not be successfully developed or commercialized or gain the acceptance of the public or the medical community. Our success will depend upon physicians who specialize in the treatment of diseases targeted by our product candidates that we pursue as drugs, prescribing potential treatments that involve the use of our product candidates in lieu of, or in addition to, existing treatments with which they are more familiar and for which greater clinical data may be available. Our access will also depend on consumer acceptance

 

15


Table of Contents

and adoption of our products that we commercialize. Adverse events in non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates or in clinical trials of others developing similar products and the resulting publicity, as well as any other adverse events in the field of the microbiome, could result in a decrease in demand for any product that we may develop. In addition, responses by the U.S., state or foreign governments to negative public perception or ethical concerns may result in new legislation or regulations that could limit our ability to develop or commercialize any product candidates, obtain or maintain regulatory approval, identify alternate regulatory pathways to market or otherwise achieve profitability. More restrictive statutory regimes, government regulations or negative public opinion would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and may delay or impair the development and commercialization of our product candidates or demand for any products we may develop.

All of our initial product candidates, including those targeting urea cycle disorders, or UCD, and hepatic encephalopathy, or HE, will require significant additional preclinical and clinical development before we can seek regulatory approval for and launch a therapeutic product commercially.

Our business and future success depends on our ability to obtain regulatory approval of and then successfully launch and commercialize our initial product candidates, including those targeting UCD or HE. We have filed an Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, for our initial therapeutic product candidate, which, if cleared by the FDA, will allow for the commencement of clinical trials for therapeutic applications. However, our clinical trials may experience preliminary complications in trial execution, such as complexities surrounding regulatory clearance of our IND, the need for additional preclinical data to support allowance for our IND, the need for additional preclinical data to support authorization to proceed under our IND, trial design and establishing trial protocols, bioanalytical assay method development, dose level and regimen selection, patient recruitment and enrollment, quality and supply of clinical doses or safety issues.

All of our initial product candidates are in the early stages of development and will require significant additional preclinical and clinical development, regulatory review and approval in multiple jurisdictions or identification of alternate non-therapeutic regulatory pathways, substantial investment, access to sufficient validated and cGMP compliant commercial manufacturing capacity and significant marketing efforts before we can generate any revenue from product sales. In addition, because KB195 is our most advanced product candidate, if KB195 encounters safety, efficacy, supply or manufacturing problems, developmental delays, regulatory or commercialization issues or other problems, our development plans, including for other product candidates, and business would be significantly harmed.

The successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain.

Successful development of product candidates is highly uncertain and is dependent on numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control. Product candidates that appear promising in the early phases of development may fail to reach the market for several reasons, including:

 

   

preclinical or non-IND human clinical study results may show our product candidates to be less effective than desired or to have harmful or problematic side effects or toxicities;

 

   

clinical trial results may show our therapeutic product candidates to be less effective than expected (e.g., a clinical trial could fail to meet its primary endpoint(s)) or to have unacceptable side effects or toxicities;

 

   

failure to execute the non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials caused by slow enrollment in non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials, patients dropping out of clinical trials or volunteers dropping out of non-IND human clinical studies, length of time to

 

16


Table of Contents
 

achieve clinical trial endpoints, additional time requirements for data analysis, inability to validate the manufacturing process or to achieve cGMP compliance for our product candidates or inability to identify a suitable bioanalytical assay method agreeable to our regulators;

 

   

failure to receive the necessary regulatory approvals or a delay in receiving such approvals for, including but not limited to, a new drug application, or NDA, delays in NDA preparation, a new dietary ingredient notification, discussions with the FDA, responding to an FDA request for additional preclinical or clinical data or unexpected safety or manufacturing issues;

 

   

manufacturing costs, formulation issues, manufacturing deficiencies or other factors that make our product candidates uneconomical; and

 

   

proprietary rights of others and their competing products and technologies that may prevent our product candidates from being commercialized.

The length of time necessary to complete clinical trials and to submit an application for marketing approval of a drug product candidate for a final decision by a regulatory authority may be difficult to predict for our therapeutic product candidates, in large part because of their limited regulatory history.

Even if we are successful in obtaining market approval for drug products, commercial success of any approved therapeutic products will also depend in large part on marketing acceptance, the availability of insurance coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, including government payors, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs, and managed care organizations, which may be affected by existing and future healthcare reform measures designed to reduce the cost of healthcare. Third-party payors could require us to conduct additional studies, including post-marketing studies related to the cost-effectiveness of a product, to qualify for reimbursement, which could be costly and divert our resources. If government and other healthcare payors were not to provide adequate insurance coverage and reimbursement levels for one any of our drug products once approved, market acceptance and commercial success would be reduced.

In addition, if any of our drug product candidates is approved for marketing, we will be subject to significant regulatory obligations regarding the submission of safety and other post-marketing information and reports and registration. If approved, our drug products would be subject to restrictions on our products’ labels and other conditions of regulatory approval that may limit our ability to market our products for therapeutic indications. We will also need to comply (and ensure that our third-party contractors comply) with current cGMPs and Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, as we (and our third-party contractors) will be required to comply with cGMPs for products used in our clinical trials for therapeutic indications for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval with current cGMPs for either drug or non-drug candidates. In addition, we will need to comply with GCPs for any therapeutic indications we develop for approval and for any additional therapeutic indications we develop after approval of our first drug candidate. In addition, there is always the risk that we or a regulatory authority might identify previously unknown problems with a drug product post-approval, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency. Compliance with these requirements is costly and any failure to comply or other issues with our product candidates’ post-approval could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Clinical development is a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of any product candidates.

To obtain the requisite regulatory approvals to commercialize any product candidates for therapeutic uses, we must demonstrate through extensive preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials that our product candidates are safe and effective in humans for their

 

17


Table of Contents

intended use. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. We may be unable to establish clinical endpoints, dose levels and regimens or bioanalytical assay methods that applicable regulatory authorities would consider clinically meaningful, and a clinical trial can fail at any stage of testing. The outcome of preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials, and interim results of these studies or trials do not necessarily predict final results. Differences in trial design between early-stage clinical trials and later-stage clinical trials make it difficult to extrapolate the results of earlier clinical trials to later clinical trials. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their product candidates.

Successful completion of clinical trials is a prerequisite to submitting an NDA to the FDA, a Marketing Authorization Application to the EMA, and similar marketing applications to comparable foreign regulatory authorities, for each product candidate for therapeutic indications and, consequently, the ultimate approval and commercial marketing of any product candidates for therapeutic indications. We do not know whether any of our clinical trials will begin or be completed on schedule, if at all.

We may experience delays in completing our preclinical studies and initiating or completing non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials. We also may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, any future non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials that we could conduct that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize our product candidates, including:

 

   

we may be unable to generate sufficient preclinical, toxicology, or other in vivo or in vitro data to support the initiation of clinical trials for therapeutic indications or the marketing of our products as non-drug products;

 

   

regulators or institutional review boards, or IRBs, or ethics committees may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

 

   

we may experience delays in reaching, or fail to reach, agreement on acceptable terms with prospective trial sites and prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

   

clinical trials of any product candidates may fail to show safety, purity or potency, or produce negative or inconclusive results and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials or we may decide to abandon product development programs;

 

   

the number of patients required for clinical trials of any product candidates may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or participants may drop out of these clinical trials or fail to return for post-treatment follow-up at a higher rate than we anticipate;

 

   

we may need to add new or additional clinical trial sites;

 

   

our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all, or may deviate from the clinical trial protocol or drop out of the trial, which may require that we add new clinical trial sites or investigators;

 

   

the cost of preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials of any product candidates may be more than we anticipate or more than our available financial resources;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate and may not achieve compliance with applicable cGMPs;

 

   

our product candidates may have undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics, causing us or our investigators, regulators or IRBs or ethics committees to suspend or terminate non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials, or reports may arise from preclinical or clinical testing of our product candidates that raise safety or efficacy concerns about our product candidates;

 

   

preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials of our product candidates may produce negative or inconclusive results, which may result in our deciding, or regulators requiring us, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon product development programs; and

 

   

the FDA or other regulatory authorities may disagree with the design, implementation or results of our non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials, or require us to submit additional data such as long-term toxicology studies or impose other requirements before permitting us to initiate a clinical trial.

We could also encounter delays if a preclinical study, non-IND human clinical study or clinical trial is suspended or terminated for any reason. A suspension or termination may be imposed due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a product or treatment, failure to establish or achieve clinically meaningful trial endpoints, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. Many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates for therapeutic indications. Further, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may disagree with our clinical trial design and our interpretation of data from clinical trials, or may change the requirements for approval even after they have reviewed and commented on the design for our preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials.

Our product development costs will increase if we experience delays in clinical testing or marketing approvals. We do not know whether any of our preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Significant preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates and may allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, potentially impairing our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and harming our business and results of operations. Any delays in our preclinical or future clinical development programs may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Our planned clinical trials or those of our future collaborators may reveal significant adverse events not seen in our preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies or other clinical trials and may result in a safety profile that could inhibit regulatory approval or market acceptance of any of our product candidates.

Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of any products for therapeutic indications, we must demonstrate through lengthy, complex and expensive preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials that our product candidates are both safe and effective for use in each target indication. Preclinical and clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to

 

19


Table of Contents

complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the preclinical or clinical trial process. The results of preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies as well as early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. In addition, initial success in clinical trials may not be indicative of results obtained when such clinical trials are completed. There is typically an extremely high rate of attrition from the failure of product candidates proceeding through clinical trials. We believe that our product candidates for therapeutic indications will be well tolerated by participants in our clinical trials, but we are not certain that we will be able to dose trial participants at a high enough dose that will demonstrate efficacy without unacceptable safety risk. We believe that our product candidates have limited systemic exposure after oral administration but if the product candidates we use in our clinical trials are absorbed by the body, participants may suffer adverse effects. There is also a concern that the microbiome will re-configure itself, leading to a limited time window of effectiveness and subsequent tolerability of our product candidates or unanticipated short or long-term effects.

Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials also may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy profile despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the healthcare industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or unacceptable safety issues, notwithstanding promising results in earlier clinical trials. Most product candidates that commence clinical trials are never approved as products for therapeutic indications and there can be no assurance that any of our current or future clinical trials will ultimately be successful or support further clinical development of any of our product candidates.

If significant adverse events or other side effects are observed in any of our current or future clinical trials, we may have difficulty recruiting patients to our clinical trials, patients may drop out of our clinical trials or we may be required to significantly redesign or abandon trials or our development efforts of one or more product candidates altogether. We, the FDA or other applicable regulatory authorities or an IRB may suspend clinical trials of a product candidate at any time for various reasons, including a belief that patients in such trials are being exposed to unacceptable health risks or adverse side effects. Some potential therapeutics developed in the healthcare industry that initially showed therapeutic promise in early-stage clinical trials have later been found to cause side effects that prevented their further development. Even if the side effects do not preclude the drug from obtaining or maintaining marketing approval, undesirable side effects may inhibit market acceptance of the approved product due to its tolerability versus other therapies. Any of these developments could materially harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

Positive results from early preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates are not necessarily predictive of the results of later preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and any future clinical trials of our product candidates for therapeutic indications. If we cannot replicate the positive results from our earlier preclinical studies of our product candidates in our later preclinical studies and future non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials, we may be unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize our product candidates.

Any positive results from our preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates may not necessarily be predictive of the results from required later preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials. Similarly, even if we are able to complete our planned preclinical studies or any future non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates according to our current development timeline, the positive results from such preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates may not be replicated in subsequent preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trial results.

Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials after achieving positive results in early-stage development and we

 

20


Table of Contents

cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, preclinical findings made while clinical trials were underway, or safety or efficacy observations made in preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials, including previously unreported adverse events. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses and many companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials nonetheless failed to obtain FDA or EMA approval.

If we encounter difficulties enrolling patients in our non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

We may experience difficulties in patient enrollment in our non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials for a variety of reasons. The timely completion of non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials in accordance with their protocols depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the non-IND human clinical study or clinical trial until its conclusion. The enrollment of patients depends on many factors, including:

 

   

the severity of the disease or condition under investigation;

 

   

the patient eligibility and exclusion criteria defined in the protocol;

 

   

the size of the study patient population required for analysis of the primary endpoint(s) of the non-IND human clinical study or clinical trial;

 

   

the proximity of patients to trial sites;

 

   

the design of the clinical study or trial;

 

   

our ability to recruit investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;

 

   

clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs that may be approved for the indications we are investigating;

 

   

the efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical studies or trials;

 

   

the patient referral practices of physicians;

 

   

the ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain patient consents; and

 

   

the risk that patients enrolled in non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials will drop out of the non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials before completion.

In addition, our clinical studies or trials will compete with other clinical studies or trials for product candidates that are in the same therapeutic areas as our product candidates, and this competition will reduce the number and types of patients available to us, because some patients who might have opted to enroll in our clinical studies or trials may instead opt to enroll in a study or trial being conducted by one of our competitors. Since the number of qualified clinical investigators is limited, we expect to conduct some of our clinical studies or trials at the same clinical trial sites that some of our competitors use, which will reduce the number of patients who are available for our clinical trials in such clinical trial site. Moreover, because our product candidates represent a departure from more commonly used methods for our targeted therapeutic areas, potential patients and their doctors may be inclined to use conventional therapies, rather than enroll patients in any future clinical study or trial.

Delays in patient enrollment may result in increased costs or may affect the timing or outcome of the planned clinical studies or trials, which could prevent completion of these clinical studies or trials and adversely affect our ability to advance the development of our product candidates.

 

21


Table of Contents

Interim top-line and preliminary data from our non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, once we commence conducting non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials, we may publish interim top-line or preliminary data from our non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials. Interim data from these non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the outcomes may materially change as preclinical studies complete, patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available. Preliminary or top-line data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, interim and preliminary data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. Adverse differences between preliminary or interim data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our research and development activities involve the use of biological and hazardous materials and produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts and business operations, environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by our third-party manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources and state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of certain materials and/or interrupt our business operations. Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses, we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of biological waste or hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not carry specific biological waste or hazardous waste insurance coverage, workers compensation or property and casualty and general liability insurance policies that include coverage for damages and fines arising from biological or hazardous waste exposure or contamination.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of testing our product candidates in non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any

 

22


Table of Contents

products. For example, we may be sued if our product candidates cause or are perceived to cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during non-IND human clinical studies, clinical trials, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

inability to bring a product candidate to the market;

 

   

decreased demand for our products;

 

   

damage to our reputation;

 

   

withdrawal of non-IND human clinical study or clinical trial participants and patients and inability to enroll future participants or continue non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

initiation of investigations by regulators;

 

   

costs to defend the related litigation;

 

   

diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to participants or patients;

 

   

product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

   

loss of revenue;

 

   

exhaustion of any available insurance and our capital resources;

 

   

the inability to commercialize any product candidate via any regulatory pathway; and

 

   

decline in our share price.

We maintain clinical trial insurance. We review our clinical trial insurance policy annually and we believe that our coverage is currently adequate to cover any claims that may arise in connection with our non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials. There is no guarantee that we will be able to obtain additional clinical trial insurance at an acceptable cost in the future, which could prevent or inhibit the ongoing development of our products.

Since we have not yet commenced marketing of any products we do not yet hold product liability insurance for commercialization of our products. Our inability to obtain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of products we develop, alone or with collaborators. If and when coverage is secured, our insurance policies may also have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. Even if our agreements with any future corporate collaborators entitle us to indemnification against losses, such indemnification may not be available or adequate should any claim arise.

The market opportunities for our product candidates may be limited and our estimates of the incidence and prevalence of our target patient populations may be inaccurate.

Our projections of both the number of people who have the diseases we are targeting, as well as the subset of people with these diseases in a position to receive our therapies, if approved, are based

 

23


Table of Contents

on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including scientific literature, input from key opinion leaders, patient foundations or secondary market research databases, and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases or regulatory approvals may include limitations for use or contraindications that decrease the addressable patient population. The number of patients may turn out to be lower than expected. Additionally, the potentially addressable patient population for our product candidates may be limited or may not be amenable to treatment with our product candidates. For instance, we estimate that there are approximately 3,000 patients with UCD in the United States and over 500,000 patients that suffer from some form of HE in the United States, not all of whom have been diagnosed. Even if we obtain significant market share for our product candidates, because certain of the potential target populations are small, we may never achieve profitability without obtaining regulatory approval for additional indications.

We are early in our development efforts and may not be successful in our efforts to use our proprietary product platform to build a pipeline of product candidates and develop marketable products.

We are developing our proprietary product platform to systematically direct functional outputs of the microbiome organ. However, our proprietary product platform has not yet, and may never lead to, FDA approved or commercialized products. We are developing our initial product candidates and additional product candidates that we intend to use in a number of areas of health and disease, including diabetes, obesity, cancer, neurology, autoimmunity and liver and kidney function. We may have problems applying our technologies to these other areas, and our product candidates may not demonstrate a comparable ability in treating disease as our initial product candidates. Even if we are successful in identifying additional product candidates, they may not be suitable for clinical development as a result of our inability to manufacture more complex proprietary compounds, limited efficacy, unacceptable safety profiles or other characteristics that indicate that they are unlikely to be products that will receive marketing approval and achieve market acceptance. The success of our product candidates will depend on several factors, including the following:

 

   

completion of preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials with positive results;

 

   

receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities, if necessary;

 

   

obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates;

 

   

making arrangements with third-party manufacturers for, or establishing our own, commercial manufacturing capabilities;

 

   

launching commercial sales of our products, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

 

   

entering into new collaborations throughout the development process as appropriate, from preclinical studies through to commercialization;

 

   

acceptance of our products, if and when approved, by patients, consumers, the medical community and third-party payors;

 

   

effectively competing with other therapies;

 

   

obtaining and maintaining coverage and adequate reimbursement by third-party payors, including government payors, for our products, if approved;

 

   

protecting our rights in our intellectual property portfolio;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

operating without infringing or violating the valid and enforceable patents or other intellectual property of third parties;

 

   

maintaining a continued acceptable safety profile of the products following approval or commercialization; and

 

   

maintaining and growing an organization of scientists and business people who can develop and commercialize our products and technology.

If we do not successfully develop and commercialize product candidates based upon our platform approach, we will not be able to obtain product revenue in future periods, which likely would result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely affect our stock price.

We face significant competition from other healthcare companies, and our operating results will suffer if we fail to compete effectively.

The healthcare industry is characterized by intense competition and rapid innovation. Our competitors may be able to develop other compounds or products that are able to achieve similar or better results. Our potential competitors include major multinational pharmaceutical, nutritional foods companies, established biotechnology companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and universities and other research institutions. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources, such as larger research and development staff, experienced marketing and manufacturing organizations and well-established sales forces. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large, established companies. Established pharmaceutical companies may also invest heavily to accelerate discovery and development of novel therapeutics or to in-license novel therapeutics that could make the product candidates that we develop obsolete. Mergers and acquisitions in the healthcare industry may result in even more resources being concentrated amongst our competitors. Competition may increase further as a result of advances in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these industries. Our competitors, either alone or with collaborative partners, may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing on an exclusive basis microbiome therapies that are more effective, safer, more easily commercialized or less costly than our product candidates or may develop proprietary technologies or secure patent protection that we may need for the development of our technologies and products. We believe the key competitive factors that will affect the development and commercial success of our product candidates are efficacy, safety, tolerability, reliability, convenience of use, price and reimbursement.

We anticipate competing with the largest healthcare companies in the world, many of which have greater financial and human resources than we currently have. In addition to these fully integrated healthcare companies, we also compete with those companies whose products target the same indications as our product candidates. They include pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies, academic institutions and other research organizations. Any treatments developed by our competitors could be superior to our product candidates. It is possible that these competitors will succeed in developing technologies that are more effective than our products or that would render our product candidates obsolete or noncompetitive. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as additional companies enter our market and scientific developments surrounding other therapies targeted at the microbiome continue to accelerate.

In addition, we have identified several companies that are targeting the microbiome, such as Synlogic, Inc., Seres Therapeutics, Inc. and Evelo Biosciences, Inc.

Even if we obtain regulatory approval to market our product candidates or are successful in identifying alternate regulatory pathways to market for our product candidates, the availability and price

 

25


Table of Contents

of our competitors’ products could limit the demand and the price we are able to charge for our product candidates. We may not be able to implement our business plan if the acceptance of our product candidates is inhibited by price competition or the reluctance of physicians to switch from existing methods of treatment to our product candidates, or if physicians switch to other new drug or biologic products or choose to reserve our product candidates for use in limited circumstances. For additional information regarding our competition, see “Business—Competition.”

Even if a product candidate we develop as a therapeutic receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors, consumers and others in the medical or healthcare community necessary for commercial success.

If any product candidate we develop receives marketing approval, it may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors, consumers and others in the medical community. If the product candidates we develop do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenues and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of any product candidate, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

efficacy, safety and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments;

 

   

the labeled uses or limitations for use, including age limitations or contraindications, for our product candidates compared to alternative treatments

 

   

convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

 

   

the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

 

   

public perception of new therapies and non-therapeutic nutritional products, including our MMTs;

 

   

the strength of marketing and distribution support;

 

   

the ability to offer our products, if approved, for sale at competitive prices;

 

   

the ability to obtain sufficient third-party insurance coverage and adequate reimbursement; and

 

   

the prevalence and severity of any side effects.

We will need to grow the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth.

As of December 31, 2018, we had 118 full-time employees. As our research, development, manufacturing and commercialization plans and strategies develop, and as we transition into operating as a public company, we expect to need additional managerial, operational, sales, marketing, financial and other personnel. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

 

   

identifying, recruiting, compensating, integrating, maintaining and motivating additional employees;

 

   

managing our internal research and development efforts effectively, including identification of clinical candidates, scaling our manufacturing process and navigating the clinical and FDA review process for our product candidates; and

 

   

improving our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our product candidates will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth, and our management may also have to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from day-to-day activities in order to devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities.

We currently rely, and for the foreseeable future will continue to rely, in substantial part on certain organizations, advisors and consultants to provide certain services, including many aspects of regulatory affairs, clinical management and manufacturing. There can be no assurance that the services of these organizations, advisors and consultants will continue to be available to us on a timely basis when needed or that we can find qualified replacements. In addition, if we are unable to effectively manage our outsourced activities or if the quality or accuracy of the services provided by consultants is compromised for any reason, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates or otherwise advance our business. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our existing consultants or find other competent outside contractors and consultants on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

If we are not able to effectively expand our organization by hiring new employees and expanding our groups of consultants and contractors, we may not be able to successfully implement the tasks necessary to further develop and commercialize our product candidates and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.

Our current operations are located in Massachusetts, and we or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Our current operations are located in Massachusetts. Any unplanned event, such as flood, fire, explosion, earthquake, extreme weather condition, medical epidemics, power shortage, telecommunication failure or other natural or manmade accidents or incidents that result in us being unable to fully utilize our facilities, or the manufacturing facilities of our third-party contract manufacturers, may have a material and adverse effect on our ability to operate our business, particularly on a daily basis, and have significant negative consequences on our financial and operating conditions. Loss of access to these facilities may result in increased costs, delays in the development of our product candidates or interruption of our business operations. Earthquakes or other natural disasters could further disrupt our operations, and have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as our research facilities or the manufacturing facilities of our third-party contract manufacturers, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible, for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place may prove inadequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, could have a material adverse effect on our business. As part of our risk management policy, we maintain insurance coverage at levels that we believe are appropriate for our business. However, in the event of an accident or incident at these facilities, we cannot assure you that the amounts of insurance will be sufficient to satisfy any damages and losses. If our facilities, or the manufacturing facilities of our third-party contract manufacturers, are unable to operate because of an accident or incident or for any other reason, even for a short period of time, any or all of our research and development programs may be harmed. Any business interruption may have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

27


Table of Contents

If we lose key management personnel, or if we fail to recruit additional highly skilled personnel, our ability to identify and develop new or next generation product candidates will be impaired, could result in loss of markets or market share and could make us less competitive.

Our ability to compete in the highly competitive healthcare industry depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific and medical personnel. We are highly dependent on our management, scientific and medical personnel, including Michael Bonney, our Executive Chair, Alison Lawton, our Chief Executive Officer and President, Joshua Brumm, our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and Katharine Knobil, M.D., our Chief Medical Officer and Head of Research and Development. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers, other key employees, and other scientific and medical advisors, and our inability to find suitable replacements could result in delays in product development and harm our business.

We conduct our operations in Massachusetts. Competition for skilled personnel in our market is intense and may limit our ability to hire and retain highly qualified personnel on acceptable terms or at all.

To induce valuable employees to remain at our company, in addition to salary and cash incentives, we have provided restricted stock and stock options that vest over time. The value to employees of stock options that vest over time may be significantly affected by movements in our stock price that are beyond our control, and may at any time be insufficient to counteract more lucrative offers from other companies. Despite our efforts to retain valuable employees, members of our management, scientific and development teams may terminate their employment with us on short notice. Employment of our key employees is at-will, which means that any of our employees could leave our employment at any time, with or without notice. We do not maintain “key man” insurance policies on the lives of these individuals or the lives of any of our other employees. Our success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled junior, mid-level and senior managers as well as junior, mid-level and senior scientific and medical personnel.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations, and those of our CROs, contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, and other contractors and consultants, could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or man-made disasters or business interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. For our non-IND human clinical studies, we rely on third-party manufacturers for spray drying the MMT substance and filling sachets with the resulting spray-dried powder. For materials to be used in our clinical trials, we plan to rely on an external contract manufacturing organization for the entire manufacturing supply chain. Our ability to obtain clinical supplies of our product candidates could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers are affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption.

Our internal computer systems, or those used by our CROs, CMOs or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our future CROs, CMOs and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses and unauthorized access. While we have not experienced any such material system failure or

 

28


Table of Contents

security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Likewise, we currently rely on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates and to conduct clinical trials, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed.

Regulators globally are also imposing greater monetary fines for privacy violations. For example, in 2016, the European Union adopted a new regulation governing data practices and privacy called the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which became effective on May 25, 2018. The GDPR applies to any company that collects and uses personal data in connection with offering goods or services to individuals in the European Union or the monitoring of their behavior. Non-compliance with the GDPR may result in monetary penalties of up to 20 million or 4% of worldwide revenue, whichever is higher. The GDPR and other changes in laws or regulations associated with the enhanced protection of certain types of personal data, such as healthcare data or other sensitive information, could greatly increase the cost of providing our product candidates, if approved, or even prevent us from offering our product candidates, if approved, in certain jurisdictions.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other illegal activity by our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners and vendors. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct that fails to comply with the laws of the FDA and other similar foreign regulatory bodies, provide true, complete and accurate information to the FDA and other similar foreign regulatory bodies, comply with manufacturing standards we have established, comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct laws or report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. If we obtain FDA approval of any of our product candidates and begin commercializing those products in the United States, our potential exposure under such laws will increase significantly, and our costs associated with compliance with such laws are also likely to increase. These laws may impact, among other things, our current activities with principal investigators and research patients, as well as proposed and future sales, marketing and education programs.

Our relationships with healthcare providers and physicians and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of pharmaceutical products. Arrangements with third-party payors and customers can expose pharmaceutical manufactures to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the federal False Claims Act, which may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which such companies sell, market and distribute

 

29


Table of Contents

pharmaceutical products. In particular, the promotion, sales and marketing of healthcare items and services, as well as certain business arrangements in the healthcare industry, are subject to extensive laws designed to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, structuring and commission(s), certain customer incentive programs and other business arrangements generally. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of patient recruitment for clinical trials. The applicable federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. A person or entity can be found guilty of violating the statute without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act, or FCA. The Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers, and formulary managers on the other. There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution;

 

   

federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, including the FCA, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment to, or approval by Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal healthcare programs, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim or an obligation to pay or transmit money to the federal government, or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Manufacturers can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. The FCA also permits a private individual acting as a “whistleblower” to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging violations of the FCA and to share in any monetary recovery;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity can be found guilty of violating HIPAA without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it;

 

   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose, among other things, requirements on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses as well as their respective business associates that perform services for them that involve the use, or disclosure of, individually identifiable health information, relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health

 

30


Table of Contents
 

information without appropriate authorization. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions;

 

   

the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, created under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, and its implementing regulations, which require manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologicals and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the United States Department of Health and Human Services information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members;

 

   

federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers;

 

   

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, and may be broader in scope than their federal equivalents; state and foreign laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers; state and foreign laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts; and

 

   

GDPR and other ex-U.S. protections.

The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Ensuring business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws, as well as responding to possible investigations by government authorities, can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert a company’s attention from the business.

The failure to comply with any of these laws or regulatory requirements subjects entities to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in federal and state funded healthcare programs, contractual damages and the curtailment or restricting of our operations, as well as additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws. Any action for violation of these laws, even if successfully defended, could cause a pharmaceutical manufacturer to

 

31


Table of Contents

incur significant legal expenses and divert management’s attention from the operation of the business. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future marketed products could materially affect business in an adverse way.

Effective upon the completion of this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent inappropriate conduct may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements will comply with applicable healthcare laws may involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, disgorgement, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. In addition, the approval and commercialization of any of our product candidates outside the United States will also likely subject us to foreign equivalents of the healthcare laws mentioned above, among other foreign laws.

A variety of risks associated with testing and developing our product candidates internationally could materially adversely affect our business.

We plan to seek regulatory approval of our product candidates for therapeutic and other uses outside of the United States and, accordingly, we expect that we will be subject to additional risks related to operating in foreign countries if we obtain the necessary approvals, including:

 

   

differing regulatory requirements in foreign countries;

 

   

unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers, price and exchange controls and other regulatory requirements;

 

   

economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;

 

   

compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;

 

   

foreign taxes, including withholding of payroll taxes;

 

   

foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenue, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;

 

   

difficulties staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

   

workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;

 

   

potential liability under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, or comparable foreign regulations;

 

   

challenges enforcing our contractual and intellectual property rights, especially in those foreign countries that do not respect and protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the United States;

 

32


Table of Contents
   

production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

 

   

business interruptions resulting from geo-political actions, including war and terrorism.

Additionally, we intend to contract with third parties to conduct some of our clinical trials outside the United States, which will subject us to additional risks and regulations. These and other risks associated with our international operations may materially adversely affect our ability to attain or maintain profitable operations.

We currently have no marketing and sales organization and have no experience in marketing products for therapeutic or other non-drug uses. If we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our product candidates, we may not be able to generate product revenue.

We currently have no sales, marketing or distribution capabilities and have no experience in marketing products for therapeutic or other uses. We intend to develop an in-house marketing organization and sales force, which will require significant capital expenditures, management resources and time. We will have to compete with other healthcare companies to recruit, hire, train and retain marketing and sales personnel.

In addition to establishing internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, we intend to optimistically pursue collaborative arrangements regarding the sales and marketing of our products, however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to establish or maintain such collaborative arrangements, or if we are able to do so, that they will have effective sales forces. Any revenue we receive will depend upon the efforts of such third parties, which may not be successful. We may have little or no control over the marketing and sales efforts of such third parties and our revenue from product sales may be lower than if we had commercialized our product candidates ourselves. We also face competition in our search for third parties to assist us with the sales and marketing efforts of our product candidates.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to develop in-house sales and distribution capabilities or establish or maintain relationships with third-party collaborators to commercialize any product in the United States or overseas.

The FDA, the EMA and other regulatory authorities may implement additional regulations or restrictions on the development and commercialization of products which act on the microbiome, which may be difficult to predict.

The FDA, the EMA and regulatory authorities in other countries have each expressed interest in further regulating biotechnology products and product candidates, such as MMTs. Agencies at both the federal and state level in the United States, as well as the U.S. Congressional committees and other governments or governing agencies, have also expressed interest in further regulating the biotechnology industry. Such action may delay or prevent commercialization of some or all of our product candidates. Adverse developments in non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials of MMT products conducted by others may cause the FDA or other oversight bodies to change the requirements for approval of any of our product candidates. Similarly, the EMA governs the development of MMTs as drugs in the European Union and member state regulatory bodies govern the development of MMTs under food regulations and may issue new guidelines concerning the development and marketing authorization for MMT products and require that we comply with these new guidelines. These regulatory review agencies and committees and the new requirements or guidelines they promulgate may lengthen the regulatory review process, require us to perform

 

33


Table of Contents

additional studies or trials, increase our development costs, lead to changes in regulatory positions and interpretations, delay or prevent approval and commercialization of our product candidates or lead to significant post-approval limitations or restrictions. As we advance our product candidates, we will be required to consult with these regulatory agencies and comply with applicable requirements and guidelines. If we fail to do so, we may be required to delay or discontinue development of such product candidates. These additional processes may result in a review and approval process that is longer than we otherwise would have expected, delays as a result of an increased or lengthier regulatory approval process or further restrictions on the development of our product candidates can be costly and could negatively impact our ability to complete clinical trials and commercialize our current and future product candidates in a timely manner, if at all.

Comprehensive tax reform legislation could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the TCJA, that significantly reforms the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The TCJA, among other things, contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate from a top marginal tax rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense to 30% of adjusted earnings (except for certain small businesses), limitation of the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of annual taxable income and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks and modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits (including reducing the business tax credit for certain clinical testing expenses incurred in the testing of certain drugs for rare diseases or conditions generally referred to as “orphan drugs”). We continue to examine the impact this tax reform legislation may have on our business. However, the effect of the TCJA on our business, whether adverse or favorable, is uncertain and may not become evident for some period of time. We urge investors to consult with their legal and tax advisers regarding the implications of the TCJA on an investment in our common stock.

Our ability to use net operating losses and research and development credits to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2017, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $38.7 million and $37.6 million, respectively, both of which expire at various dates through 2037. As of December 31, 2017, we also had U.S. federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $1.4 million and $0.6 million respectively, both of which expire at various dates through 2032. These net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities, respectively. In addition, in general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, and corresponding provisions of state law, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards or tax credits, or NOLs or credits, to offset future taxable income or taxes. For these purposes, an ownership change generally occurs where the aggregate stock ownership of one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who owns at least 5% of a corporation’s stock increases its ownership by more than 50 percentage points over its lowest ownership percentage within a specified testing period. Our existing NOLs or credits may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs or credits could be further limited by Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, many of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. Our NOLs or credits may also be impaired under state law. Accordingly, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs or credits. Furthermore, our ability to utilize our NOLs or credits is conditioned upon our attaining profitability and generating U. S. federal and state taxable income. As described above under “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business, Technology and Industry,” we have incurred significant

 

34


Table of Contents

net losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future; and therefore, we do not know whether or when we will generate the U.S. federal or state taxable income necessary to utilize our NOLs or credits that are subject to limitation by Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. The reduction of the corporate tax rate under the TCJA caused a reduction in the economic benefit of our net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets available to us. Under the TCJA, NOLs generated after December 31, 2017 will not be subject to expiration; however, any NOLs generated after December 31, 2017 may only offset 80% of our annual taxable income.

Unstable market and economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and stock price.

As widely reported, global credit and financial markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruptions in the past, including severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates and uncertainty about economic stability. There can be no assurance that further deterioration in credit and financial markets and confidence in economic conditions will not occur. Our general business strategy may be adversely affected by any such economic downturn, volatile business environment or continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions. If the current equity and credit markets deteriorate, or do not improve, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult, more costly, and more dilutive. Failure to secure any necessary financing in a timely manner and on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy, financial performance and stock price and could require us to delay or abandon clinical development plans. In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our current service providers, manufacturers and other partners may not survive these difficult economic times, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and on budget.

As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $76.1 million. While we are not aware of any downgrades, material losses or other significant deterioration in the fair value of our cash equivalents since December 31, 2018, no assurance can be given that further deterioration of the global credit and financial markets would not negatively impact our current portfolio of cash equivalents or our ability to meet our financing objectives. Furthermore, our stock price may decline due in part to the volatility of the stock market and the general economic downturn.

Risks related to government regulation

We are very early in our development efforts. All of our product candidates will require significant additional preclinical and clinical development before we seek regulatory approval of our therapeutic product candidates or identify alternate regulatory pathways to market for our non-therapeutic products and launch a product commercially. If we are unable to advance our product candidates to clinical development, obtain regulatory approval and ultimately commercialize our product candidates or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We are very early in our development efforts and we have invested substantially all of our efforts and financial resources in the identification and early clinical development of MMT candidates, including the development of our initial product candidates. To date, we have not elected a product candidate to develop and market as a conventional food or medical food, and may never do so. Our ability to generate product revenues, which we do not expect will occur for many years, if ever, will depend on the successful development and eventual commercialization of our product candidates, which may never occur. We currently generate no revenue from sales of any products, and we may

 

35


Table of Contents

never be able to develop or commercialize a marketable product. The success of our product candidates will depend on several factors, including the following:

 

   

successful completion of preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and, where applicable, clinical trials;

 

   

clearance of INDs for our planned clinical trials or future clinical trials for therapeutic indications;

 

   

successful enrollment in, and completion of, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

receipt of regulatory approvals from applicable regulatory authorities for therapeutic product candidates;

 

   

establishing cGMP-compliant clinical supply and commercial manufacturing operations or making arrangements with third-party manufacturers for clinical supply and commercial manufacturing;

 

   

obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection or regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates;

 

   

launching commercial sales of our product candidates, if and when approved or allowed for marketing, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

 

   

acceptance of our therapeutic product candidates, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors or any non-therapeutic product by consumers;

 

   

effectively competing with other therapies;

 

   

obtaining and maintaining third-party insurance coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

   

enforcing and defending intellectual property rights and claims;

 

   

the marketing of our products; and

 

   

maintaining a continued acceptable safety profile of the product candidates following approval or commercialization.

If we do not achieve one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize our product candidates, which would materially harm our business. If we do not receive regulatory approvals or identify alternate regulatory pathways to market for our product candidates, we may not be able to continue our operations.

Regulatory requirements for development of our MMT candidates as drugs and non-drugs are uncertain and evolving. Changes in these laws, including our ability to conduct non-IND human clinical studies, or the current interpretation or application of these laws would have a significant adverse impact on our ability to develop and commercialize our products.

In the United States, under sections 201(s) and 409 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, any substance that is reasonably expected to become a component of food is considered to be a food additive, and therefore subject to FDA premarket review and approval, unless the substance is generally recognized, among qualified experts, as having been adequately shown to be safe under the conditions of its intended use. We have determined that our initial product candidates are safe for non-IND human clinical studies, based on initial safety assessments conducted by third-party qualified experts and because they are related to a class of compounds that is Generally Recognized as Safe, or GRAS, based on their history of safe human exposure, when utilized for particular uses as food substances. As a result, we believe we may use our product candidates to conduct non-IND human clinical studies in order to evaluate safety, tolerability and biomarkers for non-drug applications in advance of deciding whether or not to file an IND.

 

36


Table of Contents

The FDA may determine that our MMT candidates are not governed by food regulations and therefore may classify any product candidates as being ineligible for use in non-IND human clinical studies without an IND.

The FDA may determine that our product candidates cannot be marketed as conventional foods or medical foods. The FDA may not agree the products meet the medical food definition or the agency may take the position that we failed to satisfy the premarket authorization requirements for GRAS ingredients or new dietary ingredients. Moreover, if we choose to study a product under an IND before the product candidate has been marketed as a food, the first to market provisions of Section 301(ll) could prevent us from marketing the product as a food if we are unable to secure FDA approval as a new drug. Any delay in the regulatory consultation process, or a determination that any of our drug or food product candidates do not meet the regulatory requirements of the FDA, including any applicable GRAS requirements, could cause a delay in the commercialization of our product candidates, which may lead to reduced acceptance by the public or others.

The FDA may determine that the only pathway for conducting non-IND human clinical studies is under an IND. Any such determination could prevent our reliance on existing regulatory frameworks to conduct non-IND human clinical studies for other product candidates and could significantly increase the cost of and delay the commercialization of our product candidates for therapeutic applications. If the FDA were to disagree with our determination that we may conduct non-IND human clinical studies in advance of filing an IND, they could ask us to halt any clinical trials we have commenced. Should we choose to commercialize our food products, whether as conventional foods or medical foods, and if the FDA determines our product candidates fall outside the food regulations, the agency could ask us to withdraw any products we have commercialized as foods or non-drug products from the market. In addition, if new safety issues are raised by non-IND human clinical studies in advance of deciding whether to file an IND that suggest safety concerns for all of our product candidates, then FDA could ask us to modify approved labeling for or withdraw from the market any previously approved products for therapeutic uses or products being commercialized for other non-drug uses. A decision by the FDA that we cannot conduct non-IND human clinical studies in advance of filing an IND would significantly impact our current business model and we may incur significant expense and operational difficulties.

Changes in the legal and regulatory environment could limit our future business activities, increase our operating or regulatory costs, reduce demand for our product candidates or result in litigation.

The conduct of our business, including the development, testing, production, storage, distribution, sale, display, advertising, marketing, labeling, health and safety practices, and possible regulatory classification and approval (where necessary) use of many of our product candidates, are subject to various laws and regulations administered by federal, state and local governmental agencies in the United States, as well as to laws and regulations administered by government entities and agencies outside the United States in markets in which our products candidates and components thereof (such as packaging) may be manufactured or sold.

These laws and regulations and interpretations thereof may change, sometimes dramatically, as a result of a variety of factors, including political, economic or social events. Such changes may include changes in:

 

   

food and drug laws (including FDA regulations);

 

   

laws related to product candidate labeling;

 

   

advertising and marketing laws and practices;

 

   

laws and programs restricting the sale and advertising of certain of product candidates;

 

37


Table of Contents
   

laws and programs aimed at regulating, restricting or eliminating ingredients present in certain of our product candidates;

 

   

increased regulatory scrutiny of, and increased litigation involving, product claims and concerns regarding the actual or possible effects or side effects of ingredients in, or attributes of, certain of our product candidates; and

 

   

state and federal consumer protection and disclosure laws.

New laws, regulations or governmental policy and their related interpretations, or changes in any of the foregoing, may alter the environment in which we do business and, therefore, may impact our operating results or increase our costs or liabilities.

Inadequate funding for the FDA, the SEC and other government agencies could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory, and policy changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of the SEC and other government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.

Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, including beginning on December 22, 2018, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA and the SEC, have had to furlough critical FDA, SEC and other government employees and stop critical activities. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, upon completion of this offering and in our operations as a public company, future government shutdowns could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

We may rely on academic and private non-academic institutions to conduct investigator-sponsored non-IND human clinical studies or trials of our product candidates. Any failure by the investigator-sponsor to meet its obligations with respect to the clinical development of our product candidates may delay or impair our ability to obtain regulatory approval or commercialize for other product candidates.

We may rely on academic and private non-academic institutions to conduct and sponsor clinical studies or trials relating to our product candidates. We will not control the design or conduct of the investigator-sponsored trials, and it is possible that the FDA or non-U.S. regulatory authorities will not view these investigator-sponsored studies or trials as providing adequate support for future clinical trials, whether controlled by us or independent investigators, for any one or more reasons, including elements of the design or execution of the trials or safety concerns or other trial results.

Such arrangements will likely provide us certain information rights with respect to the investigator-sponsored studies or trials, including access to and the ability to use and reference the data, including for our own regulatory filings, resulting from the investigator-sponsored studies or trials. However, we would not have control over the timing and reporting of the data from investigator-sponsored trials, nor would we own the data from the investigator-sponsored studies or trials. If we are unable to confirm or replicate the results from the investigator-sponsored studies or trials or if negative results are obtained,

 

38


Table of Contents

we would likely be further delayed or prevented from advancing further clinical development of our product candidates. Further, if investigators or institutions breach their obligations with respect to the clinical development of our product candidates, or if the data proves to be inadequate compared to the first-hand knowledge we might have gained had the investigator-sponsored studies or trials been sponsored and conducted by us, then our ability to design and conduct any future clinical trials ourselves may be adversely affected.

Additionally, the FDA or non-U.S. regulatory authorities may disagree with the sufficiency of our right of reference to the preclinical, manufacturing or clinical data generated by these investigator-sponsored studies or trials or our interpretation of preclinical, manufacturing or clinical data from these investigator-sponsored studies or trials. If so, the FDA or other non-U.S. regulatory authorities may require us to obtain and submit additional preclinical, manufacturing or clinical data before we may initiate our planned clinical trials and/or may not accept such additional data as adequate to initiate our planned clinical trials. In addition, it could limit or prevent our ability to commercialize product candidates for non-therapeutic uses.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates for therapeutic indications or the ability to commercialize our product candidates through an alternate regulatory pathway in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval or identifying a similar alternate regulatory pathway for our product candidates in other jurisdictions.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval for therapeutic indications or identifying an alternate regulatory pathway for our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain regulatory approval or identify a similar alternate regulatory pathway in any other jurisdiction, while a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval or an alternate regulatory in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. For example, even if the FDA grants marketing approval of a product candidate for therapeutic indications, comparable regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions must also approve the manufacturing, marketing and promotion of the product candidate in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. In many jurisdictions outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to approval.

We may also submit marketing applications in other countries. Regulatory authorities in jurisdictions outside of the United States have requirements for approval of product candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those jurisdictions. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and/or receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed.

Preclinical and clinical development is uncertain. Our preclinical programs, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials may experience delays or may never advance to the next stage of development, which would adversely affect our ability to obtain regulatory approvals or identify alternate regulatory pathways to commercialize these programs on a timely basis or at all, which would have an adverse effect on our business.

Our product candidates are in preclinical stages, and their risk of failure is high. To proceed with our development plans and ultimately commercialization, we may be required to conduct preclinical,

 

39


Table of Contents

non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials. For therapeutic applications, the FDA may require additional extensive preclinical studies. We cannot be certain of the timely completion or outcome of our preclinical testing and studies and cannot predict if the FDA or other regulatory authorities will accept our proposed clinical programs, including the design, dose level, and dose regimen, or if the outcome of our preclinical testing and studies will ultimately support the further development of our clinical programs for therapeutic indications. As a result, we cannot be sure that we will be able to submit INDs or similar applications on the timelines we expect, if at all, and we cannot be sure that submission of INDs or similar applications will result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities allowing clinical trials to begin.

If we are not able to obtain, or if there are delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals for our product candidates for therapeutic indications, we will not be able to commercialize, or will be delayed in commercializing, our product candidates, and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

Our product candidates and the activities associated with their development and commercialization for therapeutic indications, including their design, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, recordkeeping, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale, distribution, import and export are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory agencies in the United States and by comparable authorities in other countries. Before we can commercialize any of our product candidates for therapeutic indications, we must obtain marketing approval. We have not received approval to market any of our product candidates from regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction and it is possible that none of our product candidates or any product candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval. We, as a company, have no experience in filing and supporting the applications necessary to gain regulatory approvals for therapeutic indications and expect to rely on third-party CROs and/or regulatory consultants to assist us in this process. Securing regulatory approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to the various regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the drug candidate’s safety and efficacy.

Securing regulatory approval for therapeutic indications also requires the submission of information about the drug manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the relevant regulatory authority. Our product candidates may not be effective, may be only moderately effective or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use.

The process of obtaining regulatory approvals for therapeutic indications, both in the United States and abroad, is expensive, may take many years if additional clinical trials are required, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. Changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for each submitted IND, NDA or equivalent application types, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. The FDA and comparable authorities in other countries have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. Our product candidates could be delayed in receiving, or fail to receive, regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:

 

   

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design, including study population, dose level, dose regimen, and bioanalytical assay methods, or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

40


Table of Contents
   

we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a drug candidate is safe and effective for its proposed indication or a related companion diagnostic is suitable to identify appropriate patient populations;

 

   

the results of clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

 

   

we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

 

   

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may not be sufficient to support the submission of an NDA or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

 

   

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may fail to approve the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and

 

   

the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

Of the large number of drugs in development, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA or foreign regulatory approval processes and are commercialized. The lengthy approval process as well as the unpredictability of future clinical trial results may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market our product candidates, which would significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

We expect the novel nature of our product candidates to create further challenges in obtaining regulatory approval. As a result, our ability to develop product candidates and obtain regulatory approval for therapeutic indications may be significantly impacted.

The FDA may also require a panel of experts, referred to as an Advisory Committee, to deliberate on the adequacy of the safety and efficacy data to support approval for therapeutic indications. The opinion of the Advisory Committee, although not binding, may have a significant impact on our ability to obtain approval of any product candidates that we develop based on the completed clinical trials.

In addition, even if we were to obtain approval, regulatory authorities may approve any of our product candidates for fewer or more limited therapeutic indications than we request, may include limitations for use or contraindications that limit the suitable patient population, may not approve the price we intend to charge for our products, may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials or may approve a product candidate with a label that does not include the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of that product candidate. Any of the foregoing scenarios could materially harm the commercial prospects for our product candidates.

If we experience delays in obtaining approval or if we fail to obtain approval of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for our product candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate revenues will be materially impaired.

 

41


Table of Contents

Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label or result in significant negative consequences following marketing approval, if any.

Undesirable side effects caused by our product candidates could cause us to interrupt, delay or halt preclinical studies or non-IND human clinical studies or could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical studies or trials and could result in a more restrictive clinical label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other regulatory authorities for our product candidates for therapeutic indications. Results of our clinical studies or trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects. In such an event, our clinical studies or trials could be suspended or terminated and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of or deny approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Additionally, our regulators could require significant modifications or amendments to ongoing clinical studies or trials that limit the available study population or lead to withdrawal of participation by already enrolled subjects. Any treatment-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the study or trial or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Further, clinical studies or trials by their nature utilize a sample of the potential patient population. With a limited number of patients and limited duration of exposure, rare and severe side effects of our product candidates may only be uncovered with a significantly larger number of patients exposed to the product candidate. If our product candidates receive marketing approval for therapeutic indications and we or others identify undesirable side effects caused by such product candidates (or any other similar drugs) after such approval, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

   

regulatory authorities may withdraw or limit their approval of such product candidates;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require the addition of labeling statements, such as a “boxed” warning or a contraindication;

 

   

we may be required to create a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;

 

   

we may be required to change the way such product candidates are distributed or administered, conduct additional clinical trials or change the labeling of the product candidates;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, plan to mitigate risks, which could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools;

 

   

we may be subject to regulatory investigations and government enforcement actions;

 

   

we may decide to remove such product candidates from the marketplace;

 

   

we could be sued and held liable for injury caused to individuals exposed to or taking our product candidates; and

 

   

our reputation may suffer.

We believe that any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product candidates and could substantially increase the costs of commercializing our product candidates, if approved, and significantly impact our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and generate revenues.

 

42


Table of Contents

Breakthrough Therapy Designation, Fast Track Designation or Rare Pediatric Disease Designation by the FDA, even if granted for any of our product candidates developed for therapeutic indications, may not lead to a faster development, regulatory review or approval process, and it does not increase the likelihood that any of our product candidates will receive marketing approval in the United States.

We may seek a Breakthrough Therapy Designation for some of our product candidates. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a therapy that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other therapies, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the therapy may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For therapies that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Therapies designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA may also be eligible for priority review and accelerated approval. Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe one of our product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. In any event, the receipt of a Breakthrough Therapy Designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to therapies considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if one or more of our product candidates qualify as breakthrough therapies, the FDA may later decide that such product candidates no longer meet the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.

We may seek Fast Track Designation for some of our product candidates for therapeutic indications. If a therapy is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the therapy demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the therapy sponsor may apply for Fast Track Designation. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for this designation; we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive Fast Track Designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may withdraw Fast Track Designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. Fast Track Designation alone does not guarantee qualification for the FDA’s priority review procedures.

We may seek Rare Pediatric Disease Designation and conditional designation of our marketing application as a “rare pediatric disease product application” for some of our product candidates for therapeutic indications, which, if granted, could qualify us to receive a Rare Pediatric Priority Review Voucher. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for this designation; we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant it and determination whether to issue such a voucher is made by FDA only at the time of its review and approval of a marketing application. According to the FDA website, a Rare Pediatric Priority Review Voucher can be redeemed to receive a priority review of a subsequent marketing application for a different product.

We may seek priority review designation for one or more of our other product candidates for therapeutic indications, but we might not receive such designation, and even if we do, such designation may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process.

If the FDA determines that a product candidate offers a treatment for a serious condition and, if approved, the product would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness, the FDA may

 

43


Table of Contents

designate the product candidate for priority review. A priority review designation means that the goal for the FDA to review an application is six months, rather than the standard review period of ten months. We may request priority review for our product candidates. The FDA has broad discretion with respect to whether or not to grant priority review status to a product candidate, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for such designation or status, the FDA may decide not to grant it. Moreover, a priority review designation does not necessarily result in an expedited regulatory review or approval process or necessarily confer any advantage with respect to approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. Receiving priority review from the FDA does not guarantee approval within the six-month review cycle or at all.

We may fail to obtain and maintain orphan drug designations from the FDA or the EMA for our current and future therapeutic product candidates, as applicable.

Our strategy includes filing for orphan drug designation where available for our product candidates for therapeutic indications. In the United States, under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to a drug or biologic intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is defined as one occurring in a patient population of fewer than 200,000 in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug or biologic will be recovered from sales in the United States. In the United States, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives, such as opportunities for grant funding toward clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. In addition, if a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications, including an NDA, to market the same drug or biologic for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity or where the original manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient product quantity.

In addition, exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be limited if we seek approval for an indication broader than the orphan-designated indication or may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if we are unable to assure sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the orphan-designated disease or condition. Further, even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different drugs with different active moieties may receive and be approved for the same condition, and only the first applicant to receive approval will receive the benefits of marketing exclusivity. Even after an orphan-designated product is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve a later drug with the same active moiety for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior if it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. Orphan drug designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a drug, nor gives the drug any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process. In addition, while we may seek orphan drug designation for our product candidates, we may never receive such designations.

In the European Union, the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products, or COMP, grants orphan drug designation to the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in 10,000 persons in the European Union. Additionally, designation is granted for products intended for the diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition when, without incentives, it is unlikely that sales of the drug in the European Union would be sufficient to justify the necessary investment in developing the drug or biological product or where there is no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention, or treatment, or, if such a method exists, the medicine must be of significant benefit to those affected by the condition.

 

44


Table of Contents

In the European Union, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reductions of fees or fee waivers. In addition, ten years of market exclusivity is granted following drug product approval, meaning that another application for marketing authorization of a later similar medicinal product for the same indication will generally not be approved in the European Union. This period may be reduced to six years if the orphan designation criteria are no longer met, including where it is shown that the product is not sufficiently profitable to justify maintenance of market exclusivity.

Even if we receive regulatory approval of any product candidates for therapeutic indications, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory compliance obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense. Additionally, any of our product candidates, if approved, could be subject to labeling and other restrictions and market withdrawal and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates.

If any of our product candidates are approved for therapeutic indications, they will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping, export, import, conduct of post-marketing studies and submission of safety, efficacy and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States and requirements of comparable foreign regulatory authorities. In addition, we will be subject to continued compliance with cGMP and GCP requirements for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval.

Manufacturers and manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA, and comparable foreign regulatory authority requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMP regulations. As such, we and our contract manufacturers will be subject to continual review and inspections to assess compliance with cGMP and adherence to commitments made in any NDA, other marketing application, and previous responses to inspection observations. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money, and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control.

The FDA has significant post-marketing authority, including, for example, the authority to require labeling changes based on new safety information and to require post-marketing studies or clinical trials to evaluate serious safety risks related to the use of a drug. Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates may be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. The FDA may also require a REMS program as a condition of approval of our product candidates, which could entail requirements for long-term patient follow-up, a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. In addition, if the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves our product candidates, we will have to comply with requirements including submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports and registration.

The FDA may impose consent decrees or withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials

 

45


Table of Contents

to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our products, withdrawal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;

 

   

fines, warning or untitled enforcement letters or holds on clinical trials;

 

   

refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or suspension or revocation of license approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention or refusal to permit the import or export of our product candidates; and

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising, and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Products may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label or other regulatory marketing pathway. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability. The policies of the FDA and of other regulatory authorities may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained which would adversely affect our business, prospects and ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

The policies of the FDA and of other regulatory authorities may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad. For example, certain policies of the current administration may impact our business and industry. Namely, the current administration has taken several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of executive orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities, such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance and review and approval of marketing applications. It is difficult to predict how these executive actions, including any executive orders, will be implemented, and the extent to which they will impact the FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority. If these executive actions impose constraints on FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted. In addition, if we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

Non-compliance by us or any future collaborator with regulatory requirements, including safety monitoring or pharmacovigilance requirements, can also result in significant financial penalties.

Healthcare insurance coverage and reimbursement may be limited or unavailable in certain market segments for our product candidates, if approved, which could make it difficult for us to sell any product candidates or therapies profitably.

The success of our product candidates, if approved for therapeutic indications, depends on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. In addition, because our

 

46


Table of Contents

product candidates represent new approaches to the treatment of the diseases they target, we cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for, or accurately estimate the potential revenue from, our product candidates or assure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for any product that we may develop.

Patients who are provided medical treatment for their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their treatment. Adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors are critical to new product acceptance.

Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which drugs and treatments they will cover and the amount of reimbursement. Coverage and reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including the third-party payor’s determination that use of a product is:

 

   

a covered benefit under its health plan;

 

   

safe, effective and medically necessary;

 

   

appropriate for the specific patient;

 

   

cost-effective; and

 

   

neither experimental nor investigational.

In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors. As a result, obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval of a product from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to each payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products on a payor-by-payor basis, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement payment rates might not be adequate for us to achieve or sustain profitability or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Additionally, third-party payors may not cover, or provide adequate reimbursement for, long-term follow-up evaluations required following the use of product candidates. Patients are unlikely to use our product candidates unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our product candidates. Because our product candidates may have a higher cost of goods than conventional therapies, and may require long-term follow-up evaluations, the risk that coverage and reimbursement rates may be inadequate for us to achieve profitability may be greater. There is significant uncertainty related to insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. It is difficult to predict at this time what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates.

Payment methodologies may be subject to changes in healthcare legislation and regulatory initiatives. For example, the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 required that the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, the agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, or CMS, reduce the Medicare clinical laboratory fee schedule by 2% in 2013, which served as a base for 2014 and subsequent years. In addition, effective January 1, 2014, CMS also began bundling the Medicare payments for certain laboratory tests ordered while a patient received services in a hospital outpatient setting. Additional state and federal healthcare reform measures are expected to be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for certain pharmaceutical products or additional pricing pressures.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the

 

47


Table of Contents

level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. There has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to specialty drug pricing practices. Specifically, there have been several recent U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our product candidates due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations, cost containment initiatives and additional legislative changes.

Healthcare insurance often does not cover foods or medical foods administered outside of the hospital setting. This may impact our products if we decide to commercialize them as medical food, which is required to be administered under medical supervision.

Ongoing healthcare legislative and regulatory reform measures may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

In the United States, there have been and continue to be a number of legislative initiatives to contain healthcare costs. For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or the ACA, was passed, which substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. The ACA, among other things, subjects biological products to potential competition by lower-cost biosimilars, addresses a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, increases the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extends the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, establishes annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain branded prescription drugs, and creates a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D.

Some of the provisions of the ACA have yet to be fully implemented, while certain provisions have been subject to judicial and Congressional challenges, as well as efforts by the current administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the ACA.

These laws, and future state and federal healthcare reform measures may be adopted in the future, any of which may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.

European Union drug marketing and reimbursement regulations may materially affect our ability to market and receive coverage for our therapeutic products in the European member states.

We intend to seek approval to market our product candidates in both the United States and in selected foreign jurisdictions. If we obtain approval in one or more foreign jurisdictions for our product

 

48


Table of Contents

candidates, we will be subject to rules and regulations in those jurisdictions. In some foreign countries, particularly those in the European Union, the pricing of pharmaceutical products is subject to governmental control and other market regulations which could put pressure on the pricing and usage of our product candidates. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after obtaining marketing approval of a product candidate. In addition, market acceptance and sales of our product candidates will depend significantly on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for our product candidates and may be affected by existing and future healthcare reform measures.

Much like the Anti-Kickback Statute prohibition in the United States, the provision of benefits or advantages to physicians to induce or encourage the prescription, recommendation, endorsement, purchase, supply, order or use of medicinal products is also prohibited in the European Union. The provision of benefits or advantages to physicians is governed by the national anti-bribery laws of European Union Member States, such as the UK Bribery Act 2010. Infringement of these laws could result in substantial fines and imprisonment.

Payments made to physicians in certain European Union Member States must be publicly disclosed. Moreover, agreements with physicians often must be the subject of prior notification and approval by the physician’s employer, his or her competent professional organization and/or the regulatory authorities of the individual European Union Member States. These requirements are provided in the national laws, industry codes or professional codes of conduct, applicable in the European Union Member States. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in reputational risk, public reprimands, administrative penalties, fines or imprisonment.

In addition, in most foreign countries, including the European Economic Area, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. Reference pricing used by various European Union member states and parallel distribution, or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. In some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of any of our product candidates to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally prices tend to be significantly lower. Publication of discounts by third-party payors or authorities may lead to further pressure on the prices or reimbursement levels within the country of publication and other countries. If pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels or if reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, our revenues from sales by us or our strategic partners and the potential profitability of any of our product candidates in those countries would be negatively affected.

European data collection is governed by restrictive regulations governing the use, processing, and cross-border transfer of personal information.

The collection and use of personal health data in the European Union is governed by the provisions of the Data Protection Directive, and as of May 2018 the GDPR. These directives impose several requirements relating to the consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, the information provided to the individuals, notification of data processing obligations to the competent

 

49


Table of Contents

national data protection authorities and the security and confidentiality of the personal data. The Data Protection Directive and GDPR also impose strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the European Union to the United States. Failure to comply with the requirements of the Data Protection Directive, the GDPR, and the related national data protection laws of the European Union Member States may result in fines and other administrative penalties. The GDPR introduces new data protection requirements in the European Union and substantial fines for breaches of the data protection rules. The GDPR regulations may impose additional responsibility and liability in relation to personal data that we process and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with the new data protection rules. This may be onerous and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Laws and regulations governing any international operations we may have in the future may preclude us from developing, manufacturing and selling certain products outside of the United States and require us to develop and implement costly compliance programs.

If we expand our operations outside of the United States, we must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The FCPA prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties and suspension or debarment from government contracting. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.

We are subject to certain U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions, and other trade laws and regulations. We can face serious consequences for violations.

Among other matters, U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions, and other trade laws and regulations, which are collectively referred to as Trade Laws,

 

50


Table of Contents

prohibit companies and their employees, agents, clinical research organizations, legal counsel, accountants, consultants, contractors, and other partners from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting, or receiving directly or indirectly, corrupt or improper payments or anything else of value to or from recipients in the public or private sector. Violations of Trade Laws can result in substantial criminal fines and civil penalties, imprisonment, the loss of trade privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm, and other consequences. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities, and other organizations. We also expect our non-U.S. activities to increase in time. We plan to engage third parties for clinical trials and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations, and other regulatory approvals and we can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our personnel, agents, or partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have prior knowledge of such activities.

Risks related to our intellectual property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for any product candidates we develop or for our proprietary product platform, our competitors could develop and commercialize products or technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize any product candidates we may develop, and our technology may be adversely affected.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our product candidates, proprietary product platform and other technologies we may develop. We seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad relating to our product candidates and proprietary product platform, as well as other technologies that are important to our business. Given that the development of our technology and product candidates is at an early stage, our intellectual property portfolio with respect to certain aspects of our technology and product candidates is also at an early stage. We have filed or intend to file patent applications on these aspects of our technology and our product candidates; however, there can be no assurance that any such patent applications will issue as granted patents. Furthermore, in some cases, we have only filed provisional patent applications on certain aspects of our technology and product candidates and each of these provisional patent applications is not eligible to become an issued patent until, among other things, we file a non-provisional patent application within 12 months of the filing date of the applicable provisional patent application. Any failure to file a non-provisional patent application within this timeline could cause us to lose the ability to obtain patent protection for the inventions disclosed in the associated provisional patent applications.

Composition of matter patents for biological and pharmaceutical products are generally considered to be the strongest form of intellectual property protection for those types of products, as such patents provide protection without regard to any method of use. We cannot be certain, however, that the claims in our pending patent applications covering the composition of matter of our product candidates will be considered patentable by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, or by patent offices in foreign countries, or that the claims in any of our issued patents will be considered valid and enforceable by courts in the United States or foreign countries. Furthermore, in some cases, we may not be able to obtain issued claims covering compositions of matter relating to our product candidates and proprietary product platform, as well as other technologies that are important to our business, and instead may need to rely on filing patent applications with claims covering a method of use and/or method of manufacture. Method of use patents protect the use of a product for the specified method. This type of patent does not prevent a competitor from making and marketing a product that is identical to our product for an indication that is outside the scope of the patented method. Moreover, even if competitors do not actively promote their products for our targeted indications, physicians may

 

51


Table of Contents

prescribe these products “off-label” for those uses that are covered by our method of use patents. Although off-label prescriptions may infringe or contribute to the infringement of method of use patents, the practice is common and such infringement is difficult to prevent or prosecute. There can be no assurance that any such patent applications will issue as granted patents, and even if they do issue, such patent claims may be insufficient to prevent third parties, such as our competitors, from utilizing our technology. Any failure to obtain or maintain patent protection with respect to our product candidates and proprietary product platform could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If any of our owned patent applications do not issue as patents in any jurisdiction, we may not be able to compete effectively.

Changes in either the patent laws or their interpretation in the United States and other countries may diminish our ability to protect our inventions, obtain, maintain, and enforce our intellectual property rights and, more generally, could affect the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our owned patents. With respect to our patent portfolio, as of December 31, 2018, our patent portfolio consisted of eight issued U.S. patents, two issued European patents, 12 issued patents in other jurisdictions, including Argentina, Australia, Canada, China, Colombia, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Mexico, New Zealand and South Africa, six pending PCT applications, 103 pending non-provisional applications (U.S., EP, and other jurisdictions), and 12 pending U.S. provisional applications, which include claims directed to compositions, methods of use, and manufacturing processes. With respect to owned intellectual property, we cannot predict whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient protection from competitors or other third parties.

The patent prosecution process is expensive, time-consuming, and complex, and we may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, enforce, or license all necessary or desirable patents and patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output in time to obtain patent protection. Although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to confidential or patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties, any of these parties may breach such agreements and disclose such output before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection. In addition, our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on whether the differences between our inventions and the prior art allow our inventions to be patentable over the prior art. Furthermore, publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in any of our owned or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions.

If the scope of any patent protection we obtain is not sufficiently broad, or if we lose any of our patent protection, our ability to prevent our competitors from commercializing similar or identical technology and product candidates would be adversely affected.

The patent position of healthcare companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions, and has been the subject of much litigation in recent years. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability, and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Our owned pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our product candidates, proprietary product platform technology, or other technologies or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and product candidates.

 

52


Table of Contents

No consistent policy regarding the scope of claims allowable in patents in the biotechnology field has emerged in the United States. The patent situation outside of the United States is even more uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or their interpretation in the United States and other countries may diminish our ability to protect our inventions and enforce our intellectual property rights, and more generally could affect the value of our intellectual property. In particular, our ability to stop third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell, or importing products that infringe our intellectual property will depend in part on our success in obtaining and enforcing patent claims that cover our technology, inventions and improvements. With respect to company-owned intellectual property, we cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications filed by us in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our existing patents or any patents that may be granted to us in the future will be commercially useful in protecting our products and the methods used to manufacture those products. Moreover, even our issued patents do not guarantee us the right to practice our technology in relation to the commercialization of our products. The area of patent and other intellectual property rights in biotechnology is an evolving one with many risks and uncertainties, and third parties may have blocking patents that could be used to prevent us from commercializing our patented product candidates and practicing our proprietary technology. Our issued patent and those that may issue in the future may be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related products or limit the length of the term of patent protection that we may have for our product candidates. In addition, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar technology. Furthermore, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies. For these reasons, we may have competition for our product candidates. Moreover, because of the extensive time required for development, testing and regulatory review of a potential product, it is possible that, before any particular product candidate can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby reducing any advantage of the patent.

Moreover, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Even if patent applications we own issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us, or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Any patents that we own may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented, or invalidated by third parties. Consequently, we do not know whether our product candidates or other technologies will be protectable or remain protected by valid and enforceable patents. Our competitors or other third parties may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity, or enforceability, and patents that we own may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. We may be subject to a third party preissuance submission of prior art to the USPTO or to foreign patent authorities or become involved in opposition, derivation, revocation, reexamination, post-grant and inter partes review, or interference proceedings or other similar proceedings challenging our owned patent rights. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate or render unenforceable, our owned patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our product candidates, proprietary product platform technologies or other technologies and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. Moreover, we may have to participate in interference proceedings declared by the USPTO to determine priority of invention or in post-grant challenge proceedings, such as oppositions in a foreign patent office, that challenge our priority of invention or other features of patentability with respect to our owned patents and patent applications. Such challenges may result in loss of patent rights, loss of exclusivity, or in

 

53


Table of Contents

patent claims being narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our product candidates, proprietary product platform and other technologies. Such proceedings also may result in substantial cost and require significant time from our scientists and management, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us.

In addition, given the amount of time required for the development, testing, and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such product candidates might expire before or shortly after such product candidates are commercialized. As a result, our intellectual property may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

We may in the future co-own patent rights relating to future product candidates and our proprietary product platform with third parties. We may need the cooperation of any such co-owners of our patent rights in order to enforce such patent rights against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations, and prospects.

Our rights to develop and commercialize our product candidates and proprietary product platform may be subject, in part, to the terms and conditions of future licenses granted to us by others.

We may rely upon licenses to certain patent rights and proprietary technology from third parties that are important or necessary to the development of our product candidates and proprietary product platform. Patent rights that we in-license in the future may be subject to a reservation of rights by one or more third parties. As a result, any such third parties may have certain rights to such intellectual property.

In addition, subject to the terms of any such license agreements, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance, and we may not have the right to control the enforcement, and defense of patents and patent applications covering the technology that we license from third parties. We cannot be certain that our in-licensed patent applications (and any patents issuing therefrom) that are controlled by our licensors will be prepared, filed, prosecuted, maintained, enforced, and defended in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. If our licensors fail to prosecute, maintain, enforce, and defend such patents rights, or lose rights to those patent applications (or any patents issuing therefrom), the rights we have licensed may be reduced or eliminated, our right to develop and commercialize any of our product candidates and proprietary product platform technologies that are subject of such licensed rights could be adversely affected, and we may not be able to prevent competitors from making, using and selling competing products. Moreover, we cannot be certain that such activities by our potential future licensors will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents or other intellectual property rights. In addition, even where we may have the right to control patent prosecution of patents and patent applications that we may license to and from third parties, we may still be adversely affected or prejudiced by actions or inactions of our potential future licensees, licensors and their counsel that took place prior to the date of assumption of control over patent prosecution.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our product candidates, proprietary product platform technologies and other technologies in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively

 

54


Table of Contents

expensive, and the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets, and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our intellectual property and proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we are forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may be adversely affected.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment, and other requirements imposed by government patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees, and various other government fees on patents and applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various government patent agencies outside of the United States over the lifetime of our owned patents and applications. The USPTO and various non-U.S. government agencies require compliance with several procedural, documentary, fee payment, and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In some cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. There are situations, however, in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in a partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, potential competitors might be able to enter the market with similar or identical products or technology, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

55


Table of Contents

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. Assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. After March 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after March 2013, but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we were the first to file any patent application related to our product candidates, proprietary product platform or other technologies.

The America Invents Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review, and derivation proceedings. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. Therefore, the America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our owned patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our owned issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In addition, the patent positions of companies in the development and commercialization of biologics and pharmaceuticals are particularly uncertain. Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. This combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the validity and enforceability of patents, once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that could have a material adverse effect on our existing patent portfolio and our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property in the future.

Issued patents covering our product candidates, and any patents that may issue covering our proprietary product platform technologies and other technologies, could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court or before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad.

If we or any of our third-party licensees, such as Midori Animal Health, which holds an exclusive license to certain of our patents in the field of non-human animal health, initiated legal proceedings

 

56


Table of Contents

against a third party to enforce a patent covering our product candidates, proprietary product platform technologies or other technologies, the defendant could counterclaim that such patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may raise claims challenging the validity or enforceability of our owned patents before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in the revocation of, cancellation of, or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our product candidates, proprietary product platform technologies, or other technologies. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a third party were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates, proprietary product platform or other technologies. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If we do not obtain patent term extension and/or data exclusivity for any product candidates we may develop, our business may be materially harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of any FDA marketing approval of any product candidates we may develop, one or more of our owned U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits a patent term extension of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Similar extensions as compensation for patent term lost during regulatory review processes are also available in certain foreign countries and territories, such as in Europe under a Supplementary Patent Certificate. However, we may not be granted an extension in the United States and/or foreign countries and territories because of, for example, failing to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents, or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or the term of any such extension is shorter than what we request, our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially harmed.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our patents and other intellectual property.

We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our owned patent rights, trade secrets, or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, we may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of employees, consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates, proprietary product platform or other technologies. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or our ownership of our owned patent rights, trade secrets or other

 

57


Table of Contents

intellectual property. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property that is important to our product candidates, proprietary product platform and other technologies. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patents for our product candidates, proprietary product platform and other technologies, we also rely on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our unpatented know-how, technology, and other proprietary information and to maintain our competitive position. Trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. We expect our trade secrets and know-how to over time be disseminated within the industry through independent development, the publication of journal articles describing the methodology, and the movement of personnel from academic to industry scientific positions.

We currently, and may continue in the future continue to, rely on third parties to assist us in developing and manufacturing our product candidates. Accordingly, we must, at times, share know-how and trade secrets, including those related to our proprietary product platform, with them. We may in the future also enter into research and development collaborations with third parties that may require us to share know-how and trade secrets under the terms of our research and development partnerships or similar agreements. We seek to protect our know-how, trade secrets and other proprietary technology, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements, and including in our vendor and service agreements terms protecting our confidential information, know-how and trade secrets, with parties who have access to such information, such as our employees, scientific collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants as well as train our employees not to bring or use proprietary information or technology from former employers to us or in their work, and we remind former employees when they leave their employment of their confidentiality obligations. However, we cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology and processes. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and other confidential information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems.

Despite our efforts, any of the aforementioned parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, or there may be a lapses or failures in our physical and electronic security systems which lead to our proprietary information being disclosed, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies in the event of any such breaches. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary technologies will be effective. If any of our scientific advisors, employees, contractors and consultants who are parties to these agreements breaches or violates the terms of any of these agreements, we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation, and we could lose our trade secrets as a result. Moreover, if confidential information that is licensed or disclosed to us by our partners, collaborators, or others is inadvertently disclosed or subject to a breach or violation, we may be exposed to liability to the owner of that confidential information. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade

 

58


Table of Contents

secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, our competitive position would be materially and adversely harmed.

We rely on our proprietary product platform to identify microbiome therapies. Our competitive position could be materially harmed if our competitors develop a similar platform and develop rival product candidates.

We rely on know-how, inventions and other proprietary information, to strengthen our competitive position. We consider know-how to be our primary intellectual property with respect to our proprietary product platform. Our clinical trials allow us to collect clinical data, which we use as a feedback loop to make improvements to our proprietary product platform. In particular, we anticipate that, with respect to this proprietary product platform, this data may over time be disseminated within the industry through independent development, the publication of journal articles describing the method, and the movement of skilled personnel.

We cannot rule out that our competitors may have or obtain the knowledge necessary to analyze and characterize similar data to our known data for the purpose of identifying and developing products that could compete with any of our product candidates. Our competitors may also have significantly greater financial, product development, technical, and human resources and access to date. Further, our competitors may have significantly greater experience in using translational science methods to identify and develop product candidates.

We may not be able to prohibit our competitors from using technology or methods that are the same as or similar to our proprietary product platform to develop their own product candidates. If our competitors develop associated therapies, our ability to develop and market a promising product or product candidate may diminish substantially, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

We may not be successful in obtaining, through acquisitions, in-licenses or otherwise, necessary rights to our product candidates, proprietary product platform technologies or other technologies.

We currently have rights to certain intellectual property, through licenses from third parties, to develop our product candidates and proprietary product platform technologies. Some healthcare companies and academic institutions are competing with us in the field of microbiome therapies and may have patents and have filed and are likely filing patent applications potentially relevant to our business. In order to avoid infringing these third-party patents, we may find it necessary or prudent to obtain licenses to such patents from such third party intellectual property holders. We may also require licenses from third parties for certain technologies that we may evaluating for use with our current or future product candidates. However, we may be unable to secure such licenses or otherwise acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes, or other intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary for our current or future product candidates and our proprietary product platform at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. The licensing or acquisition of third party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment or at all.

 

59


Table of Contents

In the event that we try to obtain rights to required third party intellectual property rights, and are ultimately unsuccessful, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign our technology, product candidates, or the methods for manufacturing them or to develop or license replacement technology, all of which may not be feasible on a technical or commercial basis. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidates or continue to utilize our existing proprietary product platform technology, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects significantly.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants, or advisors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their current or former employers or claims asserting ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees, consultants, and advisors are currently or were previously employed at universities or other healthcare companies, including our competitors and potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants, and advisors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s current or former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation against us or our collaborators may prevent or delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates, proprietary product platform and other technologies.

The field of developing therapeutics that target the microbiome is competitive and dynamic. Due to the focused research and development that is taking place by several companies, including us and our competitors, in this field, the intellectual property landscape is in flux, and it may remain uncertain in the future. As such, there may be significant intellectual property related litigation and proceedings relating to our owned, and other third party, intellectual property and proprietary rights in the future.

Our commercial success depends in part on our and our collaborators’ ability to avoid infringing, misappropriating and otherwise violating the patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of complex litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, as well as administrative proceedings for challenging patents, including interference, derivation and reexamination proceedings before the USPTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. As discussed above, recently, due to changes in U.S. law referred to as patent reform, new procedures including inter partes review and post-grant review have been implemented. As stated above, this reform adds uncertainty to the possibility of challenge to our patents in the future.

 

60


Table of Contents

Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications owned by third parties exist relating to glycan technologies and in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our product candidates, proprietary product platform technologies and other technologies may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others. We cannot assure you that our product candidates, proprietary product platform technologies and other technologies that we have developed, are developing or may develop in the future will not infringe existing or future patents owned by third parties. We may not be aware of patents that have already been issued and that a third party, for example, a competitor in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates, proprietary product platform and other technologies might assert are infringed by our current or future product candidates, proprietary product platform or other technologies, including claims to compositions, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods of use or treatment that cover our product candidates, proprietary product platform or other technologies. It is also possible that patents owned by third parties of which we are aware, but which we do not believe are relevant to our product candidates, proprietary product platform or other technologies, could be found to be infringed by our product candidates, proprietary product platform or other technologies. In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications that may later result in issued patents that our product candidates, proprietary product platform or other technologies may infringe. We cannot provide any assurances that third-party patents do not exist which might be enforced against our current technology, including our proprietary product platform technologies, manufacturing methods, product candidates, or future methods or products resulting in either an injunction prohibiting our manufacture or future sales, or, with respect to our future sales, an obligation on our part to pay royalties and/or other forms of compensation to third parties, which could be significant.

Third parties may have patents or obtain patents in the future and claim that the manufacture, use or sale of our product candidates, proprietary product platform or other technologies infringes upon these patents. In the event that any third party claims that we infringe their patents or that we are otherwise employing their proprietary technology without authorization and initiates litigation against us, even if we believe such claims are without merit, a court of competent jurisdiction could hold that such patents are valid, enforceable and infringed by our product candidates, proprietary product platform or other technologies. In this case, the holders of such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize the applicable product candidate or technology unless we obtain a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire or are finally determined to be held invalid or unenforceable. Such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, the license would likely obligate us to pay license fees or royalties or both, and the rights granted to us might be non-exclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license to a third-party patent on commercially reasonable terms, we may be unable to commercialize our product candidates, proprietary product platform, or other technologies, or such commercialization efforts may be significantly delayed, which could in turn significantly harm our business.

Defense of infringement claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of management and other employee resources from our business, and may impact our reputation. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may be enjoined from further developing or commercializing our infringing product candidates, proprietary product platform, or other technologies. In addition, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, obtain one or more licenses from third parties, pay royalties and/or redesign our infringing product candidates or technologies, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. In that event, we would be unable to further develop and commercialize our product candidates, proprietary product platform, or other technologies, which could harm our business significantly.

 

61


Table of Contents

Engaging in litigation to defend against third parties alleging that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated their patents or other intellectual property rights is very expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of litigation or administrative proceedings more effectively than we can because of greater financial resources. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings against us could impair our ability to compete in the marketplace. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time-consuming, and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents, or we may be required to defend against claims of infringement. In addition, our patents also may become involved in inventorship, priority or validity disputes. To counter or defend against such claims can be expensive and time-consuming. In an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent owned by us is invalid or unenforceable, the other party’s use of our patented technology falls under the safe harbor to patent infringement under 35 U.S.C. §27I)(1), or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our owned patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put one or more of our owned patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. Even if we establish infringement, the court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may or may not be an adequate remedy. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing, or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition among potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors or other third parties may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. If we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question.

 

62


Table of Contents

In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade secrets, domain names, copyrights or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

 

   

others may be able to make products that are similar to our product candidates or utilize similar technology but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we may own;

 

   

we, or our current or future licensors or collaborators, might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patent or pending patent application that we own now or in the future;

 

   

we, or our current or future licensors or collaborators, might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our or their inventions;

 

   

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our owned intellectual property rights;

 

   

it is possible that our current or future pending owned patent applications will not lead to issued patents;

 

   

issued patents that we hold rights to may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors or other third parties;

 

   

our competitors or other third parties might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

   

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

 

   

the patents of others may harm our business; and

 

   

we may choose not to file a patent in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent covering such intellectual property.

Should any of these events occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We have limited foreign intellectual property rights and may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

We have limited intellectual property rights outside the United States. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States.

 

63


Table of Contents

Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but where enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceutical products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products against third parties in violation of our proprietary rights generally. The initiation of proceedings by third parties to challenge the scope or validity of our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Risks related to our reliance on third parties

We will rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines or comply with regulatory requirements, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of or commercialize any potential product candidates.

We will depend upon third parties, including independent investigators, to conduct our clinical trials under agreements with universities, medicinal institutions, CROs, strategic partners and others. We expect to have to negotiate budgets and contracts with CROs and trial sites, which may result in delays to our development timelines and increased costs.

We will rely heavily on third parties over the course of our clinical trials, and, as a result, will have limited control over the clinical investigators and limited visibility into their day-to-day activities, including with respect to their compliance with the approved clinical protocol. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal and regulatory requirements and scientific standards, and our reliance on third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We and these third parties are required to comply with GCP requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for product candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCP requirements through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, clinical investigators and trial sites. If we or any of these third parties fail to comply with applicable GCP requirements, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to suspend or terminate these trials or perform additional preclinical studies or clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot be certain that, upon inspection, such regulatory authorities will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with the GCP requirements. In addition, our clinical trials for therapeutic indications must be conducted with drug product produced under cGMP requirements and may require a large number of patients.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our failure or any failure by these third parties to comply with these regulations or to recruit a sufficient number of patients may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval or commercialization process. Moreover, our business may be implicated if any of these third parties violates federal or state fraud and abuse or false claims laws and regulations or healthcare privacy and security laws.

Any third parties conducting our future clinical trials will not be our employees and, except for remedies that may be available to us under our agreements with such third parties, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our ongoing preclinical and clinical programs. These third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other product development activities, which could affect their performance on our behalf. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to complete development of, obtain regulatory approval of or successfully commercialize our product candidates. As a result, our financial results and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.

If any of our relationships with these third-party CROs or others terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs or other third parties or to do so on commercially reasonable terms. Switching or adding additional CROs involves additional cost and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO begins work. As a result, delays may occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We expect to rely on third parties to manufacture our clinical supply of product candidates, and we intend to rely on third parties to produce and process our products, if approved.

We currently rely on outside vendors to supply raw materials and other important components, such as the heterogenous catalyst and chromatographic resins used to purify crude MMT candidates. We have not yet caused any product candidates to be manufactured or processed on a commercial scale and may not be able to do so for any of our product candidates. We will make changes as we work to optimize the manufacturing process for our product candidates, and we cannot be sure that even minor changes in the process will result in therapies that are safe and effective.

The facilities used to manufacture our product candidates must be approved by the FDA or other foreign regulatory agencies pursuant to inspections that will be conducted after we submit a marketing application to the FDA or other foreign regulatory agencies. Additionally, any facilities used for the manufacture of product candidates commercialized for non-therapeutic uses will be subject to inspection by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities. We do not currently control all aspects of the manufacturing process of, and are currently largely dependent on, our contract manufacturing partners for compliance with regulatory requirements, known as cGMP requirements, for manufacture of our product candidates. If and when our manufacturing facility becomes operational, we will be responsible for compliance with cGMP requirements. If we or our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture in conformance with our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or other regulatory authorities, we and they will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities with respect to the manufacture of our product candidates. In addition, we have no control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality

 

65


Table of Contents

assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved.

For more information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Manufacturing and Supply” below.

If our sole contract manufacturing organization for materials to be used in our clinical trials fails to supply us with the necessary materials, we may be unable to complete our clinical trials on a timely basis, if at all.

In 2018, we entered into a services agreement with a subsidiary of Thermo Fisher Scientific, or Thermo Fisher, to handle the manufacturing supply chain from drug substance synthesis through labeling and packaging for our planned clinical trials. If Thermo Fisher is unable or unwilling to provide us with sufficient quantities of applicable MMT candidates to meet our demands or fails to meet our standards of quality or other specification or to achieve drug cGMP compliance, we may not be able to locate any alternative suppliers or enter into commercially reasonable agreements with substitute suppliers in a timely manner or at all.

Third-party relationships are important to our business. If we are unable to maintain our collaborations, enter into new relationships or if these relationships are not successful, our business could be adversely affected.

We have limited capabilities for product development and do not yet have any capability for sales, marketing or distribution. Accordingly, we enter into relationships with other companies to provide us with important technologies, and we may receive additional technologies and funding under these and other collaborations in the future. Relationships we enter into, may pose a number of risks, including the following:

 

   

third parties have, and future third-party collaborators may have, significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply;

 

   

current and future third parties may not perform their obligations as expected;

 

   

current and future third parties may not pursue development and commercialization of any product candidates that achieve regulatory approval or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in the third parties’ strategic focus or available funding, or external factors, such as a strategic transaction that may divert resources or create competing priorities;

 

   

third parties may delay non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a non-IND human clinical study or clinical trial program, stop a non-IND human clinical study or clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct non-IND human clinical studies or new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

 

   

current and future third parties could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products and product candidates if the third parties believe that the competitive products are more likely to be successfully developed or can be commercialized under terms that are more economically attractive than ours;

 

   

product candidates discovered in collaboration with us may be viewed by our current or future third parties as competitive with their own product candidates or products, which may cause such third parties to cease to devote resources to the commercialization of our product candidates;

 

66


Table of Contents
   

current and future third parties may fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the development, manufacture, distribution or marketing of a product candidate or product;

 

   

current and future third parties with marketing and distribution rights to one or more of our product candidates that achieve regulatory approval may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of such product or products;

 

   

disagreements with current or future third parties, including disagreements over proprietary rights, contract interpretation or the preferred course of development, might cause delays or terminations of the research, development or commercialization of product candidates, might lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to product candidates, or might result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive;

 

   

current and future third parties may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation;

 

   

current and future third parties may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability;

 

   

if a current or future third parties of ours is involved in a business combination, the collaborator might deemphasize or terminate the development or commercialization of any product candidate licensed to it by us; and

 

   

current and future relationships may be terminated by the collaborator, and, if terminated, we could be required to raise additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates.

If our relationships do not result in the successful discovery, development and commercialization of products or if one of our third parties terminates its agreement with us, we may not receive any future research funding or milestone or royalty payments under the collaboration. If we do not receive the funding we expect under these agreements, our development of our technology and product candidates could be delayed and we may need additional resources to develop product candidates and our technology. All of the risks relating to product development, regulatory approval and commercialization described in this prospectus also apply to the activities of our therapeutic collaborators.

Additionally, if any of our current or future third parties terminates its agreement with us, we may find it more difficult to attract new collaborators and our perception in the business and financial communities could be adversely affected.

Relationships are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators. We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Our ability to reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. If we are unable to reach agreements with suitable third parties on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all, we may have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization

 

67


Table of Contents

activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional expertise and additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we fail to enter into relationships or do not have sufficient funds or expertise to undertake the necessary development and commercialization activities, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates, bring them to market and generate revenue from sales of drugs or continue to develop our technology, and our business may be materially and adversely affected.

Risks related to manufacturing and supply

Our MMT product candidates rely on the availability of specialty raw materials, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Our product candidates require certain specialty raw materials, some of which we obtain from small companies with limited resources and experience to support a commercial product. The suppliers may be ill-equipped to support our needs, especially in non-routine circumstances like an FDA inspection or medical crisis, such as widespread contamination. We do not currently have contracts in place with all of the suppliers that we may need at any point in time, and if needed, may not be able to contract with them on acceptable terms or at all. Accordingly, we may experience delays in receiving key raw materials to support clinical or commercial manufacturing.

Our product candidates require specialized manufacturing capabilities. If we or any of our third-party manufacturers encounter difficulties in manufacturing our product candidates, our ability to provide supply of our product candidates for clinical trials or our products for patients, if approved, could be delayed or stopped, or we may be unable to maintain a commercially viable cost structure.

The manufacturing process used to produce our product candidates is complex and novel and it has not yet been validated for clinical and commercial production. As a result of these complexities, the cost to manufacture our product candidates is higher than traditional small molecule chemical compounds and the manufacturing process is less reliable and is more difficult to reproduce. Furthermore, our cGMP manufacturing process development and scale-up is at an early stage. The actual cost to manufacture and process our product candidates could be greater than we expect and could materially and adversely affect the commercial viability of our product candidates.

Our manufacturing process may be susceptible to manufacturing issues associated with interruptions in the manufacturing process, contamination, equipment or reagent failure, improper installation or operation of equipment, vendor or operator error, and variability in product characteristics. Even minor deviations from normal manufacturing processes could result in reduced production yields, lot failures, product defects, product recalls, product liability claims and other supply disruptions. If microbial, viral or other contaminations are discovered in our product candidates or in the manufacturing facilities in which our product candidates are made, production at such manufacturing facilities may be interrupted for an extended period of time to investigate and remedy the contamination. Further, as product candidates are developed through preclinical to late-stage clinical trials toward approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize processes and results. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these intended objectives, and any of these changes could cause our product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials.

Although we continue to optimize our manufacturing process for our MMT product candidates, doing so is a difficult and uncertain task, and there are risks associated with scaling to the level required for advanced clinical trials or commercialization, including, among others, cost overruns,

 

68


Table of Contents

potential problems with process scale-up, process reproducibility, stability issues, lot consistency, and timely availability of reagents and/or raw materials. We ultimately may not be successful in transferring our production system from our contract manufacturer to any manufacturing facilities we establish ourselves, or our contract manufacturer may not have the necessary capabilities to complete the implementation and development process. If we are unable to adequately validate or scale-up the manufacturing process for our product candidates with our current manufacturer, we will need to transfer to another manufacturer and complete the manufacturing validation process, which can be lengthy. If we are able to adequately validate and scale-up the manufacturing process for our product candidates with a contract manufacturer, we will still need to negotiate with such contract manufacturer an agreement for commercial supply and it is not certain we will be able to come to agreement on terms acceptable to us. As a result, we may ultimately be unable to reduce the cost of goods for our product candidates to levels that will allow for an attractive return on investment if and when those product candidates are commercialized.

The manufacturing process for any products that we may develop for therapeutic indications is subject to the FDA and foreign regulatory authority approval process, and we will need to contract with manufacturers who can meet all applicable FDA and foreign regulatory authority requirements on an ongoing basis. If we or our CMOs are unable to reliably produce products to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory authorities, we may not obtain or maintain the approvals we need to commercialize such products. Even if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates for therapeutic indications, there is no assurance that either we or our CMOs will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential launch of the product, or to meet potential future demand. Any of these challenges could delay completion of clinical trials, require bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of our product candidates, impair commercialization efforts, increase our cost of goods, and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Our future success depends on our ability to manufacture our products on a timely basis with acceptable manufacturing costs, while at the same time maintaining good quality control and complying with applicable regulatory requirements, and an inability to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, we could incur higher manufacturing costs if manufacturing processes or standards change, and we could need to replace, modify, design, or build and install equipment, all of which would require additional capital expenditures. Specifically, because our product candidates may have a higher cost of goods than conventional therapies, the risk that coverage and reimbursement rates may be inadequate for us to achieve profitability may be greater.

We may depend on third parties for clinical and commercial supplies, including, in some instances, a single supplier.

We may depend on third-party suppliers for clinical and commercial supplies, including the active ingredients which are used in our product candidates. These supplies may not always be available to us at the standards we require or on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and we may not be able to locate alternative suppliers in a timely manner, or at all. If we are unable to obtain necessary clinical or commercial supplies, our manufacturing operations and clinical trials and the clinical trials of our collaborators may be delayed or disrupted and our business and prospects may be materially and adversely affected as a result.

We may rely on a sole supplier for certain of our supplies. If this sole suppliers is unable to supply to us in the quantities we require, or at all, or otherwise defaults on its supply obligations to us, we may not be able to obtain alternative supplies from other suppliers on acceptable terms, in a timely manner, or at all.

 

69


Table of Contents

We have limited experience manufacturing our drug product candidates for purposes of clinical trials for therapeutic indications or for non-therapeutic clinical studies or trials or the marketing of our products as non-drug products and at commercial scale, and if we decide to establish our own manufacturing facility for our drug product candidates, we cannot assure you that we can manufacture our drug product candidates in compliance with regulations at a cost or in quantities necessary to make them commercially viable.

We may establish a manufacturing facility for our product candidates for production as investigational new drugs for purposes of clinical trials for therapeutic indications or for the production of non-drug product candidates at a commercial scale. We have limited experience in cGMP compliant manufacturing of our drug product candidates for purposes of clinical trials in therapeutic indications or at a commercial scale. We similarly have limited experience in complying with the manufacturing requirements for non-drug applications for our products at a commercial scale. In the future, we may develop our manufacturing capacity in part by expanding our current facility or building additional facilities. This activity will require substantial additional funds and we would need to hire and train a significant number of qualified employees to staff these facilities. We may not be able to develop cGMP-compliant manufacturing facilities that are adequate to produce materials for additional later-stage clinical trials or commercial use.

The equipment and facilities employed in the manufacture of pharmaceuticals and foods (including medical foods) are subject to stringent qualification requirements by regulatory agencies, including validation of facility, equipment, systems, processes and analytics. We may be subject to lengthy delays and expense in conducting validation studies, if we can meet the requirements at all.

Risks related to our common stock and this offering

We do not know whether an active, liquid and orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be and, as a result, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in shares of our common stock is not active. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock after the offering. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

The price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control, including limited trading volume. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include:

 

   

the commencement, enrollment or results of our ongoing and planned non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates or any future non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials we may conduct, or changes in the development status of our product candidates;

 

70


Table of Contents
   

any delay in our regulatory filings for our product candidates and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the applicable regulatory authority’s review of such filings;

 

   

adverse results from or delays in non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials of our product candidates, including as a result of clinical holds, safety events, enrollment difficulties, or study protocol amendments;

 

   

our decision to initiate a non-IND human clinical study or clinical trial, not to initiate a non-IND human clinical study or clinical trial or to terminate an existing non-IND human clinical study or clinical trial;

 

   

adverse regulatory decisions, including failure to receive regulatory approval of our product candidates for therapeutic indications or to proceed on alternate regulatory pathways to market for our product candidates;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our products, including but not limited to clinical trial requirements for approvals or marketing of dietary non-drug products or food products;

 

   

adverse developments concerning our manufacturers;

 

   

our inability to obtain adequate product supply for any approved product or inability to do so at acceptable prices;

 

   

our inability to establish collaborations, if needed;

 

   

our failure to commercialize our product candidates;

 

   

additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

 

   

unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of our product candidates;

 

   

introduction of new products or services by our competitors;

 

   

announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

   

the size and growth of our initial target markets;

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;

 

   

our cash position;

 

   

our failure to meet the estimates and projections of the investment community or that we may otherwise provide to the public;

 

   

publication of research reports about us or our industry, or microbiome therapies in particular, or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

 

   

changes in the market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

overall performance of the equity markets;

 

   

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future;

 

   

trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

adoption of new accounting standards;

 

   

ineffectiveness of our internal controls;

 

71


Table of Contents
   

disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

   

significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

 

   

general political and economic conditions; and

 

   

other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for healthcare companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities. This type of litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which would harm our business, operating results or financial condition.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.

We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends is currently restricted by the terms of our credit facility with Pacific Western Bank, and future debt or other financing arrangements may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited in the foreseeable future to the appreciation of their stock.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates and 5% stockholders will beneficially hold, in the aggregate, approximately         % of our outstanding voting stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares). Therefore, even after this offering, these stockholders will have the ability to influence us through this ownership position. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that stockholders may feel are otherwise in their best interests.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of your shares.

The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $        per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this

 

72


Table of Contents

prospectus, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. Further, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will contribute approximately     % of the total amount invested by stockholders since our inception, but will own only approximately     % of the shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

This dilution is due to our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering having paid substantially less when they purchased their shares than the price offered to the public in this offering. To the extent outstanding stock options or warrants are exercised, new stock options or warrants are issued, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing common stock in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the year in which we complete this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion; or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates to exceed $700 million as of the prior June 30th; and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we may adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard and may do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. This may make comparison of our financial statements with the financial statements of another public company that is not an emerging growth company, or an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period, difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

 

73


Table of Contents

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC, annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and The Nasdaq Global Select Market to implement provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as “say on pay” and proxy access. Recent legislation permits emerging growth companies to implement many of these requirements over a longer period and up to five years from the pricing of this offering. We intend to take advantage of this new legislation but cannot guarantee that we will not be required to implement these requirements sooner than budgeted or planned and thereby incur unexpected expenses. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based on shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018, upon the closing of this offering we will have outstanding a total of                  shares of common stock. Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction in the public market immediately following this offering.

The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to earlier release of all or a portion of the shares subject to such agreements by the representatives of the underwriters in their sole discretion. After the lock-up agreements expire, based upon the number of shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis, outstanding as of

 

74


Table of Contents

December 31, 2018, up to an additional                  shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market. Approximately     % of these additional shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to certain limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

In addition, shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our existing equity compensation plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan will automatically increase on January 1, 2020 and each January 1 thereafter by     % of the number of shares of common stock outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares determined by our compensation committee. Unless our board of directors elects not to increase the number of shares available for future grant each year, our stockholders may experience additional dilution.

After this offering, the holders of      shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2018 will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the 180-day lock-up agreements described above. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We have broad discretion in the use of our existing cash, cash equivalents and the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of our existing cash, cash equivalents and the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether such proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of our existing cash, cash equivalents and the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our existing cash, cash equivalents and the net proceeds from this offering in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. From time to time, we may enter into license or collaboration agreements with other companies that include development funding and significant upfront and milestone payments and/or royalties, which may become an important source of our revenue. Accordingly, our revenue may depend on development funding and the achievement of development and clinical milestones under current and any potential future license and collaboration

 

75


Table of Contents

agreements and sales of our products, if approved. These upfront and milestone payments may vary significantly from period to period and any such variance could cause a significant fluctuation in our operating results from one period to the next.

In addition, we measure compensation cost for stock-based awards made to employees, directors and non-employee consultants based on the fair value of the award on either the grant date or service completion date, and we recognize the cost as an expense over the recipient’s service period. Because the variables that we use as a basis for valuing stock-based awards change over time, including our underlying stock price and stock price volatility, the magnitude of the expense that we must recognize may vary significantly.

Furthermore, our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of other factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including the following:

 

   

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research and development activities relating to our current and any future product candidates, which will change from time to time;

 

   

our ability to enroll patients in non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials and the timing of enrollment;

 

   

the cost of manufacturing our current and any future product candidates, which may vary depending on FDA guidelines and requirements, the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with manufacturers;

 

   

expenditures that we may incur to acquire or develop additional product candidates and technologies;

 

   

the timing and outcomes of clinical trials for our current product candidates and any other future product candidates or competing product candidates;

 

   

competition from existing and potential future products that compete with our current product candidates and any other future product candidates, and changes in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners;

 

   

any delays in regulatory review or approval or commercialization of our current product candidates or any other future product candidates;

 

   

the level of demand for our current product candidates and any other future product candidates, if approved, which may fluctuate significantly and be difficult to predict;

 

   

the risk/benefit profile, cost and reimbursement policies with respect to our products candidates, if approved, and existing and potential future products that compete with our current product candidates and any other future product candidates;

 

   

our ability to commercialize our current product candidates and any other future product candidates inside and outside of the United States, either independently or working with third parties;

 

   

our ability to adequately support future growth;

 

   

potential unforeseen business disruptions that increase our costs or expenses;

 

   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; and

 

   

the changing and volatile global economic environment.

The cumulative effect of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an

 

76


Table of Contents

indication of our future performance. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated revenue and/or earnings guidance we may provide.

Anti-takeover provisions under our charter documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change of control which could limit the market price of our common stock and may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, which are to become effective at or prior to the closing of this offering, contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. Some of these provisions include:

 

   

a board of directors divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, such that not all members of the board will be elected at one time;

 

   

a prohibition on stockholder action through written consent, which requires that all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

a requirement that special meetings of stockholders be called only by the chair of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, or by a majority of the total number of authorized directors;

 

   

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations for election to our board of directors;

 

   

a requirement that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two-thirds of all outstanding shares of our voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors;

 

   

a requirement of approval of not less than two-thirds of all outstanding shares of our voting stock to amend any by-laws by stockholder action or to amend specific provisions of our certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

the authority of the board of directors to issue preferred stock on terms determined by the board of directors without stockholder approval and which preferred stock may include rights superior to the rights of the holders of common stock.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors and could also delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

77


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price may decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and the trading price of our common stock may decline.

Pursuant to Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, our management will be required to report upon the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the annual report for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2019. When we lose our status as an “emerging growth company,” our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. To comply with the requirements of being a reporting company under the Exchange Act, we may need to implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and may need to hire additional accounting and finance staff.

We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

If we engage in future acquisitions or strategic partnerships, this may increase our capital requirements, dilute our stockholders, cause us to incur debt or assume contingent liabilities, and subject us to other risks.

We may evaluate various acquisition opportunities and strategic partnerships, including licensing or acquiring complementary products, intellectual property rights, technologies or businesses. Any potential acquisition or strategic partnership may entail numerous risks, including:

 

   

increased operating expenses and cash requirements;

 

   

the assumption of additional indebtedness or contingent liabilities;

 

   

the issuance of our equity securities;

 

78


Table of Contents
   

assimilation of operations, intellectual property and products of an acquired company, including difficulties associated with integrating new personnel;

 

   

the diversion of our management’s attention from our existing product programs and initiatives in pursuing such a strategic merger or acquisition;

 

   

retention of key employees, the loss of key personnel and uncertainties in our ability to maintain key business relationships;

 

   

risks and uncertainties associated with the other party to such a transaction, including the prospects of that party and their existing products or product candidates and marketing approvals; and

 

   

our inability to generate revenue from acquired technology and/or products sufficient to meet our objectives in undertaking the acquisition or even to offset the associated acquisition and maintenance costs.

In addition, if we undertake acquisitions, we may issue dilutive securities, assume or incur debt obligations, incur large one-time expenses and acquire intangible assets that could result in significant future amortization expense. Moreover, we may not be able to locate suitable acquisition opportunities, and this inability could impair our ability to grow or obtain access to technology or products that may be important to the development of our business.

Covenants and events of default in our debt instruments could limit our ability to undertake certain types of transactions and adversely affect our liquidity.

Our current debt financing agreements contain and our future debt financing agreements may contain covenants and events of default that may limit our financial flexibility and ability to undertake certain types of transactions. Typically, these covenants would restrict our business activities, including restrictions on:

 

   

creating liens;

 

   

engaging in mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

 

   

incurring additional indebtedness;

 

   

providing guarantees;

 

   

engaging in different businesses;

 

   

making investments;

 

   

making certain dividend, debt and other restricted payments;

 

   

engaging in certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

entering into certain contractual obligations.

Our ability to comply with these expected covenants may depend on factors outside our control. We cannot assure you that we will be able to satisfy these covenants. If we fail to satisfy the covenants established in these facilities or an event of default occurs under the applicable debt agreement, the maturity of the debt instruments could be accelerated or we could be prohibited from future borrowing. If our obligations under the debt instruments are accelerated and we do not have sufficient cash on hand to pay all amounts due, we could be required to sell assets, to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or to obtain additional financing through equity or debt financings. Refinancing may not be possible and additional financing may not be available on commercially acceptable terms, or at all. If we cannot obtain such financing, we would need to curtail our planned operations.

 

79


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated by-laws will designate specific courts as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our amended and restated by-laws, as will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or by-laws; (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or by-laws; or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our amended and restated by-laws will further provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts will be the exclusive forum for any private action asserting violations by us or any of our directors or officers of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and of all suits in equity and actions at law brought to enforce any liability or duty created by those statutes or the rules and regulations under such statutes. The forum selection clauses in our amended and restated by-laws may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

 

80


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to management. Some of the statements in the section captioned “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus contain forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: “may,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “continue,” “ongoing” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.

These statements involve risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our projections of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

the success, cost and timing of our product development activities, preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials, including statements regarding the timing of initiation and completion of preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials and related preparatory work, and the timing of the availability of the results of these preclinical studies, human non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

our ability to obtain funding for our operations, including funding necessary to complete further development of our initial product candidates, and if successful, commercialization;

 

   

the potential for our identified research priorities to advance our proprietary product platform, development programs or product candidates;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval or find alternate regulatory commercialization pathways from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, European Medicines Agency and other regulatory authorities for our product candidates, and any related restrictions, limitations or warnings in the label of an approved product candidate;

 

   

our expectations regarding our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our product candidates and the direction of such protection;

 

   

our ability and the potential to successfully manufacture our product candidates for preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials and for commercial use, if approved;

 

   

the size and growth potential of the markets for our product candidates, and our ability to serve those markets, either alone or in combination with others;

 

   

the rate and degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved;

 

   

regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

   

our ability to contract with third-party suppliers and manufacturers and their ability to perform adequately;

 

   

the success of competing products or therapies that are or may become available;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain key scientific or management personnel;

 

   

our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing; and

 

   

our use of the proceeds from this offering.

 

81


Table of Contents

In addition, you should refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of other important factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if the forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law. You should, therefore, not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

 

82


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, governmental publications, reports by market research firms or other independent sources that we believe to be reliable sources. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. We are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus, and we believe these industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies are reliable. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any third-party information presented in this prospectus, their estimates, in particular, as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates.

 

83


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $        million, or approximately $        million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same. We do not expect that a change in the initial public offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

   

approximately             to advance our programs in hyperammonemia through Phase 2 clinical trials including related CMC and clinical trial material requirements;

 

   

approximately              to advance our pipeline outside of hyperammonemia, related product development, third-party costs and manufacturing for associated preclinical study, non-IND human clinical study and clinical trial materials;

 

   

approximately              to advance our proprietary product platform and discovery efforts; and

 

   

the remainder, if any, for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

Based on our current plans, we believe our existing cash, cash equivalents, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through                . As of December 31, 2018, we had $76.1 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand.

We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. Due to uncertainties inherent in the development process, it is difficult to estimate the exact amounts of the net proceeds that will be used for any particular purpose. We may use our existing cash, cash equivalents and the future payments, if any, generated from any future collaboration agreements to fund our operations, either of which may alter the amount of net proceeds used for a particular purpose. In addition, the amount, allocation and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the results of our research and development efforts, the timing and success of non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials and the timing of regulatory submissions. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds.

Pending their uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

84


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We anticipate that we will retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends is currently restricted by the terms of our credit facility with Pacific Western Bank, and future debt or other financing arrangements may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock.

 

85


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 30, 2018:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 37,034,802 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (ii) all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock becoming warrants to purchase shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read the information in this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2018  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except share and per
share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 92,550     $ 92,550     $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long term debt — net of unamortized debt discount

   $ 14,815     $ 14,815    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warrant liability

     700       —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (A, A-1, B and C), $0.001 par value; 37,171,832 shares authorized, 37,034,802 shares issued and outstanding actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     153,224       —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;              shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —         —      
      

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 62,000,000 shares authorized, 12,209,719 shares issued and 11,031,448 shares outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, 49,244,521 shares issued and 48,066,250 shares outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and              shares outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     11       48    

Additional paid-in capital

     6,965       160,852    

Accumulated deficit

     (84,998     (84,998  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (78,022     75,902    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 90,717     $ 90,717     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in

 

86


Table of Contents

capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $        million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $        million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above does not include:

 

   

11,908,710 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2018, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.11 per share (which does not include options to purchase 1,543,000 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $8.62 per share, that were granted subsequent to September 30, 2018);

 

   

137,030 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2018 to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock that will become warrants to purchase shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.92 per share, in connection with this offering;

 

   

232,168 shares of common stock available for future issuance as of September 30, 2018 under our 2015 Plan, which ceased to be available for issuance at the time that our 2019 Plan, became effective;

 

   

            shares of common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2019 Plan in connection with the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

 

   

            shares of common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in connection with the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

87


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of September 30, 2018 was $(79.5) million, or $(7.20) per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and the carrying values of our preferred, which is not included within stockholders’ equity (deficit). Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents historical net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the 11,031,448 shares of our common stock outstanding as September 30, 2018.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2018 was $74.4 million, or $1.55 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, after giving effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 37,034,802 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and (ii) all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock becoming warrants to purchase shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2018, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above.

After giving further effect to our issuance and sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $        per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2018 would have been $        million, or $        per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $        to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $        in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $                

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2018

   $ (7.20  

Increase per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

     8.75    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2018

     1.55    

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering

     $    
    

 

 

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $        , representing an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $        to existing stockholders and immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $        to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering, based on the initial public offering price of $        per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

88


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2018, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us on an as converted to common stock basis, the total consideration paid or to be paid, and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing stockholders and by new investors in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table shows, new investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price  
     Number      Percentage     Amount      Percentage     Per Share  

Existing shareholders

        %     $          %     $    

New investors

             $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

                         100.0   $                  100.0               
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be increased to     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The tables and discussion above are based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2018, and exclude:

 

   

11,908,710 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2018, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.11 per share (which does not include options to purchase 1,543,000 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $8.62 per share, that were granted subsequent to September 30, 2018);

 

   

137,030 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2018 to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock that will become warrants to purchase shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.92 per share, in connection with this offering;

 

   

232,168 shares of common stock available for future issuance as of September 30, 2018 under our 2015 Plan, which ceased to be available for issuance at the time that our 2019 Plan, became effective;

 

   

            shares of common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2019 Plan in connection with the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

 

   

            shares of common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in connection with the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

To the extent that outstanding stock options or warrants are exercised, new stock options or warrants are issued, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

89


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2018 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2018 or any other period.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2016     2017     2017     2018  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

        

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 7,863     $ 20,992     $ 13,513     $ 26,854  

General and administrative

     1,573       6,038       3,578       13,024  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     9,436       27,030       17,091       39,878  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (9,436     (27,030     (17,091     (39,878
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

     —         32       —         716  

Interest expense

     (141     (435     (196     (745

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (106     (109     (110     (405

Other expense

     (2     (17     (10     (202
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (249     (529     (316     (636
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (9,685   $ (27,559   $ (17,407   $ (40,514
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per shares — basic and diluted (1)

   $ (1.29   $ (3.08   $ (1.97   $ (4.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares used in computing net loss per share — basic and diluted (1)

     7,504,021       8,939,232       8,856,149       9,862,365  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share — basic and diluted (1)

     $ (0.82     $ (0.92
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share — basic and diluted (1)

       33,399,397         43,667,240  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)

See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share and the calculation of basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share.

 

90


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,

2018
 
     2016      2017  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,728      $ 28,456      $ 92,550  

Working capital (1)

     3,153        24,697        85,177  

Total assets

     4,990        30,747        100,203  

Long term debt—net of unamortized debt discount

     4,951        14,810        14,815  

Warrant liability

     43        295        700  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     15,655        52,494        153,224  

 

(1)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

 

91


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” section of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage healthcare company with a differentiated, chemistry-driven approach focused on leveraging the potential of the microbiome organ to treat disease and improve human health. We have built a human-centric proprietary product platform for discovery and development that we believe will enable the rapid advancement of a broad portfolio of novel product candidates into non-IND human clinical studies under regulations supporting research with food. Our product candidates are Microbiome Metabolic Therapies, or MMTs, which are designed to modulate the metabolic output and profile of the microbiome by driving the function and distribution of the organ’s existing microbes. We have an industrialized approach to the discovery and development of MMTs, and our initial MMTs are targeted glycans. Each targeted glycan is an ensemble of complex carbohydrates that is intended to modulate microbial metabolism to drive a specific biological response. We believe our MMTs have the potential to be novel treatments across a variety of diseases and conditions.

The human microbiome is generally a community of more than 30 trillion microbes, organisms that include bacteria, viruses, archaea and fungi, which reside on and inside the human body. By evolving together over thousands of years, microbes and humans have developed an intricate and mutually beneficial relationship. Given the profound impact that microbes have on human health, this highly complex microbial ecosystem has been referred to as a “newly discovered organ.” There is a growing body of research that links a healthy microbiome with overall human health, while dysbiosis, or imbalance, in the microbiome has been correlated with numerous human conditions, including those that can cause significant morbidity and mortality. Some of these conditions include irritable bowel syndrome, Parkinson’s disease, diabetes, metabolic syndrome, cancer, allergies and ulcerative colitis. The microbiome organ remains a largely untapped frontier in healthcare, and we believe that we are uniquely positioned to succeed in translating its promise into solutions for human health.

We were incorporated and commenced operations in 2015. Since our incorporation, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to building our proprietary product platform, developing our pipeline of MMT candidates, building our intellectual property portfolio and process development and manufacturing function, business planning, raising capital and providing general and administrative support for these operations. To date, we have principally raised capital through the private placement of convertible preferred stock and borrowings of long-term debt. Through September 30, 2018, we had received net proceeds of $148.1 million from sales of our convertible preferred stock and $15.0 million from borrowings under a loan and security agreement.

We have incurred significant net losses since inception. Our ability to generate product revenue sufficient to achieve profitability will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of one or more of our current or future product candidates. Our net losses were $27.6 million and $9.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and

 

92


Table of Contents

$40.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. As of September 30, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $85.0 million. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years. We expect that our expenses and capital requirements will increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly if and as we:

 

   

conduct preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates;

 

   

advance the development of our product candidate pipeline;

 

   

continue to discover and develop additional product candidates;

 

   

continue to build out our proprietary product platform and to increase its throughput for the discovery and nomination of product candidates;

 

   

acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;

 

   

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

hire additional clinical, scientific and commercial personnel;

 

   

expand manufacturing capabilities, including in-house and third-party commercial manufacturing, through the purchase, renovation, customization and operation of a manufacturing facility and securing supply chain capacity sufficient to provide non-IND human clinical study and clinical trial materials and commercial quantities of any product candidates which we may commercialize;

 

   

seek regulatory approvals for any product candidates for therapeutic indications that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

   

establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval or identify alternate commercial pathways; and

 

   

add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and planned future commercialization efforts, as well as to support our transition to a public reporting company.

We will not generate revenue from product sales unless and until we successfully complete clinical development and obtain regulatory approval for or identify alternate non-drug pathways for our product candidates. If we obtain regulatory approval for or otherwise commercialize any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant expenses related to developing our commercialization capability to support product sales, marketing and distribution. Further, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through equity or debt financings or other capital sources, which may include collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. We may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other agreements or arrangements when needed on favorable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise capital or enter into such agreements as and when needed, we may have to significantly delay, reduce or eliminate the development and commercialization of one or more of our product candidates or delay our pursuit of potential in-licenses or acquisitions.

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to generate product sales, we may not become profitable. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce or terminate our operations.

 

93


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2018, our cash and cash equivalents totaled approximately $76.1 million. We expect that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, will enable us to fund our operating expenses, capital expenditure requirements and debt obligations into            . See “—Liquidity and capital resources.”

Components of our results of operations

Revenue

We have not generated any revenue since our inception and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the near future, if at all. If our development efforts for our current product candidates or additional product candidates that we may develop in the future are successful and can be commercialized or if we enter into collaboration or license agreements with third parties, we may generate revenue in the future from a combination of product sales or payments from such collaboration or license agreements.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred in connection with the discovery and development of our product candidates. These expenses include:

 

   

development and operation of our proprietary product platform;

 

   

employee-related expenses, including salaries, related benefits and stock-based compensation expense, for employees engaged in research and development functions;

 

   

expenses incurred in connection with the preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates, including under agreements with third parties, such as consultants and contract research organizations, or CROs;

 

   

the cost of laboratory supplies and acquiring, developing and manufacturing products for use in our preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials, including under agreements with third parties, such as consultants and contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs;

 

   

facilities, depreciation and other expenses, which include direct or allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and insurance; and

 

   

costs related to compliance with regulatory requirements.

We expense research and development costs as incurred. Advance payments that we make for goods or services to be received in the future for use in research and development activities are recorded as prepaid expenses. The prepaid amounts are expensed as the related goods are delivered or the services are performed.

Our direct external research and development expenses are tracked on a program-by-program basis and consist of costs that include fees, reimbursed materials and other costs paid to consultants, contractors, CMOs and CROs in connection with our preclinical and clinical development and manufacturing activities. We do not allocate employee costs, costs associated with our discovery efforts, laboratory supplies and facilities expenses, including depreciation or other indirect costs, to specific product development programs because these costs are deployed across multiple programs and our platform technology and, as such, are not separately classified.

Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and

 

94


Table of Contents

duration of later-stage clinical trials. We expect that our research and development expenses will increase substantially in connection with our planned preclinical and clinical development activities in the near term and in the future. At this time, we cannot accurately estimate or know the nature, timing and costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the preclinical and clinical development of any of our product candidates. The successful development and commercialization of our product candidates is highly uncertain. This is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development and commercialization, including the following:

 

   

the timing and progress of preclinical and clinical development activities;

 

   

the number and scope of programs we decide to pursue and their regulatory paths to market;

 

   

raising additional funds necessary to complete preclinical and clinical development of and commercialize our product candidates;

 

   

the progress of the development efforts of parties with whom we have entered into and may enter into collaboration arrangements;

 

   

our ability to maintain our current research and development programs and to establish new ones;

 

   

our ability to maintain existing and establish new licensing or collaboration arrangements;

 

   

the successful initiation and completion of clinical trials with safety, tolerability and efficacy profiles that are satisfactory to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or any comparable foreign regulatory authority;

 

   

the receipt and related terms of regulatory approvals from applicable regulatory authorities for any product candidates for therapeutic indications;

 

   

the availability of specialty raw materials for use in production of our product candidates;

 

   

establishing agreements with third-party manufacturers for clinical supply for our clinical trials and commercial manufacturing, if any of our product candidates is approved or commercialized on an alternate regulatory pathway;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain patents, trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity, both in the United States and internationally;

 

   

our ability to protect our rights in our intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

the commercialization of our product candidates, if and when approved if approval to market is required;

 

   

obtaining and maintaining third-party insurance coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

   

the acceptance of our product candidates, if commercialized, by patients, consumers, the medical community and third-party payors;

 

   

competition with other products; and

 

   

a continued acceptable safety profile of our therapies following commercialization.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of our product candidates could significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. We may never succeed in obtaining regulatory approval or commercialization for any of our product candidates.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel in executive, finance, corporate and business development

 

95


Table of Contents

and administrative functions. General and administrative expenses also include legal fees relating to patent and corporate matters; professional fees for accounting, auditing, tax and administrative consulting services; insurance costs; administrative travel expenses; and facility-related expenses, which include direct depreciation costs and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and other operating costs.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we increase our headcount to support our continued research activities and development of our product candidates. We also anticipate that we will incur increased accounting, audit, legal, regulatory, compliance and director and officer insurance costs as well as investor and public relations expenses associated with being a public company.

Interest income

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash equivalents, which consist of money market funds. We expect our interest income to increase as we invest the cash received from the sale of Series C Preferred Stock in June 2018 and the net proceeds from this offering.

Interest expense

Interest expense consists of interest on outstanding borrowings under our loan and security agreement as well as amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs.

Change in fair value of warrant liability

In connection with our technology license agreement with Midori USA, Inc., or Midori, in 2015, we issued a warrant to purchase shares of our common stock. In connection with our original loan and security agreement in 2015 and subsequent amendment in 2017, we issued warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock. We classify these warrants as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet that we remeasure to fair value at each reporting date, and we recognize changes in the fair value of the warrant liability as a component of other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations. The common stock warrants issued to Midori were exercised for shares of our common stock in 2016, at which time the associated warrant liability was extinguished. We will continue to recognize changes in the fair value of the convertible preferred share warrants comprising the warrant liability until the warrants are exercised, expire or qualify for equity classification.

Upon the closing of this offering, the convertible preferred stock warrants will become exercisable for common stock instead of convertible preferred stock, and the fair value of the warrant liability at that time will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital. As a result, subsequent to the closing of this offering, we will no longer remeasure the fair value of the warrant liability at each reporting date.

Other expense

Other expense primarily consists of foreign currency exchange transaction losses.

Income taxes

Since our inception, we have not recorded any income tax benefits for the net losses we have incurred in each year or for our earned research and development tax credits, as we believe, based upon the weight of available evidence, that it is more likely than not that all of our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits will not be realized. As of December 31, 2017, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $38.7 million and $37.6 million, respectively, which may be available to offset future income tax liabilities and expire at various dates through 2037. As of December 31, 2017, we also had U.S. federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $1.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively, which may be available to offset future tax liabilities which expire at various dates through 2032. We have recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets at each balance sheet date.

 

96


Table of Contents

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the TCJA, was signed into U.S. law. The TCJA includes a number of changes to existing tax law, including, among other things, a permanent reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate from a top marginal tax rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, effective as of January 1, 2018, as well as limitation of the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of annual taxable income and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks, in each case, for losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 (though any such net operating losses may be carried forward indefinitely). The federal tax rate change resulted in a reduction in the gross amount of our deferred tax assets recorded as of December 31, 2017, and a corresponding reduction in our valuation allowance. As a result, no income tax expense or benefit was recognized as of the enactment date of the TCJA.

Results of operations

Comparison of the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
     2017      2018      Change  
     (in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 13,513      $ 26,854      $ 13,341  

General and administrative

     3,578        13,024        9,446  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     17,091        39,878        22,787  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (17,091      (39,878      (22,787
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

        

Interest income

     —          716        716  

Interest expense

     (196      (745      (549

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (110      (405      (295

Other expense

     (10      (202      (192
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (316      (636      (320
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (17,407    $ (40,514    $ (23,107
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development expenses

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
     2017      2018      Change  
     (in thousands)  

Direct research and development expense for KB195 program

   $ 368      $ 3,983      $ 3,615  

Platform development, early-stage research and unallocated expenses:

        

Personnel-related

     5,623        12,607        6,984  

Stock-based compensation expense

     132        662        530  

External manufacturing and research

     2,653        4,229        1,576  

Laboratory supplies and research materials

     1,332        967        (365

Professional and consulting fees

     1,159        810        (349

Facility-related and other

     2,246        3,596        1,350  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 13,513      $ 26,854      $ 13,341  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses were $26.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018, compared to $13.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase in direct costs related to our KB195 program of $3.6 million was primarily due to costs incurred with external CROs, study support and IND-enablement costs associated with our preclinical and clinical development activities of KB195 for hyperammonemia. The increase in personnel-related costs of $7.0 million was due to increased headcount in our research and development function. The increase in stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million was due to the vesting of a significant number of options granted to employees in 2017 and the first nine months of 2018. The increase in external manufacturing and research costs of $1.6 million was primarily due to our production of study material used in ex vivo , toxicology, and non-IND human clinical study CRO costs with MMT candidates in 2018, as well as costs for outsourced DNA/RNA sequencing activities that were not incurred in 2017. The decrease in laboratory supplies and research materials of $0.4 million was primarily due to the outsourcing referenced above. The decrease in professional and consulting fees of $0.3 million was primarily due to lower consulting fees within our technical operations function and lower market research costs. The increase in facility-related and other expenses of $1.4 million was primarily due to platform-related costs, increased depreciation expense for our lab equipment and leasehold improvements and higher facility operating costs.

General and administrative expenses

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
     2017      2018      Change  
     (in thousands)  

Personnel-related

   $ 986      $ 5,934      $ 4,948  

Stock-based compensation expense

     217        3,897        3,680  

Professional and consulting fees

     1,857        2,757        900  

Facility-related and other

     518        436        (82
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total general and administrative expenses

   $ 3,578      $ 13,024      $ 9,446  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 were $13.0 million, compared to $3.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase in general and administrative expenses of $9.4 million was primarily due to an increase in personnel-related costs of $4.9 million. The increase in personnel-related costs was primarily due to the hiring of key executives in late 2017 and 2018, including our now Executive Chair, our now President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Operating and Financial Officer, as well as additional personnel in our general and administrative functions as we continued to expand our operations to support the organization. The increase in stock-based compensation expense of $3.7 million was primarily due to the modification of the vesting provision in stock options granted to certain executives. The increase in professional and consulting fees of $0.9 million was primarily due to legal costs incurred in connection with maintaining and registering worldwide patents and an increase in public relations costs and information technology consulting fees.

Interest income

Interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was $0.7 million due to interest earned on invested cash balances.

Interest expense

Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was $0.7 million, compared to $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The increase in interest expense was due

 

98


Table of Contents

to interest incurred on the additional borrowings in October 2017 pursuant to the fourth amendment to our original term loan.

Change in fair value of warrant liability

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, we recorded a loss for the change in fair value of warrant liability of $0.4 million, compared to a loss of $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. The loss was due to an increase in the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability resulting from an increase in the fair value of the underlying convertible preferred stock.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2016      2017      Change  
     (in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 7,863      $ 20,992      $ 13,129  

General and administrative

     1,573        6,038        4,465  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     9,436        27,030        17,594  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (9,436      (27,030      (17,594
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

        

Interest income

     —          32        32  

Interest expense

     (141      (435      (294

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (106      (109      (3

Other expense

     (2      (17      (15
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (249      (529      (280
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (9,685    $ (27,559    $ (17,874
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development expenses

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2016      2017      Change  
     (in thousands)  

Direct research and development expense for KB195 program

   $ —        $ 1,645      $ 1,645  

Platform development, early-stage research and unallocated expenses:

        

Personnel-related

     2,777        8,749        5,972  

Stock-based compensation expense

     35        228        193  

External manufacturing and research

     2,931        3,651        720  

Laboratory supplies and research materials

     734        1,849        1,115  

Professional and consulting fees

     414        1,580        1,166  

Facility-related and other

     972        3,290        2,318  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 7,863      $ 20,992      $ 13,129  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development expenses were $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Direct costs related to our KB195

 

99


Table of Contents

program of $1.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily consisted of external CRO and study support costs pertaining to clinical development activities of KB195 for hyperammonemia. There were no direct costs related to our KB195 program for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in personnel-related costs of $6.0 million was due to increased headcount in our research and development function as well as higher travel costs. The increase in stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million was primarily due to an increase in the number of options granted and the per share value of such options. The increase in external manufacturing and research costs of $0.7 million was primarily due to an increase in clinical development activity costs. The increase in laboratory supplies and research materials of $1.1 million was primarily due to the increase in research activities. The increase in professional and consulting fees of $1.2 million was primarily due to increased consulting fees associated with technical operations, market research and information technology. The increase in facility-related and other expenses of $2.3 million was primarily due to an increase in facilities costs resulting from various leases entered into in late 2016 and during 2017, as well as non-capitalized computer and lab equipment and other supplies as we increased our research and development function.

General and administrative expenses

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2016      2017      Change  
     (in thousands)  

Personnel-related

   $ 377      $ 2,158      $ 1,781  

Stock-based compensation expense

     23        362        339  

Professional and consulting fees

     1,018        2,710        1,692  

Facility-related and other

     155        808        653  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total general and administrative expenses

   $ 1,573      $ 6,038      $ 4,465  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $6.0 million, compared to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in personnel-related costs of $1.8 million was primarily due to the hiring of key executives in 2017, including our now President and Chief Executive Officer and now Executive Chair, as well as the hiring of additional personnel in our general and administrative functions as we continued to expand our operations to support the organization. The increase in stock-based compensation expense of $0.3 was primarily due to the vesting of options granted to our now Executive Chair in June 2017. The increase in professional and consulting fees of $1.7 million was primarily due to increased legal costs incurred in connection with maintaining and registering worldwide patents and costs associated with our ongoing business operations, as well as higher accounting and consulting costs. The increase in facility-related and other expenses of $0.7 million was primarily due to higher public relations costs, non-capitalized lab equipment and supplies as well as facilities costs resulting from entering into leases for laboratory and office space in late 2016 and during 2017.

Interest expense

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $0.4 million, compared to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in interest expense was due to interest incurred on a full year of borrowings outstanding pursuant to our January 2016 debt and additional borrowings in October 2017.

Change in fair value of warrant liability

During each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we recorded a loss for the change in fair value of warrant liability of $0.1 million. The losses were due to an increase in the fair value of

 

100


Table of Contents

the convertible preferred stock warrant liability resulting from increases in the fair value of the underlying convertible preferred stock.

Liquidity and capital resources

Since our inception, we have incurred significant net losses. We have not yet commercialized any of our product candidates and we do not expect to generate revenue from sales of any product candidates for several years, if at all. To date, we have funded our operations primarily with proceeds from the sales of convertible preferred stock and borrowings under our loan and security agreement. Through September 30, 2018, we had received net proceeds of $148.1 million from sales of our convertible preferred stock and $15.0 million from borrowings under a loan and security agreement. As of September 30, 2018, $15.0 million remained outstanding and no amounts were available for borrowing under the loan and security agreement. As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $76.1 million.

Cash flows

The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2016     2017     2017     2018  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (9,350   $ (22,495   $ (13,903   $ (32,163

Net cash used in investing activities

     (195     (1,406     (1,057     (1,943

Net cash provided by financing activities

     10,934       49,736       38,834       100,260  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 1,389     $ 25,835     $ 23,874     $ 66,154  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, operating activities used $32.2 million of cash, due to our net loss of $40.5 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $5.7 million and net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $2.7 million. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $0.8 million increase in accounts payable and a $2.3 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, partially offset by a $0.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, operating activities used $13.9 million of cash, due to our net loss of $17.4 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $0.7 million and net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $2.8 million. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $1.3 million decrease in due from related party, $0.9 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities and $0.6 million increase in accounts payable. The decrease in due from related party was due to payments received from our related party Midori pursuant to our service agreement.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, operating activities used $22.5 million of cash, due to our net loss of $27.6 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $1.1 million and net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $4.0 million. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $2.5 million increase in in accrued expenses and other liabilities and a $1.5 million decrease in due from related party.

 

101


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2016, operating activities used $9.4 million of cash, due to our net loss of $9.7 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $0.3 million and net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.1 million. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $0.3 million increase in accounts payable partially offset by a $0.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Changes in prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities were generally due to growth in our business, the advancement of our research programs and the timing of vendor invoices and payments.

Investing activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, net cash used in activities was $1.9 million and $1.1 million, respectively, due to purchases of property and equipment.

During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, net cash used in activities was $1.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, due to purchases of property and equipment.

Financing activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, net cash provided by financing activities was $100.3 million, consisting primarily of proceeds from our issuance of Series C Preferred Stock in June 2018.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, net cash provided by financing activities was $38.8 million, consisting primarily of $36.9 million in proceeds from our issuance of Series B Preferred Stock and $2.1 million in proceeds from stock option exercises.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash provided by financing activities was $49.7 million, consisting primarily of $36.8 million in proceeds from our issuance of Series B Preferred Stock, borrowings of $10.0 million under the fourth amendment of our loan and security agreement and $3.0 million in proceeds from stock option exercises.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash provided by financing activities was $10.9 million, consisting primarily of $6.0 million in proceeds from our issuance of Series A Preferred Stock and borrowings of $5.0 million under our loan and security agreement.

Loan and security agreement

In December 2015, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Pacific West Bank. Under the original agreement, we borrowed $5.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2016. In October 2017, we entered into a fourth amendment of the loan and security agreement and borrowed an additional $10.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2017. As of September 30, 2018, we had borrowed an aggregate of $15.0 million under the amended loan and security agreement and no amounts remained available for borrowing.

In June 2018, we entered into a further amendment to the loan and security agreement. As of September 30, 2018, outstanding borrowings of $15.0 million bear interest at a rate equal to the greater of (i) 1.00% above the Prime Rate in effect or (ii) 5.25%, and is payable monthly. As of September 30, 2018, the interest rate in effect was 6.25%. Any principal outstanding is payable in 24 equal monthly installments plus any accrued interest, beginning on May 13, 2020. We may prepay all, but not less than all of the term loan at any time. All balances once repaid may not be borrowed again

 

102


Table of Contents

and the term loan matures on April 13, 2022. As part of the June 2018 amendment, in the event of a liquidation event, including an initial public offering, we will be required to pay a success fee of $0.3 million.

The borrowings under the amended loan and security agreement are secured by a lien on all of our assets except intellectual property. The loan and security agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants by us, including negative covenants restricting our activities, such as disposing of our business or certain assets, changing our business, management, ownership or business locations, incurring additional debt or liens or making payments on other debt, making certain investments and declaring dividends, acquiring or merging with another entity, engaging in transactions with affiliates or encumbering intellectual property. The obligations under the loan and security agreement are subject to acceleration upon occurrence of specified events of default, including a material adverse change in our business, operations or financial or other condition.

In connection with entering into the loan and security agreement in December 2015, we issued to the lender warrants for the purchase of up to 85,617 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, which expire in December 2025. In connection with the October 2017 amendment, we issued to the lender warrants for the purchase of up to 51,413 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, which expire in October 2027. Upon the closing of this offering, the Series A and Series B warrants will be automatically converted into warrants to purchase common stock.

Funding requirements

We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance the preclinical and clinical development activities of our product candidates. In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. The timing and amount of our operating expenditures will depend largely on:

 

   

the commencement, enrollment or results of the planned non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials of our product candidates or any future non-IND human clinical studies or clinical trials we may conduct, or changes in the development status of our product candidates;

 

   

the timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

   

our decision to initiate a clinical trial, not to initiate a clinical trial or to terminate an existing clinical trial;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our product candidates, including but not limited to clinical trial requirements for approvals;

 

   

developments concerning our CMOs;

 

   

our ability to obtain materials to produce adequate current good manufacturing practice compliant product supply for any approved or commercialized product or inability to do so at acceptable prices;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain collaborations, if needed;

 

   

the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval or identify an alternate regulatory pathway to market;

 

   

the legal patent costs involved in prosecuting patent applications and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property claims;

 

   

additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

 

103


Table of Contents
   

unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of our product candidates; and

 

   

the terms and timing of any collaboration, license or other arrangement, including the terms and timing of any milestone payments thereunder.

We believe that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses, capital expenditure requirements and debt service obligations into                         . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest may be materially diluted, and the terms of such securities could include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include restrictive covenants that limit our ability to take specified actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or other arrangements when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development or future commercialization efforts, or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017 and the effects that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than 1
Year
     1 to 3
Years
     4 to 5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 
                   (in thousands)                

Operating lease commitments (1)

   $ 4,104      $ 1,370      $ 2,381      $ 353      $ —    

Capital lease commitments (2)

     281        115        166        —          —    

Debt obligations (3)

     17,437        941        11,368        5,128        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,822      $ 2,426      $ 13,915      $ 5,481      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts in the table reflect payments due for our leased laboratory and office space in Bedford and Cambridge, Massachusetts under two operating lease agreements that expire in June 2020 and September 2021, respectively. In January 2018, we entered into a sublease for a portion of laboratory and office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts. In September 2018, we entered into a termination agreement with the landlord to terminate the lease in Cambridge, Massachusetts for a payment of $0.1 million effective October 31, 2018. In March 2018, the Company entered into a non-cancelable ten-year lease agreement for laboratory and office space in Lexington, Massachusetts which expires in October 2028. As a result of the new lease, our contractual obligations will increase by $0.9 million in 2018, $2.6 million in 2019, $2.9 million in 2020, $3.0 million in 2021, $3.1 million 2022, $3.2 million in 2023, $3.2 million in 2024, $3.3 million in 2025, $3.4 million in 2026, $3.5 million in 2027 and $3.0 million in 2028.

(2)

Amounts in the table reflect principal and interest payments due for our capital leases of lab equipment that expire in February 2019 and September 2020.

 

104


Table of Contents
(3)

Amounts in the table reflect the contractually required principal and interest payments payable under the amended loan and security agreement. As of December 31, 2017, borrowings under the loan and security agreement bear interest at a variable rate equal to the greater of i) 1.50% above the Prime Rate in effect or ii) 5.75%. As of September 30, 2018, pursuant to the June 2018 amendment, borrowings under the loan and security bear interest at a variable rate equal to the greater of i) 1.00% above the Prime Rate in effect or ii) 5.25%. Any principal outstanding is payable in 24 equal monthly installments plus any accrued interest, beginning on May 13, 2020. The interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2017 and September 30, 2018 were 6.00% and 6.25%, respectively. As part of the June 2018 amendment, in the event of a liquidation event, including an initial public offering, we will be required to pay a success fee of $0.3 million. This amount is not reflected in the table.

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with CROs, CMOs and other third parties for preclinical research studies, clinical trials and testing and manufacturing services. These contracts typically do not contain minimum purchase commitments and are generally cancelable by us upon written notice. Payments due upon cancellation consist of payments for services provided or expenses incurred, including noncancelable obligations of our service providers, up to the date of cancellation and in the case of certain arrangements with CROs and CMOs may include non-cancelable fees. These payments are not included in the table above as the amount and timing of such payments are not known.

Critical accounting policies and significant judgments and estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, costs and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Accrued research and development expenses

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued research and development expenses. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our applicable personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual costs. The majority of our service providers invoice us in arrears for services performed, on a pre-determined schedule or when contractual milestones are met; however, some require advance payments. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in the consolidated financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of these estimates with the service providers and make adjustments, if necessary. Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include fees paid to:

 

   

vendors in connection with preclinical development activities;

 

105


Table of Contents
   

CROs and investigative sites in connection with preclinical, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials; and

 

   

CMOs in connection with the production of preclinical, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trial materials.

We measure the expense recognized based on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to quotes and contracts with multiple CMOs and CROs that supply, conduct and manage preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and clinical trials on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the expense. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of patients and the completion of certain milestones. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, we adjust the accrual or the amount of prepaid expenses accordingly. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in changes in estimates that increase or decrease amounts recognized in any particular period. To date, there have not been any material adjustments to our prior estimates of accrued research and development expenses.

Stock-based compensation

We measure stock-based awards granted to employees and directors based on fair value on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for options. Compensation expense for those awards is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. We use the straight-line method to record the expense of awards with service-based vesting conditions. We use the graded-vesting method to record the expense of awards with both service-based and performance-based vesting conditions, commencing when achievement of the performance condition becomes probable.

Prior to the adoption of ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation — Stock Compensations (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting , or ASU 2018-07, the fair value measurement date for nonemployee awards is the date the performance of services is completed. Stock-based compensation costs are recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period, on a straight-line basis for all time-vested awards. After adoption of ASU 2018-07, the measurement date for non-employee awards is the date of the grant. The compensation expense for non-employees is recognized, without changes in the fair value of the award, over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period of the respective award.

The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which uses as inputs the fair value of our common stock and assumptions we make for the volatility of our common stock, the expected term of our stock options, the risk-free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of our stock options and our expected dividend yield.

Determination of the fair value of common stock

As there has been no public market for our common stock to date, the estimated fair value of our common stock has been determined by our board of directors as of the date of each option grant, with

 

106


Table of Contents

input from management, considering our most recently available third-party valuations of common stock and our board of directors’ assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believed were relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant. These third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Our common stock valuations were prepared using either an option pricing method, or OPM, or a hybrid method, both of which used market approaches to estimate our enterprise value. The OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceeded the value of the convertible preferred stock liquidation preferences at the time of the liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or a merger. A discount for lack of marketability of the common stock is then applied to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock.

The hybrid method is a probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, where the equity value in one or more scenarios is calculated using an OPM. The PWERM is a scenario-based methodology that estimates the fair value of common stock based upon an analysis of future values for the company, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome is discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock. These third-party valuations were performed at various dates, which resulted in valuations of our common stock of $1.09 per share as of March 31, 2017, $1.11 per share as of June 30, 2017, $2.95 as of March 31, 2018, $5.14 as of August 9, 2018, $5.89 as of August 23, 2018, $7.60 as of September 30, 2018, $8.70 as of November 15, 2018 and $8.90 as of December 31, 2018. In addition to considering the results of these third-party valuations, our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of each grant date, including:

 

   

the prices at which we sold shares of convertible preferred stock and the superior rights and preferences of the convertible preferred stock relative to our common stock at the time of each grant;

 

   

the progress of our research and development programs, including the status of preclinical studies, non-IND human clinical studies and planned clinical trials for our product candidates;

 

   

our stage of development and commercialization and our business strategy;

 

   

external market conditions affecting the biopharmaceutical industry, and trends within the biopharmaceutical industry;

 

   

our financial position, including cash on hand, and our historical and forecasted performance and operating results;

 

   

the lack of an active public market for our common stock and our convertible preferred stock;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or a sale of our company in light of prevailing market conditions; and

 

   

the analysis of IPOs and the market performance of similar companies in the biopharmaceutical industry.

The assumptions underlying these valuations represented management’s best estimates, which involved inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if we had

 

107


Table of Contents

used significantly different assumptions or estimates, the fair value of our common stock and our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different.

Once a public trading market for our common stock has been established in connection with the closing of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for our board of directors to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for granted stock options and other such awards we may grant, as the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock.

Options granted

The following table sets forth by grant date the number of shares subject to options granted between January 1, 2017 and the date hereof, the per share exercise price of the options, the fair value of common stock per share on each grant date, and the per share estimated fair value of the options:

 

Grant Date

   Number of
Shares Subject
Option Granted
     Per Share
Exercise Price
of Options
     Fair Value
of Common
Stock on
Grant Date
     Per Share
Estimated
Fair Value of
Options  (1)
 

June 6, 2017 (2)

     4,670,923      $ 1.09      $ 1.09      $ 0.73  

June 21, 2017 (2)

     265,000      $ 1.09      $ 1.09      $ 0.72  

October 10, 2017

     321,500      $ 1.11      $ 1.11      $ 0.66  

October 26, 2017 (2)

     800,000      $ 1.11      $ 1.11      $ 0.66  

November 28, 2017 (2)

     575,000      $ 1.11      $ 1.11      $ 0.63  

December 6, 2017

     325,000      $ 1.11      $ 1.11      $ 0.66  

May 30, 2018

     2,538,000      $ 2.95      $ 2.95      $ 1.62  

August 16, 2018

     2,337,075      $ 5.14      $ 5.14      $ 2.64  

September 5, 2018

     2,290,917      $ 5.89      $ 5.89      $ 3.03  

October 16, 2018

     110,000      $ 7.60      $ 7.60      $ 3.94  

December 4, 2018

     1,333,000      $ 8.70      $ 8.70      $ 4.23  

December 19, 2018

     100,000      $ 8.70      $ 8.70      $ 4.21  

 

(1)

Prior to our adoption of ASU 2018-07, for purposes of recording stock-based compensation for grants of options to non-employees, we measured the fair value of the award on the service completion date (vesting date). At the end of each reporting period prior to completion of the services, we remeasured the value of any unvested portion of the option based on the then-current fair value of the option and adjust the expense accordingly. The weighted average fair value amounts presented in this column for grants to employees, directors and consultants and non-employees reflect only the grant-date fair value of options granted to consultants and non-employees and not any subsequently remeasured fair value of those options. Upon adoption of ASU 2018-07 in January 2018, the measurement date for non-employee awards is the date of grant.

(2)

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we signed agreements with seven employees to early exercise stock options covering 2,591,400 shares to convert such options to restricted common stock prior to respective vesting dates. The fair values of the restricted common stock issuances reflect the fair value of the common stock of the original option grants.

Valuation of warrant liability

In connection with our technology license agreement with Midori, in 2015 we issued a warrant to purchase shares of our common stock. Under the terms of the warrant, the number of shares Midori could purchase was contingent on the outcome of our future convertible preferred stock financing events. The common stock warrants issued to Midori were exercised for shares of our common stock

 

108


Table of Contents

in 2016, at which time the associated warrant liability was extinguished. In connection with our debt financings in 2015 and 2017, we issued warrants to purchase shares of our Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock. We classify these warrants as liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets as these warrants are freestanding financial instruments related to shares that are redeemable or contingently redeemable, and which may require us to transfer assets upon exercise. The warrants were initially recorded at fair value on the date of grant, and they are subsequently remeasured to fair value at each balance sheet date. Changes in fair value of the warrants are recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations. We will continue to adjust the carrying value of the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, or qualify for equity classification.

We utilize the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates assumptions and estimates, to value these warrants. We assess these assumptions and estimates on a quarterly basis as additional information impacting the assumptions is obtained. Estimates and assumptions impacting the fair value measurement include the fair value per share of the underlying shares of our Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield, expected volatility of the price of the underlying stock, and the remaining contractual term of the warrants. The most significant assumption in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model impacting the fair value of the warrants is the fair value of our convertible preferred stock as of each remeasurement date. We determine the fair value per share of the underlying stock by taking into consideration our most recent sales of our stock as well as additional factors that we deem relevant. We have historically been a private company and lack company-specific historical and implied volatility information of our stock. Therefore, we estimate expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of publicly traded peer companies for a term equal to the remaining contractual term of the warrants. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve for time periods approximately equal to the remaining contractual term of the warrants. We have estimated a 0% dividend yield based on the expected dividend yield and the fact that we have never paid or declared dividends.

Upon the closing of this offering, the convertible preferred stock warrants will become exercisable for common stock instead of convertible preferred stock and the fair value of the warrant liability at that time will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital and changes in fair value will no longer be recognized.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

A description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position and results of operations is disclosed in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risks

Interest rate risk

As of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we had cash and cash equivalents of $92.6 million and $28.5 million, respectively, which consisted of cash and money market funds. Interest income is impacted by changes in the general level of interest rates; however, an immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair value of our cash equivalents.

 

109


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we had $15.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the loan and security agreement. Commencing in June 2018, outstanding borrowings bear interest at a variable rate equal to the greater of i) 1.00% above the Prime Rate in effect or ii) 5.25%. An immediate 10% change in the Prime Rate would not have had a material impact on our debt-related obligations, financial position or results of operations.

We are not currently exposed to significant market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates; however, we have contracted with and may continue to contract with foreign vendors. Our operations may be subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates in the future. We do not hedge any foreign currency risks.

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor. We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 or the nine months ended September 30, 2018.

Emerging growth company status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, and may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We may take advantage of these exemptions until the we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and as a result of this election, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We may take advantage of these exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of an offering or such earlier time that it is no longer an “emerging growth company.”

 

110


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage healthcare company with a differentiated, chemistry-driven approach focused on leveraging the potential of the microbiome organ to treat disease and improve human health. We have built a human-centric proprietary product platform for discovery and development that we believe will enable the rapid advancement of a broad portfolio of novel product candidates into non-IND human clinical studies under regulations supporting research with food. Our product candidates are Microbiome Metabolic Therapies, or MMTs, which are designed to modulate the metabolic output and profile of the microbiome by driving the function and distribution of the organ’s existing microbes. We have an industrialized approach to the discovery and development of MMTs, and our initial MMTs are targeted glycans. Each targeted glycan is an ensemble of complex carbohydrates that is intended to modulate microbial metabolism to drive a specific biological response. We believe our MMTs have the potential to be novel treatments across a variety of diseases and conditions.

The human microbiome is generally a community of more than 30 trillion microbes, organisms that include bacteria, viruses, archaea and fungi, which reside on and inside the human body. By evolving together over thousands of years, microbes and humans have developed an intricate and mutually beneficial relationship. Given the profound impact that microbes have on human health, this highly complex microbial ecosystem has been referred to as a “newly discovered organ.” There is a growing body of research that links a healthy microbiome with overall human health, while dysbiosis, or imbalance, in the microbiome has been correlated with numerous human conditions including those that can cause significant morbidity and mortality. Some of these conditions include irritable bowel syndrome, Parkinson’s disease, diabetes, metabolic syndrome, cancer, allergies and ulcerative colitis. The microbiome organ remains a largely untapped frontier in healthcare, and we believe that we are uniquely positioned to succeed in translating its promise into solutions for human health.

We have developed proprietary synthetic chemistry technologies that allow us to create MMT candidates. We believe the key characteristics of our MMT candidates include that they are orally administered, have limited systemic exposure and are selectively metabolized, structurally diverse, readily scalable, novel and proprietary. We believe that each of our MMT candidates work through one or more mechanisms of action, including decreasing production of metabolites, such as ammonia, trimethylamine and indole generated by bacteria in the microbiome; increasing production of metabolites, such as short chain fatty acids generated by bacteria in the microbiome; and advantaging or disadvantaging certain existing species in the microbiome community.

Utilizing our proprietary product platform, we have created a library of more than 1,000 MMT candidates to probe the structure-activity relationships of our MMTs and the microbiome organ. Our MMT library is rapidly growing as we continue to invest in techniques and technologies for chemical synthesis. Our MMT candidates and proprietary product platform are protected by our robust intellectual property portfolio, with eight U.S. patents, two European Patent Office, or EPO, patents and more than 100 non-provisional applications pending worldwide.

We evaluate our MMT candidates using a human-centric approach to discovery and development. Our approach is human-centric because we conduct the vast majority of our research either using human biological samples or directly in humans, rather than working in animal models and animals or other human proxy environments (e.g., target-based assays). In less than one year, we advanced our lead program from a mechanistic hypothesis to dosing in non-IND human clinical studies. Furthermore, we plan to initiate our first Phase 2 clinical trial under an IND approximately two years after conducting our first ex vivo screening. We believe this approach is more cost efficient than traditional drug development from the discovery stage to the commencement of a Phase 2 clinical trial. Since our founding in 2015, we have been able to develop a broad pipeline of product candidates that target multiple diseases and conditions while spending less than $75.0 million in cash through September 30, 2018.

 

111


Table of Contents

Our proprietary product platform includes ex vivo screening of microbiome samples from healthy volunteers, ex vivo testing of patient microbiome samples and rapid advancement of our MMT candidates into non-IND human clinical studies. Our ex vivo screening process combines advances in drug discovery with microbiome science. This screening process is designed to measure the impact of MMT candidates on a variety of endpoints in microbiome samples from healthy volunteers. We use this process to screen for modulation of bacterial metabolites, bacterial growth and community composition. Once we have selected a subset of MMT candidates from our library as promising leads for a particular program, we begin to conduct ex vivo testing of these MMTs using patient microbiome samples. This testing helps to inform our MMT candidate selection and we believe increases the likelihood of choosing a product candidate with in vivo effects.

We advance our initial MMT candidates rapidly into non-IND human clinical studies under regulations supporting research with food. This enables us to gain valuable insights into our MMT candidates’ effects on the microbiome and human health before choosing to allocate additional time and capital to either proceed to develop a drug product candidate under an IND or commercialize a non-drug product. We plan to determine the best development path for each of our MMTs at an “MMT decision point” after conducting one or more non-IND human clinical studies. We plan to make our decision about which development path to pursue based on the results of our non-IND human clinical studies, in conjunction with our research into market opportunities and patient needs and our corporate strategy.

In our non-IND human clinical studies, we are able to measure safety, tolerability and potential markers of effect, which allows us to assess the potential use of our MMT candidates in humans. To date, we have conducted seven non-IND human clinical studies with our MMT candidates, and we intend to initiate Phase 2 clinical trials for our two lead programs in the first half of 2019 and the first quarter of 2020, respectively.

Data generated by our industrialized ex vivo screening, ex vivo testing and non-IND human clinical studies are captured in a database to support our computational capabilities and to improve our understanding of how the microbiome and humans interact. We have built and continue to invest in strengthening our significant capabilities in computational biology and data science that we believe will enable us to learn quickly from the human data we collect. We believe this knowledge supports our current MMT candidates and future pipeline opportunities.

The following chart summarizes our current pipeline:

LOGO

 

112


Table of Contents

Our initial programs target hyperammonemia, a metabolic condition generally characterized by elevated levels of ammonia in the blood. Our hyperammonemia programs are focused on two specific diseases, urea cycle disorders, or UCD, and hepatic encephalopathy, or HE. UCD is a serious and life-threatening, inherited, rare genetic disease arising from congenital mutations that affect the enzymes of the urea cycle, resulting in an impaired ability to process ammonia. HE is a spectrum of neurological and psychiatric abnormalities generally seen in patients with liver failure.

We have selected KB195 as our lead product candidate for development in the potential treatment of hyperammonemia in patients with UCD. We have conducted a non-IND human clinical study with KB195 in healthy volunteers and have initiated a non-IND human clinical study in UCD patients. We have also filed an IND that, if cleared, will enable us to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial in the first half of 2019 for KB195 in UCD.

We are evaluating both KB195 and KB174 for HE. For KB195, data from our hyperammonemia program in UCD will inform our decision as to whether to develop KB195 in HE. For KB174, we plan to initiate a non-IND human clinical study in the first half of 2019 to support our HE program. We plan to advance one of these two MMT candidates into a Phase 2 clinical trial for HE under an IND, if the IND is cleared, in the first quarter of 2020.

We have selected KB109 as our lead product candidate for development in the potential treatment of infections caused by mutl-drug resistant bacteria in high risk patients. We plan to initiate a non-IND human clinical study with KB109 to support this program in the first half of 2019. We are also developing MMT candidates to address chronic kidney disease, atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease and drug or disease-induced diarrhea. We are conducting ongoing ex vivo screening and testing in these areas, and, for drug and disease-induced diarrhea, we have identified a potential MMT candidate and commenced a non-IND human clinical study while also continuing to evaluate additional MMT candidates. For the remaining programs, we have not yet identified the specific MMT candidates for these programs. In addition, we have several active programs in discovery, including work ongoing in diabetes, immuno-oncology, inflammation and infant health. Correlative data has been published for each of these areas, suggesting that the microbiome plays a critical role, and our discovery efforts are largely focused on either establishing a mechanistic hypothesis or establishing and optimizing an ex vivo screen to address these opportunities.

We have assembled a world-class leadership team that combines significant scientific, clinical and business experience. Our leaders have pioneered treatments and helped guide life science companies through periods of significant growth. Our management team is led by our Chief Executive Officer, Alison Lawton. Ms. Lawton spent more than 20 years in various positions of increasing responsibility at Genzyme and subsequently as part of Sanofi, including overseeing global market access and regulatory affairs. She also served as senior vice president and general manager of Genzyme Biosurgery. Michael Bonney serves as our Executive Chair and previously served as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Bonney previously served as chief executive officer and director at Cubist Pharmaceuticals and led it to become the world’s leading antibiotic company until its acquisition by Merck in 2015 for $9.5 billion. Joshua Brumm, our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, was previously chief operating officer and chief financial officer at Versartis and chief financial officer at ZELTIQ, leading both companies’ initial public offerings. Mr. Brumm also served as executive vice president of finance at Pharmacyclics and has raised over $800 million in capital over his career. Katherine Knobil, M.D., serves as our Chief Medical Officer and Head of Research and Development. Dr. Knobil spent more than 20 years in various positions of increasing responsibility at GlaxoSmithKline, or GSK, including, most recently, Chief Medical Officer. Previously, she served as Chief Medical Officer for Pharmaceuticals at GSK and Senior Vice President of Value Evidence and Outcomes.

 

113


Table of Contents

Our strategy

We are driven by our mission to lead a revolution in health by leveraging the microbiome to potentially treat a broad range of diseases and conditions. Key elements of our strategy are to:

 

   

Harness the insights and data generated through our human-centric proprietary product platform to efficiently and rapidly advance a pipeline of MMTs that addresses needs across the healthcare continuum. We are applying our rapid and cost-effective development approach to advance and expand our pipeline, including conducting non-IND human clinical studies, which we believe gives us an advantage in both speed and cost as compared to traditional drug development from the discovery stage to the commencement of a Phase 2 clinical trial. We plan to continue to build a sufficiently broad range of future pipeline opportunities that we believe will allow us to advance one to two MMT candidates per year into the drug development pathway under an IND. We believe this approach will also result in the identification of MMT candidates to pursue for non-drug development pathways for commercialization, including commercializing our non-drug MMT products ourselves or partnering with established nutrition, medical food, or consumer health companies to commercialize these products.

 

   

Leverage our differentiated approach, knowledge and unique expertise to lead efforts to expand the scientific understanding of the microbiome and its impact on human health. We believe that we are well positioned to rapidly advance our understanding about human-microbiome interactions and use that knowledge in pursuit of our mission. Further, we believe our computational capabilities and differentiated approach, along with the expertise of our senior management, will further establish our leadership position in this emerging field.

 

   

Selectively enter into strategic collaborations to maximize the value of our platform and pipeline. Given our potential to generate novel product candidates that could address a wide variety of diseases and conditions, we may enter into strategic collaborations around certain targets, product candidates or disease areas that we believe could benefit from the resources of companies that specialize in these areas.

 

   

Further strengthen and expand our intellectual property portfolio. We believe we have a robust intellectual property portfolio to support our programs, with eight U.S. patents, two EPO patents, and more than 100 non-provisional applications pending worldwide, including composition of matter and method of use patents. We also rely on trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position. We intend to further strengthen and expand our intellectual property portfolio to protect our proprietary product platform and product candidates.

 

   

Foster a differentiated culture that supports engagement in our business and helps us attract and retain dedicated, passionate and talented employees. We believe that our people and our passion are our greatest strengths, and we are building a culture that is centered on creative thinking, collaboration and working with urgency in the pursuit of developing potential treatments and products to transform lives.

The human microbiome

The human microbiome is generally a community of more than 30 trillion microbes, organisms that include bacteria, viruses, archaea and fungi, which reside on and inside the human body. The microbiome represents a combined microbial genome with more than 150 times the number of genes in the human genome.

 

114


Table of Contents

By evolving together over thousands of years, microbes and humans have developed an intricate and mutually beneficial relationship. Given the profound impact that microbes have on human health, this highly complex microbial ecosystem has been referred to as a “newly discovered organ.” Many other human organs command tens of billions of dollars for therapeutics that treat disease by modulating physiology. From a therapeutic perspective, this microbiome organ remains a largely untapped frontier in healthcare.

The composition of the microbiome has resulted from the dynamics of selection and competition. The microbiome is a critical part of every human being — from birth, through infancy and continuing into later life, countless bacteria inhabit and colonize the body. These microbes are intimately woven into human physiology and provide functions that are inextricably linked to nearly all aspects of human health.

The vast majority of the microbes comprising the human microbiome reside in the large bowel of the gastrointestinal tract, commonly referred to as the “gut.” We refer to the gut microbiome as, simply, the microbiome. The types of microbes comprising the microbiome differ from person to person due to a mix of environmental, genetic and lifestyle factors such as diet, medication and exercise. Since the human body contains over 30 trillion bacterial cells, and each human can host one million generations of bacterial divisions, the genetic diversity of the microbiome is not surprising.

While there is significant diversity in bacterial composition across the microbiome, core functions of the bacteria are conserved. Research suggests that the core microbiome can be defined by the contents of the collective bacterial genome, rather than by the presence or absence of any particular bacterial taxa, or populations of organisms, or species. In 2012, based on data from nearly 300 individuals, researchers from the Human Microbiome Project demonstrated that numerous functional pathways that reflect the basis of human microbial life are nearly ubiquitous, even among individuals with markedly diverse microbiomes. Several other studies have confirmed this finding, suggesting that functional variation is conserved across a large portion of healthy microbiomes.

The primary interface for human-microbiome interactions is the intestinal epithelium, or intestinal barrier, which is one of the largest membranes in the human body. The intestine has adapted over time for bidirectional human-microbiome exchange and harbors a diverse bacterial community that is separated from the internal environment by the intestinal barrier, which is only a single layer of cells. In the normal course of metabolism, bacteria in the microbiome produce thousands of metabolites, such as short chain fatty acids, ammonia, trimethylamine and indole, that can enter human circulation via the intestinal mucosa and affect disease processes across many organs. It has been estimated that the metabolites produced by bacteria in the microbiome comprise most of the metabolites in the bloodstream.

Although the concept of the beneficial role that microbes play in human health emerged over 100 years ago, doctors and scientists were primarily focused on killing pathogenic microbes by developing antibiotics and other antimicrobial therapies. Within the last decade and a half, technological advances — such as metagenomic sequencing and modern computational tools — have become available that have enabled the modern understanding of these commensal, or non-pathogenic, communities and their impact on human health. There is a growing body of research that links a healthy microbiome with overall human health, while dysbiosis, or imbalance, in the microbiome has been correlated with numerous human conditions that can cause significant morbidity and mortality. Some of these conditions include irritable bowel syndrome, Parkinson’s disease, diabetes, metabolic syndrome, cancer, allergies and ulcerative colitis. Given both the broad and significant links between the microbiome and human disease, and the relatively untapped therapeutic potential of the microbiome, we believe there is potential to develop interventions that may significantly impact health.

 

115


Table of Contents

To date, therapeutic approaches to the microbiome have focused primarily on adding or subtracting bacteria, either through fecal material transplant, the introduction of a consortia of bacteria, single strain approaches or antibiotics. We believe our approach is novel in that we seek to deliver compounds that drive the function and distribution of the microbiome organ’s existing microbes, enabling an industrialized approach to treat disease and improve human health.

Kaleido Biosciences and Flagship Pioneering

We were created in Flagship Labs, the institutional innovation foundry of Flagship Pioneering, or Flagship. Starting in 2007, at a time when the field of the human microbiome was in its infancy, Flagship began applying its process for pioneering to explore the unique biology of the trillions of microbes living on and in the human body. Through this decade-long institutional investment in microbiome science, Flagship has become a world leader in microbiome innovation spanning both human and agricultural applications.

Prior to our founding in 2015, Flagship Labs’ innovators and entrepreneurs Drs. Geoffrey von Maltzahn, Brian Baynes and Noubar Afeyan started exploring whether novel compounds could modulate the metabolic output and profile of the microbiome. These explorations spanned the effects that novel compounds, diet and other biological factors have on the microbiome and led to the discovery that novel compounds could dramatically change the metabolism of the microbiome. With this discovery, the exploration broadened with the goal of building the first food and drug discovery and development platform to target the microbiome. These efforts, including the tools developed from Flagship Labs’ innovations, formed the basis for our proprietary synthetic chemistry technology and our proprietary product platform for the rapid creation, discovery and optimization of novel compounds that modulate the microbiome.

Our approach

Due to the rapid nature of bacterial growth, the microbiome is inherently amenable to swift change, and it can be readily modulated using existing approaches, such as changes in diet and treatment with antibiotics. Importantly, because microbes in the gut can thrive on compounds that are generally not bioavailable to humans, effective targeted modulators of microbial metabolism should have low bioavailability and low systemic exposure. As a result, we believe that targeted modulators will likely have limited off-target activity in humans compared with traditional pharmaceutical agents.

Complex carbohydrates and the microbiome

We believe that the richest source for information on compounds that modulate the microbiome is the human diet. Complex carbohydrates, such as dietary fibers, are a particularly interesting class of compounds because microbial enzymes can generally efficiently metabolize them while human enzymes generally cannot. We believe that this disparity in the ability of human and microbial enzymes to metabolize complex carbohydrates makes them an ideal vehicle for selectively modulating the microbiome.

Naturally occurring complex carbohydrates have been shaping our microbiomes and overall health for millennia. Human breast milk provides a compelling example of how evolution has shaped this essential nutrient source to provide not only optimal nutrition for infants, but also an energy source for the infant microbiome. Human milk oligosaccharides, or HMOs, which are unconjugated complex carbohydrates, are the third most abundant component of breast milk, even though infants lack the enzymes required to metabolize them. These HMOs instead support the development of the neonatal intestine and microbiome, helping promote the growth of beneficial bacteria while also inhibiting the growth of pathogens and contributing to the development of the immune system. We believe the

 

116


Table of Contents

presence of HMOs in such quantities in breast milk reinforces how critical the microbiome is to human health and survival, and that the microbiome can be effectively modulated with complex carbohydrates.

There are numerous naturally occurring complex carbohydrates beyond HMOs, such as dietary fibers, and a long history of literature on the beneficial health impact of consuming such compounds. For example, naturally occurring complex carbohydrates, such as glycans, which consist of one or more monosaccharides, or sugars, linked together, have been shown to drive changes in microbial metabolism and can have meaningful and measurable impacts on human health. Glycans have been observed to shift hundreds of distinct metabolites, and their effects are often rapid and dose-responsive. Furthermore, glycans have a long history of safe human consumption as food or additives.

Although the beneficial health impact of naturally occurring complex carbohydrates has been well documented, such carbohydrates are typically not ideal for specific microbiome intervention. The therapeutic effects of complex carbohydrates may be fairly broad and unspecific. High doses of these carbohydrates may be required to achieve any potential desired therapeutic effects, but administration of high doses of complex carbohydrates can present significant gastrointestinal tolerability challenges, such as gas, flatulence, abdominal cramping and pain and diarrhea.

Carbohydrates are capable of a larger degree of structural diversity than any other known biopolymer, including proteins and DNA, and are a vast source of novel biological microbiome activities. We are leveraging the structural diversity of carbohydrates to create proprietary compounds that we believe will overcome many of the limitations associated with the use of naturally occurring complex carbohydrates to more selectively modulate the microbiome.

Our Microbiome Metabolic Therapies (MMTs)

We have developed proprietary synthetic chemistry technologies that we believe allow us to create our MMT candidates. We believe the key characteristics of our MMT candidates include the following:

 

   

Orally administered — Our MMT candidates are highly soluble and can therefore be orally administered.

 

   

Limited systemic exposure — Our MMT candidates have been observed to have limited systemic exposure after oral administration, minimizing off-target biological effects.

 

   

Selectively metabolized — We design MMT candidates that are selectively metabolized by enzymes in the microbiome to stimulate responses that ultimately reshape the microbiome’s function, composition and metabolic output.

 

   

Structurally diverse — Our MMT candidates are not a single, structurally-defined molecule, but rather an ensemble of molecules with a variety of structures. This structural complexity generally differentiates MMTs from any individual dietary fiber, and we believe that this is the primary factor for their differentiated microbiome activity.

 

   

Readily scalable Our MMT candidates are produced using proprietary, standard small molecule unit operations. These methods are scalable and cost-effective.

 

   

Novel and proprietary — Our MMT candidates are protected by what we believe to be a robust intellectual property portfolio, including by composition of matter and method of use patents.

We believe that our MMT candidates work through one or more mechanisms of action, including:

 

   

Decreasing production of metabolites — By decreasing the production of certain metabolites, we believe our initial MMT candidates can result in improvements in targeted conditions where excess metabolites are a key driver of dysfunction.

 

117


Table of Contents
   

Increasing production of metabolites — By increasing the production of certain metabolites, we believe our initial MMT candidates can result in improvements in targeted conditions where certain metabolites are missing or not sufficient.

 

   

Advantage or disadvantage certain species in the microbiome community — By modulating the distribution of existing species of bacteria within the microbiome, we believe our initial MMT candidates can result in improvements in targeted conditions.

Building our MMT library

Utilizing our proprietary product platform, we have created a library of more than 1,000 MMT candidates to probe the structure-activity relationships of our MMTs and the microbiome organ. Our MMT library is rapidly growing as we continue to invest in techniques and technologies for chemical synthesis.

MMT synthesis

We synthesize MMT candidates using our proprietary chemistry technologies, which take advantage of the reactivity of carbohydrates and utilize defined mixtures of monosaccharides or polysaccharides as starting materials. We have methodically explored this approach to create a library of initial MMT candidates that vary across a wide range of structural features, including molecular weight, branching, regiochemistry and stereochemistry. By changing raw materials, catalyst loading levels, reaction time, reaction temperature and other conditions, we can generate MMT candidates that have both larger and smaller variances on these structural features. The resulting MMT candidate library can then be used to explore the impact that structure has on the biology of the microbiome. We continue to develop other novel approaches to synthesize MMT candidates.

We have made extensive commitments to discovering cost-effective and proprietary synthetic methods that can produce MMT candidates that drive diverse microbial responses. We believe our computational capabilities enable robust, efficient structural characterization and cross-batch comparison, reducing laborious manual processing steps typically required to determine the structure of complex carbohydrates.

Characterization of biological activity of MMTs

A key piece of our technology is a suite of both widely accepted, as well as proprietary, analytical methods that we use to help us assess the structural features of our MMT candidates that may impact biological activity. We have invested significant effort into converting classical, low-throughput carbohydrate analytical techniques into modernized, high-throughput formats capable of assessing hundreds to thousands of samples per week. In addition, we have adapted a suite of richly informative non-carbohydrate chemical analysis tools to complement our carbohydrate expertise.

To efficiently guide our chemical synthesis, we have built a data-mining capability for understanding structure-activity relationships. We routinely collect paired data points for MMT structure and their ex vivo metabolite readouts, which can be used in model training. These identified relationships help generate hypotheses for our MMT candidates’ mechanisms of action and we believe promote intelligent lead generation and optimization.

Our human-centric proprietary product platform

We believe that our human-centric proprietary product platform will allow us to effectively move optimized, data-rich product candidates to the market in the pursuit of treating disease and improving human health.

 

118


Table of Contents

In traditional drug discovery, it is rarely possible to work directly with the entire organ or organism of interest in the lab and, as a result, most drug discovery is target-based and further work is required to understand off-target effects. This discovery work is then followed by an evaluation of overall organ and organism effects in animal studies. One notable exception is antibiotic discovery, where it is possible to work directly with the organisms of interest. Extending this concept, we believe that we have built the tools for industrial product discovery in our organ of interest — the microbiome.

Traditional drug development also requires extensive preclinical development ahead of filing an IND in the United States to allow human dosing in clinical trials. It is only once clinical trials are initiated that researchers can begin to understand the effects of the product candidate in the most relevant system. According to one study, it takes an average of five to seven years and hundreds of millions of dollars to advance a product candidate from discovery to the initiation of a Phase 2 clinical trial.

Using our approach, we advanced our lead program from a mechanistic hypothesis to human dosing in less than one year. Furthermore, we plan to initiate our first Phase 2 clinical trial under an IND, approximately two years after conducting our first ex vivo screening. We believe this approach is more cost effective than traditional drug discovery from the discovery stage to the commencement of a Phase 2 clinical trial. Since our founding in 2015, we have been able to develop a robust and broad initial pipeline of product candidates that target multiple diseases and conditions while spending less than $75.0 million in cash through September 30, 2018.

The graphic below depicts our human-centric proprietary product platform:

 

LOGO

Ex vivo screening in healthy volunteer microbiome samples

We developed an ex vivo assay that supports a high throughput screening and lead identification process. This unique screening process combines advances in drug discovery with microbiome science and is designed to measure the impact of MMTs on a variety of endpoints. To date, we have

 

119


Table of Contents

employed this process to screen a majority of our more than 1,000 MMT candidates for the modulation of bacterial metabolites, bacterial growth and community composition.

We have collected microbiome samples from over 300 healthy volunteers, which we use as inputs for our ex vivo screening. We start the process by homogenizing the microbiome samples for consistency before screening against our library of MMT candidates and control compounds of interest. We evaluate our MMT candidates’ effects in terms of changes in bacterial metabolites, bacterial growth and community composition, which we believe relate to their mechanisms of action in vivo . We measure the changes in metabolites using colorimetric or enzymatic methods.

Bacterial community composition is measured both before and after MMT candidate screening. We evaluate bacterial community composition using two complementary approaches, 16S rRNA gene sequencing and shotgun metagenomic sequencing. To generate shotgun metagenomic data, we have an agreement with a third party that has developed specialized computational approaches to efficiently process high resolution data, allowing identification and quantification of individual species of bacteria in the microbiome. Furthermore, this data allows characterization of microbiomes’ functional repertoire by sequencing and annotating functional genes. Together, these sequencing techniques allow us to efficiently characterize bacterial communities in a high throughput manner.

We also evaluate bacterial community composition both before and after MMT candidate treatment using our computational capabilities. Measuring the modulation of microbial composition is unconventional and requires advanced bioinformatic and statistical tools. These tools must take into account idiosyncrasies in the process of sequencing DNA from complex microbial communities and the sparse, multivariate and non-normally distributed characteristics of microbiome data. Our analytical approaches are specifically designed for the complex and diverse microbial structures routinely encountered in the microbiome. We evaluate microbiome changes at multiple levels of resolution, including at the community and the individual species level. Furthermore, we are continuing to refine our analytical approaches through an external research collaboration which aims to develop novel computational methods for assessing the microbiome’s temporal responses to MMT candidates in fine detail.

Ex vivo testing in patient microbiome samples

Once we have selected a subset of MMT candidates from our library as promising leads for a particular program, we begin to conduct ex vivo testing using patient microbiome samples. While functions are largely conserved across diverse healthy microbiomes, patients suffering from the diseases or conditions that our programs are intended to address may have imbalanced microbiomes due to either the disease or condition itself or their current treatments. This dysbiosis may alter the microbial response to our MMT candidates.

We therefore conduct the same process with patient microbiome samples as described above, although we typically conduct this testing with only our lead MMT candidates. We have access to microbiome samples from              patients with diseases or conditions relevant to our programs. After conducting this testing, we evaluate the effect of our MMT candidates in the patient microbiome samples and use this information to inform our MMT candidate selection strategy.

Rapid advancement into non-IND human clinical studies

Regulatory approach: food and drug

The MMT candidates we have been evaluating for use in modulating the microbiome can be classified as food or medical foods or as drug ingredients depending upon their intended use. When intended for nutrient use to affect the structure or function of the body or for the dietary management of disease, they are conventional food or medical food ingredients. When intended for the prevention or

 

120


Table of Contents

treatment of disease, they are drug ingredients. We have initially studied our MMT candidates, and continue to study them, for food use. We were and therefore are able to advance them rapidly into non-IND human clinical studies under regulations supporting research with food.

Food substances for human use are regulated by the FDA to assure that intended exposures are safe in the general population. This assurance can be provided by establishing safety based on the history of use in humans. One process for establishing the safety of food is through recognition of the food as GRAS.

In the United States, Generally Recognized as Safe, or GRAS, is a particular regulatory classification for food substances. Although food additives must be evaluated by the FDA’s Office of Food Additive Safety through a food additive petition prior to human use, this requirement excludes “substances that are generally recognized, among experts qualified by scientific training and experience to evaluate their safety as having been adequately shown… to be safe under the conditions of their intended use.” This can be established through a GRAS determination, or by safety assessment.

For a substance to be determined to be GRAS, the scientific data and information about its use must be widely known, and there must be a consensus among qualified experts that this data and information establish that the substance is safe under the conditions of its intended use. Alternatively, the safety of the food substance can be shown in that scientific data and information about its use is widely known, and that qualified experts agree that the food substance is not only safe under the conditions of intended use, but that it meets the standard of “reasonable certainty of no harm.”

Either a GRAS determination or a safety assessment by qualified experts are allowed under FDA regulation of food substances to support clinical studies of food in humans. We rely on qualified experts from scientific consulting organizations that are highly experienced in conducting both GRAS evaluations and safety assessments to conduct initial safety assessments of our MMT candidates. These assessments include reviews of extensive published data on structurally related compounds under the proposed conditions of use in controlled, medically monitored clinical studies. For our MMTs, the structurally related compounds are complex carbohydrates with properties spanning the range of the MMT in question, such as molecular weight and bond types. We conduct such an assessment for each new MMT that we bring into a non-IND human clinical study, and each MMT may be compared to a different set of related compounds or materials, depending on its specific composition. These third-party assessments conclude that our MMTs are safe for intended use in non-IND human clinical studies, which can be conducted to evaluate safety and tolerability, and the nutritional effects of a food on the structure and function of the body.

Our MMT candidates are generally not processed by the upper human digestive tract and are thus delivered directly to the microbiome in the large intestine. The direct adverse effects that we have observed are limited to the symptoms associated with bacterial metabolism when orally administered, such as gas, flatulence, abdominal cramping and pain and diarrhea, and not those generally associated with systemic exposure. These symptoms are the known dose limiting side effects, and they are localized and generally known to be mild and transient. We believe that we can achieve significantly higher doses with our initial MMT candidates before triggering dose-limiting side effects, unlike naturally occurring complex carbohydrates, which result in tolerability challenges at even moderate dosage levels.

Food substances are exempt from pre-market approval by FDA prior to commercial offering if qualified experts conclude they are GRAS under the conditions of their intended use. A review process to assess a GRAS substance may be undertaken by a company by either relying on internal or external resources. The resulting conclusion that a substance is GRAS is called a self-determination of GRAS. Once a self-determination of GRAS is made, a company may begin to market the food substance immediately. The FDA does not require companies to notify the agency of a GRAS self-

 

121


Table of Contents

determination; however, GRAS notifications may optionally be sent to FDA if a notifying entity seeks FDA review and the issuance of a “no questions” letter. We will decide whether to pursue GRAS determination above and beyond conducting a safety assessment for conducting non-IND human clinical studies based on our corporate strategy relating to commercializing the product candidate as a food substance.

When a food substance is intended for the diagnosis, cure, treatment or prevention of disease, then it is regulated as a drug ingredient. If our non-IND human clinical studies and corporate strategy support further development of the food substance as a drug product, we will need to file an IND application with FDA and obtain IND clearance from the FDA before commencing therapeutic clinical trials. An IND requires submission of additional information on the food substance to be studied as a therapeutic drug, including the information that supports the safety of the product for the intended population to be studied and planned exposure, non-clinical toxicology, details of the manufacturing and testing, and clinical protocols describing the proposed human therapeutic clinical trial(s).

If our non-IND human clinical studies and corporate strategy support marketing of a non-drug product, we may pursue non-drug development pathways to commercialization. We may commercialize our non-drug MMT products ourselves leveraging our in-house nutrition expertise or partner with established nutrition, medical food, or consumer health companies to commercialize these products. We plan to determine the best development path for each of our MMTs at an “MMT decision point” after conducting one or more non-IND human clinical studies. We plan to make our decision about which development path to pursue based on the results of our non-IND human clinical studies, in conjunction with our research into market opportunities and patient needs and our corporate strategy.

Our approach to non-IND human clinical studies

Through non-IND human clinical studies, we believe that we can gain valuable insights into our MMTs’ effects on the microbiome and human health. We are able to measure safety and tolerability and potential markers of effect in these studies, which allows us to assess the potential therapeutic and non-therapeutic viability of our MMT candidates in humans. We can also test multiple MMT candidates in the same non-IND human clinical study, which allows us to assess which MMT candidate shows more potential based on in vivo testing.

For all non-IND human clinical studies not conducted under an open IND, we will adhere to FDA guidance and best practice for food clinical trials, including having qualified principal investigators, developing protocols, obtaining informed consents from patients, and obtaining institutional review board, or IRB, approval. Furthermore, each of our clinical investigators attests that the protocol and study activities adhere to the International Council for Harmonization of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use, or ICH, guidelines for Good Clinical Practice, or GCP.

We believe that our non-IND human clinical studies can provide preliminary insight into some or all of the following:

 

   

Safety and tolerability: By collecting data on gastrointestinal symptoms, safety-related parameters and adverse events, a new MMT candidate’s safety may be assessed quickly.

 

   

Dose-response: An initial assessment of the relationship of dose, frequency and duration of exposure to tolerability can be assessed.

 

   

Interactions: Interactions between MMT candidates and common medications, foods or non-drug products can be evaluated.

 

   

Ex vivo to human correlation: The correlation between the effects of different MMT candidates on the microbiome and its activity or other indicators in clinical samples can be compared to the effects predicted by ex vivo models, allowing these models to be modified or

 

122


Table of Contents
 

improved to develop more effective MMT candidates and to improve the predictive capability of the ex vivo screening platform.

 

   

Proof of mechanism: The impact of MMT candidates on various potential markers, such as microbiome effects and patient parameters, can be assessed. Physiological challenges can also be used to examine the effects of MMT candidates on different physiological targets.

 

   

Microbiome dependence and effects: The variability of the response of different individuals can be assessed.

 

   

Formulation: Different formulation options can be optimized based on preliminary non-IND human clinical study data to address any issues found with a specific MMT candidate or target population.

In addition to these program-specific study objectives, we measure many microbial and patient biomarkers in each non-IND human clinical study we conduct. Collecting this volume and diversity of data based on non-IND human clinical studies has allowed us to start to build temporal models of microbial responses in humans and to identify links between taxa shifts and metabolite changes. Each study we conduct helps to inform our efforts across a broad range of programs.

These non-IND human clinical studies also allow us to decide whether to continue to develop a specific MMT candidate for non-drug applications or instead to file an IND and investigate it for drug applications. For non-drug applications, we believe we can move MMTs to market with non-IND human clinical study data, allowing us to potentially pursue non-drug products with significant informative data. For drug applications, we believe we can open INDs for our MMTs based on an abbreviated toxicology package and a literature-based safety review of human experience and use and safety studies in human volunteers, allowing us to conduct Phase 2 or later trials in patients with specific diseases under an IND. Our experience in our lead program, including a recent pre-IND meeting with the FDA, supports this approach for those of our MMTs which we decide to develop as potential therapeutics after evaluating the data from non-IND human clinical studies. While each program and the specific MMT candidate that we select for such program will need to be independently evaluated by the FDA, we do not think that there is a reason to believe that our non-IND human clinical study data would not be accepted by the FDA.

Data from these non-IND human clinical studies also inform our activities in discovery and development. Gathering in vivo human data early in the discovery process, together with chemical synthesis and high-throughput screening, allows us to rapidly iterate and improve MMT candidates based on in vivo effects and to continue to build a broader understanding of both our MMTs and the microbiome in general.

To date, we have conducted seven non-IND human clinical studies with our MMT candidates with healthy volunteers. In five of these studies, we have evaluated safety and tolerability, and the results have supported our continued development of our portfolio and our confidence in our approach. In two of these studies, we evaluated specific potential markers of effect, as well as safety and tolerability. We have initiated our eighth non-IND human clinical study — our first study in patients — to support our UCD program.

Bridging ex vivo screening and testing data and results from non-IND human clinical studies

Our ex vivo screening and testing capability utilizes healthy human and patient fecal microbiome communities, or samples. We believe this assay is a relevant and meaningful environment by which we identify and optimize our lead MMT candidates and is therefore key to the success of our translational research.

 

123


Table of Contents

Integrating data from ex vivo experiments and non-IND human clinical studies, we have had the opportunity to understand the relationship of ex vivo and in vivo responses and derive insights to further improve our ex vivo screening translatability.

A significant portion of our programs are focused on the identification and optimization of MMTs that target the modulation of specific metabolites (e.g. ammonia, butyrate, uremic toxins and TMA). To this end, we have deployed our ex vivo environment to screen our library for metabolites of interest. With respect to our ability to modulate microbiome nitrogen metabolism, the ex vivo assay has been shown to reproduce that effect with in vivo results for the same MMT.

In addition to bridging our ex vivo assay and in vivo clinical results via effects on specific metabolites, we have also evaluated the predictability with regards to the effects on microbiome community and specific taxa shifts. We have sequenced microbiome samples from subjects collected during several non-IND human clinical studies that enable us to measure in vivo microbiome responses in relation to our ex vivo observations. In certain cases, we have observed meaningful relationships in specific taxa changes between ex vivo and in vivo . However, the microbiome is a complex organ, and correlations determined by taxa alone are unlikely to explain the mechanistic underpinning of the microbiome’s metabolic function. We believe this fundamental complexity supports our use of the holistic ex vivo assay that is at the heart of our screening efforts.

Finally, the adaptability and flexibility of our ex vivo environment enables us to adjust and optimize parameters such as microbiome community, media and time point. These factors affect the absolute value of metabolite and taxa responses and thereby impact ranking of MMTs in our screens. In cases where we have patient or clinical microbiome samples, we are able to adjust these conditions to validate metabolic responses, and in certain cases improve the alignment of taxa shifts between ex vivo and in vivo . To support the optimization of our ex vivo environment, we have invested in automation to increase throughput and reproducibility, and we plan to continue our commitment to such automation in the future.

 

124


Table of Contents

Our pipeline

The following chart summarizes our current pipeline:

LOGO

Hyperammonemia

Our lead programs target hyperammonemia, a metabolic condition generally characterized by elevated levels of ammonia in the blood. Production of ammonia is a normal byproduct of protein breakdown and bacteria in the gut contribute to the normal load of ammonia produced during the course of the day. In healthy individuals, ammonia is processed into urea through the urea cycle, predominantly in the liver, and is subsequently excreted in the urine. When the urea cycle is disrupted, ammonia cannot be processed normally and can build up in the bloodstream to dangerous concentrations.

Hyperammonemia can arise due to a range of underlying diseases and conditions, primarily those of the liver. The liver is highly exposed to microbial metabolites due to portal circulation. The diseases and conditions resulting in hyperammonemia can be congenital, such as UCD, where the liver is missing an enzyme, or acquired, such as liver cirrhosis due to alcoholic hepatitis or chronic infection with the Hepatitis B or C viruses.

Under conditions of stress, such as infection, dehydration or bleeding into the gut, ammonia levels can become highly elevated. Excess levels of ammonia in the blood, leading to increased levels of ammonia in the brain, can cause neurological abnormalities, potentially leading to permanent brain injury, coma and even death.

Our hyperammonemia programs are focused on two specific diseases, UCD and HE. A significant amount of ammonia enters the bloodstream from the gut. Ammonia is produced by the microbiome through two major pathways — deamination of amino acids and urease-mediated hydrolysis of urea. Additionally, because nitrogen is a critical component of many biomolecules, including proteins and nucleic acids, bacteria need to rapidly replenish nitrogen stores during growth. Many species of bacteria will accomplish this by assimilating ammonia.

 

125


Table of Contents

We believe our MMT candidates may reduce microbiome ammonia levels by affecting these pathways and expect that a net reduction in gut ammonia production in UCD and HE patient populations should result in a net reduction of ammonia levels in their blood. In each of these diseases, addressing hyperammonemia represents a significant unmet medical need.

Urea Cycle Disorders (UCD)

Disease overview

UCD is a serious and life-threatening inherited, rare genetic disease caused by a deficiency in one of the six enzymes or two amino acid transporters that constitute the urea cycle. UCD can lead to hyperammonemia. Hyperammonemic crises can be fatal and may be precipitated by routine childhood illnesses or any other stress, such as surgery, that causes the body to break down protein. Although UCD encompasses eight distinct mutations, the symptoms and treatments across the subtypes are largely similar. The severity of the disease varies significantly based on the level of deficiency in the enzyme/transporter and the UCD subtype.

There are two types of onset for UCD: early and late onset. Approximately one-third of cases are early onset, meaning that they occur within the newborn period (within the first month of life). Even in cases of late onset, the median age of diagnosis is two years. Patient prognosis may range from relatively mild episodic altered mental state to profound developmental disability.

The estimated incidence of UCD is 1 in 35,000 live births in the United States and Europe. UCD is diagnosed either through newborn screening, or at a later point in time when symptoms of the disease present. We believe UCD remains underdiagnosed because newborn screening for the eight UCD subtypes is not universal, and some patients may have milder manifestations and a definitive diagnosis is either never made or made only when a patient presents in crisis. Unfortunately, while mortality rates in UCD have fallen significantly in the last 15 years, they remain high (10-25%, depending on age at onset). We estimate that there are approximately 3,000 patients with UCD in the United States. We believe that the potential worldwide market opportunity in UCD is approximately $300 to $500 million.

Currently available therapies and their limitations

The long-term management of patients with UCD includes a combination of (often severe) dietary restrictions to reduce protein intake and dietary non-drug products. If these measures are insufficient to control hyperammonemia, patients are typically prescribed nitrogen binding therapy, or NBT. In one UCD subtype — N-acetylglutamate synthase deficiency — carglumic acid, which is an activator of a key enzyme missing in that genetic defect, is an additional treatment option. In some patients, manifestations may be so severe as to necessitate a liver transplant.

Dietary restrictions and non-drug products

The primary treatment for UCD is a very low-protein diet, which must be closely monitored and managed to ensure that patients have adequate caloric intake. Inadequate caloric intake may trigger a catabolic state, which generates excess ammonia and can lead to a hyperammonemic crisis. Some patients require nasogastric or gastric feeding to ensure sufficient caloric intake. Dietary non-drug products are sometimes required, including essential amino acids or branched-chain amino acids, such as arginine and citrulline. These dietary restrictions place a significant burden on both patients and their caregivers and often result in diet-induced growth delay, poor school attendance, altered psychological status and/or problems with familial and social integration.

Nitrogen binding therapy

Patients whose disease is not well-controlled through dietary restriction and supplementation are typically prescribed NBT to increase nitrogenous waste excretion. There are two NBT drugs currently

 

126


Table of Contents

approved for the chronic treatment of UCD — sodium phenylbutyrate and glycerol phenylbutyrate. Both treatments act to scavenge excess ammonia by binding to glutamine, a key component of ammonia transport.

Sodium phenylbutyrate is approved for the treatment of hyperammonemia in three UCD subtypes. Sodium phenylbutyrate has many attributes that result in significant challenges with patient compliance, including a high pill burden or large quantity of powder that must be taken, unpleasant taste and smell, food aversion and frequent dosing (3-6 times per day). The maximum daily dose of 20 grams requires patients to consume either 40 vitamin-sized uncoated tablets or 6.9 teaspoons of powder mixed with liquid or food per day. Due to palatability issues, gastrointestinal side effects of the treatment and symptoms of their disease, many patients require a feeding tube.

Glycerol phenylbutyrate is approved for the treatment of hyperammonemia in UCD across all subtypes. Unlike sodium phenylbutyrate, glycerol phenylbutyrate has little to no taste, does not require any preparation, has a relatively small maximum dose (17.5mL per day), and only needs to be taken three times per day. Glycerol phenylbutyrate is one of the most expensive medications available in the United States, with a year of treatment costing almost $800,000 as of 2016. Even with glycerol phenylbutyrate treatment, at least 40% of patients have high ammonia levels and remain at increased risk for hyperammonemic crisis.

Liver transplantation

Because the urea cycle mainly occurs in the liver, liver transplantation is considered curative in UCD. Liver transplants are typically reserved for the most severe UCD cases, with pediatric patients receiving priority listing. However, this option trades the effects of UCD for the potential long-term complications of a liver transplant, including risk of cancer and infection.

Despite the above available treatments, patients with UCD are always at risk of hyperammonemic crises. It has been estimated that 20–25% of acute crises in UCD patients may be related to compliance issues with medications or diet, arising from poor palatability and difficulty to adhere to complex dietary schedules and requirements.

Our product candidate — KB195

We have selected KB195 as our lead MMT candidate for development in the potential treatment of hyperammonemia in patients with UCD. We have obtained a GRAS evaluation that allows us to self-determine our use of KB195 as GRAS. We have conducted a non-IND human clinical study with KB195 in healthy volunteers and have initiated a non-IND human clinical study in UCD patients. We have also filed an IND that will enable us to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial in 2019, assuming IND clearance. We selected KB195 after assessing its performance relative to a wide range of other MMTs, as well as several controls, in ex vivo screening of microbiome samples from healthy volunteers, as well as microbiome samples from patients with UCD.

 

127


Table of Contents

Ex vivo screening

We identified several leads for ammonia reduction by conducting high-throughput screening of our MMT candidate library in multiple healthy volunteer microbiome samples. We selected KB195 as the primary lead for further analysis based on our screening. KB195 has consistently been among the best MMT candidates in our library for reducing ammonia levels in ex vivo screening.

 

LOGO

Ammonia level reduction relative to control (water) in our ex vivo screening of microbiome samples from healthy volunteers. Our lead compound, KB195, has consistently been among the best MMT candidates in our library for reducing ammonia levels.

Ex vivo testing

We subsequently ran KB195 through ex vivo testing of microbiome samples from patients with UCD. We observed that KB195 reduced ammonia levels in all samples tested and reduced ammonia by more than 50% in 10 of 12 samples tested.

 

LOGO

Ammonia reduction relative to control (water) in ex vivo testing of KB195 in microbiome samples tested from UCD patients. We observed that KB195 reduced ammonia in all samples tested and reduced ammonia by more than 50% in 10 of 12 samples.

 

128


Table of Contents

Clinical development

Based on the ex vivo data described, we conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled non-IND human clinical study to evaluate the effect of KB195 on microbiome nitrogen metabolism in healthy volunteers on a high protein diet.

Study design

To evaluate changes in nitrogen metabolism in the gut, we used 15 N lacto-ureide as a stable isotope tracer, which enabled us to track the metabolic fate of ammonia released from urea by gut bacteria. The tracer is not absorbed or broken down by human proteins and is excreted in the feces unless it is metabolized by the microbiome. If it is metabolized by the microbiome, it is excreted in the urine. By measuring the relative proportions of nitrogen in the urine at the start and end of dosing, it is possible to model the change in colonic production of ammonia. A reduction in 15 N in the urine is thought to be an indicator of reduction in the bacterial production of ammonia.

Subjects were randomized into groups — KB195 (N=12), a maltodextrin placebo (N=11), and a positive control glycan (N=12). All study volunteers consumed a high protein (2.5g/kg/day) diet for the duration of the study. One week after starting the high protein diet, subjects consumed a high protein meal containing 15 N-lacto-ureide and remained in the clinic for three days while metabolite measurements, clinical chemistry and safety assessments were conducted. The baseline of nitrogen excretion was established by measuring urinary nitrogen production over a 48-hour period.

Following the baseline period, subjects began taking their assigned study compound at a dose of 9g twice daily. Subjects increased their consumption of the study compound to 18g twice daily on day 6 of product consumption, 27g twice daily on day 10 of product consumption, and 36g twice daily on day 14 of product consumption. Any subject who experienced intolerable gastrointestinal effects was permitted to de-escalate the intake amount to the previously tolerated amount after consulting with the study investigator. At the end of this 19-day dosing period, subjects again consumed a high protein meal containing 15 N-lacto-ureide and their 48-hour urinary nitrogen excretion was measured.

Safety and tolerability were assessed according to the Gastrointestinal Tolerability Questionnaire, or GITQ, a patient-reported outcome that assesses gastrointestinal tolerability based on multiple parameters such as severity and frequency of flatulence, nausea, vomiting, abdominal cramping and other gastrointestinal symptoms. Two additional questions were added to this questionnaire to assess frequency and urgency of bowel movements. Subjects also reported tolerability according to the Bristol stool scale, or BSS, which assesses stool consistency, such as whether the subject had constipation or diarrhea.

Study objectives

The primary objective of this study was to compare the effects of KB195 and the positive control glycan to placebo on nitrogen metabolism in the gut of healthy volunteers consuming a high protein diet. Secondary objectives included safety and tolerability, as well as the effects of KB195, the control glycan, and placebo on microbiome community composition.

Safety and tolerability

KB195 had a similar tolerability profile to placebo and was better tolerated than the control glycan.

Subjects reported higher GITQ scores (indicating lower tolerability) starting at lower doses for the control glycan group as compared with KB195 and placebo. For all study compounds, including the placebo, increasing GITQ scores were seen as the dose increased. Subjects in the KB195 and

 

129


Table of Contents

placebo groups reported similar scores and trends — they were both well tolerated at the 9g, 18g, and 27g twice daily dosing levels. Subjects in the control glycan arm reported higher GITQ scores beginning at the 18g twice daily dose level, a trend that continued at all subsequent dose levels.

 

LOGO

Change in GITQ score reported by subjects in the non-IND human clinical study of KB195, placebo and a control glycan. Subjects in the KB195 and placebo groups reported similar scores and trends.

Tolerability findings related to diarrhea based on the BSS followed similar trends as the GITQ reported outcomes. In the placebo group, four subjects reported diarrhea at any point in the study. One subject reported transient diarrhea, which is defined as diarrhea lasting for less than one day, during each of the 18g and 36g daily dose periods, and three subjects reported transient diarrhea in the 54g daily dose period. Four subjects reported diarrhea during in the 72g daily dose period.

One subject in the KB195 group reported transient diarrhea at each of 18g, 36g and 54g daily dose periods; the subject reporting diarrhea was different for each dose group. Four subjects reported diarrhea at the 72g daily dose period.

 

130


Table of Contents

Subjects in the control glycan group reported persistent diarrhea at all dose levels. The number of subjects reporting diarrhea in the control glycan group was three, four, six and ten during the successive 18g, 36g, 54g and 72g daily dose periods. These results suggest that KB195 may be able to be administered at a higher dose level with fewer tolerability issues than the control glycan. As we continue interactions with the FDA regarding our clinical trials, we believe these results can inform our protocol design with respect to drug dosage.

 

LOGO

Subjects reporting diarrhea over the course of the non-IND human clinical study of KB195,

placebo and a control glycan. Subjects in the KB195 and placebo groups reported similar

incidence of transient diarrhea.

 

131


Table of Contents

Nitrogen metabolism

To assess the primary endpoint, we measured the change in urinary 15 N for each study compound as the change between the two tracer periods. When compared with placebo, we observed a 40.5% decrease in urinary 15 N excretion for KB195 and a 56.8% decrease for the control glycan. We observed a 7.6% increase in urinary 15 N excretion for placebo (maltodextrin), which is attributed to the high protein diet. The difference in urinary 15 N excretion for KB195 was significant as compared with placebo (p=0.0126). P-value is a statistical calculation that relates to the probability that a difference between groups happened by chance, with a p-value of less than 0.05 (i.e., less than 5% probability that the difference happened by chance) generally being used as the threshold to indicate statistical significance. When compared to baseline, we observed a 32.9% decrease in urinary 15 N excretion for KB195 and a 49.2% decrease for the control glycan. The difference between the observed decrease in urinary 15 N excretion between the control glycan and KB195 was not statistically significant.

 

LOGO

Reduction in urinary 15 N excretion in healthy subjects on a high protein diet treated with KB195 compared to placebo and control glycan in a non-IND human clinical study. Urinary 15 N excretion evaluated at dose of 72g/day.

The degree of reduction in urinary excretion of 15 N observed after KB195 dosing compares favorably with published data comparing changes in urinary excretion of 15 N following dosing with lactulose, a known treatment for hyperammonemia in HE.

Community composition

We also evaluated changes in microbiome community composition using shotgun metagenomic sequencing. There were considerable differences of community composition at baseline. The decrease in urinary 15 N excretion observed following KB195 dosing was not associated with microbiome composition at baseline. This indicates that KB195 may have activity across a range of microbiomes.

 

132


Table of Contents

We met our expectations for this study and are moving KB195 forward to the next stage of clinical development for UCD.

Future plans for clinical development in UCD

The goal of the UCD program is to develop a potential treatment that significantly improves the clinical outcomes and quality of life for patients by reducing serum ammonia levels and thereby reducing the risk of life-threatening hyperammonemic crises. The objective of the program is to stabilize a greater percentage of UCD patients that are on currently available therapies, and, if data support, move to a first-line, glycerol phenylbutyrate-sparing regimen.

Given the results of this initial non-IND human clinical study, we have initiated a non-IND human clinical study of KB195 in UCD patients. Our goal in this study is to evaluate changes in nitrogen metabolism in the gut using 15 N lacto-ureide as a stable isotope tracer in five to ten subjects with UCD, as well as explore the safety of KB195 in this patient population. This study has received approval from our site’s ethics committee and we are currently screening patients.

We have also filed an IND for KB195 in UCD. Additionally, we plan to seek input on our clinical development plans from European regulatory authorities in the first half of 2019.

We filed for orphan drug designation for KB195 for the potential treatment of UCD. We may be able to seek designation of KB195 for the potential treatment of a Rare Pediatric Disease because UCD is a rare and life-threatening disease that primarily affects pediatric patients. The FDA defines a “rare pediatric disease” as a serious or life-threatening disease in which the serious or life-threatening manifestations primarily affect individuals aged from birth to 18 years and the disease affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the U.S. If the Rare Pediatric Disease designation is granted, under the FDA’s Rare Pediatric Disease Priority Review Voucher, or PRV, program, we may be eligible for a Rare Pediatric Disease PRV upon the approval of an NDA for the treatment of a rare pediatric disease. This PRV can be used to obtain priority review for a subsequent new drug application or biologics license application, or BLA, including for another pharmaceutical company, as the PRV may be sold or transferred an unlimited number of times.

We recently had a pre-IND meeting with the FDA for KB195 in UCD. In that discussion, we reviewed the design of our planned Phase 2 clinical trial, which we plan to begin in the first half of 2019 assuming IND clearance. We expect the trial to enroll approximately 30 adult UCD patients with elevated ammonia levels. The planned treatment duration is eight weeks, with a primary endpoint of serum ammonia levels, as measured by serum ammonia 24-hour area under the curve. Patients will also be followed for safety and tolerability. This clinical trial is intended to allow us to evaluate efficacy of KB195 in reducing ammonia in UCD patients and support the inclusion of pediatric patients as soon as possible. We also plan to conduct a rollover extension trial for subjects in the Phase 2 clinical trial to generate data on long term safety and efficacy of KB195.

We have manufactured sufficient KB195 to support the planned non-IND human clinical study and IND-enabling toxicology studies. Larger GMP batch manufacturing is underway to support the Phase 2 clinical trial and future chronic toxicology requirements.

Hepatic Encephalopathy (HE)

Disease overview

HE describes a spectrum of potentially reversible neurologic and psychiatric abnormalities generally seen in patients with liver failure. HE is a common complication of all forms of cirrhosis, and

 

133


Table of Contents

up to 80% of cirrhotic patients have some form of HE, ranging from minimal hepatic encephalopathy, or MHE, to overt hepatic encephalopathy, or OHE. In the United States alone, we estimate that over 500,000 patients suffer from some form of HE, not all of whom have been diagnosed.

OHE is defined as neurologic abnormalities that are observable by a clinician without special testing. Symptoms can include shaking of the hands or arms, disorientation and slurred speech; patients can progress into coma. OHE develops in 30% to 45% of patients with cirrhosis. This condition typically follows a precipitant, such as a gastrointestinal bleed or infection, but may also occur without such precipitants. Although HE may occur as an initial presentation of liver disease, it more commonly presents in an individual with known cirrhosis. Development of OHE is associated with increased mortality and a 3-year survival probability of <25%; mortality risk is independent of the severity underlying liver disease, as measured by the model for end-stage liver disease, or MELD, score. Admissions for OHE are frequent among patients with end stage liver disease and are an important driver of resource utilization in this patient population. In 2009 alone, inpatient costs for HE patients in the United States was estimated to be over $7.2 billion. In the United States, we estimate that there are currently over 100,000 patients with recurrent OHE, though this population is expected to increase in the coming years due to rapid growth of nonalcoholic steatohepatitis.

Patients with MHE have subtle symptoms that may only be detected using specialized psychometric tests. There is currently no common testing paradigm in clinical practice to define MHE. Experts agree that MHE has a profound impact on patients’ quality of life, especially evident in the loss of independent living skills such as driving, and is predictive of subsequent development of OHE. However, there are currently no approved treatments for MHE patients. Patients who have a single episode of OHE, often caused by a precipitant, and subsequently “recover” are also likely to have some level of MHE. As a result of the lack of standardized diagnostic measures and available treatments, MHE is significantly underdiagnosed today. Based on epidemiologic literature, we estimate that there are over 400,000 patients with MHE in the United States today. We believe that the potential worldwide market opportunity in HE, including both OHE and MHE, is approximately $2 billion.

Patients with cirrhosis have an increased risk of developing bacterial infections, and infection is a common precipitant of HE, as well as an independent predictor of mortality in these patients. The pathogenesis of these infections is multifactorial, and include intestinal barrier failure, dysbiosis (compounded by the frequent administration of antibiotics), and defects in innate and adaptive immune responses. Infections are present at admission or develop during hospitalization in 25–35% of patients, an incidence that is four to five-fold higher than that observed in the general population. Bacterial infection results in a four-fold increase in the probability of death of patients with cirrhosis with complications, such as OHE. Of increasing concern is the rise of multi-drug resistant, or MDR, pathogens in this patient population, which is related to the frequent use of antibiotics. A recent global study found that 35% of patients with cirrhosis had infections caused by MDR pathogens. Thus, we believe that HE patients would benefit from any potential treatment that could reduce blood ammonia levels as well as infection risk.

Currently available therapies and their limitations

Medical treatment of HE currently includes treatment of the underlying precipitant, if present, such as gastrointestinal bleeding or infection. There are two approved chronic drug treatments for OHE-lactulose and rifaximin. Although there have been small investigational studies into treatments for MHE, there are currently no approved therapies for MHE, which is a significant medical need.

 

134


Table of Contents

Lactulose

Lactulose is a non-absorbed disaccharide that has been used for several decades to reduce hyperammonemia in patients. Lactulose is the first-line standard of care for OHE for all ages. Experts remain uncertain about lactulose’s mechanism of action, but it is thought to work primarily through purging of the stool and acidification of the colonic environment, leading to the conversion of ammonia to ammonium, which less readily crosses the colonic barrier and enters the bloodstream. Lactulose has also been shown to stimulate bacterial growth, thus promoting assimilation of ammonia into bacterial proteins.

Although lactulose reduces episodes of OHE by up to 50% compared to a placebo, compliance and efficacy is variable. For maximum clinical effect, lactulose must be titrated to two to four loose stools per day. The resulting diarrhea and fecal urgency, as well as other adverse gastrointestinal events, significantly limits patient compliance. Because of the variability in individual response, patients are typically instructed to self-regulate dosing. Given the cognitive implications of OHE, this can be difficult for patients to manage, and taking too little or too much lactulose can lead to exacerbations in the disease. In one study, nearly 90% of OHE recurrence on lactulose treatment was due to either gastrointestinal adverse effects due to lactulose or else lactulose non-compliance.

Rifaximin

Rifaximin, a poorly-absorbed antibiotic derived from rifamycin, is currently approved only as a second line treatment for OHE and is used in conjunction with lactulose when lactulose alone does not control OHE. Its mechanism of action is through inhibition of bacterial growth. Rifaximin, when administered in combination with lactulose, only reduces episodes of OHE by approximately 50% when compared with a placebo. In most of the published clinical trials of rifaximin, including the registration trial just cited, it is tested in combination with lactulose. It is given as a tablet twice per day and is generally well-tolerated as compared to lactulose, although caution is advised for patients with very advanced liver disease due to increased systemic absorption.

Neither lactulose nor rifaximin sufficiently reduces the risk of OHE recurrence, each episode of which significantly increases mortality risk. Given the risks for and implications of infection in this patient population, chronic antibiotic dosing is undesirable. Although there is no published data supporting increased infection for patients on rifaximin, there have been case reports of C. difficile diarrhea during treatment.

A safer, more tolerable and more effective treatment is urgently needed for HE patients.

Our MMT candidate selection

We are evaluating both KB195 and KB174 for clinical development for the potential treatment of HE. For KB195, data from our hyperammonemia program in UCD will inform our decision as to whether to develop KB195 in HE. For KB174, we plan to initiate a non-IND human clinical study in the first half of 2019 to support our HE program. We plan to advance one of these two MMT candidates into a Phase 2 clinical trial for OHE under an IND, if the IND is cleared, in the first quarter of 2020.

Ex vivo screening

In ex vivo screening, we observed that both KB195 and KB174 comparably reduced ammonia levels. KB195 reduced ammonia by 97% and outperformed lactulose in our ex vivo screen. KB195 has consistently been among the best MMT candidates in our library for ammonia reduction. However, we believe that in addition to reducing ammonia, KB174 may also have a beneficial impact on infection rates in this patient population, an additional unmet medical need.

 

135


Table of Contents

Ex vivo testing

We tested KB195 in ex vivo microbiome samples from patients with hepatic impairment. KB195 was observed to reduce ammonia levels in 18 of 19 samples tested and reduced ammonia levels by 50% in 14 of 19 samples tested. KB195 was also observed to outperform lactulose in reducing ammonia levels in 14 of 19 samples tested. KB195 was also observed to outperform lactulose in reducing ammonia levels in 14 of 19 of these samples. While analysis of the non-responders is ongoing, we currently have no reason to believe that the non-response rate will be a barrier to the development of this program.

 

LOGO

Ammonia reduction relative to control (water) in ex vivo testing of KB195 and lactulose in microbiome samples tested from hepatically impaired patients. KB195 was observed to reduce ammonia levels in 18 of 19 samples tested and to outperform lactulose in reducing ammonia levels in 14 of 19 samples.

Future plans for clinical development in HE

The goal of the HE program is to develop a potential treatment that addresses patient needs across the full spectrum of HE, from MHE to OHE. We expect to initially focus on OHE; following successful development in OHE, we would expect to extend our development program to address MHE.

In OHE, our goal is to demonstrate a reduction in the rate of OHE events and potentially reduce infection rates. We intend to initiate a non-IND human clinical study with KB174 in patients with hepatic impairment in 2019 with 30-36 Child Pugh class A cirrhotic patients. Our goal is to evaluate our MMT candidates’ ability to modulate ammonia levels following a protein challenge, as well as explore the safety of our MMT candidates in this patient population.

We plan to advance one of these two MMT candidates into a Phase 2 clinical trial for OHE under an IND, if the IND is cleared, in the first quarter of 2020. Specific clinical trial designs will be evaluated with the FDA, but we anticipate that this Phase 2 clinical trial will enable us to evaluate the efficacy of our MMT in reducing ammonia in OHE patients and determine the dose for a subsequent registration clinical trial.

We are anticipating initial interactions with the FDA on this program, including a pre-IND meeting, in the first half of 2019. We expect to seek orphan drug designation for our MMT candidate in OHE. In addition to these FDA interactions, we plan to seek input on our clinical development plans from European Regulatory authorities in 2019.

 

136


Table of Contents

Other programs

Infections caused by multi-drug resistant (MDR) bacteria

Scientific rationale

Gut commensal bacteria prevent colonization of potential pathogens and maintain the intestinal barrier, thus preventing pathogen translocation to other organs. However, administration of chemotherapy or antibiotics reduces the diversity of the commensal microbiota and, thus, its ability to perform this critical protective function. We believe one potential way to restore the diversity of commensal bacteria is through administration of glycans that are exclusively metabolized by commensal bacteria, but not by pathogens. This strategy may therefore increase the diversity and biomass of the commensal microbiota and lead to a reduction in the relative abundance of pathogens. Our initial MMT candidates may selectively feed the commensal microbiome and reduce the relative abundance of pathogens.

Disease overview

MDR pathogens are a significant and growing global health threat. In the United States alone, at least two million people per year are infected with bacteria that are resistant to antibiotics, and this number is growing. As antibiotics become less effective for the prevention and treatment of infections, infections that were once relatively routine are becoming progressively more difficult to treat. Patients who develop MDR infections are at increased risk of mortality and consume more healthcare resources than patients infected with non-resistant strains of the same bacteria.

Some patients are at particularly high risk of MDR pathogen colonization and infection and we are currently considering two different transplant populations for our initial focus in this program. Bacterial infections are common after hematopoietic stem cell transplantation, or HSCT, due to pre-transplant immune system ablation, and these infections are the leading cause of patient mortality, excluding mortality due to the primary disease. There are approximately 22,000 HSCT patients in the United States each year. Recent estimates suggest that approximately one third of these patients are colonized with vancomycin-resistant enterococcus, or VRE, and that up to 15% of these colonized patients will go on to develop a VRE bacteremia, a bacterial infection in the bloodstream. Up to one-third of patients with VRE bacteremia will ultimately die due to complications of the infection. Importantly, several studies have shown that bacteremia in this patient population is frequently preceded by intestinal domination by the same organism, suggesting that reducing this domination may reduce infection rates and therefore improve outcomes in this patient population.

Bacterial infections are also common in liver transplant recipients, both in the period prior to a liver transplant and post-engraftment. In patients with End Stage Liver Disease, infections rates are as high as 40% in the first year after transplant waiting list placement. Infection is the leading cause of waiting list de-listing. For patients without infection, the median wait list time is 163 days, while for those patients with an infection, the median wait list time is more than twice that long (381 days). As of 2018, there were approximately 13,500 candidates waiting for a liver transplant in the United States, and, as of 2016, the median wait list time was 11.3 months. 50% of patients experience an infection in the first 100 days post-transplant, when they are on immunosuppressive therapy. We believe that the potential worldwide market opportunity in infections caused by MDR bacteria in these two transplant populations is approximately $500 million.

Currently available therapies and their limitations

Delays in treating an infection with the correct antibiotics is strongly associated with increased morbidity, mortality and cost. This is often the case in MDR infections, where days may go by before the results of resistance testing become available. For some patients and certain bacteria, no effective treatment options are available, and some last line of defense antibiotics are associated with unwanted side effects and toxicities or the rapid development of resistance. There is a need for additional approaches for clinical management of these infections.

 

137


Table of Contents

Our product candidate—KB109

We have selected KB109 as our lead MMT candidate for development as a potential treatment of infections caused by MDR bacteria. We plan to initiate a non-IND human clinical study with KB109 to support this program in the first half of 2019. We selected KB109 after assessing its performance relative to a wide range of other MMTs in ex vivo screening of microbiome samples from healthy volunteers, as well as microbiome samples from ICU patients.

Ex vivo screening

We have screened our MMT candidate library by spiking in MDR pathogens, including VRE and carbepenam-resistant enterobacteriaceae, or CRE, and evaluating the ability of our initial MMT candidates to support commensal growth and not pathogen growth, thereby reducing the proportion of pathogens in the community. We subsequently evaluated specific VRE, CRE, and C. difficile strains to ensure that our initial MMT candidates could not be utilized by these pathogenic bacteria.

 

LOGO

Certain MMT candidates reduced the relative abundance of select pathogens in ex vivo screening.

Ex vivo testing

In addition to evaluating MMT candidate performance in healthy volunteer microbiome samples spiked with pathogens, we tested the ability of KB109 to reduce pathogens in microbiome samples from 13 ICU patients. In 10 of the 13 samples, KB109 was observed to reduce the relative abundance of pathogens by a median of 45% relative to control. In the three non-responder samples, there were no detectable viable commensal bacteria for which our MMT candidate could support growth. In the future, there may be an opportunity to combine administration of our MMTs alongside commensal strains to benefit patients with depleted microbiomes. In addition, we evaluated whether KB109 could be utilized to support the growth of representative strains of pathogenic Enterobacteriaceae and Enterococcus, and found that it did not support the growth of these pathogenic bacteria ex vivo .

 

138


Table of Contents

LOGO

KB109 reduced pathogens in 10 of 13 microbiome samples from ICU patients relative

to control (water) in ex vivo testing.

Future plans for clinical development in infections caused by MDR bacteria

We have selected KB109 for additional evaluation and expect to initiate a non-IND human clinical study in the first half of 2019. Based on data from our non-IND human clinical study, we will decide whether to pursue the drug development pathway for this program.

Chronic kidney disease

Scientific rationale

Chronic kidney disease, or CKD, is associated with high plasma levels of uremic toxins, or UTs, such as indoxyl sulfate, trimethylamine N-oxide, or TMAO, and p-cresyl sulfate. The precursors of these UTs — indole, trimethylamine, or TMA, and p-cresol — are produced by gut microbes. The microbiome is the primary source of these UTs, which are strongly associated with the pathogenesis resulting from CKD. Our approach is, therefore, to identify MMTs that reduce the relative population of UT-producing bacterial species or that impair the ability of those organisms to produce uremic toxins, thereby reducing plasma levels of UTs.

Disease overview

CKD is the gradual loss of kidney function. Kidneys are responsible for filtering waste and excess fluid, which is subsequently excreted in the urine. When kidney function is compromised, dangerous levels of fluid and toxins accumulate in the body. CKD can progress to end stage renal disease, or ESRD, which requires dialysis or a kidney transplant. Many patients with CKD remain asymptomatic until kidney function is significantly impaired. CKD is a significant medical problem, estimated to impact over 200 million patients worldwide. In 2015, 20% of Medicare spending, or approximately $98 billion, went to patients with CKD, including over $30 billion for patients on dialysis.

 

139


Table of Contents

Currently available therapies and their limitations

We believe that current management of CKD is suboptimal. Some approaches are focused on addressing the risk factors of kidney disease, such as diabetes and hypertension, and less so on the underlying mechanism. Other approaches require broad spectrum immunosuppression, such as high dose steroids like Prednisone. Some forms of CKD have no effective treatment options.

Ex vivo screening and testing

We have established an ex vivo screen for indole, the precursor of indoxyl sulfate, which we have used to screen our MMT candidate library. We have established a robust ex vivo screening approach for TMA, which we have used to screen MMTs for our atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease program and plan to utilize for MMT screening in our CKD program. Through these screening efforts, we hope to identify MMTs that can significantly reduce production of the three UTs. While initial screening efforts will employ healthy volunteer microbiome samples, we will then test promising MMT candidates against microbiome samples collected from patients in various stages of CKD to identify the best candidates to bring forward into non-IND human clinical studies.

In parallel with our screening efforts, we are also evaluating the impact of our MMT candidates on UTs based on data from three separate non-IND human clinical studies. Although none of these studies was designed explicitly to examine UTs, we collected data on biomarkers such as indoxyl sulfate, TMAO and p-cresyl sulfate, supporting our overall approach of collecting broadly applicable data from every non-IND human clinical study we conduct. The data from the two non-IND human clinical studies we have analyzed thus far suggests that our MMT candidates have differential effects on the accumulation of these UTs. Finally, we have established a rat model of ESRD in which we observed that one of our MMT candidates significantly reduced serum levels of p-cresyl sulfate to levels indistinguishable from healthy rats.

Atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease

Scientific rationale

Several large studies have demonstrated an association of elevated TMAO with an increased risk of atherosclerotic disease, cardiovascular events and an increased risk of stroke/transient ischemic attack. This includes a large recent study which found that an elevated plasma TMAO level was independently associated with the risk of major adverse cardiac events and was also a significant predictor of long-term patient mortality. TMAO is generated in the liver from TMA, a choline and carnitine degradation product nearly exclusively produced by the microbiome and similar to other UT precursors, such as indole.

In this program, we are seeking to lower the systemic level of TMAO by suppressing the production of TMA by the microbiome.

Disease overview

Atherosclerosis, or AS, is a disease in which plaque builds up in the arteries. Over time, this plaque hardens and narrows the arteries, limiting the flow of oxygen-rich blood to vital organs and leading to serious problems such as heart attack, stroke and death. AS is a slow, progressive disease that may start in childhood. Atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease, or ASCVD, is very common in the United States and around the developed world. In the United States, nearly 30 million adults have been diagnosed with heart disease, which is the leading cause of death and accounts for 25% of deaths in the United States. Risk factors for ASCVD include elevated levels of cholesterol and triglycerides in the blood, high blood pressure, smoking, diabetes and obesity. We believe that there is a multi-billion dollar potential worldwide market opportunity in reducing TMAO to treat ASCVD.

 

140


Table of Contents

Currently available therapies and their limitations

There are currently no marketed prescription treatments that address elevated levels of TMAO in the treatment of ASCVD. All existing treatments are aimed at addressing known risk factors to reduce the likelihood of AS complications such as heart attack (acute coronary syndrome) and stroke. The most commonly recommended treatments are “heart healthy” lifestyle changes such as healthy eating, weight loss and quitting smoking. Pharmacological approaches are focused on addressing specific risk factors such as diabetes, cholesterol, blood pressure and inflammation through medications such as statins, beta blockers, blood thinners, PCSK9 inhibitors and angiotensin II receptor blockers. In the most severe cases, patients require surgical intervention or other approaches to mechanically open blockages, such as stenting.

Ex vivo screening and testing

We have established a robust screen for TMA and conducted high-throughput screening of our MMT candidate library in multiple healthy volunteer microbiome samples. In this ex vivo screening, we identified a number of leads which reduced TMA by greater than 90%.

 

LOGO

Level of TMA reduction relative to control (water) in our ex vivo screening of microbiome samples from healthy volunteers. In our screening, our top MMTs reduced TMA by greater than 90% compared to control.

We plan to test these lead MMTs ex vivo in microbiome samples from patients with cardiovascular disease. Following ex vivo testing, we plan to start a non-IND human clinical study.

Drug or disease-induced diarrhea

The microbiome produces significant quantities of short chain fatty acids, including acetate, propionate and butyrate, through the fermentation of undigested carbohydrates. These short chain fatty acids exert effects on the colonic lining, including water re-absorption, barrier function improvement and inflammation reduction. Studies over many decades show that butyrate, in particular, has the most potent and wide-ranging of these effects.

 

141


Table of Contents

In this program, we seek to increase butyrate and other short chain fatty acid production using MMTs. We believe that increasing short chain fatty acid production may have several potential applications. We are currently exploring the application of this approach in drug or disease-induced diarrhea. We have identified a potential MMT candidate through ex vivo screening and have commenced a non-IND human clinical study with this MMT candidate, while also continuing to evaluate additional MMT candidates through ex vivo screening and testing.

Future pipeline opportunities

We are already starting to pursue future opportunities beyond our initial pipeline. Our proprietary product platform is designed to generate the knowledge and insights required to support discovery and development work in a wide range of areas, including where evidence of a link to the microbiome exists but the biology is not yet fully defined. We believe that these areas of more complex microbiome-human biology present an opportunity to leverage our human-centric discovery and development approach and computational expertise.

We are investing in the infrastructure necessary to support this vision. We are expanding our ex vivo screening to incorporate new outputs. These new outputs include cell-based assays, which allow us to assess our MMT candidates’ effects on human response, targeted and untargeted metabolomics and whole transcriptome shotgun sequencing. We aspire to expand our synthetic chemistry to chemical classes beyond complex carbohydrates and thereby discover novel MMTs across multiple chemical classes. We also continue to build our computational biology and data science teams and capabilities, which are a critical underpinning of our approach and allows us to bring large, diverse datasets together to drive richer and more meaningful conclusions about our MMT candidates and the microbiome.

We have several active programs in discovery, including work in diabetes, immuno-oncology, inflammation and infant health. Correlative data has been published for each of these areas suggesting that the microbiome plays a critical role, and our discovery efforts are largely focused on either establishing a mechanistic hypothesis or establishing and optimizing an ex vivo screen to address these opportunities. We will either advance our lead MMT candidates once identified for future pipeline opportunities through either the drug or non-drug pathway. We are also open to opportunities to leverage our proprietary product platform in combination with other approaches to the microbiome.

Our diabetes program is the first future pipeline opportunity for which we will be bringing an MMT candidate into non-IND human clinical studies. We are currently conducting a non-IND human clinical study in Type 2 diabetes, initially with a proprietary formulation of commercially-available ingredients. This study goes beyond a traditional, single treatment duration design. Instead, it is a rapid and iterative series of studies wherein we are generating large amounts of biological, physiological and consumer (emotional, attitudinal) data. In this same study, we are gathering data on commercialization and product preferences, combining key elements of traditional in-home use test and classical clinical studies. This first study is a pilot study intended to establish the infrastructure necessary to run such large-scale, multi-faceted studies and is not initially intended to determine the validity of a specific product or MMT candidate in this population.

We started the initial stage of the study in August 2018 and rapidly enrolled it. Patients are being followed for three months, during which we are measuring a variety of datapoints, including blood HbA1c, body weight, stool samples and quality of life. We expect the initial stage of the study to be completed in the second half of 2018. We intend to introduce our own MMT candidate, which we have not yet identified, in the final stage of the study in the second half of 2019. The data from this study will inform our development plans in diabetes. While we may commercialize an MMT candidate or advance it down a drug development pathway, the FDA has taken the position that diabetes is not a condition for which medical food can be labeled or marketed.

 

142


Table of Contents

We have built and continue to invest in strengthening our significant capabilities in computational biology and data science, which we believe will enable us to learn quickly from the human data we collect. We believe this knowledge supports our goal of leading a revolution in health by optimizing the potential of the human microbiome.

Manufacturing

We have developed proprietary methods for the manufacture of MMT candidates that we believe are scalable and transferable to current good manufacturing practice requirements, or cGMP, manufacturing facilities. Our MMT candidates are synthesized, purified and isolated using standard small molecule unit operations (such as batch synthesis and column chromatography). The manufacturing process produces bulk MMT candidates suitable for oral administration in a variety of forms, including liquids and spray dried powders in sachets. In addition, we have established robust analytical methods to assess the identity and purity of our MMT candidates. We believe that these controlled manufacturing processes and analytical methods will allow us to produce and release cGMP batches of material with consistent quality.

Our internal manufacturing capabilities include the production of batches of our MMTs for ex vivo screening and testing, toxicology and non-IND human clinical studies. Process development and GMP manufacturing are critical for the successful clinical translation of our MMT candidates. We believe our internal expertise and external partnerships will allow us to supply moderate quantities of MMT candidates quickly in order to support our non-IND human clinical studies.

Our MMT candidate manufacturing processes consist of bulk and final product manufacturing. We have established expertise across all aspects of bulk MMT candidate manufacturing unit operations including synthesis, purification and isolation. We also have advanced knowledge related to finished product manufacturing, as well as analytical characterization and quality control testing of our MMT candidates. Our MMT candidates have demonstrated stability under long-term storage conditions. We will continue to develop novel formulation technologies for enhanced delivery and activity.

We currently rely on third-party manufacturers for the GMP production of larger quantities of MMT candidates for clinical trials. Our internal personnel have extensive cGMP manufacturing experience in order to ensure efficient technology transfer and to oversee the development and manufacturing activities conducted by third-party manufacturers. Our agreements with third-party manufacturers include confidentiality and intellectual property provisions to protect our proprietary rights to our MMT candidates. In some instances, we have reserved resources from third-party manufacturers for the development and manufacture of our MMT candidates for near-term clinical programs.

For example, in September 2018, we entered into an Umbrella Development Services Agreement, or the PSG Agreement, with Patheon UK Limited, pursuant to which we and affiliates within the global network of services sites in Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc.’s Pharma Services Group, or PSG, may enter into certain project proposals, or Project Proposals, for (i) pharmaceutical development or clinical manufacturing services; (ii) packaging and labeling services; (iii) sourcing of material services or (iv) transportation, distribution and logistics services. We will pay PSG on a project-by-project basis, as specified in each respective Project Proposal within 30 days of the date of the invoice. We will also reimburse PSG for the cost of raw materials, supplies consumables and third party expenses. Pursuant to the PSG Agreement, we will grant to PSG a non-exclusive, paid-up, royalty-free, non-transferable license of our intellectual property that may be necessary in order for PSG to provide the services. In exchange, PSG assigns to us all right, title and interest in and to all intellectual property developed under any Project Proposal. The PSG Agreement will remain in effect for three years following the effective date and will automatically renew for additional three year periods. The PSG Agreement or any Project Proposal may be terminated by us with 30 days written notice without cause and by either

 

143


Table of Contents

party by written notice upon a material breach or insolvency of the other party. PSG may terminate a Project Proposal by written notice to us upon delay of or inability to complete services.

While we do not have a current need for commercial scale manufacturing capacity, at the appropriate time we intend to evaluate both building pharmaceutical grade cGMP internal capabilities and contracting with third-party manufacturers.

Intellectual property

Overview

We strive to protect the proprietary technology that we believe is important to our business, including seeking and maintaining patent protection in the United States and internationally for our product candidates and discovery platform. We also rely on trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position.

We seek to obtain domestic and international patent protection, and endeavor to promptly file patent applications for new commercially valuable inventions. We also rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection.

We plan to continue to expand our intellectual property estate by filing patent applications directed to pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment, methods of manufacture or identified from our ongoing development of our product candidates, as well as discovery based on our proprietary product platform. Our success will depend on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for commercially important technology, inventions and know-how related to our business, defend and enforce any patents that we may obtain, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate without infringing the valid and enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties.

The patent positions of biopharmaceutical companies like us are generally uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific and factual questions. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent may be challenged in courts after issuance. Moreover, many jurisdictions permit third parties to challenge issued patents in administrative proceedings, which may result in further narrowing or even cancellation of patent claims. We cannot guarantee that our pending patent applications, or any patent applications that we may in the future file or license from third parties, will result in the issuance of patents. We cannot predict whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or at all, whether the claims of any patent applications, should they issue, will cover our product candidates, or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient protection from competitors or otherwise provide any competitive advantage. We cannot predict the scope of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Consequently, we may not obtain or maintain adequate patent protection for any of our programs and product candidates.

Because patent applications in the United States and certain other jurisdictions are maintained in secrecy for 18 months or potentially even longer, and because publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature often lags behind actual discoveries and patent application filings, we cannot be certain of the priority of inventions covered by pending patent applications. Accordingly, we may not have been the first to invent the subject matter disclosed in some of our patent applications or the first to file patent applications covering such subject matter, and we may have to participate in interference proceedings or derivation proceedings declared by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to determine priority of invention. For more information regarding the risks related to our intellectual property, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

 

144


Table of Contents

Patent portfolio

Our patent portfolio includes patent applications in varying stages of prosecution in the United States and selected jurisdictions outside of the United States. As of December 31, 2018, our patent portfolio in total consisted of eight issued U.S. patents, two issued European patents, 12 issued patents in other jurisdictions (Argentina, Australia, Canada, China, Colombia, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Mexico, New Zealand, Singapore and South Africa), six pending PCT applications, 103 pending non-provisional applications (U.S., EP and other jurisdictions), and 12 pending U.S. provisional applications, which include claims directed to compositions, methods of use and manufacturing processes. All patents are owned by us.

The patent portfolio includes patents and applications (numbers for U.S. and Europe only) with claims directed to the following:

MMT candidate platform

We own five issued U.S. patents (U.S.10,131,721; 9,205,418; 9,079,171; 8,476,388; and 8,466,242), one issued EP patent (EP 2681247), one pending U.S. and two pending EP non-provisional applications, three pending U.S. provisional applications, and two pending PCT applications containing composition of matter, method of making and use claims related to our MMT candidate platform. The issued patents in the earliest of these families are expected to expire in 2032, not including any patent term adjustments and any patent term extensions. Any applications claiming priority to the provisional applications that issue as a patent are expected to expire in 2038. Certain patents and patent applications described above are licensed exclusively to Midori USA, Inc. for use in the animal health field.

Hyperammonemia program — UCD and HE

We own one issued U.S. patent (U.S. 9,901,595), one issued EP patent (EP 3071235), one pending U.S. non-provisional application, five pending U.S. provisional applications, and one pending PCT application containing composition of matter, method of treatment and use claims related to our UCD/HE program. The issued patents in the earliest of these families are expected to expire in 2036, not including any patent term adjustments and any patent term extensions. Any applications claiming priority to the provisional applications that issue as a patent are expected to expire in 2038.

Infections caused by multi-drug resistant (MDR) bacteria

We own one issued U.S. patent (U.S. 9,757,403), one issued EP patent (EP 3071235), one pending U.S. and one pending EP non-provisional applications, and one pending PCT application containing method of treatment and use claims related to our Pathogen program. The issued patents in the earliest of these families are expected to expire in 2036, not including any patent term adjustments and any patent term extensions. Any applications claiming priority to the provisional application that issue as a patent are expected to expire in 2038.

Chronic kidney disease (CKD) program

We own one pending U.S. provisional application containing composition of matter, method of treatment and use claims related to our chronic kidney disease program. Any applications claiming priority to the provisional application that issue as a patent are expected to expire in 2038.

Atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease program

We own one pending U.S. provisional application containing composition of matter, method of treatment and use claims related to our atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease program. Any

 

145


Table of Contents

applications claiming priority to the provisional application that issue as a patent are expected to expire in 2038.

Drug or disease-induced diarrhea program

We own one issued U.S. patent (U.S. 9,492,473) and one pending U.S. non-provisional application containing method of treatment and use claims related to our drug or disease-induced diarrhea program. The issued patents in the earliest of these families are expected to expire in 2036, not including any patent term adjustments and any patent term extensions. Any applications claiming priority to the provisional application that issue as a patent are expected to expire in 2038.

Patent term

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, including the U.S., the base term is 20 years from the filing date of the earliest-filed non-provisional patent application from which the patent claims priority. The term of a U.S. patent can be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates the owner of the patent for administrative delays at the USPTO. In some cases, the term of a U.S. patent is shortened by terminal disclaimer that reduces its term to that of an earlier-expiring patent. The term of a U.S. patent may be eligible for patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Act, to account for at least some of the time the drug is under development and regulatory review after the patent is granted. With regard to a drug for which FDA approval is the first permitted marketing of the active ingredient, the Hatch-Waxman Act allows for extension of the term of one U.S. patent that includes at least one claim covering the composition of matter of such an FDA-approved drug, an FDA-approved method of treatment using the drug and/or a method of manufacturing the FDA-approved drug. The extended patent term cannot exceed the shorter of five years beyond the non-extended expiration of the patent or fourteen years from the date of the FDA approval of the drug, and a patent cannot be extended more than once or for more than a single product. During the period of extension, if granted, the scope of exclusivity is limited to the approved product for approved uses. Some foreign jurisdictions, including Europe and Japan, have analogous patent term extension provisions, which allow for extension of the term of a patent that covers a drug approved by the applicable foreign regulatory agency.

In the future, if and when our product candidates receive FDA approval, we expect to apply, if appropriate, for patent term extension on patents directed to those product candidates, their methods of use and/or methods of manufacture. However, there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities, including the FDA in the United States, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and if granted, the length of such extensions. For more information regarding the risks related to our intellectual property, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Trade secrets

In addition to patents, we rely on trade secrets and know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position. We typically rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection. We protect trade secrets and know-how by establishing confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors and collaborators. These agreements provide that all confidential information developed or made known during the course of an individual or entities’ relationship with us must be kept confidential during and after the relationship. These agreements also provide that all inventions resulting from work performed for us or relating to our business and conceived or completed during the period of employment or assignment, as applicable, shall be our exclusive property. In addition, we take other appropriate precautions, such as physical and technological security measures, to guard against misappropriation of our proprietary information by third parties.

 

146


Table of Contents

Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, including through contractual means with our employees and consultants, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or disclose our technology. Thus, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. For more information regarding the risks related to our intellectual property, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, strong competition and an emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our technology, knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face substantial competition from many different sources, including larger pharmaceutical companies with more resources. Specialty biotechnology companies, academic research institutions, governmental agencies, as well as public and private institutions are also potential sources of competitive products and technologies. We believe that the key competitive factors affecting the success of any of our product candidates will include efficacy, safety profile, method of administration, cost, level of promotional activity and intellectual property protection.

Although there are currently many bacterial product candidates in development by companies that target the microbiome (e.g., Seres Therapeutics, Inc., Synlogic, Inc. and Evelo Biosciences, Inc.), we believe that we have a differentiated approach and do not consider ourselves to be in competition with these bacterial microbiome approaches.

Although our novel chemistry approach is unique from most other existing or investigational therapies across the disease areas where our development is focused, we will need to compete with all currently or imminently available therapies in these areas. We are aware of several marketed and investigational products in our leading disease areas, including but not limited to:

 

   

Urea Cycle Disorders (UCD) : The currently approved treatments for UCD are largely nitrogen binding therapies such as glycerol phenylbutyrate, sodium phenylbutyrate and sodium benzoate. Investigational therapies are being developed by several specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including UltraGenyx Pharmaceuticals Inc., Synlogic, Inc. and Promethera Biosciences SA.

 

   

Hepatic Encephalopathy (HE) : The two marketed therapies for HE are rifaximin and lactulose, but there are several investigational therapies being developed by large and specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including Mallinckrodt Pharmaceuticals, Gilead Sciences, Inc. and Bausch Health Companies Inc.

 

   

Multi-drug Resistant Pathogens (VRE and CRE): All existing marketed therapies targeting VRE and CRE are antibiotics, such as those made by Pfizer Inc., Allergan plc, Merck & Company, Inc., Melinta Therapeutics, Inc. and others. Investigational therapies that are in later stages of development are also antibiotic approaches. The few microbiome-based approaches in development are intended as combination therapies with antibiotics.

In addition for any non-drug products that we commercialize, we will compete with nutrition, medical food or consumer health companies, including Abbott Nutrition, Nestle Health Science, Nutricia, a division of Danone, Reckitt Benckiser and Perrigo.

Government regulation

The FDA and other regulatory authorities at federal, state and local levels, as well as in foreign countries, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture,

 

147


Table of Contents

quality control, import, export, safety, effectiveness, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, record keeping, approval (when required), advertising, promotion, marketing, post-approval monitoring and post-approval reporting of drugs such as those we are developing as well as dietary non-drug products and foods. We, along with our contract research organizations and contract manufacturers, will be required to navigate the various preclinical, clinical, manufacturing and commercial approval requirements of the governing regulatory agencies of the countries in which we wish to conduct studies or seek approval for our product candidates. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals of drugs for therapeutic indications or commercialization of non-drug products and ensuring subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

In the United States, the FDA regulates drug products as well as dietary non-drug products such as foods under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or the FD&C Act, its implementing regulations and other laws. None of our product candidates has been approved by the FDA for marketing for therapeutic indications in the United States or been authorized for use as a food or medical food. If we fail to comply with applicable FDA or other requirements at any time during product development, clinical testing, the approval process or after approval, we may become subject to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, issuance of clinical holds for ongoing studies, suspension or revocation of approved applications, warning or untitled enforcement letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspensions of manufacturing or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties or criminal prosecution. Any FDA enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

The process required by the FDA before our MMT product candidates as drugs for therapeutic indications may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

   

completion of extensive preclinical studies in accordance with applicable regulations, including studies conducted in accordance with good laboratory practice, or GLP, requirements;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an IND application, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

   

approval by an IRB or independent ethics committee at each clinical trial site before each trial may be initiated;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with applicable IND regulations, GCP requirements and other clinical trial-related regulations to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product for each proposed indication;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

   

a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of a New Drug Application, or NDA, to accept the filing for review;

 

   

satisfactory completion of one or more FDA pre-approval inspections of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the drug will be produced to assess compliance with cGMP requirements to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

   

potential FDA audit of the clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the NDA;

 

   

payment of user fees for FDA review of the NDA;

 

   

FDA review and approval of the NDA, including consideration of the views of any FDA advisory committee, prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the drug in the United States; and

 

148


Table of Contents
   

compliance with ay post-approval requirements, including the potential requirement to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, and the potential requirement to conduct post-approval studies.

The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that any approvals for our product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, if at all.

FDA regulation of food uses

In parallel with our development of MMT product candidates for therapeutic indications, we are exploring the development of some of our product candidates as conventional food products. To date, we have not elected a product candidate to develop and market as a food, and may elect never to do so.

The FDA and other regulatory authorities, including the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, also regulate the manufacturing, preparation, quality control, import, export, packaging, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, safety, and adverse event reporting of conventional foods. Among other things, manufacturers of conventional foods and medical foods must meet relevant current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, and certain requirements that govern the manufacturing, packaging, labeling and holding of foods.

Under sections 201(s) and 409 of the FD&C Act, any substance that is reasonably expected to become a component of food or added to food is a food additive, and is therefore subject to FDA premarket review and approval, unless the substance generally recognized among qualified experts as having been adequately shown to be GRAS. Any food that contains an unapproved food additive is considered adulterated under section 402(a)(2)(C) of the FD&C Act. GRAS ingredients are exempt from the definition of food additive and from the mandatory premarket approval requirements for food additives. Under sections 201(s), and FDA’s implementing regulations in 21 CFR § 170.3 and 21 CFR § 170.30, the use of a food substance may be GRAS either through scientific procedures or, for a substance used in food before 1958, through experience based on common use in food.

General recognition of safety through scientific procedures requires the same quantity and quality of scientific evidence as is required to obtain approval of the substance as a food additive and ordinarily is based upon published studies, which may be corroborated by unpublished studies and other data and information. General recognition of safety through experience based on common use in foods requires a substantial history of consumption for food use by a significant number of consumers. If an ingredient is GRAS for one use, it is not necessarily GRAS for all uses. Under section 201(s) of the FD&C Act, it is the intended use of a substance, rather than the substance itself, that is eligible for classification as GRAS.

Manufacturers of GRAS substances may voluntarily provide the FDA with a notification of GRAS determination, which includes a description of the substance, the applicable conditions of use, the dietary exposure and an explanation of how the substance was determined to be safe for the intended use. Upon review of such a notification, the FDA may respond with a “no questions” letter stating that while it has not made its own GRAS determination, it has no questions at the time regarding the applications’ own GRAS determination. Alternatively, manufacturers may elect to “self-determine” a given substance as GRAS without the voluntary FDA notification but should retain all applicable safety data used for GRAS determination in the case of FDA inquiry. We currently test certain glycan substances which we have determined are safe for non-IND human clinical studies. This assessment is based on initial safety assessments conducted by qualified experts from third-party scientific consulting organizations and because these compounds are related to a class of compounds that is GRAS based on their history of safe human exposure when utilized for particular uses as food substances.

 

149


Table of Contents

With certain exceptions, clinical investigations in which an investigational drug is administered to human subjects must be conducted under an IND, as required by FDA regulations. The FDA has published a guidance document for clinical investigators, sponsors, and IRBs, Investigational New Drug Applications (INDs) — Determining Whether Human Research Studies Can Be Conducted Without an IND , that provides the FDA’s thinking on when an IND is required for human research studies. FDA’s interpretation of its regulations, as articulated in this guidance, do not require human testing of food, dietary supplements, or GRAS substances to be conducted under an IND unless such testing is intended to evaluate the product’s ability to diagnose, cure, mitigate, treat, or prevent a disease or condition. FDA specifically recognizes an IND will not be required when a study is designed to “evaluate the tolerability of a food in a specific susceptible population, including individuals with a disease in a diseased population,” provided the study is not designed to assess the impact of the food or medical food on the disease. There is no assurance that FDA’s thinking on this matter will not change, and if it does, FDA may decide to take enforcement action against testing of GRAS substances that it believes should be conducted under an IND, or the FDA may delay or deny an IND submitted with supporting data from human studies not conducted under an IND, or require alternate or additional data to support such a IND before authorizing an applicant to proceed.

Additionally, depending on the circumstances, the use of a substance in certain clinical investigations may restrict the marketing of such substance in food. Section 301(ll) of the FD&C Act prohibits the marketing of any food to which has been added a drug or biologic for which substantial clinical investigations have been instituted and for which the existence of such investigations has been made public, unless the substance was marketed in food before any substantial clinical investigations involving the drug or biologic were instituted or one of the other exceptions in section 301(ll) applies. Marketing the substance of interest in food before seeking an IND or beginning any clinical investigations preserves the option to continue to market the substance in those forms after substantial clinical investigations have been instituted and their existence has been made public.

The FDA may classify some or all of our potential product candidates as containing a food additive that is not GRAS. Such classification would cause these product candidates to require pre-market approval for a food additive regulation, which could substantially delay or prevent the commercialization of these product candidates for non-drug uses. Any delay in the regulatory consultation process, or a determination that any of our drug or food product candidates do not meet regulatory requirements of FDA, including any applicable GRAS requirements, could cause a delay in the commercialization of our product candidates, which may lead to reduced acceptance by the public or others or an inability to commercialize those candidates at all.

FDA regulation of medical food uses

In parallel with our development of MMT product candidates for therapeutic indications, we are exploring the development of some of our product candidates as medical food products. To date, we have not elected a product candidate to develop and market as a medical food, and may elect never to do so.

The FDA and other regulatory authorities, including the FTC also regulate the manufacturing, preparation, quality control, import, export, packaging, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, safety, and adverse event reporting of medical foods. Among other things, manufacturers of medical foods must meet relevant current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, and certain requirements that govern the manufacturing, packaging, labeling and holding of foods.

As defined in section 5(b)(3) of the Orphan Drug Act (21 U.S.C. 360ee(b)(3)), a medical food is “a food which is formulated to be consumed or administered enterally under the supervision of a physician and which is intended for the specific dietary management of a disease or condition for which

 

150


Table of Contents

distinctive nutritional requirements, based on recognized scientific principles, are established by medical evaluation.” The FDA has established a regulation at 21 C.F.R. 101.9(j)(8) that further defines medical foods as a product that is (1) is specially formulated and processed product (as opposed to a naturally occurring foodstuff used in its natural state) for the partial or exclusive feeding of a patient by means of oral intake or enteral feeding by tube; (2) is intended for the dietary management of a patient who, because of therapeutic or chronic medical needs, has limited or impaired capacity to ingest, digest, absorb, or metabolize ordinary foodstuffs or certain nutrients, or who has other special medically determined nutrient requirements, the dietary management of which cannot be achieved by the modification of the normal diet alone; (3) provides nutritional support specifically modified for the management of the unique nutrient needs that result from the specific disease or condition, as determined by medical evaluation; (4) is intended to be used under medical supervision; and (5) is intended only for a patient receiving active and ongoing medical supervision wherein the patient requires medical care on a recurring basis for, among other things, instructions on the use of the medical food.

The FDA considers the statutory definition of medical foods to narrowly constrain the types of products that fit within this category of food. Medical foods are a distinct category of food applications. The marketing of medical foods generally does not require pre-market approval. The medical food category may offer promising opportunities for our products because a medical food can be marketed without first obtaining FDA approval. There can be no assurance we will be able to develop the data that are needed to substantiate the positioning of the product as a medical food or that FDA would concur the product meets the medical food definition.

Preclinical and clinical trials for drugs

Once a product candidate is identified for development as a drug, it enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluations of drug chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as in vitro and animal studies to evaluate the potential for adverse events, which must be conducted in accordance with federal regulations and requirements, including GLP requirements. The results of the preclinical studies, together with manufacturing information and analytical data as well as the results of our non-IND human clinical studies, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational product to humans and must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises concerns or questions about the conduct of the clinical trial, including concerns that human research subjects will be exposed to unreasonable health risks, and imposes a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. Submission of an IND may result in the FDA not allowing clinical trials to commence or not allowing clinical trials to commence on the terms originally specified in the IND. A separate submission to an existing IND must also be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development, and the FDA must grant permission, either explicitly or implicitly by not objecting, before each clinical trial can begin.

Clinical trials involve the administration of the product candidate to human volunteers under the supervision of qualified investigators. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria and the parameters and criteria to be used in monitoring safety and evaluating effectiveness. Each protocol for our product candidates for therapeutic indications must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. An IRB for each investigator site proposing to participate in a clinical trial must also review and approve the clinical trial before it can begin at that site, and the IRB must monitor the clinical trial until it is completed. The FDA, the IRB, or the sponsor may suspend or discontinue a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to

 

151


Table of Contents

an unacceptable health risk. Clinical testing of product candidates for therapeutic indications also must satisfy extensive GCP requirements, including requirements for informed consent.

Human clinical trials for therapeutic indications are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined. In certain circumstances, where sufficient evidence of safety and tolerability are collected from preclinical studies and other human experience with a product, such as our non-IND human clinical studies, we believe a human clinical trial may begin at a later phase (e.g., Phase 2).

 

   

Phase 1 — Phase 1 clinical trials involve initial introduction of the investigational product into healthy human volunteers or patients with the target disease or condition. These studies are typically designed to test the safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism and distribution of the investigational product in humans, excretion the side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, to gain early evidence of effectiveness.

 

   

Phase 2 — Phase 2 clinical trials typically involve administration of the investigational product to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to evaluate the preliminary efficacy, optimal dosages and dosing schedule and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks.

 

   

Phase 3 — Phase 3 clinical trials typically involve administration of the investigational product to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the investigational product and to provide an adequate basis for product approval and physician labeling.

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication and are commonly intended to generate additional safety data regarding use of the product in a clinical setting. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval of an NDA.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials for therapeutic indications, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human volunteers and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the product candidate and finalize a process for manufacturing the drug product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and manufacturers must develop, among other things, methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final drug product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

Orphan Drug Designation

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biologic intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is a disease or condition that affects fewer than

 

152


Table of Contents

200,000 individuals in the United States, or if it affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States, there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making the product available in the United States for the disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. Orphan designation must be requested before submitting an NDA or BLA. Orphan designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process, though companies developing orphan products are eligible for certain incentives, including tax credits for qualified clinical testing and waiver of application fees.

If a product that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a seven-year period of marketing exclusivity during which the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same therapeutic agent for the same indication, except in limited circumstances, such as a subsequent product’s showing of clinical superiority over the product with orphan exclusivity or where the original applicant cannot produce sufficient quantities of product. Competitors, however, may receive approval of different therapeutic agents for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same therapeutic agent for a different indication than that for which the orphan product has exclusivity. Orphan product exclusivity could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval for the same therapeutic agent for the same indication before we do, unless we are able to demonstrate that our product is clinically superior. Furthermore, if a designated orphan product receives marketing approval for an indication broader than the rare disease or condition for which it received orphan designation, it may not be entitled to orphan exclusivity.

Expedited development and review programs for drugs

The FDA maintains several programs intended to facilitate and expedite development and review of new drugs and biologics to address unmet medical needs in the treatment of serious or life- threatening diseases or conditions. These programs include Fast Track designation, Breakthrough Therapy designation, Priority Review and Accelerated Approval, and the purpose of these programs is to either expedite the development or review of important new drugs to get them to patients earlier than under standard FDA development and review procedures.

A new drug or biologic is eligible for Fast Track designation if it is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for such disease or condition. Fast Track designation provides increased opportunities for sponsor interactions with the FDA during preclinical and clinical development, in addition to the potential for rolling review once a marketing application is filed, meaning that the agency may review portions of the marketing application before the sponsor submits the complete application, as well as Priority Review, discussed below. In addition, a new drug or biologic may be eligible for Breakthrough Therapy designation if it is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. Breakthrough Therapy designation provides all the features of Fast Track designation in addition to intensive guidance on an efficient drug development program beginning as early as Phase 1, and FDA organizational commitment to expedited development, including involvement of senior managers and experienced review staff in a cross-disciplinary review, where appropriate.

Any product submitted to the FDA for approval, including a product with Fast Track or Breakthrough Therapy designation, may also be eligible for additional FDA programs intended to expedite the review and approval process, including Priority Review designation and accelerated approval. A product is eligible for Priority Review if it has the potential to provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness in the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a serious disease or

 

153


Table of Contents

condition. Under priority review, FDA must review an application in six months compared to ten months for a standard review. Additionally, products are eligible for accelerated approval if they can be shown to have an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or an effect on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality which is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments.

Accelerated approval is usually contingent on a sponsor’s agreement to conduct additional post-approval studies to verify and describe the product’s clinical benefit. In addition, unless otherwise informed by the FDA, the FDA currently requires, as a condition for accelerated approval, that all advertising and promotional materials that are intended for dissemination or publication within 120 days following marketing approval be submitted to the agency for review during the pre-approval review period, and that after 120 days following marketing approval, all advertising and promotional materials must be submitted at least 30 days prior to the intended time of initial dissemination or publication.

Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or the time period for FDA review or approval may not be shortened. Furthermore, Fast Track designation, Breakthrough Therapy designation, Priority Review and Accelerated Approval do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or review process.

U.S. marketing approval for drugs

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing of our product candidates for drug uses, the results of the preclinical and clinical studies, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. In most cases, the submission of an NDA is subject to a substantial application user fee. An NDA is a request for approval to market a new drug for one or more specified indications and must contain proof of the drug’s safety and efficacy. The marketing application may include both negative and ambiguous results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, as well as positive findings. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and efficacy of a product’s use or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product to the satisfaction of the FDA. FDA approval of an NDA must be obtained before a drug may be marketed in the United States. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the date of “filing” of a standard NDA, for a new molecular entity to review and act on the submission. This review typically takes twelve months from the date the NDA is submitted to FDA because the FDA has approximately two months to make a “filing” decision on whether to accept the application for review.

In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, as amended and reauthorized, certain NDAs or supplements to an NDA must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. An Agreed Initial Pediatric Study Plan requesting a waiver from the requirement to conduct clinical studies has been submitted to the FDA.

 

154


Table of Contents

The FDA also may require submission of a REMS, plan to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh its risks. The REMS plan could include medication guides, physician communication plans, assessment plans, and/or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries, or other risk-minimization tools.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether the drug is safe and effective and whether the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packaged or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, quality and purity.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, which reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the Sponsor product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCP and other requirements and the integrity of the clinical data submitted to the FDA.

After evaluating the NDA and all related information, including the advisory committee recommendation, if any, and inspection reports regarding the manufacturing facilities and clinical trial sites, the FDA may issue an approval letter, or, in some cases, a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally contains a statement of specific conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the NDA and may require additional clinical or preclinical testing in order for FDA to reconsider the application. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If and when those conditions have been met to the FDA’s satisfaction, the FDA will typically issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.

Even if the FDA approves a product, depending on the specific risk(s) to be addressed it may limit the approved indications for use of the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution and use restrictions or other risk management mechanisms under a REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes, and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

 

155


Table of Contents

U.S. post-approval requirements for drugs

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. There is also a continuing, annual prescription drug product program user fee.

The FDA may impose a number of post-approval requirements as a condition of approval of an NDA. For example, the FDA may require post-market testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization.

In addition, drug manufacturers and their subcontractors involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements, including cGMP, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon us and our contract manufacturers. Failure to comply with statutory and regulatory requirements can subject a manufacturer to possible legal or regulatory action, such as warning letters, suspension of manufacturing, product seizures, injunctions, civil penalties or criminal prosecution.

Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information, requirements for post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks, or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

   

safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases or other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product;

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

   

refusal of the FDA to approve applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties; and

 

   

consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, debarment or exclusion from federal healthcare programs; or mandated modification of promotional materials and labeling and issuance of corrective information.

Other regulatory matters

Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities following product approval or commercialization are also subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities in the United States in addition to the FDA, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, other divisions of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Justice, the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency and state and local governments and governmental agencies.

 

156


Table of Contents

Other healthcare laws

Healthcare providers, physicians, and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Our arrangements with third-party payors, healthcare providers and physicians may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any drugs for which we obtain marketing approval. In the United States, these laws include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, false claims, physician transparency, and patient data privacy and security laws and regulations, including but not limited to those described below.

 

   

The Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, that is intended to induce or reward referrals, including the purchase, recommendation, order or prescription of a particular drug, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Violations of this law are punishable by up to ten years in prison, criminal fines, administrative civil money penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it.

 

   

Federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws including the federal False Claims Act which imposes civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities (including manufacturers) for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented false or fraudulent claims for payment by a federal healthcare program or making a false statement or record material to payment of a false claim or avoiding, decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. The government may deem manufacturers to have “caused” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. Claims that include items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute are false or fraudulent claims for purposes of the False Claims Act. Our future marketing and activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our product and any future product candidates, are subject to scrutiny under this law.

 

   

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal and civil liability for knowingly and willfully executing a scheme, or attempting to execute a scheme, to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors, or falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

 

   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, imposes, among other things, specified requirements on covered entities and their business associates relating to the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information including mandatory contractual terms and required implementation of technical safeguards of such information. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates in some cases, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions.

 

157


Table of Contents
   

The Physician Payments Sunshine Act, enacted as part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, the ACA, imposed new annual reporting requirements for certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, for certain payments and “transfers of value” provided to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.

 

   

Analogous state and foreign fraud and abuse laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may be broader in scope and apply regardless of payor. These laws are enforced by various state agencies and through private actions. Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant federal government compliance guidance, require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers, and restrict marketing practices or require disclosure of marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances. These data privacy and security laws may differ from each other in significant ways and often are not pre-empted by HIPAA, which may complicate compliance efforts.

The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other related governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, disgorgement, exclusion of drugs from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, reputational harm, additional oversight and reporting obligations if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar settlement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to similar actions, penalties and sanctions. Ensuring business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws, as well as responding to possible investigations by government authorities, can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert a company’s attention from its business.

Current and future healthcare reform legislation

In the United States and foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities, and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. We expect that current laws, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and additional downward pressure on the price that we, or any collaborators, may receive for any approved products.

The ACA, for example, may reduce the profitability of drug products through increased rebates for drugs reimbursed by Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on

 

158


Table of Contents

pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal health care programs. With the current Administration and Congress, there will likely be additional administrative or legislative changes, including modification, repeal, or replacement of all, or certain provisions of, the ACA, which may impact reimbursement for drugs. Since January 2017, President Trump has signed two executive orders and other directives designed to delay, circumvent or loosen certain requirements mandated by the ACA. While Congress has not passed repeal legislation, the Tax Reform Act includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or the BBA, among other things, amends the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, to increase from 50 percent to 70 percent the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D and to close the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the “donut hole.” Congress may consider other legislation to repeal and replace elements of the ACA. Litigation and legislation over the ACA are likely to continue, with unpredictable and uncertain results.

Additionally, other federal health reform measures have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted:

 

   

The Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, including the BBA, will remain in effect through 2027, unless additional Congressional action is taken.

 

   

The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, among other things, also reduced Medicare payments to several providers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers.

Further, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which have resulted in several recent Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted bills designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for products. In addition, the United States government, state legislatures, and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs, including price-controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs to limit the growth of government paid health care costs. For example, the United States government has passed legislation requiring pharmaceutical manufacturers to provide rebates and discounts to certain entities and governmental payors to participate in federal healthcare programs. Further, Congress and the current administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs, and the current administration recently released a “Blueprint,” or plan, to reduce the cost of drugs. The current administrations’ Blueprint contains certain measures that the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services is already working to implement. Individual states in the United States have also been increasingly passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

Packaging and distribution in the United States

If our products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. Products must meet applicable child-resistant packaging requirements under the U.S. Poison Prevention Packaging Act. Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities also are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

 

159


Table of Contents

The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

The failure to comply with any of these laws or regulatory requirements subjects firms to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines or other penalties, injunctions, exclusion from federal healthcare programs, requests for recall, seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals, or refusal to allow a firm to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future products marketed by us could materially affect our business in an adverse way.

Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

Other U.S. environmental, health and safety laws and regulations

We may be subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. From time to time and in the future, our operations may involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials, and may also produce hazardous waste products. Even if we contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and waste products, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from the use or disposal of our hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

We maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees, but this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. However, we do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Government regulation of drugs outside of the United States

To market any product outside of the United States, we would need to comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries regarding safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization or identification of an alternate regulatory pathway, manufacturing, commercial sales and distribution of our products. For instance, in the EEA (comprised of the 28 EU Member States plus Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) medicinal products must be

 

160


Table of Contents

authorized for marketing by using either the centralized authorization procedure or national authorization procedures.

 

   

Centralized procedure  — If pursuing marketing authorization of a product candidate for a therapeutic indication under the centralized procedure, following the opining of the EMA’s Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or, CHMP, the European Commission issues a single marketing authorization valid across the EEA. The centralized procedure is compulsory for human medicines derived from biotechnology processes or advanced therapy medicinal products (such as gene therapy, somatic cell therapy and tissue engineered products), products that contain a new active substance indicated for the treatment of certain diseases, such as HIV/AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, autoimmune diseases and other immune dysfunctions, viral diseases, and officially designated orphan medicines. For medicines that do not fall within these categories, an applicant has the option of submitting an application for a centralized marketing authorization to the EMA, as long as the medicine concerned contains a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, is a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation, or if its authorization would be in the interest of public health in the EEA. Under the centralized procedure the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of an MAA by the EMA is 210 days, excluding clock stops, when additional written or oral information is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions asked by the CHMP. Accelerated assessment might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is expected to be of a major public health interest, particularly from the point of view of therapeutic innovation. The timeframe for the evaluation of an MAA under the accelerated assessment procedure is 150 days, excluding clock stops.

 

   

National authorization procedures  — There are also two other possible routes to authorize products for therapeutic indications in several countries, which are available for products that fall outside the scope of the centralized procedure:

 

   

Decentralized procedure —  Using the decentralized procedure, an applicant may apply for simultaneous authorization in more than one EU country of medicinal products that have not yet been authorized in any EU country and that do not fall within the mandatory scope of the centralized procedure.

 

   

Mutual recognition procedure —  In the mutual recognition procedure, a medicine is first authorized in one EU Member State, in accordance with the national procedures of that country. Following this, additional marketing authorizations can be sought from other EU countries in a procedure whereby the countries concerned recognize the validity of the original, national marketing authorization.

In the EEA, new products for therapeutic indications that are authorized for marketing (i.e., reference products) qualify for eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market exclusivity upon marketing authorization. The data exclusivity period prevents generic or biosimilar applicants from relying on the preclinical and clinical trial data contained in the dossier of the reference product when applying for a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization in the EU during a period of eight years from the date on which the reference product was first authorized in the EU. The market exclusivity period prevents a successful generic or biosimilar applicant from commercializing its product in the EU until ten years have elapsed from the initial authorization of the reference product in the EU. The ten-year market exclusivity period can be extended to a maximum of eleven years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies.

The criteria for designating an “orphan medicinal product” in the EEA are similar in principle to those in the United States. In the EEA a medicinal product may be designated as orphan if (1) it is

 

161


Table of Contents

intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition; (2) either (a) such condition affects no more than five in 10,000 persons in the EU when the application is made, or (b) the product, without the benefits derived from orphan status, would not generate sufficient return in the EU to justify investment; and (3) there exists no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment of such condition authorized for marketing in the EU, or if such a method exists, the product will be of significant benefit to those affected by the condition. Orphan medicinal products are eligible for financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and are, upon grant of a marketing authorization, entitled to ten years of market exclusivity for the approved therapeutic indication. During this ten year orphan market exclusivity period, no marketing authorization application shall be accepted and no marketing authorization shall be granted for a similar medicinal product for the same indication. An orphan product can also obtain an additional two years of market exclusivity in the EU for pediatric studies. The ten year market exclusivity may be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the product no longer meets the criteria for orphan designation, for example, if the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. Additionally, marketing authorization may be granted to a similar product for the same indication at any time if (i) the second applicant can establish that its product, although similar, is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior; (ii) the applicant consents to a second orphan medicinal product application; or (iii) the applicant cannot supply enough orphan medicinal product.

Similar to the United States, the various phases of non-clinical and clinical research in the European Union are subject to significant regulatory controls.

The Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC, the Directive 2005/28/EC on GCP and the related national implementing provisions of the individual EU Member States govern the system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union. Under this system, an applicant must obtain prior approval from the competent national authority of the EU Member States in which the clinical trial is to be conducted. Furthermore, the applicant may only start a clinical trial at a specific study site after the competent ethics committee has issued a favorable opinion. The clinical trial application must be accompanied by, among other documents, an investigational medicinal product dossier (the Common Technical Document) with supporting information prescribed by Directive 2001/20/EC, Directive 2005/28/EC, where relevant the implementing national provisions of the individual EU Member States and further detailed in applicable guidance documents.

In April 2014, the new Clinical Trials Regulation, (EU) No 536/2014 (Clinical Trials Regulation) was adopted. The Regulation is anticipated to come into application in 2019. The Clinical Trials Regulation will be directly applicable in all the EU Member States, repealing the current Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC. Conduct of all clinical trials performed in the European Union will continue to be bound by currently applicable provisions until the new Clinical Trials Regulation becomes applicable. The extent to which ongoing clinical trials will be governed by the Clinical Trials Regulation will depend on when the Clinical Trials Regulation becomes applicable and on the duration of the individual clinical trial. If a clinical trial continues for more than three years from the day on which the Clinical Trials Regulation becomes applicable the Clinical Trials Regulation will at that time begin to apply to the clinical trial. The new Clinical Trials Regulation aims to simplify and streamline the approval of clinical trials in the European Union. The main characteristics of the regulation include: a streamlined application procedure via a single entry point, the “EU portal”; a single set of documents to be prepared and submitted for the application as well as simplified reporting procedures for clinical trial sponsors; and a harmonized procedure for the assessment of applications for clinical trials, which is divided in two parts. Part I is assessed by the competent authorities of all EU Member States in which an application for authorization of a clinical trial has been submitted (Member States concerned). Part II is assessed separately by each Member State concerned. Strict leadlines have been established for the assessment of clinical trial applications. The role of the relevant ethics committees in the assessment

 

162


Table of Contents

procedure will continue to be governed by the national law of the concerned EU Member State. However, overall related timelines will be defined by the Clinical Trials Regulation.

The collection and use of personal health data in the European Union, previously governed by the provisions of the Data Protection Directive, is now governed by the GDPR, which became effective on May 25, 2018. While the Data Protection Directive did not apply to organizations based outside the EU, the GDPR has expanded its reach to include any business, regardless of its location, that provides goods or services to residents in the EU. This expansion would incorporate any clinical trial activities in EU members states. The GDPR imposes strict requirements on controllers and processors of personal data, including special protections for “sensitive information” which includes health and genetic information of data subjects residing in the EU. GDPR grants individuals the opportunity to object to the processing of their personal information, allows them to request deletion of personal information in certain circumstances, and provides the individual with an express right to seek legal remedies in the event the individual believes his or her rights have been violated. Further, the GDPR imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the European Union to the United States or other regions that have not been deemed to offer “adequate” privacy protections. Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR and the related national data protection laws of the European Union Member States, which may deviate slightly from the GDPR, may result in fines of up to 4% of global revenues, or  20,000,000, whichever is greater. As a result of the implementation of the GDPR, we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with the new data protection rules.

There is significant uncertainty related to the manner in which data protection authorities will seek to enforce compliance with GDPR. For example, it is not clear if the authorities will conduct random audits of companies doing business in the EU, or if the authorities will wait for complaints to be filed by individuals who claim their rights have been violated. Enforcement uncertainty and the costs associated with ensuring GDPR compliance are onerous and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Additionally, should we elect one or more product candidates to develop and market as non-therapeutic dietary non-drug products or food products in foreign countries, such products would also be subject to regulation under various national, local, and international laws that include provision governing, among other things, the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising. These regulations may prevent or delay entry into the market or prevent or delay the introduction, or require the reformulation, of certain of our non-therapeutic product candidates.

The regulatory environment outside the United States varies and in general is less developed then in the United States, but some exceptions do exist. The regulatory requirements for nutritional non-drug products and food products outside of the United States varies greatly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Each jurisdiction may have its own regulatory framework regarding nutritional non-drug products and food products. The two leading jurisdictions, the United States and the Europe, currently have and may continue to in the future to have distinctly different regulatory regimes with different rules and requirements nutritional non-drug products and food products, with, for example, the European Union having a stronger process for claims review and preapproval for nutritional products. Regulation in Europe is exercised primarily through the European Union, which regulates the combined market of each of its member states. Other European countries, such as Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to dietary products.

We cannot predict how the global regulatory landscape regarding our possible nutritional non-drug products or food products, if any, will evolve and we may incur increased regulatory costs as regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate evolve or change. We cannot predict whether or when any jurisdiction will change its regulations with respect to any of our product candidates.

 

163


Table of Contents

Should we utilize third part distributors, compliance with such foreign governmental regulations would generally be the responsibility of such distributors, who may be independent contractors over whom we have limited control.

Government regulation of food for special medical purpose in the European Union

The regulatory requirements for foods for special medical purposes, or FSMPs, in the European Union cover FSMP development and commercialization.

In the European Union, FSMPs are designed to feed patients who, because of a particular disease, disorder or medical condition, have nutritional needs that cannot be met by consuming standard foodstuffs. European Union Regulation defines ‘ food for special medical purposes ’ as food specially processed or formulated and intended for the dietary management of patients, including infants, to be used under medical supervision; it is intended for the exclusive or partial feeding of patients with a limited, impaired or disturbed capacity to take, digest, absorb, metabolize or excrete ordinary food or certain nutrients contained therein, or metabolites, or with other medically-determined nutrient requirements, whose dietary management cannot be achieved by modification of the normal diet alone.

Businesses intending to commercialize FSMPs in the European Union are required to register their FSMPs by submitting notifications regarding FSMP use, demonstrating compliance with applicable European Union rules, prior to market commercialization. These notifications to competent authority of each European Union Member State include information appearing on the label, and any other information the competent authority may reasonably request to establish compliance with this Regulation.

The European Commission may decide, by means of implementing acts (a) whether a given food falls within the scope of this Regulation; and (b) to which specific category of food a given food belongs. European Food Safety Authority Guidance provides, among other requirements, that the dossier must include an explanation of the scientific and medical basis on which it has been concluded that the use of the specific food product is necessary or is more practical or safer than the exclusive use of non-FSMP foodstuffs.

FSMPs can also fall within the scope of the novel food legislation in the European Union. Where an ingredient used in the FSMP to be marketed in the European Union falls within the definition of a ‘novel food ingredient’ prior authorization for use of the ingredient needs to be sought. A “novel” food or food ingredients as food that has not been consumed to a significant degree by humans in the European Union before May 15, 1997 and that falls within one of the ten food categories listed. Novel foods and novel food ingredients can only be authorized if they do not pose a safety risk to human health, their intended use does not mislead the consumer and they do not differ from the food they are intended to replace in such a way that its normal consumption would be nutritionally disadvantageous for the consumer. The authorization procedure is likely to take between 12 and 18 months.

In accordance with European Union clinical trials directives, before a clinical trial site is allowed to start enrolling patients in a clinical trial, the IRB/independent ethics committee, or IEC, must provide a positive opinion concerning the study protocol and all study-related materials. The competent authorities of the relevant European Union Member State must also provide their related authorization. Clinical trials involving the investigation of the action of non-medicinal products (e.g. foods, such as many FSMPs), are not covered and are not required to register the clinical trial or to complete a clinical trial application (CTA) for approval by an European Union Member State.

 

164


Table of Contents

Employees

As of December 31, 2018, we have 118 full-time employees, 37 of our employees have Ph.D. or M.D. degrees and 90 of our employees are currently engaged in research and clinical development activities. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be very strong.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Lexington, Massachusetts, where we currently lease 53,000 square feet of laboratory and office space. The lease expires in October 2028, subject to one option to extend the lease for 10 years. In connection with this lease, we have options for further expansion within the Hayden Campus.

We also lease 50,000 square feet of laboratory and office space located in Bedford, Massachusetts. This lease expires in June 2020 and currently houses our pilot production operations. We believe our facilities are sufficient for our current needs.

Legal proceedings

As of the date of this prospectus, we are not subject to any material legal proceedings.

 

165


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers who, subject to rights pursuant to any employment agreements, serve at the pleasure of our board of directors:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Alison Lawton

     57      Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Joshua Brumm

     41      Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Katherine Knobil, M.D.

     54      Chief Medical Officer and Head of Research and Development

The following is a biographical summary of the experience of our executive officers.

Executive officers

Alison Lawton has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President and as a Director since August 2018. Prior to becoming CEO, Ms. Lawton served as our President and Chief Operating Officer from December 2017 to August 2018. Prior to joining us, Ms. Lawton was Chief Operating Officer at Aura Biosciences, Inc., an oncology therapeutics company, from January 2015 until December 2017, and, prior to joining Aura, served as a consultant to Aura from March 2014 to December 2014. Before that, Ms. Lawton served as Chief Operating Officer at OvaScience Inc., a life sciences company, from January 2013 to January 2014. In addition, from 2014 to 2017, Ms. Lawton served as a biotech consultant for various companies, including as Chief Operating Officer consultant at X4 Pharmaceuticals. Prior to that, Ms. Lawton spent more than 20 years in various positions of increasing responsibility at Genzyme Corporation, a global biopharmaceutical company, and subsequently at Sanofi S.A,, also a global biopharmaceutical company, following the acquisition of Genzyme by Sanofi in 2011. Ms. Lawton currently serves as a member of the board of directors of ProQR Therapeutics N.V. and Verastem, Inc. and has served on those boards since September 2014 and November 2012, respectively. Ms. Lawton previously served as a director at CoLucid Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 2016 to 2017, as a director at Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from February 2012 to December 2014 until its acquisition by Merck, and as a director at Magenta Therapeutics, Inc. from May 2017 to March 2018. She holds a B.Sc. in pharmacology from Kings College, University of London. We believe that Ms. Lawton is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on our review of her experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, including experience in operations management and executive leadership.

Joshua Brumm has served as our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer since August 2018, and as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2018. Prior to joining us, Mr. Brumm served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at Versartis, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from November 2013 until December 2017. At Versartis, Mr. Brumm led the company’s initial public offering. Mr. Brumm served as Executive Vice President of Finance at Pharmacylics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from August 2012 to August 2013. Prior to joining Pharmacylics, Mr. Brumm served in various roles at ZELTIQ Aesthetics, Inc., a medical technology company, from December 2009 to August 2012, including Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Corporate Development and Investor Relations, Senior Managing Director of International Sales and Director of Corporate Development and Strategy, where he also led the company’s initial public offering. Mr. Brumm has raised over $800 million in capital over his career. Mr. Brumm also held investment banking roles at Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. and Morgan Stanley. Mr. Brumm holds a B.A. in business administration from the University of Notre Dame.

Katharine Knobil, M.D. has served as Chief Medical Officer and Head of Research and Development of our Company since December 2018. Prior to joining us, Dr. Knobil served in various roles at GlaxoSmithKline plc, a pharmaceutical company, from January 1997 until December 2018,

 

166


Table of Contents

including Chief Medical Officer, Senior Vice President of Value Evidence and Outcomes, Vice President of Medicines Development, Global Vice President of Respiratory Clinical Development at the Respiratory and Immunoinflammation Medicines Development Centre and Global Vice President of COPD and NCEs at the Respiratory Medicines Development Centre. Dr. Knobil has served on the board of directors of the National Health Council since January 2017 and is a member of the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering and Medicine’s Drug Forum. She received a B.A. in biology from Cornell University and an M.D. from The University of Texas Southwestern Medical School.

Significant employees

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our significant employees who are not executive officers of our company:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

John Davies, Ph.D.

     58      Chief Technical Officer

Michael Bruce, Ph.D.

     49      Senior Vice President, Development Operations

Wendy Arnold

     47      Senior Vice President, Human Resources

Stephen Sofen, Ph.D.

     65      Senior Vice President, Technical Operations

Susan Stewart

     58      Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs & Quality

Jeffrey Moore

     58      Senior Vice President, Finance & Administration

The following is a biographical summary of the experience of these significant employees.

John Davies, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Technology Officer since October 2017. Prior to joining us, Dr. Davies served as Executive Director, Global Head of In Silico Lead Discovery at Novartis Institutes for Biomedical Research (NIBR), the innovation arm of Novartis AG, from 2012 to 2017. Before that, he held various research positions at NIBR from 1997 to 2012. Earlier in his career, he worked in computational modeling and research at both GlaxoSmithKline and Sandoz. Dr. Davies received his Ph.D. in synthetic organic chemistry from University College London and his B.Sc. in chemistry from the University of East London.

Michael Bruce, Ph.D. has served as our Senior Vice President, Development Operations since August 2018, and previously served as our Senior Vice President, Program, Portfolio, Alliance Management from October 2017 to August 2018. Prior to joining us, Dr. Bruce served as Senior Vice President, Portfolio Project and Alliance Management at CRISPR Therapeutics from 2015 to 2017. There, he played key roles in building alliances with major biotech and pharmaceutical companies, including acting as Head of Operations of Casebia, a joint venture of CRISPR Therapeutics and Bayer AG. Before joining CRISPR, Dr. Bruce held multiple roles at Pfizer, Inc. and Wyeth from 2003 to 2015, ultimately leaving as Vice President, Development Operations, Worldwide Research and Development. Dr. Bruce holds a B.A. in chemistry from Williams College and a Ph.D. in chemistry from Stanford University.

Wendy Arnold has served as our Senior Vice President, Human Resources since January 2018. Prior to joining us, Ms. Arnold was Head of the Human Resources Business Partnership Function at Moderna, Inc., a biotechnology company, from January 2014 until December 2017. Prior to that, from April 2011 until January 2014, she served as Director, Human Resources at Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. (formerly Avila Therapeutics, Inc.), a biotechnology company. Ms. Arnold received a B.S. degree from Colorado State University.

Stephen Sofen, Ph.D. has served as our Senior Vice President, Technical Operations since March 2018. Most recently, Dr. Sofen was a Vice President of Technical Operations at CRISPR Therapeutics AG, a biotechnology company, from March 2016 until March 2018. Before that, from

 

167


Table of Contents

November 2015 to March 2016, Dr. Sofen worked at Kiniska Pharmaceuticals Corp., a biotechnology startup. Prior to that, Dr. Sofen worked at Biogen, a biotechnology drug company, from July 2013 to October 2015. In addition, Dr. Sofen has held senior technology and operations positions at Genzyme Corporation and the Novartis-MIT Center for Continuous Manufacturing. He received his Ph.D. in bioinorganic chemistry from University of California, Berkeley and his B.A. from Reed College.

Susan Stewart has served as our Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs & Quality since April 2018. In addition, Ms. Stewart has served as an independent regulatory consultant at Stewart Regulatory Consulting, LLC, a regulatory consulting firm, since 2015 and supported us in this role from December 2017 to April 2018. Prior to that, she served as Senior Vice President of Regulatory Affairs, Quality, and Compliance at Tokai Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, from 2009 until 2015. She also held senior positions in regulatory affairs and quality at Genzyme Corporation and Transmolecular, Inc., companies involved in biotechnology and pharmaceutical development. She received her J.D. from Concord Law School at Purdue University Global and her B.A. from the University of Massachusetts.

Jeffrey Moore has served as our Senior Vice President, Finance & Administration since June 2017, and served as a consultant to us in a similar role from March 2017 to May 2017. Prior to joining us, he served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Operations and previously as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer for Axcella Health, Inc., a biotechnology company, from August 2011 to February 2017. Before that, Mr. Moore served as Chief Financial Officer at Helicos BioSciences Corporation, a life sciences company, from August 2009 to February 2014, and in various other positions at Joule Unlimited Technologies, Inc., BG Medicine, Inc., Affinnova, Inc., and Flagship Pioneering. Prior to joining Flagship Pioneering, Mr. Moore served as the Director of Business Analysis and Planning at Celera Genomics, and as Vice President, Treasury Operations and Chief Accounting Officer at PerSeptive Biosystems. Mr. Moore started his career with Price Waterhouse in its emerging growth company practice. Mr. Moore received his B.S. degree from Cornell University and an M.B.A. degree from Vanderbilt University.

Non-employee directors

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our non-employees who serve on our board of directors:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Michael Bonney

     60      Director and Executive Chair of the Board

Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D.

     56      Director

Bonnie L. Bassler, Ph.D.

     56      Director

Grady Burnett

     45      Director

Jonathan McIntyre, Ph.D.

     55      Director

Anthony G. Quinn, M.D., Ph.D.

     57      Director

John Sculley

     79      Director

Geoffrey von Maltzahn, Ph.D.

     38      Director

The following is a biographical summary of the experience of our non-employee directors.

Michael Bonney has served as the Executive Chair of our Board of Directors since June 2017. Previously, Mr. Bonney served as our Chief Executive Officer from June 2017 until August 2018. Mr. Bonney has also served as Chairman of the board of directors of Magenta Therapeutics, Inc., a biotechnology company, since June 2018, and he previously served as Executive Chairman from November 2016 until June 2018. Prior to that, he served as Partner at Third Rock Ventures, LLC, a venture capital firm, from January 2016 to July 2016. Before joining Third Rock Ventures, LLC,

 

168


Table of Contents

Mr. Bonney served as CEO and Director at Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from 2003 until 2015, when it was acquired by Merck. In addition to his role as Chairman of the board of Magenta, Mr. Bonney chairs the board of directors of Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and the Bates College Board of Trustees. He also serves as a board member of Celgene Corporation since 2015, Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. since 2017 and Syros Therapeutics since June 2018. Mr. Bonney previously served on the boards of Global Blood Therapeutics from 2016 to 2017 and NPS Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 2005 to 2015. He received a B.A. in economics from Bates College. We believe that Mr. Bonney is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on our review of his experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, including his extensive experience in leadership roles at other biotech ventures.

Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D . was a co-founder and served as chairman of our board between August 2015 and June 2017 and has been a director since. In 1999, Dr. Afeyan founded Flagship Pioneering, a life sciences innovation enterprise that originates companies through its Flagship Labs innovation foundry. He has served as Flagship’s Chief Executive Officer since its founding. Since May 2014, Dr. Afeyan has served on the board of directors of Evelo Biosciences, Inc., since October 2010, on the board of Seres Therapeutics, Inc., since April 2009, on the board of Moderna, Inc. and since 2013 on the board of Rubius Therapeutics, Inc. He has previously served on the boards of numerous privately and publicly held companies, including BIND Therapeutics, Inc., BG Medicine, Inc. and Eleven Biotherapeutics, Inc. Dr. Afeyan is currently a visiting lecturer of business administration at Harvard Business School and was previously a senior lecturer at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology’s Sloan School of Management where he taught courses on technology-entrepreneurship and innovation. He received a Ph.D. in biochemical engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a B.S. in chemical engineering from McGill University. We believe that Dr. Afeyan is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his significant experience co-founding, leading and investing in numerous biotechnology companies.

Bonnie L. Bassler, Ph.D. has served as a Director of our company since December 2018. Dr. Bassler currently serves in several roles at Princeton University, including, Chair of the Department of Molecular Biology since 2013, associated faculty member of the Department of Chemistry since 2010, Director for Recruiting and Diversity in the Sciences since 2008, investigator at the Howard Hughes Medical Institute since 2005, professor in the Department of Molecular Biology since 1994 and associate faculty member of the Princeton Environmental Institute since 1996. Previously, Dr. Bassler served as the Director of the Council on Science and Technology at Princeton University from July 2008 to June 2013. Dr. Bassler has served as a board member of Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. since 2016 and as a Trustee of the Alfred P. Sloan Foundation since 2014, and previously served as a board member of Sanofi from November 2014 to September 2016. Dr. Bassler served as a board member of the American Association for the Advancement of Science from January 2012 to December 2016. She was a member of the National Science Board from January 2010 until May 2016. She received a B.S. in biochemistry from the University of California-Davis and a Ph.D. in biochemistry from John Hopkins University. We believe that Dr. Bassler is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on our review of her experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, including her extensive experience in scientific research roles at elite universities.

Grady Burnett has served as a Director of our company since September 2018. Mr. Burnett currently serves as the General Partner at Bow Capital, an early stage venture capital firm, a position he has held since co-founding the company in July 2016. Previously, he served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of HackerRank, a technology company, from September 2015 until July 2016. Before that, from September 2013 until October 2014, Mr. Burnett served as the Chief Operating Officer of Flurry, Inc., a mobile analytics, monetization and advertising company. Mr. Burnett has also served as Vice President of Global Sales and Operations at Facebook, Inc. from 2009 to 2013 and was also previously the Director of North American Sales and Operations for Google LLC’s AdWords team.

 

169


Table of Contents

Mr. Burnett is a member of the board of directors of East Palo Alto Tennis & Tutoring, Menlo School and Kenshoo, Ltd. He has an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School and is a graduate of the University of Michigan . We believe that Mr. Burnett is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on our review of his experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, including his experience in scaling companies and driving revenue growth.

Jonathan McIntyre, Ph.D. has served as a Director of our company since March 2017. Currently, Dr. McIntyre serves as the Head of Research and Development at Indigo Agriculture, Inc., an agriculture biotechnology company, a position he has held since September 2017. Prior to that, from 2009 until September 2017, Dr. McIntyre served in various roles, most recently as Senior Vice President, Research and Development at PepsiCo, a food and beverage consumer product company. Earlier in his career, he was a science director at both E.I. du pont de Nemours and Company and Monsanto Company. Dr. McIntyre holds a B.S. in chemistry from Grove City College and a Ph.D. in biochemistry from the University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, where he also completed post-doctoral training. We believe that Dr. McIntyre is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on our review of his experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, including his experience leading research and development efforts at biotechnology firms.

Anthony G. Quinn, M.D., Ph.D. has served as a Director for our company since February 2016. Currently Dr. Quinn is President and Chief Executive Officer of Aeglea BioTherapeutics, Inc., a biotechnology company where he has served as a Director since 2016 and as CEO since July 2018. Prior to that, from October 2015 to July 2017 he worked as a private consultant for IDBioPharm Consulting LLC, a consulting firm. From August 2009 to June 2015, Dr. Quinn served as Head of Research & Development and Chief Medical Officer (initially at the Senior Vice President level and subsequently at the Executive Vice President level) for Synageva BioPharma Corp., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company that was acquired by Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in June 2015. Following the acquisition, Dr. Quinn worked for Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, from June 2015 to September 2015. Dr. Quinn received his BMSc. in general pathology and his MB ChB (M.D.) from the University of Dundee, UK. and his Ph.D. in cancer research from the University of Newcastle in Tyne, UK. He completed a postdoctoral fellowship at University of California, San Francisco before being appointed Professor of Dermatology at Barts & The London School of Medicine, UK. He is a fellow of the Royal College of Physicians London. We believe Dr. Quinn is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his medical and clinical experience in the biopharmaceutical industry, including the development of therapeutics for rare diseases.

John Sculley has served as a Director for our company since October 2018. Mr. Sculley currently serves as a vice chairman for Celularity, Inc., a placenta blood cord stem cell company, a position he has held since 2016. Mr. Sculley is also the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Marketing Officer for RxAdvance Corporation, a modern Pharmacy Benefit Manager platform company, a position he has held since 2015. Mr. Sculley is also the co-founder and vice chairman of Zeta Global, a personalized marketing platform, positions he has held since 2009. Mr. Sculley has also served as a member of the Board of Directors at Zeta Global since 2009. Mr. Sculley was previously the Chief Executive Officer of Pepsi-Cola Co from 1978 to 1983. He was the Chief Executive Officer of Apple Inc. from 1983 to 1993. Mr. Sculley was a founding Board member of MetroPCS Communications, Inc. from 1996 to 2008 and Rally Health, Inc. from 2011 to 2014. He was also a member of the Board of Directors of MDLIVE, Inc. from 2009 to 2017. Mr. Sculley received his bachelor of arts from Brown in 1961 and his masters of business administration from Wharton in 1963. Mr. Sculley has also been awarded ten Ph.D.s and the Ellis Island Medal of Honor. He is also the author of two books. We believe that Mr. Sculley is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on our review of his experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, including his extensive experience in leadership roles at other companies.

 

170


Table of Contents

Geoffrey von Maltzahn, Ph.D. is a Partner at Flagship Pioneering focused on company origination and has been with the Flagship since 2009. He was a co-founder of Kaleido Biosciences and has served as a Director for Kaleido Biosciences since August 2015. He also acts as an advisor on new innovation opportunities for Kaleido’s product platform, technology and approach to targeting the microbiome organ. Previously, Dr. von Maltzahn served as Kaleido’s Chief Executive Officer from January 2015 to June 2017 and as Chief Innovation Officer from June 2017 to September 2018. Dr. von Maltzahn also serves as the Chief Innovation Officer of Indigo Agriculture, Inc., an agriculture biotechnology company he co-founded in 2013 as part of Flagship Pioneering’s Flagship Labs innovation foundry. Dr. von Maltzahn was also a member of the Flagship Pioneering founding team for Seres Therapeutics, Inc. in 2010, and he subsequently served as Chief Technology Officer at Seres in 2012. Prior to working on Seres, Dr. von Maltzahn worked on the Flagship Pioneering founding team for Axcella Health, Inc., a biotechnology company, in 2009, and he served as Vice President of Discovery at Axcella from 2009 until 2013. Dr. von Maltzahn was awarded a Ph.D. in biomedical engineering and medical physics from MIT, a M.S. in bioengineering from the University of California, San Diego, and an S.B. in chemical engineering from MIT. We believe that Dr. von Maltzahn’s significant experience co-founding and leading numerous biotechnology companies makes him qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Our Board of Directors

As of December 31, 2018, our board of directors consisted of nine members, each of whom is a member pursuant to the board composition provisions of our certificate of incorporation and agreements with our stockholders. These board composition provisions will terminate upon the completion of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our nominating and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may therefore consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of nominees. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s and our board of directors’ priority in selecting board members is the identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through their established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape, and professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

Director independence

Our board of directors has determined that all members of the board of directors, except Alison Lawton, Dr. Geoffrey von Maltzahn and Michael Bonney, are independent directors, including for purposes of the rules of The Nasdaq Global Select Market and the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. In making such independence determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. In considering the independence of the directors listed above, our board of directors considered the association of our directors with the holders of more than 5% of our common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that the composition and functioning of our board of directors and each of our committees will comply with all

 

171


Table of Contents

applicable requirements of The Nasdaq Global Select Market and the rules and regulations of the SEC, subject to applicable phase-in periods. Under Nasdaq listing rule 5615(b)(1) a company listing in connection with its initial public offering is permitted to phase in its compliance with the independent committee requirements, the committee composition requirements and the majority independent board requirement. We intend to rely on the phase-in schedules set forth in Nasdaq listing rule 5615(b)(1) with respect to certain of our committees as set forth below. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. Alison Lawton is not an independent director under these rules because she is an executive officer of our company. Michael Bonney and Dr. Geoffrey von Maltzahn are not independent directors because each has served as one of our executive officers within the last three years.

Staggered board

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors and each director will be assigned to one of the three classes. At each annual meeting of the stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2019 for Class I directors, 2020 for Class II directors and 2021 for Class III directors.

 

   

Our Class I directors will be Michael Bonney, Bonnie L. Bassler and Geoffrey von Maltzahn;

 

   

Our Class II directors will be Alison Lawton, Jonathan McIntyre and Anthony Quinn; and

 

   

Our Class III directors will be Noubar Afeyan, Grady Burnett and John Sculley.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control.

Board leadership structure and board’s role in risk oversight

Michael Bonney is the current Executive Chair of our board of directors and Alison Lawton is our current Chief Executive Officer, hence the roles of Chair of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer are separated. We believe that separating these positions allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing our Chair of the board to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. Our board of directors recognizes the time, effort and energy that the Chief Executive Officer is required to devote to her position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as our Chair, particularly as the board of directors’ oversight responsibilities continue to grow. While our amended and restated by-laws and corporate governance guidelines do not require that our Chair and Chief Executive Officer positions be separate, our board of directors believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance.

Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. We face a number of risks, including risks relating to our financial condition, development and commercialization activities, operations, strategic direction and intellectual property

 

172


Table of Contents

as more fully discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks we face, while our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, our board of directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.

The role of the board of directors in overseeing the management of our risks is conducted primarily through committees of the board of directors, as disclosed in the descriptions of each of the committees below and in the charters of each of the committees. The full board of directors (or the appropriate board committee in the case of risks that are under the purview of a particular committee) discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on us, and the steps we take to manage them. When a board committee is responsible for evaluating and overseeing the management of a particular risk or risks, the chairman of the relevant committee reports on the discussion to the full board of directors during the committee reports portion of the next board meeting. This enables the board of directors and its committees to coordinate the risk oversight role, particularly with respect to risk interrelationships.

Committees of our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations.

Audit committee

Effective upon completion of this offering Michael Bonney, Grady Burnett and Anthony Quinn will serve on the audit committee, which will be chaired by Mr. Burnett. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Burnett and Dr. Quinn is “independent” for audit committee purposes as that term is defined in the rules of the SEC and the applicable Nasdaq rules, and each of the committee members has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the audit committee. Mr. Bonney is not “independent” due to having served as our chief executive officer within the past three years and we are relying on the phase-in schedules set forth in Nasdaq listing rule 5615(b)(1) with respect to Mr. Bonney’s service on the audit committee. Our board of directors has designated Grady Burnett as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

173


Table of Contents
   

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

   

recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

   

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

   

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

   

reviewing quarterly earnings releases.

Compensation committee

Effective upon completion of this offering Noubar Afeyan, Jonathan McIntyre and Anthony Quinn will serve on the compensation committee, which will be chaired by Dr. Quinn. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is “independent” as defined in the applicable Nasdaq rules. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

annually reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and based on such evaluation: (i) recommending to the board of directors the cash compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and (ii) recommending grants and awards to our Chief Executive Officer under equity-based plans;

 

   

reviewing and approving or recommending to the board of directors the cash compensation of our other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

   

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

   

evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable Nasdaq rules;

 

   

reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules, if and when required, to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing and approving the retention, termination or compensation of any consulting firm or outside advisor to assist in the evaluation of compensation matters.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Effective upon completion of this offering Michael Bonney, Bonnie L. Bassler and John Sculley will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be chaired by Mr. Bonney.

 

174


Table of Contents

Our board of directors has determined that each of Dr. Bassler and Mr. Sculley is “independent” as defined in the applicable Nasdaq rules. Mr. Bonney is not “independent” due to having served as our chief executive officer within the past three years and we are relying on the phase-in schedules set forth in Nasdaq listing rule 5615(b)(1) with respect to Mr. Bonney’s service on the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

 

   

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

   

reviewing the composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;

 

   

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

 

   

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

   

developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

   

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Corporate governance

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a current copy of the code will be posted on the investor relations section of our website, which is located at http://www.kaleido.com. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K.

 

175


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive compensation overview

Our executive compensation program has reflected our growth and development-oriented corporate culture. To date, the compensation of the individuals listed below, whom we refer to as our named executive officers, has primarily consisted of a combination of base salary, bonuses and long-term incentive compensation. Our named executive officers, like all of our full-time employees, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare benefit plans. As we transition from a private company to a publicly traded company, we will evaluate our compensation values and philosophy and compensation plans and arrangements as circumstances require. At a minimum, we expect to review executive compensation annually with input from a compensation consultant. As part of this review process, we expect the board of directors and the compensation committee to apply our values and philosophy, while considering the compensation levels needed to ensure our executive compensation program remains competitive. We will also review whether we are meeting our retention objectives and the potential cost of replacing a key employee.

Summary compensation table

The following table presents information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our named executive officers for services rendered to us in all capacities for the years indicated.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Stock
Awards

($)
    Option
Awards

($) (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)
    All Other
Compensation

($)
    Total
($)
 

Michael Bonney

    2018       500,000             9,414,625 (6)        (2     9,512 (9)        9,924,137  

Executive Chair (3)

             

Alison Lawton

    2018       437,500             5,947,117 (7)        (2     9,512 (10)        6,394,129  

President & CEO (Principal Executive Officer) (3)

             

Joshua Brumm

    2018       296,891 (4)              2,107,576 (8)        (2     320,586 (11)        2,725,053  

COO & CFO (Principal Financial Officer)

             

Katharine Knobil, M.D.

    2018       37,500 (5)              3,900,060             200,389 (12)        4,137,949  

CMO & Head of R&D

             

 

(1)

The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of stock options awarded in 2018, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant-date fair value are set forth in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus.

(2)

Each of our named executive officers is eligible to earn cash incentive compensation for 2018 based upon achievement of corporate objectives. Such amounts have not yet been determined but are expected to be determined and paid in the first quarter of 2019 and will be reported at such time as required by SEC rules.

(3)

Mr. Bonney currently serves as our Executive Chair and ceased to be our Principal Executive Officer upon Ms. Lawton’s assuming the role of our Chief Executive Officer in August 2018.

(4)

Mr. Brumm commenced employment with us in April 2018. His annual base salary for 2018 was $435,000.

(5)

Dr. Knobil commenced employment with us in December 2018. Her annual base salary for 2018 was $450,000.

(6)

The amount reported represents a one-time non-cash compensation amount based on the September 2018 modification of certain performance-based stock option awards whereby the shares underlying this option will now be subject to time-based vesting. The amount related to the modification is equal to the modification date fair value of $9,414,625.

 

176


Table of Contents
(7)

A portion of the amount reported represents a one-time non-cash compensation amount based on the September 2018 modification of certain performance-based stock option awards whereby the shares underlying this option will now be subject to time-based vesting. The amount related to the modification is equal to the modification date fair value of $1,628,349.

(8)

A portion of the amount reported represents a one-time non-cash compensation amount based on the September 2018 modification of certain performance-based stock option awards whereby the shares underlying this option will now be subject to time-based vesting. The amount related to the modification is equal to the modification date fair value of $1,006,886.

(9)

The amount reported represents $8,000 for matching contributions to be made in February 2019 by the Company under its 401(k) plan, $480 in long-term disability insurance premiums and $1,032 in group term life insurance premiums in excess of statutory limits.

(10)

The amount reported represents $8,000 for matching contributions to be made in February 2019 by the Company under its 401(k) plan, $480 in long-term disability insurance premiums and $1,032 in group term life insurance premiums in excess of statutory limits.

(11)

The amount reported represents $8,000 for matching contributions to be made in February 2019 by the Company under its 401(k) plan, $150,000 in a bonus paid to Mr. Brumm upon the commencement of his employment with us, $150,000 in company paid relocation expenses, $12,900 in commuting expense reimbursements, $331 in long-term disability insurance premiums and $165 in group term life insurance premiums in excess of statutory limits.

(12)

The amount reported represents $40 in long-term disability insurance premiums and $46 in group term life insurance premiums in excess of statutory limits, $200,000 in a bonus to be paid to Dr. Knobil due upon the commencement of her employment with us, and $303 in commuting expense reimbursements.

Narrative disclosure to 2018 summary compensation table

Base Salary — Each named executive officer’s base salary is a fixed component of annual compensation for performing specific duties and functions, and has been established by our board of directors taking into account each individual’s role, responsibilities, skills and experience.

Cash Bonus — Our annual bonus program is intended to reward our named executive officers for meeting objective or subjective performance goals for a fiscal year.

Long-Term Equity Incentives — Our equity grant program is intended to align the interests of our named executive officers with those of our stockholders and to motivate them to make important contributions to our performance.

Employment arrangements with our named executive officers

Michael Bonney

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the annual base salary for Mr. Bonney was $500,000. For 2018, Mr. Bonney was eligible to earn an annual cash incentive bonus targeted at 50% of his base salary through his transition from CEO to Executive Chair in August 2018, with the actual cash incentive bonus determined by the board of directors based on the achievement of specified corporate goals. Mr. Bonney is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

Alison Lawton

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the annual base salary for Ms. Lawton was $500,000. For 2018, Ms. Lawton was eligible to earn an annual cash incentive bonus targeted at 50% of her base salary, with the actual cash incentive bonus determined by the board of directors based on the achievement of specified individual and corporate goals. Ms. Lawton is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

 

177


Table of Contents

Joshua Brumm

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the annual base salary for Mr. Brumm was $435,000. For 2018, Mr. Brumm was eligible to earn an annual cash incentive bonus targeted at 40% of his base salary, with the actual cash incentive bonus determined by the board of directors based on the achievement of specified individual and corporate goals. Mr. Brumm is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

Katharine Knobil, M.D.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the annual base salary for Dr. Knobil was $450,000. For 2018, Dr. Knobil was not eligible to earn an annual cash incentive bonus based on her start date with us. Dr. Knobil is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

Other agreements

We have also entered into employee confidentiality, inventions, non-solicitation and non-competition agreements with each of our named executive officers. Under such agreements, each named executive officer has agreed (1) not to compete with us during his or her employment and for a period of one year after the termination of such employment, (2) not to solicit our employees during his or her employment and for a period of one year after the termination of such employment, (3) to protect our confidential and proprietary information and (4) to assign to us related intellectual property developed during the course of his or her employment.

Outstanding equity awards at 2018 fiscal year-end

The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2018.

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock

That Have
Not

Vested (#)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of

Stock That
Have Not
Vested
($) (1)
 

Michael Bonney,

      1,874,007 (2)           1.09       6/5/2027       468,501 (2)      

Executive Chair

             

Alison Lawton,

      325,000 (3)          1.11       12/5/2027       166,250 (3)     

President & CEO

      1,635,897 (4)          5.14       8/15/2028      

Joshua Brumm,

      525,000 (5)          2.95       5/29/2028      

COO & CFO

      248,178 (6)          5.14       8/15/2028      

Katharine Knobil,

      922,000 (7)          8.70       12/3/2028      

CMO & Head of R&D

             

 

1)

The market value of our common stock is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

2)

Represents total original grant of 3,748,013 shares underlying a stock option. In October 2017, the stock option was amended to provide that 1,874,006 shares would be subject to an early exercise feature. In October 2017, 1,874,006 shares were acquired upon the exercise of the early exercise feature. The aggregate shares from this arrangement vested 25% on June 6, 2018, then in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter with all shares under the early-exercise stock award vesting in their entirety before any vesting will occur under the option award.

 

178


Table of Contents
3)

Represents total original grant of 655,000 shares underlying a stock option. In November 2017, 330,000 shares were acquired upon the exercise of the early exercise feature. The aggregate shares from this arrangement vested 25% on November 16, 2018, then in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter with all shares under the early-exercise stock award vesting in their entirety before any vesting will occur under the option award.

(4)

The shares underlying this option vest 25% on August 16, 2019, then in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter.

(5)

The shares underlying this option vest 25% on April 23, 2019, then in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter.

(6)

The shares underlying this option vest 25% on August 16, 2019, then in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter.

(7)

The shares underlying this option vest 25% on December 3, 2019, then in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter.

Employee benefit and equity compensation plans

2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

Our 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or 2019 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors on                     , and approved by our stockholders on                 , and will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The 2019 Plan will replace our 2015 Stock Incentive Plan, or 2015 Plan, as our board of directors has determined not to make additional awards under that plan following the consummation of our initial public offering. The 2019 Plan allows the board of directors’ compensation committee to make equity-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, directors and other key persons (including consultants).

We have initially reserved              shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2019 Plan, the Initial Limit. The 2019 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2019, by     % of the outstanding number of shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee, or the Annual Increase. These limits are subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2019 Plan and 2015 Plan will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2019 Plan.

The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued in the form of incentive stock options shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2019 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year plus shares added back as provided for above with respect to the 2015 Plan.

The 2019 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2019 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2019 Plan will be those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and other key persons (including consultants) as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.

 

179


Table of Contents

The 2019 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each stock appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised.

Our compensation committee may award restricted shares of common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2019 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant. Our compensation committee may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of shares of common stock.

Our compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2019 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

The 2019 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2019 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute outstanding awards under the 2019 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the 2019 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, upon the effective time of the sale event, such awards under the 2019 Plan shall terminate. In such a case, all options and stock appreciation rights that are not exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of the sale event will become fully exercisable as of the effective time of the sale event, all other awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions, will become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the sale event and all awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in the discretion of our compensation committee. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) within a specified period of time prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the 2019 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights and we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding other vested awards.

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2019 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2019 Plan require the approval of our stockholders.

 

180


Table of Contents

No awards may be granted under the 2019 Plan after the date that is ten years from the date of stockholder approval of the 2019 Plan. No awards under the 2019 Plan have been made prior to the date hereof.

2015 Stock Incentive Plan

Our 2015 Plan, was approved and adopted by our board of directors on July 14, 2015, and approved by our stockholders on July 14, 2015. Under the 2015 Plan we initially reserved for issuance an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of our common stock, and most recently increased the shares reserved and available for issuance to 16,791,948 shares of our common stock on December 4, 2018. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off, or other similar change in our capitalization.

The shares of common stock underlying awards that are forfeited, cancelled, terminated, reacquired prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of shares of common stock, or withheld to cover the exercise price or tax withholding are added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

Our board of directors has acted as administrator of the 2015 Plan. The administrator has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2015 Plan are those employees, officers and directors, as well as consultants and advisors to our company as selected from time to time by the administrator in its discretion.

The 2015 Plan permits the granting of (1) options, including incentive stock options, to purchase common stock (2) restricted stock, (3) stock appreciation rights, and (4) restricted stock units. For stock options, the administrator will determine the per share option exercise price and at what time or times each option may be exercised.

The 2015 Plan provides that upon the occurrence of any merger, consolidation, transfer or disposition of all common stock of our company in a share exchange, or liquidation or dissolution of the company (collectively, “Reorganization Event”), the board of directors may take any or more actions, as summarized below, with respect to outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan other than restricted stock. When an acquiring or succeeding corporation is involved, the board of directors may provide that such outstanding awards other than restricted stock shall be assumed or substantially equivalent awards shall be substituted by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or affiliate thereof). With written notice to the participant, the board of directors may provide that all of the unexercised awards will terminate unless exercised (to the extent then exercisable) within a specified period following the date of the written notice. Prior to or upon a Reorganization Event, the board of directors may provide that outstanding awards shall become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions on the award shall lapse. When holders of common stock will receive a cash payment for surrendered shares prior to or upon a Reorganization Event, the board of directors may terminate participants’ awards in exchange for a cash payment equal to the number of shares of common stock subject to the vested portion of the award multiplied by the excess, if any, of the acquisition price over the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such award and any applicable tax withholdings. In connection with a liquidation or dissolution of our company, the board of directors may provide that awards shall convert to the right to receive liquidation proceeds. The board of directors may use any combination of these actions and is not obligated to treat awards of the same type in an identical manner. For restricted stock upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event other than liquidation or dissolution of our company, our rights with respect to the outstanding restricted stock shall inure to the benefit of the

 

181


Table of Contents

company’s successor, provided that the board of directors may provide for termination or deemed satisfaction of such repurchase under the initial or amended instrument evidencing the restricted stock or any other agreement between a participant and our company. Upon the occurrence of a liquidation or dissolution of our company, except as specifically provided to the contrary by an instrument evidencing the restricted stock or any other agreement between a participant and our company, all restrictions and conditions on all outstanding restricted stock shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2015 Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval where such approval is required by applicable law. Our board of directors may also amend or cancel any outstanding award, provided that no amendment to an award may materially and adversely affect a participant’s rights without his or her consent.

The 2015 Plan will terminate as of the effectiveness of this offering; however awards previously granted may extend beyond that date. As of                 ,                  shares of common stock and restricted common stock and options to purchase                  shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2015 Plan. Our board of directors has determined not to make any further awards under the 2015 Plan following the completion of this offering.

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On                     , our board of directors adopted the 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2019 ESPP, and on     , our stockholders approved the 2019 ESPP. The 2019 ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. The 2019 ESPP initially reserves and authorizes the issuance of up to a total of      shares of common stock to participating employees. The ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2019, by the lesser of (i)      shares of common stock, (ii)     % of the outstanding number of shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or (iii) such lesser number of shares as determined by the 2019 ESPP administrator. The number of shares reserved under the 2019 ESPP is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

All employees whose customary employment is for more than 20 hours per week are eligible to participate in the ESPP. However, any participating employee who would own 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock after an option were granted under the ESPP would not be eligible to purchase shares under the 2019 ESPP.

We will make one or more offerings each year to our employees to purchase shares under the ESPP. Offerings will usually begin on each January 1 and July 1 and will continue for six-month periods, referred to as offering periods. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 business days before the relevant offering date.

Each employee who is a participant in the 2019 ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions of up to     % of his or her base compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of shares of common stock, valued at the start of the purchase period, under the ESPP in any calendar year.

The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded. An employee’s rights under the 2019 ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.

 

182


Table of Contents

The 2019 ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time. An amendment that increases the number of shares of common stock authorized under the ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our stockholders.

Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan

In October 2018, our board of directors adopted the Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan provides for cash bonus payments based upon the attainment of performance targets established by our compensation committee. The payment targets will be related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to our company, or Corporate Performance Goals, as well as individual performance objectives.

Our compensation committee may select Corporate Performance Goals from among the following: cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); sales or revenue; corporate revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of our common stock; economic value-added; development, clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones; acquisitions or strategic transactions, partnerships or joint ventures; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of our common stock; sales or market shares; number of customers; operating income and/or other strategic, financial or operational objectives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase, in terms of growth, as compared to results of a peer group, against the market as a whole, compared to applicable market indices and/or measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis.

Each executive officer who is selected to participate in the Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive. The Corporate Performance Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after our financial reports have been published or such other appropriate time as the compensation committee determines. If the Corporate Performance Goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period. The Bonus Plan also permits the compensation committee to approve additional bonuses to executive officers in its sole discretion.

401(k) plan

Effective as of January 1, 2017, we adopted a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. All participants’ interests in their contributions are 100% vested when contributed. During the first half of 2018, a matching contribution of 50% of employee contributions up to 6%, with a maximum of $8,000 per year was approved. Matching contributions vest 25% each year, 100% vested after 4 years of service. At the end of the year, contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The retirement plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code.

Health/welfare plans

All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including medical and dental benefits, short-term and long-term disability insurance, and life insurance. We believe these perquisites are necessary and appropriate to provide a competitive compensation package to our named executive officers.

 

183


Table of Contents

Limitations on liability and indemnification matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL. Consequently, our directors are not personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated by-laws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent not prohibited by the DGCL and allow us to indemnify other employees and agents as set forth in the DGCL. Subject to certain limitations, our amended and restated by-laws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and certain of our key employees, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors, officers and key employees for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, fines and settlement amounts actually incurred by these individuals in any action or proceeding arising out of their service to us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which these individuals provide services at our request. Subject to certain limitations, our indemnification agreements also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors, officers and key employees for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted

We believe that provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated by-laws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors, officers and key employees. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

184


Table of Contents

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our board of directors and received compensation for such service during the year ended December 31, 2018. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, make any additional equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the non-employee members of our board of directors in 2018. We reimburse non-employee members of our board of directors for reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

We also do not, and do not expect to, provide separate compensation to our directors who are also our employees, such as Ms. Lawton, our Chief Executive Officer and President. Mr. Bonney’s compensation as our principal executive officer in 2018 is reported above in the Summary Compensation Table.

 

Name

   All other
compensation ($)
     Total ($)  

Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D. (1)

     —          —    

Grady Burnett (2)

     —          —    

John Sculley (3)

     —          —    

Jonathan McIntyre, Ph.D. (4)

     —          —    

Anthony G. Quinn, M.D., Ph.D. (5)

     —          —    

Geoffry von Maltzahn, Ph.D. (6)

     —          —    

Bonnie L. Bassler, Ph.D. (7)

     —          —    

 

(1)

Dr. Afeyan did not hold any outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2018.

(2)

As of December 31, 2018, Mr. Burnett held options to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock and 0 shares subject to each such option were vested as of such date.

(3)

As of December 31, 2018, Mr. Sculley held options to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock and 0 shares subject to each such option were vested as of such date.

(4)

As of December 31, 2018, Dr. McIntyre held options to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock and 45,000 shares subject to each such option were vested as of such date.

(5)

As of December 31, 2018, Dr. Quinn held options to purchase 62,500 shares of our common stock and 31,250 shares subject to each such option were vested as of such date.

(6)

Dr. von Maltzahn did not hold any outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2018.

(7)

As of December 31, 2018, Dr. Bassler held options to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock and 0 shares subject to each such option were vested as of such date.

Non-employee director compensation policy

Our board of directors intends to adopt a non-employee director compensation policy, to be effective upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that is designed to enable us to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, highly qualified non-employee

 

185


Table of Contents

directors. Under the policy, each director who is not an employee will be paid cash compensation from and after the completion of this offering, as set forth below:

 

     Member
Annual
Fee
     Chairman
Additional
Annual Fee
 

Board of Directors

   $                    $                

Audit Committee

     

Compensation Committee

     

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

     

In addition, each non-employee director serving on our board of directors upon completion of this offering and each non-employee director elected or appointed to our board of directors following the completing of this offering will be granted a one-time equity award of              shares on the date of such director’s election or appointment to the board of directors, which will vest annually over three years, subject to continued service through such vesting dates. On the date of each annual meeting of stockholders of our company, each non-employee director will be granted an annual equity award of              shares, which will vest in full of the earlier to occur of the first anniversary of the date of grant or the next annual meeting, subject to continued service as a director through such vesting date.

 

186


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than the compensation agreements and other arrangements described under “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in this prospectus and the transactions described below, since January 1, 2015, there has not been and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were, or will be, a party in which the amount involved exceeded, or will exceed, $120,000 and in which any director, executive officer, holder of 5% or more of any class of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of, or entities affiliated with, any of the foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

Private placements of securities

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series A
Preferred
Stock
     Shares of
Series B
Preferred
Stock
     Shares of
Series C
Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

Flagship Pioneering Funds  (1)

     13,698,631        5,141,389        2,502,502      $ 54,999,999  

Geoffrey von Maltzahn, Ph.D.

     684,932            $ 500,000  

Michael Bonney  (2)

        1,285,347         $ 5,000,000  

Platinum Falcon B 2018 RSC Ltd.  (3)

           2,502,502      $ 24,999,995  

 

(1)

Flagship of Pioneering Funds consists of Flagship Ventures Fund IV, L.P., Flagship Ventures Fund V, L.P., Nutritional Health Disruptive Innovation Fund, L.P., and Flagship Ventures Opportunities Fund I, L.P.

(2)

Michael Bonney is a holder of 5% or more of our capital stock.

(3)

Platinum Falcon B 2018 RSC Ltd. is a holder of 5% or more of our capital stock.

Series A preferred stock financing

At closings held from August 13, 2015 through July 27, 2016, we sold an aggregate of 14,383,563 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.73 per share, pursuant to a stock purchase agreement, as amended, entered into with certain of our investors. The table above summarizes purchases of Series A Preferred Stock by holders of 5% or more of our capital stock.

Series B preferred stock financing

At closings held from February 16, 2017 through June 28, 2017, we sold an aggregate of 9,485,863 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $3.89 per share, pursuant to a stock purchase agreement entered into with certain of our investors. The table above summarizes purchases of Series B Preferred Stock by holders of 5% or more of our capital stock.

Series C preferred stock financing

At closings held from February 21, 2018 through June 8, 2018, we sold an aggregate of 10,107,404 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $9.99 per share, pursuant to a stock purchase agreement entered into with certain of our investors. The table above summarizes purchases of Series C Preferred Stock by holders of 5% or more of our capital stock.

Merger with Cadena Bio, Inc.

On December 22, 2016, we acquired Cadena Bio, Inc., or Cadena, through a reverse triangular merger, pursuant to which the following merger consideration was issued to holders of Cadena’s outstanding common stock and Cadena’s outstanding Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Cadena’s

 

187


Table of Contents

outstanding Series B Preferred Stock: (i) 0.0519576 of a share of our common stock for each share of Cadena common stock and (ii) 0.0464169 of a share of our Series A-1 Preferred Stock for each share of Cadena Series A Preferred Stock and Cadena’s Series B Preferred Stock. The following table summarizes the merger consideration received by related persons in the merger.

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Common
Stock
     Shares of
Series A-1
Preferred
Stock
 

Flagship Pioneering Funds  (1)

     171,460        3,040,780  

Brian Baynes

     338,656        —    

 

(1)

Flagship Pioneering Funds consists of Flagship Ventures Fund 2007, L.P., VentureLabs IV, L.L.C., Flagship Ventures Fund V, L.P., and Nutritional Health Side Fund, L.P.

Sublease agreement with Joule Unlimited Technologies, Inc.

In September 2016, we entered into a non-cancelable sublease agreement with Joule Unlimited Technologies, Inc., or Joule, a company affiliated with our majority stockholder, for a portion of the laboratory and office space in Bedford, Massachusetts. The term of the sublease commenced on September 8, 2016 and expired 12 months thereafter. On May 15, 2017, we entered into a lease agreement directly with the lessor. The lease term commenced on May 15, 2017 and terminates on June 30, 2020.

Sublease agreement with VL45, Inc.

In January 2018, we entered into a sublease with VL45, Inc., or VL45, a company affiliated with our majority stockholder, for a portion of laboratory and office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The term of the sublease commenced on January 18, 2018 and terminates on October 31, 2018. In September 2018, we entered into a termination agreement with the landlord to terminate the lease for a payment of $100 effective October 31, 2018.

License agreement with Midori

On June 16, 2015, we entered into a technology license agreement with Midori, a company affiliated with our majority stockholder, for an initial term of thirty years. The license agreement provided us with an exclusive, sublicensable, transferable, royalty-free and fully paid-up, perpetual license under the Midori licensed patents and know-how.

As compensation for the license, we issued to Midori a warrant exercisable for shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to $0.001 per share. Under the terms of the warrant, the number of shares Midori could purchase was contingent on the outcome of our future convertible preferred stock financing events. For the initial financing event, Midori was entitled to purchase common stock equal to fifteen percent of all issued and outstanding common and convertible preferred stock subject to a $10,000 limitation in gross aggregate proceeds to us.

For any subsequent financing event, and still subject to the $10,000 limitation in gross aggregate proceeds, Midori is entitled to purchase fifteen percent of the sum of (i) shares of convertible preferred stock issued and sold in the subsequent financing event, (ii) shares of common stock issued to Midori pursuant to the exercise of the warrant prior to the subsequent financing event, and (iii) warrant shares exercisable with respect to the subsequent financing event. The warrants had a term with an expiration date of the earliest of (i) the 61st day after an initial or subsequent financing event in which we receive the last dollar of the first aggregate $10,000 in gross proceeds to us, (ii) termination date of the license agreement, or (iii) a change in control, as defined in the license agreement.

 

188


Table of Contents

In April 2016, the license agreement was assigned by Midori to Cadena. Following the Cadena acquisition, the license agreement became an internal agreement between Kaleido and Cadena. Cadena owns the technology covered by the license agreement and there are no continuing obligations between us and Midori pursuant to the license agreement.

Services agreement

In January 2015, we entered into a services agreement with Flagship Ventures Management, Inc., now known as Flagship Pioneering, Inc., or Flagship Management, an affiliate of the Flagship Pioneering Funds, under which Flagship Management provides us with personnel, advisory and administrative services on an as-needed basis. The agreement, which is invoiced monthly, may be terminated by either party upon 30 days’ prior written notice. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, we paid Flagship Management an aggregate of approximately $509,000 and $572,000, respectively, for services provided under the services agreement, inclusive of the services provided by Geoffrey von Maltzahn, who has served as our Chief Innovation Officer from June 2017 to September 2018. He previously served as our Chief Executive Officer from January 2015 to June 2017 and currently serves as a Director.

Indemnification agreements

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and significant employees. These agreements will, among other things, require us to indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of our company or that person’s status as a member of our board of directors to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law.

Investors’ rights agreement

In connection with the initial closing of our Series C Preferred Stock financing on February 21, 2018, we entered into a second amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, or investors’ rights agreement, with certain of our stockholders, including affiliates of Flagship Ventures Fund IV, L.P., Flagship Ventures Fund V, L.P., Nutritional Health Disruptive Innovation Fund, L.P., Flagship Ventures Opportunities Fund I, L.P., Michael Bonney and Platinum Flacon B 2018 RSC Ltd. The investors’ rights agreement among other things:

 

   

grants such stockholders certain registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock, including shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock;

 

   

obligates us to deliver periodic financial statements to any stockholder who, individually or together with affiliates, holds at least 500,000 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock, each of whom we refer to as a “Major Investor”;

 

   

grants a right of first offer with respect to sales of our shares by us, subject to specified exclusions (which exclusions include the sale of the shares in connection with this offering), to Major Investors; and

 

   

requires us to reimburse certain legal expenses of Major Investors in connection with a Sale of the Company (as defined in the voting agreement described below).

For more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement, please refer to the section of this prospectus titled “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

 

189


Table of Contents

Certain provisions of this agreement, including certain of the covenants described above, will terminate automatically upon completion of this offering. This is not a complete description of the investors’ rights agreement and is qualified by the full text of the investors’ rights agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Voting agreement

In connection with the initial closing of our Series C financing on February 21, 2018, we entered into a voting agreement with certain of our stockholders, including affiliates of Flagship Ventures Fund IV, L.P., Flagship Ventures Fund V, L.P., Nutritional Health Disruptive Innovation Fund, L.P., Flagship Ventures Opportunities Fund I, L.P., Michael Bonney and Platinum Flacon B 2018 RSC Ltd. The voting agreement among other things: provides the terms for the voting of shares with respect to the constituency of our board of directors. Pursuant to the terms of the voting agreement, the following directors were elected to serve as members on our board of directors and, as of the date of this prospectus, continue to so serve: Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D., Michael Bonney, Geoffrey von Maltzahn, Ph.D., Jonathan McIntyre and Anthony Quinn, Michael Bonney was selected to serve on our board of directors in his capacity as our chief executive officer and, following Mr. Bonney’s resignation as chief executive officer, Mr. Bonney remained a member of the board as Executive Chair. Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D. and Geoffrey von Maltzahn were selected to serve on our board of directors as designated by Flagship Ventures Fund V, L.P., Flagship Ventures Fund VI, L.P. and Flagship VentureLabs V LLC, respectively. Jonathan McIntyre and Anthony Quinn were selected to serve on our board of directors as directors who are not affiliated with any investor, possess relevant industry experience and are acceptable to the holders of a majority of the shares of capital stock held by the investors party to the voting agreement.

This voting agreement will terminate automatically upon completion of this offering.

Right of first refusal and co-sale agreement

In connection with initial closing of our Series C financing on February 21, 2018, we entered into a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain of our stockholders, including affiliates of Flagship Ventures Fund IV, L.P., Flagship Ventures Fund V, L.P., Nutritional Health Disruptive Innovation Fund, L.P., Flagship Ventures Opportunities Fund I, L.P., Michael Bonney and Platinum Flacon B 2018 RSC Ltd. The right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, among other things:

 

   

grants our investors certain rights of first refusal and co-sale with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by certain stockholders; and

 

   

grants us certain rights of first refusal with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by certain stockholders.

The right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate automatically upon completion of this offering.

Policies for approval of related party transactions

Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers and holders of five percent or more of our voting securities and their affiliates, each a related party. Prior to this offering, upon consideration of a potential related party transaction, the material facts as to the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors prior to their consideration of such transaction, and the transaction is not considered approved by our board of directors unless a majority of the directors who are not interested in the transaction approve the transaction. Further, when stockholders are entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to the stockholders, who must approve the transaction in good faith.

 

190


Table of Contents

In connection with this offering, we expect to adopt a written related party transactions policy that such transactions must be approved by our audit committee. This policy will become effective on the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. Pursuant to this policy, the audit committee has the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members.

 

191


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information known to us regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of December 31, 2018, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our capital stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Under those rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power, and includes securities that the individual or entity has the right to acquire, such as through the exercise of stock options, within 60 days of December 31, 2018. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe, based on the information provided to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering in the table below is based on shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding as of December 31, 2018, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of 37,034,802 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, and the percentage of beneficial ownership at this offering in the table below is based on shares of common stock assumed to be outstanding after the completion of the offering.

 

     NUMBER OF SHARES
BENEFICIALLY OWNED

PRIOR TO OFFERING
    PERCENTAGE OF
SHARES BENEFICIALLY
OWNED
 

NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER

         BEFORE
OFFERING
    AFTER
OFFERING
 

5% stockholders:

      

Flagship Pioneering Funds(1)

     32,854,762       67.6  

Platinum Falcon B 2018 RSC Ltd.(2)

     2,502,502       5.1  

Named executive officers and directors:

      

Alison Lawton(3)

     330,000       *    

Michael Bonney(4)

     3,159,353       6.4  

Joshua Brumm

     —         *    

Katharine Knobile, M.D.

     —         *    

Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D.(1)

     32,854,762       67.6  

Grady Burnett

     —         *    

Bonnie L. Bassler, M.D.

     —         *    

Jonathan McIntyre, Ph.D.(5)

     45,000       *    

Anthony G. Quinn, M.D., Ph.D.(6)

     100,707       *    

John Sculley

     —         *    

Geoffrey von Maltzahn, Ph.D.(7)

     684,932       1.4  

All executive officers and directors as a group: (11 persons)

     37,174,754 (8)      76.4  

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

192


Table of Contents
(1)

Consists of (a) 85,730 shares of common stock and 347,173 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock held by Flagship Ventures Fund 2007, L.P. (“Flagship Fund 2007”), (b) 85,730 shares of common stock held by VentureLabs IV, LLC (“VentureLabs IV”), (c) 5,000,000 shares of common stock held by VentureLabs V, LLC (“VentureLabs V”), (d) 1,894,223 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock held by Flagship Ventures Fund IV, L.P. (“Flagship Fund IV”) (e) 4,586,858 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock held by Flagship Ventures Fund V, L.P. (“Flagship Fund V”), (f) 12,454,383 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock held by Nutritional Health Disruptive Innovation Fund, L.P. (“Flagship Nutritional Health Disruptive Innovation Fund”), (g) 1,278,720 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock held by Nutritional Health Side Fund, L.P. (“Flagship Nutritional Health Side Fund”), (h) 3,300,000 shares of common stock held by Cadena LLC (“Cadena”), and (i) 3,821,945 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock held by Flagship Ventures Opportunities Fund I, L.P. (“Flagship Opportunities Fund” and together with Flagship Fund 2007, VentureLabs IV, VentureLabs V, Flagship Fund IV, Flagship Fund V, Flagship Nutritional Health Disruptive Innovation Fund, and Flagship Nutritional Health Side Fund, the “Flagship Funds”). The General Partner of Flagship Fund 2007 is Flagship Ventures 2007 General Partner LLC (“Fund 2007 GP”). Flagship Fund IV is a member of VentureLabs IV and also serves as its manager. The General Partner of Flagship Fund IV is Flagship Ventures Fund IV General Partner LLC (“Fund IV GP”). Flagship Fund V is a member of VentureLabs V. Flagship VentureLabs V Manager LLC (“VentureLabs V Manager”) is the manager of VentureLabs V. Flagship Pioneering, Inc. (“Flagship Pioneering”) is the manager of VentureLabs V Manager. The General Partner of Flagship V, Flagship Nutritional Health Disruptive Innovation Fund, and Flagship Nutritional Health Side Fund is Flagship Ventures Fund V General Partner LLC (“Flagship V GP”). The General Partner of Flagship Opportunities Fund is Flagship Ventures Opportunities Fund I General Partner LLC (“Flagship Opportunities GP” together with Fund 2007 GP, Fund IV GP, Flagship Pioneering, and Flagship V GP the “Flagship General Partners”). Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D. and Edwin M. Kania, Jr. are the managers of Fund IV GP and Fund 2007 GP and each of these individuals may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares held by Flagship Fund IV, VentureLabs IV, and Flagship Fund 2007. While Mr. Kania is retired from Flagship Pioneering, he continues to serve as a manager of the Fund 2007 GP and Fund IV GP. Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D. is the sole Director of Flagship Pioneering and may be deemed to have sole voting and investment control over all the shares held by VentureLabs V. In addition, Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D. serves as the sole manager of the Flagship V GP, Cadena, and Flagship Opportunities GP and may be deemed to possess sole voting and investment control over all the shares held by Flagship Fund V, Flagship Nutritional Health Disruptive Innovation Fund, Flagship Nutritional Health Side Fund, Cadena, and Flagship Opportunities Fund. None of the Flagship General Partners, Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D., or Edwin M. Kania Jr. directly own any of the shares held by Cadena or the Flagship Funds, and each of the Flagship General Partners, Dr. Noubar Afeyan, Ph.D. and Edwin M. Kania Jr. disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein. The mailing address of the Flagship Funds is 55 Cambridge Parkway, Suite 800E, Cambridge, MA 02142.

(2)

Consists of 2,502,502 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

(3)

Consists of 330,000 shares of restricted common stock.

(4)

Consists of (i) 1,874,006 shares of restricted common stock held directly by Mr. Bonney, (ii) 835,347 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock held directly by Mr. Bonney and (iii) 450,000 shares held in the Michael and Alison Bonney 2016

 

193


Table of Contents
  Irrevocable Trust, which has an independent trustee. Michael Bonney is a holder of 5% or more of our capital stock.
(5)

Consist of 45,000 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2018.

(6)

Consists of (i) 37,500 shares of common stock, (ii) 25,707 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and (iii) 37,250 shares of common stock underlying options exerciseable within 60 days of December 31, 2018.

(7)

Consists of 684,932 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(8)

Consists of (i) 8,508,960 shares of common stock, (ii) 2,204,006 shares of restricted common stock, (iii) 26,379,288 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock and (iv) 82,500 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2018.

 

194


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the completion of this offering and amended and restated by-laws, which will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The descriptions of the common stock and convertible preferred stock give effect to changes to our capital structure that will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated by-laws as our by-laws.

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and              shares of convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which shares of convertible preferred stock will be undesignated.

As of December 31, 2018, 11,573,844 shares of our common stock and 37,034,802 shares of convertible preferred stock were outstanding and held by 88 stockholders of record. This amount does not take into account the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the completion of this offering.

Common stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding convertible preferred stock. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding convertible preferred stock. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Convertible preferred stock

Upon the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to              shares of convertible preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our convertible preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of convertible preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of convertible preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of convertible preferred stock.

 

195


Table of Contents

Stock options

As of December 31, 2018, options to purchase 13,372,522 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2015 plan, of which 1,191,819 were vested and exercisable as of that date.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2018, warrants to purchase a total of 137,030 shares of convertible preferred stock that, upon the closing of this offering, will become warrants to purchase shares of our common stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.73 per share to $3.89 per share were outstanding. These warrants are exercisable immediately and expire in December 2025 and October 2027.

Registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of                      shares of our common stock, which shares we refer to as “registrable securities,” will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these registrable securities under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors’ rights agreement between us and holders of our convertible preferred stock. The investors’ rights agreement includes demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations under this agreement will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

Demand registration rights

Beginning 180 days after the effective date of this registration statement, the holders of registrable securities are entitled to demand registration rights under certain conditions. Under the terms of the investors’ rights agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of holders of at least 50% of these registrable securities that would result in an aggregate offering price of at least $10.0 million, to file a registration statement and use best efforts to effect the registration of all or a portion of these registrable securities for public resale. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the investors’ rights agreement.

Short-form registration rights

Pursuant to the investors’ rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, upon the written request of holders of at least 30% of these registrable securities that would result in an aggregate offering price of at least $5.0 million, we will be required to effect a registration of such registrable securities. We are required to effect only two registrations in any twelve month period pursuant to this provision of the investors’ rights agreement. The right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations.

Piggyback registration rights

Pursuant to the investors’ rights agreement, if we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of these shares are entitled to include their shares in the registration. Subject to certain exceptions contained in the investors’ rights agreement, we and the underwriters may limit the number of shares included in the underwritten offering to the number of shares which we and the underwriters determine in our sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering.

 

196


Table of Contents

Indemnification

Our investors’ rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of registrable securities in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Expiration of registration rights

The demand registration rights and short form registration rights granted to any holder of registrable securities under the investors’ rights agreement will terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) a deemed liquidation event (as defined in our certificate of incorporation), (ii) the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering or (iii) such time after this offering when the holders’ shares may be sold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 within a three month period.

Anti-takeover effects of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws and Delaware Law

Our amended and certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

Board composition and filling vacancies

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. The classification of directors, together with the limitations on removal of directors and treatment of vacancies, has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

No written consent of stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our amended and restated by-laws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

Meetings of stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated by-laws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

 

197


Table of Contents

Advance notice requirements

Our amended and restated by-laws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our by-laws specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders’ notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting.

Amendment to amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws

Any amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability and the amendment of our by-laws and certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our amended and restated by-laws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the amended and restated by-laws, and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

Undesignated preferred stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for                  authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of convertible preferred stock may enable our board of directors to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of convertible preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of convertible preferred stock. The issuance of shares of convertible preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

Choice of forum

Our amended and restated by-laws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any state law claim for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of

 

198


Table of Contents

breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or by-laws; (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or by-laws; or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

In addition, our amended and restated by-laws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering will contain a provision by virtue of which, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts will be the exclusive forum for any private action asserting violations by us or any of our directors or officers of the Securities Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and of all suits in equity and actions at law brought to enforce any liability or duty created by those statutes or the rules and regulations under such statutes. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of the preceding sentence is filed in a court other than the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts, the plaintiff or plaintiffs shall be deemed by this provision of our amended and restated by-laws (i) to have consented to removal of the action by us to the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts, in the case of an action filed in a state court, and (ii) to have consented to transfer of the action to the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts.

Our amended and restated by-laws will also provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. It is possible that a court of law could rule that the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated by-laws are inapplicable or unenforceable if they are challenged in a proceeding or otherwise. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation and by-laws has been challenged in legal proceedings.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

   

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

199


Table of Contents

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, lease, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Nasdaq Global Select Market listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “KLDO.”

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

200


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of             , 2019, upon the completion of this offering,                  shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the completion of this offering will be “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us, or will be issued and sold by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701, summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of shares outstanding as of             , 2019; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

 

201


Table of Contents

However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under “Underwriting” included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Lock-up agreements

We, our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock have signed a lock-up agreement that prevent us and them from selling any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock for a period of not less than 180 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, subject to certain exceptions. See the section entitled “Underwriters” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Registration rights

Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our securities will be entitled to various rights with respect to registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Equity incentive plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register our shares issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above. As of             , 2019, we estimate that such registration statement on Form S-8 will cover approximately shares.

 

202


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a non-resident alien individual;

 

   

a foreign corporation or any other foreign organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or

 

   

a foreign estate or trust, the income of which is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis.

This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons that hold their common stock through partnerships or other pass-through entities. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and, all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein. We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, generally property held for investment.

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of any U.S. federal tax other than the income tax, U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax, or the Medicare tax on net investment income. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

tax-exempt or governmental organizations;

 

   

financial institutions;

 

   

brokers or dealers in securities;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

pension plans;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

203


Table of Contents
   

“qualified foreign pension funds,” or entities wholly owned by a “qualified foreign pension fund”;

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and partners and investors therein);

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment;

 

   

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

persons for whom our stock constitutes “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code;

 

   

certain U.S. expatriates; and

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to the common stock being taken into account in an applicable financial statement under Section 451(b) of the Code.

This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, all prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on our common stock

Distributions, if any, on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “Gain on Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussions below under the sections titled “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “Withholding and Information Reporting Requirements — FATCA.”

Subject to the discussion in the following two paragraphs in this section, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

 

204


Table of Contents

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) to the applicable withholding agent and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing a U.S. tax return with the IRS.

Gain on sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock

Subject to the discussions below under “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “Withholding and Information Reporting Requirements — FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed-base maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code) and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock” also may apply;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses; or

 

   

we are, or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such sale of other taxable disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder holds no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, during the shorter of the 5-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that we are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or that we are likely to become one in the future. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

Backup withholding and information reporting

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to

 

205


Table of Contents

non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them. Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is filed with the IRS in a timely manner.

Withholding and information reporting requirements — FATCA

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments of dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, if any, or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA. Under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, withholding under FATCA currently applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, but will only apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock made after December 31, 2018. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of this withholding tax. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of the 30% withholding tax under FATCA.

 

206


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of shares  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

                                   

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $        per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the common shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to             additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting discount is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting discount is $        per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Without exercise of
option to purchase
additional shares
     With full exercise of
option to purchase
additional shares
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $        $    

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $        .

 

207


Table of Contents

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that, subject to certain limited exceptions, we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with, or submit to, the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition, submission or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Our directors and executive officers, and substantially all of our significant shareholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of the representatives, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant); or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to, subject to certain limitations:

 

   

transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, or to a charitable organization or educational institution in a transaction not involving a disposition for value;

 

   

transfers, distributions or dispositions of shares of common stock to members or stockholders of the transferor, any member of the immediate family of the transferor or any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the transferor or the immediate family of the transferor in a transaction not involving a disposition for value;

 

   

transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in the public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus (other than any issuer-directed shares of common stock purchased in the public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus by an officer or director of the company) or in open market transactions after the pricing of the public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus;

 

208


Table of Contents
   

transfers or dispositions of shares of common stock or other securities to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, in each case, all of the beneficial ownership interests of which are held by the transferor or the immediate family of the transferor in a transaction not involving a disposition for value;

 

   

transfers or dispositions of shares of common stock or other securities (x) by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representative, heir, beneficiary or a member of the immediate family of the transferor upon the death of the transferor, or (y) by operation of law pursuant to a domestic order or negotiated divorce settlement;

 

   

transfers or dispositions of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to us pursuant to any contractual arrangement in effect on the date of such lock-up agreement that provides for the repurchase of the transferor’s common stock or other securities by us or in connection with the termination of the transferor’s employment with or service to us;

 

   

transfers or dispositions of shares of common stock or other securities to us in connection with the conversion of any convertible preferred stock into, or the exercise of any option or warrant for, shares of common stock;

 

   

transfers or dispositions of shares of common stock or other securities to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under the seven preceding paragraphs;

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock; or

 

   

transfers or dispositions of shares of common stock or such other securities pursuant to a bona fide tender offer for shares of our capital stock, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our securities involving a change of control (as defined in the lock-up agreement) of us (including, without limitation, the entering into of any lock-up, voting or similar agreement pursuant to which the transferor may agree to transfer, sell, tender or otherwise dispose of shares of common stock or other securities in connection with such transaction) that has been approved by our board of directors.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “KLDO.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if

 

209


Table of Contents

the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The Nasdaq Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

   

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

   

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management;

 

   

our prospects for future earnings;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

   

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

   

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Other relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory,

 

210


Table of Contents

investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  A.

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  B.

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

  C.

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to

 

211


Table of Contents

publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”).

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to this offering, our Company, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

212


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, in relation to this offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under this offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions. This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made under that Ordinance.

 

213


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the MAS. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a)

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b)

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a)

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (b)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (c)

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (d)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (e)

as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument

 

214


Table of Contents

31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

215


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters related to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP. Certain partners of Latham & Watkins LLP have an indirect interest in less than 1% of our common stock through investments in entities that, in turn, have investments in us.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (File Number 333-                 ) under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

Upon the completion of the offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. We also maintain a website at http://www.kaleido.com. Upon completion of the offering, you may access, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendment to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

 

216


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the stockholders and Board of Directors of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

September 24, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,     September 30,     Pro Forma
September 30,
2018
 
     2016     2017     2018  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

ASSETS

        

CURRENT ASSETS:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,728     $ 28,456     $ 92,550     $ 92,550  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     138       50       531       531  

Due from related party

     1,497       45       34       34  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     4,363       28,551       93,115       93,115  

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT – Net

     513       1,975       3,350       3,350  

RESTRICTED CASH

     114       221       2,281       2,281  

OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS

     —         —         1,457       1,457  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 4,990     $ 30,747     $ 100,203     $ 100,203  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

        

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 872     $ 864     $ 1,947     $ 1,947  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     338       2,990       5,991       5,991  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,210       3,854       7,938       7,938  

LONG TERM DEBT – Net of unamortized debt discount

     4,951       14,810       14,815       14,815  

RESTRICTED SHARES REPURCHASE LIABILITY

     —         2,813       1,291       1,291  

OTHER LIABILITIES

     47       160       257       257  

WARRANT LIABILITY

     43       295       700       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     6,251       21,932       25,001       24,301  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Note 10)

     15,655       52,494       153,224       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 15)

        

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT):

        

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 35,000,000, 48,000,000 and 62,000,000 shares authorized; 8,820,849, 11,998,775 and 12,209,719 shares issued; 8,820,849, 9,423,937 and 11,031,448 shares outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2017 and September 30, 2018 (unaudited), respectively; 49,244,521 shares issued and 48,066,250 shares outstanding, pro forma, at September 30, 2018 (unaudited)

     9       10       11       48  

Additional paid-in capital

     —         795       6,965       160,852  

Accumulated deficit

     (16,925     (44,484     (84,998     (84,998
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (16,916     (43,679     (78,022     75,902  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 4,990     $ 30,747     $ 100,203     $ 100,203  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2016     2017     2017     2018  
                 (unaudited)  

OPERATING EXPENSES:

        

Research and development

   $ 7,863     $ 20,992     $ 13,513     $ 26,854  

General and administrative

     1,573       6,038       3,578       13,024  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     9,436       27,030       17,091       39,878  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS

     (9,436     (27,030     (17,091     (39,878
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):

        

Interest income

     —         32       —         716  

Interest expense

     (141     (435     (196     (745

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (106     (109     (110     (405

Other expense

     (2     (17     (10     (202
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (249     (529     (316     (636
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS

   $ (9,685   $ (27,559   $ (17,407   $ (40,514
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share - basic and diluted

   $ (1.29   $ (3.08   $ (1.97   $ (4.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing net loss per share - basic and diluted

     7,504,021       8,939,232       8,856,149       9,862,365  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share - basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.82     $ (0.92
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share - basic and diluted (unaudited)

       33,399,397         43,667,240  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount  

BALANCE— January 1, 2016

    6,164,384     $ 4,491           6,970,185     $ 7     $ 303     $ (3,812   $ (3,502

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock (net of issuance costs of $9)

    8,219,179       5,996           —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of shares in Cadena acquisition

    3,057,972       5,168           513,649       1       (666     (3,428     (4,093

Exercise of common stock warrants

    —         —             1,329,815       1       304       —         305  

Exercise of stock options

    —         —             7,200       —         1       —         1  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —             —         —         58       —         58  

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         —         (9,685     (9,685
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE— December 31, 2016

    17,441,535       15,655           8,820,849       9       —         (16,925     (16,916

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock (net of issuance costs of $61)

    9,485,863       36,839           —         —         —         —         —    

Exercise of stock options

    —         —             586,525       1       187       —         188  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —             —         —         590       —         590  

Vesting of restricted shares

    —         —             16,563       —         18       —         18  

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         —         (27,559     (27,559
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE— December 31, 2017

    26,927,398       52,494           9,423,937       10       795       (44,484     (43,679

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock (net of issuance costs of $243)

    10,107,404       100,730           —         —         —         —         —    

Exercise of stock options

    —         —             210,945       —         90       —         90  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —             —         —         4,559       —         4,559  

Vesting of restricted shares

    —         —             1,396,566       1       1,521       —         1,522  

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         —         (40,514     (40,514
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE— September 30, 2018 (unaudited)

    37,034,802     $ 153,224           11,031,448     $ 11     $ 6,965     $ (84,998   $ (78,022
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
            2016                     2017                     2017                     2018          
                (unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

       

Net loss

  $ (9,685   $ (27,559   $ (17,407   $ (40,514

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

    99       316       179       529  

Stock-based compensation

    58       590       349       4,559  

Non-cash interest expense

    16       39       15       45  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    106       109       110       405  

Change in fair value of derivative

    —         —         —         150  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (126     88       23       (481

Due from related party

    —         1,452       1,337       11  

Accounts payable

    298       13       548       827  

Accrued expense and other liabilities

    (116     2,457       943       2,306  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (9,350     (22,495     (13,903     (32,163
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

       

Purchases of property and equipment

    (195     (1,406     (1,057     (1,943
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (195     (1,406     (1,057     (1,943
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

       

Payments for deferred issuance costs

    —       —       —       (457

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs

    4,987       9,962       —         —    

Payments for issuance costs related to debt

    —         —         —         (25

Proceeds from preferred stock financing, net of issuance costs

    5,991       36,839       36,844       100,730  

Proceeds from exercise of common stock warrants

    1       —         —       —  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    1       3,021       2,052       90  

Payments related to capital lease

    (46     (86     (62     (78
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    10,934       49,736       38,834       100,260  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS, AND RESTRICTED CASH

    1,389       25,835       23,874       66,154  

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS, AND RESTRICTED CASH — Beginning of period

    1,453       2,842       2,842       28,677  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS, AND RESTRICTED CASH — End of period

  $ 2,842     $ 28,677     $ 26,716     $ 94,831  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

       

Interest paid

  $ 125     $ 343     $ 181     $ 700  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       

Exercise of warrant liability

  $ 305     $ —       $ —       $ —    

Exchange of equity for Cadena assets

  $ 5,297     $ —       $ —       $ —    

Issuance of warrants related to debt

  $ —       $ 143     $ —       $ —    

Derivative liability related to debt

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 15  

Vesting of restricted stock

  $ —       $ 18     $ —       $ 1,522  

Deferred issuance costs in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 1,000  

Property and equipment acquired for capital lease

  $ 93     $ 304     $ 304     $ —    

Purchase of property and equipment in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 26     $ 95     $ 160     $ 54  

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. NATURE OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Nature of Business  – Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) is a clinical-stage healthcare company that was incorporated in Delaware on January 27, 2015 and has a principal place of business in Lexington, Massachusetts. The Company was formed to use its differentiated, chemistry-driven approach to leverage the potential of the microbiome organ to treat disease and improve human health.

Risks and Uncertainties – The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the biotechnology industry, including, but not limited to, successful development of technology, obtaining additional funding, protection of proprietary technology, compliance with government regulations, risks of failure of pre-clinical studies, clinical studies and clinical trials, the need to obtain marketing approval for its drug candidates and its consumer products, fluctuations in operating results, economic pressure impacting therapeutic pricing, dependence on key personnel, risks associated with changes in technologies, development by competitors of technological innovations and the ability to transition from pilot scale manufacturing to large scale production.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of continuity of operations, realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the ordinary course of business. To date, the Company has principally raised capital through the private placement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and borrowings of long-term debt, including net proceeds of $100,730 received from the sale of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) in June 2018. The Company has incurred recurring losses since its inception, including net losses of $27,559 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $40,514 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited). In addition, as of December 31, 2017 and September 30, 2018 (unaudited), the Company had an accumulated deficit of $44,484 and $84,998, respectively. The Company expects to incur additional losses and negative operating cash flows at least for the development period and possibly into the commercialization stage. As of September 24, 2018, the issuance date of the annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017, and October 26, 2018, the issuance date of the interim consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited), the Company expects its cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least 12 months from the issuance of the consolidated financial statements.

The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering (“IPO”) of its common stock. Upon the completion of a qualified public offering on specified terms, the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of common stock (see Note 10). In the event the Company does not complete an IPO, the Company will seek additional funding through private equity financings, debt financings or other capital sources, including collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. The Company may not be able to obtain funding on acceptable terms, or at all. The terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of the Company’s stockholders.

If the Company is unable to obtain funding it could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of its research and development programs, product portfolio expansion or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects, or it may be unable to continue operations. Although management continues to pursue these plans, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to the Company to fund continuing operations, if at all.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation  – The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative United States generally accepted accounting principles as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).

Principles of Consolidation  – The accompanying financial statements reflect the consolidated operations of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates  – The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information – The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2018, the consolidated statements of operations and of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2018, and the consolidated statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2018 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2018. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2018 are also unaudited. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2018, any other interim periods, or any future year or period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information – The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2018 has been prepared to give effect, upon the closing of the proposed IPO, to the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into 37,034,802 shares of common stock and the conversion of the outstanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2018 into warrants to purchase shares of common stock as if the proposed IPO had occurred on September 30, 2018.

In the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, the unaudited pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2017 and nine months ended September 30, 2018 has been computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding after giving pro forma effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into 26,927,398 and 37,034,802 shares of common stock, respectively, and the conversion of the outstanding warrant to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2017 and September 30, 2018 into a warrant to purchase shares of common stock, as if the proposed IPO had occurred on the later of January 1, 2017 or the issuance date of the redeemable convertible

 

F-8


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

preferred stock or the warrants. Additionally, the changes in the fair value of the warrant to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock has been excluded from the determination of pro forma net loss per share as these warrants are not required to be recorded at fair value once converted to a warrant to purchase common stock.

Cash  and Cash Equivalents – Cash includes cash in readily available checking accounts. The Company’s cash deposits on hand at one financial institution often exceed federally insured limits. Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments maturing within 90 days from the date of purchase.

Restricted Cash – Restricted cash is cash that is restricted as to withdrawal or use under the terms of certain contractual agreements. The restricted cash consists of cash collateral for secured letters of credit for the security deposit on the Company’s leased laboratory and office facilities.

Concentrations of Credit Risk  – Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company places its cash in a financial institution that management believes to be of high credit quality.

Property and Equipment  – Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Laboratory and office equipment, computer equipment and furniture and fixtures are depreciated over a period of five years, and leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the asset’s estimated useful life or the remaining lease term. Major additions and betterments are capitalized; maintenance and repairs, which do not improve or extend the life of the respective assets, are charged to operating expenses as incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  – Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. When such events occur, the Company compares the carrying amounts of the assets to their undiscounted expected future cash flows. If this comparison indicates that there is an impairment, the amount of the impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value. The Company has not recorded any impairment charges in the periods presented.

Deferred Issuance Costs  – The direct and incremental costs attributable to the proposed initial public offering of the Company’s common stock, which consist of direct incremental legal and professional accounting fees relating to the proposed public offering, are capitalized. The deferred issuance costs will be offset against public offering proceeds upon the consummation of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, deferred issuance costs will be recognized in the statement of operations. As of September 30, 2018, the Company capitalized $1,457 of deferred issuance costs related to the proposed public offering, which are included in other long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

Segment Information – Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in making decisions on how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the chief executive officer (“CEO”). The Company and CEO view the Company’s operations and manage its business as one operating segment.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Research and Development Costs  – Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs that are paid in advance of performance (if any) are capitalized as a prepaid expense and amortized over the service period as the services are provided.

Income Taxes  – Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount, which, more likely than not, will be realized.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from any uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

Fair Value Measurements – Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable:

 

   

Level  1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date for identical assets and liabilities.

 

   

Level  2 – Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include the following:

 

   

quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets

 

   

quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active

 

   

observable inputs other than quoted prices that are used in the valuation of the asset or liabilities (e.g., interest rate and yield curve quotes at commonly quoted intervals)

 

   

inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means

 

   

Level  3 – Unobservable inputs for the assets or liability (i.e., supported by little or no market activity). Level 3 inputs include management’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk). The carrying amount of the Company’s other financial assets and liabilities including cash, accounts payable and long-term debt approximate fair value because of the relatively short period of time between origination and expected realization or settlement.

Net Loss Per Share – The Company follows the two-class method when computing net income (loss) per share as the Company has issued shares that meet the definition of participating securities.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The two-class method determines net income (loss) per share for each class of common and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed.

Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is computed by adjusting net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders to reallocate undistributed earnings based on the potential impact of dilutive securities. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period, including potential dilutive common shares assuming the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock  – The Company records redeemable convertible preferred stock at fair value upon issuance, net of any issuance costs. The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock is subject to a dividend when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”). Since inception, no dividend has been declared. The Company classifies stock that is redeemable in circumstances outside of the Company’s control outside of permanent equity. No accretion has been recognized as the contingent events that could give rise to redemption are not deemed probable.

Stock-Based Compensation  – The Company accounts for stock-based awards granted to employees and nonemployees at fair value, which is measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value measurement date for employee awards is generally the date of grant. Prior to the adoption of ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2018-07”), which is discussed below under “Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements,” the fair value measurement date for nonemployee awards was the date the performance of services is completed. Stock-based compensation costs are recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period, on a straight-line basis for all time-vested awards.

After adoption of ASU 2018-07, the measurement date for non-employee awards is the date of grant. The compensation expense for non-employees is recognized, without changes in the fair value of the award, over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period of the respective award.

Warrant Liability  – Freestanding warrants related to shares that are redeemable or contingently redeemable are classified as a liability on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The warrants are initially recorded at fair value on the date of grant and are subsequently remeasured to fair value at each balance sheet date. Changes in fair value of these warrants are recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, or when the warrants become indexed to the Company’s own stock. The Company classifies the liabilities as noncurrent as the settlement of the warrants is not expected within the next 12 months.

Derivative Liability  – The Company’s term loan agreement, as amended (see Note 13), requires the Company to pay a success fee upon the occurrence of a specified liquidity event, as defined in the

 

F-11


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

agreement. The Company classifies this contingent obligation to pay a success fee as a liability on its consolidated balance sheet. The derivative liability was initially recorded at fair value upon entering into the amendment to the term loan agreement and is subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date. Changes in the fair value of the derivative liability are recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations. Changes in the fair value of the derivative liability will continue to be recognized until a qualifying liquidity event occurs.

Comprehensive Loss  – Comprehensive loss includes net loss as well as other changes in shareholders’ equity (deficit) that result from transactions and economic events other than those with shareholders. The Company’s comprehensive net loss equals the reported net loss for all periods presented.

Subsequent Event Considerations – The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of the consolidated financial statements to provide additional evidence for certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure. See Notes 17 and 18.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements – In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business . This new standard clarifies the definition of a business and provides a screen to determine when an integrated set of assets and activities is not a business. The screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business. This new standard was applied in the accounting for the acquisition of Cadena, wherein the Company considered the merger with Cadena to be a transfer of a group of similar assets which did not meet the definition of a business in accordance with ASU No. 2017-01 (see Note 5).

In June 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ASU 2018-07. ASU 2018-07 expands the scope of Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation , to include stock-based payments issued to nonemployees for goods or services. Consequently, the accounting for stock-based payments to nonemployees and employees will be substantially aligned. ASU 2018-07 supersedes Subtopic 505-50, Equity – Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees . The amendments are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that fiscal year. For all other companies, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than a company’s adoption date of Topic 606. ASU 2018-07 was adopted as of January 1, 2018 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The adoption will impact the value at which stock-based payments to nonemployees is recognized.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic  606) (“ASU 2014-09”), which supersedes existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The standard’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard defines a five-step process to achieve this principle and will require companies to use more judgment and make more estimates than under the current guidance. The Company expects that these judgments and estimates will include identifying performance obligations in the customer contract, estimating the amount of

 

F-12


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts. The Company adopted ASU 2014-09 effective January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as the Company does not currently have any revenue-generating arrangements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements  – In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”) , which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract (i.e., lessees and lessors). The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of 12 months or less may be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases today. For public entities, the guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. For nonpublic entities, the guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. The Company is currently evaluating whether to early-adopt ASU 2016-02 and evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements. The Company expects to recognize a significant lease obligation and right to use asset upon adoption. See Note 15 for more information related to our lease obligations.

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following tables set forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Fair Value Measurements
as of December 31, 2016
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities:

           

Warrant Liability

   $ —          —          43      $ 43  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —          —          43      $ 43  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fair Value Measurements
as of December 31, 2017
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 25,032        —          —        $ 25,032  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 25,032        —          —        $ 25,032  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Warrant liability

   $ —          —          295      $ 295  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —          —          295      $ 295  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Fair Value Measurements
as of September 30, 2018 (unaudited)
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 88,746        —          —        $ 88,746  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 88,746        —          —        $ 88,746  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Warrant liability

   $ —          —          700      $ 700  

Derivative liability

     —          —          165      $ 165  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —          —          865      $ 865  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Money market funds were valued by the Company based on quoted market prices, which represent a Level 1 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of the common and preferred stock warrant liabilities was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the assumptions as disclosed in Note 9, respectively. These assumptions include significant judgments including the fair value of the underlying common and preferred stock. An increase or decrease in the estimated fair value will result in increases or decreases in the fair value of the warrant liability and such changes could be material.

The fair value of the derivative liability recognized in connection with the contingent success fee associated with the amended term loan agreement (see Note 8) was determined based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the derivative liability was determined using the probability-weighted expected return method (“PWERM”), which considered as inputs the probability of occurrence of a liquidity event (as defined), the expected timing of a liquidity event, the amount of the success fee and a risk-adjusted discount rate. As of June 22, 2018, the assumed probability of occurrence of the event that was most probable of triggering the payment was 5%, the expected timing of such an event was estimated to be less than one year, the amount of the success fee was $300, and the discount rate was assessed to be 0%. As of September 30, 2018 (unaudited), the assumed probability of occurrence of the event that was most probable of triggering the payment increased to 55% and the discount rate was assessed to be 0%. Based on these inputs, the Company determined that the fair value of the derivative liability was $15 as of June 22, 2018, the date the Company entered into the amendment to the term loan, and $165 as of September 30, 2018 (unaudited). The derivative liability is included within other liabilities (long-term) on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The following table presents a roll-forward of the aggregate fair values of the Company’s liabilities for which fair value is determined by Level 3 inputs:

 

     Warrant
Liability
     Derivative
Liability
 

Balance – January 1, 2016

   $ 242      $ —    

Change in fair value

     106        —    

Exercise of warrants

     (305      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2016

     43        —    

Issuance of warrants to purchase preferred stock

     143        —    

Change in fair value

     109        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2017

     295        —    

Initial fair value of derivative liability

     —          15  

Change in fair value

     405        150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance – September 30, 2018 (unaudited)

   $ 700      $ 165  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no transfers among Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 categories in the periods presented.

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2018
 
     2016      2017  
                   (unaudited)  

Laboratory equipment

   $ 536      $ 1,537      $ 2,723  

Office and computer equipment

     66        229        934  

Leasehold improvements

     —          640        653  

Construction in process

     26        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment – at cost

     628        2,406        4,310  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (115      (431      (960
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment – net

   $ 513      $ 1,975      $ 3,350  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $99 and $316, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2018 (unaudited) was $179 and $529, respectively.    

5. ACQUISITION OF CADENA

On December 22, 2016, the Company acquired Cadena Bio, Inc. Cadena is a development stage enterprise that was formed to create and develop ingredients that feed and nourish the human microbiome. The acquisition is being treated as an asset acquisition as Cadena’s assets transferred in the merger do not meet the definition of a business. As consideration for Cadena’s net assets the Company issued 3,057,972 shares of the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock, with a fair value of $5,168 and 513,649 shares of the Company’s common stock, with a fair value of $129. Prior to the acquisition, Cadena’s majority stockholder was the same as the Company’s majority stockholder and

 

F-15


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

there was common ownership and control, including common members of the board of directors. As such, the Company accounted for the asset acquisition as a transaction between entities under common control. The Company initially measured and recognized the assets and liabilities transferred at their carrying amounts in the accounts of Cadena at the date of transfer. The Company recognized the difference between the fair value of the consideration paid of $5,297 and the carrying amounts of the net assets received of $1,075 as a reduction to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit.

The net assets acquired included a receivable from a related party totaling $1,497 and net liabilities totaling $422, comprised primarily of accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

6. CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2018
 
     2016      2017  
                   (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,728      $ 28,456      $ 92,550  

Restricted cash

     114        221        2,281  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,842      $ 28,677      $ 94,831  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2018
 
     2016      2017  
                   (unaudited)  

Payroll and benefits

   $ 4      $ 924      $ 3,099  

Consulting service

     170        813        173  

Legal service

     40        158        771  

Research and development

     36        586        1,169  

Capital lease payable – short term

     —          104        95  

Facility cost

     —          134        230  

Other

     88        271        454  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 338      $ 2,990      $ 5,991  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. DEBT FINANCING

On December 21, 2015, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) that provides for aggregate borrowings of up to $5,000. The initial funding of $2,500 was requested on January 26, 2016 and the second tranche of $2,500 was requested on September 20, 2016. The borrowings bear interest, payable monthly, at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of (a) 0.75% above the Prime Rate then in effect, or (b) 4.00%. The Company granted the lender a first security interest in all assets of the Company except for intellectual property in which it made a negative pledge not to encumber such property.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

On October 13, 2017, the Company entered into the fourth amendment of the original term loan (“October 2017 Amendment”). In accordance with the October 2017 Amendment, the Company increased the aggregate principal borrowing amount to $15,000. Interest accrues from the date of the term loan on the principal balance at a rate equal to the greater of (a) 1.50% above the Prime Rate in effect, or (b) 5.75% (6.0% at December 31, 2017), and is payable monthly. Any loans outstanding are payable in 30 equal monthly installments plus all accrued interest, beginning on May 13, 2019. The Company may prepay all, but not less than all of the term loan at any time. All balances once repaid may not be borrowed again and the term loan matures on October 13, 2021. The terms of the October 2017 Amendment were compared to the original terms of the debt and were found to not be substantially different. As such, the October 2017 Amendment was accounted for as a modification.

On June 22, 2018, the Company entered the fifth amendment of the original term loan (“June 2018 Amendment”). In accordance with the June 2018 Amendment, the Company’s interest accrues on the term loan on the principal balance at a rate equal to the greater of (a) 1.00% above the Prime Rate in effect, or (b) 5.25%, and is payable monthly. Any principal outstanding is payable in 24 equal monthly installments plus any accrued interest, beginning on May 13, 2020. The Company may prepay all, but not less than all of the term loan at any time. All balances once repaid may not be borrowed again and the term loan matures on April 13, 2022. As part of the June 2018 Amendment, in the event of a liquidation event, including an initial public offering, the Company will be required to pay a success fee of $300. The terms of the June 2018 Amendment were compared to the previous terms of the debt and were found to not be substantially different. As such, the June 2018 Amendment was accounted for as a modification.

For the year ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017, interest expense arising from the amortization of the debt discounts was $16 and $40, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2018 (unaudited), interest expense arising from the amortization of the debt discounts was $15 and $45, respectively.

The scheduled principal maturity of the long-term debt, reflecting the impact of the June 2018 Amendment, is $5,000 in 2020, $7,500 in 2021 and $2,500 in 2022.

In connection with the original Loan Agreement, the Company issued to the lender warrants for the purchase of up to 85,617 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $0.73 per share. On December 21, 2015, the issuance date of the warrants, the Company recorded the issuance-date fair value of the warrants of $43 as a debt discount and warrant liability.

In connection with the October 2017 Amendment, the Company issued to the lender warrants for the purchase of up to 51,413 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $3.89 per share. On October 13, 2017, the issuance date of the warrants, the Company recorded the issuance-date fair value of the Series B Preferred warrants of $143 as a debt discount and warrant liability.

9. WARRANT LIABILITY

In connection with the debt financing (Note 8), the Company issued warrants to purchase up to 85,617 shares of Series A Preferred Stock with an exercise price of $0.73 per share and 51,413 shares of Series B Preferred Stock with an exercise price of $3.89 per share. The warrants to purchase Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock had an original term to maturity of 10 years, expiring on December 21, 2025 and October 13, 2027, respectively.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The fair value of warrants was recorded as a discount to the debt and is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the debt. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants on the issuance date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Issuance date  
     Series A
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Preferred Stock
 

Expected volatility

     81.5     63.0

Risk-free interest rate

     2.20     2.28

Expected term (in years)

     10.0       10.0  

Expected dividend yield

     —         —    

As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and September 30, 2018 (unaudited), 85,617, 137,030 and 137,030 warrants associated with the Loan Agreement remained outstanding and exercisable, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and September 30, 2018 (unaudited), the estimated fair value of the warrant liability was $43, $295 and $700, respectively. The adjustments to the Series A Preferred Stock warrant liability for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the adjustment to the Series B Preferred Stock warrant liability for the year ended December 31, 2017 were nominal. The adjustments to the Preferred Stock warrant liability for the year ended December 31, 2017 and nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited) were an increase of $109 and $405, respectively.

The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants as of December 31, 2017 and September 30, 2018 (unaudited) using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     As of December 31, 2017  
     Series A
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Preferred Stock
 

Expected volatility

     63.0     63.0

Risk-free interest rate

     2.40     2.40

Expected term (in years)

     8.0       9.8  

Expected dividend yield

     —         —    
     As of September 30, 2018 (unaudited)  
     Series A
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Preferred Stock
 

Expected volatility

     53.0     59.4

Risk-free interest rate

     3.01     3.05

Expected term (in years)

     7.2       9.0  

Expected dividend yield

     —         —    

10. REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

Series A Preferred Stock  – On August 13, 2015, the Company entered into the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with its initial investors committing $10,000 in Series A Preferred Stock equity financing. As part of the initial closing 6,164,384 shares of Series A Preferred Stock were

 

F-18


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

issued at $0.73 per share for cash proceeds of $3,528 in addition to the conversion of $972 of convertible notes and accrued interest. In May 2016, the Company issued an additional 684,932 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at $0.73 per share for total proceeds of $500. On July 27, 2016, as part of the second closing 7,534,247 shares of Series A Preferred Stock were issued at $0.73 per share for total proceeds of $5,500. Issuance costs associated with the Series A Preferred Stock initial closing in 2015 were $10, and costs associated with the second closing in 2016 were $9.

Series A-1 Preferred Stock  – On December 22, 2016 the Company entered into the Series A-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements with the shareholders of Cadena, resulting in 3,057,972 shares of the Company’s Series A-1 preferred shares being issued to the shareholders of Cadena. The fair value of the shares issued was approximately $5,168.

Series B Preferred Stock  – On February 16, 2017, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement for the authorization of Series B Preferred Stock. Through June 2017, the Company issued and sold 9,485,863 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for total proceeds of $36,900. The issuance price and conversion price of the Series B Preferred Stock is $3.89 per share, and each share of Series B Preferred Stock is convertible into common stock on a one-for-one basis. Issuance costs associated with the Series B Preferred Stock closings were $61.

Series C Preferred Stock – On February 21, 2018, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement for the authorization of Series C Preferred Stock. Through June 2018, the Company issued and sold 10,107,404 shares of Series C Preferred Stock for total proceeds of $100,973. The issuance price and conversion price of the Series C Preferred Stock is $9.99 per share, and each share of Series C Preferred Stock is convertible into common stock on a one-for-one basis. Issuance costs associated with the Series C Preferred Stock closings were $243.

As of each balance sheet date, convertible preferred stock consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     Preferred
Stock
Authorized
     Preferred
Stock Issued
and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
     Common
Shares
Issuable Upon
Conversion
 

Series A Preferred Stock

     14,469,180        14,383,563      $ 10,487      $ 10,500        14,383,563  

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

     3,057,972        3,057,972        5,168        5,168        3,057,972  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     17,527,152        17,441,535      $ 15,655      $ 15,668        17,441,535  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2017  
     Preferred
Stock
Authorized
     Preferred
Stock Issued
and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
     Common
Shares
Issuable Upon
Conversion
 

Series A Preferred Stock

     14,469,180        14,383,563      $ 10,487      $ 10,500        14,383,563  

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

     3,057,972        3,057,972        5,168        5,168        3,057,972  

Series B Preferred Stock

     9,537,276        9,485,863        36,839        36,900        9,485,863  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     27,064,428        26,927,398      $ 52,494      $ 52,568        26,927,398  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     As of September 30, 2018 (unaudited)  
     Preferred
Stock
Authorized
     Preferred
Stock Issued
and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
     Common
Shares
Issuable Upon
Conversion
 

Series A Preferred Stock

     14,469,180        14,383,563      $ 10,487      $ 10,500        14,383,563  

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

     3,057,972        3,057,972        5,168        5,168        3,057,972  

Series B Preferred Stock

     9,537,276        9,485,863        36,839        36,900        9,485,863  

Series C Preferred Stock

     10,107,404        10,107,404        100,730        100,973        10,107,404  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     37,171,832        37,034,802      $ 153,224      $ 153,541        37,034,802  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Series A, Series A-1, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock (collectively, “Preferred Stock”) have the followings rights and privileges:

Dividends  – The holders of Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock were entitled to received cumulative dividends that accrued at an annual rate of 8%. Dividends were payable only when and if declared by the Board. The Company could not declare, pay, or set aside any dividends on shares of any class of common stock, unless the holders of the Preferred Stock first received dividends on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in the amount of the accrued dividends unpaid as of such date. As of December 31, 2016, no dividends had been declared. During February 2017, in connection with the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock, the Company’s certificate of incorporation was amended, and as a result the cumulative dividends feature was removed. This amendment was evaluated and determined to not be qualitatively or quantitatively significant and no adjustment to the carrying value of the Preferred Stock was recognized.

Liquidation  – In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, which would include the sale of the Company, the Preferred Stock is senior to common stock. The preferred stockholders would be entitled to preferential payment in the amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the original issue price and declared dividends unpaid or (ii) the amount that would be due had all Preferred Stock been converted to common stock immediately prior to the deemed liquidation event.

Voting  – The preferred stockholders are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder are then convertible.

Conversion  – Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder. The number of shares into which the Preferred Stock converts is equal to the original issuance price divided by the conversion price. The conversion price shall initially be $0.73, $1.69, $3.89 and $9.99 per share for the Series A, Series A-1, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock, respectively, and may be adjusted for certain dilutive events. Conversion to common stock shall be mandatory upon the closing of an initial public offering resulting in net proceeds of at least $35,000 or upon the decision of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

Redemption  – The Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock may be redeemed at the option of the majority of the holders in three annual installments on or after December 22, 2021, at a price per share equal to the original issuance price, plus all dividends accrued but unpaid. During February 2017, in connection with the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock, the Company’s certificate of incorporation was amended and restated and as a result the Preferred Stock may no longer be redeemed at the option of the holder.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

11. COMMON STOCK

As of December 31, 2017 and September 30, 2018 (unaudited), the Company had authorized 48,000,000 and 62,000,000 shares of common stock, respectively. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Company’s common stock is subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the convertible preferred stock as set forth above.

As of December 31, 2017 and September 30, 2018 (unaudited), the Company had reserved 35,631,088 shares and 50,490,981 shares, respectively, for the conversion of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the exercise of outstanding stock options, the vesting of restricted shares, the number of shares remaining available for grant under the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (see Note 12) and the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock (see Note 9), assuming all warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock became warrants to purchase shares of common stock at the applicable conversion ratio.

12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

2015 Stock Incentive Plan

During 2015, the Company adopted the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). The 2015 Plan, as amended, provides for the issuance of up to 9,176,948 and 15,536,948 shares of common stock as of December 31, 2017 and September 30, 2018 (unaudited), respectively to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors in the form of nonqualified and incentive stock options, restricted stock awards, and other stock-based awards. In general, options typically vest over four years. An option’s maximum term is 10 years. At December 31, 2017 and September 30, 2018 (unaudited), there were 440,691 shares and 232,168 shares, respectively, of common stock available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

During 2017, the Company granted 2,199,007 common stock options with terms that include vesting upon the achievement of certain performance conditions, including evidence of successful clinical trials. The aggregate fair value of these award totaled $1,587 on the date of grant. As of December 31, 2017, the achievement of the performance conditions was not deemed probable and, accordingly, no compensation expense was recognized. In September 2018, the Company modified the vesting provision of stock options made to certain executives. Vesting was modified to remove the performance conditions, including evidence of successful clinical trials, and replace with time-based vesting, over four-years with 25% vesting after year 1 and quarterly thereafter. The Company concluded this was a Type III: Improbable-to-Probable modification as achievement of the performance-based milestones were not considered probable as of the modification date. As a result of the modification, the Company will recognize $12,050 in stock-based compensation expense, the incremental fair value arising from the modification, over the remaining requisite service period. The amount of stock-based compensation expense related to the modification for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited) is $3,081.

The Company typically grants stock options to employees and nonemployees at exercise prices deemed by the Board to be equal to the fair value of the common stock at the time of grant. The fair value of the common stock has been determined by the Board at each measurement date based on a variety of different factors, including the results obtained from independent third-party appraisals, the Company’s financial position and historical financial performance, the status of development of the Company’s services, the current climate in the marketplace, the illiquid nature of the common stock,

 

F-21


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

the effect of the rights and preferences of the preferred stockholders, and the prospects of a liquidity event, among others.

Stock Option Valuation

The Company utilized the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock options awarded to employees. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires several key assumptions. The assumptions that the Company used to determine the grant-date fair value of options granted to employees and directors were as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,    Nine Months
Ended September 30,
     2016    2017    2018
               (unaudited)

Expected volatility

   71%-82%    63%-75%    50%-55%

Risk-free interest rate

   1.39%-2.24%    1.86%-2.21%    2.75%-2.82%

Expected term (in years)

   6.25    5.50-6.25    5.81-6.25

Expected dividend yield

   —      —      —  

The assumptions that the Company used to determine the grant-date fair value of options granted to non-employees were as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,    Nine Months
Ended September 30,
     2016    2017    2018
               (unaudited)

Expected volatility

   71%-82%    63%-75%    50%-55%

Risk-free interest rate

   1.39%-2.24%    2.31%-2.40%    2.75%-2.82%

Expected term (in years)

   10.00    9.00    6.25-6.60

Expected dividend yield

   —      —      —  

The risk-free interest rates are based on rates associated with U.S. Treasury issues approximating the expected life of the stock options. The expected term of options granted to employees was determined using the simplified method, which represents the midpoint of the contractual term of the option and the weighted-average vesting period of the option. The Company uses the simplified method because it does not have sufficient historical option exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. The expected dividend-yield assumption was based on the Company’s expectation of no future dividend payments. The expected volatility of the underlying stock was based on the average historical volatility of comparable publicly traded companies based on weekly price returns as reported by a pricing service, as the Company does not have a trading history for its stock.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of the options granted during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $0.14 and $0.71 per share, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of the options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited) was $2.42 per share. As of December 31, 2017, there was $2,997 of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested time-based stock options and restricted common stock, but excluding stock options with performance conditions, that will be recognized over a weighted-average remaining term of 3.40 years. As of September 30, 2018 (unaudited), there was $27,352 of

 

F-22


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

unrecognized compensation expense, inclusive of the aforementioned modification completed in September 2018, related to unvested time-based stock options and restricted common stock that will be recognized over a weighted-average remaining term of 3.37 years. As of December 31, 2017, there was $1,587 of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested performance-based stock options and the achievement of the performance conditions was not deemed probable. In September 2018, the Company modified the vesting provision of stock options made to certain executives. Vesting was modified to remove the performance conditions, including evidence of successful clinical trials, and replace with time-based vesting, over four-years with 25% vesting after year 1 and quarterly thereafter. The Company concluded this was a Type III: Improbable-to-Probable modification as achievement of the performance-based milestones were not considered probable as of the modification date. As a result of the modification, the Company will recognize $12,050 in stock-based compensation expense, the incremental fair value arising from the modification, over the remaining requisite service period.

The following table summarizes the option activity under the 2015 Plan:

 

     Options     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (in Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding January 1, 2017

     2,294,144     $ 0.20        9.5      $ —    

Granted

     6,957,423       1.10        

Exercised

     (3,177,925     0.95        

Canceled

     (522,510     0.31        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding December 31, 2017

     5,551,132       0.88        9.3      $ 1,255  

Granted

     7,165,992       4.60        

Exercised

     (210,945     0.44        

Canceled

     (597,469     1.31        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding September 30, 2018 (unaudited)

     11,908,710     $ 3.11        9.3      $ 53,481  
  

 

 

         

Options exercisable – December 31, 2017

     476,344     $ 0.27        8.5      $ 399  

Options exercisable – September 30, 2018 (unaudited)

     789,869     $ 0.48        7.9      $ 5,622  

Options expected to vest – December 31, 2017

     5,074,788     $ 0.94        9.4      $ 856  

Options expected to vest – September 30, 2018 (unaudited)

     11,118,841     $ 3.30        9.4      $ 47,859  

Restricted Common Stock

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company signed agreements with seven employees to early exercise stock options covering 2,591,400 shares to convert such options to restricted common stock prior to respective vesting dates. The vesting conditions did not change. The consideration received due to the early exercises from the seven employees was recorded as a restricted share repurchase liability. As of December 31, 2017 and September 30, 2018 (unaudited), the outstanding balance of the restricted shares repurchase liability was $2,813 and $1,291, respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s restricted common stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2017 and nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited):

 

     Number of
Restricted
Shares
     Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Issued and vested as of December 31, 2016

     —        $ —    

Issued

     2,591,400      $ 1.09  

Vested

     (16,563    $ 1.09  
  

 

 

    

Issued and unvested as of December 31, 2017

     2,574,837      $ 1.09  

Vested

     (1,396,566    $ 1.09  
  

 

 

    

Issued and unvested as of September 30, 2018 (unaudited)

     1,178,271      $ 1.09  
  

 

 

    

The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense in the following expense categories of its consolidated statements of operations:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2016      2017          2017              2018      
                   (unaudited)  

Research and development

   $ 35      $ 228      $ 132      $ 662  

General and administrative

     23        362        217        3,897  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 58      $ 590      $ 349      $ 4,559  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. INCOME TAXES

There is no provision for income taxes because the Company has historically incurred net operating losses and maintains a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets. The reported amount of income tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 differs from the amount that would result from applying domestic federal statutory rates to pretax losses primarily because of changes in the valuation allowance, state taxes, and the generation of research and development credits.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2016 and 2017 are as follows:

 

         Years ended December 31,      
             2016                     2017          

Deferred tax assets

    

Stock-based compensation

   $ 11     $ 34  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     5,292       10,505  

Credit carryforwards

     484       1,951  

Intangible assets

     331       214  

Charitable contributions

     —         1  

Accrued expenses

     12       226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     6,130       12,931  

Valuation allowance

     (6,098     (12,885
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

     32       46  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Fixed assets

     (32     (46
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax liability

     (32     (46
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets (liability)

   $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2016     2017  

Federal income tax expense at statutory rate

     34.0     34.0

Stock compensation expense

     (0.1 %)      (0.6 %) 

Fair value change in warrant liability

     (0.4 %)      (0.2 %) 

Permanent differences

     0.0     (1.5 %) 

Federal research and development credit

     2.0     4.0

State research and development credit

     0.0     1.0

State income tax, net of federal benefit

     6.2     5.1

Remeasurement of deferred taxes

     0.0     (17.2 %) 

Cadena acquisition

     6.6     —    

Change in valuation allowance

     (48.3 %)      (24.6 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $38,714 and state net operating loss carryforwards of $37,579, which may be available to offset future income tax liabilities, and which expire at various dates through 2037. As of December 31, 2017, the Company also has federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1,443, and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $643, which may be available to reduce future tax liabilities, and which expire at various dates through 2032.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Changes in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 were due primarily to the increase in net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards in 2016 and 2017, and the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) in 2017 and were as follows:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
         2016              2017      

Valuation allowance at the beginning of year

   $ 1,427      $ 6,098  

Decreases recorded as benefit to income tax provision

     —          (4,746

Increases recorded to income tax provision

     4,671        11,533  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation allowance at the end of year

   $ 6,098      $ 12,885  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Management of the Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its deferred tax assets, which are comprised principally of net operating loss carryforwards research and development tax credit carryforwards and capitalized expenditures. Under the applicable accounting standards, management has considered the Company’s history of losses and concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will not recognize the benefits of its federal and state deferred tax assets. Accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been established, and the valuation allowance increased $4,671 and $6,787 in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Utilization of the net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 due to ownership change limitations that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. These ownership changes may limit the amount of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. The Company has not completed a study to assess whether a change of ownership has occurred, or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since its formation, due to the significant cost and complexity associated with a study. There could also be additional ownership changes in the future which may result in additional limitations on the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits.

The Company files tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by federal and state jurisdictions, where applicable. There are currently no pending tax examinations. The Company’s tax returns are open under statute from 2015 to the present.

The Company’s policy is to record estimated interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The Company has no amounts recorded for any unrecognized tax positions, accrued interest or penalties as of December 31, 2016 and 2017.

On December 22, 2017, the TCJA was signed into United States law. The TCJA includes a number of changes to existing tax law, including, among other things, a permanent reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate from a top marginal tax rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, effective as of January 1, 2018, as well as limitation of the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of annual taxable income and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks, in each case, for losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 (though any such net operating losses may be

 

F-26


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

carried forward indefinitely). The federal tax rate change resulted in a reduction in the gross amount of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities recorded as of December 31, 2017 and a corresponding reduction in the Company’s valuation allowance. As a result, no income tax expense or benefit was recognized as of the enactment date of the TCJA.

14. NET LOSS PER SHARE AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER SHARE

Net Loss per Share

Basic and diluted net loss per share was calculated as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2016     2017             2017                       2018            
                 (unaudited)  

Numerator:

        

Net loss

   $ (9,685   $ (27,559   $ (17,407   $ (40,514
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted

     7,504,021       8,939,232       8,856,149       9,862,365  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share — basic and diluted

   $ (1.29   $ (3.08   $ (1.97   $ (4.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following potentially dilutive common stock equivalents, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2016      2017              2017                      2018          
                   (unaudited)  

Options to purchase common stock

     2,294,144        5,551,132        5,145,478        11,908,710  

Unvested restricted common stock

     —          2,574,837        1,874,006        1,178,271  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (as converted to common stock)

     17,441,535        26,927,398        26,927,398        37,034,802  

Warrant to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock (as converted to common stock)

     85,617        137,030        85,617        137,030  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     19,821,296        35,190,397        34,032,499        50,258,813  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2017 and nine months ended September 30, 2018 have been prepared to give effect to adjustments arising upon the closing of a qualified IPO. The unaudited pro forma net loss used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share does not include the effects of change in fair value of the warrant to purchase shares of Preferred Stock because the calculation gives effect to the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and September 30, 2018 into common stock and the conversion of the warrant to purchase shares of Preferred Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and September 30, 2018 into a warrant to purchase shares of common stock, as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or the date of original issuance, whichever is later.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

A reconciliation of pro forma net loss and the pro forma weighted-average number of common shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share applicable to common stockholders is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2017
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2018
 
     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (27,559   $ (40,514

Change in the fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     109       405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss

   $ (27,450   $ (40,109
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing net loss per share

     8,939,232       9,862,365  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock

     24,460,165       33,804,875  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     33,399,397       43,667,240  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.82   $ (0.92
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases – In connection with the Cadena asset acquisition, the Company assumed a facility lease that has a non-cancelable term expiring in September 2021. In addition to the minimum lease payments, the lease provides additional rent consisting of escalations for property management fees and operating expenses.

In December 2016, the Company agreed to sublease its former laboratory and office space to Oasys Water, Inc. (“Oasys”). Oasys has a majority stockholder that is the same as the Company’s majority stockholder. The sublease term commenced on February 1, 2017 and had an initial expiration of August 31, 2017. Pursuant to the sublease agreement, Oasys was required to pay the Company approximately $250 in aggregate rent payments. On September 1, 2017, Oasys defaulted on its remaining rent obligation.

In September 2016, the Company entered into a non-cancelable sublease agreement with Joule Unlimited Technologies, Inc. (“Joule”), a company affiliated with the Company’s majority stockholder, for a portion of the laboratory and office space in Bedford, Massachusetts. The term of the sublease commenced on September 8, 2016 and expired 12 months thereafter. On May 15, 2017, the Company entered into a lease agreement directly with the lessor. The lease term commenced on May 15, 2017 and terminates on June 30, 2020.

In January 2018, the Company entered into a sublease with VL45, a company affiliated with the Company’s majority stockholder, for a portion of laboratory and office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The term of the sublease commenced on January 18, 2018 and terminates on October 31, 2018. In September 2018, the Company entered into a termination agreement with the landlord to terminate the lease for a payment of $100 effective October 31, 2018.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

In March 2018, the Company entered into a non-cancelable ten-year lease agreement for laboratory and office space in Lexington, Massachusetts. Additionally, the Company has the option to lease additional premises (the “Expansion Premises”) by April 1, 2019. As of September 30, 2018, the Company has not exercised the expansion option.

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 totaled $360 and $1,046, respectively. Rent expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2018 (unaudited) totaled $717 and $783, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable operating leases consisted of the following as of December 31, 2017:

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2018

   $ 1,370  

2019

     1,400  

2020

     981  

2021

     353  
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,104  
  

 

 

 

Capital Leases – In February 2016, the Company entered into a capital lease agreement for the purchase of lab equipment with a fair value of $93. The lease is payable over 36 months with an upfront payment of $30.

In June 2017, the Company entered into an additional capital lease agreement for the purchase of lab equipment with a fair value of $304. The lease is payable over 36 months with an upfront payment of $46.

Midori License Agreement – On June 16, 2015, the Company entered into a technology license agreement with Midori, a Company affiliated with the Company’s majority stockholder, for an initial term of thirty years. The license agreement provided the Company with an exclusive, sublicensable, transferable, royalty-free and fully paid-up, perpetual license under the Midori licensed patents and know-how.

As compensation for the license, the Company issued to Midori a warrant exercisable for shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price equal to $0.001 per share. Under the terms of the warrant, the number of shares Midori could purchase was contingent on the outcome of the Company’s future convertible preferred stock financing events. For the initial financing event, Midori was entitled to purchase common stock equal to fifteen percent of all issued and outstanding common and convertible preferred stock subject to a $10,000 limitation in gross aggregate proceeds to the Company.

For any subsequent financing event, and still subject to the $10,000 limitation in gross aggregate proceeds, Midori is entitled to purchase fifteen percent of the sum of (i) shares of convertible preferred stock issued and sold in the subsequent financing event, (ii) shares of common stock issued to Midori pursuant to the exercise of the warrant prior to the subsequent financing event, and (iii) warrant shares exercisable with respect to the subsequent financing event. The warrants had a term with an expiration date of the earliest of (i) the 61st day after an initial or subsequent financing event in which the Company receives the last dollar of the first aggregate $10,000 in gross proceeds to the Company, (ii) termination date of the license agreement, or (iii) a change in control, as defined in the license agreement.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

In April 2016, the license agreement was assigned by Midori to Cadena. Following the Cadena acquisition, the license agreement became an internal agreement between Kaleido and Cadena. Cadena owns the technology covered by the license agreement and there are no continuing obligations between us and Midori pursuant to the license agreement.

The Company completed the initial closing of the Series A financing in August 2015; the first tranche of the warrant was exercised at that date and the Company issued 1,970,185 shares of common stock. In July 2016, the Company completed the second closing of the Series A financing in which the second tranche of the warrant was exercised at that date and the Company issued 1,329,815 shares of common stock. The $10,000 limitation in gross aggregate proceeds was met upon the second closing of the Series A financing.

401(k) Plan – The Company sponsors a defined-contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan covers all employees who meet defined minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. The Company will make matching contributions at a rate of 50% of each employee’s contribution up to a maximum employee contribution of 6% of eligible plan compensation (cap of $8). As of September 30, 2018 (unaudited), the Company has accrued $374 related to the Company’s obligation to match 401(k) contributions.

Legal Proceedings – The Company is not currently party to any material legal proceedings. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether or not a potential loss amount or a potential range of loss is probable and reasonably estimable under the provisions of the authoritative guidance that addresses accounting for contingencies. The Company expenses as incurred the costs related to such legal proceedings.

16. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On December 22, 2016, the Company acquired Cadena. The Company and Cadena were under common control of Flagship Pioneering. Refer to Note 5 for further discussion.

The Company has a services agreement with Midori that was assumed in the Cadena acquisition. The Company and Midori are both entities under common control of Flagship Pioneering. Under the services agreement there are employees of the Company that are utilized by Midori for research and accordingly their time and expenses along with facility costs, lab supplies and equipment cost are allocated to and reimbursed by Midori. During the year ended December 31, 2017, operating expenses totaling $929 were reimbursed by Midori and the Company recognized the reimbursements as a reduction of operating expenses. As of December 31, 2017 and September 30, 2018 (unaudited), $45 and $34, respectively, was due from Midori. On June 8, 2018, the Company and Midori amended the services agreement and all services will be terminated by the end of September 2018. At December 31, 2016, the Company had recognized a receivable of $1,497 from Midori that was acquired in the Cadena acquisition which was subsequently collected in full.

In September 2016, the Company entered into a sublease with Joule Unlimited Technologies, Inc. who is affiliated with Flagship Pioneering. Refer to Note 15 for further discussion.

In December 2016, the Company entered into a sublease with Oasys Water, Inc. who is affiliated with Flagship Pioneering. Refer to Note 15 for further discussion.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

In January 2018, the Company entered into a sublease with VL45, who is affiliated with Flagship Pioneering. Refer to Note 15 for further discussion.

The Company receives professional services from its principal investor, Flagship Pioneering, from time to time as needed. The Company reported general and administrative expense totaling $509 and $572 related to these services for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The Company recorded $447 and $154 related to these services for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2018 (unaudited), respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and September 30, 2018, the Company had $9, $2 and $0 (unaudited) outstanding to Flagship Pioneering, respectively.

17. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2017, subsequent events were evaluated through September 24, 2018, the date on which the audited consolidated financial statements were issued.

Modification of stock options to certain executives – In September 2018, the Company modified the vesting provision of stock options made to certain executives. Vesting was modified to remove performance conditions, including evidence of successful clinical trials, and replace with time-based vesting, over four-years with 25% vesting after year 1 and quarterly thereafter. The Company concluded this was a Type III: Improbable-to-Probable modification as achievement of the performance-based milestones were not considered probable at December 31, 2017. As a result of the modification, the Company will recognize stock-based compensation expense equal to the incremental fair value arising from the modification over the remaining requisite service period.

Increase in shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan – In August 2018, the Company increased the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2015 Plan from 11,286,948 shares to 13,286,948 shares. In September 2018, the Company increased the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2015 Plan from 13,286,948 shares to 15,536,948 shares.

Grants of stock options under the 2015 Plan – In August 2018, the Company granted options for the purchase of an aggregate of 2,337,075 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.14 per share.

In September 2018, the Company granted options for the purchase of an aggregate of 2,290,917 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.89 per share.

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2018, subsequent events were evaluated through October 26, 2018, the date on which the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were issued.

Grants of stock options under the 2015 Plan – In October 2018, the Company granted options for the purchase of an aggregate of 110,000 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $7.60 per share.

******

 

F-31


Table of Contents

 

            Shares

 

LOGO

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC

J.P. MORGAN

MORGAN STANLEY

Lead Manager

CANACCORD GENUITY

Until                 , 2019 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the registration of the common stock hereunder. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Select Market listing fee.

 

     Amount to
be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 12,120  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

Nasdaq Global Select Market listing fee

     *  

Printing and mailing

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *  

Miscellaneous

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *  

 

*

To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the DGCL, authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.

We have adopted provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering and amended and restated by-laws to be in effect upon the effectiveness of this registration statement that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders; any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

In addition, our by-laws provide that:

 

   

we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended; and

 

   

we will advance reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings relating to their service for or on behalf of us, subject to limited exceptions.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and intend to enter into such agreements with certain of our executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors, certain of our executive officers and, at times, their affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees (but excluding judgments, fines and settlement amounts), to each indemnified director, executive officer or affiliate in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available and we will indemnify our directors and officers for any action or proceeding arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer brought on behalf of us or in furtherance of our rights. Additionally, certain of our directors or officers may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided by their affiliates or other third parties, which indemnification relates to and might apply to the same proceedings arising out of such director’s or officer’s services as a director referenced herein. Nonetheless, we have agreed in the indemnification agreements that our obligations to those same directors or officers are primary and any obligation of such affiliates or other third parties to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the expenses or liabilities incurred by those directors are secondary.

We also maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of us and our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

(a) Issuances of Capital Stock

In August 2015 and August 2016, we issued an aggregate of 1,970,185 and 1,329,815 shares of common stock to Midori USA, Inc. and Cadena LLC, respectively, pursuant to an exercise of the warrants granted in connection with the license agreement we entered into with Midori USA, Inc.

From August 2015 to July 2016, we issued and sold to investors in a private placement an aggregate of 14,383,563 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.73 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $10,500,001.

In December 2016, we issued an aggregate of 513,649 shares of common stock and 3,057,972 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to an agreement and plan of reorganization we entered into with Cadena Bio, Inc. as consideration for a merger.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

From February 2017 to June 2017, we issued and sold to investors in a private placement an aggregate of 9,485,863 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $3.89 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $36,900,006.

From February 2018 to June 2018, we issued and sold to investors in a private placement an aggregate of 10,107,404 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $9.99 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $100,972,964.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. Unless otherwise stated, the sales of securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, including Regulation D and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. All of the purchasers in these transactions represented to us in connection with their purchase that they were acquiring the securities for investment and not distribution, that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. Such purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration or an available exemption from such registration. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

(b) Grants and Exercises of Stock Options

We have granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 18,150,559 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.15 to $8.70 per share, to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to the 2015 Plan. Since 2015, 3,417,445 shares of common stock have been issued upon the exercise of stock options pursuant to the 2015 Plan, including 2,591,400 shares issued pursuant to an early exercise resulting in the issuance of restricted common stock.

The issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans. The shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options are deemed to be restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act.

(c) Warrants to purchase capital stock

In July 2015, we issued warrants to Midori USA, Inc. to purchase 3,300,000 shares of common stock pursuant to a license agreement we entered into with Midori USA, Inc.

In December 2015, we issued warrants to Pacific Western Bank to purchase 85,617 shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to a loan and security agreement we entered into with Pacific Western Bank.

In October 2017, we issued warrants to Pacific Western Bank to purchase 51,413 shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to an amended loan and security agreement we entered into with Pacific Western Bank.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Index

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Index

  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon the completion of this offering)
  3.3    By-laws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated By-laws (to be effective upon the completion of this offering)
  4.1    Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated February 21, 2018
  4.2*    Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing shares of common stock
  4.3    Second Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated October 13, 2017, issued by the Registrant to Pacific Western Bank
  4.4    Amended and Restated Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated October 13, 2017, issued by the Registrant to Pacific Western Bank
  5.1*    Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP
10.1†*    Umbrella Development Services Agreement, by and between Patheon UK Limited and the Registrant, dated September 6, 2018.
10.2#    2015 Stock Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder
10.3#*    2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder
10.4#    Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan
10.5#*    2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.6#    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors
10.7#    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its executive officers
10.8#*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Michael Bonney, to be in effect upon the effectiveness of this Registration Statement
10.9#*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Alison Lawton, to be in effect upon the effectiveness of this Registration Statement
10.10#*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Joshua Brumm, to be in effect upon the effectiveness of this Registration Statement
10.11#*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Katharine Knobil, M.D., to be in effect upon the effectiveness of this Registration Statement
10.12    Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Pacific Western Bank, dated December 21, 2015, as amended to date
10.13    Lease Agreement by and between HCP/King Hayden Campus LLC and the Registrant, dated March 19, 2018
10.14    Lease Agreement by and between DIV Bedford, LLC and the Registrant, dated May 15, 2017
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of Deloitte and Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*    Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)

 

II-4


Table of Contents

 

*

To be included by amendment.

Application has been made to the Securities and Exchange Commission for confidential treatment of certain provisions. Omitted material for which confidential treatment has been requested has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

#

Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

(b) Financial Statements Schedules:

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings .

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a) The Registrant will provide to the underwriter at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(c) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston, Massachusetts, on the day of January 11, 2019.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Alison Lawton

 

Name: Alison Lawton

Title: Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURES

Each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints each of Alison Lawton and Joshua Brumm as such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement (or any Registration Statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that any said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes of any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and Power of Attorney has been signed by the following person in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Alison Lawton

Alison Lawton

  

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  January 11, 2019

/s/ Joshua Brumm

Joshua Brumm

  

Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  January 11, 2019

/s/ Michael Bonney

Michael Bonney

   Executive Chair   January 11, 2019

/s/ Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D.

Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D.

   Director   January 11, 2019

/s/ Bonnie Bassler, Ph.D.

Bonnie Bassler, Ph.D.

   Director   January 11, 2019

/s/ Grady Burnett

Grady Burnett

   Director   January 11, 2019

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jonathan McIntyre, Ph.D.

Jonathan McIntyre, Ph.D.

   Director   January 11, 2019

/s/ Anthony G. Quinn, M.D., Ph.D.

Anthony G. Quinn, M.D., Ph.D.

   Director   January 11, 2019

/s/ John Sculley

John Sculley

   Director   January 11, 2019

/s/ Geoffrey von Maltzahn, Ph.D.

Geoffrey von Maltzahn, Ph.D.

   Director   January 11, 2019

 

II-7

Exhibit 1.1

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

🌑  ] Shares of Common Stock

Underwriting Agreement

🌑  ], 2019

Goldman Sachs & Co LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

As Representatives of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto

 

c/o

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

 

c/o

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

 

c/o

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [  🌑  ] shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Underwritten Shares”) and, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional [  🌑  ] shares of common stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”. The shares of common stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock”.


The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

1. Registration Statement . The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement (File No. 333-[  🌑  ]), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated [  🌑  ], 2019 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.

“Applicable Time” means [  🌑  ] P.M., New York City time, on [  🌑  ], 2019.

2. Purchase of the Shares . (a) The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”), and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase at a price per share of $[  🌑  ] (the “Purchase Price”) from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto.

In addition, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares. If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

 

-2-


The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.

(b) The Company understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the effectiveness of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

(c) Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116, at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on [  🌑  ], 2019, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date” and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date.”

Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct. The certificates for the Shares will be made available for inspection and packaging by the Representatives at the office of DTC or its designated custodian not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(d) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Representatives and the other Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company or any other person. Additionally, none of the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company shall consult with their own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the Representatives nor the Underwriters shall have any responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto. Any review by the Representatives or the other Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company.

 

-3-


3. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

(a) Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(b) Pricing Disclosure Package . The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof. No statement of material fact included in the Prospectus has been omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package and no statement of material fact included in the Pricing Disclosure Package that is required to be included in the Prospectus has been omitted therefrom.

(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in

 

-4-


writing in advance by the Representatives, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, when taken together with any other Issuer Free Writing Prospectus(es) and the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(d) Emerging Growth Company . From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

(e) Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications by virtue of a writing substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Annex B hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

-5-


(f) Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(g) Financial Statements. The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, except in the case of unaudited financial statements, which are subject to normal year end adjustment and do not contain certain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission, and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein; and the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby; no “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) are disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.

 

-6-


(h) No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development that would reasonably be expected to result in a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(i) Organization and Good Standing. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”). The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement. The subsidiaries listed in Schedule 2 to this Agreement are the only significant subsidiaries of the Company.

(j) Capitalization. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive

 

-7-


rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party.

(k) Stock Options. With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company.

(l) Due Authorization. The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.

(m) Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(n) The Shares. The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized by the Company and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

 

-8-


(o) Descriptions of the Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(p) No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(q) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, result in the termination, modification or acceleration of, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, lien, charge or encumbrance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(r) No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.

 

-9-


(s) Legal Proceedings. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (“Actions”) pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no such Actions are threatened or, to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending Actions that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(t) Independent Accountants . Deloitte & Touche LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

(u) Title to Real and Personal Property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries or (ii) would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(v) Intellectual Property . The Company and its subsidiaries own, have valid and enforceable license to, or otherwise have the right to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks (both registered and unregistered), service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, domain names and other source indicators, copyrights and copyrightable works, know-how, trade secrets, systems, procedures, proprietary or confidential information and all other intellectual property and proprietary rights, including registrations and applications for registration thereof (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) which are necessary for or material to the conduct of their respective businesses, or which are described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, and the Prospectus as being owned or licensed by them (collectively, “Company Intellectual Property”). To the knowledge of the Company and its subsidiaries, (i) the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ conduct of their respective businesses does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property of any third party; and (ii) the Company Intellectual Property is not being infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any third party. There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or its subsidiaries, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others: (A) challenging the Company’s or its subsidiaries rights in or to any Company Intellectual Property, and the

 

-10-


Company and its subsidiaries are unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim; (B) challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any Company Intellectual Property, and the Company and its subsidiaries are unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim; or (C) asserting that the Company or any of its subsidiaries infringes or otherwise violates, or would, upon the commercialization of any product or service described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus as under development, infringe or violate, any Intellectual Property of third parties, and the Company and its subsidiaries have not received any notice of, and is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim. To the knowledge of the Company and its subsidiaries, the Company and its subsidiaries have complied with the terms of each agreement pursuant to which Company Intellectual Property has been licensed to the Company or any subsidiary, and all such agreements are in full force and effect. To the knowledge of the Company and its subsidiaries, no technology employed by the Company or its subsidiaries has been obtained or is being used by the Company or its subsidiaries in violation of any contractual or legal obligation binding on the Company, its subsidiaries, or any of their officers, directors, employees, or contractors, which violation relates to the breach of a confidentiality obligation, an obligation to assign Intellectual Property to a previous employer, or an obligation otherwise not to use the Intellectual Property of any third party. The product candidates described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as under development by the Company or any subsidiary fall within the scope of the claims of one or more patents or patent applications owned by, or exclusively licensed to, the Company or any subsidiary. To the knowledge of the Company and its subsidiaries, (A) there is no patent or published patent application in the U.S. or other jurisdiction that contains claims that interfere with the issued or pending claims of any patent within the Company Intellectual Property; (B) there is no prior art of which the Company is aware that may render any patent within the Company Intellectual Property invalid or any patent application within the Company Intellectual Property unpatentable; (C) there are no material defects in any of the patents or patent applications included in the Company Intellectual Property; and (D) the duty of candor and good faith as required by the United States Patent and Trademark Office during the prosecution of the United States patents and patent applications within the Company Intellectual Property have been complied with, and in all foreign offices having similar requirements, such requirements have been complied with.

(w) No Undisclosed Relationships. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers, suppliers or other affiliates of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in each of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

(x) Investment Company Act. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”).

 

-11-


(y) Taxes. The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof, except where the failure to pay or file any such taxes would not have a Material Adverse Effect; there is no tax deficiency that has been, or would reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets and which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

(z) Licenses and Permits. The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, sub-licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations (collectively, “Permits”) issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with or required by, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities, including without limitation, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or any component thereof (collectively, “Regulatory Authorities”), that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Permits, except where the failure to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All of the Permits are valid and in full force and effect. The Company has fulfilled and performed all of its material obligations with respect to the Permits. To the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the holder of any Permit. Except as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of, or notice of any proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, any such Permit or has any reason to believe that any such Permit will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except where such revocation, modification or nonrenewal would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(aa) Compliance with Health Care Laws . The Company, its or its subsidiaries’ directors, officers, and to the knowledge of the Company, its or its subsidiaries’ employees and agents, are, and at all times have been, in compliance with all health care laws applicable to the Company or its product candidates or activities, including, without limitation, the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”) (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.), the federal Anti-kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§3729 et seq.), all criminal laws relating to health care fraud and abuse, including but not limited to the criminal False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), 18 U.S.C. Sections 286 and 287, and the health care fraud criminal provisions under the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) (42 U.S.C. Section 1320d et seq.), HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 17921 et seq.), the exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-

 

-12-


7), the civil monetary penalties law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a), Medicare (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act), Medicaid (Title XIX of the Social Security Act), the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. § 201 et seq.), any similar local, state or federal laws, and the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws (collectively, the “Health Care Laws”), except where failure to be so in compliance have not, and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not received any FDA Form 483, notice of adverse finding, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or notice from any Regulatory Authority or governmental authority alleging or asserting noncompliance with any Health Care Laws applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries. Neither the Company, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any of its or its subsidiaries’ employees, officers or directors has been excluded, suspended or debarred from participation in any U.S. federal health care program or human clinical research or, is subject to a governmental inquiry, investigation, proceeding, or other similar action that could reasonably be expected to result in debarment, suspension, or exclusion.

(bb) Studies, Tests, and Trials . The pre-clinical, clinical (as applicable) and other studies, tests, trials and research conducted by or on behalf of or sponsored by the Company are being and have been conducted in compliance with the experimental protocols established for each study, test, trial or research and in accordance, in all material respects, with the Health Care Laws, including, but not limited to, the FDCA and its applicable implementing regulations at 21 C.F.R. Parts 50, 54, 56, 58, 170 and 312. The published descriptions of the results of such studies, tests and research are accurate and complete in all material respects and fairly present the data derived from such studies, tests and research, and the Company does not have any knowledge of any other studies, tests or research the results of which are materially inconsistent with or otherwise reasonably call into question the results described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus. The Company has not received any notices or other correspondence from any Regulatory Authority with respect to any clinical or pre-clinical studies, tests or research that are, or whose results of which are, described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that require the termination, suspension, or material modification of such studies, tests or research.

(cc) No Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of cancellation or termination with respect to any collective bargaining agreement to which it is a party.

(dd) Certain Environmental Matters . (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (x) are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and other legally enforceable requirements relating to pollution or the protection of human health or safety, the environment, natural resources, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental

 

-13-


Laws”); (y) have received and are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under any Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (z) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability or obligation under or relating to, or any actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice, and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in each of the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (x) there is no proceeding that is pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceeding regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, (y) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (z) none of the Company or its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws.

(ee) Compliance with ERISA . (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or any entity that would be regarded as a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no Plan has failed (whether or not waived), or is reasonably expected to fail, to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code) applicable to such Plan; (iv) no Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at risk status” (within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA) and no Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA is in “endangered status” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Sections 304 and 305 of ERISA); (v) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (vi) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (vii) each Plan that is intended to be

 

-14-


qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification; (viii) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (ix) none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (A) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or its Controlled Group affiliates in the current fiscal year of the Company and its Controlled Group affiliates compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company’s and its Controlled Group affiliates’ most recently completed fiscal year; or (B) a material increase in the Company and its subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715-60) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year, except in each case with respect to the events or conditions set forth in (i) through (ix) hereof, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ff) Disclosure Controls . The Company and its subsidiaries maintain an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it will file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company and its subsidiaries have carried out evaluations of the effectiveness of their disclosure controls and procedures as required by Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act.

(gg) Accounting Controls. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. There are no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls. The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been

 

-15-


advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

(hh) Cybersecurity. (i)(x) To the Company’s knowledge, there has been no material security breach or other compromise of or relating to any of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ information technology and computer systems, networks, hardware, software, data (including the data of their respective customers, employees, suppliers, vendors and any third party data maintained by or on behalf of them), equipment or technology (collectively, “IT Systems and Data”) and (y) the Company and its subsidiaries have not been notified of, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in, any material security breach or other compromise to their IT Systems and Data; (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries are presently in compliance with all applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, internal policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Data and to the protection of such IT Systems and Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification, except as would not, in the case of this clause (ii), individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) the Company and its subsidiaries have implemented backup and disaster recovery technology consistent with industry standards and practices.

(ii) Insurance. The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are generally maintained by similarly situated companies and which the Company believes are reasonably adequate to protect the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) knowledge of any events that have occurred, or circumstances that exist, with respect to the Company that would cause it to be unable to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

(jj) No Unlawful Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (i) has used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) has made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting

 

-16-


in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) has violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or has committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) has made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit. The Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws. Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws.

(kk) Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements applicable to such entities, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company or any of its subsidiaries conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines applicable to such entities, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(ll) No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, directors, officers or employees, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is, or is owned or controlled by one or more Persons that is, (i) currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”) or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria (each, a “Sanctioned Country”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of

 

-17-


such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.

(mm) No Restrictions on Subsidiaries . No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock or similar ownership interest, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

(nn) No Broker’s Fees. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

(oo) No Registration Rights . No person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission or the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company.

(pp) No Stabilization. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(qq) Margin Rules . Neither the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares nor the application of the proceeds thereof by the Company as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

(rr) Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included or incorporated by reference in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(ss) Statistical and Market Data. Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

 

-18-


(tt) Sarbanes-Oxley Act . There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.

(uu) Status under the Securities Act . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(vv) No Ratings . There are (and prior to the Closing Date, will be) no debt securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act.

4. Further Agreements of the Company . The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a) Required Filings. The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and the Company will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(b) Delivery of Copies. The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, five signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

 

-19-


(c) Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Before making, preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not make, prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably objects.

(d) Notice to the Representatives. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing (which confirmation may be delivered by electronic mail), (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; (v) of the issuance by the Commission or any other governmental or regulatory authority of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the initiation or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

 

-20-


(e) Ongoing Compliance. (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with applicable law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with applicable law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate, such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with applicable law.

(f) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

(g) Earning Statement. The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement; provided that the Company will be deemed to have furnished such statements to its security holders and the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”) or any successor system.

 

-21-


(h) Clear Market. For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with, or submit to, the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition, submission or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, other than (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Stock of the Company issued upon the conversion of preferred stock outstanding on the date of this Agreement in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (C) any shares of Stock of the Company issued upon the exercise of options granted under Company Stock Plans described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (D) any options and other awards granted under a Company Stock Plan described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (E) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto relating to a Company Stock Plan described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (F) shares of Stock or other securities issued in connection with a transaction with an unaffiliated third party that includes a bona fide commercial relationship (including joint ventures, marketing or distribution arrangements, collaboration agreements, intellectual property license agreements, or lending agreements or arrangements) or any acquisition of assets or acquisition of equity of another entity, provided that the aggregate number of shares issued pursuant to this clause (F) shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total number of outstanding shares of Stock immediately following the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Shares pursuant hereto; provided , further , that, in the case of clauses (C), (D) and (F), (x) the Company shall cause each recipient of such shares of Stock or other securities of the Company to execute and deliver, on or prior to the issuance of such shares, a lock-up agreement on substantially the same terms as the lock-up agreements described in Section 6(l) hereof to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer, and (y) the Company shall authorize its transfer agent to decline to make any transfer of such shares in violation of such lock-up agreements.

If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(l) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(i) Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of proceeds”.

 

-22-


(j) No Stabilization. The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

(k) Exchange Listing. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market (the “Nasdaq Market”).

(l) Reports. For a period of two years from the date of this Agreement, so long as the Shares are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on EDGAR or any successor.

(m) Record Retention . The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

(n) Filings. The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(o) Emerging Growth Company . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(h) hereof.

5. Certain Agreements of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter hereby represents and agrees that:

(a) It has not and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show approved in advance by the Company), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).

 

-23-


(b) It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission; provided that Underwriters may use a term sheet substantially in the form of Annex C hereto without the consent of the Company; provided further that any Underwriter using such term sheet shall notify the Company, and provide a copy of such term sheet to the Company, prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the first use of such term sheet.

(c) It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

6. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

(b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(c) No Material Adverse Change. No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(h) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

-24-


(d) Officer’s Certificate. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, (x) a certificate of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations of the Company set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(f) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a) and (c) above.

(e) Comfort Letters and CFO Certificates. (i) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than two business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and (ii) on the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, of its chief financial officer with respect to certain financial data contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(f) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company. Goodwin Procter LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(g) Opinions of Intellectual Property Counsel for the Company . Each of Wolf, Greenfield & Sacks, P.C., Lando & Anastasi, LLP and Clarke and Elbing, LLC, intellectual property counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinions, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(h) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement, addressed to the Underwriters, of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

-25-


(i) No Legal Impediment to Issuance and/or Sale . No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company.

(j) Good Standing . The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

(k) Exchange Listing. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

(l) Lock-up Agreements . The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 or Exhibit D-2, as applicable, hereto, between you and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(m) Certificate Regarding Beneficial Ownership . On or before the date of this Agreement, the Underwriters shall have received a certificate satisfying the beneficial ownership due diligence requirements of the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network from the Company in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, along with such additional supporting documentation as the Underwriters have requested in connection with the verification of the foregoing certificate.

(n) Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

 

-26-


7. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonably incurred legal fees and other reasonably incurred expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (b) below.

(b) Indemnification of the Company. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the information contained in the thirteenth paragraph related to passive market making under the caption “Underwriting”.

(c) Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7 except to the extent that it has been

 

-27-


materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred and documented fees and expenses in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred and documented fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by the Representatives and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

 

-28-


(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Limitation on Liability. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonably incurred and documented legal or other reasonably incurred and documented expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.

(f) Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in paragraphs (a) through (e) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

 

-29-


8. Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

9. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on or prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

10. Defaulting Underwriter .

(a) If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

 

-30-


(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

11. Payment of Expenses .

(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters if such fees and expenses are required to be incurred); (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA (including the related reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters); (viii) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors; and (ix) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Nasdaq Market; provided , however , that the amount payable by the Company pursuant to clauses (iv) and (vii) of this Section 11(a) shall not exceed $50,000 in the aggregate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that except as expressly provided in Section 7 or Section 11(b) of this Agreement, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including without limitation, fees and disbursements of their counsel other than for Blue Sky and FINRA matters to the extent expressly provided for in this Section 11(a), transfer taxes on the resale by them of any of the Shares, the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on their behalf in connection with “road show” presentations to potential investors (including 50% of the cost of any aircraft or other transportation chartered in connection with such “road show”) and any advertising expenses relating to offers of Shares that they make.

 

-31-


(b) If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9, (ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the Company shall not pay or reimburse any costs, fees or expenses incurred by any Underwriter that defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares.

12. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to herein and the affiliates of each Underwriter referred to in Section 7 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

13. Survival . The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters.

14. Certain Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and (d) the term “significant subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

15. Compliance with USA Patriot Act . In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

 

-32-


16. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Registration Department; c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358); Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk; c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; with a copy to Peter N. Handrinos, Latham & Watkins LLP, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., 65 Hayden Avenue, Lexington, MA 02421; Attention: Alison Lawton, with a copy to Kingsley L. Taft, Goodwin Procter LLP, 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, MA 02210.

(b) Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(c) Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(e) Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(f) Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

-33-


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

-34-


Accepted: As of the date first written above

GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

For themselves and on behalf of the

several Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

-35-


Schedule 1

 

Underwriter

   Number of Underwritten
Shares
   Number of Option Shares

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

   🌑  ]    🌑  ]

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

   🌑  ]    🌑  ]

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

   🌑  ]    🌑  ]
  

 

  

 

Total

   🌑  ]    🌑  ]

 

Sch. 1-1


Schedule 2

Significant Subsidiaries

Kaleido Biosciences Securities Corporation

Cadena Bio, Inc.

 

Sch. 2-1


Annex A

a. Pricing Disclosure Package

[None.]

b. Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters

Public Offering Price Per Share: $[  🌑  ]

Number of Underwritten Shares Purchased by the Underwriters: [  🌑  ]

Number of Option Shares: [  🌑  ]

 

Annex A-1


Annex B

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

Company Presentation, dated October 14, 2018

Company Presentation, dated October 17, 2018

Company Presentation, dated October 23, 2018

Company Presentation, dated October 29, 2018

Company Presentation, dated December 3, 2018

Company Presentation, dated December 18, 2018

Company Presentation, dated January 4, 2019

 

Annex B-1


Annex C

Pricing Term Sheet

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.

🌑  ] Shares of Common Stock

 

Issuer:    Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.
Symbol:    🌑  ]
Size (Pre-Greenshoe):    $[  🌑  ]
Total Underwritten Shares Offered by Issuer:    🌑  ] shares of common stock
Option Shares Offered by Issuer:    🌑  ] shares of common stock
Price to Public:    $[  🌑  ]
Trade Date:    🌑  ], 2019
Closing Date:    🌑  ], 2019
CUSIP No:    🌑  ]
Underwriters:   

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Canaccord Genuity LLC

 


Exhibit A

EGC – Testing the waters authorization (to be delivered by the issuer to J.P. Morgan in email or letter form)

In reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. (the “Issuer”) hereby authorizes Goldman Sachs, & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (collectively, the “Bookrunners”) and each of their respective employees and affiliates and each of their respective affiliates’ employees, to engage on behalf of the Issuer in oral and written communications with potential investors that are “qualified institutional buyers”, as defined in Rule 144A under the Act, or institutions that are “accredited investors”, as defined in Regulation D under the Act, to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the Issuer’s contemplated initial public offering (“Testing-the-Waters Communications”). A “Written Testing-the Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act.

The Issuer represents that (i) except as disclosed to the Bookrunners, it has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication and (ii) it has not authorized anyone other than the Bookrunners to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Issuer agrees that it shall not authorize any other third party to engage on its behalf in oral or written communications with potential investors without the written consent of Goldman Sachs, & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.

The Issuer represents that it is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (“Emerging Growth Company”) and agrees to promptly notify the Bookrunners in writing if the Issuer hereafter ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company while this authorization is in effect. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Issuer will promptly notify the Bookrunners and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

Nothing in this authorization is intended to limit or otherwise affect the ability of the Bookrunners and each of their respective employees and affiliates and their respective affiliates’ employees, to engage in communications in which they could otherwise lawfully engage in the absence of this authorization, including, without limitation, any written communication containing only one or more of the statements specified under Rule 134(a) under the Act. This authorization shall remain in effect until the Issuer has provided to the Bookrunners a written notice revoking this authorization. All notices as described herein shall be sent by email to the attention of Jack Bannister at jack.bannister@gs.com; David Ke at david.ke@jpmorgan.com and Kalli Dirks at kalli.dirks@morganstanley.com.


Exhibit B

[Form of Waiver of Lock-up]

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.

Public Offering of Common Stock

                              , 20__

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) of [  🌑  ] shares of common stock, $0.001 par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up agreement dated                                     , 2019 (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated                                , 20    , with respect to                 shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

The Representatives hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective                         , 20     ; provided , however , that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.


Yours very truly,
GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

cc: Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.


Exhibit C

[Form of Press Release]

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.

[Date]

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [  🌑  ] shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to                  shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on                     , 20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


Exhibit D-1

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT FOR STOCKHOLDER ENTITIES

AFFILIATED WITH FLAGSHIP PIONEERING, INC.

___________________, 2019

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

As Representatives of

the several Underwriters listed in

Schedule 1 to the Underwriting

Agreement referred to below

 

c/o

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

 

c/o

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

 

c/o

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Re:     Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. - Initial Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), providing for the initial public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriters ”), of shares (the “ Shares ”) of the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”). If more than one entity executes this agreement, this agreement shall constitute a separate agreement with respect to each such entity as the “undersigned,” and the rights and obligations of each such entity hereunder shall be several and not joint. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. “ Representatives ” means, collectively, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.


To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on the date of the initial public filing of the preliminary prospectus relating to the Public Offering and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”) relating to the Public Offering (the “ Prospectus ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) by the undersigned (including without limitation, shares of Common Stock and other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, in each case, that are issued or issuable upon exercise of a stock option or warrant so owned), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or such other securities described in clause (1) above, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The foregoing sentence shall not apply to:

(a) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in the Public Offering (other than any issuer-directed shares of Common Stock purchased in the Public Offering by an officer or director of the Company) or in open market transactions after the pricing of the Public Offering; provided that such transfers are not required to be reported with the SEC on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 under the Exchange Act and no other public announcement shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions (other than Schedule 13 filings filed with the SEC);

(b) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock as a bona fide gift, or to a charitable organization or educational institution in a transaction not involving a disposition for value;

(c) transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock or other securities to any member of the immediate family of the undersigned or any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned in a transaction not involving a disposition for value;

(d) transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock or other securities to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity all of the beneficial ownership interests of which are held by the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned in a transaction not involving a disposition for value;

 

-2-


(e) transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock or other securities (x) by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representative, heir, beneficiary or a member of the immediate family of the undersigned upon the death of the undersigned, or (y) by operation of law pursuant to orders of a court or regulatory agency, a domestic order or negotiated divorce settlement; or

(f) if the undersigned is an entity, (x) transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock or other securities to another corporation, member, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate (as defined under Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) of the undersigned, or to an investment fund or other entity that controls or manages, or is under common control with, the undersigned, or (y) distributions of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock to partners, members, stockholders, beneficiaries or other equity holders of the undersigned;

provided that in the case of any transfer, disposition or distribution pursuant to clause (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f), (i) each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this agreement and (ii) such transfer, disposition or distribution is not required to be reported with the SEC on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 under the Exchange Act and no other public announcement shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period (other than, (1) Schedule 13 filings filed with the SEC, and (2) in the case of a transfer or other disposition pursuant to clause (e) above, any Form 4 or Form 5 required to be filed under the Exchange Act if the undersigned is subject to Section 16 reporting with respect to the Company under the Exchange Act and indicating by footnote disclosure or otherwise the nature of the transfer or disposition);

(g) transfers or dispositions of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to the Company pursuant to any contractual arrangement in effect on the date of this agreement that provides for the repurchase of the undersigned’s Common Stock or other securities by the Company or in connection with the termination of the undersigned’s employment with or service to the Company, provided that such transfers or dispositions are not required to be reported with the SEC on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 under the Exchange Act and no other public announcement shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period in connection with any such transfers or dispositions (other than (1) Schedule 13 filings filed with the SEC, and (2) any Form 4 or Form 5 required to be filed under the Exchange Act if the undersigned is subject to Section 16 reporting with respect to the Company under the Exchange Act and indicating by footnote disclosure or otherwise the nature of the transfer or disposition);

(h) transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock or other securities to the Company in connection with the conversion of any convertible security into, or the exercise of any option or warrant for, shares of Common Stock; provided that (i) any such shares of Common Stock received by the undersigned shall be subject to the terms of this agreement and (ii) such transfers or dispositions are not required to be reported with the SEC on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 under the Exchange Act and no other public announcement shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period (other than Schedule 13 filings filed with the SEC);

 

-3-


(i) transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock or other securities to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (a) through (h) above;

(j) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period; or

(k) transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock or such other securities pursuant to a bona fide tender offer for shares of the Company’s capital stock, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s securities involving a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company (including without limitation, the entering into of any lock-up, voting or similar agreement pursuant to which the undersigned may agree to transfer, sell, tender or otherwise dispose of shares of Common Stock or other securities in connection with such transaction) that has been approved by the board of directors of the Company; provided that, in the event that such Change of Control transaction is not consummated, this clause (k) shall not be applicable and the undersigned’s shares and other securities shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this agreement.

For purposes of this agreement, “ immediate family ” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin, and “ Change of Control ” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transactions or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an Underwriter pursuant to the Public Offering), of the Company’s voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity), provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Public Offering shall not constitute a Change of Control. In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the Restricted Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock; pro vided that the undersigned may make a demand under any registration rights agreement with the Company described in the Prospectus for, and exercise its rights under any such registration rights agreement with respect to, the registration after the expiration of the Restricted Period of shares of Common Stock that does not require the filing of any registration statement or any public announcement or activity regarding such registration during the Restricted Period (and no such public announcement or activity shall be voluntarily made or taken by the undersigned during the Restricted Period).

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

 

-4-


If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed shares of Common Stock the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

In the event that a release is granted to any Major Holder (as defined below) other than the undersigned relating to the lock-up restrictions set forth above for shares of the Company’s Common Stock, the same percentage of shares of the Company’s Common Stock held by the undersigned (the “ Pro-rata Release ”) shall be immediately and fully released on the same terms from any remaining lock-up restrictions set forth herein; provided , however , that such Pro-rata Release shall not be applied in the event of releases granted from such lockup restrictions to any individual party or parties (other than shareholders subject to Section 16 reporting with respect to the Company under the Exchange Act) to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of shares of the Company’s Common Stock or other securities in an amount up to an aggregate of $2,500,000. In the event that any percentage of such Common Stock released from the lock-up restrictions are subject to any restrictions of the type set forth in clause (1) or (2) of the second paragraph of this agreement, the same restrictions shall be applicable to the release of the same percentage of the Company’s Common Stock held by the undersigned. In the event that the undersigned is released from any of its obligations under this agreement or, by virtue of this agreement, becomes entitled to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock (or any securities convertible into Common Stock) prior to the date that is 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Representatives shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide notification of such to the undersigned within three business days thereof; provided that the failure to provide such notice shall not give rise to any claim or liability against the Representatives or the Underwriters. For purposes of this agreement, each of the following persons is a “ Major Holder ”: each officer and director of the Company and each record or beneficial owner, as of the date hereof, of more than 1% of the outstanding shares of securities of the Company (for purposes of determining record or beneficial ownership of a stockholder, all shares of securities held by investment funds affiliated with such stockholder shall be aggregated).

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives notifies the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

-5-


Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

The undersigned understands that, if (i) the Representatives, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, informs the other in writing, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the securities to be sold thereunder, (iii) the registration statement related to the Public Offering is withdrawn or (iv) the Underwriting Agreement is not executed on or before March 31, 2019, then, in each case, this agreement shall automatically, and without any action on the part of any other party, be of no further force and effect, and the undersigned shall be automatically released from all obligations under this agreement.

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

-6-


Very truly yours,

 

-7-


Exhibit D-2

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT FOR DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND

STOCKHOLDERS NOT AFFILIATED WITH FLAGSHIP PIONEERING, INC.

___________________, 2019

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

As Representatives of

the several Underwriters listed in

Schedule 1 to the Underwriting

Agreement referred to below

 

c/o

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

 

c/o

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

 

c/o

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Re:     Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. - Initial Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of shares of common stock of the Company (the “Securities”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period beginning

 

-8-


on the date of this letter agreement (this “Letter Agreement”) and ending one-hundred-eighty (180) days after the date of the prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”) (such period, the “Restricted Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock, $0.001 per share par value, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, in each case other than:

(A) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, or to a charitable organization or educational institution in a transaction not involving a disposition for value;

(B) transfers, distributions or dispositions of shares of Common Stock [or any security convertible into Common Stock] 1 to members or stockholders of the undersigned, any member of the immediate family of the undersigned or any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned in a transaction not involving a disposition for value;

(C) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in the Public Offering (other than any issuer-directed shares of Common Stock purchased in the Public Offering by an officer or director of the Company) or in open market transactions after the pricing of the Public Offering;

(D) transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock or other securities to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, in each case, all of the beneficial ownership interests of which are held by the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned in a transaction not involving a disposition for value;

(E) transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock or other securities (x) by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representative, heir, beneficiary or a member of the immediate family of the undersigned upon the death of the undersigned, or (y) by operation of law pursuant to a domestic order or negotiated divorce settlement;

 

1  

Included only in Lock-Up Agreement with Michael Bonney.

 

-9-


provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (A), (B), (D) or (E), each donee, distributee or transferee shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter in the form of this Letter Agreement; and provided , further , that in the case of any transfer, distribution or transaction pursuant to clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) or (E), no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than (i) a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Restricted Period referred to above and (ii) in the case of a transfer or other disposition pursuant to clause (E) above, any Form 4 or Form 5 required to be filed under the Exchange Act if the undersigned is subject to Section 16 reporting with respect to the Company under the Exchange Act and indicating by footnote disclosure or otherwise the nature of the transfer or disposition);

(F) transfers or dispositions of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to the Company pursuant to any contractual arrangement in effect on the date of this agreement that provides for the repurchase of the undersigned’s Common Stock or other securities by the Company or in connection with the termination of the undersigned’s employment with or service to the Company, provided that no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period in connection with any such transfers or dispositions (other than any Form 4 or Form 5 required to be filed under the Exchange Act if the undersigned is subject to Section 16 reporting with respect to the Company under the Exchange Act and indicating by footnote disclosure or otherwise the nature of the transfer or disposition);

(G) transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock or other securities to the Company in connection with the conversion of any convertible preferred stock into, or the exercise of any option or warrant for, shares of Common Stock; provided that (i) any such shares of Common Stock received by the undersigned shall be subject to the terms of this agreement and (ii) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily during the Restricted Period (other than a filing on a Form 4 that reports such disposition under the transaction code “F”);

(H) transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock or other securities to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (A) through (G) above;

(I) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company in connection with the establishment of such plan; or

 

-10-


(J) transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock or such other securities pursuant to a bona fide tender offer for shares of the Company’s capital stock, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s securities involving a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company (including without limitation, the entering into of any lock-up, voting or similar agreement pursuant to which the undersigned may agree to transfer, sell, tender or otherwise dispose of shares of Common Stock or other securities in connection with such transaction) that has been approved by the board of directors of the Company; provided that, in the event that such Change of Control transaction is not consummated, this clause (J) shall not be applicable and the undersigned’s shares and other securities shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this agreement.

For purposes of this agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin, and “Change of Control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transactions or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an Underwriter pursuant to the Public Offering), of the Company’s voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least 90% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity), provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Public Offering shall not constitute a Change of Control.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

-11-


[Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this agreement shall not apply to any shares of Common Stock or other securities held of record by Flagship Ventures Fund 2007, L.P.; Flagship Ventures Fund IV, L.P.; Flagship VentureLabs IV, LLC; Flagship Ventures Fund V, L.P.; Flagship VentureLabs V, LLC; Nutritional Health Disruptive Innovation Fund, L.P.; Nutritional Health Side Fund, L.P.; Flagship Ventures Opportunities Fund I, L.P.; Cadena, LLC, or any of their respective affiliates (other than the undersigned).] 2

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by March 31, 2019, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Letter Agreement. The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

2  

Included only in Lock-Up Agreements with Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D. and Geoffrey von Maltzahn, Ph.D.

 

-12-


This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

Very truly yours,
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. That the name of this corporation is Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on January 27, 2015, under the name VL32, Inc.

2. That the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 92,071,936 consisting of (i) 57,500,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) , and (ii) 34,571,936 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), of which 14,469,180 shares are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock,” 3,057,972 shares are hereby designated “ Series A-1 Preferred Stock,” 9,537,276 shares are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” and 7,507,508 shares are hereby designated “ Series C Preferred Stock .


The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A. COMMON STOCK

1. General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2. Voting . The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

B. PREFERRED STOCK

The Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock shall have the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

1. Dividends .

The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, the holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, and the holders of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, as applicable, in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, as would equal the product of (A) the dividend

 

- 2 -


payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (ii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, determined by (A) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (B) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series A Original Issue Price, Series A-1 Original Issue Price, Series B Original Issue Price, or Series C Original Issue Price (each as defined below), as applicable; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section  1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series A Preferred Stock dividend, Series A-1 Preferred Stock dividend, Series B Preferred Stock dividend, or Series C Preferred Stock dividend, as applicable. The “Series A Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.73 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock. The “Series A-1 Original Issue Price” shall mean $1.69 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock. The “Series B Original Issue Price” shall mean $3.89 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The “Series C Original Issue Price” shall mean $9.99 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock.

2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

2.1 Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, the holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, and the holders of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, on a pari passu basis, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to (i) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section  4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation

 

- 3 -


Event (the amount payable pursuant to this clause (i) is hereinafter referred to as the “Series A Liquidation Amount”), (ii) in the case of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) the Series A-1 Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section  4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to this clause (ii) is hereinafter referred to as the “Series A-1 Liquidation Amount”), (iii) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) the Series B Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series B Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section  4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to this clause (iii) is hereinafter referred to as the “Series B Liquidation Amount”), and (iv) in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) the Series C Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series C Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section  4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to this clause (iv) is hereinafter referred to as the “Series C Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1 , the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.2 Payments to Holders of Common Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

2.3 Deemed Liquidation Events .

2.3.1 Definition . Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

 

- 4 -


(a) a merger or consolidation in which

(i) the Corporation is a constituent party or

(ii) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation (provided that, for the purpose of this Subsection 2.3.1 , all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged); or

(b) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

2.3.2 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event .

(a) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “Merger Agreement”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 .

(b) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1 (a)(ii) or 2.3.1(b), if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90 th ) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii)  to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock and (ii) if the holders of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock,

 

- 5 -


voting together as a single class, so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “Available Proceeds”), on the one hundred fiftieth (150 th ) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “Redemption Date”), to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series A Liquidation Amount, all outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series A-1 Liquidation Amount, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series B Liquidation Amount, and all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series C Liquidation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. The Corporation shall send written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “Redemption Notice”) to each holder of record of Preferred Stock not less than forty (40) days prior to the Redemption Date. The Redemption Notice shall state: (i) the number of shares of each series of Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice, (ii) the Redemption Date and the Series A Liquidation Amount, the Series A-1 Liquidation Amount, the Series B Liquidation Amount, and the Series C Liquidation Amount, (iii) the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Subsection 4.1 ), and (iv) for holders of shares in certificated form, that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed. On or before the Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 , shall, if a holder of shares in certificated form, surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Series A Liquidation Amount, the Series A-1 Liquidation Amount, the Series B Liquidation Amount, and the Series C Liquidation Amount, as the case may be, for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder. If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the Redemption Date the Series A Liquidation Amount, the Series A-1 Liquidation Amount, the Series B Liquidation Amount, and the Series C Liquidation Amount, as the case may be, payable upon redemption of the shares

 

- 6 -


of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that any certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after the Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Series A Liquidation Amount, the Series A-1 Liquidation Amount, the Series B Liquidation Amount, and the Series C Liquidation Amount, as the case may be, without interest upon surrender of any such certificate or certificates therefor. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.3.2(b), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

2.3.3 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed . The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director (as defined below).

2.3.4 Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration . In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Subsection 2.3.4 , consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

3. Voting .

3.1 General . On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

- 7 -


3.2 Election of Directors . The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Lead Preferred Director”) and the holders of record of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation. Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class or together as a single class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Preferred Stock elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class or together as a single class, as applicable. The holders of record of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock), voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2 , a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 .

3.3 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . At any time when shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Corporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, given in writing or by a vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

3.3.1 liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

3.3.2 amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Corporation;

 

- 8 -


3.3.3 create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption, or increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Preferred Stock or increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption;

3.3.4 (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and/or Series C Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and/or Series C Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and/or Series C Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and/or Series C Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

3.3.5 purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock and (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof;

3.3.6 create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board of Directors, including the approval of the Lead Preferred Director;

3.3.7 create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary; or

 

- 9 -


3.3.8 increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

4. Optional Conversion .

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

4.1 Right to Convert .

4.1.1 Conversion Ratios .

(a) Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $0.73. Such initial Series A Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

(b) Each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A-1 Original Issue Price by the Series A-1 Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A-1 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $1.69. Such initial Series A-1 Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

(c) Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series B Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $3.89. Such initial Series B Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

(d) Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series C Original Issue Price by the Series C Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series C Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $9.99. Such initial Series C Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series C Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

- 10 -


4.1.2 Termination of Conversion Rights . In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

4.2 Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

4.3 Mechanics of Conversion .

4.3.1 Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall (a) provide written notice to the Corporation’s transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) that such holder elects to convert all or any number of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent and (b), if such holder’s shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent). Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

 

- 11 -


4.3.2 Reservation of Shares . The Corporation shall at all times when Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, or the Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price, as applicable.

4.3.3 Effect of Conversion . All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Subsection 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock, and such series of Preferred Stock, accordingly.

4.3.4 No Further Adjustment . Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, or the Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5 Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section  4 . The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of

 

- 12 -


any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

4.4 Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

4.4.1 S pecial Definitions . For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b) “Series C Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series C Preferred Stock was issued.

(c) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(d) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series C Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):

 

  (i)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

 

  (ii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.5 , 4.6 , 4.7 or 4.8 :

 

  (iii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director;

 

- 13 -


  (iv)

shares of Common Stock issued in any public offering of Common Stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”);

 

  (v)

shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director;

 

  (vi)

shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

  (vii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to suppliers or third-party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director; or

 

  (viii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, a collaboration, technology license, development, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director.

4.4.2 No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

- 14 -


4.4.3 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock ,

(a) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, as would have been obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b)  shall have the effect of increasing the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

- 15 -


(c) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series C Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series C Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(d) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, as would have been obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(e) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3 ). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

- 16 -


4.4.4 Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series C Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, and/or the Series C Conversion Price, each as in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, and/or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 *(A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “CP 2 ” shall mean (1) in the case of an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock, (2) in the case of an adjustment to the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock, (3) in the case of an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock, and (4) in the case of an adjustment to the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b) “CP 1 ” shall mean (1) in the case of an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock, (2) in the case of an adjustment to the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock, (3) in the case of an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock, and (4) in the case of an adjustment to the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

 

- 17 -


(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.5 Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Subsection 4.4, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

 

  (i)

insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (ii)

insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director; and

 

  (iii)

in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i)  and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director.

(b) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

 

  (i)

the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to

 

- 18 -


  the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

  (ii)

the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.6 Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, and/or the Series C Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than ninety (90) days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, and/or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

4.5 Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, and the Series C Conversion Price, each as in effect immediately before such subdivision, shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, and the Series C Conversion Price each as in effect immediately before such combination, shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

- 19 -


4.6 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price and the Series C Conversion Price, each as in effect immediately before such event, shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, and the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, then in effect by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, and the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, and the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) no such adjustment shall be made with respect to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price if the holders of the applicable series of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.7 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section  1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

- 20 -


4.8 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.5 , 4.6 or 4.7) , then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section  4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the applicable series of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section  4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the applicable series of Preferred Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Subsection 4.8 shall be construed as preventing the holders of Preferred Stock from seeking any appraisal rights to which they are otherwise entitled under the General Corporation Law in connection with a merger triggering an adjustment hereunder, nor shall this Subsection 4.8 be deemed conclusive evidence of the fair value of the shares of Preferred Stock in any such appraisal proceeding.

4.9 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, and/or the Series C Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable, but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of the applicable series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the applicable series of Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, and/or the Series C Conversion Price, then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of the applicable series of Preferred Stock.

 

- 21 -


4.10 Notice of Record Date . In the event:

(a) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

5. Mandatory Conversion .

5.1 Trigger Events . Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public, in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act resulting in at least $35,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time” ), then (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Subsection 4.1.1 and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

5.2 Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section  5 . Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate

 

- 22 -


affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 5.1 , including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2 . As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates or book entry statement for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of each applicable series of Preferred Stock accordingly.

6. No Redemption . None of the shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemable at the option of the holder thereof.

7. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

8. Waiver . Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived, either prospectively or retrospectively, on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived, either prospectively or retrospectively, on behalf of all holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived, either prospectively or retrospectively, on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series C Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived, either prospectively or retrospectively, on behalf of all

 

- 23 -


holders of Series C Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein, except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, may be waived, either prospectively or retrospectively, on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class.

9. Notices . Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Corporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the By-laws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the By-laws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-laws of the Corporation.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH: The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any

 

- 24 -


director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

ELEVENTH: The following indemnification provisions shall apply to the persons enumerated below.

1. Right to Indemnification of Directors and Officers . The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an “Indemnified Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section  3 of this Article Eleventh, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnified Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnified Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnified Person was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

2. Pre payment of Expenses of Directors and Officers . The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnified Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article Eleventh or otherwise.

3. Claims by Directors and Officers . If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article Eleventh is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnified Person has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnified Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

 

- 25 -


4. Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or, while an employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding. The ultimate determination of entitlement to indemnification of persons who are non-director or officer employees or agents shall be made in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person if the Proceeding was not authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

5. Advancement of Expenses of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

6. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person by this Article Eleventh shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7. Other Indemnification . The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer or employee of another Corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other Corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise.

8. Insurance . The Board of Directors may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists, or may hereafter be amended from time to time, authorize an appropriate officer or officers to purchase and maintain at the Corporation’s expense insurance: (a) to indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of directors, officers and employees under the provisions of this Article Eleventh; and (b) to indemnify or insure directors, officers and employees against liability in instances in which they may not otherwise be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article Eleventh.

9. Amendment or Repeal . Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Eleventh shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification. The rights provided hereunder shall inure to the benefit of any Indemnified Person and such person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

*    *    *

 

- 26 -


3. That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4. That this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

- 27 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on February 21, 2018.

 

By:  

/s/ Michael Bonney

  Michael Bonney
  Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. The Board of Directors of the Company has duly adopted resolutions pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware setting forth a proposed amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Certificate of Incorporation” ), and declaring said amendment to be advisable. This amendment amends the Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

 

  (a)

That Section 2.3.1 of Part B of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

2.3.1 Definition . Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless the holders of (i) a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(a) a merger or consolidation in which

(i) the Corporation is a constituent party or

(ii) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation (provided that, for the purpose of this Subsection 2.3.1 , all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion


of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged); or

(b) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

  (b)

That a new Section 3.4 of Part B of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation be added to the Certificate of Incorporation to read in its entirety as follows:

3.4 Series C Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . At any time when shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Corporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, given in writing or by a vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.4.1 amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Corporation in any manner that would adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of the Series C Preferred Stock; provided, however, for the avoidance of doubt, that any amendment or alteration to authorize a new series of capital stock that is senior to or on parity with the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, liquidation, redemption and/or voting shall not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of the Series C Preferred Stock; or

3.4.2 purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, or any subsidiary of the Corporation, other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock and (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service.


  (c)

That Section 4.4.2 of Part B of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

4.4.2 No Adjustment of Series Preferred Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series C Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

  (d)

That Section 5.1 of Part B of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

5.1 Trigger Events . Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public, in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act resulting in at least $35,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, provided that, if such conversion is in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, shall also be required (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), then (x) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Subsection 4.1.1 and (y) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

2. The requisite stockholders of the Company have duly approved said proposed amendment by written consent in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

*     *     *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Amendment has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company on this 16 th day of March, 2018.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael Bonney

  Name: Michael Bonney
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation]


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1 . The Board of Directors of the Company has duly adopted resolutions pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware setting forth a proposed amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), and declaring said amendment to be advisable. This amendment amends the Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

 

  (a)

That the first paragraph of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 99,171,832 consisting of (i) 62,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0,001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) 37,171,832 shares of Preferred Stock, $0,001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”), of which 14,469,180 shares are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock,” 3,057,972 shares are hereby designated “Series A-1 Preferred Stock,” 9,537,276 shares are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock,” and 10,107,404 shares are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock.”

2. The requisite stockholders of the Company have duly approved said proposed amendment by written consent in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

*    *    *

 

-33-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Amendment has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company on 8 th day of June, 2018.

 

By:  

/s/ Michael Bonney

  Michael Bonney
  Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1.         The Board of Directors of the Company has duly adopted resolutions pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware setting forth a proposed amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), and declaring said amendment to be advisable. This amendment amends the Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

 

  (a)

That the first paragraph of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 103,171,832 consisting of (i) 66,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and (ii) 37,171,832 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), of which 14,469,180 shares are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” 3,057,972 shares are hereby designated “ Series A-1 Preferred Stock ,” 9,537,276 shares are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” and 10,107,404 shares are hereby designated “ Series C Preferred Stock .”

2.         The requisite stockholders of the Company have duly approved said proposed amendment by written consent in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

*    *    *

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Certificate of Amendment has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company on this 29th day of November, 2018.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:   /s/ Alison Lawton
 

Name: Alison Lawton

Title: Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

 

[Signature Page to Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation]

Exhibit 3.3

BY-LAWS

OF

VL32, INC.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I

  

STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

1.1

  Place of Meetings      1  

1.2

  Annual Meeting      1  

1.3

  Special Meetings      1  

1.4

  Notice of Meetings      1  

1.5

  Voting List      1  

1.6

  Quorum      2  

1. 7

  Adjournments      2  

1.8

  Voting and Proxies      2  

1.9

  Action at Meeting      3  

1.10

  Conduct of Meetings      3  

1.11

  Action without Meeting      4  

ARTICLE II

  

DIRECTORS

     5  

2.1

  General Powers      5  

2.2

  Number, Election and Qualification      5  

2.3

  Chairman of the Board; Vice Chairman of the Board      5  

2.4

  Tenure      5  

2.5

  Quorum      5  

2.6

  Action at Meeting      5  

2.7

  Removal      5  

2.8

  Vacancies      6  

2.9

  Resignation      6  

2.10

  Regular Meetings      6  

2.11

  Special Meetings      6  

2.12

  Notice of Special Meetings      6  

2.13

  Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment      6  

2.14

  Action by Consent      7  

2.15

  Committees      7  

2.16

  Compensation of Directors      7  

ARTICLE III

  

OFFICERS

     7  

3.1

  Titles      7  

3.2

  Election      8  

3.3

  Qualification      8  

3.4

  Tenure      8  

3.5

  Resignation and Removal      8  


3.6

  Vacancies      8  

3.7

  President; Chief Executive Officer      8  

3.8

  Vice Presidents      8  

3. 9

  Secretary and Assistant Secretaries      9  

3.10

  Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers      9  

3.11

  Salaries      9  

3.12

  Delegation of Authority      9  

ARTICLE IV

  

CAPITAL STOCK

     10  

4.1

  Issuance of Stock      10  

4.2

  Stock Certificates; On certificated Shares      10  

4.3

  Transfers      11  

4.4

  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates      11  

4.5

  Record Date      11  

4.6

  Regulations      12  

ARTICLE V

  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     12  

5.1

  Fiscal Year      12  

5.2

  Corporate Seal      12  

5.3

  Waiver of Notice      12  

5.4

  Voting of Securities      12  

5.5

  Evidence of Authority      12  

5.6

  Certificate of Incorporation      12  

5.7

  Severability      12  

5.8

  Pronouns      12  

ARTICLE VI

  

AMENDMENTS

     13  

6.1

  By the Board of Directors      13  

6.2

  By the Stockholders      13  

 

 

- ii -


ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or, if not so designated, at the principal office of the corporation. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in a manner consistent with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

1.2 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President (which date shall not be a legal holiday in the place where the meeting is to be held).

1.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by only the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, and may not be called by any other person or persons. The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to (in a manner consistent with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. The notices of all meetings shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If notice is given by mail, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. If notice is given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed given at the time specified in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

1.5 Voting List . The Secretary shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during

 


ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a physical location (and not solely by means of remote communication), then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. The list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

1.6 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, however, that where a separate vote by a class or classes or series of capital stock is required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on such matter. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

1.7 Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these By-laws by the chairman of the meeting or by the stockholders present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. It shall not be necessary to notify any stockholder of any adjournment of less than 30 days if the time and place, if any, of the adjourned meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which adjournment is taken, unless after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8 Voting and Proxies . Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or to express consent or dissent to corporate action without a meeting, may vote or express such consent or dissent in person (including by means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting) or may authorize another person or persons to vote or act for such stockholder by a proxy executed or transmitted in a manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized agent and delivered (including by electronic transmission) to the Secretary of the corporation. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from the date of its execution, unless the proxy expressly provides for a longer period.

 

2


1.9 Action at Meeting . When a quorum is present at any meeting, any matter other than the election of directors to be voted upon by the stockholders at such meeting shall be decided by the vote of the holders of shares of stock having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the holders of all of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on such matter (or if there are two or more classes or series of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class or series, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of that class or series present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on such matter), except when a different vote is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws. When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election by stockholders of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election.

1.10 Conduct of Meetings .

(a) Chairman of Meeting . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Chairman’s absence by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Vice Chairman’s absence by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence, by the President, or in the President’s absence by a Vice President, or in the absence of all of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a chairman chosen by vote of the stockholders at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) Rules, Regulations and Procedures . The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the corporation as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as shall be determined; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

3


1.11 Action without Meeting .

(a) Taking of Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on such action were present and voted. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, stockholders may act by written consent to elect directors; provided, however, that, if such consent is less than unanimous, such action by written consent may be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

(b) Electronic Transmission of Consents . A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

(c) Notice of Taking of Corporate Action . Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the corporation.

 

4


ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.2 Number, Election and Qualification . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors of the corporation shall be established from time to time by the stockholders or the Board of Directors. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders by such stockholders as have the right to vote on such election. Election of directors need not be by written ballot. Directors need not be stockholders of the corporation.

2.3 Chairman of the Board; Vice Chairman of the Board . The Board of Directors may appoint from its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board, neither of whom need be an employee or officer of the corporation. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, such Chairman shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned by the Board of Directors and, if the Chairman of the Board is also designated as the corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, shall have the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer prescribed in Section 3. 7 of these By-laws. If the Board of Directors appoints a Vice Chairman of the Board, such Vice Chairman shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or, in the Chairman’s absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

2.4 Tenure . Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until a successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5 Quorum . The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors fixed pursuant to Section 2.2 of these By-laws shall constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

2.6 Action at Meeting . Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting of the Board of Directors duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, unless a greater number is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

2. 7 Removal . Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, any one or more or all of the directors of the corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, except that the directors elected by the holders of a particular class or series of stock may be removed without cause only by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series.

 

5


2.8 Vacancies . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, unless and until filled by the stockholders, any vacancy or newly-created directorship on the Board of Directors, however occurring, may be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of such director’s predecessor in office, and a director chosen to fill a position resulting from a newly-created directorship shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until a successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.9 Resignation . Any director may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation at its principal office or to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event.

2.10 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.11 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place designated in a call by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, two or more directors, or by one director in the event that there is only a single director in office.

2.12 Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of the date, place, if any, and time of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director (a) in person or by telephone at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (b) by sending written notice by reputable overnight courier, telecopy, facsimile or electronic transmission, or delivering written notice by hand, to such director’s last known business, home or electronic transmission address at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) by sending written notice by first-class mail to such director’s last known business or home address at least 72 hours in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

2.13 Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment . Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

6


2.14 Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the written consents or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.15 Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as the Board of Directors thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these By-laws for the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws, or the resolution of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

2.16 Compensation of Directors . Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary entities in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

3.1 Titles . The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

 

7


3.2 Election . The Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Other officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

3.3 Qualification . No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.4 Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the resolution electing or appointing such officer, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5 Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign by delivering a written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following such officer’s resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether such officer’s compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided for in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.

3.6 Vacancies . The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave unfilled for such period as it may determine any offices other than those of Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and Secretary. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of such officer’s predecessor and until a successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.7 President; Chief Executive Officer . Unless the Board of Directors has designated another person as the corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the corporation subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or that are delegated to such officer by the Board of Directors. The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer) may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Chief Executive Officer or the President (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer), the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and when so performing such duties shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

3.8 Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

 

8


3.9 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the secretary, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to attend all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and keep a record of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the chairman of the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.10 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In addition, the Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories selected in accordance with these By-laws, to disburse such funds as ordered by the Board of Directors, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors statements of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

The Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

3.11 Salaries . Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.12 Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

9


ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 Issuance of Stock . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any shares of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in the corporation’s treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such lawful consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Stock Certificates; Uncertificated Shares . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Every holder of stock of the corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, representing the number of shares held by such holder registered in certificate form. Each such certificate shall be signed in a manner that complies with Section 158 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuous! y noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock, provided that in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a copy of the full text of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 202(a) or 218(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or, with respect to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

10


4.3 Transfers . Shares of stock of the corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-laws. Transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the books of the corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of stock of the corporation. Subject to applicable law, shares of stock represented by certificates shall be transferred only on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity and posting of such bond as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5 Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent (or dissent) to corporate action without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and such record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 10 days after the date of adoption of a record date for a consent without a meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first consent is properly delivered to the corporation. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

11


4.6 Regulations . The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of shares of stock of the corporation shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Fiscal Year . Except as from time to time otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the first day of January of each year and end on the last day of December in each year.

5.2 Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before, at or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in any such waiver. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

5.4 Voting of Securities . Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Treasurer may waive notice of, vote, or appoint any person or persons to vote, on behalf of the corporation at, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact for this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at, any meeting of stockholders or securityholders of any other entity, the securities of which may be held by this corporation.

5.5 Evidence of Authority . A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6 Certificate of Incorporation . All references in these By-laws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

5.7 Severability . Any determination that any provision of these By-laws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these By-laws.

5.8 Pronouns . All pronouns used in these By-laws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

 

12


ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

6.1 By the Board of Directors . These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new by-laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors.

6.2 By the Stockholders . These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new by-laws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders, provided notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new by-laws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

 

13

Exhibit 4.1

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 21, 2018, by and among Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto (each, an “ Investor ,” and together with any subsequent investors, or transferees, who become parties hereto as “Investors” pursuant to Subsection 6.9, the “ Investors ”).

WHEREAS , certain of the Investors (the “ Existing Investors ”) possess registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer, and other rights pursuant to an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2017, between the Company and the Existing Investors (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , the Existing Investors desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and to accept the rights created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement; and

WHEREAS , concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company and certain of the Investors are entering into a Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which such Investors have agreed to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as defined below).

NOW, THEREFORE , the Company and the Existing Investors hereby agree to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein, and all of the parties hereto further agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital or other investment fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company or investment advisor with, such Person.

1.2 “ Common Stock ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.3 “ Damages ” means any loss, damage, claim, or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim, or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.


1.4 “ Derivative Securities ” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

1.5 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.6 “ Excluded Registration ” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

1.7 “ Form S-1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

1.8 “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

1.9 “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

1.10 “ Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

1.11 “ Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

1.12 “ Initiating Holders ” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

1.13 “ IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

1.14 “ Lead Preferred Director” means the director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to elect as a separate class pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

2


1.15 “ Major Investor ” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 500,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof) or, after the IPO, at least 500,000 Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof).

1.16 “ New Securities ” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

1.17 “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

1.18 “ Preferred Director ” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Preferred Stock are entitled to elect as a separate class pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

1.19 “ Preferred Stock ” means shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock.

1.20 “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) the Common Stock held by Flagship VentureLabs V LLC and Flagship VentureLabs IV LLC as of the date hereof; (iii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, held by the Investors or acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; and (iv) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clause (i) , (ii) and (iii)  above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Subsection 6.1, and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Subsection 2.13 of this Agreement.

1.21 “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

1.22 “ Restricted Securities ” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b ) hereof.

1.23 “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.24 “ SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

3


1.25 “ SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.26 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.27 “ Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Subsection 2.6.

1.28 “ Series A Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.29 “ Series A-1 Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.30 “ Series B Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.31 “ Series C Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

2. Registration Rights . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Demand Registration .

(a) Form S-1 Demand . If at any time after the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement for which the anticipated aggregate offering price would exceed $10,000,000, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsection 2.1(c) and Subsection 2.3 .

(b) Form S-3 Demand . If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $5,000,000, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than

 

4


the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsection 2.1(c) and Subsection 2.3 .

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Subsection 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided , however , that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a)  (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) ; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC and the offering of the Registrable Securities registered under such registration statement has been closed, unless the Initiating Holders (i) withdraw their request for such registration other than due to the Initiating Holders having learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Initiating Holders at the time of their request for registration, (ii) elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and (iii) forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Subsection 2.6 , in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) .    

 

5


2.2 Company Registration . If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration or the IPO), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Subsection 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Subsection 2.6 .

2.3 Underwriting Requirements .    

(a) If, pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders, subject only to the reasonable approval of the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection 2.3 , if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided , however , that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

 

6


(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, and (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Subsection 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c) For purposes of Section 2.1 , a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 2.3(a) , fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

2.4 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided , however , that (i) such one hundred

 

7


twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

 

8


(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

2.5 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses of Registration . All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (“ Selling Holder Counsel ”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Subsection 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) or Subsection 2.1(b) , as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) or Subsection 2.1(b) . All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

2.7 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

 

9


2.8 Indemnification . If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 :

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder and the partners, members, officers, directors and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Subsections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Subsection 2.8 , give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which

 

10


notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 , to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Subsection 2.8 .

(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Subsection 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Subsection 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Subsection 2.8 , then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Subsection 2.8(d) , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Subsection 2.8(b ), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

11


(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Subsection 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.9 Reports Under Exchange Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that (i) would provide to such holder the right to include securities in any registration on other than a subordinate basis after all Holders have had the opportunity to include in the registration and offering all shares of Registrable Securities that they wish to so include or (ii) allow such holder or prospective holder to initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Subsection 6.9 .

 

12


2.11 “Market Stand off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days plus such additional period up to eighteen (18) additional days as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement for such IPO and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock) are subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third party beneficiaries of this Subsection 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Subsection 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

2.12 Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred in violation of this Agreement, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

(b) Each certificate, instrument or book entry representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Subsection 2.12(c)) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED

 

13


UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Subsection 2.12 .

(c) The holder of such Restricted Securities, by acceptance of ownership thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2 . Before any proposed sale, pledge or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge or transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Subsection 2.12 . Each certificate, instrument or book entry evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) , except that such certificate, instrument or book entry shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act. Once the Restricted Securities are eligible for transfer pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the Holder shall have the right to request that the Company remove the applicable restrictive legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) , and the Company agrees to promptly comply with such request to remove such legend.

 

14


2.13 Termination of Registration Rights . The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1 or Subsection 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

(a) immediately before the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation;

(b) such time after the IPO as SEC Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration; and

(c) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the IPO.

3. Information and Observer Rights .

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor, provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is (or, in the case of a Major Investor that is an individual, is employed by or serves as a consultant to) a competitor of the Company:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such fiscal year and (y) the comparable amounts for the prior year and as included in the Budget (as defined in Subsection 3.1(e)) for such year, with an explanation of any material differences between such amounts and a schedule as to the sources and applications of funds for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all such financial statements audited and certified by independent public accountants selected by the Company and approved by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit any Major Investor to calculate its percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete and correct;

 

15


(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such month, and an unaudited balance sheet and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such month, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(e) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days of the beginning of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the such fiscal year (collectively, the “ Budget ”), approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a quarterly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such quarters and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company; and

(f) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Subsection 3.1(f) to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.    

Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 3.1 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Subsection 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

3.2 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Major Investor (provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is, in the case of a Major Investor that is an individual, is employed by or serves as a consultant to, a competitor of the Company), at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in

 

16


good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3 Termination of Information Rights . The covenants set forth in Subsection 3.1 and Subsection 3.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) immediately before a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

3.4 Confidentiality . Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Subsection 3 .4 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided , however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Subsection 3.4 ; (iii) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that such Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

4. Rights to Future Stock Issuances .    

4.1 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Subsection 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

(a) The Company shall give notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

 

17


(b) By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock then held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Preferred Stock and other Derivative Securities). At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Subsection 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Subsection 4.1(c ).

(c) If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Subsection 4.1(b) , the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Subsection 4.1(b) , offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Subsection 4.1 .

(d) The right of first offer in this Subsection 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation), or (ii) shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement at any Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) following the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

4.2 Termination . The covenants set forth in Subsection 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) immediately before a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

 

18


5. Additional Covenants .    

5.1 Insurance . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain in effect, from financially sound and reputable insurers, Directors and Officers liability insurance, and, unless the requirement is waived by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director, term “key person” insurance on the Chief Executive Officer, each in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued. The key person policy shall name the Company as loss payee, and neither policy shall be cancelable by the Company without prior approval by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director.    

5.2 Employee Agreements . The Company will cause (i) each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement and (ii) each employee to enter into a one (1) year non-competition and non-solicitation agreement, each in a form acceptable to the Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities. In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements, or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the consent of the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director.

5.3 Employee Stock . Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal quarterly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Subsection 2.11 . In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

5.4 Qualified Small Business Stock . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shares of Preferred Stock issued on or prior to June 28, 2017 (the date of the last closing held under that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2017, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto), as well as any shares into which such shares are converted, within the meaning of Section 1202(f) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”), to constitute “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code; provided , however , that such requirement shall not be applicable if the Board of Directors of the Company determines, in its good-faith business judgment, that such qualification is inconsistent with the best interests of the Company. The Company shall submit to its stockholders (including the Investors) and to the Internal Revenue Service any reports that

 

19


may be required under Section 1202(d)(1)(C) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, within twenty (20) business days after any Investor’s written request therefor, the Company shall, at its option, either (i) deliver to such Investor a written statement indicating whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code or (ii) deliver to such Investor such factual information in the Company’s possession as is reasonably necessary to enable such Investor to determine whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code.

5.5 Matters Requiring Investor Director Approval . So long as the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to elect a Preferred Director, the Company hereby covenants and agrees with the Investors that it shall not, nor shall it permit any subsidiary to, without approval of the Board of Directors, which approval must include the affirmative vote of the Lead Preferred Director:

(a) make any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;

(b) make any loan or advance to any Person, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director;

(c) guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) make any investment inconsistent with any investment policy approved by the Board of Directors;

(e) incur any aggregate indebtedness in excess of $100,000 that is not already included in a budget approved by the Board of Directors, other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) otherwise enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer, or employee of the Company or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such Person, except for transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Purchase Agreement, transactions resulting in payments to or by the Company in an aggregate amount less than $60,000 per year, or transactions made in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to reasonable requirements of the Company’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms that are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;

(g) hire, terminate, or change the compensation of the executive officers, including approving any option grants or stock awards to executive officers;

(h) change the principal business of the Company, enter new lines of business, or exit the current line of business;

 

20


(i) sell, assign, license, pledge, or encumber material technology or intellectual property, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business;

(j) increase the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, or adopt any other equity incentive plan; or

(k) enter into any corporate strategic relationship involving the payment, contribution, or assignment by the Company or to the Company of money or assets.    

5.6 Board Matters . The Board of Directors shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule, unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the Board of Directors, including the Lead Preferred Director. The Company shall reimburse the nonemployee directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors. The Company will maintain an audit committee and compensation committee of the Board of Directors, with each consisting solely of non-management directors. Each non-employee director shall be entitled in such person’s discretion to be a member of any Board committee. Each committee of the Board of Directors shall include at least one Preferred Director.

5.7 Successor Indemnification . If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s By-laws, its Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

5.8 Expenses of Counsel . In the event of a transaction which is a Sale of the Company (as defined in the Voting Agreement of even date herewith among the Investors and the Company, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time), the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Major Investors (“ Investor Counsel ”), in their capacities as stockholders, shall be borne and paid by the Company. At the outset of considering a transaction which, if consummated would constitute a Sale of the Company, the Company shall obtain the ability to share with the Investor Counsel (and such counsel’s clients) and shall share the confidential information (including, without limitation, the initial and all subsequent drafts of memoranda of understanding, letters of intent and other transaction documents and related non-competition, employment, consulting and other compensation agreements and plans) pertaining to and memorializing any of the transactions which, individually or when aggregated with others would constitute the Sale of the Company. The Company shall be obligated to share (and cause the Company’s counsel and investment bankers to share) such materials when distributed to the Company’s executives and/or any one or more of the other parties to such transaction(s). In the event that Investor Counsel deems it appropriate, in its reasonable discretion, to enter into a joint defense agreement or other arrangement to enhance the ability of the parties to protect their communications and other reviewed materials under the attorney client privilege, the Company shall, and shall direct its counsel to, execute and deliver to Investor Counsel and its clients such

 

21


an agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Investor Counsel. In the event that one or more of the other party or parties to such transactions require the clients of Investor Counsel to enter into a confidentiality agreement and/or joint defense agreement in order to receive such information, then the Company shall share whatever information can be shared without entry into such agreement and shall, at the same time, in good faith work expeditiously to enable Investor Counsel and its clients to negotiate and enter into the appropriate agreement(s) without undue burden to the clients of Investor Counsel.

5.9 Indemnification Matters . The Company hereby acknowledges that one (1) or more of the directors nominated to serve on the Board of Directors by the Investors (each a “ Fund Director ”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (a) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Fund Director are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Fund Director are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Fund Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Fund Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Fund Director), without regard to any rights such Fund Director may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any such Fund Director with respect to any claim for which such Fund Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Fund Director against the Company.

5.10 Right to Conduct Activities . The Company acknowledges that certain of the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company. The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that such Investors (together with their affiliates) invest in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently propose to be conducted). The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, such Investors shall not be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by such Investors in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of such Investors to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) any of the Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

 

22


5.11 FCPA . The Company represents that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to) promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official (as (as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “ FCPA ”)), in each case, in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to) cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to) maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. Upon request, the Company agrees to provide responsive information and/or certifications concerning its compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws. The Company shall promptly notify each Investor if the Company becomes aware of any Enforcement Action (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). The Company shall, and shall cause any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by it, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply with the FCPA. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any direct or indirect subsidiary, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

5.12 Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in this Section 5 , except for Subsection 5.7 and Subsection 5.9 , shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) immediately before a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

6. Miscellaneous .    

6.1 Successors and Assigns . The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided, however, that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Subsection 2.11 . For the

 

23


purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

6.2 Governing Law . This Agreement and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

6.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.    

6.4 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

6.5 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or: (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or to the Company at 18 Crosby Dr., Bedford, MA, 01730, ATTN: Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 6.5 . If notice is given to the Company, a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be given to Kingsley Taft, Esq., Goodwin Procter LLP, 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, (617) 523-1231 (fax), ktaft@goodwinprocter.com.

 

24


6.6 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Subsection 2.12(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Subsection 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction). The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

6.7 Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

6.8 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

6.9 Additional Investors . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of Preferred Stock on or after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder, and the Company may amend Schedule A to add such additional purchaser as an Investor without requiring the consent of any other party hereto.

6.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including any Schedules and/or Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.    

 

25


6.11 Dispute Resolution . The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state courts of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.    

6.12 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

6.13 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.14 Further Assurances . At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, the parties agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request of any other party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as the other party may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and to otherwise carry out the intent of the parties hereunder.

 

26


6.15 Acknowledgment . The Company acknowledges that each Investor is in the business of venture capital investing and therefore reviews the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict any Investor from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

6.16 Prior Agreement Superseded . Pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Prior Agreement, the undersigned parties who are parties to such Prior Agreement hereby amend and restate the Prior Agreement to read in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement, all with the intent and effect that the Prior Agreement shall hereby be terminated and entirely replaced and superseded by this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:   /s/ Michael Bonney
  Michael Bonney
  Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
FLAGSHIP VENTURES FUND 2007, L.P.

by its General Partner

Flagship Ventures Fund 2007 General Partner LLC

           By:   /s/ Noubar B. Afeyan
    Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D.
    Its Manager

 

FLAGSHIP VENTURES FUND IV, L.P.

by its General Partner

Flagship Ventures Fund IV General Partner LLC

           By:   /s/ Noubar B. Afeyan
    Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D.
    Its Manager

 

FLAGSHIP VENTURES FUND V, L.P.
NUTRITIONAL HEALTH DISRUPTIVE INNOVATION FUND, L.P.
NUTRITIONAL HEALTH SIDE FUND, L.P.

Each by its General Partner

Flagship Ventures Fund V General Partner LLC

           By:   /s/ Noubar B. Afeyan
    Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D.
    Its Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
FLAGSHIP VENTURELABS IV LLC

By: Flagship Ventures Fund IV, L.P., its Manager and
Class A Member

 

By: Flagship Ventures Fund IV General Partner LLC, its General Partner

           By:   /s/ Noubar B. Afeyan
    Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D.
    Its Manager

 

FLAGSHIP VENTURELABS V LLC

By: Flagship Ventures Fund V, L.P., its Manager and

Class A Member

 

By: Flagship Ventures Fund V General Partner LLC, its General Partner

           By:   /s/ Noubar B. Afeyan
    Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D.
    Its Manager

 

Flagship Ventures Opportunities Fund I, L.P.

By its General Partner

Flagship Ventures Opportunities Fund I General Partner LLC

By:   /s/ Noubar B. Afeyan
Noubar B. Afeyan, Ph.D.
Its Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  INVESTORS:
SMRS-TOPE LLC
 

By: HVST-TOPE LLC,

Its Managing Member

 

By: HarbourVest Partners L.P.

Its Manager

 

By: HarbourVest Partners, LLC

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Ian C. Lane
  Name: Ian C. Lane
  Title: Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
PROSPECTOR K, LLC
           By:   /s/ John D. Gillespie
   

John D. Gillespie

Its Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
ALEXANDRIA VENTURE INVESTMENTS, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, INC.,
a Maryland corporation, managing member
By:   /s/ Aaron Jacobson
 

Name: Aaron Jacobson

Title: VP - Corporate Counsel

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

THE TRUSTEES OF COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK

 

By:   /s/ Timothy Donohue
  Name: Timothy Donohue,
 

Title: Chief Investment Officer

Columbia Investment Management Company, L.L.C.

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
OT MICROBIOME FUND II, LLC
By:   /s/ Nichola Eliovits
  Name: Nichola Eliovits
  Title: Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
ZOLA FINANCE, INC.
By:   /s/ Minerva Acosta/Elvia Acosta
  Name: Minerva Acosta/Elvia Acosta
  Title: Directors

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Michael W. Bonney
Michael W. Bonney

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Geoffrey von Maltzahn
Geoffrey von Maltzahn

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Anthony Quinn
Anthony Quinn

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Alexander Ward Phillips
Alexander Ward Phillips
/s/ Anne Leigh Phillips
Anne Leigh Phillips

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
UPRISING INVESTORS FUND I, L.P.,
By: Uprising Investors (GP1), LLC
Its: General Partner
By:   /s/ Saad Khan
  Name: Saad Khan

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

1.

As a result of execution of this Joinder Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), the undersigned, is hereby joined to, and bound by the terms and conditions of, the following agreements in the capacities set forth below effective as of June 8, 2018:

 

  (a)

That certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 21, 2018, by and among Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), as a “Purchaser” (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

  (b)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ ROFR ”) as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the ROFR).

 

  (c)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ IRA ”), as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the IRA).

 

  (d)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ VA ”), as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the VA).

 

2.

The undersigned hereby authorizes this Joinder Agreement and Counterpart Signature Page to be attached to the Purchase Agreement, the ROFR, the IRA and the VA.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

P LATINUM F ALCON B 2018 RSC L IMITED
By:   /s/ Humaid Bin Butti Bin Humaid Bin Bishr AlMarri
Name:   Humaid Bin Butti Bin Humaid Bin Bishr AlMarri
Title:   Authorised Signatory

 

By:   /s/ Mohamed Fahed Mohamed Abdulla AlMazrouei
Name:   Mohamed Fahed Mohamed Abdulla AlMazrouei
Title:   Authorised Signatory
Address:

Office 3530, 35th Floor,

A1 Marqam Tower

Abu Dhabi Global Market Square

A1 Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, UAE


JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

1.

As a result of execution of this Joinder Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), the undersigned, is hereby joined to, and bound by the terms and conditions of, the following agreements in the capacities set forth below effective as of June 8 th , 2018:

 

  (a)

That certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 21, 2018, by and among Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), as a “Purchaser” (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

  (b)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ ROFR ”) as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the ROFR).

 

  (c)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ IRA ”), as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the IRA).

 

  (d)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ VA ”), as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the VA).

 

2.

The undersigned hereby authorizes this Joinder Agreement and Counterpart Signature Page to be attached to the Purchase Agreement, the ROFR, the IRA and the VA.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


I hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, my responses in this Questionnaire are complete and accurate in every material respect. In addition, I hereby agree that I will notify the Compliance Officer immediately upon becoming aware that any answer I have given in this Questionnaire is not, or is no longer, complete and accurate in every material respect.

Dated: 07/06/2018

 

/s/ Paul Andrew Baudet

(signature)
PAUL ANDREW BAUDET
(printed or typed name)


JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

1.

As a result of execution of this Joinder Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), the undersigned, is hereby joined to, and bound by the terms and conditions of, the following agreements in the capacities set forth below effective as of June 8, 2018:

 

  (a)

That certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 21, 2018, by and among Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), as a “Purchaser” (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

  (b)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ ROFR ”’) as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the ROFR).

 

  (c)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ IRA ”), as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the IRA).

 

  (d)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ VA ”), as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the VA).

 

2.

The undersigned hereby authorizes this Joinder Agreement and Counterpart Signature Page to be attached to the Purchase Agreement, the ROFR, the IRA and the VA.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ROCK SPRINGS CAPITAL MASTER FUND LP
By: Rock Springs General Partner LLC
By:  

/s/ Mark Bussard

Name:   Mark Bussard
Title:   Managing Member
Address:

Rock Springs Capital

650 S. Exeter St. Suite 1070

Baltimore, MD 21202


JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

1.

As a result of execution of this Joinder Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), the undersigned, is hereby joined to, and bound by the terms and conditions of, the following agreements in the capacities set forth below effective as of June 8, 2018:

 

  (a)

That certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 21, 2018, by and among Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), as a “Purchaser” (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

  (b)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ ROFR ”) as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the ROFR).

 

  (c)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ IRA ”), as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the IRA).

 

  (d)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ VA ”), as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the VA).

 

2.

The undersigned hereby authorizes this Joinder Agreement and Counterpart Signature Page to be attached to the Purchase Agreement, the ROFR, the IRA and the VA.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

D AVID F RIEND R EVOCABLE T RUST
By   /s/ David Friend
Name:   David Friend
Title:   Mr
Address:   40 Commonwealth Ave
  Boston, MA 02116


JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

1.

As a result of execution of this Joinder Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), the undersigned, is hereby joined to, and bound by the terms and conditions of, the following agreements in the capacities set forth below effective as of June 8, 2018:

 

  (a)

That certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 21, 2018, by and among Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), as a “Purchaser” (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

  (b)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ ROFR ”) as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the ROFR).

 

  (c)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ IRA ”), as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the IRA).

 

  (d)

That certain Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto, as the same has been amended and may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ VA ”), as an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the VA).

 

2.

The undersigned hereby authorizes this Joinder Agreement and Counterpart Signature Page to be attached to the Purchase Agreement, the ROFR, the IRA and the VA.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

/s/ Dr. Ronald I Dozoretz
Dr. Ronald I Dozoretz

 

Address:  

240 Corporate Blvd

Suite 110

  Norfolk, VA 23502


SCHEDULE A

Investors

 

Investor

Flagship Ventures Fund 2007, LP
55 Cambridge Parkway, Suite 800E
Cambridge, MA 02142
T: 617.868.1888
Fax: 617.868.1115
E-mail: legalnotices@flagshippioneering.com.
Flagship Ventures Fund IV, LP
55 Cambridge Parkway, Suite 800E
Cambridge, MA 02142
T: 617.868.1888
Fax: 617.868.1115
E-mail: legalnotices@flagshippioneering.com.
Flagship Ventures Fund V, LP
55 Cambridge Parkway, Suite 800E
Cambridge, MA 02142
T: 617.868.1888
Fax: 617.868.1115
E-mail: legalnotices@flagshippioneering.com.
Nutritional Health Disruptive Innovation Fund, LP
55 Cambridge Parkway, Suite 800E
Cambridge, MA 02142
T: 617.868.1888
Fax: 617.868.1115
E-mail: legalnotices@flagshippioneering.com.
Nutritional Health Side Fund, L.P.
55 Cambridge Parkway, Suite 800E
Cambridge, MA 02142
T: 617.868.1888
Fax: 617.868.1115
E-mail: legalnotices@flagshippioneering.com.

 

52


Flagship Ventures Opportunities Fund I, L.P.
55 Cambridge Parkway, Suite 800E
Cambridge, MA 02142
T: 617.868.1888
Fax: 617.868.1115
E-mail: legalnotices@flagshippioneering.com.
Flagship Venturelabs IV LLC
55 Cambridge Parkway, Suite 800E
Cambridge, MA 02142
T: 617.868.1888
Fax: 617.868.1115
E-mail: legalnotices@flagshippioneering.com.
Flagship Venturelabs V LLC
55 Cambridge Parkway, Suite 800E
Cambridge, MA 02142
T: 617.868.1888
Fax: 617.868.1115
E-mail: legalnotices@flagshippioneering.com.
Geoffrey von Maltzahn

c/o Flagship Ventures

55 Cambridge Parkway, Suite 800E

Cambridge, MA 02142
T: 617.868.1888
Fax: 617.868.1115
E-mail: legalnotices@flagshippioneering.com.
BMV Direct CO LP
Address:

101 Main Street

16th Floor

Cambridge, MA 02142
T:
F:

 

53


OT Microbiome Fund I, LLC
PO Box 171305
Salt Lake City, UT 84117
T:   
F:   
OT Microbiome Fund II, LLC
PO Box 171305
Salt Lake City, UT 84117
T:   
F:   
Alexandria Equities, LLC
Address: 385 E. Colorado Blvd.
Suite 299
Pasadena, CA 91101
T: 626.578.0777
F: 626.657.2694
VentureCraft Two PTE. LTD.,
Address: 4 Robinson Road
#07-03 House of Eden
Singapore 048543
T:    +65 6536 3609   
F:    +65 6536 1513   
Uprising Investors Fund I, L.P.
c/o Uprising Ventures
580 California St, Suite 2040
San Francisco, CA 94104
T:   
F:   
Uprising Opportunity Fund I, L.P.
c/o Uprising Ventures
580 California St, Suite 2040
San Francisco, CA 94104
T:   
F:   

 

54


Occam Global LLC
80 Broad Street
Suite 701
New York, NY 10004
T: 646 350-1945
Alexander Ward Phillips and Anne Leigh Phillips
12339 Cypress Island Way
Wellington, FL 33414
T:
F:
aphillips1980@gmail.com
Neal Rajdev
42 Mt. Vernon Street #5C
Boston, MA, 02108
T: 415-944-9740
Rajdev@gmail.com
Thomas G. Schlaff Revocable Living Trust Dated July 8, 1993
9321 Huron Rapids Dr.
Whitmore Lake, MI. 48189
T: (734) 323-6016
Email: tschlaff@umich.edu
David P. Perry 2015 Trust
David Perry
C/O Blouin & Co.
PO Box 600157
Newton, MA 02460
T: (617) 332-4040
F: (617) 332-4041

 

55


Aberdare Management
235 Montgomery Street
Suite 1230
San Francisco, CA 94104
T: (415) 392-7442
F: (415) 392-4264
David Rees

Crets de Champel 38

1206 Geneva

Switzerland
T: +41 79 6587878
Anthony Quinn
21 Fort Hill Avenue
Gloucester MA 01930

T: 650-353-1304

agquinn94@gmail.com

Michael W. Bonney
Address: 536 Commercial Street
Boston, MA 02109
E-mail: Michael.Bonney@kaleido.com
Dikigoros Holdings LLC
c/o Latham & Watkins LLP

Attention: Peter N. Handrinos

200 Clarendon Street, 27 th Floor

Boston, MA 02116
Email: peter.handrinos@lw.com
Fax: 617-948-6061
VP Company Investments 2016, LLC
c/o Latham & Watkins LLP

Attention: CFO

555 West Fifth Street, Suite 800

Los Angeles, CA 90013-1021
Email: investment.adminstration@lw.com
Fax: 213-891-7123

 

56


Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth
Company Fund
State Street Bank & Trust
PO Box 5756
Boston, Massachusetts 02206
Attn: WAVELENGTH + CO Fidelity Mt. Vernon
Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund
Email: SSBCORPACTIONS@StateStreet.com
Fax number: 617-988-9110
Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool
By: Fidelity Management Trust Company, as Trustee

Mag & Co.

c/o Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

Attn: Corporate Actions /Vault

140 Broadway

New York, NY 10005
BBH.Fidelity.CA.Notifications@BBH.com
Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth
Company Fund
BNY Mellon

Attn: Stacey Wolfe

525 William Penn Place Rm 0400

Pittsburgh, PA 15259 Email:
FidelityCorporateEvents@bnymellon.com
Fax number: 412-236-1012

 

57


Artal International, SCA

Artal International S.C.A.

44, Rue de la Vallée

L-2661 Luxembourg
Attn : Anne Goffard
With copies to:

The Invus Group LLC

750 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022
Attn: Philippe J. Amouyal

Platinum Falcon B 2018 RSC Ltd.

c/o Office 3523,

35th Floor,

Al Marqam Tower
Abu Dhabi Global Market Square
Al Maryah Island,
Abu Dhabi
UAE
Tenacity Holdings Limited
Po Box 36
Sommerville House
Phillips Street
St. Helier
Jersey, Channel Islands
JE4 9NU
Hans P. Utsch
Rock Springs Capital LP
650 S. Exeter St., Suite 1070
Baltimore, MD 21202
Dr. Ronald I Dozoretz
David Friend Revocable Trust
40 Commonwealth Avenue
Boston, MA 02116

 

58

Exhibit 4.3

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW. THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN SECTION 4 OF THIS WARRANT.

SECOND WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:    KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
Number of Shares:    51,413
Class of Stock:    Series B Preferred
Initial Exercise Price:    $3.89 per share
Issue Date:    October 13, 2017
Expiration Date:    October 13, 2027

T HIS W ARRANT C ERTIFIES T HAT , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, P ACIFIC W ESTERN B ANK or its assignee or transferee (“ Hold er ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares” ) of KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC. (the “Company” ) at the initial exercise price per Share (the Warrant Price ”) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this warrant by delivering this warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Shares are traded regularly in a public market, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares (or the closing price of the Company’s stock into which the Shares are convertible) reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Shares are not regularly traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.


1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Repurchase on Sale, Merger, or Consolidation of the Company.

1.6.1 Acquisition .” For the purpose of this warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Exercise Upon Acquisition. Upon the closing of any Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists of cash, marketable securities, or a combination of both cash and marketable securities, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically converted pursuant to Section 1.2, and thereafter Holder shall participate in the Acquisition on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company, provided, however, that if the fair market value of the Shares, as determined pursuant to Section 1.3, in connection with such Acquisition is less than the aggregate Warrant Price, then this warrant shall terminate without exercise or conversion immediately prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

1.6.3 Assumption of Warrant. Upon the closing of any Acquisition not referred to in Section 1.6.2, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this warrant, and this warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this warrant.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

 

2.


2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise . of the new warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of shares shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of shares shall be proportionately increased.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in accordance with the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.6 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

 

3.


ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this warrant is the price per share paid by investors in the Company’s most recent preferred stock financing.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached to this warrant is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. The Company shall provide Holder with not less than 7 days prior written notice of, including a description of the material facts surrounding, any of the following events: (a) declaration of any dividend or distribution upon its common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) offering for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) effecting any reclassification or recapitalization of common stock; or (d) the merger or consolidation with or into any other corporation, or sale, lease, license, or conveyance of all or substantially all of its assets, or liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

3.3 Information Rights. Prior to an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock and provided Holder holds this warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder the financial information required to be delivered to Major Investors (as defined in the IRA) under Section 3.1(a) and 3.1(b) pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated as of February 16, 2017, by and among the Company and the investors named therein (the IRA ”).

3.4 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be “Registrable Securities”, and Holder shall be a “Holder” under the IRA.

3.5 Holder Investment Representations. Holder makes the representations to the Company set forth in Exhibit A hereof in connection with the issuance of this warrant and the Shares (collectively, the “ Securities ”).

3.6 Market Stand Off. Holder agrees that it shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the IRA.

 

4.


3.7 Company Agreements . If upon exercise of this warrant (other than in connection with an Acquisition or an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock) Holder continues to hold the Shares, upon the request of the Company, Holder shall execute a counterpart signature page to the investor and stockholder agreements governing the rights and obligations in respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, including without limitation the IRA.

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Term: Exercise Upon Expiration . This warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the one-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the first anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. If this warrant has not been exercised prior to the Expiration Date, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised on the Expiration Date by “cashless” conversion pursuant to Section 1.2.

4.2 Legends . This warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

4.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee. The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder or if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144 (d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

4.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of the warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable). No surrender or reissuance shall be required for a transfer to an affiliate of Holder.

 

5.


4.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

Pacific Western Bank

Attn: Warrant Administrator

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

Durham, NC 27701

4.6 Amendments . This warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

4.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

4.8 Governing Law . This warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

6.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Second Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date set forth above.

 

KALEDIO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Moore

Name:

 

Jeffrey Moore

Title:

 

SVP, Finance & Administration, Secretary & Treasurer

 

Acknowledged and agreed:
PACIFIC WESTERN BANK
By:  

/s/ Scott Hansen

Name:   Scott Hansen
Title:   SVP

[Signature Page to Second Warrant to Purchase Stock]


Appendix 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                      shares of the                      stock of KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC . pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

1. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached warrant into shares in the manner specified in the warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to                      of the shares covered by the warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply,]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Holder’s Name)

 

(Address)

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK or Registered Assignee

 

 

(Signature)

 

(Date)


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS

(a) The undersigned is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition, and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. The undersigned is purchasing the Securities for its own account for investment purposes only, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The undersigned has such knowledge and experience in financial business matters and the undersigned is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of the Securities and of protecting its interests in connection therewith.

(b) The undersigned understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the undersigned’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) The undersigned further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely, and the undersigned must therefore bear the economic risk therewith, unless the Securities are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. In addition, the undersigned understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required.

(d) The undersigned is familiar with the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, which, in substance, permits limited public resale of “restricted Securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

(e) The Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires, among other things, the existence of a public market for the Securities, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale occurring not less than one year after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold, the sales being effected through a “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a “market maker” and the number of Securities being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations.

(f) The undersigned further understands that in the event that all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required.

(g) The undersigned is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.


Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.

Capitalization Summary—Post Second Close Series B

As of 10/1/17

 

      FDE Capitalization—Before Second Closing Series B     FDE Capitalization—Post Series B Second Close  

HOLDER

  Common     Series A, A1
Preferred
Investment
$ (8)
    Series
A,A-1
Preferred
Shares
    Series B
Preferred $
    Series B
Preferred
Shares (5)
    Total
Preferred
Shares
    %
Preferred
    Fully
Diluted
Shares
(Post First
Closing)
    % of
Fully
Diluted
    Series B
Preferred $
    Series B
Preferred
Shares
(5), (6),
(7)
    Total
Preferred
Shares
    %
Preferred
    Fully
Diluted
Shares
(Post First
Closing)
    % of
Fully
Diluted
 

Flagship Ventures Fund 2007, LP

    85,730     $ —         347,173     $ —         —         347,173       1.5     432,903       1.1   $ —         —         347,173       1.3     432,903       1.0

Flagship Ventures Fund IV, LP

    —       $ 972,226       1,894,223     $ —         —         1,894,223       8.3     1,894,223       4.8   $ —         —         1,894,223       7.0     1,894,223       4.3

Flagship Ventures Fund V, LP

    —       $ 3,656,944       3,944,184     $ 2,500,002       642,674       4,586,858       20.1     4,586,858       11.6   $ —         —         4,586,858       17.0     4,586,858       10.5

Nutritional Health Disruptive Innovation Fund, LP

    —       $ 6,770,831       9,275,111     $ 7,500,002       1,928,021       11,203,132       49.0     11,203,132       28.4   $ —         —         11,203,132       41.5     11,203,132       25.7

Nutritional Health Side Fund, L.P.

    —       $ 2,100,000       1,278,720     $ —         —         1,278,720       5.6     1,278,720       3.2   $ —         —         1,278,720       4.7     1,278,720       2.9

Flagship Opportunities Fund 1

    —       $ —         —       $ —         —         —         0.0     —         0.0   $ 10,000,000       2,570,694       2,570,694       9.5     2,570,694       5.9

VentureLabs IV, LLC

    85,730     $ —         —       $ —         —         —         0.0     85,730       0.2   $ —         —         —         0.0     85,730       0.2

VentureLabs V, LLC

    5,000,000     $ —         —       $ —         —         —        
.
0.0
 
    5,000,000       12.7   $ —         —         —         0.0     5,000,000       11.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Flagship total

    5,171,460    

$

13,500,000

 

    16,739,411    

$

10,000,004

 

    2,570,695       19,310,106       84.4  

 

24,481,566

 

    62.0  

$

10,000,000

 

    2,570,694       21,880,800    

 

81.0

    27,052,260       62.0

Geoffrey von Maltzahn

    —       $ 500,000       684,932       —       $ —         684,932       3.0     684,932       1.7   $ —         —         684,932       2.5     684,932       1.6

BMV Direct Co LP (Biomed Realty) (1)

    $ —         17,192       —         —         17,192       0.1     17,192       0.0   $ —         —         17,192       0.1     17,192       0.0

OT Microbiome Fund 1 LLC

        $ 3,270,000       840,617       840,617       3.7     840,617       2.1   $ 1,050,000       269,923       1,110,540       4.1     1,110,540       2.5

Alexandria Equities, LLC

        $ 2,500,002       642,674       642,674       2.8     642,674       1.6   $ —         —         642,674       2.4     642,674       1.5

Venture Craft Two PTE, Ltd.

        $ 2,000,001       514,139       514,139       2.2     514,139       1.3   $ —         —         514,139       1.9     514,139       1.2

Uprising Investors Fund 1, L.P.

        $ 500,001       128,535       128,535       0.6     128,535       0.3   $ —         —         128,535       0.5     128,535       0.3

Uprising Opportunity Fund 1, L.P.

        $ 500,001       128,535       128,535       0.6     128,535       0.3   $ —         —         128,535       0.5     128,535       0.3

Occam Global LLC

        $ 100,000       25,707       25,707       0.1     25,707       0.1   $ —         —         25,707       0.1     25,707       0.1

Alexander Ward Phillips and Anne Leigh Phillips

        $ 750,000       192,802       192,802       0.8     192,802       0.5   $ —         —         192,802       0.7     192,802       0.4

Neal Rajdev

        $ 100,000       25,707       25,707       0.1     25,707       0.1   $ —         —         25,707       0.1     25,707       0.1

Thomas G. Schlaff Revocable Living Trust

        $ 200,000       51,414       51,414       0.2     51,414       0.1   $ —         —         51,414       0.2     51,414       0.1

David Perry 2015 Trust

        $ 249,999       64,267       64,267       0.3     64,267       0.2   $ —         —         64,267       0.2     64,267       0.1

Aberdare Management

        $ 249,999       64,267       64,267       0.3     64,267       0.2   $ —         —         64,267       0.2     64,267       0.1

David Rees

        $ 249,999       64,267       64,267       0.3     64,267       0.2   $ —         —         64,267       0.2     64,267       0.1

Anthony Quinn

        $ 100,000       25,707       25,707       0.1     25,707       0.1   $ —         —         25,707       0.1     25,707       0.1

Mike Bonney

          —         —         —         0.0     —         0.0   $ 5,000,000       1,285,347       1,285,347       4.8     1,285,347       2.9

Dikigoros Holdings, LLC

            —         —         0.0       0.0   $ 40,001       10,283       10,283       0.0     10,283       0.0

VP Company Investments 2016, LLC

        $ —         —         —         0.0     —         0.0   $ 40,001       10,283       10,283       0.0     10,283       0.0

Cadena LLC (2)

    3,300,000       —         —       $ —         —         —         0.0     3,300,000       8.4   $ —         —         —         0.0     3,300,000       7.6

Cadena Founder/Former Employees

    342,189       —         —       $ —         —         —         0.0     342,189       0.9   $ —       —         —         0.0     342,189       0.8

Exercised options

    1,885,012                 0.0     1,885,012       4.8           0.0     1,885,012       4.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Outstanding

 

 

10,698,661

 

  $ 14,000,001       17,441,535     $ 20,770,005       5,339,333       22,780,868    

 

90.6

 

 

33,470,520

 

 

 

84.8

  $ 16,130,002       4,146,530       26,927,398    

 

99.7

    37,626,059       86.3
                    0.0            

Square1 Warrant (3)

    —         —         85,617     $ —         —         85,617       0.4     85,617       0.2     —         —       85,617       0.3     85,617       0.2

Outstanding options (4)

    5,205,436       —         —       $ —         —         —         0.0     5,205,436       13.2           0.0     5,205,436       11.9

Options (remaining pool)

    701,500       —         —       $ —         —         —         0.0     701,500       1.8     —       —       —       0.0     701,500       1.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    16,605,597     $ 14,000,001       17,527,152     $ 20,770,005       5,339,333       22,866,485       100.0     39,472,082       100.0   $ 16,130,002       4,146,530       27,013,015       100.0     43,618,612       100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Cadena landlord

(2)

Shares issued in exchange for original license to Midori technology. Cadena LLC is owned by the shareholders of Midori USA Inc. (88% Flagship Funds).

(3)

Issued in connection with venture debt facility; exercisable at $0.73

(4)

Includes 3.748M share grant to our recently appointed Chairman and CEO, Mike Bonney - 1,874,006 shares exercised and subject to reverse vesting schedule, 1,874,007 shares subject to NQ performance based vesting stock option grant

(5)

Total Authorized Series B is 8,611,826 Shares

(6)

Total required Series B shares to support second closing is 9,485,863 shares—requiring an increase of 874,037 shares

(7)

In order to support the project warrant requirement for the expanded Square1 Debt facility-will require an addition 51,413 Series B shares—increasing the total required increase to 925,450 shares (874,037 + 51,413)

(8)

Includes the $3.5M Flagship invested in Cadena pre merger

Exhibit 4.4

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW. THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN SECTION 4 OF THIS WARRANT.

This warrant replaces the Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by the Company to Pacific Western Bank or its predecessor in interest, which is deemed cancelled upon execution and delivery of this Warrant.

AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

  Corporation:    KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
  Number of Shares:    85,617
  Class of Stock:    Series A Preferred
  Initial Exercise Price:    $0.73 per share
  Issue Date:    October 13, 2017
  Expiration Date:    December 21, 2025

T HIS A MENDED A ND R ESTATED W ARRANT C ERTIFIES T HAT , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, P AC W EST B ANCORP or its assignee or transferee (“ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC. (the “ Company ”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “Warrant Price ) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this warrant by delivering this warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section  1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Shares are traded regularly in a public market, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares (or the closing price of the Company’s stock into which the Shares are convertible) reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Shares are not regularly traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.


1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Repurchase on Sale, Merger, or Consolidation of the Company.

1.6.1 “ Acquisition .” For the purpose of this warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Exercise Upon Acquisition . Upon the closing of any Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists of cash, marketable securities, or a combination of both cash and marketable securities, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically converted pursuant to Section 1.2, and thereafter Holder shall participate in the Acquisition on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company, provided, however, that if the fair market value of the Shares, as determined pursuant to Section 1.3, in connection with such Acquisition is less than the aggregate Warrant Price, then this warrant shall terminate without exercise or conversion immediately prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

1.6.3 Assumption of Warrant. Upon the closing of any Acquisition not referred to in Section 1.6.2, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this warrant, and this warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this warrant.

 

2.


ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations , Etc . If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of shares shall be proportionately increased.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in accordance with the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

 

3.


2.6 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this warrant is the price per share paid by investors in the Company’s most recent preferred stock financing.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached to this warrant is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. The Company shall provide Holder with not less than 7 days prior written notice of, including a description of the material facts surrounding, any of the following events: (a) declaration of any dividend or distribution upon its common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) offering for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) effecting any reclassification or recapitalization of common stock; or (d) the merger or consolidation with or into any other corporation, or sale, lease, license, or conveyance of all or substantially all of its assets, or liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

3.3 Information Rights . Prior to an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock and provided Holder holds this warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder the financial information required to be delivered to Major Investors (as defined in the IRA) under Section 3.1(a) and 3.1(b) pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated as of February 16, 2017, by and among the Company and the investors named therein (the “ IRA ”).

3.4 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be “Registrable Securities”, and Holder shall be a “Holder” under the IRA.

 

4.


3.5 Holder Investment Representations . Holder makes the representations to the Company set forth in Exhibit A hereof in connection with the issuance of this warrant and the Shares (collectively, the “Securities”).

3.6 Market Stand Off . Holder agrees that it shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the IRA.

3.7 Company Agreements . If upon exercise of this warrant (other than in connection with an Acquisition or an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock) Holder continues to hold the Shares, upon the request of the Company, Holder shall execute a counterpart signature page to the investor and stockholder agreements governing the rights and obligations in respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, including without limitation the IRA.

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Term : Exercise Upon Expiration . This warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the one-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the first anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. If this warrant has not been exercised prior to the Expiration Date, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised on the Expiration Date by “cashless” conversion pursuant to Section 1.2.

4.2 Legends . This warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

4.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee. The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder or if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144 (d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

4.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of the warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable). No surrender or reissuance shall be required for a transfer to an affiliate of Holder.

 

5.


4.5 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

PacWest Bancorp

Attn: Warrant Administrator

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

Durham, NC 27701

4.6 Amendments . This warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

4.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

4.8 Governing Law . This warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

6.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date set forth above.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Moore

Name:   Jeffrey Moore
Title:   SVP, Finance & Administration, Secretary & Treasurer

 

Acknowledged and agreed:
PACWEST BANCORP
By:  

/s/ Tracie Youngblood

Name:   Tracie Youngblood
Title:   SVP, Controller

[Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock]


A PPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                    shares of the                         stock of KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

1. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached warrant into shares in the manner specified in the warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to                of the shares covered by the warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply,]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

   
(Holder’s Name)    

 

   
(Address)    

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

PACWEST BANCORP  or Registered Assignee  

 

   
(Signature)    

 

   
(Date)    


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS

(a) The undersigned is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition, and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. The undersigned is purchasing the Securities for its own account for investment purposes only, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The undersigned has such knowledge and experience in financial business matters and the undersigned is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of the Securities and of protecting its interests in connection therewith.

(b) The undersigned understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the undersigned’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) The undersigned further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely, and the undersigned must therefore bear the economic risk therewith, unless the Securities are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. In addition, the undersigned understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required.

(d) The undersigned is familiar with the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, which, in substance, permits limited public resale of “restricted Securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

(e) The Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires, among other things, the existence of a public market for the Securities, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale occurring not less than one year after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold, the sales being effected through a “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a “market maker” and the number of Securities being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations.

(f) The undersigned further understands that in the event that all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required.

(g) The undersigned is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.


Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.

Capitalization Summary - Post Second Close Series B

As of 10/1/17

 

          FDE Capitalization - Before Second Closing Series B     FDE Capitalization - Post Series B Second Close  

HOLDER

  Common     Series A,
A1
Preferred
Investment
$(B)
    Series
A,A-1
Preferred
Shares
    Series B
Preferred $
    Series B
Preferred
Shares
(5)
    Total
Preferred
Shares
    %
Preferred
    Fully
Diluted
Shares
(Post First
Closing)
    %of
Fully
Diluted
    Series B
Preferred $
    Series B
Preferred
Shares
(5), (6),
(7)
    Total
Preferred
Shares
    %
Preferred
    Fully
Diluted
Shares
(Post First
Closing)
    % of
Fully
Diluted
 

Flagship Ventures Fund 2007, LP

    85,730     $ —         347,173     $ —         —         347,173       1.5     432,903       1.1   $ —         —         347,173       1.3     432,903       1.0

Flagship Ventures Fund IV, LP

    —       $ 972,226       1,894,223     $ —         —         1,894,223       8.3     1,894,223       4.8   $ —         —         1,894,223       7.0     1,894,223       4.3

Flagship Ventures Fund V, LP

    —       $ 3,656,944       3,944,184     $ 2,500,002       642,674       4,586,858       20.1     4,586,858       11.6   $ —         .—         4,586,858       17.0     4,586,858       10.5

Nutritional Health Disruptive Innovation Fund, LP

    —       $ 6,770,831       9,275,111     $ 7,500,002       1,928,021       11,203,132       49.0     11,203,132       28.4   $ —         —         11,203,132       41.5     11,203,132       25.7

Nutritional Health Side Fund, L.P.

    —       $ 2,100,000       1,278,720     $ —         —         1,278,720       5.6     1,278,720       3.2   $ —         —         1,278,720       4.7     1,278,720       2.9

Flagship Opportunities Fund 1

    —       $ —         —       $ —         —         —         0.0     —         0.0   $ 10,000,000       2,570,694       2,570,694       9.5     2,570,694       5.9

VentureLabs IV, LLC

    85,730     $ —         —       $ —         —         —         0.0     85,730       0.2   $ —         —         .—         0.0     85,730       0.2

VentureLabs V, LLC

    5,000,000     $ —         —  .     $ —         —         —         0.0     5,000,000       12.7   $ —         —         —         0.0     5,000,000       11.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Flagship total

    5,171,460     $ 13,500,000       16,739,411     $ 10,000,004       2,570,695       19,310,106       84.4     24,481,566       62.0   $ 10,000,000       2,570,694       21,880,800       81.0     27,052,260       62.0

Geoffrey von Maltzahn

    .—       $ 500,000       684,932     $ —         —         684,932       3.0     684,932       1.7   $ —         —         684,932       2.5     684,932       1.6

BMV Direct Co LP (Biomed Realty) (1)

    $ —         17,192     $ —         —         17,192       0.1     17,192       0.0   $ —         —         17,192       0.1     17,192       0.0

OT Microbiome Fund I LLC

        $ 3,270,000       840,617       840,617       3.7     840,617       2.1   $ 1,050,000       269,923       1,110,540       4.1     1,110,540       2.5

Alexandria Equities, LLC

        $ 2,500,002       642,674       642,674       2.8     642,674       1.6   $ —         —         642,674       2.4     642,674       1.5

Venture Craft Two PTE, Ltd.

        $ 2,000,001       514,139       514,139       2.2     514,139       1.3   $ —         —         514,139       1.9     514,139       1.2

Uprising Investors Fund I, L.P.

        $ 500,001       128,535       128,535       0.6     128,535       0.3   $ —         —         128,535       0.5     128,535       0.3

Uprising Opportunity Fund I, L.P.

        $ 500,001       128,535       128,535       0.6     128,535       0.3   $ —         —         128,535       0.5     128,535       0.3

Occam Global LLC

        $ 100,000       25,707       25,707       0.1     25,707       0.1   $ —         —         25,707       0.1     25,707       0.1

Alexander Ward Phillips and Anne Leigh Phillips

        $ 750,000       192,802       192,802       0.8     192,802       0.5   $ —         —         192,802       0.7     192,802       0.4

Neal Rajdev

        $ 100,000       25,707       25,707       0.1     25,707       0.1   $ —         —         25,707       0.1     25,707       0.1

Thomas G. Schlaff Revocable Living Trust

        $ 200,000       51,414       51,414       0.2     51,414       0.1   $ —         —         51,414       0.2     51,414       0.1

David Perry 2015 Trust

        $ 249,999       64,267       64,267       0.3     64,267       0.2   $ —         —         64,267       0.2     64,267       0.1

Aberdare Management

        $ 249,999       64,267       64,267       0.3     64,267       0.2   $ —         —         64,267       0.2     64,267       0.1

David Rees

        $ 249,999       64,267       64,267       0.3     64,267       0.2   $ —         —         64,267       0.2     64,267       0.1

Anthony Quinn

        $ 100,000       25,707       25,707       0.1     25,707       0.1   $ —         —         25,707       0.1     25,707       0.1

Mike Bonney

        $ —         —         —         0.0     —         0.0   $ 5,000,000       1,285,347       1,285,347       4.8     1,285,347       2.9

Dlkigoros Holdings, LLC

        $ —         —         —         0.0     —         0.0   $ 40,001       10,283       10,283       0.0     10,283       0.0

VP Company Investments 2016, LLC

        $ —         —         —         0.0     —         0.0   $ 40,001       10,283       10,283       0.0     10,283       0.0

Cadena LLC (2)

    3,300,000       —         —       $ —         —         —         0.0     3,300,000       8.4   $ —         —         —         0.0     3,300,000       7.6

Cadena Founder/Former Employees

    342,189       —         —       $ —         —         —         0.0     342,189       0.9   $ —         —         —         0.0     342,189       0.8

Exercised options

    1,885,012                 0.0     1,885,012       4.8           0.0     1,885,012       4.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Outstanding

    10,698,661     $ 14,000,001       17,441,535     $ 20,770,005       5,339,333       22,780,868       99.6     33,479,529       84.8   $ 16,130,002       4,146,530       26,927,398       99.7     37,626,059       86.3
                    0.0            

Square 1 Warrant (3)

    —         —         85,617     $ —         —         85,617       0.4     85,617       0.2     —         .—         85,617       0.3     85,617       0.2

Outstanding options (4) .

    5,205,436       —         —       $ —         —         —         0.0     5,205,436       13.2           0.0     5,205,436       11.9

Options (remaining pool)

    701,500       —         —       $ —         —         —         0.0     701,500       1.8     —         —         —         0.0     701,500       1.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    16,605,597     $ 14,000,001       17,527,152     $ 20,770,005       5,339,333       22,866,485       100.0     39,472,082       100.0   $ 16,130,002       4,146,530       27,013,015       100.0     43,618,612       100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

K ALEIDO B IOSCIENCES , I NC .

2015 S TOCK I NCENTIVE P LAN

1. Purpose

The purpose of this 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), is to advance the interests of the Company’s stockholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to the Company and by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives that are intended to better align the interests of such persons with those of the Company’s stockholders. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “ Company ” shall include any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations thereunder (the “ Code ”) and any other business venture (including, without limitation, joint venture or limited liability company) in which the Company has a controlling interest, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”); provided, however, that such other business ventures shall be limited to entities that, where required by Section 409A of the Code, are eligible issuers of service recipient stock (as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E), or applicable successor regulation).

2. Eligibility

All of the Company’s employees, officers and directors, as well as consultants and advisors to the Company (as such terms consultants and advisors are defined and interpreted for purposes of Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act”) (or any successor rule)) are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. Each person who is granted an Award under the Plan is deemed a “ Participant .” “ Award ” means Options (as defined in Section 5), SARs (as defined in Section 6), Restricted Stock (as defined in Section 7), Restricted Stock Units (as defined in Section 7) and Other Stock-Based Awards (as defined in Section 8).

3. Administration and Delegation

(a) Administration by the Board . The Plan will be administered by the Board. The Board shall have authority to grant Awards and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable. The Board may construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and any Award agreements entered into under the Plan. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan into effect and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. All decisions by the Board shall be made in the Board’s sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award.    

(b) Appointment of Committees . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board (each, a “ Committee ”). All references in the Plan to the “ Board ” shall mean the Board or a Committee of the Board to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee.

 

1


4. Stock Available for Awards     

(a) Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section 9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 2,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 5(b)). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right), or results in any Common Stock not being issued, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising with respect to an Award shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the two immediately preceding sentences shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

(b) Substitute Awards . In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Board may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted by such entity or an affiliate thereof. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Board deems appropriate in the circumstances, notwithstanding any limitations on Awards contained in the Plan. Substitute Awards shall not count against the overall share limit set forth in Section 4(a), except as may be required by reason of Section 422 and related provisions of the Code.

5. Stock Options

(a) General . The Board may grant options to purchase Common Stock (each, an “Option”) and determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option, including conditions relating to applicable federal or state securities laws, as it considers necessary or advisable.    

(b) Incentive Stock Options . An Option that the Board intends to be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (an “ Incentive Stock Option”) shall only be granted to employees of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., any of Kaleido Biosceinces, Inc.’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code, and shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. An Option that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be designated a “ Nonstatutory Stock Option. ” The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Option (or any part thereof) that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option is not an Incentive Stock Option or if the Company converts an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) Exercise Price . The Board shall establish the exercise price of each Option and specify the exercise price in the applicable Option agreement. The exercise price shall be not less

 

2


than 100% of the fair market value per share of Common Stock, as determined by (or in a manner approved by) the Board (“ Fair Market Value”), on the date the Option is granted. “ Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock for purposes of the Plan will be determined as follows:

(1) if the Common Stock is not publicly traded, the Board will determine the Fair Market Value for purposes of the Plan using any measure of value it determines to be appropriate (including, as it considers appropriate, relying on appraisals) in a manner consistent with the valuation principles under Code Section 409A, except as the Board may expressly determine otherwise;

(2) if the Common Stock trades on a national securities exchange, the closing sale price (for the primary trading session) on the date of grant; or

(3) if the Common Stock does not trade on any such exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as reported by an authorized OTCBB market data vendor as listed on the OTCBB website (otcbb.com) on the date of grant.

For any date that is not a trading day, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock for such date will be determined by using the closing sale price or average of the bid and asked prices, as appropriate, for the immediately preceding trading day and with the timing in the formulas above adjusted accordingly. The Board can substitute a particular time of day or other measure of “closing sale price” or “bid and asked prices” if appropriate because of exchange or market procedures or can, in its sole discretion, use weighted averages either on a daily basis or such longer period as complies with Code Section 409A.

The Board has sole discretion to determine the Fair Market Value for purposes of the Plan, and all Awards are conditioned on the participants’ agreement that the Administrator’s determination is conclusive and binding even though others might make a different determination.

(d) Duration of Options . Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable option agreement; provided, however, that no Option will be granted with a term in excess of 10 years.

(e) Exercise of Options . Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form of notice (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with payment in full (in a manner specified in Section 5(f)) of the exercise price for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised. Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option will be delivered by the Company as soon as practicable following exercise.

(f) Payment upon Exercise . Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for as follows:

(1) in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company;

(2) when the Common Stock is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act”), except as may otherwise be provided in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by (i) delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company

 

3


sufficient funds to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding or (ii) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding;

(3) when the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act and to the extent provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value, provided (i) such method of payment is then permitted under applicable law, (ii) such Common Stock, if acquired directly from the Company, was owned by the Participant for such minimum period of time, if any, as may be established by the Board in its discretion and (iii) such Common Stock is not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements;

(4) to the extent provided for in the applicable Nonstatutory Stock Option agreement or approved by the Board in its sole discretion, by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, as a result of which the Participant would pay the exercise price for the portion of the Option being exercised by cancelling a portion of the Option for such number of shares as is equal to the exercise price divided by the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise over the Option exercise price per share.

(5) to the extent permitted by applicable law and provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by (i) delivery of a promissory note of the Participant to the Company on terms determined by the Board, or (ii) payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; or

(6) by any combination of the above permitted forms of payment.

6. Stock Appreciation Rights

(a) General . The Board may grant Awards consisting of stock appreciation rights (“ SARs ”) entitling the holder, upon exercise, to receive an amount of Common Stock or cash or a combination thereof (such form to be determined by the Board) determined by reference to appreciation, from and after the date of grant, in the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock over the measurement price established pursuant to Section 6(b). The date as of which such appreciation is determined shall be the exercise date.    

(b) Measurement Price . The Board shall establish the measurement price of each SAR and specify it in the applicable SAR agreement. The measurement price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the SAR is granted.

(c) Duration of SARs . Each SAR shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable SAR agreement; provided, however, that no SAR will be granted with a term in excess of 10 years.

(d) Exercise of SARs . SARs may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with any other documents required by the Board.

 

4


7. Restricted Stock; Restricted Stock Units

(a) General . The Board may grant Awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock (“ Restricted Stock”), subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) from the recipient in the event that conditions specified by the Board in the applicable Award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Board for such Award. The Board may also grant Awards entitling the recipient to receive shares of Common Stock or cash to be delivered at the time such Award vests (“ Restricted Stock Units”) (Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units are each referred to herein as a “ Restricted Stock Award”) .

(b) Terms and Conditions for All Restricted Stock Awards . The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award, including the conditions for vesting and repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, if any.

(c) Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock .    

(1) Dividends . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, any dividends (whether paid in cash, stock or property) declared and paid by the Company with respect to shares of Restricted Stock (“ Accrued Dividends”) shall be paid to the Participant only if and when such shares become free from the restrictions on transferability and forfeitability that apply to such shares. Each payment of Accrued Dividends will be made no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividends are paid to stockholders of that class of stock or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the lapsing of the restrictions on transferability and the forfeitability provisions applicable to the underlying shares of Restricted Stock.

(2) Stock Certificates . The Company may require that any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, as well as dividends or distributions paid on such Restricted Stock, shall be deposited in escrow by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee). At the expiration of the applicable restriction periods, the Company (or such designee) shall deliver the certificates no longer subject to such restrictions to the Participant or if the Participant has died, to Participant’s Designated Beneficiary. “ Designated Beneficiary” means (i) the beneficiary designated, in a manner determined by the Board, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death or (ii) in the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, “ Designated Beneficiary” the Participant’s estate.

(d) Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock Units .

(1) Settlement . Upon the vesting of and/or lapsing of any other restrictions (i.e., settlement) with respect to each Restricted Stock Unit, the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company one share of Common Stock or (if so provided in the applicable Award agreement) an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock. The Board may, in its discretion, provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units shall be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

 

5


(2) Voting Rights . A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units.

(3) Dividend Equivalents . The Award agreement for Restricted Stock Units may provide Participants with the right to receive an amount equal to any dividends or other distributions declared and paid on an equal number of outstanding shares of Common Stock ( “Dividend Equivalents”) . Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participants, may be settled in cash and/or shares of Common Stock and may be subject to the same restrictions on transfer and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which paid, in each case to the extent provided in the applicable Award agreement.

8. Other Stock-Based Awards

(a) General . Other Awards of shares of Common Stock, and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock or other property, may be granted hereunder to Participants (“ Other Stock-Based-Awards”) . Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock-Based Awards may be paid in shares of Common Stock or cash, as the Board shall determine.

(b) Terms and Conditions . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock-Based Award, including any purchase price applicable thereto.

9. Adjustments for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events

(a) Changes in Capitalization . In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, (i) the number and class of securities available under the Plan, (ii) the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding Option, (iii) the share and per-share provisions and the measurement price of each outstanding SAR, (iv) the number of shares subject to and the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award and (v) the share and per-share-related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each outstanding Other Stock-Based Award, shall be equitably adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards may be made, if applicable) in the manner determined by the Board. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event the Company effects a split of the Common Stock by means of a stock dividend and the exercise price of and the number of shares subject to an outstanding Option are adjusted as of the date of the distribution of the dividend (rather than as of the record date for such dividend), then an optionee who exercises an Option between the record date and the distribution date for such stock dividend shall be entitled to receive, on the distribution date, the stock dividend with respect to the shares of Common Stock acquired upon such Option exercise, notwithstanding the fact that such shares were not outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for such stock dividend.

 

6


(b) Reorganization Events .

(1) Definition . A “ Reorganization Event” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which all of the Common Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled, (b) any transfer or disposition of all of the Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange or other transaction or (c) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(2) Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Awards Other than Restricted Stock .    

(i) In connection with a Reorganization Event, the Board may take any one or more of the following actions as to all or any (or any portion of) outstanding Awards other than Restricted Stock on such terms as the Board determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable Award agreement or another agreement between the Company and the Participant): (i) provide that such Awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, provide that all of the Participant’s unexercised Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event unless exercised by the Participant (to the extent then exercisable) within a specified period following the date of such notice, (iii) provide that outstanding Awards shall become exercisable, realizable, or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an Award shall lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon such Reorganization Event, (iv) in the event of a Reorganization Event under the terms of which holders of Common Stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Reorganization Event (the “ Acquisition Price”), make or provide for a cash payment to Participants with respect to each Award held by a Participant equal to (A) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the vested portion of the Award (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting that occurs upon or immediately prior to such Reorganization Event) multiplied by (B) the excess, if any, of (I) the Acquisition Price over (II) the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such Award and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such Award, (v) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise, measurement or purchase price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings) and (vi) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 9(b)(2), the Board shall not be obligated by the Plan to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, identically.

(ii) Notwithstanding the terms of Section 9(b)(2)(i), in the case of outstanding Restricted Stock Units that are subject to Section 409A of the Code: (i) if the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement provides that the Restricted Stock Units shall be settled upon a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i), and the Reorganization Event constitutes such a “change in control event”, then no assumption or substitution shall be permitted pursuant to Section 9(b)(2)(i)(i) and the Restricted Stock Units shall instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement; and (ii) the Board may only undertake the actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 9(b)(2)(i) if the Reorganization Event constitutes a “change in control event” as

 

7


defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) and such action is permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code; if the Reorganization Event is not a “change in control event” as so defined or such action is not permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code, and the acquiring or succeeding corporation does not assume or substitute the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to clause (i) of Section 9(b)(2)(i), then the unvested Restricted Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event without any payment in exchange therefor.

(iii) For purposes of Section 9(b)(2)(i)(i), an Award (other than Restricted Stock) shall be considered assumed if, following consummation of the Reorganization Event, such Award confers the right to purchase or receive pursuant to the terms of such Award, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event, the consideration (whether cash, securities or other property) received as a result of the Reorganization Event by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that if the consideration received as a result of the Reorganization Event is not solely common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), the Company may, with the consent of the acquiring or succeeding corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise or settlement of the Award to consist solely of such number of shares of common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) that the Board determined to be equivalent in value (as of the date of such determination or another date specified by the Board) to the per share consideration received by holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock as a result of the Reorganization Event.

(3) Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Restricted Stock . Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the repurchase and other rights of the Company with respect to outstanding Restricted Stock shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor and shall, unless the Board determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which the Common Stock was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to such Reorganization Event in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to such Restricted Stock; provided, however, that the Board may provide for termination or deemed satisfaction of such repurchase or other rights under the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, either initially or by amendment. Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event involving the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock then outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

10. General Provisions Applicable to Awards .    

(a) Transferability of Awards . Awards (or any interest in an Award, including, prior to exercise, any interest in shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of an Option or SAR) shall not be sold, assigned, transferred (including by establishing any short position, put equivalent position (as defined in Rule 16a-1 issued under the Exchange Act) or call equivalent position (as

 

8


defined in Rule 16a-1 issued under the Exchange Act)), pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant; except that Awards, other than Awards subject to Section 409A of the Code, may be transferred to family members (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) under the Securities Act) through gifts or (other than Incentive Stock Options) domestic relations orders or to an executor or guardian upon the death or disability of the Participant. The Company shall not be required to recognize any such permitted transfer until such time as such permitted transferee shall deliver to the Company a written instrument, as a condition to such transfer, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Award. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section 10(a) shall be deemed to restrict a transfer to the Company.

(b) Documentation . Each Award shall be evidenced in such form (written, electronic or otherwise) as the Board shall determine. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

(c) Board Discretion . Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

(d) Termination of Status . The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, termination or other cessation of employment, authorized leave of absence or other change in the employment or other status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, or the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary, may exercise rights under the Award.

(e) Withholding . The Participant must satisfy all applicable federal, state, and local or other income and employment tax withholding obligations before the Company will deliver stock certificates or otherwise recognize ownership of Common Stock under an Award. The Company may decide to satisfy the withholding obligations through additional withholding on salary or wages. If the Company elects not to or cannot withhold from other compensation, the Participant must pay the Company the full amount, if any, required for withholding or have a broker tender to the Company cash equal to the withholding obligations. Payment of withholding obligations is due before the Company will issue any shares on exercise, vesting or release from forfeiture of an Award or at the same time as payment of the exercise or purchase price unless the Company determines otherwise. If provided for in an Award or approved by the Board in its sole discretion, a Participant may satisfy such tax obligations in whole or in part by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value; provided, however, except as otherwise provided by the Board, that the total tax withholding where stock is being used to satisfy such tax obligations cannot exceed the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligations (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income). Shares used to satisfy tax withholding requirements cannot be subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

 

9


(f) Amendment of Award .    

(1) The Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless (i) the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Plan or (ii) the change is permitted under Section 9.

(2) The Board may, without stockholder approval, amend any outstanding Award granted under the Plan to provide an exercise price per share that is lower than the then-current exercise price per share of such outstanding Award. The Board may also, without stockholder approval, cancel any outstanding award (whether or not granted under the Plan) and grant in substitution therefor new Awards under the Plan covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise price per share lower than the then-current exercise price per share of the cancelled award.

(g) Conditions on Delivery of Stock . The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously issued or delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and regulations and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

(h) Acceleration . The Board may at any time provide that any Award shall become immediately exercisable in whole or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in whole or in part, as the case may be.

11. Miscellaneous .

(a) No Right to Employment or Other Status . No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award by virtue of the adoption of the Plan, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan, except as expressly provided in the applicable Award.

(b) No Rights as Stockholder . Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares.

(c) Effective Date and Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the expiration of 10 years from the earlier of (i) the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

 

10


(d) Amendment of Plan . The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that if at any time the approval of the Company’s stockholders is required as to any modification or amendment under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the Board may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval. Unless otherwise specified in the amendment, any amendment to the Plan adopted in accordance with this Section 11(d) shall apply to, and be binding on the holders of, all Awards outstanding under the Plan at the time the amendment is adopted, provided the Board determines that such amendment, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Participants under the Plan.

(e) Authorization of Sub-Plans (including Grants to non-U.S. Employees) . The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying applicable securities, tax or other laws of various jurisdictions. The Board shall establish such sub-plans by adopting supplements to the Plan containing (i) such limitations on the Board’s discretion under the Plan as the Board deems necessary or desirable or (ii) such additional terms and conditions not otherwise inconsistent with the Plan as the Board shall deem necessary or desirable. All supplements adopted by the Board shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each supplement shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any supplement to Participants in any jurisdiction which is not the subject of such supplement.

(f) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code . Except as provided in individual Award agreements initially or by amendment, if and to the extent (i) any portion of any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to a Participant pursuant to the Plan in connection with Participant’s employment termination constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and (ii) the Participant is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, in each case as determined by the Company in accordance with its procedures, by which determinations the Participant (through accepting the Award) agrees that the Participant is bound, such portion of the payment, compensation or other benefit shall not be paid before the day that is six months plus one day after the date of “separation from service” (as determined under Section 409A of the Code) (the “ New Payment Date”), except as Section 409A of the Code may then permit. The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Participant during the period between the date of separation from service and the New Payment Date shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum on such New Payment Date, and any remaining payments will be paid on their original schedule.

The Company makes no representations or warranty and shall have no liability to the Participant or any other person if any provisions of or payments, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not to satisfy the conditions of that section.

(g) Limitations on Liability . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, other employee, or agent of the Company will be liable to

 

11


any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan, nor will such individual be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument such individual executes in such individual’s capacity as a director, officer, other employee, or agent of the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, other employee, or agent of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan has been or will be delegated, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Board’s approval) arising out of any act or omission to act concerning the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

(h) Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

* * * *

 

12


KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

CALIFORNIA SUPPLEMENT

Pursuant to Section 11(e) of the Plan, the Board has adopted this supplement for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 25102(o) of the California Law:

Any Awards granted under the Plan to a Participant who is a resident of the State of California on the date of grant (a “ California Participant”) shall be subject to the following additional limitations, terms and conditions:

1. Additional Limitations on Options .

(a) Maximum Duration of Options . No Options granted to California Participants shall have a term in excess of 10 years measured from the Option grant date.

(b) Minimum Exercise Period Following Termination . Unless a California Participant’s employment is terminated for cause (as defined by applicable law, the terms of the Plan or option grant or a contract of employment), in the event of termination of employment of such Participant, such Participant shall have the right to exercise an Option, to the extent that such Participant is entitled to exercise such Option on the date employment terminated, until the earlier of: (i) at least six months from the date of termination, if termination was caused by such Participant’s death or disability, (ii) at least 30 days from the date of termination, if termination was caused other than by such Participant’s death or disability and (iii) the Option expiration date.

2. Additional Limitations for Other Stock-Based Awards . The terms of all Awards granted to a California Participant under Section 8 of the Plan shall comply, to the extent applicable, with Sections 260.140.42, 260.140.45 and 260.140.46 of the California Code of Regulations.

3. Additional Limitations on Timing of Awards . No Award granted to a California Participant shall become exercisable, vested or realizable, as applicable to such Award, unless the Plan has been approved by the holders of a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting securities by the later of (i) within 12 months before or after the date the Plan was adopted by the Board, or (ii) prior to or within 12 months of the granting of any Award to a California Participant.

4. Additional Restriction Regarding Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc . For purposes of Section 9 of the Plan, in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or other distribution of the Company’s securities underlying the Award without the receipt of consideration by the Company, the number of securities purchasable, and in the case of Options, the exercise price of such Options, must be proportionately adjusted.

5. Additional Limitations on Transferability of Awards . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10(a) of the Plan, an Award granted to a California Participant may not be transferred to an executor or guardian upon the disability of the Participant.

* * * *

 

13


KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

G RANTED U NDER 2015 S TOCK I NCENTIVE P LAN

 

1.

Grant of Option .

This Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) evidences the grant by Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. (f/k/a VL32, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), on [                           , 20      ] (the “ Grant Date ”) to [                      ], an employee of the Company (the “ Participant ”), of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), a total of [                      ] shares (the “ Shares ”) of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) at $[             ] per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [                           , 20      ] [date is ten years minus one day from grant date] (the “ Final Exercise Da te”).

It is intended that the option evidenced by this Agreement shall be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Code ”). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “ Participant ”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

 

2.

Vesting Schedule .

This option will become exercisable (“ vest ”) as to 25% of the original number of Shares on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (as defined below) and as to an additional 6.25% of the original number of Shares at the end of each successive quarter following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date until the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. On the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, this option will be exercisable as to all Shares. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Vesting Commencement Date ” shall mean [                      ].

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

 

3.

Exercise of Option .

(a)     Form of Exercise . Each election to exercise this option shall be accompanied by a completed Notice of Stock Option Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this Agreement, and payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase less than the number of Shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share or for fewer than ten whole shares.


(b)      Continuous Relationship with the Company Required . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee or officer of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company as defined in Section 424(e) or (f) of the Code (an “ Eligible Participant ”).

(c)      Termination of Relationship with the Company . If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

(d)      Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability . If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(e)      Termination for Cause . If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment. If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant is given notice by the Company of the termination of his or her employment by the Company for Cause, and the effective date of such employment termination is subsequent to the date of delivery of such notice, the right to exercise this option shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s employment shall not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date of such termination of employment (in which case the right to exercise this option shall, pursuant to the preceding sentence, terminate upon the effective date of such termination of employment). If the Participant is party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company that contains a definition of “cause” for termination of employment, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such agreement. Otherwise, “Cause” shall mean willful misconduct by the Participant or willful failure by the Participant to perform his or her responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The Participant’s employment shall be considered to have been terminated for Cause if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Participant’s resignation, that termination for Cause was warranted.

 

-2-


4.     Company

Right of First Refusal .

(a)     Notice of Proposed Transfer . If the Participant proposes to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively, “transfer”) any Shares acquired upon exercise of this option, then the Participant shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of such Shares the Participant proposes to transfer (the “ Offered Shares ”), the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

(b)     Company Right to Purchase . For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of such election to the Participant within such 30-day period. Within 10 days after his or her receipt of such notice, the Participant shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company, duly endorsed in blank by the Participant or with duly endorsed stock powers attached thereto, all in a form suitable for transfer of the Offered Shares to the Company. Promptly following receipt of such certificate or certificates, the Company shall deliver or mail to the Participant a check in payment of the purchase price for such Offered Shares; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in the Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for the Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions as were set forth in the Transfer Notice; and provided further that any delay in making such payment shall not invalidate the Company’s exercise of its option to purchase the Offered Shares.

(c)     Shares Not Purchased By Company . If the Company does not elect to acquire all of the Offered Shares, the Participant may, within the 30-day period following the expiration of the option granted to the Company under subsection (b) above, transfer the Offered Shares which the Company has not elected to acquire to the proposed transferee, provided that such transfer shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the transferee than those contained in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding any of the above, all Offered Shares transferred pursuant to this Section 4 shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 and such transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Section 4.

(d)     Consequences of Non-Delivery . After the time at which the Offered Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Offered Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Offered Shares, but shall, insofar as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Offered Shares.

(e)     Exempt Transactions . The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4:

(1)    any transfer of Shares to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or to a trust for their benefit;

 

-3-


(2)    any transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); and

(3)    the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including pursuant to a merger or consolidation);

provided , however , that in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (1) above, such Shares shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4.

(f)     Assignment of Company Right . The Company may assign its rights to purchase Offered Shares in any particular transaction under this Section 4 to one or more persons or entities.

(g)     Termination . The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:

(1)    the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or

(2)    the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise (other than a merger or consolidation in which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% (determined on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the resulting, surviving or acquiring corporation in such transaction).

(h)     No Obligation to Recognize Invalid Transfer . The Company shall not be required (1) to transfer on its books any of the Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4, or (2) to treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

(i)     Legends . The certificate representing Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form (in addition to, or in combination with, any legend required by applicable federal and state securities laws and agreements relating to the transfer of the Company securities):

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, as provided in a certain stock option agreement with the Company.”

 

-4-


5.     Agreement in Connection with Initial Public Offering .

The Participant agrees, in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, (i) not to (a) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company or (b) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, whether any transaction described in clause (a) or (b) is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise, during the period beginning on the date of the filing of such registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the offering (plus up to an additional 34 days to the extent requested by the managing underwriters for such offering in order to address NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4) or any similar successor provision), and (ii) to execute any agreement reflecting clause (i) above as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriters at the time of such offering. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the “lock-up” period.

6.     Tax Matters .

(a)     Withholding . No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

(b)     Disqualifying Disposition . If the Participant disposes of Shares acquired upon exercise of this option within two years from the Grant Date or one year after such Shares were acquired pursuant to exercise of this option, the Participant shall notify the Company in writing of such disposition.

7.     Transfer Restrictions.

(a)    This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

(b)    The Participant agrees that he or she will not transfer any Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless the transferee, as a condition to such transfer, delivers to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of Section 4 and Section 5; provided that such a written confirmation shall not be required with respect to (1) Section 4 after such provision has terminated in accordance with Section 4(g) or (2) Section 5 after the completion of the lock-up period in connection with the Company’s initial underwritten public offering.

 

-5-


8.     Provisions of the Plan .

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written. The Participant hereby accepts the foregoing option and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

COMPANY:  
KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

PARTICIPANT:
By:  

 

  [Name]

 

Address:   [                                                                                    ]
  [                                                                                    ]

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT: 1
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

 

Address:   [                                                                                    ]
  [                                                                                    ]

  

 

1

If the Participant resides in a community property state, it is desirable to have the Participant’s spouse also accept the option. The following are community property states: Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, and Washington. Although Wisconsin is not formally a community property state, it has laws governing the division of marital property similar to community property states and it may be desirable to have a Wisconsin Participant’s spouse accept the option.

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


E XHIBIT A

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE

[DATE] 2

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.

47 Moulton Street

Cambridge, MA 02138

Attention: Treasurer

Dear Sir or Madam:

I am the holder of an Incentive Stock Option granted to me under the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. (f/k/a VL32, Inc.) (the “ Company ”) 2015 Stock Incentive Plan on                  3 for the purchase of                  4 shares of Common Stock of the Company at a purchase price of $                  5 per share.

I hereby exercise my option to purchase                  6 shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”), for which I have enclosed                  7 in the amount of                  8 . Please register my stock certificate as follows:

 

Name(s):  

  9

 
  
 

 

  

Address:

 

 

  
 

 

  

I represent, warrant and covenant as follows:

 

2  

Enter date of exercise.

3  

Enter the date of grant.

4  

Enter the total number of shares of Common Stock for which the option was granted.

5  

Enter the option exercise price per share of Common Stock.

6  

Enter the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased upon exercise of all or part of the option.

7  

Enter “cash”, “personal check” or if permitted by the option or Plan, “stock certificates No. XXXX and XXXX”.

8  

Enter the dollar amount (price per share of Common Stock times the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased), or the number of shares tendered. Fair market value of shares tendered, together with cash or check, must cover the purchase price of the shares issued upon exercise.

9  

Enter name(s) to appear on stock certificate in one of the following formats: (a) your name only (i.e., John Doe); (b) your name and other name (i.e., John Doe and Jane Doe, Joint Tenants with Right to Survivorship); or for Nonstatutory Stock Options only, (c) a child’s name, with you as custodian (i.e. Jane Doe, Custodian for Tommy Doe). Note: There may be income and/or gift tax consequences for registering shares in a child’s name.


1.    I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

2.    I have had such opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company.

3.    I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

4.    I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

5.    I understand that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (iii) in any event, the exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available for at least one year and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Common Stock, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are complied with; and (iv) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

[Name]

 

-9-


K ALEIDO B IOSCIENCES , I NC .

N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

G RANTED U NDER 2015 S TOCK I NCENTIVE P LAN

6.     Grant of Option .

This Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) evidences the grant by Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. (f/k/a VL32, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), on [                       , 20      ] (the “ Grant Date ”) to [                      ], an employee, consultant or director of the Company (the “ Participant ”), of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), a total of [                      ] shares (the “ Shares ”) of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) at $[                      ] per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [                       , 20      ] [date is ten years minus one day from grant date] (the “ Final Exercise Date ”).

It is intended that the option evidenced by this Agreement shall not be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Code ”). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “ Participant ”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

7.     Vesting Schedule .

This option will become exercisable (“ vest ”) as to 25% of the original number of Shares on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (as defined below) and as to an additional 6.25% of the original number of Shares at the end of each successive quarter following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date until the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. On the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, this option will be exercisable as to all Shares. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Vesting Commencement Date ” shall mean [                              ].

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

8.     Exercise of Option .

(a)     Form of Exercise . Each election to exercise this option shall be accompanied by a completed Notice of Stock Option Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this Agreement, and payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase less than the number of Shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share or for fewer than ten whole shares.

 

-10-


(b)     Continuous Relationship with the Company Required . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee, officer or director of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any other entity the employees, officers, directors, consultants, or advisors of which are eligible to receive option grants under the Plan (an “ Eligible Participant ”).

(c)     Termination of Relationship with the Company . If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

(d)     Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability . If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(e)     Termination for Cause . If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment or other relationship with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship. If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant is given notice by the Company of the termination of his or her employment or other relationship by the Company for Cause, and the effective date of such employment or other termination is subsequent to the date of the delivery of such notice, the right to exercise this option shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s employment or other relationship shall not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship (in which case the right to exercise this option shall, pursuant to the preceding sentence, terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship). If the Participant is party to an employment, consulting or severance agreement with the Company that contains a definition of “cause” for termination of employment or other relationship, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such agreement. Otherwise, “Cause” shall mean willful misconduct by the Participant or willful failure by the Participant to perform his or her responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination

 

-11-


shall be conclusive. The Participant’s employment or other relationship shall be considered to have been terminated for “Cause” if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Participant’s resignation, that termination for Cause was warranted.

9.     Company Right of First Refusal .

(a)     Notice of Proposed Transfer . If the Participant proposes to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively, “transfer”) any Shares acquired upon exercise of this option, then the Participant shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of such Shares the Participant proposes to transfer (the “ Offered Shares ”), the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

(b)     Company Right to Purchase . For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of such election to the Participant within such 30-day period. Within 10 days after his or her receipt of such notice, the Participant shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company, duly endorsed in blank by the Participant or with duly endorsed stock powers attached thereto, all in a form suitable for transfer of the Offered Shares to the Company. Promptly following receipt of such certificate or certificates, the Company shall deliver or mail to the Participant a check in payment of the purchase price for such Offered Shares; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in the Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for the Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions as were set forth in the Transfer Notice; and provided further that any delay in making such payment shall not invalidate the Company’s exercise of its option to purchase the Offered Shares.

(c)     Shares Not Purchased By Company . If the Company does not elect to acquire all of the Offered Shares, the Participant may, within the 30-day period following the expiration of the option granted to the Company under subsection (b) above, transfer the Offered Shares which the Company has not elected to acquire to the proposed transferee, provided that such transfer shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the transferee than those contained in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding any of the above, all Offered Shares transferred pursuant to this Section 4 shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 and such transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Section 4.

(d)     Consequences of Non-Delivery . After the time at which the Offered Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Offered Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Offered Shares, but shall, insofar as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Offered Shares.

 

-12-


(e)     Exempt Transactions . The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4:

(1)    any transfer of Shares to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or to a trust for their benefit;

(2)    any transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); and

(3)    the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including pursuant to a merger or consolidation);

provided , however , that in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (1) above, such Shares shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4.

(f)     Assignment of Company Right . The Company may assign its rights to purchase Offered Shares in any particular transaction under this Section 4 to one or more persons or entities.

(g)     Termination . The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:

(1)    the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or

(2)    the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise (other than a merger or consolidation in which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% (determined on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the resulting, surviving or acquiring corporation in such transaction).

(h)     No Obligation to Recognize Invalid Transfer . The Company shall not be required (1) to transfer on its books any of the Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4, or (2) to treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

(i)     Legends . The certificate representing Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form (in addition to, or in combination with, any legend required by applicable federal and state securities laws and agreements relating to the transfer of the Company securities):

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, as provided in a certain stock option agreement with the Company.”

 

-13-


10.     Agreement in Connection with Initial Public Offering .

The Participant agrees, in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, (i) not to (a) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company or (b) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, whether any transaction described in clause (a) or (b) is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise, during the period beginning on the date of the filing of such registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the offering (plus up to an additional 34 days to the extent requested by the managing underwriters for such offering in order to address NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4) or any similar successor provision), and (ii) to execute any agreement reflecting clause (i) above as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriters at the time of such offering. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the “lock-up” period.

11.     Withholding .

No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

12.     Transfer Restrictions.

(a)    This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

(b)    The Participant agrees that he or she will not transfer any Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless the transferee, as a condition to such transfer, delivers to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of Section 4 and Section 5; provided that such a written confirmation shall not be required with respect to (1) Section 4 after such provision has terminated in accordance with Section 4(g) or (2) Section 5 after the completion of the lock-up period in connection with the Company’s initial underwritten public offering.

 

-14-


13.     Provisions of the Plan .

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-15-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written. The Participant hereby accepts the foregoing option and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

COMPANY:  
KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

PARTICIPANT:
By:  

 

  [Name]

 

Address:   [                                                                                    ]
  [                                                                                    ]

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT: 10
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

 

Address:   [                                                                                    ]
  [                                                                                    ]

 

10  

If the Participant resides in a community property state, it is desirable to have the Participant’s spouse also accept the option. The following are community property states: Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, and Washington. Although Wisconsin is not formally a community property state, it has laws governing the division of marital property similar to community property states and it may be desirable to have a Wisconsin Participant’s spouse accept the option.

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


E XHIBIT A

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE

[DATE] 1

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.

47 Moulton Street

Cambridge, MA 02138

Attention: Treasurer

Dear Sir or Madam:

I am the holder of a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted to me under the Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. (f/k/a VL32, Inc.) (the “ Company ”) 2015 Stock Incentive Plan on [                      ] 2 for the purchase of [                      ] 3 shares of Common Stock of the Company at a purchase price of $[              ] 4 per share.

I hereby exercise my option to purchase [                      ] 5 shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”), for which I have enclosed [                      ] 6 in the amount of [                      ] 7 . Please register my stock certificate as follows:

 

Name(s):  

  8

 
  
 

 

  

Address:

 

 

  
 

 

  

I represent, warrant and covenant as follows:

14.     I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

 

1  

Enter date of exercise.

2  

Enter the date of grant.

3  

Enter the total number of shares of Common Stock for which the option was granted.

4  

Enter the option exercise price per share of Common Stock.

5  

Enter the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased upon exercise of all or part of the option.

6  

Enter “cash”, “personal check” or if permitted by the option or Plan, “stock certificates No. XXXX and XXXX”.

7  

Enter the dollar amount (price per share of Common Stock times the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased), or the number of shares tendered. Fair market value of shares tendered, together with cash or check, must cover the purchase price of the shares issued upon exercise.

8  

Enter name(s) to appear on stock certificate in one of the following formats: (a) your name only (i.e., John Doe); (b) your name and other name (i.e., John Doe and Jane Doe, Joint Tenants with Right to Survivorship); or for Nonstatutory Stock Options only, (c) a child’s name, with you as custodian (i.e. Jane Doe, Custodian for Tommy Doe). Note: There may be income and/or gift tax consequences for registering shares in a child’s name.


15.     I have had such opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company.

16.    I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

17.     I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

18.     I understand that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (iii) in any event, the exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available for at least one year and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Common Stock, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are complied with; and (iv) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

[Name]

 

-18-


KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.’s (f/k/a VL32, Inc.) 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section 9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 2,800,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 5(b)). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right), or results in any Common Stock not being issued, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising with respect to an Award shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the two immediately preceding sentences shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

 

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

  December 21, 2016

ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS:

  December 21, 2016


KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.’s (f/k/a VL32, Inc.) 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section  9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 5,800,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section  5(b)). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right), or results in any Common Stock not being issued, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising with respect to an Award shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the two immediately preceding sentences shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

 

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:   February 15, 2017
ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS:   February 16, 2017


KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.’s (f/k/a VL32, Inc.) 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section  9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 6,834,323 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 5(b)). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right), or results in any Common Stock not being issued, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising with respect to an Award shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the two immediately preceding sentences shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

 

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:   June 6, 2017
ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS:   June 6, 2017


KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO THE

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.’s (f/k/a VL32, Inc.) 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section  9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 7,099,323 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section  5(b)). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right), or results in any Common Stock not being issued, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising with respect to an Award shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the two immediately preceding sentences shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

 

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:   June 21, 2017
ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS:   June 21, 2017


KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO THE

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.’s (f/k/a VL32, Inc.) 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section  9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 7,791,948 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section  5(b)). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right), or results in any Common Stock not being issued, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising with respect to an Award shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the two immediately preceding sentences shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

 

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:   September 20, 2017
ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS:   October 6, 2017


KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO THE

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.’s (f/k/a VL32, Inc.) 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section  9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 8,201,948 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section  5(b)). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right), or results in any Common Stock not being issued, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising with respect to an Award shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the two immediately preceding sentences shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

 

ADOPTED BY COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:    October 26, 2017
ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS:    October 26, 2017


KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 7 TO THE

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.’s (f/k/a VL32, Inc.) 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section  9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 9,176,948 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section  5(b)). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right), or results in any Common Stock not being issued, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising with respect to an Award shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the two immediately preceding sentences shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

 

ADOPTED BY COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:   November  28, 2017
ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS:   November 28, 2017


KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 8 TO THE

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.’s (f/k/a VL32, Inc.) 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section  9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 11,286,948 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section  5(b)). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right), or results in any Common Stock not being issued, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising with respect to an Award shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the two immediately preceding sentences shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

 

ADOPTED BY COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:   May  30, 2018
ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS:   June 8, 2018


KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 9 TO THE

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.’s (f/k/a VL32, Inc.) 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section  9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 13,286,948 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section  5(b)). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right), or results in any Common Stock not being issued, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising with respect to an Award shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the two immediately preceding sentences shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

 

ADOPTED BY COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:   August  16, 2018
ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS:   September 24, 2018


KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 10 TO THE

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.’s (f/k/a VL32, Inc.) 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section 9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 13,286,948 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 5(b)). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right), or results in any Common Stock not being issued, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising with respect to an Award shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the two immediately preceding sentences shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

 

ADOPTED BY COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:    August 16, 2018
ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS:    September 24, 2018

Exhibit 10.4

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE CASH INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

1.

Purpose

This Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) is intended to provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate eligible executives of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and its subsidiaries toward even higher achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of the Company and its stockholders and to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified executives. The Incentive Plan is for the benefit of Covered Executives (as defined below).

 

2.

Covered Executives

From time to time, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Compensation Committee ”) may select certain key executives (the “ Covered Executives ”) to be eligible to receive bonuses hereunder. Participation in this Plan does not change the “at will” nature of a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

3.

Administration

The Compensation Committee shall have the sole discretion and authority to administer and interpret the Incentive Plan.

 

4.

Bonus Determinations

(a)       Corporate Performance Goals . A Covered Executive may receive a bonus payment under the Incentive Plan based upon the attainment of one or more performance objectives that are established by the Compensation Committee and relate to financial and operational metrics with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (the “ Corporate Performance Goals ”), including the following: cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); research and development, publication, clinical and/or regulatory milestones; revenue; corporate revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of the Company’s common stock; economic value-added; acquisitions or strategic transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of the Company’s common stock; bookings, new bookings or renewals; sales or market shares; number of customers, number of new customers or customer references; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be (A) measured in absolute terms or compared to any incremental increase, (B) measured in terms of growth, (C) compared to another company or companies or to results of a peer group, (D) measured against the market as a whole and/or as compared to applicable market indices and/or (E) measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis (if applicable). Further, any Corporate Performance Goals may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or a business unit or other segment of the Company, or one or more product lines or specific markets. The Corporate Performance Goals may differ from Covered Executive to Covered Executive.


(b)       Calculation of Corporate Performance Goals . At the beginning of each applicable performance period, the Compensation Committee will determine whether any significant element(s) will be included in or excluded from the calculation of any Corporate Performance Goal with respect to any Covered Executive. In all other respects, Corporate Performance Goals will be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, generally accepted accounting principles, or under a methodology established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of the performance period and which is consistently applied with respect to a Corporate Performance Goal in the relevant performance period.

(c)       Target; Minimum; Maximum . Each Corporate Performance Goal shall have a “target” (100 percent attainment of the Corporate Performance Goal) and may also have a “minimum” hurdle and/or a “maximum” amount.

(d)       Bonus Requirements; Individual Goals . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4(d): (i) any bonuses paid to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas that tie such bonuses to one or more performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals, (ii) bonus formulas for Covered Executives shall be adopted in each performance period by the Compensation Committee and communicated to each Covered Executive at the beginning of each performance period and (iii) no bonuses shall be paid to Covered Executives unless and until the Compensation Committee makes a determination with respect to the attainment of the performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee may adjust bonuses payable under the Incentive Plan based on achievement of one or more individual performance objectives or pay bonuses (including, without limitation, discretionary bonuses) to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan based on individual performance goals and/or upon such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may in its discretion determine.

(e)       Individual Target Bonuses . The Compensation Committee shall establish a target bonus opportunity for each Covered Executive for each performance period. For each Covered Executive, the Compensation Committee shall have the authority to apportion the target award so that a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of Corporate Performance Goals and a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of individual performance objectives.

(f)       Employment Requirement . Subject to any additional terms contained in a written agreement between the Covered Executive and the Company, the payment of a bonus to a Covered Executive with respect to a performance period shall be conditioned upon the Covered Executive’s employment by the Company on the bonus payment date. If a Covered Executive was not employed for an entire performance period, the Compensation Committee may pro rate the bonus based on the number of days employed during such period.

 

5.

Timing of Payment

(a)      With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on a basis more frequently than annually (e.g., quarterly or semi-annually), the Corporate Performance

 

2


Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for such period are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of such period, but not later 74 days after the end of the fiscal year in which such performance period ends.

(b)      With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on an annual or multi-year basis, Corporate Performance Goals will be measured as of the end of each such performance period (e.g., the end of each fiscal year) after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for any such period are met, bonus payments will be made as soon as practicable, but not later than 74 days after the end of the relevant fiscal year.

(c)      For the avoidance of doubt, bonuses earned at any time in a fiscal year must be paid no later than 74 days after the last day of such fiscal year.

 

6.

Amendment and Termination

The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Incentive Plan at any time in its sole discretion.

 

3

Exhibit 10.6

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

[FORM OF] DIRECTOR INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of [                      ] by and between Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [Director] (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Charter ”) and the Amended and Restated Bylaws (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”);

WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [Affiliated Entity] (“[Affiliated Entity]”) which Indemnitee and [Affiliated Entity ] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement, with the Company’s acknowledgment and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve or continue to serve on the Board.]

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1.      Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to [continue to] serve as a director of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

Section 2.      Definitions .

As used in this Agreement:

(a)    “ Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

(b)    “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person as a current or former director of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(c)    “ Enforcement Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action. Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(d)    “ Enterprise ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.

 

2


(e)    “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(f)    “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(g)    The term “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as a director of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided , however , that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

Section 3.     Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection

 

3


with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 4.     Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Delaware Court ”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

Section 5.     Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6.     Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7.     Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:

(a)    to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; provided that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Secondary Indemnitors as set forth in Section 13(c);

 

4


(b)    to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of such securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (“ SOX ”);

(c)    to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided , however , that this Section 7(c) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or

(d)    to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).

Section 8.     Advancement of Expenses . Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as incurred, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s (i) ability to repay the expenses, (ii) ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses of covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)). Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.

 

5


Section 9.     Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a)    To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.

(b)    In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.

(c)     In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(d)     The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.

Section 10.     Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .

(a)    Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: (x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred: (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a

 

6


committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought. In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b)    If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board if a Change in Control shall not have occurred or, if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Indemnitee. Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate. The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

7


Section 11.     Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a)    To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither (i) the failure of the Company or of Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company or by Independent Counsel that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c)    The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 12.     Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a)    Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the

 

8


American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided , however , that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)    In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.

(c)     If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)    The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e)    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought. Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.

(f)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

 

9


Section 13.     Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

(a)    The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)    To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c)    [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [Affiliated Entity] and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter and/or Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Secondary Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Secondary Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Secondary Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Secondary Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors shall have a right of

 

10


contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Secondary Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13(c).]

(d)    [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Secondary Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e)    [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] the Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.

Section 14.     Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 15.     Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

11


Section 16.     Enforcement .

(a)    The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director of the Company.

(b)    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 17.     Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.

Section 18.     Notice by Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 19.     Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

  (a)

If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

  (b)

If to the Company to:

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.

65 Hayden Avenue

Lexington, MA 02421

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

12


Section 20.     Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.

Section 21.     Internal Revenue Code Section  409A . The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.

Section 22.     Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 23.     Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

13


Section 24.     Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
 

 

  [Indemnitee]

Exhibit 10.7

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

[FORM OF] OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of [                      ] by and between Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [Officer] (“ Indemnitee ”). 1

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Charter ”) and the Amended and Restated Bylaws (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”);

WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

1  

To be entered into with all C-level officers and Section 16 officers.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1.      Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to [continue to] serve as [a director and] an officer of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from [any] such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

Section 2.      Definitions .

As used in this Agreement:

(a)    “Change in Control” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

(b)    “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person as a current or former [director or] officer of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(c)    “ Enforcement Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action. Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(d)    “ Enterprise ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.

(e)    “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise

 

2


participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(f)    “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(g)    The term “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was [a director or] an officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as [a director or] an officer of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided , however , that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

Section 3.     Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

3


Section 4.     Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Delaware Court ”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

Section 5.     Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6.     Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7.     Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:

(a)    to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise;

(b)    to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of such securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (“ SOX ”);

 

4


(c)    to indemnify for any reimbursement of, or payment to, the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of SOX or any formal policy of the Company adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof), or any other remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law;

(d)    to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided , however , that this Section 7(d) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or

(e)    to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).

Section 8.     Advancement of Expenses . Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as incurred, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s (i) ability to repay the expenses, (ii) ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses of covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)). Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.

 

5


Section 9.     Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a)    To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.

(b)    In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.

(c)     In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(d)     The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.

Section 10.     Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification . 2

(a)    Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: [(x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is

 

2  

Bracketed portions for CEO Director version only

 

6


being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) in any other case,] (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought. In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b)    If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board[; provided that, if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee]. Indemnitee [or the Company, as the case may be,] may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company [or Indemnitee, as the case may be,] a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate.    The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

7


Section 11.     Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a)    To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither (i) the failure of the Company or of Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company or by Independent Counsel that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c)    The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 12.     Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a)    Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to

 

8


be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided , however , that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)    In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.

(c)     If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)    The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e)    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought. Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.

(f)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

 

9


Section 13.     Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

(a)    The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)    To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d)    The Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.

Section 14.     Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as [both a director and] an officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto. This

 

10


Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 15.     Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 16.     Enforcement .

(a)    The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as [a director and] an officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as [a director and] an officer of the Company.

(b)    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 17.     Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.

Section 18.     Notice by Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment,

 

11


information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 19.     Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

  (a)

If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

  (b)

If to the Company to:

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.

65 Hayden Avenue

Lexington, MA 02421

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 20.     Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.

Section 21.     Internal Revenue Code Section  409A . The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.

 

12


Section 22.     Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 23.     Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

Section 24.     Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[Name of Indemnitee]

Exhibit 10.12

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of December 21, 2015, by and between PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (“Bank”) and KALElDO BIOSCIENCES, INC. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower wishes to obtain credit from time to time from Bank, and Bank desires to extend credit to Borrower. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrower, and Borrower will repay the amounts owing to Bank.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1        Definitions. As used in this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth on Exhibit A. Any term used in the Code and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to the term in the Code.

1.2        Accounting Terms. Any accounting term not specifically defined on Exhibit A shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP (except for noncompliance with FAS 123R in monthly reporting). The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

 

2.

LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

2.1      Credit Extensions.

(a)        Promise to Pay. Borrower promises to pay to Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof.

(b)      Term Loans.

(i)       Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (I) Borrower may request and Bank agrees to make one or more term loans to Borrower in an aggregate original principal amount not to exceed $2,500,000 (each a “Tranche A Term Loan” and collectively the “Tranche A Term Loans”) at any time from the Closing Date through the Availability End Date and (II) Borrower may request and Bank agrees to make one or more additional term loans to Borrower in an aggregate original principal amount not to exceed $2,500,000 (each a “Tranche B Term Loan” and collectively, the “Tranche B Term Loans” and together with the Tranche A Term Loans, each a “Term Loan” and collectively, the “Term Loans”) at any time from the date Borrower achieves the Tranche B Milestones through the Availability End Date. The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used for general working capital purposes and for capital expenditures.

(ii)       Interest shall accrue from the date of each Term Loan at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and prior to June 21, 2017 shall be payable monthly in arrears beginning on the 21st day of the month next following the such Term Loan, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter. Any Term Loans that are outstanding on June 21, 2017 shall be payable in 30 equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on July 21, 2017, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Term Loan Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with the Term Loans and any other amounts due under this Agreement shall be immediately due and payable. Term Loans, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrower may prepay any Term Loan in whole or in part at any time without penalty or premium.

 

1


(iii)       When Borrower desires to obtain a Term Loan (other than the initial Term Loan), Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:30 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day prior to the date on which the Term Loan is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C. The notice shall be signed by an Authorized Officer.

2.2      Intentionally Omitted.

2.3      Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations.

(a)        Interest Rate. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Term Loans shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of (A) 0.75% above the Prime Rate then in effect, or (B) 4.00%.

(b)        Late Fee; Default Rate. If any payment is not made within 15 days after the date such payment is due, Borrower shall pay Bank a late fee equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the amount of such unpaid amount or (ii) the maximum amount permitted to be charged under applicable law. All outstanding Obligations shall bear interest, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at a rate equal to 5 percentage points above the interest rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default.

(c)        Payments. Interest under the Term Loans shall be due and payable monthly in arrears on the 21st calendar day of each month during the term hereof. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of Borrower’s deposit accounts. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder.

(d)        Computation. In the event the Prime Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the applicable rate of interest hereunder shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

2.4        Crediting Payments. Prior to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as Borrower specifies. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately apply any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment Bank may receive to conditionally reduce Obligations, but such applications of funds shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 5:30 p.m. Eastern time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

2.5        Bank Expenses. Borrower shall pay to Bank, on the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date, and, after the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses, as and when they become due.

2.6        Term. This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and, subject to Section 12.7, shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations) remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall have the right to terminate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

 

2


3.

CONDITIONS OF LOANS.

3.1        Conditions Precedent to Closing. The agreement of Bank to enter into this Agreement on the Closing Date is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, each the following items and completed each of the following requirements:

(a)       this Agreement;

(b)       an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

(c)       a financing statement (Form UCC-1);

(d)       payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due specified in Section 2.5, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts with Bank;

(e)       current SOS Reports indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

(f)       current financial statements, including company prepared statements for Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal year, company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows for the most recently ended month in accordance with Section 6.2, and such other updated financial information as Bank may reasonably request;

(g)       current Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 6.2;

(h)       a warrant in form and substance satisfactory to Bank;

(i)       a Borrower Information Certificate;

(j)       such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may have reasonably requested; and

(k)       Borrower shall have opened and funded not less than $50,000 in deposit accounts held with Bank.

3.2        Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is contingent upon the Borrower’s compliance with Section 3.1 above, and is further subject to the following conditions:

(a)       timely receipt by Bank of the Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form as provided in Section 2.1;

(b)       Borrower shall have transferred substantially all of its Cash assets into operating accounts held with Bank and otherwise be in compliance with Section 6.6 hereof;

(c)       in Bank’s sole but reasonable discretion, there has not been a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d)       the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrower on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2.

 

3


4.

CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

4.1        Grant of Security Interest. Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents (other than any warrants or equity related agreements). Except for Permitted Liens or as disclosed in the Schedule, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Borrower also hereby agrees not to sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of its Intellectual Property, except for Permitted Transfers and Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or of any filings undertaken related to Bank’s rights under the Code, Bank’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations) are outstanding.

4.2        Perfection of Security Interest. Borrower authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Borrower of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Borrower, if applicable. Borrower shall have possession of the Collateral, except where expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or where Bank chooses to perfect its security interest by possession in addition to the filing of a financing statement. Where Collateral is in possession of a third party bailee, Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests for Bank to (i) to the extent required in Section 7.11 below, obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, of the bailee that the bailee holds such Collateral for the benefit of Bank, and (ii) to the extent required under Section 6.6 below, obtain “control” of any Collateral consisting of investment property, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such items and the term “control” are defined in Revised Article 9 of the Code) by causing the securities intermediary or depositary institution or issuing bank to execute a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. Borrower will not create any chattel paper without placing a legend on the chattel paper acceptable to Bank indicating that Bank has a security interest in the chattel paper. Borrower from time to time, pursuant to additional agreements by Borrower, may deposit with Bank specific cash collateral to secure specific Obligations; Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such specific balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any request by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the specific Obligations are outstanding. Borrower shall take such other actions as Bank reasonably requests to perfect its security interests granted under this Agreement.

 

5.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1        Due Organization and Qualification. Borrower and each Subsidiary is duly existing under the laws of the state in which it is organized and qualified and licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2        Due Authorization; No Conflict. The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized, and are not in conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement by which it is bound, except to the extent such default would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3        Collateral. Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted

 

4


Liens. Other than movable items of personal property such as laptop computers, all Collateral having an aggregate book value in excess of $250,000 is located solely in the Collateral States, at the locations set forth on Schedule 7.11 and such other locations permitted under Section 7.11. All finished goods Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule, none of the Borrower’s Cash is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s affiliates or as permitted under Section 6.6.

5.4        Intellectual Property. Borrower’s registered Intellectual Property as of the Closing Date is set forth on Schedule 5.4 hereto. Borrower is the sole owner of the intellectual property created or purchased or licensed by Borrower, except for any rights of a licensor of intellectual property purchased or licensed by Borrower, licenses granted by Borrower in the ordinary course of business and other Permitted Transfers. To Borrower’s knowledge, each of the material copyrights, trademarks and patents created or purchased by Borrower is valid and enforceable, and no part of the intellectual property created or purchased by Borrower has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower in writing that any part of the intellectual property created or purchased by Borrower violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such judgment or claim would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5        Name; Location of Chief Executive Office. Except as disclosed in the Schedule, Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof, and its exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. As of the date hereof, the chief executive office of Borrower is located at the address indicated in Section 10 hereof.

5.6        Litigation. Except as set forth in the Schedule, there are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court or administrative agency in which a likely adverse decision would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7        No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements. All consolidated and consolidating (if any) financial statements related to Borrower and any Subsidiary that are delivered by Borrower to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating (if any) financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating (if any) results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated or in the consolidating (if any) financial condition of Borrower since the date of the most recent of such financial statements submitted to Bank by Borrower.

5.8        Solvency, Payment of Debts. Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.9        Compliance with Laws and Regulations. Borrower and each Subsidiary have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from Borrower’s failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in Borrower’s incurring any liability that could have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Borrower has not violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, the violation of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP or where the failure to file such returns or pay such taxes would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10        Subsidiaries. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments.

 

5


5.11        Government Consents. Borrower and each Subsidiary have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12        Inbound Licenses. Except as disclosed on the Schedule, disclosed in accordance with Section 6.9 or permitted pursuant to Section 7.5, Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any material license or other similar agreement important for the conduct of Borrower’s business that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property important for the conduct of Borrower’s business, other than this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

6.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations), and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1        Good Standing and Government Compliance. Borrower shall maintain its and (except as permitted in Section 7.3) each of its Subsidiaries’ corporate existence and good standing in the respective states of formation, shall maintain qualification and good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall furnish to Bank the organizational identification number issued to Borrower by the authorities of the state in which Borrower is organized, if applicable. Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each Subsidiary to meet, the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, and shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which or failure to comply with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.2        Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each calendar month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating (if any) balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows covering Borrower’s operations during such period, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer; (ii) as soon as available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited (or such other level as is required by the Investment Agreement) consolidated and consolidating (if any) financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with (if required by the Investment Agreement) an opinion which is either unqualified, qualified only for going concern so long as Borrower’s investors provide additional equity as needed or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; provided however for the 2015 fiscal year such financial statements may be company prepared and no audit will be required; (iii) annual budget approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors as soon as available but in any event within 30 days after each fiscal year end during the term of this Agreement; (iv) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (v) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of $250,000 or more; (vi) promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by Borrower’s independent certified public accounting firm regarding Borrower’s management control systems; and (vii) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans, information relating to clinical updates or other information as Bank may reasonably request from time to time.

(a)       Within 30 days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto.

 

6


(b)       As soon as possible and in any event within 3 Business Days after becoming aware of the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default hereunder, a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(c)       Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours but no more than once a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect Borrower’s Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, inspect, audit and appraise the Collateral at Borrower’s expense in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount of, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.

Borrower may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. Borrower shall include a submission date on any certificates and reports to be delivered electronically.

6.3        Inventory and Equipment; Returns. Borrower shall keep all finished goods Inventory and Equipment in good and merchantable condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), free from all material defects except for Inventory and Equipment (i) sold in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) for which adequate reserves have been made, in all cases in the United States and such other locations permitted under Section 7.11 or as to which Borrower gives prior written notice. Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of Borrower. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all written disputes and claims involving inventory having a book value of more than $100,000.

6.4        Taxes. Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning income taxes, F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A. and state disability, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, proof satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower or a Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits and any appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; provided that Borrower or a Subsidiary need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by Borrower or such Subsidiary.

6.5        Insurance. Borrower, at its expense, shall (i) keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage, and (ii) maintain liability and other insurance, in each case in as ordinarily insured against by other owners in businesses similar to Borrower’s. All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least 10 days notice to Bank before canceling or refusing to renew its policy for any reason. Within 30 days of the Closing Date, Borrower shall cause to be furnished to Bank a copy of its policies or certificates of insurance including any endorsements covering Bank or showing Bank as an additional insured. Upon Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Borrower’s option, be payable to Borrower to repair or replace the property subject to the claim, provided that any such repaired or replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens), provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.

6.6        Primary Depository. Except as set forth below, within 30 days of the Closing Date Borrower shall maintain all its depository and operating accounts with Bank and all its investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s affiliates; provided that prior to maintaining any investment accounts with Bank’s affiliates, Borrower, Bank, and any such affiliate shall have entered into a securities account control agreement with respect to any such investment accounts, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. Notwithstanding the above, Borrower shall be permitted to maintain (i) payroll and employee benefits accounts at Bank or outside of Bank provided that if the same are outside of Bank, Borrower must deliver a control agreement in favor of Bank for such accounts, in form

 

7


and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion, (ii) for a period of 90 days after the Closing Date, a deposit account at Silicon Valley Bank securing credit card reimbursement obligations without the requirement for a control agreement provided that at no time shall such deposit account contain funds in excess of $10,000, and (iii) Cash in one or more accounts outside of Bank, without the requirement for control agreements, provided that the total aggregate amount of Cash maintained in all accounts outside of Bank pursuant to this section (iv) does not exceed (x) $100,000 from the date that is 31 days after the Closing Date through the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, (y) $50,000 from the date 91 days after the Closing Date through the date 180 days after the Closing Date, and (z) $20,000 at all times thereafter. The foregoing notwithstanding, at no time from the date that is 31 days after the Closing Date and thereafter shall Borrower maintain cash outside of Bank in an aggregate amount in excess of $250,000.

6.7      Intentionally Omitted.

6.8      Intentionally Omitted.

6.9        Consent of Inbound Licensors. Not more than 10 days after entering into or becoming bound by any material inbound license or similar agreement for the use of intellectual property (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding licenses of open source, over the counter software, prepackaged software and other software that is commercially available to the public), Borrower shall: (i) provide written notice to Bank of the material terms of such license or agreement with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition; and (ii) upon Bank’s request, in good faith use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for Borrower’s interest in such licenses or contract rights to be deemed Collateral and for Bank to have a security interest in it that could reasonably be expected to otherwise be restricted by the terms of the applicable license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future, provided, however, that the failure to obtain any such consent or waiver shall not constitute a default under this Agreement.

6.10        Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries. In the event any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower or such Subsidiary shall promptly notify Bank of such creation or acquisition, and Borrower or such Subsidiary shall take all actions reasonably requested by Bank to achieve any of the following with respect to such “New Subsidiary” (defined as a Subsidiary formed after the date hereof during the term of this Agreement): (i) if such New Subsidiary is organized under the laws of the United States, to cause New Subsidiary to become either a co-Borrower hereunder, or a secured guarantor with respect to the Obligations; and (ii) to grant and pledge to Bank a perfected security interest in 100% of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership held by Borrower or its Subsidiaries of any such New Subsidiary which is organized under the laws of the United States, and 65% of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership held by Borrower or its Subsidiaries of any such New Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of the United States.

6.11        Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

7.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations) are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld:

7.1        Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, to “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, or move cash balances on deposit with Bank to accounts opened at another financial institution, other than as permitted under Section 6.6, Permitted Transfers or Permitted Investments.

 

8


7.2        Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control. Change its name or the state of Borrower’s formation or relocate its chief executive office without 30 days prior written notification to Bank; replace or suffer the departure of its chief executive officer or chief financial officer, if any, without delivering written notification to Bank within 10 Business Days; suffer a change on its board of directors which results in the failure of at least one representative of Flagship Ventures Management, Inc. or its Affiliates to serve as a voting member, or suffer the resignation of one or more directors from its board of directors in anticipation of the Borrower’s insolvency, in either case without the prior written consent of Bank which may be withheld in Bank’s sole discretion; take action to liquidate, wind up, or otherwise cease to conduct business in the ordinary course; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than or reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower; change its fiscal year end; have a Change in Control.

7.3        Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (other than Permitted Investments) except where (a) each of the following conditions is applicable: (i) the consideration paid in connection with such transactions (including assumption of liabilities) does not in the aggregate exceed $250,000 during any fiscal year, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transactions, (iii) such transactions do not result in a Change in Control, and (iv) Borrower is the surviving entity; or (b) the Obligations are repaid in full concurrently with the closing of any merger or consolidation of Borrower in which Borrower is not the surviving entity; provided, however, that Borrower shall not, without Bank’s prior written consent, enter into any binding contractual arrangement with any Person to attempt to facilitate a merger or acquisition of Borrower, unless (i) no Event of Default exists when such agreement is entered into by Borrower, (ii) such agreement does not give such Person the right to claim any fee, payment or damages from any parties, other than from Borrower or Borrower’s investors, in connection with a sale of Borrower’s stock or assets pursuant to or resulting from an assignment for the benefit of creditors, an asset turnover to Borrower’s creditors (including, without limitation, Bank), foreclosure, bankruptcy or similar liquidation, and (iii) Borrower notifies Bank in advance of entering into such an agreement (provided that the failure to give such notification shall not be deemed a breach of this Agreement).

7.4        Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Bank.

7.5        Encumbrances. Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person (other than (i) the licensors of in-licensed property with respect to such property, (ii) the lessors of specific equipment or lenders financing specific equipment with respect to such leased or financed equipment or (iii) as disclosed on the Schedule) that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property, except for licenses and agreements containing customary anti-assignment provisions so long as such provisions are, or would be, rendered unenforceable or ineffective under applicable law (including, without limitation Sections 94-06, 9-407 and 9-408 of the Code).

7.6        Distributions. Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any of its capital stock, except that Borrower may (i) repurchase the stock of former employees or directors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150,000 in any fiscal year, so long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and (ii) repurchase the stock of former employees or directors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements in any amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees or directors to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists.

7.7        Investments. Directly or indirectly acquire or own an Investment in, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments, or except as permitted under Section 6.6, maintain or invest any of its investment property with a Person other than Bank or permit any

 

9


Subsidiary to do so unless such Person has entered into a control agreement with Bank, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower.

7.8        Capitalized Expenditures. Make Capitalized Expenditures in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower.

7.9        Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person and except for transactions permitted under Sections 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.7 or 7.9.

7.10        Subordinated Debt. Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except in compliance with the terms of such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision affecting Bank’s rights contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent.

7.11        Inventory and Equipment. Store the Inventory or the Equipment of a book value in excess of $250,000 with a bailee, warehouseman, collocation facility or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and for movable items of personal property having an aggregate book value not in excess of $250,000, and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment only at the location set forth in Section 10 of the Schedule, and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank is able to take such actions as may be reasonably necessary to perfect its security interest or to obtain a bailee’s acknowledgment of Bank’s rights in the Collateral.

7.12        No Investment Company; Margin Regulation. Become or be controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose.

 

8.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

8.1        Payment Default. If Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable. During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (B) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2        Covenant Default.

(a)       If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Sections 6.2 (financial reporting), 6.4 (taxes), 6.5 (insurance) or 6.6 (primary accounts), or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement; or

(b)       If Borrower fails or neglects to perform or observe any other material term, provision, condition or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition or covenant that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within 10 days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured

 

10


within the 10 day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such 10 day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed 30 days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no Credit Extensions will be made;

8.3        Material Adverse Change. If there occurs any circumstance or any circumstances which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.4        Attachment. If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within 10 days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any material portion of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

8.5        Insolvency. If Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within 45 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

8.6        Other Agreements. If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties (a) resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $250,000, (b) in connection with any lease of real property that has not been cured or waived by the landlord under such lease (but only if the landlord thereof has given Borrower notice of such default), or (c) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.7        Judgments. If a final, non-appealable, uninsured judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $250,000 shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 10 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of the judgment); or

8.8        Misrepresentations. If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

8.9        Guaranty. If any guaranty of all or a portion of the Obligations (a “Guaranty”) ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any guarantor fails to perform any obligation under any Guaranty or a security agreement securing any Guaranty (collectively, the “Guaranty Documents”), or any event of default occurs under any Guaranty Document or any guarantor revokes or purports to revoke a Guaranty, or any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth in any Guaranty Document or in any certificate delivered to Bank in connection with any Guaranty Document, or if any of the circumstances described in Sections 8.3 through 8.9 occur with respect to any guarantor.

 

11


9.

BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

9.1        Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a)       Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 (insolvency), all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b)       Demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of the Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall promptly deposit and pay such amounts;

(c)       Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(d)       Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;

(e)       Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank’s determination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(f)       place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any control agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(g)       Set off and apply to the Obligations then due any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrower held by Bank, and (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower held by Bank;

(h)       Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i)       Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever manner or order Bank deems appropriate. Bank may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral, Bank may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. If Bank sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrower will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Bank, and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Bank may resell the Collateral and Borrower shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale;

(j)       Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale;

 

12


(k)       Apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of the Collateral, without notice and without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations and without regard to the solvency of Borrower, any guarantor or any other Person liable for any of the Obligations; and

(l)       Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

Bank may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

9.2        Power of Attorney. Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; and (g) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clause (g) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

9.3        Accounts Collection. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrower of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank’s trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

9.4        Bank Expenses. If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; or (b) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.

9.5        Bank’s Liability for Collateral. Bank has no obligation to clean up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

9.6        No Obligation to Pursue Others. Bank has no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other person liable for them and Bank may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other Person to secure any of the Obligations, all without affecting Bank’s rights against Borrower. Borrower waives any right it may have to require Bank to pursue any other Person for any of the Obligations.

9.7        Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. Borrower expressly agrees that this Section 9.7 may not be waived or modified by Bank by course of performance, conduct, estoppel or otherwise.

 

13


9.8        Demand; Protest. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and any other notices relating to the Obligations.

 

10.

NOTICES.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrower or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:     

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

47 Moulton Street

Cambridge, MA 02138

If to Bank:     

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

Durham, North Carolina 27701

Attn: Loan Operations Manager

FAX: (919) 314-3080

with a copy to:     

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

131 Oliver Street, 2nd Floor

Boston, MA 02110

Attn: Scott Hansen

FAX: (781) 547-0848

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

 

11.

CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of North Carolina, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Jurisdiction shall lie in the State of North Carolina. All disputes, controversies, claims, actions and similar proceedings arising with respect to Borrower’s account or any related agreement or transaction shall be brought in the General Court of Justice of North Carolina sitting in Durham County, North Carolina or the United States District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina, except as provided below with respect to arbitration of such matters. BANK AND BORROWER EACH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED. EACH OF THEM, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT, WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT ANY OF THEM MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), OR ACTION OF ANY OF THEM. THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY BANK OR BORROWER, EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY EACH OF THEM. If the jury waiver set forth in this Section 11 is not enforceable, then any dispute, controversy, claim, action or similar proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by final and binding arbitration held in Durham County, North Carolina in accordance with the then current Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association

 

14


by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with those rules. The arbitrator shall apply North Carolina law to the resolution of any dispute, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration. Judgment upon any award resulting from arbitration may be entered into and enforced by any state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this Section. The costs and expenses of the arbitration, including without limitation, the arbitrator’s fees and expert witness fees, and reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the parties to the arbitration may be awarded to the prevailing party, in the discretion of the arbitrator, or may be apportioned between the parties in any manner deemed appropriate by the arbitrator. Unless and until the arbitrator decides that one party is to pay for all (or a share) of such costs and expenses, both parties shall share equally in the payment of the arbitrator’s fees as and when billed by the arbitrator.

 

12.

GENERAL PROVISIONS.

12.1        Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall bind all persons who become bound as a debtor to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, assign, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

12.2        Indemnification. Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank, its officers, employees and agents as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower whether under this Agreement, or otherwise (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3        Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

12.4        Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

12.5        Amendments in Writing, Integration. All amendments to or terminations of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents must be in writing, All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

12.6        Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Executed copies of the signature pages of this Agreement sent by facsimile or transmitted electronically in Portable Document Format (“PDF”), or any similar format, shall be treated as originals, fully binding and with full legal force and effect, and the parties waive any rights they may have to object to such treatment.

12.7        Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make any Credit Extension to Borrower. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 12.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

12.8        Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank and Borrower and all employees and agents of each such party shall exercise the same degree of care that such party exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information thereby

 

15


received or received pursuant to this Agreement and the Loan Documents or upon request of Bank or its Affiliates, except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) in the case of Bank, to the subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank or Borrower in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrower (provided that such subsidiaries or Affiliates are bound by confidentiality obligations substantially the same as those of this Section 12.8, (ii) in the case of Bank, to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions, provided that they have entered into a comparable confidentiality agreement in favor of Borrower and have delivered a copy to Borrower, (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) in the case of Bank, as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank and (v) as Bank may determine in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in the knowledge or possession of the receiving party when disclosed to such party, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to such receiving party through no fault of such receiving party; or (b) is disclosed to such receiving party by a third party, provided the receiving party does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Geoffrey von Maltzahn

Name:   Geoffrey von Maltzahn
Title:   President
PACIFIC WESTERN BANK
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK
By:  

/s/ Scott Hansen

Name:   Scott Hansen
Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

“Accounts” means all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by Borrower and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and general partners.

“Authorized Officer” means someone designated as such in the corporate resolution provided by Borrower to Bank including any such resolutions in which this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder are authorized by Borrower’s board of directors. If Borrower provides subsequent corporate resolutions to Bank after the Closing Date, the individual(s) designated as “Authorized Officer(s)” in the most-recently provided resolution shall be the only “Authorized Officers” for purposes of this Agreement.

“Availability End Date” means December 21, 2016.

“Bank Expenses” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees; and Bank’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought.

“Borrower’s Books” means all of Borrower’s books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of North Carolina are authorized or required to close.

“Capitalized Expenditures” means current period unfinanced cash expenditures that are capitalized and amortized over a period of time in accordance with GAAP, including but not limited to capitalized cash expenditures for capital equipment, capitalized manufacturing and labor costs as they relate to inventory, and software development.

“Cash” means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.

“Change in Control” shall mean a transaction other than a bona fide equity financing or scries of financings on terms and from investors reasonably acceptable to Flagship Ventures Management Inc. or its affiliates in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Code” means the North Carolina Uniform Commercial Code as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

1


“Collateral” means the property described on Exhibit B attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B, except to the extent (i) any such property is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, §25-9-406 and §25-9-408 of the Code), (ii) the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) any such property constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote, (iv) any such property (including any attachments, accessions or replacements) is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clauses (c) or (e) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property pursuant to this Agreement would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Lien or (v) any such property is Intellectual Property, in any medium, of any kind or nature whatsoever, now or hereafter owned or acquired or received by Borrower, or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires or receives any right or interest; provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of December 21, 2015, include the Intellectual Property to the extent and only to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment, and further provided, however, that Bank’s enforcement rights with respect to any security interest in the Intellectual Property shall be absolutely limited to the Rights to Payment only, and Bank shall have no recourse whatsoever with respect to the underlying Intellectual Property.

“Collateral State” means the state or states where the Collateral is located, which is Massachusetts.

“Compliance Certificate” means a compliance certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto, executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Copyrights” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

“Credit Extension” means each Term Loan, or any other extension of credit by Bank, to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

“Equipment” means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

 

2


“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned in Article 8.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time in the United States.

“Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, and (d) all Contingent Obligations, including but not limited to any sublimit contained herein.

“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a)       Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b)       Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

(c)       Any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

(d)       Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

(e)       All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights;

(f)       All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents; and

(g)       All proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing.

“Inventory” means all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“Investment Agreement” means, collectively, Borrower’s stock purchase and other agreement(s) pursuant to which Borrower most recently issued its preferred stock.

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Letter of Credit” means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at Borrower’s request.

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

 

3


“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (i) the operations, business or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of Borrower to repay the Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) Borrower’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

“Negotiable Collateral” means all of Borrower’s present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement (other than any warrant or equity related agreement), whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrower to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Periodic Payments” means all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrower may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrower and Bank.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means:

(a)       Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(b)       Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(c)       Indebtedness not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate at any time secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed at the time it is incurred the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the property financed with such Indebtedness;

(d)       The SVB Credit Card for a period of time not to exceed 90 days after the Closing Date;

(e)       Subordinated Debt;

(f)       Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g)       Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(h)       Indebtedness permitted under clause (d) of Permitted Investments; and

(i)       Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investment” means:

(a)       Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule;

 

4


(b)       (i) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (iii) Bank’s certificates of deposit maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein, and (iv) Bank’s money market accounts; (v) Investments in regular deposit or checking accounts held with Bank or as otherwise permitted by, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 6.6 of this Agreement; and (vi) Investments consistent with any investment policy adopted by the Borrower’s board of directors;

(c)       Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(d)       Investments (i) of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries (which are co-Borrowers or secured guarantors and, for Subsidiaries created or acquired after the date hereof, with respect to which Borrower and its Subsidiaries have fully complied with Section 6.8 hereof) or Borrower and Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries (which are co-Borrowers or secured guarantors and, for Subsidiaries created or acquired after the date hereof, with respect to which Borrower and its Subsidiaries have fully complied with Section 6.8 hereof) (ii) of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries (which are not co-Borrowers or secured guarantors) and (iii) Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries (which are not co-Borrowers or secured guarantors) not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(e)       Investments not to exceed $250,000 outstanding in the aggregate at any time consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(f)       Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(g)       Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (g) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(h)       Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower in another Person under this clause (h) do not exceed $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(i)       Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business; and

(j)       Investments permitted under Section 7.3.

“Permitted Licenses” means the following:

(a)       non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses and similar arrangements, partnerships and joint ventures on commercially reasonable terms for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(b)       licenses of open source, over-the-counter software, prepackaged software and other software that is commercially available to the public, and

(c)       non-exclusive and exclusive licenses for the use of the Intellectual Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business, provided, that, with respect to each such

 

5


license described in clause (c), (i) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing at the time of such license; (ii) the license constitutes an arms-length transaction, the terms of which, on their face, do not provide for a sale or legal transfer of title of any Intellectual Property and do not contain an enforceable restriction on the ability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to pledge, grant a security interest in or lien on, or assign or otherwise Transfer any Intellectual Property; (iii) in the case of any exclusive license, (x) Borrower delivers to the Bank ten (10) days’ prior written notice and a brief summary of the terms of the proposed license and copies of the final executed licensing documents in connection with the exclusive license promptly upon consummation thereof, and (y) any such license could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but may be exclusive in respects other than territory and may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States; and (iv) all upfront payments, royalties, milestone payments or other proceeds arising from the licensing agreement that are payable to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are deposited into a Deposit Account that is governed by a Control Agreement.

“Permitted Liens” means the following:

(a)       Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Credit Extensions) or arising under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or any other agreement in favor of Bank;

(b)       Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves;

(c)       Liens not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate at any time (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by a Credit Extension) acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, in each case provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(d)       Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(e)       Liens on cash collateral in favor of Silicon Valley Bank securing for a period of time not to exceed 90 days after the Closing Date, the SVB Credit Card in an amount not to exceed $10,000;

(f)       Liens securing Subordinated Debt;

(g)       Permitted Licenses;

(h)       Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000 and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(i)       Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA); and

(j)       Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 (attachment) or 8.7 (judgments).

 

6


“Permitted Transfer” means the conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of:

(a)       Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(b)       licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(c)       Transfers that constitute Permitted Licenses;

(d)       worn-out, surplus or obsolete Equipment;

(e)       grants of security interests and other Liens that constitute Permitted Liens; and

(f)       other assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed $250,000 during any fiscal year.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

“Prime Rate” means the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Bank, as its “prime rate,” whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Bank.

“Responsible Officer” means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance, the Secretary and the Controller of Borrower, as well as any other officer or employee identified as an Authorized Officer in the corporate resolution delivered by Borrower to Bank in connection with this Agreement.

“Schedule” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

“SOS Reports” means the official reports from the Secretaries of State of each Collateral State, the state where Borrower’s chief executive office is located, the state of Borrower’s formation and other applicable federal, state or local government offices identifying all current security interests filed in the Collateral and Liens of record as of the date of such report.

“Subordinated Debt” means any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Bank).

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.

“SVB Credit Card” means Borrower’s existing credit card issued by Silicon Valley Bank with an aggregate limit not to exceed $10,000.

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means December 21, 2019.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

“Tranche” means any of Tranche A or Tranche B.

 

7


“Tranche A” has the meaning assigned in Section 2.1(b)(i).

“Tranche B” has the meaning assigned in Section 2.l(b)(i).

“Tranche B Milestones” means (i) the receipt by Borrower of at least $5,500,000 of gross cash proceeds after the Closing Date from the sale of its Series A equity securities, (ii) Borrower’s achievement of preclinical POC in at least two indications and (iii) Flagship Ventures Management, Inc. (or an Affiliate thereof) confirms to Bank that Flagship Ventures Management, Inc. (or an Affiliate thereof) is satisfied with Borrower’s preclinical POC achievement relative to plan.

 

8


DEBTOR   KALEIDO BIOSCIENCE, INC.   
SECURED PARTY:   PACIFIC WESTERN BANK   

EXHIBIT B

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a)       all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), financial assets, general intangibles (including patents, trademarks, copyrights, goodwill, payment intangibles, domain names and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b)       any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the North Carolina Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any property that is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, §25-9-406 and §25-9-408 of the Code), (ii) any property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) any property that constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote, (iv) any property (including any attachments, accessions or replacements) that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clauses (c) or (e) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property pursuant to this Agreement would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Liens or (v) any property that is Intellectual Property, in any medium, of any kind or nature whatsoever, now or hereafter owned or acquired or received by Borrower, or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires or receives any right or interest; provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of December 21, 2015, include the Intellectual Property to the extent and only to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment, and further provided, however, that Bank’s enforcement rights with respect to any security interest in the Intellectual Property shall be absolutely limited to the Rights to Payment only, and Bank shall have no recourse whatsoever with respect to the underlying Intellectual Property.

 

1


EXHIBIT C

LOAN ADVANCE / PAYDOWN REQUEST FORM

[Please refer to New Borrower Kit]


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[Please refer to New Borrower Kit]


SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS

Permitted Indebtedness (Exhibit A) – None.

Permitted Investments (Exhibit A) – None.

Permitted Liens (Exhibit A) – None.

Intellectual Property (Section 5.4) –

Patents: none

Patent applications:

 

Kaleido # and TITLE

   MATTER
TYPE
     US
APPLICATION #
     STATUS      Filing Date  

GT 001 P1 Glycan Therapeutic Compositions and Uses Thereof for Metabolic Diseases

     Prov - ORG        62/152,005        Pending        4/23/2015  

GT 002 Pl Glycan Therapeutic Compositions and Uses Thereof for Inflammatory Diseases

     Prov - ORG        62/152,007        Pending        4/23/2015  

GT 003 Pl Glycan Therapeutic Compositions and Uses Thereof for Infectious Diseases

     Prov - ORG        62/152,011        Pending        4/23/2015  

GT 004 Pl Glycan Therapeutic Compositions and Uses Thereof for Microbiome Diseases

     Prov - ORG        62/152,016        Pending        4/23/2015  

GT 005 Pl Hybrid Glycan Structures, Therapeutic Compositions and Uses Thereof for Altering the Microbiota

     Prov - ORG        62/152,017        Pending        4/23/2015  

GT 006 Pl: Glycan Therapeutic Compositions and Uses Thereof for the Modulation of Skin Microbiota

     Prov - ORG        62/209,615        Pending        8/25/2015  

GT 007 Pl: Glycan Therapeutic Compositions and Uses Thereof for the Modulation of Vaginal Microbiota

     Prov - ORG        62/209,618        Pending        8/25/2015  

GT 008 Pl: Glycan Therapeutic Compositions and Uses Thereof for the Modulation of Oral Microbiota

     Prov - ORG        62/209,626        Pending        8/25/2015  

GT 009 Pl: Glycan Therapeutic Compositions and Uses Thereof for the Modulation of Nasal Microbiota

     Prov - ORG        62/209,629        Pending        8/25/2015  

GT 001 P2 Glycan Therapeutic Compositions And Uses Thereof For Metabolic Diseases

     Prov - ORG        62/216,993        Pending       

4/23/2015

9/10/2015

 

 

GT 002 P2 Glycan Therapeutic Compositions and Uses Thereof for Inflammatory Diseases

     Prov - ORG        62/216,995        Pending       

4/23/2015

9/10/2015

 

 

GT 003 P2 Glycan Therapeutic Compositions and Uses Thereof for Infectious Diseases

     Prov - ORG        62/216,997        Pending       

4/23/2015

9/10/2015

 

 

GT 004 P2 Glycan Therapeutic Compositions and Uses Thereof for Microbiome Diseases

     Prov - ORG        62/217,002        Pending       

4/23/2015

9/10/2015

 

 

GT 010 Pl Glycan Therapeutics Comprising Polyphenols and Uses Thereof in Infectious and Inflammatory Diseases

     Prov - ORG        62/238,110        Pending        10/6/2015  


GT 01l Pl Glycan Therapeutics Comprising Polyphenols and uses Thereof in Metabolic and Microbiome-Associated Diseases

     Prov - ORG        62/238,112        Pending        10/6/2015  

GT 012 Pl: Microbiome Regulators and Uses Thereof in Infectious and Inflammatory Diseases

     Prov - ORG        62/255,365        Pending        11/13/2015  

GT 013 Pl: Microbiome Regulators and Uses Thereof in Microbiome and Metabolic Diseases

     Prov - ORG        62/255,366        Pending        11/13/2015  

Copyright registrations or applications: none

Trademark, service mark and domain name registrations or applications:

Trademark and/or service marks

The following mark has been applied for but not yet granted.

U.S. Trademark/Service Mark Application Serial No. 86783357 for the mark “KALEIDO”

Domain name

www.glycobiome.com

www.vl32.com

www.kaleido.com


Midori Licensed Patents

The following patents are licensed from Midori USA, Inc

 

MoFo Ref.

Midori Ref.

  

Country

  

Title

  

Application No.
Filing Date

   Registration No.
Registration Date
  

Status

70703-20001.00

MID-001US3

   United States of America    POLYMERIC ACID CATALYSTS AND USES THEREOF   

13/406,490

2/27/2012

   9,079,171

7/14/2015

   Granted/Registered

70703-20001.01

MID-001US4

   United States of America    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

14/730,143

6/3/2015

      Filed

70703-20001.40

MID-001WO1

  

Patent Cooperation

Treaty

   SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

PCT/US2012/02 6820

2/27/2012

      Expired

70703-20001.41

MID-001AR1

   Argentina    POLYMERIC ACID CATALYSTS AND USES THEREOF   

P20120100642

2/28/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.42

MID-00lJA1

   Jamaica    POLYMERIC ACID CATALYSTS AND USES THEREOF   

1815278

3/22/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.43

MID-001ZA

   South Africa    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

201306233

2/27/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.44

MID-001KR

   Republic of Korea    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

1020137018658

2/27/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.45

MID-001AU

   Australia    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

2012223494

2/27/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.46

MID-001BR

   Brazil    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

BR11201302204 73

2/27/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.47

MID-001CA

   Canada    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

2864086

2/27/2012

      Filed
70703-20001.48 MID-001CN    China    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

2012800189012

2/27/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.49

MID-001CO

   Colombia    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

13230542

2/27/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.50

M1D-001EP

   European Patent Office    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

127092070

2/27/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.51

MID-001ID

   Indonesia    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

W00201304395

2/27/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.52

MID-001IN

   India    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

7946DELNP201

3

2/27/2012

      Filed
70703-20001.53 MID-001MY    Malaysia    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS    P12013003157 2/27/2012       Filed

70703-20001.54

MID-001NZ

   New Zealand   

POLYMERIC ACID CATALYSTS

AND USES THEREOF

  

616047

2/27/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.55

MID-001PH

   Philippines    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

12013501775

2/27/2012

      Filed


MoFo Ref.

Midori Ref.

  

Country

  

Title

  

Application No.
Filing Date

  

Registration No.

Registration Date

  

Status

70703-20001.56

MID-001TH

   Thailand    POLYMERIC ACID CATALYSTS AND USES THEREOF   

1301004754

2/27/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.57

MID-001CL

   Chile    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

24632013

2/27/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.58

MID-001RU

  

Russian

Federation

   SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

2013143822

2/27/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.59

MID-001SG

   Singapore    POLYMERIC ACID CATALYSTS AND USES THEREOF   

2013064654

2/27/2012

      Filed

70703-20001.60

MID-001MX

   Mexico    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

MXa201300992

0

2/27/2012

      Filed

70703-20002.00

MID-001US4

   United States of America    POLYMERIC ACID CATALYSTS AND USES THEREOF   

13/406,517

2/27/2012

  

8,466,242

6/18/2013

   Granted/Registered

70703-20002.10

MID-001US5

   United States of America    POLYMERIC ACID CATALYSTS AND USES THEREOF   

13/657,724

2/27/2012

   8,476,388 7/2/2013    Granted/Registered

70703-20002.11

MID-001US6

   United States of America    POLYMERIC ACID CATALYSTS AND USES THEREOF   

13/865,048

4/17/2013

      Filed

70703-20004.40

MID-003WO1

  

Patent

Cooperation

Treaty

  

METHOD OF PRODUCING

MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL

  

PCT/US2013/03 7862

4/23/2013

      Abandonment Pending

70703-20005.00

MID-004US1

   United States of America    POLYMERIC AND SOLID-SUPPORTED CATALYSTS, AND METHODS OF DIGESTING CELLULOSIC MATERIALS USING   

14/423,697

8/23/2013

      Filed

70703-20005.40

MID-004WO1

  

Patent

Cooperation

Treaty

   POLYMERIC AND SOLID-SUPPORTED CATALYSTS, AND METHODS OF DIGESTING CELLLOSIC MATERIALS USING SUCH CATALYSTS   

PCT/US2013/05 6389

8/23/2013

      Filed

70703-20005.42

MID-004CN1

   China    POLYMERIC AND SOLID-SUPPORTED CATALYSTS, AND METHODS OF DIGESTING CELLLOSIC MATERIALS USING SUCH CATALYSTS   

2013800550503

8/23/2013

      Filed

70703-20005.43

MID-004EP1

  

European

Patent Office

   POLYMERIC AND SOLID-SUPPORTED CATALYSTS, AND METHODS OF DIGESTING CELLLOSIC MATERIALS USING SUCH CATALYSTS   

138312285

8/23/2013

      Filed

70703-20005.44

MID-004KR1

  

Republic of

Korea

   POLYMERIC AND SOLID-SUPPORTED CATALYSTS, AND METHODS OF DIGESTING CELLLOSIC MATERIALS USING SUCH CATALYSTS   

1020157007481

8/23/2013

      Filed

70703-20007.00

MID-006US2

   United States of America    METHODS OF PRODUCING SUGARS FROM BIOMASS FEEDSTOCKS   

13/831,495

3/14/2013

      Filed

70703-20009.00

MID-008US1

   United States of America    POLYMERIC AND SOLID-SUPPORTED CATALYSTS, AND METHODS OF DIGESTING LIGNIN-CONTAINING MATERIALS USING SUCH CATALYSTS   

14/423,698

8/23/2013

      Filed


MoFo Ref.
Midori Ref.

  

Country

  

Title

  

Application No.
Filing Date

  

Registration No.

Registration Date

  

Status

70703-20009.40

MID-008WO1

  

Patent

Cooperation

Treaty

   POLYMERIC AND SOLID SUPPORTED CATALYSTS, AND METHODS OF DIGESTING LIGNIN CONTAINING MATERIAL USING SUCH CATALYSTS   

PCT/US2013/05 6462

8/23/2013

      Filed

70703-20009.41

MID-008EP1

  

European

Patent Office

   POLYMERIC AND SOLID SUPPORTED CATALYSTS, AND METHODS OF DIGESTING LIGNIN CONTAINING MATERIAL USING SUCH CATALYSTS   

138306097

8/23/2013

      Filed

70703-20011.40

MID-010WOl

  

Patent

Cooperation

Treaty

   POLYMERIC IONIC SALT CATALYSTS AND METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF   

PCT/US2014/02 4177

3/12/2014

      Filed

70703-20012.00

MID-011US2

   United States of America    OLIGOSACCHARIDE COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCING THEREOF   

14/795,720

7/9/2015

      Filed

70703-20012.40

MID-011WO1

  

Patent

Cooperation

Treaty

   METHODS FOR PRODUCING OLIGOSACCHARIDES   

PCT/US15/3979

5

7/9/2015

      Filed

70703-30001.00

MID-001US1

   United States of America    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS    61/447,311 2/28/2011       Expired

70703-30001.01

MID-001US2

   United States of America    SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION OF SOLID ACID CATALYSTS   

61/522,351

8/11/2011

      Expired

70703-30003.00

MID-002US1

   United States of America    METHODS OF DEGRADING REFRACTORY BIOMASS   

61/611,930

3/16/2012

      Expired

70703-30004.00

MID-003US1

   United States of America    BIO-BASED POLYMERS AND METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF   

61/637,370

4/24/2012

      Expired

70703-30005.00

MID-004US1

   United States of America    SOLID-SUPPORTED CATALYSTS, METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF, AND USES THEREOF   

61/693,200

8/24/2012

      Expired

70703-30006.00

MID-005US1

   United States of America    POLYMERIC METAL CATALYSTS AND USES THEREOF   

61/693,207

8/24/2012

      Expired

70703-30007.00

MID-006US1

   United States of America    METHODS OF PRODUCING SUGARS FROM BIOMASS FEEDSTOCKS   

61/693,210

8/24/2012

      Expired

70703-30008.00

MID-007US1

   United States of America    METHODS OF PRODUCING A FOOD AGENT FROM BIOMASS   

61/693,213

8/24/2012

      Expired

70703-30009.00

MID-008US1

   United States of America    SOLID BASE CATALYSTS, METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF, AND USES THEREOF   

61/693,216

8/24/2012

      Expired

70703-30010.00

MID-009USI

   United States of America    BIO-BASED POLYMERS AND METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF   

61/743,931

9/14/2012

      Expired

70703-30011.00

MID-010

   United States of America    POLYMERIC IONIC SALT CATALYSTS AND METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF   

61/786,230

3/14/2013

      Expired

70703-30012.00

MID-011

   United States of America    METHODS FOR PRODUCING OLIGOSACCHARIDES   

62/022,579

7/9/2014

      Expired

70703-30012.01

MID-012

   United States of America    OLIGOSACCHARIDE COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCING THEREOF   

62/108,035

1/26/2015

      Filed

70703-30013.00

MID-013

   United States of America    OLIGOSACCHARIDE COMPOSITIONS FOR USE AS FOOD INGREDIENTS AND METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF   

62/108,036

1/26/2015

      Filed


MoFo Ref.

Midori Ref.

  

Country

  

Title

  

Application No.
Filing Date

  

Registration No.

Registration Date

  

Status

70703-30014.00

MID-014

   United States of America    OLIGOSACCHARIDE COMPOSITIONS FOR USE AS ANIMAL FEED AND METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF   

62/108,037

1/26/2015

      Filed

70703-30015.00

MID-015

   United States of America    OLIGOSACCHARIDE COMPOSITIONS FOR USE IN NUTRITIONAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS, AND METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF   

62/108,038

1/26/2015

      Filed

70703-30016.00

MID-016

   United States of America   

METHODS OF TREATING METABOLIC DISORDERS USING OLIGOSACCHARIDE

COMPOSITIONS

  

62/108,039

1/26/2015

      Filed

70703-30017.00

MID-017

   United States of America    METHODS OF PRODUCING ANHYDROSUGAR ALCOHOLS   

62/108,460

1/27/2015

      Filed

Prior Names (Section 5.5) – VL32, Inc.

Litigation (Section 5.6) – None.

Inbound Licenses (Section 5.12) – License Agreement between the Company and Midori USA, Inc. effective as of June 16, 2015


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (the “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of January 6, 2017 by and between PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (“ Bank ”), and KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC. (“ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 21, 2015 (as amended from time to time, the “ Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1)

A new Section 2.1(c) is hereby added to the Agreement, as follows:

(c) Usage of Credit Card Services Under the Credit Card Line.

(i) Usage Period. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at any time from the First Amendment Effective Date through the Credit Card Maturity Date, Borrower may use the Credit Card Services (as defined below) in amounts and upon terms as provided in Section 2.1(c)(ii) below.

(ii) Credit Card Services. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may request corporate credit cards and standard and e-commerce merchant account services from Bank (collectively, the “Credit Card Services”). The aggregate limit of the corporate credit cards and merchant credit card processing reserves shall not exceed the Credit Card Line. The terms and conditions (including repayment and fees) of such Credit Card Services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard forms of application and agreement for the Credit Card Services, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute.

(iii) Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity. If Borrower has not cash secured its obligations with respect to any Credit Card Services by the Credit Card Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding Credit Card Services. Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the applicable Credit Card Services are outstanding or continue.

 

1


2)

The following defined terms are hereby added in Exhibit A to the Agreement, as follows:

“Credit Card Line” means a Credit Extension of up to $30,000, to be used exclusively for the provision of Credit Card Services.

“Credit Card Maturity Date” means January 5, 2018.

“First Amendment Effective Date” means January 6, 2017.

 

3)

The following defined term in Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended and restated, as follows:

“Credit Extension” means each Term Loan, the Credit Card Services provided under the Credit Card Line, or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

 

4)

Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof. Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all agreements entered into in connection with the Agreement.

 

5)

Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment.

 

6)

This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

7)

As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

a) this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

b) a certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment;

c) payment for all Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, including Bank’s expenses for the documentation of this Amendment and any UCC, good standing or intellectual property search or filing fees, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

d) such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.     PACIFIC WESTERN BANK
By:  

/s/ Geoffrey von Maltzahn

    By:  

/s/ Scott Hansen

Name:   Geoffrey von Maltzahn     Name:   Scott Hansen
Title:   President     Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

 

3


SECOND AMENDMENT AND JOINDER

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment and Joinder to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Second Amendment and Joinder ”), dated as of June 8, 2017, is executed and delivered by CADENA BIO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ New Borrower ”), KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), and PACIFIC WESTERN BANK , a California state chartered bank (“ Bank ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Loan Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

a. Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 21, 2015 (as amended from time to time, the “ Original Loan Agreement ”).

b. From and after the date hereof (the “ Effective Date ”), New Borrower, Borrower, and Bank desire to amend and supplement the terms and provisions of the Original Loan Agreement as provided herein, and the Original Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Second Amendment and Joinder, and as may be hereafter further supplemented, amended, modified or restated from time to time, shall be referred to collectively as the “ Loan Agreement.

c. Bank desires that New Borrower execute this Second Amendment and Joinder for the purpose of acknowledging that it is and shall be a borrower under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

d. New Borrower has read and approved the Loan Documents and has asked Bank to agree to allow New Borrower to become a party to the Loan Documents in order to facilitate its ability to continue to operate its business by achieving a stronger financial base for itself and its affiliated companies.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration (the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto (intending to be legally bound) hereby agree as follows:

1. Incorporation . The foregoing preamble and recitals are incorporated herein by this reference.

2. Joinder and Assumption . From and after the Effective Date, New Borrower hereby absolutely and unconditionally:

(a) (i) joins as and becomes a party to the Loan Agreement as a Borrower thereunder, (ii) assumes, as a joint and several obligor thereunder, all of the Obligations, liabilities and indemnities of a Borrower under the Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents, and (iii) covenants and agrees to be bound by and adhere to all of the terms, covenants, waivers, releases, agreements and conditions of or respecting a Borrower with respect to the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and all of the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement (in the manner set forth in Section 4 of this Second Amendment and Joinder) and the other Loan Documents with respect to New Borrower; and

 


(b) collaterally assigns and hereby grants to Bank a continuing security interest in all of New Borrower’s now owned and existing and hereafter acquired and arising Collateral, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all of the Obligations. New Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file at any time uniform commercial code financing statements in such jurisdictions and offices as Bank deems necessary in connection with the perfection of a security interest in all of New Borrower’s now owned or hereafter arising or acquired Collateral, including, without limitation, accounts receivable, deposit accounts, equipment, general intangibles, inventory, and any and all other personal property of New Borrower, and all products, substitutions, replacements, and proceeds of such property and assets, in each case, as set forth in and subject to the terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement. New Borrower has read the Loan Agreement and affirmatively grants to Bank all rights to New Borrower’s assets as set forth in said Loan Agreement and the Loan Documents.

From and after the Effective Date, any reference to the term “Borrower” in the Loan Agreement shall also include New Borrower. Except as expressly provided herein, the Loan Agreement remains in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

3. Amendments to Loan Agreement .

(a) Section 7.8 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated, as follows:

7.8 Capitalized Expenditures. Make Capitalized Expenditures, in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower, in excess of 175% of the amount approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors and set forth in the most recently approved operating plan delivered to Bank in accordance with Section 6.2(iii) of this Agreement.

(b) A new subsection (j) is hereby added to the defined term “Permitted Indebtedness” in Exhibit A to the Loan Agreement, as follows:

(j) Indebtedness not to exceed $750,000 in the aggregate at any time incurred pursuant to operating leases for Equipment.

(c) A new subsection (k) is hereby added to the defined term “Permitted Liens” in Exhibit A to the Loan Agreement, as follows:

(k) Liens securing Indebtedness referred to in clause (j) of the defined term “Permitted Indebtedness”, in each case provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property subject to such lease.

 


(d) The following defined term in Exhibit A to the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated, as follows:

“Credit Card Line” means a Credit Extension of up to $100,000, to be used exclusively for the provision of Credit Card Services.

(e) Subsection (c) of the defined term “Permitted Indebtedness” in Exhibit A to the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated, as follows:

(c) Indebtedness not to exceed $750,000 in the aggregate at any time secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens”, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed at the time it is incurred the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the property financed with such Indebtedness;

(f) Subsection (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens” in Exhibit A to the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated, as follows:

(c) Liens not to exceed $750,000 in the aggregate at any time (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by a Credit Extension) acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, in each case provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(g) A new Article 13 is hereby added to the Loan Agreement, as follows:

 

  13.

CO-BORROWER PROVISIONS.

13.1 Primary Obligation. This Agreement is a primary and original obligation of each Borrower and shall remain in effect notwithstanding future changes in conditions, including any change of law or any invalidity or irregularity in the creation or acquisition of any Obligations or in the execution or delivery of any agreement between Bank and any Borrower. Each Borrower shall be liable for existing and future Obligations as fully as if all Credit Extensions were advanced to such Borrower. Bank may rely on any certificate or representation made by any Borrower as made on behalf of, and binding on, such Borrower and each other Borrower, including without limitation Loan Advance / Paydown Request Forms, Borrowing Base Certificates and Compliance Certificates.

13.2 Enforcement of Rights. Each Borrower is jointly and severally liable for the Obligations, and Bank may proceed against any Borrower to enforce the Obligations without waiving its right to proceed against any other Borrower.

 


13.3 Borrower as Agents. Each Borrower appoints each other Borrower as its agent with all necessary power and authority to give and receive notices, certificates or demands for and on behalf of each Borrower, to act as disbursing agent for receipt of any Credit Extensions on behalf of each Borrower and to apply to Bank on behalf of each Borrower for Credit Extensions, any waivers and any consents. This authorization cannot be revoked, and Bank need not inquire as to each Borrower’s authority to act for or on behalf of a Borrower.

13.4 Subrogation and Similar Rights. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating such Borrower to the rights of Bank under the Loan Documents) to seek contribution, indemnification, or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by such Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with the Loan Documents or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by such Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with the Loan Documents or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section 13.4 shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section 13.4, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Bank and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Bank for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

13.5 Waivers of Notice. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Borrower waives notice of acceptance hereof; notice of the existence, creation or acquisition of any of the Obligations; notice of an Event of Default; notice of the amount of the Obligations outstanding at any time; notice of intent to accelerate; notice of acceleration; notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of any other Borrower or of any other fact that might increase the Borrower’s risk; presentment for payment; demand; protest and notice thereof as to any instrument; default; and all other notices and demands to which the Borrower would otherwise be entitled. Each Borrower waives any defense arising from any defense of any other Borrower, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of any other Borrower. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by any Borrower of any provision of the Loan Documents shall not waive, alter or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance therewith. Nothing contained herein shall prevent Bank from foreclosing on the Lien of any deed of trust, mortgage or other security instrument, or exercising any rights available thereunder, and the exercise of any such rights shall not constitute a legal or equitable discharge of any Borrower. Each Borrower also waives any defense arising from any act or omission of Bank that changes the scope of the Borrower’s risks hereunder.

13.6 Subrogation Defenses. Each Borrower hereby waives any defense based on impairment or destruction of its subrogation or other rights against any other Borrower and waives all benefits which might otherwise be available to it under any statutory or common law suretyship defenses or marshalling rights, now and hereafter in effect.

 


13.7 Right to Settle, Release.

(a) The liability of each Borrower hereunder shall not be diminished by (i) any agreement, understanding or representation that any of the Obligations is or was to be guaranteed by another Person or secured by other property, or (ii) any release or unenforceability, whether partial or total, of rights, if any, which Bank may now or hereafter have against any other Person, including another Borrower, or property with respect to any of the Obligations.

(b) Without affecting the liability of any Borrower hereunder, Bank may (i) compromise, settle, renew, extend the time for payment, change the manner or terms of payment, discharge the performance of, decline to enforce, or release all or any of the Obligations with respect to a Borrower, (ii) grant other indulgences to a Borrower in respect of the Obligations, (iii) modify in any manner any documents relating to the Obligations with respect to a Borrower, (iv) release, surrender or exchange any deposits or other property securing the Obligations, whether pledged by a Borrower or any other Person, or (v) compromise, settle, renew, or extend the time for payment, discharge the performance of, decline to enforce, or release all or any obligations of any guarantor, endorser or other Person who is now or may hereafter be liable with respect to any of the Obligations.

13.8 Subordination . All indebtedness of a Borrower now or hereafter arising held by another Borrower is subordinated to the Obligations, and the Borrower holding the indebtedness shall take all actions reasonably requested by Bank to effect, to enforce and to give notice of such subordination.

(h) Exhibit B to the Loan Agreement is hereby supplemented with Exhibit B-1 in the form attached hereto as Appendix I.

4. Representations and Warranties . New Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank, which representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery hereof, that: (a) this Second Amendment and Joinder is the legally valid and binding obligation of New Borrower, enforceable against New Borrower in accordance with its terms (except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law)), and (b) except as otherwise set forth below, each of the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement, as well as all other representations and warranties contained in the other Loan Documents, are true and correct in all respects to the extent required under the Loan Agreement.

 


5. Successors and Assigns . This Second Amendment and Joinder shall be binding upon New Borrower, Borrower, and Bank and Bank’s successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of New Borrower, Borrower, Bank and Bank’s successors and assigns. No other person or entity shall be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this Second Amendment and Joinder. New Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Second Amendment and Joinder without the prior written consent of Bank.

6. Severability; Construction . Wherever possible, each provision of this Second Amendment and Joinder shall be interpreted in such a manner so as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Second Amendment and Joinder shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such provision or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Second Amendment and Joinder. All obligations of Borrower and New Borrower and rights of Bank expressed herein shall be in addition to and not in limitation of those provided by applicable law.

7. Counterparts; Facsimile and other Electronic Transmission . This Second Amendment and Joinder may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Second Amendment and Joinder. Receipt of an executed signature page to this Second Amendment and Joinder by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall constitute for all purposes effective delivery thereof. Electronic records of this executed Second Amendment and Joinder maintained by Bank shall be deemed to be originals.

8. GOVERNING LAW . THIS SECOND AMENDMENT AND JOINDER SHALL BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND BE CONSTRUED, ENFORCED AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES.

9. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . BANK, NEW BORROWER, AND BORROWER WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS SECOND AMENDMENT AND JOINDER OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CLAIMS BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY BASES. ALL DISPUTES, CONTROVERSIES, CLAIMS, ACTIONS AND SIMILAR PROCEEDINGS ARISING WITH RESPECT TO BORROWER’S OR NEW BORROWER’S ACCOUNTS OR ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR TRANSACTION SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE GENERAL COURT OF JUSTICE OF NORTH CAROLINA SITTING IN DURHAM COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA OR THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE MIDDLE DISTRICT OF NORTH CAROLINA, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BELOW WITH RESPECT TO ARBITRATION OF SUCH MATTERS. IF THE JURY WAIVER SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION IS NOT ENFORCEABLE, THEN ANY DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECOND AMENDMENT AND JOINDER OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN WILL BE FINALLY SETTLED BY BINDING

 


ARBITRATION IN DURHAM COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE THEN-CURRENT COMMERCIAL ARBITRATION RULES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION BY ONE ARBITRATOR APPOINTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SAID RULES. THE ARBITRATOR SHALL APPLY NORTH CAROLINA LAW TO THE RESOLUTION OF ANY DISPUTE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO RULES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW OR RULES OF STATUTORY ARBITRATION. JUDGMENT ON THE AWARD RENDERED BY THE ARBITRATOR MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES MAY APPLY TO ANY COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION FOR PRELIMINARY OR INTERIM EQUITABLE RELIEF, OR TO COMPEL ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS PARAGRAPH. THE EXPENSES OF THE ARBITRATION, INCLUDING THE ARBITRATOR’S FEES, REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND EXPERT WITNESS FEES, INCURRED BY THE PARTIES TO THE ARBITRATION, MAY BE AWARDED TO THE PREVAILING PARTY, IN THE DISCRETION OF THE ARBITRATOR, OR MAY BE APPORTIONED BETWEEN THE PARTIES IN ANY MANNER DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY THE ARBITRATOR. UNLESS AND UNTIL THE ARBITRATOR DECIDES THAT ONE PARTY IS TO PAY FOR ALL (OR A SHARE) OF SUCH EXPENSES, THE PARTIES SHALL SHARE EQUALLY IN THE PAYMENT OF THE ARBITRATOR’S FEES AS AND WHEN BILLED BY THE ARBITRATOR.

10. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of Second Amendment and Joinder . The agreement of Bank to enter into this Second Amendment and Joinder on the date hereof is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, each the following items and completed each of the following requirements:

(a) this Second Amendment and Joinder, duly executed by New Borrower and Borrower;

(b) an officer’s certificate of New Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Second Amendment and Joinder;

(c) a financing statement (Form UCC-1) with respect to New Borrower;

(d) payment for all Bank Expenses, including Bank’s expenses in the documentation of this Second Amendment and Joinder and any other related documentation, and any UCC, good standing or intellectual property search or filing fees, which may be debited from any account of Borrower or New Borrower with Bank;

(e) current SOS Reports indicating that, as to New Borrower, except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

(f) a Borrower Information Certificate from New Borrower; and

(g) such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 


11. Notices . The address for notices to be sent to Bank and for the payment of all sums due under the Loan Agreement is correctly set forth therein, and Bank confirms said address is:

Pacific Western Bank

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

Durham, NC 27701

Attn: Loan Operations Manager

FAX: 919-314-3080

For purposes hereof, the address for notices to be sent to New Borrower is:

For CADENA BIO, INC.:

c/o Kaleido Biosciences

18 Crosby Drive

Bedford, MA 01730

Attn: President

FAX:

[Signature Page Follows]

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have caused this Second Amendment and Joinder to Loan and Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

NEW BORROWER :
CADENA BIO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Geoffrey von Maltzahn

Name:   Geoffrey von Maltzahn
Title:   President

 

BANK :

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

By:

 

/s/ Scott Hansen

Name:

 

Scott Hansen

Title:

 

SVP

Acknowledged and Agreed :

BORROWER :

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Moore

Name:   Jeffrey Moore
Title:   SVP, Finance & Administration, Secretary & Treasurer

[Signature Page to Second Amendment and Joinder to

Loan and Security Agreement]


APPENDIX I

 

DEBTOR:    CADENA BIO, INC.
SECURED PARTY:    PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

EXHIBIT B-1

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY

AGREEMENT

All personal property of Debtor (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), financial assets, general intangibles (including patents, trademarks, copyrights, goodwill, payment intangibles, domain names and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the North Carolina Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any property that is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, §25-9-406 and §25-9-408 of the Code), (ii) any property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) any property that constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote, (iv) any property (including any attachments, accessions or replacements) that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clauses (c) or (e) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property pursuant to this Agreement would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Liens or (v) any property that is Intellectual Property, in any medium, of any kind or nature whatsoever, now or hereafter owned or acquired or received by Borrower, or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires or receives any right or interest; provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”).

 

10


Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of June 8, 2017, include the Intellectual Property to the extent and only to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Secured Party’s security interest in the Rights to Payment, and further provided, however, that Secured Party’s enforcement rights with respect to any security interest in the Intellectual Property shall be absolutely limited to the Rights to Payment only, and Secured Party shall have no recourse whatsoever with respect to the underlying Intellectual Property.

 

11


THIRD AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of September 8, 2017 by and among PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (“ Bank ”), KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC. and CADENA BIO, INC. (individually and collectively referred to as “ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 21, 2015 (as amended from time to time, the “ Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows;

 

1)

Pursuant to Section 6.2(ii) of the Agreement, Borrower is required to deliver to Bank, within 180 days after the end of each of Borrower’s fiscal years, annual consolidated and consolidating financial statements for such fiscal year. As agreed by Borrower and Bank, as of the date hereof, Borrower has not delivered to Bank its audited financial statements for Borrower’s 2016 fiscal year (the “2016 Financials”), as required by the Agreement (the “2016 Financials Deferral”). Bank hereby waives the 2016 Financials Deferral and extends the due date for Borrower to provide the 2016 Financials to Bank to December 31, 2017.

 

2)

On or about July 21, 2017, Borrower made a principal payment on the Term Loan in the amount of $166,666.66 (such payment, the “July Principal Payment”). On or about August 21, 2017, Borrower made an additional principal payment on the Term Loan in the amount of $166,666.66 (such payment, the “August Principal Payment”). Bank hereby refunds to Borrower the July Principal Payment and August Principal Payment, Immediately following the processing of the refunds set forth in the foregoing sentence, the outstanding principal under the Term Loan shall be $5,000,000,00.

 

3)

Section 2.1(b)(ii) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated, as follows;

(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of each Term Loan at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and prior to September 21, 2017 shall be payable monthly in arrears beginning on the 21 st day of the month next following such Term Loan, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter. Any Term Loans that are outstanding on September 21, 2017 shall be payable in 27 equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on October 21, 2017 and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Term Loan Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with the Term Loans and any other amounts due under this Agreement shall be immediately due and payable. Term Loans, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrower may prepay any Term Loan in whole or in part at any time without penalty or premium.

 


4)

Unless otherwise defined herein, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof. Each Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all agreements entered into in connection with the Agreement.

 

5)

Each Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment, provided that any representation or warranty containing a materiality qualifier therein shall be true and collect in all respects.

 

6)

This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

7)

As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

a) this Amendment, duly executed by each Borrower;

b) payment of all Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, including Bank’s reasonable expenses for the documentation of this Amendment and any UCC, good standing or intellectual property search or filing fees, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

c) such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Bank may have reasonably requested.

[Signature Page Follows]

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.                CADENA BIO, INC.
By:   

/s/ Jeffrey Moore

      By:   

/s/ Geoffrey von Maltzahn

Name:    Jeffrey Moore       Name:    Geoffrey von Maltzahn
Title:    SVP, Finance & Administration       Title:    President

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK
By:  

/s/ Scott Hansen

Name:   Scott Hansen
Title:   SVP

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

 


FOURTH AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of October 13, 2017 by and among PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (“Bank”), KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC. and CADENA BIO, INC. (individually or collectively, as the context may require, “ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 21, 2015, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2017, that certain Second Amendment and Joinder to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2017, and that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2017 (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1)

Amendments to Agreement.

 

  a)

Section 2.1(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated, as follows:

(b) Term Loan.

(i) Prior to the Fourth Amendment Date, Borrower has requested and Bank has made, term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 (the “Existing Term Loan”). As of the Fourth Amendment Date, the aggregate principal amount of Existing Term Loans is $5,000,000. On the Fourth Amendment Date, Borrower shall request and Bank agrees to make a new term loan in original principal amount of $15,000,000 (the “Term Loan”), which shall be applied to refinance in full the Existing Term Loans, and for general working capital purposes and for capital expenditures.

(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of the Term Loan at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and prior to April 13, 2019 shall be payable monthly in arrears beginning on the 13th day of the month, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter. Any Term Loans that are outstanding on April 13, 2019 shall be payable in 30 equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on May 13, 2019 and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Term Loan Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with the Term Loan and any other amounts due under this Agreement shall be immediately due and payable. The Term Loan, once repaid, may not be reborrowed.

 

1


(iii) Borrower may prepay all but not less than all of the Term Loan at any time, provided that Borrower may not reborrow any amount so prepaid, and provided further that upon any prepayment, including any prepayment due to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay, in addition to all outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Term Loans, the Prepayment Fee.

 

  b)

Section 2.3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

(a) Interest Rate. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Term Loan shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of (A) 1.50% above the Prime Rate then in effect, or (B) 5.75%.

 

  c)

Section 2.3(c) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

(c) Payments. Interest under the Term Loans shall be due and payable monthly in arrears on the 13th calendar day of each month during the term hereof. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, fees, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder

 

  d)

Section 2.5 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

2.5 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank the following:

(a) Facility Fee. On the Fourth Amendment Date, a facility fee of $25,000, which shall be nonrefundable;

(b) Prepayment Fee. The Prepayment Fee, when due hereunder.

(c) Bank Expenses. On the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date (which have been paid as of the Fourth Amendment Date), and thereafter, all Bank Expenses as and when they become due.

 

  e)

Section 6.6 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

6.6 Primary Depository. Borrower shall maintain its primary depository and operating accounts with Bank and its primary investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to (i) maintain payroll and employee benefits accounts at Bank or outside of Bank provided that if the same are outside of Bank, Borrower must deliver a control agreement in favor of Bank for such accounts, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion, (ii) maintain Cash and/or Investments in one or more accounts outside of Bank or Bank’s affiliates, subject to control agreements in favor of Bank, so long as the total aggregate amount of Cash maintained by Borrower in accounts with Bank or Bank’s affiliates equals or exceeds 200% of the sum of (x) the aggregate initial principal amount of the Term Loans plus (y) the maximum amount of the Credit Card Line, and (iii) transfer Cash and/or

 

2


Investments to a Subsidiary that is a “Security Corporation” as defined in 830 Code of Mass. Regulations 63.38B.1 (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time) to be held in one or more accounts outside of Bank or Bank’s affiliates, without the requirement for control agreements, so long as the total aggregate amount of Cash maintained by Borrower in all accounts maintained by Borrower with Bank or Bank’s affiliates equals or exceeds 120% of the aggregate principal amount of Credit Extensions then outstanding. Prior to maintaining any investment accounts with Bank’s affiliates, Borrower, Bank, and any such affiliate shall have entered into a securities account control agreement with respect to any such investment accounts, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

 

  f)

Section 7.11 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

7.11 Inventory and Equipment. Store the Inventory or the Equipment of a book value in excess of $250,000 with a bailee, warehouseman, collocation facility or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and for movable items of personal property having an aggregate book value not in excess of $250,000, and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment only at the location set forth in Section 10 of the Schedule, and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank is able to take such actions as may be reasonably necessary to perfect its security interest or to obtain a bailee’s acknowledgment of Bank’s rights in the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may maintain (i) clinical study materials with contract manufacturing organization for production or processing and at clinical sites, including outside the United States, and (ii) Equipment with a book value not in excess of $1,500,000 used in production by contract manufacturing organization, including outside the United States, and shall not be required to obtain a bailee waiver or similar third party agreement with respect to such Collateral or obtain Bank’s approval for the location where such Collateral shall be located.

 

  g)

Exhibit A of the Agreement is hereby amended to amend or add the definitions set forth below in appropriate alphabetical order, as applicable:

“Credit Extension” means the Term Loan, the Credit Card Services provided under the Credit Card Line, or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

“Fourth Amendment Date” means October 13, 2017.

 

3


“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement (other than any warrant or equity related agreement), whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrower to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

“Prepayment Fee” means a fee in an amount equal to (i) 1.5% of the principal amount prepaid, with respect to a prepayment made on or prior to the one year anniversary of the Fourth Amendment Date, and (ii) 0.5% of the principal amount prepaid, with respect to a prepayment made after the one year anniversary of the Fourth Amendment Date through the two year anniversary of the Fourth Amendment Date, provided that after the two year anniversary of the Fourth Amendment Date, the Prepayment Fee shall be zero.

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means October 13, 2021.

 

  h)

The defined term “Permitted Indebtedness” set forth in Exhibit A of this Agreement, is hereby amended to delete “and” at the end of clause (i), replace “.” At the end of clause (j) with “; and”, and add a new clause (k), to read as follows:

(k) Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $ 104,000, arising under a letter of credit issued by Silicon Valley Bank.

 

  i)

The defined term “Permitted Liens” set forth in Exhibit A of this Agreement, is hereby amended to delete “and” at the end of clause (j), replace “.” At the end of clause (k) with “; and”, and add a new clause (m), to read as follows:

(m) Liens on cash collateral in an aggregate amount not to exceed $104,000, securing Indebtedness described in clause (k) of the defined term “Permitted Indebtedness”.

 

  j)

Exhibit A of the Agreement is hereby amended to delete the following defined terms and related definitions: “Availability End Date”, “Tranche”, “Tranche A”, “Tranche B”, and “Tranche B Milestones”.

 

  k)

The Schedule attached to the Agreement is hereby amended and restated as set forth in the Schedule attached hereto.

 

2)

Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof. Each Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all agreements entered into in connection with the Agreement.

 

3)

Each Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties of Borrower contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment, provided that with respect to Borrower’s registered Intellectual Property, Schedule 5.4 reflects Borrower’s registered Intellectual Property as of the Fourth Amendment Date.

 

4


4)

This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

5)

The provisions of Sections 11 and 12 are hereby incorporated herein, provided that all references to the “Agreement”, shall mean the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

 

6)

As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

a) this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

b) the amendment to warrant, and a warrant to purchase stock, duly executed by Borrower;

c) an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment;

d) delivery of the Loan Advance/Paydown Request From in accordance with Section 2.1 and satisfaction of all other conditions set forth in Section 3.2;

e) current SOS Reports indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

f) payment of the facility fee in accordance with Section 2.5 of the Agreement, as amended hereby, and all Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, including Bank’s reasonable expenses for the documentation of this Amendment and any UCC, good standing or intellectual property search or filing fees, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

g) such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Bank may have reasonably requested.

 

7)

Borrower agrees to provide evidence of the termination or amendment to exclude intellectual property purchased by Borrower of the following UCC financing statements filed against Flagship Ventures Management, Inc.: filing #20133643260, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.   CADENA BIO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Moore

  By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Moore

Name:   Jeffrey Moore   Name:   Jeffrey Moore
Title:   SVP, Finance & Administration, Treasurer & Secretary   Title:   Treasurer & Secretary

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK
By:  

/s/ Scott Hansen

Name:   Scott Hansen
Title:   SVP

[Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

 

6


SCHEDULE

Schedule 5.4

Patents:

U.S. 8,466,242, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

U.S. 8,476,388, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

U.S. 9,079,171, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

U.S. 9,205,418, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

U.S. 9,238,845, Methods of Producing Sugars from Biomass Feedstocks

U.S. 9,492,473, Glycan Therapeutics and Related Methods Thereof

U.S. 9,757,403, Glycan Therapeutics and Related Methods Thereof

AU 2012223494, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

MX 344405, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

NZ 616047, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

SG 192958, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

CN ZL201380055050.3, Polymeric and Solid-Supported Catalysts, and Methods of Digesting Cellulosic Materials Using such Catalysts

Patent Applications:

 

Application No.

  

Country

  

Status

  

Filing Date

  

Application Title

2016212030    AU    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
1120170156148    BR    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
2973617    CA    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
201701901    CL    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
   CN    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
   EA    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

 

7


Application No.

  

Country

  

Status

  

Filing Date

  

Application Title

16704085.6

  

EP

  

Pending

  

13-Jan-2016

   GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
17102650.8    HK    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
PID201704900    ID    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
253195    IL    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
201717026559    IN    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
   JP    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
10-2017-7023785    KR    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
MX/a/2017/009589    MX    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
PI2017001075    MY    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
733270    NZ    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
1-2017-501342    PH    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
11201706033X    SG    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
62/152005    US    Expired    23-Apr-2015    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR METABOLIC DISEASES
62/216993    US    Expired    10-Sep-2015    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR METABOLIC DISEASES
15/017396    US    Granted    05-Feb-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

 

8


Application No.

  

Country

  

Status

  

Filing Date

  

Application Title

15/286382    US    Published    05-Oct-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
15/385331    US    Granted    20-Dec-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
15/374511    US    Published    09-Dec-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
15/624372    US    Pending    15-Jun-2017    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
PCT/US2016/013305    WO    Inactive    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
2017/04735    ZA    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
   AU    Pending    23-Apr-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
   JP    Pending    23-Apr-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
   NZ    Pending    23-Apr-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
62/152007    US    Expired    23-Apr-2015    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR INFLAMMATORY DISEASES
62/216995    US    Expired    10-Sep-2015    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR INFLAMMATORY DISEASES
PCT/US2016/029070    WO    Abandoned    22-Apr-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT
PCT/US2016/029082    WO    Published    23-Apr-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT

 

9


Application No.

  

Country

  

Status

  

Filing Date

  

Application Title

   AU    Pending    23-Apr-2016    MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF
   IN    Pending    23-Apr-2016    MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF
   JP    Pending    23-Apr-2016    MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF
   NZ    Pending    23-Apr-2016    MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF
   SG    Pending    23-Apr-2016    MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF
62/152011    US    Expired    23-Apr-2015    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR INFECTIOUS DISEASES
62/216997    US    Expired    10-Sep-2015    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR INFECTIOUS DISEASES
PCT/US2016/029065    WO    Abandoned    22-Apr-2016    MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF
PCT/US2016/029083    WO    Published    23-Apr-2016    MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF
   ZA    Pending    23-Apr-2016    MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF
62/152016    US    Expired    23-Apr-2015    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR MICROBIOME DISEASES
62/217002    US    Expired    10-Sep-2015    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR MICROBIOME DISEASES
62/152017    US    Expired    23-Apr-2015    HYBRID GLYCAN STRUCTURES, THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR ALTERING THE MICROBIOTA

 

10


Application No.

  

Country

  

Status

  

Filing Date

  

Application Title

62/209615    US    Expired    25-Aug-2015    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF OF THE MODULATION OF SKIN MICROBIOTA
62/209618    US    Expired    25-Aug-2015    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR THE MODULATION OF VAGINAL MICROBIOTA
PCT/US2016/048794    WO    Published    25-Aug-2016    GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF
62/209626    US    Expired    25-Aug-2015    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR THE MODULATION OF ORAL MICROBIOTA
62/209629    US    Expired    25-Aug-2015    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR THE MODULATION OF NASAL MICROBIOTA
62/238110    US    Expired    06-Oct-2015    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS COMPRISING POLYPHENOLS AND USES THEREOF IN INFECTIOUS AND INFLAMMATORY DISEASES
62/238112    US    Expired    06-Oct-2015    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS COMPRISING POLYPHENOLS AND USES THEREOF IN METABOLIC AND MICROBIOME-ASSOCIATED DISEASES
62/255365    US    Expired    13-Nov-2015    MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND USES THEREOF IN INFECTIOUS AND INFLAMMATORY DISEASES
62/255366    US    Expired    13-Nov-2015    MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND USES THEREOF IN MICROBIOME AND METABOLIC DISEASES
62/108039    US    Expired    26-Jan-2015    METHODS OF TREATING METABOLIC DISORDERS USING OLIGOSACCHARIDE COMPOSITIONS

 

11


Application No.

  

Country

  

Status

  

Filing Date

  

Application Title

62/278333    US    Expired    13-Jan-2016    METHODS OF TREATING CANCER
62/361998    US    Expired    13-Jul-2016    GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE
PCT/US2017/042022    WO    Pending    13-Jul-2017    GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE
62/362025    US    Expired    13-Jul-2016    GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT
62/367472    US    Expired    27-Jul-2016    GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT
62/379677    US    Abandoned    25-Aug-2016    GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT
62/435052    US    Abandoned    15-Dec-2016    GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT
62/367616    US    Inactive    27-Jul-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND VARIATIONS THEREOF
62/379676    US    Abandoned    25-Aug-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND VARIATIONS THEREOF
62/430895    US    Pending    06-Dec-2016    GLYCAN POLYMERS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
62/446316    US    Pending    13-Jan-2017    GLYCAN POLYMERS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
62/430849    US    Pending    06-Dec-2016    GLYCAN POLYMERS AND METHODS OF SYNTHESIS THEREOF

 

12


Title/Inventors

  

Pub. No.

Serial No.

  

Status

  

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

POLYMERIC ACID CATALYSTS AND USES THEREOF   

U.S.S.N. 13/406,490

 

Filed 2/27/2012

 

   Granted    9,079,171    7/14/2015
   U.S.S.N. 13/406,517    Granted    8,466,242    6/18/2013
   Filed 2/27/2012         

John M. Geremia

 

Brian M. Baynes

 

  

U.S.S.N. 13/657,724

 

Filed 10/22/2012

   Granted    8,476,388    7/2/2013
Ashish Dhawan   

U.S.S.N. 13/865,048

 

Filed 4/17/2013

   Granted    9,205,418    12/8/2015

Corresponding to International Application PCT/US2012/026820 filed 2/27/2012

 

  

U.S.S.N. 14/730,143*

 

Filed 6/3/2015

   Pending      

Priority information:

 

61/447,311 filed 2/28/2011

 

61/522,351 filed 8/11/2011

  

AR P20120100642

 

Filed 2/28/2012

 

   Pending      
  

AU 2012223494

 

   Granted    2012223494    07/20/2017
   BR1120130220473    Pending      
   CA 2,864,086    Pending      
   CL 2463-2013    Abandoned      
   CN 201280018901.2    Pending      
   CO 13230542    Allowed      
   EP 12709207.0    Pending      
   ID W00201304395    Pending      
   IN 7946/DELNP/2013    Pending      
   JM 18/1/5278    Pending      
   KR 10-2013-7018658    Abandoned      
   MX/a/2013/009920    Granted   

344405

(associate returned to the patent office for correction)

   TBD
   MX/a/2015/016430    Pending      
   MY PI 2013003157    Abandoned      
   NZ 616047    Granted    616047    3/30/2016
   PH 1-2013-501775    Pending      
   RU 2013143822      Abandoned      
  

SG 201306465-4

 

   Granted    192958    3/9/2016
  

TH 1301004754

 

   Pending      
   ZA 2013/06233    Pending      

 

13


Title/Inventors

  

Pub. No.

Serial No.

  

Status

  

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

METHODS OF PRODUCING SUGARS FROM BIOMASS FEEDSTOCKS

 

Brian M. Baynes

 

John M. Geremia

 

Joseph Andoh

 

Ashish Dhawan

 

Priority information:

 

61/693,210 filed 8/24/2012

  

U.S.S.N. 13/831,495

 

Filed 3/14/2013

   Granted    9,238,845    1/19/2016

POLYMERIC AND SOLID- SUPPORTED CATALYSTS, AND METHODS OF DIGESTING CELLULOSIC MATERIALS USING SUCH CATALYSTS

 

John M. Geremia

 

Brian M. Baynes

 

Jaouad Fichtali

 

Joseph Andoh

 

Corresponding to International Application No. PCT/US2013/056389 filed 8/23/2013

 

Priority information:

 

61/693,200 filed 8/24/2012

 

61/693,210 filed 8/24/2012

 

61/693,213 filed 8/24/2012

  

U.S.S.N. 14/423,697*

 

Filed 2/24/2015

 

CA 2,922,254

 

CN 201380055050.3

 

EP 13831228.5

 

KR 10-2015-7007481

 

  

Abandoned

 

 

Pending

 

Granted

 

Pending

 

Pending

  

 

ZL201380055050.3

  

 

4/12/2017

 

14


Title/Inventors

  

Pub. No.

Serial No.

  

Status

  

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

POLYMERIC AND SOLID- SUPPORTED CATALYSTS, AND METHODS OF DIGESTING LIGNIN- CONTAINING MATERIALS USING SUCH CATALYSTS

 

John M. Geremia

 

Corresponding to International Application No.

PCT/US2013/056462 filed 8/23/2013

 

Priority information:

 

61/693,216 filed 8/24/2012

  

U.S.S.N. 14/423,698*

 

Filed 2/24/2015

 

EP 13830609.7

  

Abandoned

 

 

Abandoned

 

     

POLYMERIC IONIC SALT CATALYSTS AND METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF

 

Brian M. Baynes

 

John M. Geremia

 

Joseph Andoh

 

Corresponding to International Application No.

PCT/US2014/024177 filed 3/12/2014

 

Priority information:

 

61/786,230 filed 3/14/2013

  

U.S.S.N. 14/776,490*

 

Filed 9/14/2015

 

AU 2014240435

 

BR1120150233260

 

CA 2,903,232

 

CL 2812-2015

 

CN 2014800279677

 

EA 201591749

 

EP 14773809.0

 

IL 241011

 

IN 9479/DELNP/2015

 

JP 2016-501432

 

KR 10-2015-7029201

 

MX/a/2015/012436

 

NZ 711537

 

SG 11201507229Q

 

ZA 2015/06716

  

Abandoned

 

 

Abandoned

 

Abandoned

 

Pending

 

Abandoned

 

Abandoned

 

Abandoned

 

Abandoned

 

Abandoned

 

Abandoned

 

Abandoned

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Abandoned

 

Abandoned

 

     

 

15


Title/Inventors

  

Pub. No.

Serial No.

  

Status

  

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

METHODS FOR PRODUCING OLIGOSACCHARIDES

 

John M. Geremia

 

Scott Han

 

Alicia Landry

 

Kyle Sherry

 

Stephan Panos

 

Corresponding to International

Application No.

PCT/US2015/039795 filed 7/9/2015

 

Priority information:

 

62/022,579 filed 7/9/2014

 

62/108,035 filed 1/26/2015

  

U.S.S.N. 14/795,720*

 

Filed 7/9/2015

 

2015287703

 

BR112017000345-7

 

CA 2,954,662

 

201580048065.6

 

15819734.3

 

P00 2017 00913

 

249982

 

201717004105

 

2017-522455

 

MX/a/2017/000319

 

PI 2017000019

  

Pending

 

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

     

OLIGOSACCHARIDE COMPOSITIONS FOR USE AS FOOD INGREDIENTS AND METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF

 

John M. Geremia

 

Raffi Mardirosian

 

Michael J. Gidding

 

Corresponding to International Application PCT/US2016/013265 filed January 13, 2016

 

Priority information:

 

62/108,036 filed 1/26/2015

  

U.S.S.N. 15/546,438

 

Filed 7/26/2017

 

AU 2016212025

 

BR 1120170159465

 

CA 2,975,091

 

CN Not Yet Assigned

 

EP 16743841.5

 

ID PID201705111

 

IN 201717028052

 

JP Not Yet Assigned

 

MX/a/2017/009722

 

MY PI 2017001086

 

PH 1-2017-501341

 

RU 2017130166

 

ZA 2017/05200  

 

  

Pending

 

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

     

 

16


Title/Inventors

  

Pub. No.

Serial No.

  

Status

  

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

OLIGOSACCHARIDE COMPOSITIONS FOR USE IN NUTRITIONAL COMPOSITIONS, AND METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF

 

John M. Geremia

 

Corresponding to International Application PCT/US2016/013271

 

Filed January 13, 2016

 

Priority information:

 

62/108,038 filed 1/26/2015

 

  

U.S.S.N 15/546,508

filed 07/26/2017

 

AU 2016212026

 

CA 2,975,093

 

CN Not Yet Assigned

 

EP 16743842.3

 

JP Not Yet Assigned

 

MX/a/2017/009720

 

  

Pending

 

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

     

METHODS OF PRODUCING ANHYDROSUGAR ALCOHOLS

 

John M. Geremia

 

Priority information:

 

U.S.S.N. 62/108,460 filed 1/27/2015

  

PCT/US2016/014109

 

Filed 1/20/2016

   Expired      
OLIGOSACCHARIDE COMPOSITIONS FOR USE AS ANIMAL FEED AND METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF   

U.S.S.N. 14/995,129

 

Filed 1/13/2016

 

BR 1120170159449

  

Pending

 

 

Pending

     

 

17


Title/Inventors

  

Pub. No.

Serial No.

  

Status

  

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

John M. Geremia

 

Raffi Mardirosian

 

Michael J. Gidding

 

Anastasia V. Murphy

 

Corresponding to PCT/US2016/013280

 

Filed 1/13/2016

 

Priority information:

 

62/108,037 filed 1/26/2015

 

62/216,945 filed 9/10/2015

 

62/216,952 filed 9/10/2015

 

62/255,341 filed 11/13/2015

 

62/255,343 filed 11/13/2015

  

CA 2,975,095

 

CN Not Yet Assigned

 

EP 16743843.1

 

IN 201717026993

 

JP Not Yet Assigned

 

MX/a/2017/009730

  

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

 

Pending

     

ANIMAL Therapeutic and feed compositions and methods of use

 

John M. Geremia

 

Anastasia V. Murphy

 

Priority information:

 

62/255,348 filed 11/13/2015

 

62/255,352 filed 11/13/2015

  

PCT/US2016/061337

 

Filed 11/10/2016

   Pending      

Trademark and/or Service marks

The following marks have been applied for but not yet granted.

 

18


App No.

  

Mark

  

Country

  

Filing Date

  

Status

  

Oppositions

1776706    KALEIDO    Canada    11-Apr-2016    Pending   
1314387    KALEIDO    Int’l Registration-Madrid Protocol designating: Japan, China, European Union, Mexico    08-Apr-2016    Registered   

OPPOSITION NO. B 002849142: MENARINI INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS LUXEMBOURG S.A. of the KALEIDO mark based on Menarini’s prior rights in KALEIDON (EUTM No. 004712998) for “pharmaceutical and veterinary preparations; sanitary

preparations for medical purposes; dietetic substances adapted for medical use, food for babies” in Class 5

86/783357    KALEIDO    United States of America    09-Oct-2015    Pending   
87/195340    MICROBIOM E ENHANCER    United States of America    06-Oct-2016    Pending   

 

19


Application No.

  

Mark

  

Country

  

Filing Date

  

Status

A0066335    CADENABIO    International Application (Madrid Protocol designating AU, CN, EM, IN, JP, MX)    13-Apr-2017    Pending
87/203,406    CADENABIO    United States    14-Oct-2016    Pending
912585048    CADENABIO    Brazil    13-Apr-2017    Pending
1,831,930    CADENABIO    Canada    10-Apr-2017    Pending
87/203,415    OPTIBIOME    United States    14-Oct-2016    Abandoned
87/244,879    BIOMESSENTIALS    United States    22-Nov-2016    Abandoned
A0067115    BIOMESSENTIALS    International Application (Madrid Protocol designating AU, CN, EM, IN, JP, MX)    17-May-2017    Pending
87/318,742    BIOMESSENTIALS    United States    31-Jan-2017    Pending
912756225    BIOMESSENTIALS    Brazil    22-May-2017    Pending
1,838,164    BIOMESSENTIALS    Canada    17-May-2017    Pending

 

20


FIFTH AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 22, 2018 by and among PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (“ Bank ”), KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC. and CADENA BIO, INC. (individually or collectively, as the context may require, “ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 21, 2015, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2017, that certain Second Amendment and Joinder to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2017, that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2017, that certain Fourth Amendment dated October 13, 2017, that certain letter agreement dated as of December 11, 2017 and that certain letter agreement dated as of March 29, 2018 (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1)

Amendments to Agreement.

 

  a)

Section 2.1(b)(ii) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated, as follows:

(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of the Term Loan at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and prior to April 13, 2020 shall be payable monthly in arrears beginning on the 13th day of the month, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter. Any Term Loans that are outstanding on April 13, 2020 shall be payable in 24 equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on May 13, 2020 and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Term Loan Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with the Term Loan and any other amounts due under this Agreement shall be immediately due and payable. The Term Loan, once repaid, may not be reborrowed.

 

  b)

Section 2.3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated, as follows:

(a) Interest Rate . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Term Loan shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of (A) 1.00% above the Prime Rate then in effect, or (B) 5.25%.


  c)

Section 2.5(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

(a) Facility Fee. On the Fourth Amendment Date, a facility fee of $25,000, which shall be nonrefundable, and on the Fifth Amendment Date, a facility fee of $25,000, which shall be nonrefundable.

 

  d)

A new Section 2.5(d) is hereby added to the Agreement in appropriate order to read as follows:

(d) Success Fee. Upon a Liquidity Event, a success fee of $300,000. This Section 2.5(d) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  e)

Exhibit A of the Agreement is hereby amended to amend or add the definitions set forth below in appropriate alphabetical order, as applicable:

“Credit Card Line” means a Credit Extension of up to $250,000, to be used exclusively for the provision of Credit Card Services.

“Credit Card Maturity Date” means the 364th days after the Fifth Amendment Date.

“Fifth Amendment Date” means June 22, 2018.

“Liquidity Event” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of Borrower, (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of Borrower or any other transaction where the holders of Borrower’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction, or (c) an initial public offering of Borrower’s equity securities, in each case, which is consummated at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the Fifth Amendment Date.

“Prepayment Fee” means a fee in an amount equal to (i) 1.5% of the principal amount prepaid, with respect to a prepayment made on or prior to the one year anniversary of the Fifth Amendment Date, and (ii) 0.5% of the principal amount prepaid, with respect to a prepayment made after the one year anniversary of the Fifth Amendment Date through the two year anniversary of the Fifth Amendment Date, provided that after the two year anniversary of the Fifth Amendment Date , the Prepayment Fee shall be zero.

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means April 13, 2022.

 

  2)

Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof. Each Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all agreements entered into in connection with the Agreement.

 

  3)

Each Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties of Borrower contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment, provided that with respect to Borrowers’ registered Intellectual Property, the Schedule attached hereto reflects Borrower’s registered Intellectual Property as of the Fifth Amendment Date.

 

2


  4)

This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

  5)

The provisions of Sections 11 and 12 of the Agreement are hereby incorporated herein, provided that all references to the “Agreement”, shall mean the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

 

  6)

As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

a) this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

b) an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment;

c) payment of the facility fee in accordance with Section 2.5 of the Agreement, as amended hereby, which is due on the Fifth Amendment Date, and all Bank Expenses incurred through the Fifth Amendment Date, including Bank’s reasonable expenses for the documentation of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

d) such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Bank may have reasonably requested.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3


[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.       CADENA BIO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Joshua Brumm

   :    By:   

/s/ Michael Bonney

Name:   Joshua Brumm       Name:    Michael Bonney
Title:   CFO       Title:    Sales Director & President

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK
By:  

/s/ Scott Hansen

Name:   Scott Hansen
Title:   SVP

 

4


SCHEDULE

 

  I)

Cadena IP Assets:

Patents:

U.S. 8,466,242, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

U.S. 8,476,388, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

U.S. 9,079,171, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

U.S. 9,205,418, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

U.S. 9,238,845, Methods of Producing Sugars from Biomass Feedstocks

EP 2681547, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

AU 2012223494, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

CO 30876, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

ID 465560, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

MX 344405, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

NZ 616047, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

SG 192958, Polymeric Acid Catalysts and Uses Thereof

CN ZL201380055050.3, Polymeric and Solid-Supported Catalysts, and Methods of Digesting Cellulosic Materials Using such Catalysts

Patents and Applications:

 

   

Title/Inventors

  Pub. No.
Serial No.
  C & E Ref.   Cadena Ref.   Status   Patent No.     Issue Date  
1  

POLYMERIC ACID CATALYSTS AND

USES THEREOF

 

John M. Geremia

Brian M. Baynes

Ashish Dhawan

 

Corresponding to International Application PCT/US2012/026820

filed 2/27/2012

 

Priority information:

61/447,311 filed 2/28/2011

61/522,351 filed 8/11/2011

  U.S.S.N.
13/406,490

Filed 2/27/2012

 

  51169-

002003

  CAD-001 US3   Granted     9,079,171       7/14/2015  
  U.S.S.N.
13/406,517 Filed
2/27/2012
  51169-

002004

  CAD-001 US4   Granted     8,466,242       6/18/2013  
  U.S.S.N.
13/657,724 Filed
10/22/2012

 

  51169-

002005

 

  CAD-001 US5

 

  Granted

 

   

 

8,476,388

 

 

 

   

 

7/2/2013

 

 

 

  U.S.S.N.
13/865,048 Filed
4/17/2013
  51169-

002006

  CAD-001 US6   Granted     9,205,418       12/8/2015  
  U.S.S.N.
14/730,143*

Filed 6/3/2015

 

  51169-

002007

 

  CAD-001 US

 

  Pending

 

   
  AR P20120100642
Filed 2/28/2012
  51169-

002AR3

  CAD-001 AR   Pending    
  AU 2012223494   51169-

002AU3

  CAD-001 AU   Granted     2012223494       07/20/2017  
  BR1120130220473   51169-

002BR3

  CAD-001 BR   Pending    

 

5


   

Title/lnventors

  Pub. No.
Serial No.
  C & E Ref.   Cadena Ref.   Status   Patent No.   Issue Date
    CA 2,864,086   51169-

002CA3

  CAD-001 CA   Allowed    
    CL 2463-2013   51169-

002CL3

  CAD-001 CL   Abandoned    
    CN 201280018901.2   51169-

002CN3

  CAD-001 CN   Allowed    
    CO 13230542   51169-

002C03

  CAD-001 CO   Granted   30876   08/15/2015
    EP 12709207.0   51169-

002EP3

  CAD-001 EP1   Granted   2681547   04/04/2018
    EP 18163838.8   51169-

002EP4

  CAD-001 EP2   Pending    
    ID W00201304395   51169-

002ID3

  CAD-001 ID   Granted /

Revival

Pending

  465560   06/20/2017
    IN 7946/DELNP/2013   51169-

002IN3

  CAD-001 IN   Pending    
    JM 18/1/5278   51169-

002JM3

  CAD-001 JM   Pending    
    KR 10-2013-7018658   51169-

002KR3

  CAD-001 KR   Abandoned    
    MX/a/2013/009920   51169-

002MX3

  CAD-001 MX   Granted   344405

(associate returned to
the patent office for
correction)

  TBD
    MX/a/2015/016430   51169-

002MX4

  CAD-001 MX   Pending    
    MY PI 2013003157   51169-

002MY3

  CAD-001 MY   Abandoned    
    NZ 616047   51169-

002NZ3

  CAD-001 NZ   Granted   616047   3/30/2016
    PH 1-2013-501775   51169-
002PH3
  CAD-001 PH   Pending    
    RU 2013143822   51169-

002RU3

  CAD-001 RU   Abandoned    
    SG 201306465-4   51169-

002SG3

  CAD-001 SG   Granted   192958   3/9/2016
    TH 1301004754   51169-

002TH3

  CAD-001 TH   Pending    
    ZA 2013/06233   51169-

002ZA3

  CAD-001 ZA   Accepted    
2  

METHODS OF PRODUCING SUGARS FROM BIOMASS FEEDSTOCKS

 

Brian M. Baynes

John M. Geremia

Joseph Andoh

Ashish Dhawan

 

Priority information:

61/693,210 filed 8/24/2012

 

  U.S.S.N. 13/831,495
Filed 3/14/2013
  51169-

003001

  CAD-006 US2   Granted   9,238,845   1/19/2016
3  

POLYMERIC AND SOLID-SUPPORTED CATALYSTS, AND METHODS OF DIGESTING CELLULOSIC MATERIALS

USING SUCH CATALYSTS

 

John M. Geremia

Brian M. Baynes

Jaouad Fichtali

Joseph Andoh

  U.S.S.N.

14/423,697*

Filed 2/24/2015

  51169-

004004

  CAD-004 US   Abandoned    
  CA 2,922,254   51169-

004CA4

  CAD-004 CA   Pending /
To be

abandoned

 

   
  CN 201380055050.3   51169-

004CN4

  CAD-004 CN   Granted   ZL201380055050.3   4/12/2017
  EP 13831228.5   51169-

004EP4

  CAD-004 EP   Pending /
To be

abandoned

   

 

6


   

Title/Inventors

  Pub. No.
Serial No.
  C & E Ref.   Cadena Ref.   Status   Patent No.   Issue Date
 

Corresponding to International

Application No. PCT/US2013/056389

filed 8/23/2013

 

Priority Information:

61/693,200 filed 8/24/2012

61/693,210 filed 8/24/2012

61/693,213 filed 8/24/2012

 

  KR 10-2015-
7007481
  51169-

004KR4

  CAD-004 KR   Pending /
To be

abandoned

   
4  

POLYMERIC AND SOLID-SUPPORTED

CATALYSTS, AND METHODS OF

DIGESTING LIGNIN-CONTAINING

MATERIALS USING SUCH CATALYSTS

 

John M. Geremia

 

Corresponding to International

Application No. PCT/US2013/056462

filed 8/23/2013

 

Priority Information:

61/693,216 filed 8/24/2012

  U.S.S.N.
14/423,698*
Filed 2/24/2015
  51169-

005002

  CAD-008 US   Abandoned    
  EP 13830609.7   51169-

005EP2

  CAD-008 EP   Abandoned    

 

7


   

Title/Inventors

  Pub. No.
Serial No.
  C & E Ref.   Cadena Ref.   Status   Patent No.   Issue Date
5  

POLYMERIC IONIC SALT CATALYSTS

AND METHODS OF PRODUCING

THEREOF

 

Brian M. Baynes

John M. Geremia

Joseph Andoh

 

Corresponding to International

Application No. PCT/US2014/024177

filed 3/12/2014

 

Priority Information:

61/786,230 filed 3/14/2013

  U.S.S.N.
14/776,490*

Filed 9/14/2015

  51169-

006002

  CAD-010 US   Abandoned    
  AU 2014240435   51169-

006AU2

  CAD-010 AU   Abandoned    
  BR1120150233260   51169-

006BR2

  CAD-010 BR   Abandoned    
  CA 2,903,232   51169-

006CA2

  CAD-010 CA   Abandoned    
  CL 2812-2015   51169-

006CL2

  CAD-010 CL   Abandoned    
  CN 2014800279677   51169-

006CN2

  CAD-010 CN   Abandoned    
  EA 201591749   51169-

006EA2

  CAD-010 EA   Abandoned    
  EP 14773809.0   51169-

006EP2

  CAD-010 EP   Abandoned    
  IL 241011   51169-

006IL2

  CAD-010 IL   Abandoned    
  IN

9479/DELNP/2015

  51169-

006IN2

  CAD-010 IN   Abandoned    
  JP 2016-501432   51169-

006JP2

  CAD-010 JP   Abandoned    
  KR 10-2015-
7029201
  51169-

006KR2

  CAD-010 KR   Pending/
To be

abandoned

   
  MX/a/2015/012436   51169-

006MX2

  CAD-010 MX   Pending/
To be

abandoned

   
  NZ 711537   51169-

006NZ2

  CAD-010 NZ   Abandoned    
  SG 11201507229Q   51169-

006SG2

  CAD-010 SG   Abandoned    
    ZA 2015/06716   51169-

006ZA2

  CAD-010 ZA   Abandoned    
6  

METHODS FOR PRODUCING

OLIGOSACCHARIDES

 

John M. Geremia

Scott Han

Alicia Landry

Kyle Sherry

Stephan Panos

 

Corresponding to international

Application No. PCT/US2015/039795

filed 7/9/2015

 

Priority Information:

62/022,579 filed 7/9/2014

62/108,035 filed 1/26/2015

  U.S.S.N.
14/795,720*

Filed 7/9/2015

  51169-

007003

  CAD-012 US   Pending    
  2015287703   51169-

007AU3

  CAD-012 AU   Pending    
  BR112017000345-7   51169-

007BR3

  CAD-012 BR   Pending    
  CA 2,954,662   51169-

007CA3

  CAD-012 CA   Pending    
  201580048065.6   51169-

0O7CN3

  CAD-012 CN   Pending    
  15819734.3   51169-

007EP3

  CAD-012 EP   Pending    
  17111776.8   51169-

007HK3

  CAD-012 HK   Pending    
  POO 2017 00913   51169-

007ID3

  CAD-012 ID   Pending    
  249982   51169-
007IL3
  CAD-012 IL   Pending    
  201717004105   51169-

007IN3

  CAD-012 IN   Pending    
  2017-522455   51169-

007JP3

  CAD-012 JP   Pending    
  MX/a/2017/000319   51169-
007MX3
  CAD-012 MX   Pending    
  PI 2017000019   51169-

007MY3

  CAD-012 MY   Pending    

 

8


   

Title/Inventors

 

Pub. No.

Serial No.

  C & E Ref.   Cadena Ref.     Status   Patent No.     Issue Date  

7

 

OLIGOSACCHARIDE COMPOSITIONS FOR USE AS FOOD INGREDIENTS AND METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF

 

John M. Geremia

Raffi Mardirosian

Michael J. Gidding

 

Corresponding to International

Application PCT/US2016/013265

filed January 13, 2016

 

Priority information: 62/108,036 filed 1/26/2015

  U.S.S.N. 15/546,438 Filed 7/26/2017   51169-

008002

    CAD-013US     Pending                                      
  AU 2016212025   51169-

008AU2

    CAD-013AU     Pending    
  BR 1120170159465   51169-

008BR2

    CAD-013BR     Pending    
  CA 2,975,091   51169-

008CA2

    CAD-013CA     Pending    
  CN 201680016821.1   51169-
008CN2
    CAD-013CN     Pending    
  EP 16743841.5   51169-
008EP2
    CAD-013EP     Pending    
  Hong Kong   51169-

008HK2

    CAD-013HK     To be filed    
  ID PID201705111   51169-

008ID2

    CAD-013ID     Pending    
  IN 201717028052   51169-

008IN2

    CAD-013IN     Pending    
  JP 2017-557270   51169-

008JP2

    CAD-013JP     Pending    
    MX/a/2017/009722   51169-

008MX2

    CAD-013MX     Pending    
    MY PI 2017001086   51169-

008MY2

    CAD-013MY     Pending    
    PH 1-2017-501341   51169-

008PH2

    CAD-013PH     Pending    
    RU 2017130166   51169-

008RU2

    CAD-013RU     Pending    
    ZA 2017/05200   51169-

008ZA2

    CAD-013ZA     Pending    

8

 

OLIGOSACCHARIDE COMPOSITIONS FOR USE IN NUTRITIONAL COMPOSITIONS, AND METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF

 

John M. Geremia

 

Corresponding to international

Application PCT/US2O16/013271

Filed January 13, 2016

 

Priority information:

62/108,038 filed 1/26/2015

  U.S.S.N 15/546,508 filed 07/26/2017   51169-

010002

    CAD-015US     Pending    
  AU 2016212026   51169-

010AU2

    CAD-015AU     Pending    
  CA 2,975,093   51169-

010CA2

    CAD-015CA     Pending    
  CN 201680016981.6   51169-

010CN2

    CAD-015CN     Pending    
  EP 16743842.3   51169-

010EP2

    CAD-015EP     Pending    
  Hong Kong   51169-

010HK2

    CAD-015HK     To be filed    
  JP 2017-557271   51169-

010JP2

    CAD-015JP     Pending    
  MX/a/2017/009720   51169-

010MX2

    CAD-015MX     Pending    

9

 

METHODS OF PRODUCING ANHYDROSUGAR ALCOHOLS

 

John M. Geremia:

 

Priority information:

U.S.S.N. 62/108,460 filed 1/27/2015

  PCT/US2016/014109 Filed 1/20/2016   51169-

012WO2

    CAD-017 WO     Expired    

10

  OLIGOSACCHARIDE COMPOSITIONS FOR USE AS ANIMAL FEED AND METHODS OF PRODUCING THEREOF  

U.S.S.N.

14/995,129*

Filed 1/13/2016

  51169-

017001

    CAD-014 US     Pending    
  BR 1120170159449   51169-

017BR1

    CAD-014BR     Pending    

 

9


    

Title/Inventors

  

Pub. No.

Serial No.

  C & E Ref.   Cadena Ref.   Status   Patent No.     Issue Date  
  

John M. Geremia

Raffi Mardirosian

Michael J. Gidding

Anastasia V. Murphy

 

Corresponding to

PCT/US2016/013280

Filed 1/13/2016

 

Priority Information:

62/108,037 filed 1/26/2015

62/216,945 filed 9/10/2015

62/216,952 filed 9/10/2015

62/255,341 filed 11/13/2015

62/255,343 filed 11/13/2015

   CA 2,975,095   51169-

017CA1

  CAD-014CA   Pending    
   CN 201680016822.6   51169-

017CN1

  CAD-014CN   Pending    
   EP 16743843.1   51169-

017EP1

  CAD-014EP   Pending    
   Hong Kong   51169-

Q17HK1

  CAD-014HK   To be filed    
   IN 201717026993   51169-
017IN1
  CAD-014IN   Pending    
   IP 2017-557272   51169-
O17JP1
  CAD-014JP   Pending    
   MX/a/2017/009730   51169-

017MX1

  CAD-014MX   Pending    

11

  

ANIMAL THERAPEUTIC AND FEED COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE

 

John M. Geremia

Anastasia V. Murphy

 

Priority information:

62/255,348 filed 11/13/2015

62/255,352 filed 11/13/2015

   PCT/US2016/061337 Filed 11/10/2016   51169-

020WO1

  CAD-020WO   National
Stage Filings
   
   15/775,501   51169-

020001

  CAD-020US   Pending    

 

*

US Utility application, not a national phase.

Trademarks:

The following marks have been applied for but not yet granted, unless otherwise noted.

 

Application No.

  

Mark

  

Country

  

Filing Date

  

Status

A0066335

   CADENABIO    International Application (Madrid Protocol designating AU, CN, EM, IN, JP, MX)    13-Apr-2017    AU, CN, IN, JP, and MX will be passively abandoned

87/203,406

   CADENABIO    United States    14-Oct-2016    Pending

912585048

   CADENABIO    Brazil    13-Apr-2017    Abandoned

1,831,930

   CADENABIO    Canada    10-Apr-2017    Abandoned

87/203,415

   OPTlBIOME    United States    14-Oct-2016    Abandoned

87/244,879

   BIOMESENTIALS    United States    22-Nov-2016    Abandoned

A0067115

   BIOMESSENTIALS    International Application (Madrid Protocol designating AU*, CN, EM, IN # , JP, MX)    17-May-2017    Pending

 

10


87/318,742

   BIOMESSENTIALS    United States    31-Jan-20l7    Pending

912756225

   BIOMESSENTIALS    Brazil    22-May-2017    Pending

1,838,164

   BIOMESSENTIALS    Canada    17-May-2017    Pending

 

*

registered

#  

abandoned

 

  II)

K aleido IP Assets:

Patents:

U.S. 9,492,473, Glycan Therapeutics and Related Methods Thereof

U.S. 9,757,403, Glycan Therapeutics and Related Methods Thereof

U.S. 9,901,595, Glycan Therapeutics and Related Methods Thereof

EP 3071235 Glycan Therapeutic Compositions and Related Methods Thereof

Patents and Applications:

 

Application No.

   Country   

Status

  

Filing Date

  

Application Title

2016212030    AU    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
1120170156148    BR    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
2973617    CA    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
201701901    CL    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
201680017749.4    CN    Published    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
201791702    EA    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
16704085.6    EP    Granted    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
17206409.9    EP    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
17102650.8    HK    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
PID201704900    ID    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF
253195    IL    Pending    13-Jan-2016    GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

 

11


Application No.

   Country   

Status

  

Filing Date

  

Application Title

201717026559    IN    Published    13-Jan-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

2017-557273    JP    Published    13-Jan-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

10-2017-7023785    KR    Pending    13-Jan-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

MX/a/2017/009589    MX    Pending    13-Jan-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

PI2017001075    MY    Pending    13-Jan-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

733270    NZ    Pending    13-Jan-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

1-2017-501342    PH    Pending    13-Jan-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

11201706033X    SG    Pending    13-Jan-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

62/152005    US    Expired    23-Apr-2015   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR METABOLIC DISEASES

62/216993    US    Expired    10-Sep-2015   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR METABOLIC DISEASES

15/017396    US    Granted    05-Feb-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

15/286382    US    Granted    05-Oct-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

15/385331    US    Granted    20-Dec-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

15/374511    US    Abandoned    09-Dec-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

15/624372    US    Pending    15-Jun-2017   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

15/866152    US    Pending    09-Jan-2018   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

PCT/US2016/013305    WO    Inactive    13-Jan-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

2017/04735    ZA    Pending    13-Jan-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

2016253010    AU    Pending    23-Apr-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

2983236    CA    Pending    23-Apr-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

 

12


Application No.

   Country    Status   

Filing Date

  

Application Title

201680035931.2

   CN    Published    23-Apr-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

16722465.8

   EP    Published    23-Apr-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT

2017-555593

   JP    Pending    23-Apr-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

735895

   NZ    Pending    23-Apr-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

62/152007

   US    Expired    23-Apr-2015   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR INFLAMMATORY DISEASES

62/216995

   US    Expired    10-Sep-2015   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR INFLAMMATORY DISEASES

15/568243

   US    Pending    23-Apr-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

PCT/US2016/029070

   WO    Abandoned    22-Apr-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT

PCT/US2016/029082

   WO    Inactive    23-Apr-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT

2016253011

   AU    Pending    23-Apr-2016   

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF

2983016

   CA    Pending    23-Apr-2016   

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF

201680036013.1

   CN    Published    23-Apr-2016   

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF

16724150.4

   EP    Pending    23-Apr-2016   

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF

201717036757

   IN    Published    23-Apr-2016   

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF

2017-555594

   JP    Pending    23-Apr-2016   

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF

MX/a/2017/013562

   MX    Pending    23-Apr-2016   

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF

735897

   NZ    Pending    23-Apr-2016   

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF

2017134547

   RU    Pending    23-Apr-2016   

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF

11201708635Q

   SG    Pending    23-Apr-2016   

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF

62/152011

   US    Expired    23-Apr-2015   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR INFECTIOUS DISEASES

 

13


Application No.

   Country    Status   

Filing Date

  

Application Title

62/216997

   US    Expired   

10-Sep-2015

  

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR INFECTIOUS DISEASES

15/568251

   US    Pending   

23-Apr-2016

  

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF

PCT/US2016/029065

   WO    Abandoned   

22-Apr-2016

  

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF

PCT/US2016/029083

   WO    Inactive   

23-Apr-2016

  

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF

2017/06675

   ZA    Pending   

23-Apr-2016

  

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND RELATED USES THEREOF

62/152016

   US    Expired   

23-Apr-2015

  

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR MICROBIOME DISEASES

62/217002

   US    Expired   

10-Sep-2015

  

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR MICROBIOME DISEASES

62/152017

   US    Expired   

23-Apr-2015

  

HYBRID GLYCAN STRUCTURES, THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR ALTERING THE MICROBIOTA

62/209615

   US    Expired    25-Aug-2015   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF OF THE MODULATION OF SKIN MICROBIOTA

2016311452

   AU    Pending    25-Aug-2016   

GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF

2994430

   CA    Pending    25-Aug-2016   

GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF

201680059550.8

   CN    Pending    25-Aug-2016   

GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF

16778131.9

   EP    Pending    25-Aug-2016   

GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF

2018-510084

   JP    Pending    25-Aug-2016   

GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF

MX/a/2018/002301

   MX    Pending    25-Aug-2016   

GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF

739502

   NZ    Pending    25-Aug-2016   

GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF

 

14


Application No.

   Country    Status    Filing Date   

Application Title

62/209618

   US    Expired    25-Aug-2015   

GLYCAN THEREAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR THE MODULATION OF VAGINAL MICROBIOTA

15/754850

   US    Pending    25-Aug-2016   

GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF

PCT/US2016/048794

   WO    Inactive    25-Aug-2016   

GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF

62/209626

   US    Expired    25-Aug-2015   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR THE MODULATION OF ORAL MICROBIOTA

62/209629

   US    Expired    25-Aug-2015   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF FOR THE MODULATION OF NASAL MICROBIOTA

62/238110

   US    Expired    06-Oct-2015   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS COMPRISING POLYPHENOLS AND USES THEREOF IN INFECTIOUS AND INFLAMMATORY DISEASES

62/238112

   US    Expired    06-Oct-2015   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS COMPRISING POLYPHENOLS AND USES THEREOF IN METABOLIC AND MICROBIOME-ASSOCIATED DISEASES

62/255365

   US    Expired    13-Nov-2015   

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND USES THEREOF IN INFECTIOUS AND INFLAMMATORY DISEASES

62/255366

   US    Expired    13-Nov-2015   

MICROBIOME REGULATORS AND USES THEREOF IN MICROBIOME AND METABOLIC DISEASES

62/108039

   US    Expired    26-Jan-2015   

METHODS OF TREATING METABOLIC DISORDERS USING OLIGOSACCHARIDE COMPOSITIONS

62/278333

   US    Expired    13-Jan-2016   

METHODS OF TREATING CANCER

62/361998

   US    Expired    13-Jul-2016   

GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE

PCT/US2017/042022

   WO    Published    13-Jul-2017   

GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE

62/362025

   US    Expired    13-Jul-2016   

GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT

62/367472

   US    Expired    27-Jul-2016   

GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT

62/379677

   US    Abandoned    25-Aug-2016   

GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT

 

15


Application No.

   Country    Status   

Filing Date

  

Application Title

62/435052

   US    Abandoned    15-Dec-2016   

GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT

62/367616

   US    Inactive    27-Jul-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND VARIATIONS THEREOF

62/379676

   US    Abandoned    25-Aug-2016   

GLYCAN THERAPEUTICS AND VARIATIONS THEREOF

62/430895

   US    Expired    06-Dec-2016   

GLYCAN POLYMERS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

62/446316

   US    Expired    13-Jan-2017   

GLYCAN POLYMERS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

PCT/US2017/064974

   WO    Pending    06-Dec-2017   

GLYCAN POLYMERS AND RELATED METHODS THEREOF

62/430849

   US    Expired    06-Dec-2016   

GLYCAN POLYMERS AND METHODS OF SYNTHESIS THEREOF

62/581517

   US    Pending    03-Nov-2017   

MANAGEMENT OF INFECTIONS

62/581577

   US    Pending    03-Nov-2017   

GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF USE IN ACIDEMIAS

62/581592

   US    Pending    03-Nov-2017   

GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF USE IN HYPEROXALURIA

62/581601

   US    Pending    03-Nov-2017   

GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF USE IN TRIMETHYLAMINURIA

62/581583

   US    Pending    03-Nov-2017   

GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF USE IN UREA CYCLE DISORDERS

62/581571

   US    Pending    03-Nov-2017   

METHODS OF PRODUCING GLYCAN POLYMERS

62/581613

   US    Pending    03-Nov-2017   

METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING GLYCAN POLYMER PREPARATIONS

62/581589

   US    Pending    03-Nov-2017   

GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF USE IN HYPERURICEMIA

 

16


Application No.

   Country    Status   

Filing Date

  

Application Title

62/581612

   US    Pending    03-Nov-2017   

GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND MICROBES

62/581607

   US    Pending    03-Nov-2017   

GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF MAKING SAME

62/614966

   US    Pending    08-Jan-2018   

GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF USE FOR TREATING NON-ALCOHOLIC FATTY LIVER DISEASE

62/614970

   US    Pending    08-Jan-2018   

GLYCAN PREPARATIONS AND METHODS OF USE IN RENAL DISEASES

62/619084

   US    Pending    18-Jan-2018   

GLYCAN COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE

Trademarks:

The following marks have been applied for but not yet granted, unless otherwise noted.

 

App No.

  

Mark

  

Country

   Filing Date    Status   

Oppositions

1776706

   KALEIDO    Canada    11-Apr-2016    Pending   

1314387

   KALEIDO   

Int’I Registration-Madrid Protocol*

designating: Japan* , China, Europe, Mexico*

   08-Apr-2016    *Registered    OPPOSITION NO. B 002849142: MENARINI INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS LUXEMBOURG S.A. of the KALEIDO mark based on Menarini’s prior rights in KALEIDON (EUTM No. 004712998) for “pharmaceutical and veterinary preparations; sanitary preparations for medical purposes; dietetic substances adapted for medical use, food for babies” in Class 5

017224072

   KALEIDO    Europe    20-Sep-2017    Registered,
class 1
  

86/783357

   KALEIDO    United States of America    09-Oct-2015    Pending,
class 5
  

87/195340

  

MICROBIOME

ENHANCER

   United States of America    06-Oct-2016    Pending,
class 5
  

 

17


SIXTH AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of November 8, 2018, by and among PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (“ Bank ”), and KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC. and CADENA BIO, INC. (individually and collectively referred to as “ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 21, 2015 (as amended from time to time, the “ Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1)

A new subsection (1) is hereby added to the defined term “Permitted Indebtedness” in Exhibit A to the Agreement, as follows:

(1) Indebtedness not to exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time arising under an unsecured credit card issued by American Express.

 

2)

Unless otherwise defined herein, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof. Each Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all agreements entered into in connection with the Agreement.

 

3)

Each Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment.

 

4)

This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

5)

As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

a) this Amendment, duly executed by each Borrower;

b) payment of all Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, including Bank’s expenses for the documentation of this Amendment and any UCC, good standing or intellectual property search or filing fees, which may be debited from any Borrower’s accounts; and


c) such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Bank may have reasonably requested.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.     CADENA BIO, INC.
By:  

Jeffrey Moore

    By:  

Jeffrey Moore

Name:  

Jeffrey Moore

    Name:  

Jeffrey Moore

Title:  

SVP, Finance & Administration

    Title:  

Secretary

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

[Signature Page to Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.     CADENA BIO, INC.
By:  

 

    By:  

 

Name:  

 

    Name:  

 

Title:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK
By:   Scott Hansen
Name:   Scott Hansen
Title:   SVP

[Signature Page to Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

Exhibit 10.13

65 HAYDEN AVENUE

LEXINGTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02421

LEASE SUMMARY SHEET

 

Execution Date:    March 19, 2018
Tenant:   

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC .,

a Delaware corporation

Tenant’s Mailing Address Prior to Occupancy:    Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.
18 Crosby Drive
Bedford, MA 01730
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Landlord:   

HCP/KING HAYDEN CAMPUS LLC ,

a Delaware limited liability company

Building:    65 Hayden Avenue, Lexington, Massachusetts 02421. The Building consists of approximately 213,005 rentable square feet, including a four-story garage with 298 spaces (the “ Garage ”). The Building consists of two wings-the North Building and the South Building. The land (the “ Land ”) on which the Building and the Garage are located is described as “ Parcel Three ” and “ Parcel Four ” on Exhibit 2 attached hereto and made a part hereof.
Campus:    All of the land described on Exhibit 2 (including the Land described above) together with the Building described above, the buildings now known as and numbered 45 Hayden Avenue and 55 Hayden Avenue, and any other building and/or improvements constructed on the Land.
Premises:   

Prime Premises , which are areas on (i) the first (1 st ) floor of the north portion of the Building (the “ North Premises ”), and (ii) the first (1 st ) floor of the south portion of the Building (the “ South Premises ”) containing approximately 52,815 rentable square feet in the aggregate. The North Premises consist of 39,430 rentable square feet, and the South Premises consist of 13,385 rentable square feet.

 

PH System Premises , which are located on the first (1 st ) floor. The PH System Premises are located in a room ( the “ PH System Room ”) that contains the PH systems of other tenants.

 

The term “ Premises ” shall mean the Prime Premises and the PH System Premises. The Premises are shown on the Lease Plans attached hereto as Exhibit 1A , and Exhibit 1B and made a part hereof (the “ Lease Plans ”).

 

Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that the Rentable Square Footage of the Building and the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises are correct and shall not be remeasured.

 

PAGE 1


Property:    The Building, the Garage, the Land, and other improvements located on, and to be constructed on, the Land.
Parking Areas:    The parking structures (surface lots and parking decks, including the Garage adjacent to the Building) located on the Campus that Landlord provides for parking by all tenants of space on the Property, as the same may change from time to time as contemplated pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Lease.

Term

Commencement

Dates:

  

North Premises : The date (the “ North Premises Term Commencement Date ”) that is the earlier to occur of:

 

(i) the date that Tenant first commences to use the North Premises, or any portion thereof, for any Permitted Use, or

 

(ii)  the later of: (x) the date on which the Landlord’s North Premises Work has been Substantially Completed (as hereinafter defined) or (y) September 1, 2018.

 

The parties estimate that the North Premises Term Commencement Date will occur on or about September 1, 2018 (“ Estimated North Premises Term Commencement Date ”).

 

South Premises : The date (the “ South Premises Term Commencement Date ”) that is the earlier to occur of:

 

(i) the date that Tenant first commences to use the South Premises, or any portion thereof, for any Permitted Use, or

 

(ii)  the later of: (x) the date on which the Landlord’s North Premises Work has been Substantially Completed (as hereinafter defined) or (y) October 1, 2018.

 

The parties estimate that the South Premises Term Commencement Date will occur on or about October 1, 2018 (“ Estimated South Premises Term Commencement Date ”).

Base Rent Commencement

Dates:

  

North Premises : The North Premises Term Commencement Date.

 

South Premises : The later of: (i) the South Premises Term
Commencement Date, or (ii) October 1, 2018.

 

 

PAGE 2


Additional Rent Commencement

Dates:

  

North Premises : The North Premises Base Rent Commencement Date.

 

South Premises : The earlier of: (i) the North Premises Base Rent Commencement Date, or (ii) the South Premises Base Rent Commencement Date.

Expiration Date:    The date that is ten (10) years from the date (“ Date Determining Expiration Date ”) which is the later of: (i) the North Premises Base Rent Commencement Date, and (ii) the South Premises Base Rent Commencement Date for the South Premises, except that if the Date Determining the Expiration Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, then Expiration Date shall be the last day of the calendar month in which the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Date Determining the Expiration Date occurs.
Extension Term(s):    Subject to Section 1.2 below, one (1) extension term of ten (10) years.
Landlord’s Contributions:   

North Premises : Up to $3,548,700.00 (i.e., $ 90.00 per rentable square foot of the North Premises).

 

South Premises : Up to $2,007,750.00 (i.e., $ 150.00 per rentable square foot of the South Premises).

 

Expansion Premises : Up to $ 70.00 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises if Tenant elects to lease Expansion Premises.

Permitted Uses:   

Subject to Legal Requirements, general office, research, development and laboratory use, including pilot production needs for food GMP Human nutrition studies and GMP Human therapeutic clinical studies, and other ancillary uses related to the foregoing. Landlord makes no express warranty or representation, and disclaims any implied warranty or representation, that the Permitted Uses are consistent or in compliance with any zoning or other land use ordinance, code or regulation, or any matters of public record.

 

Tenant acknowledges that it has performed such investigation as it deems appropriate to satisfy itself that the Premises are suitable for its purposes; and no limitation on the uses permitted by law or any matters of public record shall entitle Tenant to an abatement of Rent, nor release Tenant from the prompt compliance with any of its obligations under this Lease

Base Rent—North Premises-39,430 RSF:   

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent with respect to the North Premises shall not commence until the North Premises Base Rent Commencement Date.

 

 

PAGE 3


     RENT YEAR    ANNUAL BASE
RENT**
   MONTHLY
PAYMENT
   1          $2,150,577.87***          $172,506.25***
   2    $2,132,177.25    $177,681.44
   3    $2,196,142.57    $183,011.88
   4    $2,262,026.84    $188,502.24
   5    $2,329,887.65    $194,157.30
   6    $2,399,784.28    $199,982.02
   7    $2,471,777.81    $205,981.48
   8    $2,545,931.14    $212,160.93
   9    $2,622,309.08    $218,525.76
   10    $2,700,978.35    $225,081.53
   11            $2,782,007.70****    $231,833.97

 

Base Rent—South

Premises—13,385

RSF:

  

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent with respect to the South Premises shall not commence until the South Premises Base Rent Commencement Date.

 

     RENT YEAR    ANNUAL BASE
RENT**
   MONTHLY
PAYMENT
   1      $702,712.50*      $58,559.38*
   2    $723,793.88    $60,316.16
   3    $745,507.69    $62,125.64
   4    $767,872.92    $63,989.41
   5    $790,909.11    $65,909.09
   6    $814,636.38    $67,886.37
   7    $839,075.47    $69,922.96
   8    $864,247.74    $72,020.64
   9    $890,175.17    $74,181.26
   10    $916,880.43    $76,406.70
   11            $944,386.84****    $78,698.90

 

  

*  Notwithstanding anything in this Section of the Lease to the contrary, so long as there is no Event of Default (as defined in Section 20) by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent for

 

PAGE 4


  

the South Premises for the second three-(3)-month period after the South Premises Base Rent Commencement Date (the “ South Premises Base Rent Abatement Period ”) (i.e., if the South Premises Base Rent Commencement Date is October 1, 2018, then the South Premises Base Rent Abatement Period will be January 1, 2019 through March 31, 2019). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the South Premises Base Rent Abatement Period occur earlier than the period commencing January 1, 2019 and expiring March 31, 2019. During the South Premises Base Rent Abatement Period, only Base Rent payable with respect to the South Premises shall be abated, and all Base Rent, Additional Rent and other costs and charges specified in this Lease shall remain as due and payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

**   The Annual Base Rent per rentable square foot for each portion of the Premises, from time to time, is set forth on Exhibit 12.

***   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent payable by Tenant with respect to the North Premises during the Premium Rent Period, as hereinafter defined, shall be $161,005.84 (i.e., 200% of the amount of Base Rent which would be otherwise payable by Tenant with respect to the North Premises during the Premium Rent Period, as determined by the schedule for Base Rent for the North Premises set forth above). The “ Premium Rent Period ” shall be defined as the first fourteen (14) days of the Term of the Lease with respect to the North Premises, except that if the North Premises Base Rent Commencement Date occurs prior to September 1, 2018, then the Premium Rent Period shall be defined as September 1, 2018 through September 14, 2018, inclusive. For example, if the North Premises Base Rent Commencement Date occurs on September 1, 2018, then the monthly installment of Base Rent payable by Tenant with respect to the North Premises for the month of September, 2018 shall be $253,009.17.

****  Annualized

 

Rent Year:   

Rent Year 1 ” with respect to the North Premises shall be the twelve (12) month period commencing as of the North Premises Base Rent Commencement Date and ending as of the day (“ Rent Year 1 End Date ”) immediately preceding the first anniversary of the North Premises Base Rent Commencement Date, except that if the North Premises Base Rent Commencement Date occurs on other than the first day of a calendar month, then the Rent Year 1 End Date shall be the last day of the calendar month in which the first anniversary of the North Premises Base Rent Commencement Date occurs.

 

“Rent Year 1” with respect to the South Premises shall be the period commencing as of the South Premises Base Rent Commencement Date and shall end as of the Rent Year 1 End Date.

 

 

PAGE 5


     Each Rent Year after Rent Year 1 for both the North Premises and South Premises shall be the twelve-
(12)-month period immediately following the preceding Rent Year (i.e., the annual increases in the Base
Rent for the South Premises shall occur on at the same time as the annual increases in the Base Rent for
the North Premises).
Operating Costs and Taxes:    See Sections 5.2 and 5.3.
Tenant’s Share:   

A fraction, the numerator of which is the number of rentable square feet in the applicable portion of the Premises and the denominator of which is the number of rentable square feet in the Building.

 

As of the Execution Date, Tenant’s Shares with respect to each portion of the Premises is

 

North Premises:

     18.51

South Premises:

     6.28
  

 

 

 

Total:

     24.79

 

Security Deposit/ Letter of Credit:    $2,057,658.75, subject to reduction pursuant to Section 7 hereof.
Guarantor:    None.

 

EXHIBIT 1A    LEASE PLAN—PRIME PREMISES
EXHIBIT 1B    LEASE PLAN—PH SYSTEM PREMISES
EXHIBIT 1C    LEASE PLAN—EXPANSION PREMISES
EXHIBIT 1C-A    LEASE PLAN—EXPANSION PREMISES A
EXHIBIT 1C-B    LEASE PLAN—EXPANSION PREMISES B
EXHIBIT 2    LEGAL DESCRIPTION—LAND
EXHIBIT 3    PLAN – CURRENT PARKING AREAS
EXHIBIT 3, SHEET 1    PLAN – CURRENT PARKING AREAS
EXHIBIT 3, SHEET 2    PLAN – CURRENT PARKING AREAS
EXHIBIT 4    WORK LETTER
EXHIBIT 4-1    INITIAL PLAN FOR NORTH PREMISES
EXHIBIT 4-2    EQUIPMENT UTILITY MATRIX FOR NORTH PREMISES
EXHIBIT 4-3    ARCHITECTURAL BASIS OF DESIGN
EXHIBIT 4-4    INITIAL PLAN FOR SOUTH PREMISES
EXHIBIT 5-1    AREAS AVAILABLE TO TENANT IN SOUTH PENTHOUSE
EXHIBIT 5-2   

AREAS AVAILABLE TO TENANT IN SOUTH

MECHANICAL ROOM

EXHIBIT 5-3   

TENANT-SUPPLIED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT

LOCATION

EXHIBIT 6    FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT
EXHIBIT 7    LANDLORD’S SERVICES

 

PAGE 6


EXHIBIT 8    TENANT’S HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
EXHIBIT 9    RULES AND REGULATIONS
EXHIBIT 9-1    BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS
EXHIBIT 9-2    CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS
EXHIBIT 10    TENANT WORK INSURANCE SCHEDULE
EXHIBIT 11    ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
EXHIBIT 12    BASE RENT—PER-RENTABLE-SQUARE-FOOT AMOUNTS
EXHIBIT 13    TENANT’S MONUMENT SIGNAGE

 

PAGE 7


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.            LEASE GRANT; TERM; APPURTENANT RIGHTS; EXCLUSIONS      1  
   1.1    Lease Grant      1  
   1.2    Extension Term      1  
   1.3    Appurtenant Rights      2  
   1.4    Tenant s Access      4  
   1.5    No recording // Notice of Lease      5  
   1.6    Exclusions      5  
   1.7    Acid Neutralization Tank      5  
   1.8    Standby Power      6  
2.    RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD      7  
   2.1    Additions and Alterations      7  
   2.2    Additions to the Property      7  
   2.3    Name and Address of Building      8  
   2.4    Landlord s Access      8  
   2.5    Pipes, Ducts and Conduits      10  
   2.6    Minimize Interference      10  
3.    CONDITION OF PREMISES; CONSTRUCTION      10  
   3.1    Condition of Premises      10  
   3.2    Landlord s Work      10  
   3.3    Tenant s Remedies in the Event of Delays in North Premises Term Commencement Date      12  
4.    USE OF PREMISES      13  
   4.1    Permitted Uses      13  
   4.2    Prohibited Uses      13  
   4.3    MWRA Permit      14  
   4.4    Parking and Traffic Demand Management Plan      14  
5.    RENT; ADDITIONAL RENT      15  
   5.1    Base Rent      15  
   5.2    Operating Costs      15  
   5.3    Taxes      19  
   5.4    Late Payments      20  
   5.5    No Offset; Independent Covenants; Waiver      21  
   5.6    Survival      22  
6.    INTENTIONALLY OMITTED      22  
7.    CASH SECURITY DEPOSIT/LETTER OF CREDIT      22  
   7.1    Amount      22  
   7.2    Application of Proceeds of Letter of Credit      23  
   7.3    Transfer of Letter of Credit      23  
   7.4    Cash Proceeds of Letter of Credit      23  
   7.5    Return of Security Deposit or Letter of Credit      24  
   7.6    Reduction of the Cash Security Deposit and/or Letter of Credit      24  

 

PAGE 1


8.            INTENTIONALLY OMITTED      25  
9.    UTILITIES, LANDLORD’S SERVICES      25  
   9.1    Electricity      25  
   9.2    Water      26  
   9.3    Gas      26  
   9.4    Other Utilities      26  
   9.5    Interruption or Curtailment of Utilities      26  
   9.6    Landlord s Services      27  
10.    MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS      27  
   10.1    Maintenance and Repairs by Tenant      27  
   10.2    Maintenance and Repairs by Landlord      28  
   10.3    Accidents to Sanitary and Other Systems      28  
   10.4    Floor Load—Heavy Equipment      28  
   10.5    Premises Cleaning      28  
   10.6    Pest Control      29  
   10.7    Service Interruptions      29  
11.    ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS BY TENANT      30  
   11.1    Procedures for Performing Alterations      30  
   11.2    Harmonious Relations      32  
   11.3    Liens      32  
   11.4    General Requirements      32  
12.    SIGNAGE      32  
   12.1    Restrictions      32  
   12.2    Monument Signage      33  
   12.3    Building Directory/Premises Entrance Signage      33  
13.    ASSIGNMENT, MORTGAGING AND SUBLETTING      33  
   13.1    Landlord s Consent Required      33  
   13.2    Landlord s Recapture Right      33  
   13.3    Standard of Consent to Transfer      34  
   13.4    Listing Confers no Rights      34  
   13.5    Profits In Connection with Transfers      34  
   13.6    Prohibited Transfers      34  
   13.7    Exceptions to Requirement for Consent      35  
   13.8    Flagship Subleases      35  
14.    INSURANCE; INDEMNIFICATION; EXCULPATION      36  
   14.1    Tenant s Insurance      36  
   14.2    Indemnification      37  
   14.3    Property of Tenant      37  
   14.4    Limitation of Landlord s Liability for Damage or Injury      38  

 

PAGE 2


   14.5    Waiver of Subrogation; Mutual Release      38  
   14.6    Tenant s Acts—Effect on Insurance      38  
   14.7    Landlord s Insurance      39  
15.    CASUALTY; TAKING      39  
   15.1    Damage      39  
   15.2    Termination Rights      40  
   15.3    Rent Abatement      41  
   15.4    Taking for Temporary Use      41  
   15.5    Disposition of Awards      42  
16.    ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE      42  
17.            HAZARDOUS MATERIALS      42  
   17.1    Prohibition      42  
   17.2    Environmental Laws      43  
   17.3    Hazardous Material Defined      43  
   17.4    Chemical Safety Program      43  
   17.5    Testing      44  
   17.6    Indemnity; Remediation      44  
   17.7    Disclosures      46  
   17.8    Removal      46  
   17.9    Landlord Obligations with respect to Hazardous Materials      46  
18.    RULES AND REGULATIONS      47  
   18.1    Rules and Regulations      47  
   18.2    Energy Conservation      48  
   18.3    Recycling      48  
19.    LAWS AND PERMITS      48  
   19.1    Legal Requirements      48  
20.    DEFAULT      49  
   20.1    Events of Default      49  
   20.2    Remedies      51  
   20.3    Damages—Termination      51  
   20.4    Landlord s Self-Help; Fees and Expenses      52  
   20.5    Waiver of Redemption, Statutory Notice and Grace Periods      52  
   20.6    Landlord s Remedies Not Exclusive      53  
   20.7    No Waiver      53  
   20.8    Restrictions on Tenant s Rights      53  
   20.9    Landlord Default      53  
21.    SURRENDER; ABANDONED PROPERTY; HOLD-OVER      54  
   21.1    Surrender      54  
   21.2    Abandoned Property      55  
   21.3    Holdover      56  
   21.4    Warranties      56  

 

PAGE 3


22.            MORTGAGEE RIGHTS      56  
   22.1    Subordination      56  
   22.2    Notices      57  
   22.3    Mortgagee Consent      57  
   22.4    Mortgagee Liability      57  
23.    QUIET ENJOYMENT      57  
24.    NOTICES      58  
25.    MISCELLANEOUS      58  
   25.1    Separability      58  
   25.2    Captions      58  
   25.3    Broker      59  
   25.4    Entire Agreement      59  
   25.5    Governing Law      59  
   25.6    Representation of Authority      59  
   25.7    Expenses Incurred by Landlord      59  
   25.8    Survival      60  
   25.9    Limitation of Liability      60  
   25.10    Binding Effect      60  
   25.11    Landlord Obligations upon Transfer      61  
   25.12    No Grant of Interest      61  
   25.13    Financial Information      61  
   25.14    OFAC Certificate and Indemnity      61  
   25.15    Confidentiality      62  
   25.16    Force Majeure      62  

 

PAGE 4


THIS INDENTURE OF LEASE (this “ Lease ”) is hereby made and entered into on the Execution Date by and between Landlord and Tenant.

Each reference in this Lease to any of the terms and titles contained in any Exhibit attached to this Lease shall be deemed and construed to incorporate the data stated under that term or title in such Exhibit. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them as set forth in the Lease Summary Sheet which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

 

1.

LEASE GRANT; TERM; APPURTENANT RIGHTS; EXCLUSIONS

1.1 Lease Grant . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises upon and subject to terms and conditions of this Lease, for a term of years commencing on the Term Commencement Date and, unless earlier terminated or extended pursuant to the terms hereof, ending on the Expiration Date (the “ Initial Term ”; the Initial Term and any duly exercised Extension Terms are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Term ”).

1.2 Extension Term.

(a) Provided that the following conditions, which may be waived by Landlord in its sole discretion, are satisfied (i) Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. itself, and/or any Permitted Transferee(s) (as defined in Section 13.7) is/are then occupying at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the Premises; and (ii) no uncured Event of Default exists (1) as of the date of the Extension Notice (hereinafter defined), and (2) at the commencement of the applicable Extension Term (hereinafter defined), Tenant shall have the option (the “ Extension Option ”) to extend the Term for one (1) additional term of ten (10) years (the“ Extension Term ”), commencing as of the expiration of the Initial Term. Tenant must exercise such option to extend, if at all, by giving Landlord written notice (the “ Extension Notice ”) on or before the date that is twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, time being of the essence. Upon the timely giving of such notice, the Term shall be deemed extended upon all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that Base Rent during the Extension Term shall be calculated in accordance with this Section 1.2, Landlord shall have no obligation to construct or renovate the Premises, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any Landlord Contribution with respect to the Extension Term, and Tenant shall have no further right to extend the Term. If Tenant fails to give timely notice, as aforesaid, Tenant shall have no further right to extend the Term.

Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant’s proper and timely exercise of such option to extend the Term shall be self-executing, the parties shall promptly execute a lease amendment reflecting such Extension Term after Tenant exercises such option. The execution of such lease amendment shall not be deemed to waive any of the conditions to Tenant’s exercise of its rights under this Section 1.2.

(b) The Base Rent during the Extension Term (the “ Extension Term Base Rent ”) shall be determined in accordance with the process described hereafter. Extension Term Base Rent shall be the fair market rental value of the Premises then demised to Tenant as of the commencement of the Extension Term as determined in accordance with the process described below, for renewals of first class office/research/laboratory building/campus in the Route

 

PAGE 1


128/Route 2/Alewife corridor real estate market (the “ Market Area ”) of equivalent quality, size, utility and location, with the length of the Extension Term, the credit standing of Tenant, any economic concessions (including, without limitation, tenant improvement allowances and free rent) then being provided by landlords to tenants, and all other relevant factors to be taken into account. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Extension Notice, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice of its determination of the Extension Term Base Rent for the Extension Term. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, notify Landlord in writing whether Tenant accepts or rejects Landlord’s determination of the Extension Term Base

Rent (“ Tenant’s Response Notice ”). If Tenant fails timely to deliver Tenant’s Response Notice, Landlord’s determination of the Extension Term Base Rent shall be binding on Tenant.

(c) If and only if Tenant’s Response Notice is timely delivered to Landlord and indicates both that Tenant rejects Landlord’s determination of the Extension Term Base Rent and desires to submit the matter to arbitration, then the Extension Term Base Rent shall be determined in accordance with the procedure set forth in this Section 1.2(c). In such event, within ten (10) days after receipt by Landlord of Tenant’s Response Notice indicating Tenant’s desire to submit the determination of the Extension Term Base Rent to arbitration, Tenant and Landlord shall each notify the other, in writing, of their respective selections of an appraiser (respectively, “ Landlord’s Appraiser ” and “ Tenant’s Appraiser ”). Landlord’s Appraiser and Tenant’s Appraiser shall then jointly select a third appraiser (the “ Third Appraiser ”) within ten (10) days of their appointment. All of the appraisers selected shall be individuals with at least five (5) consecutive years’ commercial appraisal experience for office and laboratory space in the area in which the Premises are located, shall be members of the Appraisal Institute (M.A.I.), and, in the case of the Third Appraiser, shall not have acted in any capacity for either Landlord or Tenant within five (5) years of his or her selection. The three appraisers shall determine the Extension Term Base Rent in accordance with the requirements and criteria set forth in Section 1.2(b) above, employing the method commonly known as Baseball Arbitration, whereby Landlord’s Appraiser and Tenant’s Appraiser each sets forth its determination of the Extension Term Base Rent as defined above, and the Third Appraiser must select one or the other (it being understood that the Third Appraiser shall be expressly prohibited from selecting a compromise figure). Landlord’s Appraiser and Tenant’s Appraiser shall deliver their determinations of the Extension Term Base Rent to the Third Appraiser within five (5) days of the appointment of the Third Appraiser and the Third Appraiser shall render his or her decision within ten (10) days after receipt of both of the other two determinations of the Extension Term Base Rent. The Third Appraiser’s decision shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant. Each party shall bear the cost of its own appraiser and the cost of the Third Appraiser shall be paid by the party whose determination is not selected.

1.3 Appurtenant Rights.

(a) Common Areas . Subject to the terms of this Lease and the Rules and Regulations (hereinafter defined), Tenant shall have, as appurtenant to the Premises, rights to use in common with others entitled thereto, the following areas (such areas are hereinafter referred to as the “ Common Areas ”): (i) the common loading docks, hallways, lobby, and elevator of the Building serving the Premises, (ii) the common lavatories located on the floor(s) on which the Premises are located, (iii) common walkways and driveways necessary for access to the Building, (iv) the Parking Areas, (v) other areas and facilities located in the Building, on the

 

PAGE 2


Land, or elsewhere on the Campus designated by Landlord from time to time for the common use of tenants of the Building and other entitled thereto; and (vi) Tenant shall have the right to install mechanical equipment in the locations shown on Exhibits 5-1, 5-2, and 5-3 , subject to Landlord’s prior written approval of plans and specifications for any installations in such locations, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; and no other appurtenant rights or easements. The three (3) loading docks, receiving area, and freight elevators are available for the use of the tenants in the Building and are part of the Common Areas.

(b) Parking . During the Term, Landlord shall, subject to the terms hereof, make available up to one hundred thirty-one (131) parking spaces for Tenant’s use free of charge (except that the costs of maintenance and repair of the parking areas shall, subject to the provisions of Section 5.2, be included in Operating Costs) in the Parking Areas serving the Building, of which (x) three (3) parking spaces shall be designated for visitor parking and located near the entrance of the Building and (y) three (3) parking spaces shall be designated for visitor parking and located in the adjacent Garage. The Parking Areas are currently as shown on Exhibit 3 . The number of parking spaces in the parking areas reserved for Tenant, as modified pursuant to this Lease or as otherwise permitted by Landlord, are hereinafter referred to as the “ Parking Spaces .” Tenant shall have no right to hypothecate or encumber the Parking Spaces, and shall not sublet, assign, or otherwise transfer the Parking Spaces other than to employees occupying the Premises of Tenant, of any Permitted Transferee (as defined in Section 13.7), and any other Transferee pursuant to an approved Transfer under Section 13 of this Lease. Subject to Landlord’s right to reserve parking for other tenants of the Building, said Parking Spaces will be on an unassigned, non-reserved basis, and shall be subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as may be in effect for the use of the parking areas from time to time. Reserved and handicap parking spaces must be honored. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall have the right, upon at least three (3) months’ written notice to Tenant, to temporarily relocate all or any portion of the Parking Spaces to other portions of the Property and/or parking areas owned, controlled or leased by Landlord and located on the Campus or on Hayden Avenue in Lexington, MA. In addition, Landlord may, at its election, implement valet and tandem parking in order to accommodate the parking needs of the Property from time to time.

(c) Cafeteria .

(i) During the Term, Tenant, its employees, contractors, and visitors shall have the right to use the Cafeteria, as hereinafter defined, in common with others entitled thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the Term, as the same may be extended hereby, Landlord shall be obligated to operate the Cafeteria, and Tenant shall be entitled to use the same in accordance with this Section 1.3(c). The “ Cafeteria ” shall be defined as a food services facility which provides food to tenants and occupants of the Campus. As of the Execution Date: (i) the Cafeteria is located in Building 55, and (ii) the normal operating hours of the Cafeteria are from 7:30 a.m. to 1:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excepting holidays. Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Cafeteria may be relocated, from time to time, to other buildings located on the Campus. A third party provider is currently contemplated to operate the Cafeteria. Any amounts paid by Landlord on account of the operation of the

 

PAGE 3


Cafeteria in excess of the net revenues derived from the operation of the Cafeteria shall be included in Operating Costs, as shall all of Landlord’s costs of cleaning, maintaining, and repairing the Cafeteria. Card readers shall, at no cost to Tenant, be installed and maintained at appropriate access points to the Cafeteria, and identification cards shall be issued to authorized users.

(ii) In addition to the foregoing right to use the Cafeteria, Tenant shall have the right, up to four (4) times per calendar year, to use the entire Cafeteria for so-called “all-hands company” meetings, subject to the following conditions: (a) Tenant shall give Landlord at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of any such meeting), (b) such use shall only occur during hours other than the Cafeteria’s normal operating hours, (c) each meeting shall occur on only one calendar day, (d) such use of the Cafeteria by Tenant shall be subject to Cafeteria’s reasonable rules and regulations, (e) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as additional rent, for all of Landlord’s out-of-pocket costs (including, without limitation, janitorial services) incurred by Landlord as the result of such use of the Cafeteria, and (f) Tenant’s use of the Cafeteria shall be reasonably coordinated by Landlord with other non-operating hour uses.

(d) Fitness Center . During the Term, Tenant, its employees, and visitors shall have the right to use the Fitness Center, as hereinafter defined, in common with others entitled thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the Term, as the same may be extended hereby, Landlord shall be obligated to operate the Fitness Center, and Tenant shall be entitled to use the same, in accordance with this Section 1.3(d). The “ Fitness Center ” shall be a work-out facility for the use of tenants and occupants of the Campus. As of the Execution Date, the Fitness Center is located in the Building. Tenant acknowledges that the Fitness Center may be relocated, from time to time, to other buildings located on the Campus. Card readers shall, at no cost to Tenant, be installed and maintained at appropriate access points to the Fitness Center, and identification cards shall be issued to authorized users. Users of the fitness center shall be required to execute such liability waivers as Landlord shall reasonably require. Any amounts paid by Landlord on account of the operation of the Fitness Center in excess of any net revenues derived from the operation of the Fitness Center shall be included in Operating Costs, as shall all of Landlord’s costs of cleaning, maintaining, and repairing the Fitness Center.

1.4 Tenant’s Access .

(a) From and after the Term Commencement Date and until the end of the Term, Tenant shall have access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, subject to Landlord’s reasonable Building security requirements, causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, Legal Requirements, the Rules and Regulations, the terms of this Lease, Force Majeure (hereinafter defined) and matters of record.

(b) Tenant and its employees shall have access to the Building after normal business hours by means of a card reader access system. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, subject to Tenant’s obtaining Landlord’s prior written approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications therefor (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), to install a security system within the Premises (“ Tenant’s Security System

 

PAGE 4


Work ”). Tenant’s Security System Work shall be performed in accordance with this Lease, including, without limitation, Section 11 hereof. Tenant shall provide Landlord and the cleaning personnel with access cards permitting normal entry to Tenant’s Premises. In addition to the foregoing, such security system shall be designed with a master key override using the Building master key, so that Landlord shall have access to the Premises in an emergency, but Landlord shall only use such master key access in an emergency. Additionally, Tenant shall ensure that such system shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all fire safety laws, and in no event shall Landlord be liable for, and Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord and its representatives and agents from and against, any claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages and expenses arising from such system or the malfunctioning thereof in accordance with Tenant’s indemnity obligations set forth in Section 14.2.

1.5 No recording // Notice of Lease . Neither party shall record this Lease. Tenant shall not record a memorandum of this Lease and/or a notice of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Initial Term plus any Extension Term(s) exceed in the aggregate seven (7) years, Landlord agrees to join in the execution, in recordable form, of a statutory notice of lease and/or written declaration in which shall be stated the Term Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date, the number and length of the Extension Term(s) and the Expiration Date, which notice of lease may be recorded by Tenant with the Middlesex South Registry of Deeds and/or filed with the Middlesex South Registry District of the Land Court, as appropriate (alternatively and collectively, the “ Registry ”) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If a notice of lease was previously recorded with the Registry, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a notice of termination of lease and Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge, and deliver the same (together with any other instrument(s) that may be necessary in order to record and/or file same with the Registry) to Landlord for Landlord’s execution and recordation with the Registry, which obligation shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

1.6 Exclusions. The following are expressly excluded from the Premises and reserved to Landlord: all the perimeter walls of the Premises (except the inner surfaces thereof), the Common Areas, and any space in or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, and the use of all of the foregoing, except as expressly permitted pursuant to Section 1.3(a) above.

1.7 Acid Neutralization Tank .

(a) There currently exists an acid neutralization tank (the “ Acid Neutralization Tank ”) that is located in the PH System Room on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant is leasing the Acid Neutralization Tank in its “AS IS,” “WHERE IS” condition and with all faults on the Execution Date, without representations or warranties, express or implied, in fact or by law, of any kind, or recourse to Landlord. Tenant shall have the exclusive right, throughout the Term of the Lease, as the same may be extended, to use the Acid Neutralization Tank in accordance with Legal Requirements. Tenant shall obtain, and maintain all governmental permits and approvals necessary for the operation and maintenance of the Acid Neutralization Tank. Tenant shall be responsible for all

 

PAGE 5


costs, charges and expenses incurred from time to time in connection with or arising out of the operation, use, maintenance, repair or refurbishment of the Acid Neutralization Tank, including all clean-up costs relating to the Acid Neutralization Tank (collectively, “ Tank Costs ”), except, subject to Section 14.5, to the extent such costs are caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Landlord Parties.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall: (i) prior to delivering the Acid Neutralization Tank and PH Premises to Tenant, cause the tenant currently using the Acid Neutralization Tank and the PH Premises to decommission the same in accordance with the provisions of Section 21(b) of this Lease, and (ii) cause the Acid Neutralization Tank to be in operating order at the time that the Acid Neutralization Tank is delivered to Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible for assuring that the maintenance and operation of the Acid Neutralization Tank shall in no way damage any portion of the Building or Property. To the maximum extent permitted by Law, the Acid Neutralization Tank and all appurtenances thereto shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant if the Acid Neutralization Tank or any appurtenant installations are damaged for any reason. Except for any Landlord Parties’ negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant agrees to be responsible for any damage caused to the Building or Property in connection with the, maintenance and operation of the Acid Neutralization Tank. This indemnification by Tenant includes costs actually incurred by Landlord: (1) in connection with any investigation required by any governmental authority of site conditions to the extent resulting from the breach by Tenant of its obligations with respect to the Acid Neutralization Tank, (2) in connection with any investigation required by Landlord pursuant to which it is determined that Tenant has breach its obligations with respect to the Acid Neutralization Tank, and (3) any clean-up, remediation, and/or removal of any Hazardous Materials and/or restoration of the Property required by any governmental authority caused by Tenant’s improper use of the Acid Neutralization Tank.

(b) Tenant shall be responsible for the operation, cleanliness, and maintenance of the Acid Neutralization Tank and the appurtenances, all of which shall remain the personal property of Landlord, and shall be left in place by Tenant at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Such maintenance and operation shall be performed in a manner to avoid any unreasonable interference with any other tenants or Landlord. Tenant shall take the Acid Neutralization Tank “as is” in the condition in which the Acid Neutralization Tank Premises is in as of the Commencement Date, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or construct the PH System Premises for Tenant’s use or occupancy. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord makes no warranties or representations to Tenant as to the suitability of the Acid Neutralization and the PH System Premises for the operation of the Acid Neutralization Tank. Tenant shall have no right to make any changes, alterations, additions, decorations or other improvements to the PH System Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant agrees to maintain the Acid Neutralization Tank in good condition and repair. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any services, including, without limitation, electric current, to the Acid Neutralization Tank.

1.8 Standby Power . Reference is made to the facts that: (i) the Building is served by a 400 kw 480/277 3 phase 4 wire (“ Existing Generator Capacity ”) emergency generator (the “ Existing Generator ”), and (ii) the Existing Generator provides standby power for certain tenants of the Building as well as support for the common life safety systems of the Building.

 

PAGE 6


Tenant shall have the right, subject to obtaining Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, to connect its equipment in the Premises to the Existing Generator, provided that the aggregate electrical demand of all equipment connected by Tenant to the Existing Generator at any time shall not exceed (i) 105 kilowatts for the North Premises, 120 kw/208v 3 phase 4 wire, (ii) 50 kilowatts for the South Premises, 120 kw/208v 3 phase 4 wire, and (iii) 135 kilowatts for the Expansion Premises, 120 kw/208v 3 phase 4 wire. Landlord’s sole obligation to Tenant with respect to the Existing Generator shall be to contract with a reputable third party (“ Generator Servicer ”) to maintain the Existing Generator as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines. Landlord shall have no obligation to supervise, oversee or confirm that the Generator Servicer is maintaining the Existing Generator per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise, and Landlord shall have no obligation or liability to Tenant in the event that the Existing Generator is not operational.

 

2.

RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD

2.1 Additions and Alterations . Landlord reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, to make such changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements in or to the Property (including the Premises but, with respect to the Premises, only for purposes of repairs, maintenance, replacements and the exercise of any other rights expressly reserved to Landlord herein) and the fixtures and equipment therein, as well as in or to the street entrances and/or the Common Areas, as it may deem necessary or desirable, provided, however, that there be no material obstruction of permanent access to, or material interference with the use and enjoyment of, the Premises by Tenant. Subject to the foregoing, Landlord expressly reserves the right to temporarily close all, or any portion, of the Common Areas for the purpose of making repairs or changes thereto.

2.2 Additions to the Property .

(a) Landlord may at any time or from time to time (i) construct additional building(s) and improvements and related site improvements (collectively, “ Future Development ”) in all or any part of the Property and/or (ii) change the location or arrangement of any improvement outside the Building in or on the Property or all or any part of the Common Areas, or add or deduct any land to or from the Property; provided that there shall be no material increase in Tenant’s obligations or material interference with Tenant’s rights under this Lease in connection with the exercise of the foregoing reserved rights.

(b) In case any excavation shall be made for building or improvements or for any other purpose upon the land adjacent to or near the Premises, Tenant will afford without charge to Landlord, or the person or persons, firms or corporations causing or making such excavation, license to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of doing such work as Landlord or such person or persons, firms or corporation shall deem to be necessary to preserve the walls or structures of the Building from injury, and to protect the Building by proper securing of foundations.

 

PAGE 7


(c) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that this Lease is subject and subordinate to (i) The Hayden Science Center Condominium (“ Condominium ”), which was established by Master Deed dated December 1, 2017, recorded in Book 70325, Page 108, in the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds and filed as Document No. 195793 in the Middlesex South Registry District of the Land Court, (ii) the Condominium Floor Plans and Site Plans dated December 1, 2017, and filed with the Middlesex Registry of Deeds, Southern District, as Plan No. 1090, Pages 1 through 13, and (iii) the Declaration of Trust of The Hayden Science Center Condominium Trust dated December 1, 2017, recorded in Book 70325, Page 148, in the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds and filed as Document No. 195794 in the Middlesex South Registry District of the Land Court (the Master Deed, Declaration of Trust, and the Plans are being referred to herein as the “ Condominium Documents ”) . Tenant agrees that the Condominium Documents may be amended and that this Lease shall remain subject to and subordinate to the Condominium Documents, as so amended, so long as such amendments do not: (x) materially adversely affect Tenant’s rights under this Lease, or (y) materially increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with copies of any such amendments at least ten (10) business days prior to recording same.

(d) Landlord and Tenant each hereby acknowledges and agrees that, in connection with any Future Development, (i) Landlord shall have the right to enter into, and subject the Property to the terms and conditions of, a commercially reasonable reciprocal easement agreement with any one or more of the neighboring property owners in order to create a commercial campus-like setting (“ REA ”); (ii) upon Landlord’s request in connection with the recording of the REA, Tenant shall execute a commercially reasonable instrument in recordable form making this Lease subject and subordinate to the REA; (iii) Landlord shall have the right to subdivide the Property so long as Tenant continues to have all of the rights and obligations contained in this Lease (e.g., the appurtenant right to use all Common Areas); and (iv) Tenant shall execute such reasonable documents (which may be in recordable form) evidencing the foregoing promptly upon Landlord’s request, so long as such agreements do not (x) materially adversely affect Tenant’s rights under this Lease or (y) materially increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with copies of any such agreements at least ten (10) business days prior to recording same.

2.3 Name and Address of Building . Landlord reserves the right at any time and from time to time to change the name or address of the Building and/or the Property, provided Landlord gives Tenant at least three (3) months’ prior written notice thereof.

2.4 Landlord’s Access .

(a) Premises . Subject to the terms hereof, Tenant shall upon reasonable advance notice (not less than twenty-four (24) hours), which may be by e-mail at jeffrey.moore@kaleido.com with a copy to allison.angelico@kaleido.com or some other email address as may be provided in writing by Tenant to Landlord (except that no notice shall be required in emergency situations): (a) permit Landlord and any holder of a Mortgage (hereinafter defined) (each such holder, a “ Mortgagee ”), and the agents, representatives, employees and contractors of each of them, to have reasonable access to the Premises at all reasonable hours for the purposes of inspection, making repairs, replacements or improvements in or to the Premises or the Building or equipment therein (including, without limitation, sanitary, electrical, heating, air conditioning or other systems), complying with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, statutes, by-laws, court decisions and orders and requirements of all public authorities (collectively, “ Legal Requirements ”), or exercising any

 

PAGE 8


right reserved to Landlord under this Lease (including without limitation the right to take upon or through, or to keep and store within the Premises all necessary materials, tools and equipment); (b) permit Landlord and its agents and employees to show the Premises during normal business hours (i.e. Monday – Friday 7 A.M. – 6 P.M., Saturday 7 A.M. – 12 P.M., excluding holidays) to any prospective Mortgagee or purchaser of the Building and/or the Property or of the interest of Landlord therein, and, during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, prospective tenants; and (c) permit Landlord and its agents, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, to perform environmental audits, environmental site investigations and environmental site assessments (“ Site Assessments ”) in, on, under and at the Premises and the Land, it being understood that Landlord shall repair any damage arising as a result of the Site Assessments, and such Site Assessments may include both above and below the ground testing and such other tests as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct the Site Assessments. In addition, to the extent that it is necessary to enter the Premises in order to access any area that serves any portion of the Building outside the Premises, then Tenant shall, upon as much advance notice as is practical under the circumstances, and in any event at least twenty-four (24) hours’ prior written notice (except that no notice shall be required in emergency situations), permit contractors engaged by other occupants of the Building to pass through the Premises in order to access such areas but only if accompanied by a representative of Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be entitled to have a representative present for any access by Landlord or any Landlord Parties in exercising its rights under this Section 2.4.

(b) Secure Area within the Premises . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant, at its own expense may, as hereinafter set forth, designate one or more areas of the Premises to be “ Secure Areas (i.e., portions of the Premises to which Landlord shall not have a right of entry or access for any reason whatsoever (except as otherwise provided below). Tenant may, from time to time, exercise its right to create Secure Areas by delivering to Landlord, for Landlord’s written approval, a plan showing the location of any such Secure Areas. Landlord agrees that it will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent. If Landlord must gain access to a Secure Areas in a non-emergency situation, Landlord shall contact Tenant, and Landlord and Tenant shall arrange a mutually agreed upon time for Landlord to have such access. Landlord shall be accompanied by an employee of Tenant or a party designated by Tenant (the “ Escort ”). Tenant shall make an Escort available to Landlord during business hours. At all times, Landlord shall comply with all reasonable security measures of the Tenant pertaining to the Secure Areas. If an emergency representing an imminent risk of injury to persons or material property damage in the Building or the Premises, including, without limitation, a suspected fire or flood, requires Landlord to gain access to the Secure Areas, Landlord may enter the Secure Areas without an Escort. If practicable under the circumstances, Landlord shall immediately notify (which may be oral notification) and request that Tenant make an Escort available to Landlord if time permits, and if Tenant shall not make an Escort available to accompany Landlord, then Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to enter the Secure Areas forcibly or with a master key, and to enter without an Escort. In any such event, except (subject to Section 14.5 of this Lease) to the extent resulting from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever to Tenant, and Tenant shall pay all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in repairing or reconstructing any entrance, corridor, door or other portions of the Premises damaged as a result of a forcible entry by Landlord. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide either janitorial service or cleaning in the Secure Areas unless Tenant shall make arrangements to have an Escort in the Secure Areas at the time such service or cleaning is provided to the remainder of the Premises.

 

PAGE 9


2.5 Pipes, Ducts and Conduits . Tenant shall permit Landlord to erect, use, maintain and relocate pipes, ducts and conduits in and through the Premises, provided the same do not reduce the rentable square footage of the Premises, other than in a de minimis amount, or adversely affect the appearance of the Premises. In exercising its rights under this Section 2.5, Landlord shall make commercially reasonable efforts to locate any pipes, ducts, and conduits behind walls and above ceilings so as to minimize interference with the Premises.

2.6 Minimize Interference . Except in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business operations and use and occupancy of the Premises in connection with the exercise any of the foregoing rights under this Section 2.

 

3.

CONDITION OF PREMISES; CONSTRUCTION .

3.1 Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant is leasing the Premises in their “AS IS,” “WHERE IS” condition and with all faults on the Execution Date, without representations or warranties, express or implied, in fact or by law, of any kind, and without recourse to Landlord, except that Landlord shall: (i) perform Landlord’s North Premises Work and Landlord’s South Premises Work, and (ii) provide Landlord’s North Premises Contribution and Landlord’s South Premises Contributions, all in accordance with the provisions of Exhibit 4 .

3.2 Landlord’s Work .

(a) Subject to Force Majeure, as defined in Section 25.16 and any Tenant Delay, as hereinafter defined, Landlord shall perform Landlord’s North Premises Work and Landlord’s South Premises Work (as said terms are hereinafter defined, Landlord’s North Premises Work and Landlord’s South Premises Work being sometimes collectively referred to herein as “ Landlord’s Work ”), in order to prepare the North Premises and the South Premises, respectively, for Tenant’s use and occupancy in accordance with Exhibit 4 attached hereto. Landlord shall use diligent efforts to substantially complete Landlord’s North Premises Work by September 1, 2018 (the “ Estimated North Premises Term Commencement Date ”) , and Landlord shall use diligent efforts to substantially complete Landlord’s South Premises Work by October 1, 2018 (“ Estimated South Premises Term Commencement Date ”) . However, except for Tenant’s remedies set forth in Sections 3.3 and 3.4 hereof: (i) Tenant’s sole remedy in the event of a delay in Landlord’s North Premises Work shall be a delay in the North Premises Term Commencement Date, (ii) Tenant’s sole remedy in the event of a delay in Landlord’s South Premises Work shall be a delay in and South Premises Term Commencement Date, (iii) Tenant shall have no claim or rights against Landlord, and Landlord shall have no liability or obligation to Tenant in the event of delay of either the Landlord’s North Premises Work or of Landlord’s South Premises Work, and (iii) no delay in Landlord’s North Premises Work and/or South Premises Work shall have any effect on the parties rights or obligations under this Lease.

 

PAGE 10


(b) Definitions.

(i) “ Tenant Delay ” shall mean any act or omission by Tenant and/or Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors (collectively with Tenant, the “ Tenant Parties ”) which causes an actual delay in the performance of Landlord’s Work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except where a Tenant Delay arises from Tenant’s failure timely to act within on or before a date or time period expressly set forth in the Lease (in which event no Tenant Delay Notice shall be required): (x) in no event shall any act or omission be deemed to be a Tenant Delay until and unless Landlord has given Tenant written notice (the “ Tenant Delay Notice ”) advising Tenant (a) that a Tenant Delay is occurring, and (b) of the basis on which Landlord has determined that a Tenant Delay is occurring, and (y) no period of time prior to the time that Tenant receives a Tenant Delay Notice shall be included in the period of time charged to Tenant pursuant to such Tenant Delay Notice.

(ii) “ Substantially Complete or “ Substantial Completion ,” when referring to either portion of Landlord’s Work shall mean that: (1) such portion of Landlord’s Work is completed, other than minor work which does not materially affect Tenant’s use of, or access to, the North Premises or South Premises, as applicable, (2) the Premises and those portions of the Common Areas of the Building which affect Tenant’s occupancy are in conformance with all applicable building codes, permits, laws and regulations, including without limitation, ADA, (3) all structural elements and subsystems of the Building, including but not limited to HVAC, mechanical, electrical, lighting, plumbing, and life safety systems, will be in good working condition and repair, (4) Landlord has delivered to Tenant a certificate of substantial completion from Landlord’s architect stating that such portion of Landlord’s Work is substantially complete, and (5) such evidence (the “ Town Approval ”) as is customarily provided by the Town of Lexington to evidence its acceptance of such portion of Landlord’s Work and Tenant’s right to lawfully occupy the North Premises and South Premises, as applicable, (e.g., sign-offs on the Building permit by all applicable Town of Lexington departments or a certificate of occupancy, which may be a temporary certificate of occupancy) has been provided by the Town of Lexington. No costs incurred by Landlord in satisfying the definition of Substantial Completion shall be included in Operating Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, in the event that either portion of Landlord’s Work is delayed by reason of any Tenant Delay, then Landlord shall be deemed to have achieved Substantial Completion of such portion of Landlord’s Work on the date that Landlord would have achieved Substantial Completion of such portion of Landlord’s Work, but for such Tenant Delay.

(iii) Punchlist . Promptly following Substantial Completion of either portion Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a punchlist prepared by Landlord’s architect (the “ Punchlist ”) incorporating those items jointly identified by Landlord and Tenant during their joint inspection of such portion of Landlord’s Work, of outstanding items (the “ Punchlist Items ”) . Promptly after Substantial Completion of either portion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant shall jointly inspect the North Premises and/or South Premises, as applicable. Subject to Landlord’s Force Majeure and Tenant Delays, Landlord shall complete all Punchlist Items within thirty (30) days of the date of the Punchlist (other than seasonal items, such as landscaping, requiring a longer period), provided that Tenant reasonably cooperates in connection with the completion of such Punchlist Items.

 

PAGE 11


3.3 Tenant’s Remedies in the Event of Delays in North Premises Term Commencement Date . The provisions of this Section 3.3 set forth Tenant’s sole remedies, both at law and in equity, in the event of any delay in Landlord’s North Premises Work or in the North Premises Term Commencement Date.

(a) Rent Credit . In the event that the North Premises Term Commencement Date does not occur on or before the North Premises Rent Credit Date, as hereinafter defined, Tenant shall be entitled to a rent credit against Tenant’s obligation to pay Annual Base Rent following the North Premises Term Commencement Date equal to $5,750.21 for each day between the North Premises Rent Credit Date and the North Premises Term Commencement Date. The “ North Premises Rent Credit Date shall be defined as the date thirty (30) days after the Estimated North Premises Term Commencement Date, except that the North Premises Rent Credit Date shall be extended by the length of any delay in the performance of Landlord’s North Premises Work arising from Force Majeure, provided that in no event shall the North Premises Rent Credit Date be later than the date sixty (60) days after the Estimated North Premises Term Commencement Date.

(b) Tenant’s Termination Right . If the North Premises Term Commencement Date does not occur on or before the Outside Termination Date, as hereinafter defined, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, which shall be exercisable by a written thirty-(30)-day termination notice given on or after the Outside Termination Date but before the date that the North Premises Term Commencement Date occurs. If the North Premises Term Commencement Date occurs on or before the thirtieth (30th) day after Landlord receives such termination notice, Tenant’s termination notice shall be deemed to be void and of no force or effect. If the North Premises Term Commencement Date does not occur on or before such thirtieth (30th) day, this Lease shall terminate and shall be of no further force or effect, and, except for provisions of the Lease which are intended to survive termination of the Lease (e.g., indemnification provisions), Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant any Security Deposit paid by Tenant to Landlord, and neither party shall have any further obligation to the other party. For the purposes hereof, the “ Outside Termination Date shall be defined as the date four (4) months after the Estimated North Premises Term Commencement Date, except that the Outside Termination Date shall be extended by the length of any delay in the performance of Landlord’s North Premises Work arising from Force Majeure, provided that in no event shall the Outside Termination Date be later than the date six (6) months after the Estimated North Premises Term Commencement Date.

3.4 Tenant’s Remedy in the Event of Delays in South Premises Term Commencement Date . The provisions of this Section 3.4 set forth Tenant’s sole remedy, both at law and in equity, in the event of any delay in Landlord’s South Premises Work or in the South Premises Term Commencement Date. In the event that the South Premises Term Commencement Date does not occur on or before the South Premises Rent Credit Date, as hereinafter defined, Tenant shall be entitled to a rent credit against Tenant’s obligation to pay Annual Base Rent following the South Premises Term Commencement Date equal to $1,951.98 for each day between the South Premises Rent Credit Date, as hereinafter defined, and the South

 

PAGE 12


Premises Term Commencement Date. The “ South Premises Rent Credit Date shall be defined as the date thirty (30) days after the Estimated South Premises Term Commencement Date, except that the South Premises Rent Credit Date shall be extended by the length of any delay in the performance of Landlord’s South Premises Work arising from Force Majeure, provided that in no event shall the South Premises Rent Credit Date be later than the date sixty (60) days after the Estimated South Premises Term Commencement Date.

 

4.

USE OF PREMISES

4.1 Permitted Uses . During the Term, Tenant shall use the Premises only for the Permitted Uses and for no other purposes. Service and utility areas (whether or not a part of the Premises) shall be used only for the particular purpose for which they are designed. Tenant shall keep the Premises equipped with appropriate safety appliances to the extent required by applicable laws or insurance requirements. Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant, in such manner as Tenant may reasonably request, in assisting Tenant to obtain any governmental permits or approvals necessary to enable Tenant to use the Premises for any of the Permitted Uses, provided that Landlord shall not be obligated to incur any out-of-pocket costs or expenses or incur any liability in connection with any such request.

4.2 Prohibited Uses.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall not use the Premises or the Building, or any part thereof, or suffer or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises or the Building or any part thereof by any of the Tenant Parties (i) in a manner which would violate any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease or otherwise applicable to or binding upon the Premises; (ii) for any unlawful purposes or in any unlawful manner; (iii) which, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord (taking into account the use of the Building as a combination laboratory, research and development and office building and the Permitted Uses) shall (a) impair, interfere with or otherwise diminish the quality of any of the Building services or the proper and economic heating, cleaning, ventilating, air conditioning or other servicing of the Building or Premises, or the use or occupancy of any of the Common Areas; (b) occasion impairment, interference or injury in any material respect (and Tenant shall not install or use any electrical or other equipment of any kind, which, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, will cause any such impairment, interference, or injury), or cause any injury or damage to any occupants of the Premises or other tenants or occupants of the Building or their property; or (c) cause harmful air emissions, laboratory odors or noises or any unusual or other objectionable odors, noises or emissions to emanate from the Premises; (iv) in a manner which is inconsistent with the operation and/or maintenance of the Building as a first-class combination office, research, development and laboratory facility; or (v) in a manner which shall increase such insurance rates on the Building or on property located therein over that applicable when Tenant first took occupancy of the Premises hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use (as opposed to the particular manner of Tenant’s use of the Premises) shall not, in and of itself, be deemed to breach the provisions of this Section 4.2.

 

PAGE 13


(b) With respect to the use and occupancy of the Premises and the Common Areas, Tenant will not: (i) place or maintain any signage (except as set forth in Section 12.2 below), trash, refuse or other articles in any vestibule or entry of the Premises, on the footwalks or corridors adjacent thereto or elsewhere on the exterior of the Premises, nor obstruct any driveway, corridor, footwalk, parking area, mall or any other Common Areas; (ii) permit undue accumulations of or burn garbage, trash, rubbish or other refuse within or without the Premises; (iii) permit the parking of vehicles so as to interfere with (x) the ability of others, entitled thereto, to park in the common parking areas, or (y) the use of any driveway, corridor, footwalk, parking area, or other Common Areas; (iv) receive or ship articles of any kind outside of those areas reasonably designated by Landlord; (v) conduct or permit to be conducted any auction, going out of business sale, bankruptcy sale (unless directed by court order), or other similar type sale in or connected with the Premises; (vi) use the name of Landlord, or any of Landlord’s affiliates in any publicity, promotion, trailer, press release, advertising, printed, or display materials without Landlord’s prior written consent; or (vii) except in connection with Alterations (hereinafter defined) approved by Landlord, cause or permit any hole to be drilled or made in any part of the Building.

4.3 MWRA Permit . Tenant shall establish and maintain with respect to its use of wastewater facilities exclusively serving the Leased Premises, an MWRA waste water discharge program administered by a licensed, qualified individual (which individual may be (i) a third party contractor/consultant approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, or (ii) an employee of Tenant or Tenant s affiliate) in accordance with the requirements of the Massachusetts Water Resources Authority (“ MWRA ”) and any other applicable governmental authority. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs incurred in connection with such MWRA waste water discharge, and Tenant shall provide Landlord with such documentation as Landlord may reasonably require evidencing Tenant s compliance with the requirements of (a) the MWRA and any other applicable governmental authority with respect to such chemical safety program and (b) this Section. Tenant shall obtain and maintain during the Term (i) any permit required by the MWRA (“ MWRA Permit ”) and (ii) a wastewater treatment operator license from the Commonwealth of Massachusetts with respect to Tenant s use of any acid neutralization tank exclusively serving the Leased Premises in the Building. Tenant shall not introduce anything into the acid neutralization tank serving the Premises, if any (x) in violation of the terms of the MWRA Permit, (y) in violation of Legal Requirements or (z) that would interfere with the proper functioning of any such acid neutralization tank.

4.4 Parking and Traffic Demand Management Plan . The Property is subject to a Parking and Traffic Demand Management Plan with the Town of Lexington (the “ Initial PTDM ”). Tenant agrees, at its sole expense, to comply with the requirements of the Initial PTDM, only insofar as they apply to the Premises and/or Tenant s use and occupancy thereof. In the event that the Initial PTDM is ever modified, supplemented, amended or replaced ( “PTDM Modifications” ), Tenant agrees, at its sole expense, to comply with the requirements of the PTDM Modifications, only insofar as they apply to the Premises and/or Tenant s use and occupancy thereof.  

 

PAGE 14


5.

RENT; ADDITIONAL RENT

5.1 Base Rent . Commencing as of the respective Base Rent Commencement Dates for the North Premises and for the South Premises and continuing thereafter throughout the remainder of the Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent to Landlord with respect to each portion of

the Premises in equal monthly installments, in advance and without demand on the first day of each month for and with respect to such month. Commencing as of the respective Additional Rent Commencement Dates for the North Premises and for the South Premises, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs, Tenant’s Share of Taxes, and utility costs with respect to each portion of the Premises (collectively, “ Additional Rent ”) to Landlord in accordance with this Section 5. Base Rent shall be pro-rated for any partial months. For purposes of this Lease, Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges reserved and covenanted to be paid under this Lease with respect to the Premises shall be known collectively as “ Rent ”. Rent shall be payable to Landlord or, if Landlord shall so direct in writing, to Landlord’s agent or nominee, in lawful money of the United States which shall be legal tender for payment of all debts and dues, public and private, at the time of payment.

5.2 Operating Costs .

(a) “ Operating Costs shall mean all costs incurred and expenditures of whatever nature made by Landlord in the operation, management, repair, replacement, maintenance and insurance (including, without limitation, environmental liability insurance and property insurance on Landlord-supplied leasehold improvements for tenants, but not property insurance on tenants’ equipment) of the Property or allocated to the Property, including without limitation all costs of labor (wages, salaries, fringe benefits, etc.) up to and including the Property manager, however denominated, any costs for utilities supplied to exterior areas and the Common Areas, and any costs for repair and replacements, cleaning and maintenance of exterior areas and the Common Areas, related equipment, facilities and appurtenances and HVAC equipment, security services, a management fee in the amount of four percent (4%) of gross Building revenues (increased, if applicable, in accordance with Section 5.2(f)), the costs (“ Management Office Costs ) , including, without limitation, a commercially reasonable rental factor, of Landlord’s management office for the Property, which management office may be located outside the Property and which may serve other properties in addition to the Property (in which event such costs shall be equitably allocated among the properties served by such office), the cost of operating any amenities in the Property available to all tenants of the Property and any subsidy provided by Landlord for or with respect to any such amenity. For costs and expenditures made by Landlord in connection with the operation, management, repair, replacement, maintenance and insurance of the Building as a whole, Landlord shall make a reasonable allocation thereof between the retail and non-retail portions of the Building, if applicable. Prior to the creation of the Condominium in accordance with Section 2.2, Landlord shall allocate Operating Costs which are incurred with respect to the Common Areas of the Campus on a reasonable basis. Since the Garage located on the Land is for the exclusive benefit of the tenants of the Building, all Operating Costs incurred by Landlord with respect to the Garage shall be allocated to the Property. After the creation of the Condominium, such allocation shall be made in accordance with the Condominium Documents establishing the Condominium. Operating Costs shall not include Excluded Costs (hereinafter defined).

(b) “ Excluded Costs ” shall be defined as (i) any fixed or percentage ground rent payable to any ground lessor, or any mortgage charges (including interest, principal, points and fees) and any debt service costs (provided however, that the provisions of this clause (i) shall not be deemed to exclude mortgage charges and debt service costs incurred with respect to Permitted Capital Expenditures, as hereinafter defined, from Operating Costs); (ii) brokerage

 

PAGE 15


commissions, marketing costs, concessions and leasehold improvement costs incurred in connection with the leasing of any rentable space at the Building or Campus including, without limitation, finders’ fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, entertainment costs and travel expenses; (iii) salaries and bonuses and benefits of officers, executives of Landlord and administrative employees above the grade of Director of Property Management; (iv) the cost of work done by Landlord for a particular tenant or any special work or service performed for any tenant (including Tenant) billable to such tenant or any costs in connection with services or benefits that are provided to or for the particular benefit of other tenants but not offered to Tenant; (v) the cost of items which, by generally accepted accounting principles, would be capitalized on the books of Landlord or are otherwise not properly chargeable against income, except to the extent such capital item is (A) required by any Legal Requirements following the Execution Date of this Lease, or (B) reasonably projected to reduce Operating Costs (collectively, “ Permitted Capital Expenditures ”); (vi) the costs of Landlord’s Work and any contributions made by Landlord to any tenant of the Property in connection with the build-out of its premises; (vii) franchise or income taxes imposed on Landlord; (viii) costs paid directly by individual tenants to suppliers, including tenant electricity, telephone and other utility costs; (ix) increases in premiums for insurance when such increase is caused by the use of the Building by Landlord or any other tenant of the Building; (x) depreciation of the Building; (xi) costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence as a corporation, partnership or other entity; (xii) attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with lease negotiations, disputes with individual tenants and/or for the existence, maintenance or non-Building or Campus related operations of the legal entity or entities of which Landlord is comprised or the development of additional space at the Building or Campus; (xiii) the cost of any items for which Landlord may be reimbursed by condemnation awards, refund, rebate or otherwise, and any expenses for repairs or maintenance to the extent covered by warranties, guaranties and service contracts; (xiv) costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Building management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants, (xv) Taxes; (xvi) the cost of any repairs or restoration required because of fire, other casualty or taking, provided, however, that Operating Costs may include costs of repairs which are not covered because the cost of such repairs is within a commercially reasonable deductible carried under Landlord’s casualty insurance policy (Tenant hereby agreeing that, as of the Execution Date, $25,000.00 is a commercially reasonable deductible, (xvii) management and administrative fees, other than as provided in Section 5.2(a) above; (xviii) the cost of remediating Hazardous Materials from the Building or the Campus other than Included Hazardous Materials, as hereinafter defined; “ Included Hazardous Materials shall be defined as all Hazardous Materials, other than: (A) any material or substance located in the Building or the Property on the Execution Date which, as of the Execution Date, is not considered under then existing Legal Requirements, to be Hazardous Material, but which is subsequently determined to be a Hazardous Material by reason of a Legal Requirement which first becomes effective after the Execution Date of this Lease, and (B) any material or substance that is introduced to the Building or the Property after the Execution Date which, when introduced to the Building or the Property, is not then (i.e., at the time of introduction to the Building or the Property) considered, as a matter of any Legal Requirement, to be a Hazardous Material, but which is subsequently determined to be a Hazardous Material by reason of Legal Requirements which first becomes effective after the date of introduction of such material or substance to the Building or Property; (xix) any cost covered by a warranty that Landlord is required to obtain in connection with the Building or the Land; (xx) any amounts

 

PAGE 16


paid to a person, firm, corporation or other entity under common ownership and control with Landlord that is in excess of a commercially reasonable amount paid on a market rate basis (other than management fees); (xxi) the cost of acquiring sculptures, paintings, and other objects of art; (xxii) depreciation of the Building or Campus or any part thereof (provided however, that the provisions of this clause (xxii) shall not be deemed to exclude depreciation incurred with respect to Permitted Capital Expenditures from Operating Costs; (xxiii) any compensation paid to personnel in retail concessions operated by Landlord and any subsidies or concessions to third parties operating retail concessions at the Building or the Campus, provided that the provisions of this clause (xxiii) shall not be deemed to exclude from Operating Costs such compensation, subsidies or concessions incurred by Landlord with respect the Cafeteria and the Fitness Center; (xxiv) replacement or contingency reserves; (xxv) Landlord’s general overhead, provided however, that the provisions of this clause (xxiv) shall not be deemed to exclude an equitable allocation of Management Office Costs, as set forth in Section 5.2(a) above; and (xxvi) any costs incurred with respect to the retail portions of the Building, provided that the provisions of this clause (xxiii) shall not be deemed to exclude from Operating Costs incurred by Landlord with respect the Cafeteria and the Fitness Center. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the properly passed through cost of any Permitted Capital Expenditures shall be amortized over the useful life of such capital item.

(c) Payment of Operating Costs . Commencing as of the applicable Additional Rent Commencement Date for the North Premises and for the South Premises and continuing thereafter throughout the remainder of the Term of the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs. Landlord may make a good faith estimate of Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs for any fiscal year or part thereof during the term, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on the Additional Rent Commencement Date and on the first (1st) day of each calendar month thereafter, an amount equal to Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs for such fiscal year and/or part thereof divided by the number of months therein. Landlord may estimate and re-estimate Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to Tenant. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations so that, by the end of the fiscal year in question, Tenant shall have paid all of Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs as estimated by Landlord. Any amounts paid based on such an estimate shall be subject to adjustment as herein provided when actual Operating Costs are available for each fiscal year. As of the Execution Date, the Property’s fiscal year is January 1 – December 31.

(d) Annual Reconciliation . Landlord shall, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, deliver to Tenant a reasonably detailed statement of the actual amount of Operating Costs for such fiscal year (“ Year End Statement ”). Failure of Landlord to provide the Year End Statement within the time prescribed shall not relieve Tenant from its obligations hereunder; provided, however, Landlord shall be obligated to bill any Operating Costs on or before the date (“ Outside Billing Date ”) which is two (2) years after the end of the fiscal year in which the expenditure is made. If the total of such monthly remittances on account of any fiscal year is greater than Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs actually incurred for such fiscal year, then, provided no Event of Default has occurred, Tenant may credit the difference against the next installment of Additional Rent on account of Operating Costs due hereunder, except that if such difference is determined after the end of the Term, Landlord shall refund such difference to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such determination to the extent

 

PAGE 17


that such difference exceeds any amounts then due from Tenant to Landlord. If the total of such remittances is less than Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs actually incurred for such fiscal year, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor. Landlord’s estimate of Operating Costs for the next fiscal year shall be based upon the Operating Costs actually incurred for the prior fiscal year as reflected in the Year-End Statement plus a reasonable adjustment based upon estimated increases in Operating Costs. The provisions of this Section 5.2(d) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(e) Part Years . If the applicable Additional Rent Commencement Date or the Expiration Date occurs in the middle of a calendar year, Tenant shall be liable for only that portion of the Operating Costs with respect to such calendar year within the Term.

(f) Gross-Up . If, during any fiscal year, less than 95% of the Building is occupied by tenants or if Landlord was not supplying all tenants with the services being supplied to Tenant hereunder, actual Operating Costs incurred shall be reasonably extrapolated by Landlord on an item-by-item basis to the reasonable Operating Costs that would have been incurred if the Building was 95% occupied and such services were being supplied to all tenants, and such extrapolated Operating Costs shall, for all purposes hereof, be deemed to be the Operating Costs for such fiscal year. This “gross up” treatment shall be applied only with respect to variable Operating Costs arising from services provided to Common Areas or to space in the Building being occupied by tenants (which services are not provided to vacant space or may be provided only to some tenants) in order to allocate equitably such variable Operating Costs to the tenants receiving the benefits thereof.

(g) Audit Right . Provided there is no Event of Default nor any event which, with the passage of time and/or the giving of notice would constitute an Event of Default, Tenant may, upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, inspect or audit Landlord’s records relating to Operating Costs for any periods of time within the previous fiscal year before the audit or inspection. However, no audit or inspection shall extend to periods of time before the earliest to occur of the North Premises Additional Rent Commencement Date or the South Premises Additional Rent Commencement Date. If Tenant fails to object to the calculation of Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs on the Year-End Statement within ninety (90) days after such statement has been delivered to Tenant and/or fails to complete any such audit or inspection within one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the Year End Statement, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right to object to the calculation of Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs for the year in question and the calculation thereof as set forth on such statement shall be final. Tenant’s audit or inspection shall be conducted only at Landlord’s offices or the offices of Landlord’s property manager during business hours reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant shall pay the cost of such audit or inspection. Tenant may not conduct an inspection or have an audit performed more than once during any fiscal year. If, after such inspection or audit has been performed, it is finally determined or mutually agreed that there has been an underpayment by Tenant, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, any underpayment of any such costs, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event the Landlord disagrees in good faith with the results of the audit, Landlord shall notify Tenant within fifteen (15) days of the audit, and Landlord and Tenant shall mutually select a neutral third party to evaluate the charges for Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs, and the results

 

PAGE 18


of such third party’s evaluation shall bind Landlord and Tenant and shall be final. Costs charged by any such third party shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant. If, after such inspection or audit has been performed, it is finally determined or mutually agreed that that there has been overpayment by Tenant, then Landlord shall credit such overpayment against the next installment(s) of Base Rent thereafter payable by Tenant, except that if such overpayment is determined after the termination or expiration of the Term, Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant the amount of such overpayment less any amounts then due from Tenant to Landlord. Tenant shall maintain the results of any such audit or inspection confidential and shall not be permitted to use any third party to perform such audit or inspection, other than an independent firm of certified public accountants (A) reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (B) which is not compensated on a contingency fee basis or in any other manner which is dependent upon the results of such audit or inspection, and (C) which executes Landlord’s standard confidentiality agreement whereby it shall agree to maintain the results of such audit or inspection confidential. The provisions of this Section 5.2(g) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

5.3 Taxes .

(a) “ Taxes ” shall mean the real estate taxes and other taxes, levies and assessments imposed upon the Unit of the Condominium in which the Building and the Land, are located (the “ Unit ”), and upon any personal property of Landlord used in the operation thereof, or on Landlord’s interest therein or such personal property; charges, fees and assessments for transit, housing, police, fire or other services or purported benefits to the Building and the Land (including without limitation any community preservation assessments); service or user payments in lieu of taxes; and any and all other taxes, levies, betterments, assessments and charges arising from the ownership, leasing, operation, use or occupancy of the Building and the Land or based upon rentals derived therefrom, which are or shall be imposed by federal, state, county, municipal or other governmental authorities. Taxes shall not include any inheritance, estate, succession, gift, franchise, rental, income or profit tax, capital stock tax, capital levy or excise, or any income taxes arising out of or related to the ownership and operation of the Unit, provided, however, that any of the same and any other tax, excise, fee, levy, charge or assessment, however described, that may in the future be levied or assessed as a substitute for or an addition to, in whole or in part, any tax, levy or assessment which would otherwise constitute Taxes, whether or not now customary or in the contemplation of the parties on the Execution Date of this Lease, shall constitute Taxes, but only to the extent calculated as if the Unit were the only real estate owned by Landlord. “Taxes” shall also include reasonable expenses (including without limitation legal and consultant fees) of tax abatement or other proceedings contesting assessments or levies.

Landlord shall allocate Taxes which are incurred with respect to the Common Areas of the Campus on a reasonable basis. From and after substantial completion of any occupiable improvements constructed as part of a Future Development, if such improvements are not separately assessed, Landlord shall reasonably allocate Taxes between the Building and such improvements and the land area associated with the same. From and after the creation of the Condominium for the Campus, such allocation shall be effected based upon the Taxes payable by Landlord with respect to the unit in the Condominium in which the Property is located.

 

PAGE 19


(b) “ Tax Period shall be any fiscal/tax period in respect of which Taxes are due and payable to the appropriate governmental taxing authority (i.e., as mandated by the governmental taxing authority), any portion of which period occurs during the Term of this Lease.

(c) Payment of Taxes . Commencing as of the applicable Additional Rent Commencement Dates for the North Premises and for the South Premises and continuing thereafter throughout the remainder of the Term of the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of Taxes. Landlord may make a good faith estimate of the Taxes to be due by Tenant for any Tax Period or part thereof during the Term, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on the Rent Commencement Date and on the first (1st) day of each calendar month thereafter, an amount equal to Tenant’s Share of Taxes for such Tax Period or part thereof divided by the number of months therein. Landlord may estimate and re-estimate Tenant’s Share of Taxes and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to Tenant. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Tenant’s Share of Taxes shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations so that, by the end of the Tax Period in question, Tenant shall have paid all of Tenant’s Share of Taxes as estimated by Landlord. Any amounts paid based on such an estimate shall be subject to adjustment as herein provided when actual Taxes are available for each Tax Period. If the total of such monthly remittances is greater than Tenant’s Share of Taxes actually due for such Tax Period, then, provided no Event of Default has occurred, Tenant may credit the difference against the next installment of Additional Rent on account of Taxes due hereunder, except that if such difference is determined after the end of the Term, Landlord shall refund such difference to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such determination to the extent that such difference exceeds any amounts then due from Tenant to Landlord. If the total of such remittances is less than Tenant’s Share of Taxes actually due for such Tax Period, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor. Landlord’s estimate for the next Tax Period shall be based upon actual Taxes for the prior Tax Period plus a reasonable adjustment based upon estimated increases in Taxes. The provisions of this Section 5.3(c) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(d) Effect of Abatements . Appropriate credit against Taxes shall be given for any refund obtained by reason of a reduction in any Taxes by the assessors or the administrative, judicial or other governmental agency responsible therefor after deduction of Landlord’s expenditures for reasonable legal fees and for other reasonable expenses incurred in obtaining the Tax refund.

(e) Part Years . If the applicable Additional Rent Commencement Date or the Expiration Date occurs in the middle of a Tax Period, Tenant shall be liable for only that portion of the Taxes, as the case may be, with respect to such Tax Period within the Term.

5.4 Late Payments .

(a) Any payment of Rent due hereunder not paid when due shall bear interest for each month or fraction thereof from the due date until paid in full at the annual rate of eighteen percent (18%), or at any applicable lesser maximum legally permissible rate for debts of this nature (the “ Default Rate ”).

 

PAGE 20


(b) Additionally, if Tenant fails to make any payment within five (5) days after the due date therefor, Landlord may charge Tenant a fee, which shall constitute liquidated damages, equal to three (3%) of any such late payment; provided, however, Landlord shall waive the late fee once in any twelve-(12)-month period in the event Tenant shall pay such late payment within five (5) days following Landlord’s written notice to Tenant of the occurrence of such late payment.

(c) For each Tenant payment check to Landlord that is returned by a bank for any reason, Tenant shall pay a returned check charge equal to the amount as shall be customarily charged by Landlord’s bank at the time.

(d) Money paid by Tenant to Landlord shall be applied to Tenant’s account in the following order: first, to any unpaid Additional Rent, including without limitation late charges, returned check charges, legal fees and/or court costs chargeable to Tenant hereunder; and then to unpaid Base Rent.

(e) The parties agree that the late charge referenced in Section 5.4(b) represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of any late payment by Tenant, and the payment of late charges and interest are distinct and separate in that the payment of interest is to compensate Landlord for the use of Landlord’s money by Tenant, while the payment of late charges is to compensate Landlord for Landlord’s processing, administrative and other costs incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s delinquent payments. Acceptance of a late charge or interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or at law or in equity now or hereafter in effect.

(f) If Tenant during any six (6) month period shall be more than five (5) days delinquent in the payment of any installment of Rent on three (3) or more occasions, then, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, elect to require Tenant to pay all Base Rent and Additional Rent on account of Operating Costs and Taxes quarterly in advance. Such right shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any other right or remedy available to Landlord hereunder or at law on account of Tenant’s default hereunder.

5.5 No Offset; Independent Covenants; Waiver . Rent shall be paid without notice or demand, and without setoff, counterclaim, defense, abatement, suspension, deferment, reduction or deduction, except as expressly provided herein. TENANT WAIVES ALL RIGHTS (I) TO ANY ABATEMENT, SUSPENSION, DEFERMENT, REDUCTION OR DEDUCTION OF OR FROM RENT, AND (II) TO QUIT, TERMINATE OR SURRENDER THIS LEASE OR THE PREMISES OR ANY PART THEREOF, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN. TENANT HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE OBLIGATIONS OF TENANT HEREUNDER SHALL BE SEPARATE AND INDEPENDENT COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS, THAT RENT SHALL CONTINUE TO BE PAYABLE IN ALL EVENTS AND THAT THE OBLIGATIONS OF TENANT HEREUNDER SHALL CONTINUE UNAFFECTED, UNLESS THE REQUIREMENT TO PAY OR PERFORM THE SAME SHALL HAVE BEEN TERMINATED PURSUANT TO AN EXPRESS PROVISION OF THIS LEASE. LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE

 

PAGE 21


INDEPENDENT NATURE OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF TENANT HEREUNDER REPRESENTS FAIR, REASONABLE, AND ACCEPTED COMMERCIAL PRACTICE WITH RESPECT TO THE TYPE OF PROPERTY SUBJECT TO THIS LEASE, AND THAT THIS AGREEMENT IS THE PRODUCT OF FREE AND INFORMED NEGOTIATION DURING WHICH BOTH LANDLORD AND TENANT WERE REPRESENTED BY COUNSEL SKILLED IN NEGOTIATING AND DRAFTING COMMERCIAL LEASES IN MASSACHUSETTS, AND THAT THE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND AGREEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN ARE MADE WITH FULL KNOWLEDGE OF THE HOLDING IN WESSON V. LEONE ENTERPRISES, INC. , 437 MASS. 708 (2002). SUCH ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS, AGREEMENTS AND WAIVERS BY TENANT ARE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO LANDLORD ENTERING INTO THIS LEASE.

5.6 Survival . Any obligations under this Section 5 which shall not have been paid at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall survive such expiration or earlier termination and shall be paid when and as the amount of same shall be determined and be due.

 

6.

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

7.

CASH SECURITY DEPOSIT/LETTER OF CREDIT

7.1 Amount . Tenant shall, on or before the date five (5) business days after Tenant satisfies the Tenant Financing Contingency, as defined in Section III of Exhibit 11 of this Lease, deliver to Landlord either (at Tenant’s election): (i) cash in the initial amount of $2,057,658.75 (the “ Cash Security Deposit ”), which shall be held by Landlord in accordance with Section 7.4 below, or (ii) an irrevocable letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”) which shall be held by Landlord in accordance with Section 7.4 below and shall (a) be in the initial amount of $2,057,658.75; (b) be issued on the form attached hereto as Exhibit 6 or other form reasonably approved by Landlord; (c) name Landlord as its beneficiary; (d) be drawn on an FDIC insured financial institution reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (“Approved Issuer ”) that both (x) has an office in the greater Boston metropolitan area that will accept or allow for facsimile presentment for the payment of the Letter of Credit, and (y) satisfies both the Minimum Rating Agency Threshold and the Minimum Capital Threshold (as those terms are defined below). The “ Minimum Rating Agency Threshold ” shall mean that the issuing bank has outstanding unsecured, uninsured and unguaranteed senior long-term indebtedness that is then rated (without regard to qualification of such rating by symbols such as “+” or “-” or numerical notation) Baa or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and/or BBB or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, or a comparable rating by a comparable national rating agency designated by Landlord in its discretion. The “ Minimum Capital Threshold ” shall mean that the issuing bank has combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $10,000,000,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby agrees that, as of the Execution Date: (i) Square One and Pacific Western are each Approved Issuers, and (ii) each of Square One and Pacific Western will remain as Approved Issuers so long as it maintains combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of either Square One or Pacific of at least $2,000,000,000. The Letter of Credit (and any renewals or replacements thereof) shall be for a term of not less than one (1) year. If the issuer of the Letter of Credit gives notice of its election not to renew such Letter of Credit for any additional period, Tenant shall be required to deliver a

 

PAGE 22


substitute Letter of Credit satisfying the conditions of this Article 7 at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the term of such Letter of Credit. If the issuer of the Letter of Credit ceases to satisfy the applicable requirements which are necessary to maintain its status as an Approved Issuer, Tenant shall be required, not later than ten (10) business days after Landlord notifies Tenant of such failure, to deliver to Landlord a substitute letter of credit from an Approved Issuer. Tenant agrees that it shall, from time to time, as necessary, whether as a result of a draw on the Letter of Credit by Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof or as a result of the expiration of the Letter of Credit then in effect, renew or replace the original and any subsequent Letter of Credit so that a Letter of Credit, in the amount required hereunder, is in effect until a date which is at least sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date. If Tenant fails to furnish such renewal or replacement at least sixty (60) days prior to the stated expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, Landlord may draw upon such Letter of Credit and hold the proceeds thereof (and such proceeds need not be segregated) as a Security Deposit pursuant to the terms of this Article 7. At any time that Landlord is holding a Cash Security Deposit, Tenant, at its election, may exchange a Letter of Credit satisfying the requirements of this Article 7 for the Cash Security Deposit then being held by Landlord. Any renewal or replacement of the original or any subsequent Letter of Credit shall meet the requirements for the original Letter of Credit as set forth above, except that such replacement or renewal shall be issued by an Approved Issuer.

7.2 Application of Proceeds of Letter of Credit . Upon an Event of Default, or if any proceeding shall be instituted by or against Tenant pursuant to any of the provisions of any Act of Congress or State law relating to bankruptcy, reorganizations, arrangements, compositions or other relief from creditors (and, in the case of any proceeding instituted against it, if Tenant shall fail to have such proceedings dismissed within thirty (30) days) or if Tenant is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent as a result of any such proceeding, Landlord at its sole option may draw down all or a part of the Letter of Credit. The balance of any Letter of Credit cash proceeds shall be held in accordance with Section 7.4 below as a Cash Security Deposit. Should the entire Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, be drawn down by Landlord, Tenant shall, upon the written demand of Landlord, deliver a replacement Letter of Credit in the amount drawn, and Tenant’s failure to do so within ten (10) days after receipt of such written demand shall constitute an additional Event of Default hereunder. The application of all or any part of the cash proceeds of the Letter of Credit to any obligation or default of Tenant under this Lease shall not deprive Landlord of any other rights or remedies Landlord may have nor shall such application by Landlord constitute a waiver by Landlord.

7.3 Transfer of Letter of Credit . In the event that Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, Tenant shall upon notice from and at no cost to Landlord, deliver to Landlord an amendment to the Letter of Credit or a replacement Letter of Credit naming Landlord’s successor as the beneficiary thereof. If Tenant fails to deliver such amendment or replacement within ten (10) business days after written notice from Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to draw down the entire amount of the Letter of Credit and hold the proceeds thereof in accordance with Section 7.4 below.

7.4 Cash Proceeds of Letter of Credit. Landlord shall hold the Cash Security Deposit, the Letter of Credit, the balance of proceeds remaining after a draw on Cash Security Deposit and/or the Letter of Credit, as the case may be (each sometimes hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Security Deposit ”) as security for Tenant’s performance of all its Lease

 

PAGE 23


obligations. After an Event of Default, Landlord may apply the Security Deposit, or any part thereof, to Landlord’s damages without prejudice to any other Landlord remedy. Landlord has no obligation to pay interest on the Security Deposit and may co-mingle the Security Deposit with Landlord’s funds. If Landlord conveys its interest under this Lease, the Security Deposit, or any part not applied previously, may be turned over to the grantee in which case Tenant shall look solely to the grantee for the proper application and return of the Security Deposit.

7.5 Return of Security Deposit or Letter of Credit . Should Tenant comply with all of such terms, covenants and conditions and promptly pay all sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, the Security Deposit shall (less any portion thereof which may have been utilized by Landlord to cure any default or applied to any actual damage suffered by Landlord) be returned to Tenant within forty-five (45) days after the latest to occur of: (i) the end of the Term, (ii) the delivery by Tenant to Landlord of the Premises free and clear of all parties claiming under Tenant and in compliance with Section 21 of the Lease, and (iii) the delivery to Landlord of an acceptable Surrender Report, as defined in Section 21 of the Lease, unless an Event of Default (or a default that with notice and the passage of time would constitute an Event of Default) exists at the end of the Term, in which event, the forty-five-(45)-day period shall commence on the date that Tenant cures such Event of Default or default.

7.6 Reduction of the Cash Security Deposit and/or Letter of Credit.

(a) On the conditions (the “Reduction Conditions” ) that as of the applicable Effective Reduction Date, as hereinafter defined: (x) Tenant is then in full compliance with its obligations under the Lease, and (y) there has been no Event of Default during the twelve-month period immediately preceding such Effective Reduction Date, as it may be delayed, as hereinafter set forth ( “Prior Default Condition” ), then the amount of the Cash Security Deposit/Letter of Credit may be reduced in accordance with the below-listed schedule:

 

Effective Reduction Date

  

New Reduced Security Deposit Amount

 

Second (2 nd ) anniversary of North

Premises Base Rent Commencement

Date:

     $1,829,020.00  

Fourth (4 th ) anniversary of North

Premises Base Rent Commencement

Date:

     $1,600,391.25  

Sixth (6 th ) anniversary of North

Premises Base Rent Commencement

Date:

     $1,371,762.50  

(b) The reduction in the Security Deposit shall be accomplished as follows: (a) for a Cash Security Deposit, Tenant shall request such reduction in a written notice to Landlord (the “ Reduction Notice ”), and if Landlord, in good faith, determines that the Reduction Conditions have been met, Landlord shall, within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of such Reduction Notice, refund to Tenant a portion of the Cash Security Deposit which Landlord is then holding so that Landlord will be holding the reduced amount, as

 

PAGE 24


set forth above, and (b) for a Security Deposit in the form of a Letter of Credit, Tenant shall give a Reduction Notice to Landlord, and if Landlord, in good faith, determines that the Reduction Conditions have been met, Landlord shall, within five (5) business days of its receipt of such Reduction Notice, so notify Tenant, whereupon Tenant shall either deliver to Landlord either: (i) a Substitute Letter of Credit in the applicable reduced amount, in form satisfying the requirements of this Section 7, or (ii) an amendment to the existing Letter of Credit, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord, reducing the amount of the existing Letter of Credit to the applicable reduced amount. If Tenant delivers to Landlord a Substitute Letter of Credit satisfying the foregoing requirements, as aforesaid, then Landlord shall exchange the existing Letter of Credit which Landlord is then holding for such Substitute Letter of Credit within ten (10) days after Landlord receives such Substitute Letter of Credit to Landlord. If Landlord declines to reduce the Security Deposit based upon the fact that any of the Reduction Conditions have not been satisfied, but Tenant subsequently satisfies the Reduction Conditions, then Tenant may submit a new Reduction Notice to Landlord for the reduction in the Security Deposit in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.6. In such event, the Prior Default Condition shall be determined based on the twelve-(12)-month period immediately preceding the delayed Effective Reduction Date.

(c) In no event shall the Cash Security Deposit/Letter of Credit ever be less than $1,371,762.50. The Security Deposit, as it may be reduced in accordance with the foregoing, shall continue to be held by Landlord throughout the Term of the Lease.

 

8.

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

9.

UTILITIES, LANDLORD’S SERVICES

9.1 Electricity .

(a) Landlord shall contract with the utility provider for electric service to the Property, including the Premises. Commencing on the Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay all charges for electricity furnished to the Premises and any equipment exclusively serving the Premises, as Additional Rent, based on the submeter(s), either currently installed or to be installed in the North Premises by Landlord as part of Landlord’s Work and in the South Premises by Tenant as part of Tenant’s Work; provided, however, the cost of such submetering shall be at Landlord’s sole cost and expense and shall not be deducted from Landlord’s Contribution. At Tenant’s request, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable back-up documentation regarding the total charges and the method of allocating the charges to Tenant. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, maintain and keep in good order, condition and repair the metering equipment used to measure electricity furnished to the Premises and any equipment exclusively serving the same.

(b) Commencing as of the Term Commencement Date for each portion of the Premises, Tenant pay to Landlord estimated payments (i.e., based upon Landlord’s reasonable estimate) on account of Tenant’s obligation to reimburse Landlord for electricity consumed in the Premises. Such payments shall be made at the same time and in the same manner that Tenant pays Annual Base Rent to Landlord. Periodically after the Term Commencement Date, Landlord shall determine the actual cost of electricity consumed by Tenant in the Premises (i.e., by reading

 

PAGE 25


Tenant’s sub-meter and by applying an electric rate which shall not exceed the retail rate which would have been payable by Tenant had Tenant obtained electric services directly from the utility company providing electric current to Landlord). If the total of Tenant’s estimated monthly payments on account of such period is less than the actual cost of electricity consumed in the Premises during such period, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s written demand. If the total of Tenant’s estimated monthly payments on account of such period is greater than the actual cost of electricity consumed in the Premises during such period, Tenant may credit the difference against its next installment of rental or other charges due hereunder. After each adjustment, as set forth above, the amount of estimated monthly payments on account of Tenant’s obligation to reimburse Landlord for electricity in the Premises shall be adjusted based upon the actual cost of electricity consumed during the immediately preceding period.

9.2 Water . Landlord shall contract with the utility provider for water service to the Property, including the Premises. Except as otherwise provided below, the cost of providing water service to the Premises and all other portions of the Building (including, without limitation, the premises of other tenants or occupants of the Building) shall be included in Operating Costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord determines that Tenant is using water in excess of its proportionate share (by floor area) of the total water usage in the Building, Landlord may elect, at Tenant’s expense, to furnish and install in a location in or near the Premises metering equipment to measure water furnished to the Premises and any equipment exclusively serving the same. In such event, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written demand therefor from time to time, pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the full amount of any water service charges attributable to such meter.

9.3 Gas . Landlord shall contract with the utility provider for gas service to the Property, including the Premises. The cost of gas used to serve base building plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems shall be included in the costs reimbursed by Tenant pursuant to Section 9.6 below. If Tenant requires gas service for the operation of Tenant’s laboratory equipment in the Premises, Tenant shall pay all charges for gas furnished to the Premises and/or any equipment exclusively serving the Premises as Additional Rent, based, at Landlord’s election, (i) on Landlord’s reasonable estimate of such gas usage or (ii) on metering or submetering equipment installed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense.

9.4 Other Utilities . Subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations governing the same, Tenant shall obtain and pay, as and when due, for all other utilities and services consumed in and/or furnished to the Premises, together with all taxes, penalties, surcharges and maintenance charges pertaining thereto.

9.5 Interruption or Curtailment of Utilities . When necessary by reason of accident or emergency, or for repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements which in the reasonable judgment of Landlord are desirable or necessary to be made, Landlord reserves the right, upon as much prior notice to Tenant as is practicable under the circumstances and no less than twenty-four (24) hours’ notice except in the event of an emergency, to interrupt, curtail, or stop (i) the furnishing of hot and/or cold water, and (ii) the operation of the plumbing and electric systems. Landlord shall exercise reasonable diligence to eliminate the cause of any such interruption, curtailment, stoppage or suspension, but, except as set forth in Section 10.7, there shall be no

 

PAGE 26


diminution or abatement of Rent or other compensation due from Landlord to Tenant hereunder, nor shall this Lease be affected or any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder reduced, and Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for any such interruption, curtailment, stoppage, or suspension of services or systems.

9.6 Landlord’s Services . Subject to reimbursement pursuant to Section 5.2 above, Landlord shall provide the services described in Exhibit 7 attached hereto and made a part hereof (“ Landlord’s Services ”). Except for the cost of providing and maintaining supplemental HVAC equipment (which shall be Tenant’s responsibility), to the extent allowable pursuant to Section 5.2, all costs incurred in connection with the provision of Landlord’s Services shall be included in Operating Costs. Landlord shall allocate to the Premises a portion of the total amount of such costs incurred with respect to the Building based upon the cubic footage of heated, chilled, and fresh air distributed in the Premises as indicated by the energy management system serving the Building as a percentage of the aggregate cubic footage of heated, chilled, and fresh air distributed in the entire Building for the applicable period. Tenant shall pay such costs monthly, together with monthly installments of Base Rent, on an estimated basis in amounts from time to time reasonably determined by Landlord. After the close of each fiscal year, Landlord shall determine the actual amount of such costs for such year and deliver to Tenant a reasonably detailed statement thereof, together with a statement of the amounts paid by Tenant on an estimated basis toward such costs as aforesaid. If such statement indicates that the estimated amounts paid by Tenant are less than Tenant’s allocable share of the actual amount of such costs for such fiscal year, then Tenant shall pay the amount of such shortfall to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of such statement. If such statement indicates that Tenant’s estimated payments for such year exceed the actual amount of such costs for such year, then Landlord shall credit the excess against the next due installment(s) of Additional Rent payable under this Section 9.6.

 

10.

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

10.1 Maintenance and Repairs by Tenant . Tenant shall keep neat and clean and free of insects, rodents, vermin and other pests and in good repair, order and condition (reasonable wear and tear and damage by Casualty excepted): the Premises, including without limitation the entire interior of the Premises, all electronic, phone and data cabling and related equipment (other than building service equipment) that is installed by or for the exclusive benefit of the Tenant (whether located in the Premises or other portions of the Building), all fixtures, equipment and specialty lighting therein, any supplemental HVAC and humidification equipment exclusively serving the Premises, electrical equipment wiring, doors, non-structural walls, windows and floor coverings, and all laboratory specific systems and equipment that exclusively serve the Premises, including, without limitation, equipment critical to laboratory operations. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant agrees that it shall maintain any equipment which is the responsibility for Tenant to maintain as set forth on Exhibit 4-2 in the same repair, order, and condition (reasonable wear and tear and damage by Casualty excepted) in which such equipment is in as of the Term Commencement Date of the portion of the Premises in which such equipment is located.

 

PAGE 27


10.2 Maintenance and Repairs by Landlord . Except as otherwise provided in Section 15, and subject to Tenant’s obligations in Section 10.1 above, Landlord shall maintain and keep in good working order the Building foundation, the roof, Building structure, the common mechanical systems serving the Building, the structural floor slabs and columns in good repair, order and condition. In addition, Landlord shall operate and maintain the Common Areas in substantially the same manner as comparable combination office and laboratory facilities in the vicinity of the Premises. All costs incurred by Landlord under this Section 10.2 shall be included in Operating Costs, subject to, and in accordance with Section 5.2.

10.3 Accidents to Sanitary and Other Systems . Tenant shall give to Landlord prompt notice of any fire or accident in the Premises or in the Building and of any damage to, or defective condition in, any part or appurtenance of the Building including, without limitation, sanitary, electrical, ventilation, heating and air conditioning or other systems located in, or passing through, the Premises. Except as otherwise provided in Section 15, and subject to Tenant’s obligations in Section 10.1 above, such damage or defective condition shall be remedied by Landlord with reasonable diligence, but, subject to Section 14.5 below, if such damage or defective condition was caused by any of the Tenant Parties, the cost to remedy the same shall be paid by Tenant.

10.4 Floor Load—Heavy Equipment . Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises exceeding the floor load per square foot of area which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by Legal Requirements. The floor load for the first floor portions of the Prime Premises is 125 lbs. per square foot, and the floor load for the Expansion Premises is 100 lbs. per square foot. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes, heavy machinery, heavy equipment, freight, bulky matter or fixtures (collectively, “ Heavy Equipment ”), which shall be placed so as to distribute the weight. Heavy Equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant at Tenant’s expense in settings sufficient in Landlord’s reasonable judgment to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance. Tenant shall not move any Heavy Equipment into or out of the Building without giving Landlord prior written notice thereof and observing all of Landlord’s Rules and Regulations with respect to the same. If such Heavy Equipment requires special handling, Tenant agrees to employ only persons holding a Master Rigger’s License to do said work, and that all work in connection therewith shall comply with Legal Requirements. Any such moving shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant and Tenant will defend, indemnify and save Landlord and Landlord’s agents (including without limitation its property manager), contractors and employees (collectively with Landlord, the “ Landlord Parties ”) harmless from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, penalties, costs, expenses and fees (including without limitation reasonable legal fees) (collectively, “ Claims ”) resulting directly or indirectly from such moving, except, subject to Section 14.5 of the Lease, to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Parties. Proper placement of all Heavy Equipment in the Premises shall be Tenant’s responsibility.

10.5 Premises Cleaning . Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for janitorial and removing trash from the Premises to the common dumpster designated by Landlord and for providing biohazard disposal services for the Premises, including the laboratory areas thereof. Such services shall be performed by licensed (where required by law or governmental regulation), insured and qualified contractors approved in advance, in writing, by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) and on a sufficient basis to ensure that the Premises are at all times kept neat and clean. Landlord shall provide a dumpster and/or compactor at the Building loading dock for Tenant’s disposal of non-hazardous and non-controlled substances.

 

PAGE 28


10.6 Pest Control . Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall cause the Premises to be exterminated on a monthly basis to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction and shall cause all portions of the Premises used for the storage, preparation, service or consumption of food or beverages to be cleaned daily in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and to be treated against infestation by insects, rodents and other vermin and pests whenever there is evidence of any infestation. Tenant shall not permit any person to enter the Premises for the purpose of providing such extermination services, unless such persons have been approved by Landlord. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, store any refuse generated in the Premises by the consumption of food or beverages in a cold box or similar facility.

10.7 Service Interruptions .

(a) Abatement of Rent . In the event that: (i) there shall be an interruption, curtailment or suspension of any service or failure to perform any obligation required to be provided or performed by Landlord pursuant to Sections 9 and/or 10 (and no reasonably equivalent alternative service or supply is provided by Landlord) that shall materially interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, or any portion thereof (any such event, a “ Service Interruption ) , and (ii) such Service Interruption shall continue for five (5) consecutive business days following receipt by Landlord of written notice (the “ Service Interruption Notice ”) from Tenant describing such Service Interruption (“Abatement Service Interruption Cure Period ”), and (iii) such Service Interruption shall not have been caused by an act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or invitees (an event that satisfies the foregoing conditions (i)-(iii) being referred to hereinafter as a “ Material Service Interruption ) then, Tenant, subject to the next following sentence, shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of Base Rent, Operating Costs and Taxes based on the nature and duration of the Material Service Interruption and the area of the Premises affected, for any and all days following the Material Service Interruption Cure Period that both (x) the Material Service Interruption is continuing and (y) Tenant does not use such affected areas of the Premises for any of the Permitted Uses. Any efforts by Tenant to respond or react to any Material Service Interruption, including, without limitation, any activities by Tenant to remove its personal property from the affected areas of the Premises, shall not constitute a use that precludes abatement pursuant to this Section 10.7(a). The Abatement Service Interruption Cure Period shall be extended by reason of any delays in Landlord’s ability to cure the Service Interruption in question caused by Landlord’s Force Majeure, provided however, that in no event shall the Abatement Service Interruption Cure Period with respect to any Service Interruption be longer than ten (10) consecutive business days after Landlord receives the applicable Service Interruption Notice.

(b) Tenant’s Termination Right . In the event that: (i) a Service Interruption occurs, and (ii) such Service Interruption continues for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days after Landlord receives a Service Interruption Notice with respect to such Service Interruption (“ Termination Service Interruption Cure Period ”), and (iii) such Service Interruption shall not have been caused by an act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, or

 

PAGE 29


contractors, and (iv) for so long as Tenant ceases to use the affected portion of the Premises during such Service Interruption, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving a written termination notice to Landlord after the expiration of the Termination Service Interruption Cure Period. If such Service Interruption is cured within ten (10) days (“ Post-Termination Notice Cure Period ”) after Landlord receives such termination notice, then Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease based upon such Service Interruption and Tenant’s termination notice shall be of no force or effect. The Termination Service Interruption Cure Period and the Post-Termination Notice Cure Period shall each be extended by reason of any delays in Landlord’s ability to cure the Service Interruption in question caused by Landlord’s Force Majeure, provided however, that in no event shall the aggregate extension of the Termination Service Interruption Cure Period and the Post-Termination Notice Cure Period by reason of Landlord’s Force Majeure exceed sixty (60) days.

(c) The provisions of this Section 10.7 shall not apply in the event of a Service Interruption caused by Casualty or Taking (see Section 15 below).

(d) The provisions of this Section 10.7 set forth Tenant’s sole rights and remedies, both in law and in equity in the event of any Service Interruption.

 

11.

ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS BY TENANT

11.1 Procedures for Performing Alterations .

(a) Tenant shall not make any alterations, decorations, installations, removals, additions or improvements (collectively with Tenant’s Work, “ Alterations ”) in or to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written approval of the contractor(s), written plans and specifications and a time schedule therefor. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant use Landlord’s preferred vendor(s) for any Alterations that involve roof penetrations, alarm tie-ins, sprinklers, fire alarm and other life safety equipment. Tenant shall not make any amendments or additions to plans and specifications approved by Landlord without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord’s approval of non-structural Alterations shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole discretion (i) to any Alteration to or affecting the fixed lab benches, fume hoods, roof and/or building systems, (ii) with respect to matters of aesthetics relating to Alterations to or affecting the exterior of the Building, and (iii) to any Alteration affecting the Building structure. Tenant shall be responsible for all elements of the design of Tenant’s plans (including, without limitation, compliance with Legal Requirements, functionality of design, the structural integrity of the design, the configuration of the Premises and the placement of Tenant’s furniture, appliances and equipment), and Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans shall in no event relieve Tenant of the responsibility for such design. Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility for any claim, injury or damage alleged to have been caused by the particular materials (whether building standard or non-building standard), appliances or equipment selected by Tenant in connection with any work performed by or on behalf of Tenant. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, all Alterations shall be done at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and at such times and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate. If Tenant shall make any Alterations, then Landlord may elect to require Tenant at the expiration or sooner termination of the Term to restore the Premises to substantially the same condition as existed immediately prior to the Alterations. Tenant shall provide Landlord with reproducible record drawings (in CAD format) of all Alterations within sixty (60) days after completion thereof.

 

PAGE 30


(b) Alteration Approval Documentation . In seeking Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall provide Landlord, at least fourteen (14) days in advance of any proposed construction, with plans, specifications, bid proposals, certified stamped engineering drawings and calculations by Tenant’s engineer of record or architect of record, (including connections to the Building’s structural system, the Building’s mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems, modifications to the Building’s envelope, non-structural penetrations in slabs or walls, and modifications or tie-ins to life safety systems), work contracts, requests for laydown areas and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Alteration as Landlord may reasonably request (collectively “ Alteration Approval Documentation ”) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Minor Electrical Connection, as hereinafter defined: (i) the Alteration Approval Documentation shall consist of only such of the foregoing documentation as Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, deems customary and necessary for such an Alteration, and (ii) Tenant shall be required to deliver the applicable Alteration Approval Documentation to Landlord at least five (5) business days in advance of the performance of such Minor Election Connection. A “ Minor Electrical Connection ” shall consist of the connection of Tenant’s electrical equipment to the base building electrical system which, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, will not affect Building operations or the operations of other tenants or occupants of the Building. For avoidance of doubt, Tenant’s plugging of equipment into existing electrical outlets shall not be deemed to be either an Alteration or a Minor Electrical Connection.

(c) Alterations Permitted without Landlord’s Consent . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant shall have the right without obtaining the prior consent of Landlord, but upon prior notice to Landlord as provided below, to make Alterations to the Premises where: (i) the same are within the interior of the Premises, and do not affect the exterior of the Building and do not affect any of the Building’s systems or the ceiling of the Premises; (ii) the same do not affect the roof or any structural element of the Building, or the fire protection systems of the Building; (iii) the cost of any individual Alteration shall not exceed $100,000.00 in cost; (iv) Tenant shall comply with the provisions of this Lease, and if such work increases the cost of insurance or taxes, Tenant shall pay for any such increase in cost; and (v) Tenant gives Landlord at least five (5) business days’ prior notice describing such work in reasonable detail, accompanied by copies of plans and specifications therefor (to the extent plans and specifications are typically prepared in accordance with such work (the “ Permitted Alterations ”).

(d) After-Hours . Landlord and Tenant recognize that to the extent Tenant elects to perform some or all of the Alterations during times other than normal construction hours (i.e., Monday-Friday, 7:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., excluding holidays), Landlord may need to make arrangements to have supervisory personnel on site. Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows: Tenant shall give Landlord at least two (2) business days’ prior written notice of any time outside of normal construction hours when Tenant intends to perform any Alterations (the “ After-Hours Work ”). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the cost of Landlord’s supervisory personnel overseeing the After-Hours Work. In addition, if construction during normal construction hours unreasonably disturbs other tenants of the Building, in Landlord’s sole discretion, Landlord may require Tenant to stop the performance of Alterations during normal construction hours and to perform the same after hours, subject to the foregoing requirement to pay for the cost of Landlord’s supervisory personnel.

 

PAGE 31


11.2 Harmonious Relations . Tenant agrees that it will not, either directly or indirectly, use any contractors and/or materials if their use will create any difficulty, whether in the nature of a labor dispute or otherwise, with other contractors and/or labor engaged by Tenant or Landlord or others in the construction, maintenance and/or operation of the Building, the Property or any part thereof. In the event of any such difficulty, upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall cause all contractors, mechanics or laborers causing such difficulty to leave the Property immediately.

11.3 Liens . No Alterations shall be undertaken by Tenant until: (i) Tenant has made provision for written waiver of liens from all contractors for such Alteration; and (ii) with respect to any Alteration, the cost of which exceeds $500,000: (x) Tenant has provided Landlord with reasonable evidence that there is sufficient funding to pay for such Alteration, and (y) Tenant has required its general contractor to obtain appropriate surety payment and performance bonds which shall name Landlord as an additional obligee and has filed lien bond(s) (in jurisdictions where available) on behalf of such contractors. Any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or the Building for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant shall be discharged by Tenant within ten (10) business days thereafter, at Tenant’s expense by filing the bond required by law or otherwise.

11.4 General Requirements . Unless Landlord and Tenant otherwise agree in writing, Tenant shall (a) procure or cause others to procure on its behalf all necessary permits before undertaking any Alterations in the Premises (and provide copies thereof to Landlord); (b) perform all of such Alterations in a good and workmanlike manner, employing materials of good quality and in compliance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations, all insurance requirements of this Lease, and Legal Requirements; and (c) defend, indemnify and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all Claims occasioned by or growing out of such Alterations, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Parties.

 

12.

SIGNAGE

12.1 Restrictions . Tenant shall have the right to install Building standard signage identifying Tenant’s business at the entrance to the Premises, which signage shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Subject to the foregoing, and subject to Section 12.2 below, Tenant shall not, without first obtaining Landlord’s written approval, place or suffer to be placed or maintained: (i) any sign, banner, advertising matter or any other thing of any kind (including, without limitation, any hand-lettered advertising) which is either located on the exterior of the Premises, or on any part of the interior of the Premises which is visible from the exterior of the Building, or (ii) any decoration, letter or advertising matter on the glass of any window or door of the Premises.

 

PAGE 32


12.2 Monument Signage . Subject to the provisions of this Section 12.2, for so long as the Lease is in full force and effect (the “ Monument Signage Condition ”), then Tenant shall have the right to require Landlord to list, at Tenant’s cost and expense, Tenant’s name (“ Tenant’s Monument Signage ”) on the existing exterior monument sign (the Monument Sign ”) in the location set forth on Exhibit 13 attached hereto, during the initial Term of the Lease, and any extensions thereof, subject to the provisions of this Section 12.2. The parties hereby agree that the maintenance and removal of such Tenant’s Monument Signage (including, without limitation, the repair and cleaning of the existing monument façade upon removal of Tenant’s Monument Signage) shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of any change in Tenant’s Monument Signage during the initial Term of the lease; provided, however, Tenant shall be entitled to apply Landlord’s Contribution toward the cost of any Monument Signage or suite entry signage allowed pursuant to Section 12.1 above.

12.3 Building Directory/Premises Entrance Signage . During the Term of the Lease:

(a) Landlord shall install a tenant directory in the Building lobby, and shall list Tenant’s name on such directory. The initial listing shall be at Landlord’s cost and expense, but any changes to such directory listing shall be at Tenant’s cost and expense.

(b) Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost (although such cost may be paid for out of Landlord’s Contribution) to install a building standard Tenant identification sign at the entrance to the Premises.

 

13.

ASSIGNMENT, MORTGAGING AND SUBLETTING

13.1 Landlord’s Consent Required . Tenant shall not mortgage or encumber this Lease or in whole or in part whether at one time or at intervals, operation of law or otherwise. Except as expressly otherwise set forth herein, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, assign, sublet, license or transfer this Lease or the Premises in whole or in part whether by changes in the ownership or control of Tenant, or any direct or indirect owner of Tenant, whether at one time or at intervals, by sale or transfer of stock, partnership or beneficial interests, operation of law or otherwise, or permit the occupancy of all or any portion of the Premises by any person or entity other than Tenant’s employees (each of the foregoing, a Transfer ”) . Any purported Transfer made without Landlord’s consent, if required hereunder, shall be void and confer no rights upon any third person, provided that if there is a Transfer, Landlord may collect rent from the transferee without waiving the prohibition against Transfers, accepting the transferee, or releasing Tenant from full performance under this Lease. In the event of any Transfer in violation of this Section 13, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Tenant given within sixty (60) days after receipt of written notice from Tenant to Landlord of any Transfer, or within one (1) year after Landlord first learns of the Transfer if no notice is given. No Transfer shall relieve Tenant of its primary obligation as party Tenant hereunder, nor shall it reduce or increase Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.

13.2 Landlord’s Recapture Right . Except in the event of any Permitted Transfer, as defined in Section 13.7, Tenant shall, prior to offering or advertising the Premises or any portion thereof for a Transfer, give a written notice (the Recapture Notice ”) to Landlord which: (i) states that Tenant desires to make a Transfer, (ii) identifies the affected portion of the Premises (the Recapture Premises ”), (iii) identifies the period of time (the Recapture Period ”) during

 

PAGE 33


which Tenant proposes to sublet the Recapture Premises, or indicates that Tenant proposes to assign its interest in this Lease, and (iv) offers to Landlord to terminate this Lease with respect to the Recapture Premises (in the case of a proposed assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or a subletting for the remainder of the term of this Lease) or to suspend the Term for the Recapture Period (i.e. the Term with respect to the Recapture Premises shall be terminated during the Recapture Period and Tenant’s rental obligations shall be proportionately reduced). Landlord shall have fifteen (15) business days within which to respond to the Recapture Notice.

13.3 Standard of Consent to Transfer . If Landlord does not timely give written notice to Tenant accepting a Recapture Offer or declines to accept the same, then Landlord agrees that, subject to the provisions of this Section 13, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to a Transfer on the terms contained in the Recapture Notice to an entity which will use the Premises for any of the Permitted Uses. Without limiting the reasonable reasons why Landlord may withhold its consent to a proposed Transfer, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to a proposed Transfer if, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion: (a) the Proposed Transferee does not have a tangible net worth and other financial indicators sufficient to meet the Transferee’s obligations under the Transfer instrument in question; (b) the Proposed Transferee has a business reputation that is not compatible with the operation of a first-class combination laboratory, research, development and office building; or (c) the intended use of such entity violates any restrictive use provisions then in effect with respect to space in the Building.

13.4 Listing Confers no Rights . The listing of any name other than that of Tenant, whether on the doors of the Premises or on the Building directory, or otherwise, shall not operate to vest in any such other person, firm or corporation any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises or be deemed to effect or evidence any consent of Landlord, it being expressly understood that any such listing is a privilege extended by Landlord revocable at will by written notice to Tenant.

13.5 Profits In Connection with Transfers . Except with respect to any Permitted Transfers, as defined in Section 13.7, and with respect to Flagship Subleases, as defined in Section 13.8, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof, pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any rent, sum or other consideration to be paid or given in connection with any Transfer, either initially or over time, after deducting reasonable actual out-of-pocket legal, and brokerage expenses incurred by Tenant and unamortized improvements paid for by Tenant in connection therewith and any rental concessions, in excess of Rent hereunder as if such amount were originally called for by the terms of this Lease as Additional Rent.

13.6 Prohibited Transfers . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, Tenant shall have no right to make a Transfer unless on both (i) the date on which Tenant notifies Landlord of its intention to enter into a Transfer and (ii) the date on which such Transfer is to take effect, there is no Event of Default under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant agrees that in no event shall Tenant make a Transfer to (a) any government agency; (b) any tenant, subtenant or occupant of other space in the Building if vacant space of a size comparable to the portion of the Premises subject to the Transfer then exists in the Building; or (c) any entity with whom Landlord shall have negotiated for space in the Property in the three (3) months immediately preceding such proposed Transfer.

 

PAGE 34


13.7 Exceptions to Requirement for Consent . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant shall have the right, without obtaining Landlord’s consent, and without giving Landlord a Recapture Notice, to (a) make a Transfer to an Affiliated Entity (hereinafter defined) so long as the transfer to such Affiliated Entity is for legitimate business purposes (and not for the purpose of avoiding the provisions of this Section 13), and (b) assign all of Tenant’s interest in and to the Lease to a Successor, provided that prior to or simultaneously with any assignment pursuant to this Section 13.7, such Affiliated Entity or Successor, as the case may be, and Tenant execute and deliver to Landlord an assignment and assumption agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord whereby such Affiliated Entity or Successor, as the case may be, shall agree to be independently bound by and upon all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions set forth in the Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed, and whereby such Affiliated Entity or Successor, as the case may be, shall expressly agree that the provisions of this Section 13 shall, notwithstanding such Transfer, continue to be binding upon it with respect to all future Transfers. For the purposes hereof, an “ Affiliated Entity ” shall be defined as any entity which is controlled by, is under common control with, or which controls Tenant. For the purposes hereof, a Successor shall be defined as any entity into or with which Tenant is merged or with which Tenant is consolidated or which acquires all or substantially all of Tenant’s stock or assets, provided that the surviving entity shall have a net worth and other financial indicators sufficient to meet Tenant’s obligations hereunder. Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of any Permitted Transfer, such notice to include evidence, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, that the conditions to the Permitted Transfer in question have been satisfied. Transfers to Affiliated Entities and to Successors which are permitted pursuant to this Section 13.7, and Transfers to Flagship Entities which permitted pursuant to Section 13.8 below, are referred to collectively herein as Permitted Transfers , and such Affiliated Entities, Flagship Entities, and Successors are referred to herein as Permitted Transferees .

13.8 Flagship Subleases . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant shall have the right, upon at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice from Tenant to Landlord, without obtaining Landlord’s consent, and without giving Landlord a Recapture Notice, to enter into Flagship Subleases, as hereinafter defined. A Flagship Sublease shall be defined as a sublease or license of Internal Sublet Space, as hereinafter defined, to Flagship Entities, as hereinafter defined, provided however, that: (i) at no time shall more than 15,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, in the aggregate, be subject to Flagship Subleases, and (ii) no sublease or license shall be considered to be a Flagship Sublease if it is entered into for the purposes of avoiding the operation of the provisions of this Article 13 (e.g., without limitation, the requirement of obtaining Landlord’s consent to such sublease, Landlord’s recapture rights, etc.). A Flagship Entity shall be defined as any person or entity operating a business which, as of the date of that such person or entity first occupies any portion of the Premises pursuant to its Flagship Sublease, has been provided funding from Flagship Pioneering (formerly known as Flagship Ventures) which is either: (i) more than fifty (50%) percent of the total funding received by such person or entity, or (ii) $1,000,000. An Internal Sublet Space shall consist of an area located in the Premises which has access to the common areas of the Building only through Tenant’s reception area.

 

PAGE 35


14.

INSURANCE; INDEMNIFICATION; EXCULPATION

14.1 Tenant’s Insurance .

(a) Tenant shall procure, pay for and keep in force throughout the Term (and for so long thereafter as Tenant remains in occupancy of the Premises) commercial general liability insurance insuring Tenant on an occurrence basis against all claims and demands for personal injury liability (including, without limitation, bodily injury, sickness, disease, and death) or damage to property which may be claimed to have occurred from and after the time any of the Tenant Parties shall first enter the Premises, of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence and Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) in the aggregate annually, and from time to time thereafter shall be not less than such higher amounts, if procurable, as may be reasonably required by Landlord. Tenant shall also carry umbrella liability coverage in an amount of no less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000). Such policy shall also include contractual liability coverage covering Tenant’s liability assumed under this Lease, including without limitation Tenant’s indemnification obligations. Such insurance policy(ies) shall name Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and persons claiming by, through or under them, if any, as additional insureds.

(b) Tenant shall take out and maintain throughout the Term a policy of fire, vandalism, malicious mischief, extended coverage and so-called “all risk” coverage insurance in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost insuring (i) all items or components of Alterations (collectively, the Tenant-Insured Improvements ), and (ii) all of Tenant’s furniture, equipment, fixtures and property of every kind, nature and description related or arising out of Tenant’s leasehold estate hereunder, which may be in or upon the Premises or the Building (collectively, Tenant’s Property ) . The insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Section 14.1(b) (referred to herein as Tenant Property Insurance ) shall insure the interests of both Landlord and Tenant as their respective interests may appear from time to time.

(c) Tenant shall take out and maintain a policy of business interruption insurance throughout the Term sufficient to cover at least twelve (12) months of Rent due hereunder and Tenant’s business losses during such 12-month period.

(d) During periods when Tenant’s Work and/or any Alterations are being performed, Tenant shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, so-called all risk or special cause of loss property insurance or its equivalent and/or builders risk insurance on 100% replacement cost coverage basis, including hard and soft costs coverages. Such insurance shall protect and insure Landlord, Landlord’s agents, Tenant and Tenant’s contractors, as their interests may appear, against loss or damage by fire, water damage, vandalism and malicious mischief, and such other risks as are customarily covered by so-called all risk or special cause of loss property / builders risk coverage or its equivalent.

(e) Tenant shall procure and maintain at its sole expense such additional insurance as may be necessary to comply with any Legal Requirements.

 

PAGE 36


(f) Tenant shall cause all contractors and subcontractors to maintain during the performance of any Alterations the insurance described in Exhibit 10 attached hereto.

(g) The insurance required pursuant to Sections 14.1(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) (collectively, “ Tenant’s Insurance Policies ”) shall be effected with insurers approved by Landlord, with a rating of not less than “A-XI” in the current Best’s Insurance Reports, and authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts under valid and enforceable policies. Tenant’s Insurance Policies shall each provide that it shall not be canceled or modified without at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice to each insured named therein; provided, however, in the event Tenant’s insurer will not provide such notice, Tenant shall be obligated to provide Landlord with ten (10) days’ prior written notice of any cancellation or modification. Tenant’s Insurance Policies may include deductibles in an amount no greater than the greater of $25,000 or commercially reasonable amounts. On or before the date on which any of the Tenant Parties shall first enter the Premises and thereafter not less than five (5) days prior to the expiration date of each expiring policy, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord binders of Tenant’s Insurance Policies issued by the respective insurers setting forth in full the provisions thereof together with evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the payment of all premiums for such policies. In the event of any claim, and upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord complete copies of Tenant’s Insurance Policies. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to any Mortgagee copies of the foregoing documents.

14.2 Indemnification . Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Landlord Parties, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and save the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all Claims asserted by or on behalf of any person, firm, corporation or public authority arising from:

(a) Tenant’s breach of any covenant or obligation under this Lease;

(b) Any injury to or death of any person, or loss of or damage to property, sustained or occurring in, at or upon the Premises;

(c) Any injury to or death of any person, or loss of or damage to property arising out of the use or occupancy of the Premises by or the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Tenant Parties; and

(d) On account of or based upon any work or thing whatsoever done (other than by Landlord or any of the Landlord Parties) at the Premises during the Term and during the period of time, if any, prior to the Term Commencement Date that any of the Tenant Parties may have been given access to the Premises.

14.3 Property of Tenant . Tenant covenants and agrees that, to the maximum extent permitted by Legal Requirements, all of Tenant’s Property at the Premises shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant, and that if the whole or any part thereof shall be damaged, destroyed, stolen or removed from any cause or reason whatsoever, no part of said damage or loss shall be charged to, or borne by, Landlord, except, subject to Section 14.5 hereof, to the extent such damage or loss is due to the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Landlord Parties.

 

PAGE 37


14.4 Limitation of Landlord’s Liability for Damage or Injury . Landlord shall not be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, air contaminants or emissions, electricity, electrical or electronic emanations or disturbance, water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances, equipment or plumbing works or from the roof, street or sub-surface or from any other place or caused by dampness, vandalism, malicious mischief or by any other cause of whatever nature, except, subject to Section 14.5, to the extent caused by or due to the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Landlord Parties, and then, where notice and an opportunity to cure are appropriate (i.e., where Tenant has an opportunity to know of such condition sufficiently in advance of the occurrence of any such injury or damage resulting therefrom as would have enabled Landlord to prevent such damage or loss had Tenant notified Landlord of such condition) only after (i) notice to Landlord of the condition claimed to constitute negligence or willful misconduct, and (ii) the expiration of a reasonable time after such notice has been received by Landlord without Landlord having commenced to take all reasonable and practicable means to cure or correct such condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any of the Landlord Parties be liable for any loss which is covered by insurance policies actually carried or required to be so carried by this Lease; nor shall any of the Landlord Parties be liable for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Building or caused by operations in construction of any private, public, or quasi-public work; nor shall any of the Landlord Parties be liable for any latent defect in the Premises or in the Building.

14.5 Waiver of Subrogation; Mutual Release . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives on behalf of itself and its property insurers (none of which shall ever be assigned any such claim or be entitled thereto due to subrogation or otherwise) any and all rights of recovery, claim, action, or cause of action against the other and its agents, officers, servants, partners, shareholders, or employees (collectively, the Related Parties ”) for any loss or damage that may occur to or within the Premises or the Building or any improvements thereto, or any personal property of such party therein which is insured against under any Property Insurance (as defined in Section 14.7) policy actually being maintained by the waiving party from time to time, even if not required hereunder, or which would be insured against under the terms of any Property Insurance policy required to be carried or maintained by the waiving party hereunder, whether or not such insurance coverage is actually being maintained, including, in every instance, such loss or damage that may be caused by the negligence of the other party hereto and/or its Related Parties. Landlord and Tenant each agrees to cause appropriate clauses to be included in its Property Insurance policies necessary to implement the foregoing provisions. For avoidance of doubt, each party (“ Waiving Party ”) expressly waives any claim which it might have against the other party ( Released Party ) for damage to property which is not covered by reason of any deductible or self-insured retention under the Waiving Party’s Property Insurance, or by reason of the fact that the Waiving Party is self-insuring damage to its property.

14.6 Tenant’s Acts—Effect on Insurance . Tenant shall not do or permit any Tenant Party to do any act or thing upon the Premises or elsewhere in the Building which will invalidate or be in conflict with any insurance policies covering the Building and the fixtures and property therein; and shall not do, or permit to be done, any act or thing upon the Premises which shall subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury to any person or persons or to property by reason of any business or operation being carried on upon said Premises or for any other reason. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall not be

 

PAGE 38


liable for any increases in the rate of insurance unless such increases arise from Tenant’s manner of use of the Premises (as opposed to Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Uses). If by reason of the failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions hereof the insurance rate applicable to any policy of insurance shall at any time thereafter be higher than it otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s written demand for that part of any insurance premiums which shall have been charged because of such failure by Tenant, together with interest at the Default Rate until paid in full, within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor. In addition, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any increase in insurance premium arising as a result of Tenant’s use and/or storage of any Hazardous Materials in the Premises.

14.7 Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord shall carry at all times during the Term of this Lease: (i) commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Building, the Land and the Common Areas thereof in an amount not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) combined single limit per occurrence, (ii) with respect to the Building, excluding Tenant-Insured Improvements and improvements made by other tenants or occupants, insurance against loss or damage caused by any peril covered under fire, extended coverage and all risk insurance with coverage against vandalism, malicious mischief and such other insurable hazards and contingencies as are from time to time normally insured against by owners of similar first class offices/research/laboratory buildings/campuses in the Route 128/Route 2/Alewife corridor real estate market or which are required by Landlord’s mortgagee, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement cost thereof above foundation walls (“ Landlord Property Insurance ”), and (iii) rent interruption insurance covering at least twelve (12) months. Any and all such insurance: (x) may be maintained under a blanket policy affecting other properties of Landlord and/or its affiliated business organizations, and (y) may be written with commercially reasonable deductibles as determined by Landlord. The costs incurred by Landlord related to such insurance shall be included in Operating Costs. Tenant Property Insurance and Landlord Property Insurance are referred to collectively herein as “ Property Insurance ”.

 

15.

CASUALTY; TAKING

15.1 Damage . If the Premises are damaged in whole or part because of fire or other insured casualty (“ Casualty ”), or if the Premises are subject to a taking in connection with the exercise of any power of eminent domain, condemnation, or purchase under threat or in lieu thereof (any of the foregoing, a “ Taking ”), then unless this Lease is terminated in accordance with Section 15.2 below, Landlord shall restore the Building and/or the Premises to substantially the same condition as existed immediately following completion of Landlord’s Work, or in the event of a partial Taking which affects the Building and the Premises, restore the remainder of the Building and the Premises not so Taken to substantially the same condition as is reasonably feasible. Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days after any Casualty, deliver to Tenant an engineering estimate (“ Restoration Estimate ”) from a reputable contractor or engineer, setting forth an estimate of the period of time (“ Restoration Period ”) that it will take for Landlord to restore the Building and/or Premises, as aforesaid. If, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, any element of the Tenant-Insured Improvements can more effectively be restored as an integral part of Landlord’s restoration of the Building or the Premises, such restoration shall also be made by Landlord, but at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Subject to rights of Mortgagees, Tenant Delays,

 

PAGE 39


Legal Requirements then in existence and to delays for adjustment of insurance proceeds or Taking awards, as the case may be, and instances of Force Majeure, Landlord shall substantially complete such restoration within one (1) year after Landlord s receipt of all required permits therefor with respect to substantial reconstruction of at least 50% of the Building, or, within one hundred eighty (180) days after Landlord s receipt of all required permits therefor in the case of restoration of less than 50% of the Building. Upon substantial completion of such restoration by Landlord, Tenant shall use diligent efforts to complete restoration of the Premises to substantially the same condition as existed immediately prior to such Casualty or Taking, as the case may be, as soon as reasonably possible. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord in such manner as Landlord may reasonably request to assist Landlord in collecting insurance proceeds due in connection with any Casualty which affects the Premises or the Building. In no event shall Landlord be required to expend more than the Net (hereinafter defined) insurance proceeds Landlord receives for damage to the Premises and/or the Building or the Net Taking award attributable to the Premises and/or the Building. “ Net ” means the insurance proceeds or Taking award actually paid to Landlord (and not paid over to a Mortgagee) less all costs and expenses, including adjusters and attorney s fees, of obtaining the same. In the Operating Year in which a Casualty occurs, there shall be included in Operating Costs Landlord s deductible under its property insurance policy. Except as Landlord may elect pursuant to this Section 15.1, under no circumstances shall Landlord be required to repair any damage to, or make any repairs to or replacements of, any Tenant-Insured Improvements.

15.2 Termination Rights .

(a) Landlord’s Termination Rights . Landlord may terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant if:

(i) any material portion of the Building or any material means of access thereto is taken;

(ii) more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the Building is damaged by Casualty; or

(iii) if the estimated time to complete restoration exceeds one (1) year from the date on which Landlord receives all required permits for such restoration.

(b) Tenant’s Termination Rights . Tenant may terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord if:

(i) any material portion of the Premises or any material means of access thereto is taken, so that, in Tenant’s reasonable judgment, the continued operation of Tenant’s business in the Premises is materially adversely affected;

(ii) if, 50% or more of the Building is damaged by a Casualty and the estimated Restoration Period, as set forth in the Restoration Estimate, exceeds one (1) year from the date on which Landlord receives all required permits for such restoration; or

 

PAGE 40


(iii) if less than 50% of the Building is damaged by a Casualty, Tenant’s use of and/or access to the Premises is materially adversely affected by such Casualty, estimated Restoration Period, as set forth in the Restoration Estimate, exceeds six (6) months from the date on which Landlord receives all required permits for such restoration; and the

(iv) if Landlord is so required but fails to complete restoration of the Premises within the time frames and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 15.1 above, then Tenant may terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days written notice to Landlord; provided, however, that if Landlord completes such restoration within thirty (30) days after receipt of any such termination notice on account of Landlord’s failure to so complete within the time period required, such termination notice shall be null and void and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

The remedies set forth in this Section 15.2(b) and in Section 15.2(c) below are Tenant’s sole and exclusive rights and remedies based upon Landlord’s failure to complete the restoration of the Premises as set forth herein.

(c) Either Party May Terminate . In the case of any Casualty or Taking affecting the Premises and occurring during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, then either Landlord or Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the other. In addition, if Landlord’s Mortgagee does not release sufficient insurance proceeds to cover the cost of Landlord’s restoration obligations, then Landlord shall (i) notify Tenant thereof, and (ii) have the right to terminate this Lease. If Landlord does not terminate this Lease pursuant to the previous sentence and such notice by Landlord does not include an agreement by Landlord to pay for the difference between the cost of such restoration and such released insurance proceeds, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord on or before the date that is thirty (30) days after such notice.

(d) Automatic Termination . In the case of a Taking of the entire Premises, then this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of possession by the Taking authority.

15.3 Rent Abatement . In the event of a Casualty affecting the Premises, there shall be an equitable adjustment of Base Rent, Operating Costs and Taxes based upon the degree to which Tenant s ability to conduct its business in the Premises is impaired by reason of such Casualty from and after the date of a Casualty, and continuing until the following portions of the repair and restoration work to be performed by Landlord, as set forth above, are substantially completed: (i) any repair and restoration work to be performed by Landlord within the Premises, and (ii) repair and restoration work with respect to the Common Areas to the extent that damage to the Common Areas caused by such Casualty materially adversely affects Tenant s use of, or access to, the Premises.

15.4 Taking for Temporary Use . If the Premises are Taken for temporary use, this Lease and Tenant s obligations, including without limitation the payment of Rent, shall continue. For purposes hereof, a “Taking for temporary use” shall mean a Taking of ninety (90) days or less.

 

PAGE 41


15.5 Disposition of Awards . Except for any separate award for Tenant s movable trade fixtures, relocation expenses, and unamortized leasehold improvements paid for by Tenant (provided that the same may not reduce Landlord s award), all Taking awards to Landlord or Tenant shall be Landlord s property without Tenant s participation, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant s interest, if any, in such award. Tenant may pursue its own claim against the Taking authority.

 

16.

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.

Tenant shall at any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) business days’ prior notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), and the dates to which Rent has been paid in advance, if any, stating to Tenant’s knowledge whether or not Landlord is in default in performance of any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition contained in this Lease and, if so, specifying each such default, and such other facts as Landlord may reasonably request, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by Landlord, any prospective purchaser of the Building or of any interest of Landlord therein, any Mortgagee or prospective Mortgagee thereof, any lessor or prospective lessor thereof, any lessee or prospective lessee thereof, or any prospective assignee of any mortgage thereof. Time is of the essence with respect to any such requested certificate , Tenant hereby acknowledging the importance of such certificates in mortgage financing arrangements, prospective sales and the like.

 

17.

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

17.1 Prohibition . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, bring or permit to be brought or kept in or on the Premises or elsewhere in the Building or the Property (i) any inflammable, combustible or explosive fluid, material, chemical or substance (except for standard office supplies stored in proper containers); and (ii) any Hazardous Material (hereinafter defined), other than the types and quantities of Hazardous Materials which are listed on Exhibit 8 attached hereto ( “Tenant’s Hazardous Materials” ), provided that:

(x) Tenant s Hazardous Materials shall at all times be brought upon, kept or used in so-called control areas (the number and size of which shall be reasonably determined by Landlord) and in accordance with all applicable Environmental Laws (hereinafter defined) and prudent environmental practice and (with respect to medical waste and so-called biohazard materials) good scientific and medical practice; and

(y) each of sodium azide, diethy ether, and picric acid may only be brought, kept or used in the Premises so long as such chemicals are used, stored, handled and transported in accordance with a materials use and storage plan proposed by Tenant and which is approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

 

PAGE 42


Tenant shall be responsible for assuring that all laboratory uses are adequately and properly vented. On or before each anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, and on any earlier date during the 12-month period on which Tenant intends to add a new Hazardous Material or materially increase the quantity of any Hazardous Material to the list of Tenant s Hazardous Materials, Tenant shall submit to Landlord an updated list of Tenant s Hazardous Materials for Landlord s review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to inspect the Premises for compliance with the terms of this Section 17.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any of Tenant s Hazardous Materials which Tenant does not properly handle, store or dispose of in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws (hereinafter defined), prudent environmental practice and (with respect to medical waste and so-called biohazard materials ) good scientific and medical practice, Tenant shall, upon written notice from Landlord, no longer have the right to bring such material into the Building or the Property until Tenant has demonstrated, to Landlord s reasonable satisfaction, that Tenant has implemented programs to thereafter properly handle, store or dispose of such material. In order to induce Landlord to waive its otherwise applicable requirement that Tenant maintain insurance in favor of Landlord against liability arising from the presence of radioactive materials in the Premises, and without limiting the foregoing, Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that at no time during the Term will Tenant bring upon, or permit to be brought upon, the Premises any radioactive materials whatsoever.

17.2 Environmental Laws . For purposes hereof, “Environmental Laws” shall mean all laws, statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations of any local, state or federal governmental authority having jurisdiction concerning environmental, health and safety matters, including but not limited to any discharge by any of the Tenant Parties into the air, surface water, sewers, soil or groundwater of any Hazardous Material (hereinafter defined) whether within or outside the Premises, including, without limitation (a) the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq., (b) the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., (c) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., (d) the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, 15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq., and (e) Chapter 21E of the General Laws of Massachusetts. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall comply with (i) Environmental Laws, and (ii) any rules, requirements and safety procedures of the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection, the Town of Lexington and any insurer of the Building or the Premises with respect to Tenant s use, storage and disposal of any Hazardous Materials.

17.3 Hazardous Material Defined . As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material” means asbestos, oil or any hazardous, radioactive or toxic substance, material or waste or petroleum derivative which is or becomes regulated by any Environmental Law, including without limitation live organisms, viruses and fungi, medical waste and any so-called biohazard materials. The term “Hazardous Material” includes, without limitation, oil and/or any material or substance which is (i) designated as a hazardous substance, hazardous material, oil, hazardous waste or toxic substance under any Environmental Law.

17.4 Chemical Safety Program . Tenant shall establish and maintain a chemical safety program administered by a licensed, qualified individual in accordance with the requirements of any applicable governmental authority. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs incurred in connection with such chemical safety program, and Tenant shall provide Landlord with such documentation as Landlord may reasonably require evidencing Tenant s compliance with the requirements of (a) any applicable governmental authority with respect to such chemical safety program and (b) this Section. Tenant shall obtain and maintain during the Term any permit required by any such applicable governmental authority.

 

PAGE 43


17.5 Testing . If any Mortgagee or governmental authority requires testing to determine whether there has been any release of Hazardous Materials and such testing is required as a result of the acts or omissions of any of the Tenant Parties in violation of this Lease, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days of Landlord s written demand, as Additional Rent, for the reasonable costs thereof, together with interest at the Default Rate until paid in full. Tenant shall execute affidavits, certifications and the like, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord from time to time concerning Tenant’s best knowledge and belief concerning the presence of Hazardous Materials in or on the Premises, the Building or the Property. In addition to the foregoing, if Landlord reasonably believes that any Hazardous Materials have been released on the Premises in violation of this Lease or any Legal Requirement, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises or any portion thereof to demonstrate that Hazardous Materials are present or that contamination has occurred due to the acts or omissions of any of the Tenant Parties. Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs of such tests if such tests reveal that Hazardous Materials exist at the Premises in violation of this Lease or any Legal Requirement. Further, Landlord shall have the right to cause a third party consultant retained by Landlord, at Landlord s expense (provided, however, that such costs shall be included in Operating Costs, if allowable pursuant to Section 5.2), to review, but not more than once in any calendar year, Tenant s lab operations, procedures and permits to ascertain whether or not Tenant is complying with law and adhering to best industry practices. Tenant agrees to cooperate in good faith with any such review and to provide to such consultant any information requested by such consultant and reasonably required in order for such consultant to perform such review, but nothing contained herein shall require Tenant to provide proprietary or confidential information to such consultant.

17.6 Indemnity; Remediation .

(a) Tenant hereby covenants and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all Claims against any of the Landlord Parties arising out of contamination of any part of the Property or other adjacent property, which contamination arises as a result of: (i) the presence of Hazardous Material in the Premises, the presence of which is caused by any act or omission of any of the Tenant Parties, or (ii) from a breach by Tenant of its obligations under this Section 17. This indemnification of the Landlord Parties by Tenant includes, without limitation, reasonable costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal or restoration work or any other response actions required by any federal, state or local governmental agency or political subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in the soil, soil vapor or ground water on or under or any indoor air in the Building based upon the circumstances identified in the first sentence of this Section 17.6. The indemnification and hold harmless obligations of Tenant under this Section 17.6 shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Material in the Building or otherwise in the Property is caused or permitted by any of the Tenant Parties and results in any contamination of any part of the Property or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at Tenant’s sole cost and expense as are necessary to return the Property and/or the

 

PAGE 44


Building or any adjacent property to their condition as of the date of this Lease, provided that Tenant shall first obtain Landlord’s written approval of such actions, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as such actions, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, would not potentially have any adverse effect on the Property, and, in any event, Landlord shall not withhold its approval of any proposed actions which are required by applicable Environmental Laws. The provisions of this Section 17.6 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

(b) Without limiting the obligations set forth in Section 17.6(a) above, if any Hazardous Material is in, on, under, at or about the Building or the Property as a result of the acts or omissions of any of the Tenant Parties and results in any contamination of any part of the Property or any adjacent property that is in violation of any applicable Environmental Law or that requires the performance of any response action pursuant to any Environmental Law, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at Tenant’s sole cost and expense as are necessary to reduce such Hazardous Material to amounts below any applicable Reportable Quantity, any applicable Reportable Concentration and any other applicable standard set forth in any Environmental Law such that no further response actions are required; provided that Tenant shall first obtain Landlord’s written approval of such actions, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as such actions would not be reasonably expected to have an adverse effect on the market value or utility of the Property for the Permitted Uses, and in any event, Landlord shall not withhold its approval of any proposed actions which are required by applicable Environmental Laws (such approved actions, “ Tenant’s Remediation ”).

(c) In the event that Tenant fails to complete Tenant’s Remediation prior to the end of the Term, then:

(i) until the completion of Tenant’s Remediation (as evidenced by the certification of Tenant’s Licensed Site Professional (as such term is defined by applicable Environmental Laws), who shall be reasonably acceptable to Landlord) (the “ Remediation Completion Date ”), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, with respect to the portion of the Premises which reasonably cannot be occupied by a new tenant until completion of Tenant’s Remediation, (A) Additional Rent on account of Operating Costs and Taxes and (B) Base Rent in an amount equal to the greater of (1) the fair market rental value of such portion of the Premises (determined in substantial accordance with the process described in Section 1.2 above), and (2) Base Rent attributable to such portion of the Premises in effect immediately prior to the end of the Term; and

(ii) Tenant shall maintain responsibility for Tenant’s Remediation and Tenant shall complete Tenant’s Remediation as soon as reasonably practicable in accordance with Environmental Laws. If Tenant does not diligently pursue completion of Tenant’s Remediation, Landlord shall have the right to either (A) assume control for overseeing Tenant’s Remediation, in which event Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses of Tenant’s Remediation (it being understood and agreed that all costs and expenses of Tenant’s Remediation incurred pursuant to contracts entered into by Tenant shall be deemed reasonable) within thirty (30) days of demand therefor (which demand shall be made no more often than monthly), and Landlord shall be substituted as the party identified on any governmental filings as the party responsible for the performance of

 

PAGE 45


such Tenant’s Remediation or (B) require Tenant to maintain responsibility for Tenant’s Remediation, in which event Tenant shall complete Tenant’s Remediation as soon as reasonably practicable in accordance with Environmental Laws, it being understood that Tenant’s Remediation shall not contain any requirement that Tenant remediate any contamination to levels or standards more stringent than those associated with the Property’s current office, research and development, laboratory, and vivarium uses.

(d) The provisions of this Section 17.6 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

17.7 Disclosures . Prior to bringing any Hazardous Material into any part of the Property, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the following information with respect thereto: (a) a description of handling, storage, use and disposal procedures; (b) all plans or disclosures and/or emergency response plans which Tenant has prepared, including without limitation Tenant s Spill Response Plan, and all plans which Tenant is required to supply to any governmental agency or authority pursuant to any Environmental Laws; (c) copies of all Required Permits relating thereto; and (d) other information reasonably requested by Landlord.

17.8 Removal . Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for Hazardous Material and other biohazard disposal services for the Premises. Such services shall be performed by contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord and on a sufficient basis to ensure that the Premises are at all times kept neat, clean and free of Hazardous Materials and biohazards except in appropriate, specially marked containers reasonably approved by Landlord.

17.9 Landlord Obligations with respect to Hazardous Materials.

(a) Landlord Representations, Covenants and Indemnity. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that, to the Best of Landlord’s Knowledge (as that term is defined in clause (c) below), except to the extent (if any) as may be disclosed in the following described environmental assessment reports which have been made available by Landlord to Tenant (the “ Disclosed Materials ”), there exist, as of the Execution Date of this Lease, no Hazardous Materials on the Property which are in violation of applicable Environmental Laws or that require reporting, investigation, remediation or other response under Chapter 21E or other Environmental Laws:

 

  1.

Phase I Environmental Site Assessment

45, 55, 65 Hayden Avenue

Lexington, MA 02421

Prepared for

King Street Properties

200 Cambridge Park Drive

Cambridge, MA 02141

Prepared by

Boston Environmental Corporation

338 Howard Street

Brockton, Massachusetts 02302

 

PAGE 46


July 7, 2016

Project No. BEC 16-142

 

  2.

Laboratory Decommissioning Report

For Merck Sharpe & Dohme Corp.

65 Hayden Avenue, 1st Floor

Lexington, MA

Prepared for Ms. Sharon Rose

Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp.

65 Hayden Avenue, First Floor

Lexington, MA

Prepared by Triumvirate Environmental, Inc.

200 Inner Belt Road

Somerville, MA 02143

Job Number: 703614

December 29, 2016

Landlord covenants that neither Landlord nor any of the Landlord Parties shall bring any Hazardous Materials in or on to the Property or discharge any Hazardous Materials in or on to the Property which are, in either case, in violation of applicable Environmental Laws. Landlord hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Tenant, its officers, directors, employees, and agents harmless from any Claims arising as result of any breach by Landlord of its representations, warranties, or covenants under this Section 17.9(a).

(b) Landlord Remediation . If Hazardous Materials are discovered in, on or under the Property which are not in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws or that require reporting, investigation, remediation or other response under Chapter 21E or other Environmental Laws, and which are not the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to this Article 17, then Landlord shall remove or remediate the same, when, if, and in the manner required by applicable Environmental Laws.

(c) To the Best of Landlord’s Knowledge . The phrase “to the Best of Landlord’s Knowledge” under shall mean the best of the knowledge of Robert Albro, Landlord’s asset manager with respect to the Property.

 

18.

RULES AND REGULATIONS.

18.1 Rules and Regulations . Tenant will faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit 9 ( “Current Rules and Regulations” ) and reasonable rules and regulations as may be promulgated, from time to time, with respect to the Building, the Property and construction within the Property (collectively, the “Rules and Regulations” ). The Current Rules and Regulations consist of the Building Rules and

 

PAGE 47


Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit 9-1 and the Construction Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit 9-2 . In the case of any conflict between the provisions of this Lease and any future rules and regulations, the provisions of this Lease shall control. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or the terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease as against any other tenant and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its servants, employees, agents, contractors, visitors, invitees or licensees.

18.2 Energy Conservation . Landlord may institute upon written notice to Tenant such policies, programs and measures as may be necessary, required, or expedient for the conservation and/or preservation of energy or energy services (collectively, the “Conservation Program” ), provided however: (i) that the Conservation Program does not, by reason of such policies, programs and measures, reduce the level of energy or energy services being provided to the Premises below the level of energy or energy services then being provided in comparable combination laboratory, research and development and office buildings in the vicinity of the Premises, provided the same shall not come at a material cost to Tenant, or materially adversely affect Tenant s use of the Premises for any of the Permitted Uses, or (ii) as may be necessary or required to comply with Legal Requirements or standards or the other provisions of this Lease. Upon receipt of such notice, Tenant shall comply with the Conservation Program.

18.3 Recycling . Upon written notice, Landlord may establish policies, programs and measures for the recycling of paper, products, plastic, tin and other materials (a “Recycling Program” ). Upon receipt of such notice, Tenant will comply with the Recycling Program at Tenant s sole cost and expense.

 

19.

LAWS AND PERMITS.

19.1 Legal Requirements . Tenant shall not cause or permit the Premises, or cause the Property or the Building to be used in any way that violates any Legal Requirement, order, permit, approval, variance, covenant or restrictions of record or any provisions of this Lease, interferes with the rights of tenants of the Building, or constitutes a nuisance or waste. Tenant shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and approvals needed for the operation of Tenant s business as soon as reasonably possible, and in any event shall not undertake any operations unless all applicable permits and approvals are in place and shall, promptly take all actions necessary to comply with all Legal Requirements, including, without limitation, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, applicable to Tenant s use of the Premises, the Property or the Building. Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect all certifications or permissions required by any authority having jurisdiction to authorize, franchise or regulate Tenant s use of the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for procuring and complying at all times with any and all necessary permits and approvals directly or indirectly relating or incident to: the conduct of its activities on the Premises; its scientific experimentation, transportation, storage, handling, use and disposal of any chemical or radioactive or bacteriological or pathological substances or organisms or other hazardous wastes or environmentally dangerous substances or materials or medical waste or animals or laboratory specimens. Within ten (10) days of a request by Landlord, which request shall be made not more than once during each period of twelve (12) consecutive months during the Term hereof, unless otherwise requested by any mortgagee of Landlord or unless Landlord reasonably suspects that Tenant has violated the provisions of this

 

PAGE 48


Section 19.1, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with copies of all such permits and approvals that Tenant possesses or has obtained together with a certificate certifying that such permits are all of the permits that Tenant possesses or has obtained with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall promptly give written notice to Landlord of any warnings or violations relative to the above received from any federal, state or municipal agency or by any court of law and shall promptly cure the conditions causing any such violations. Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default of its obligations under the preceding sentence to promptly cure any condition causing any such violation in the event that, in lieu of such cure, Tenant shall contest the validity of such violation by appellate or other proceedings permitted under applicable law, provided that: (i) any such contest is made reasonably and in good faith, (ii) Tenant makes provisions, including, without limitation, posting bond(s) or giving other security, reasonably acceptable to Landlord to protect Landlord, the Building and the Property from any liability, costs, damages or expenses arising in connection with such alleged violation and failure to cure, (iii) Tenant shall agree to indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liability, costs, damages, or expenses arising in connection with such condition and/or violation, (iv) Tenant shall promptly cure any violation in the event that its appeal of such violation is overruled or rejected, and (v) Tenant s decision to delay such cure shall not, in Landlord s good faith determination, be likely to result in any actual or threatened bodily injury, property damage, or any civil or criminal liability to Landlord, any tenant or occupant of the Building or the Property, or any other person or entity. Nothing contained in this Section 19.1 shall be construed to expand the uses permitted hereunder beyond the Permitted Uses. Landlord shall comply with any Legal Requirements and with any direction of any public office or officer relating to the maintenance or operation of the structural elements of the Building and the Common Areas, and the costs so incurred by Landlord shall be included in Operating Costs in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.2.

 

20.

DEFAULT

20.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” hereunder by Tenant:

(a) If Tenant fails to make any payment of Rent or any other payment required hereunder, as and when due, and such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days after notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, an Event of Default shall occur hereunder without any obligation of Landlord to give any notice if (i) Tenant fails to make any payment within five (5) days after the due date therefor, and (ii) Landlord has given Tenant written notice under this Section 20.1(a) on more than two (2) occasions during the twelve (12) month interval preceding such failure by Tenant;

(b) Intentionally omitted.

(c) If Tenant shall fail to execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate pursuant to Section 16 above or a subordination and attornment agreement pursuant to Section 22 below, within the timeframes set forth therein;

(d) If Tenant shall fail to maintain any insurance required hereunder;

 

PAGE 49


(e) If Tenant shall fail to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount or deliver a replacement Letter of Credit as required under Section 7 above;

(f) If Tenant causes or suffers any release of Hazardous Materials in or near the Property;

(g) If Tenant shall make a Transfer in violation of the provisions of Section 13 above, or if any event shall occur or any contingency shall arise whereby this Lease, or the term and estate thereby created, would (by operation of law or otherwise) devolve upon or pass to any person, firm or corporation other than Tenant, except as expressly permitted under Section 13 hereof;

(h) Intentionally Omitted;

(i) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified above, and such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after notice thereof from Landlord; provided, further, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, which completion shall occur not later than ninety (90) days from the date of such notice from Landlord;

(j) Tenant shall be involved in financial difficulties as evidenced by an admission in writing by Tenant of Tenant’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or by the making or offering to make a composition of its debts with its creditors;

(k) Tenant shall make an assignment or trust mortgage, or other conveyance or transfer of like nature, of all or a substantial part of its property for the benefit of its creditors,

(l) an attachment on mesne process, on execution or otherwise, or other legal process shall issue against Tenant or its property and a sale of any of its assets shall be held thereunder;

(m) the leasehold hereby created shall be taken on execution or by other process of law and shall not be revested in Tenant within thirty (30) days thereafter;

(n) a receiver, sequesterer, trustee or similar officer shall be appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to take charge of all or any part of Tenant’s Property and such appointment shall not be vacated within thirty (30) days; or

(o) any proceeding shall be instituted by or against Tenant pursuant to any of the provisions of any Act of Congress or State law relating to bankruptcy, reorganizations, arrangements, compositions or other relief from creditors, and, in the case of any proceeding instituted against it, if Tenant shall fail to have such proceedings dismissed within thirty (30) days or if Tenant is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent as a result of any such proceeding.

 

PAGE 50


With respect to the defaults set forth in subsections (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) above, if Tenant shall fail to cure the default within the respective required timeframes set forth in this Lease, and such failure shall continue for three (3) business days after Tenant’s receipt of a Reminder Notice (as defined below), then such events shall be deemed to be an Event of Default. For purposes hereof, a “ Reminder Notice ” shall be a notice from Landlord to Tenant that states in bold faced capital letters at the top of the first page thereof the following: “ TENANT’S FAILURE TO CURE DEFAULT WITHIN THREE (3)  BUSINESS DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF THIS NOTICE SHALL CONSTITUTE AN EVENT OF DEFAULT .”

20.2 Remedies . Upon an Event of Default, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, elect to terminate this Lease; and thereupon (and without prejudice to any remedies which might otherwise be available for arrears of Rent or preceding breach of covenant or agreement and without prejudice to Tenant s liability for damages as hereinafter stated), upon the giving of such notice, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified therein as though that were the Expiration Date. Upon such termination, Landlord shall have the right to utilize the Security Deposit or draw down the entire Letter of Credit, as applicable, and apply the proceeds thereof to its damages hereunder. Without being taken or deemed to be guilty of any manner of trespass or conversion, and without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, Landlord may, by lawful process, enter into and upon the Premises (or any part thereof in the name of the whole); repossess the same, as of its former estate; and expel Tenant and those claiming under Tenant. The words re-entry and re-enter as used in this Lease are not restricted to their technical legal meanings.

20.3 Damages - Termination .

(a) Upon the termination of this Lease under the provisions of this Section 20, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Rent up to the time of such termination, shall continue to be liable for any preceding breach of covenant, and in addition, shall pay to Landlord as damages, at the election of Landlord, either:

(i) the amount (discounted to present value at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum) by which, at the time of the termination of this Lease (or at any time thereafter if Landlord shall have initially elected damages under Section 20.3(a)(ii) below), (x) the aggregate of Rent projected over the period commencing with such termination and ending on the Expiration Date, exceeds (y) the aggregate projected rental value of the Premises for such period, taking into account a reasonable time period during which the Premises shall be unoccupied, plus all Reletting Costs (hereinafter defined); or

(ii) amounts equal to Rent which would have been payable by Tenant had this Lease not been so terminated, payable upon the due dates therefor specified herein following such termination and until the Expiration Date, provided, however , if Landlord shall re-let the Premises during such period, that Landlord shall credit Tenant with the net rents received by Landlord from such re-letting, such net rents to be determined by first deducting from the gross rents as and when received by Landlord from such re-letting the expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in terminating this Lease, as well as the expenses of re-letting, including altering and preparing the Premises for new tenants, brokers’ commissions, and all other similar and dissimilar expenses properly

 

PAGE 51


chargeable against the Premises and the rental therefrom (collectively, “ Reletting Costs ”), it being understood that any such re-letting may be for a period equal to or shorter or longer than the remaining Term; and provided, further , that (x) in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over the sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder and (y) in no event shall Tenant be entitled in any suit for the collection of damages pursuant to this Section 20.3(a)(ii) to a credit in respect of any net rents from a re-letting except to the extent that such net rents are actually received by Landlord prior to the commencement of such suit. If the Premises or any part thereof should be re-let in combination with other space, then proper apportionment on a square foot area basis shall be made of the rent received from such re-letting and of the expenses of re-letting.

(b) In calculating the amount due under Section 20.3(a)(i), above, there shall be included, in addition to the Base Rent, all other considerations agreed to be paid or performed by Tenant, including without limitation Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and Taxes, on the assumption that all such amounts and considerations would have increased at the rate of three percent (3%) per annum for the balance of the full term hereby granted.

(c) Suit or suits for the recovery of such damages, or any installments thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to postpone suit until the date when the Term would have expired if it had not been terminated hereunder.

(d) Nothing herein contained shall be construed as limiting or precluding the recovery by Landlord against Tenant of any sums or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above, Landlord may lawfully be entitled by reason of any Event of Default hereunder.

20.4 Landlord’s Self-Help; Fees and Expenses . If Tenant shall default in the performance of any covenant on Tenant s part to be performed in this Lease contained, including without limitation the obligation to maintain the Premises in the required condition pursuant to Section 10.1 above, Landlord may, upon reasonable advance notice, except that no notice shall be required in an emergency, immediately, or at any time thereafter, perform the same for the account of Tenant. Tenant shall pay to Landlord within thirty (30) days of Landlord s demand therefor any costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, together with interest at the Default Rate until paid in full. In addition, Tenant shall pay all of Landlord s costs and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees, incurred (i) in enforcing any obligation of Tenant under this Lease or (ii) as a result of Landlord or any of the Landlord Parties, without its fault, being made party to any litigation pending by or against any of the Tenant Parties.

20.5 Waiver of Redemption, Statutory Notice and Grace Periods . Tenant does hereby waive and surrender all rights and privileges which it might have under or by reason of any present or future Legal Requirements to redeem the Premises or to have a continuance of this Lease for the Term hereby demised after being dispossessed or ejected therefrom by process of law or under the terms of this Lease or after the termination of this Lease as herein provided. Except to the extent prohibited by Legal Requirements, any statutory notice and grace periods provided to Tenant by law are hereby expressly waived by Tenant.

 

PAGE 52


20.6 Landlord’s Remedies Not Exclusive . The specified remedies to which Landlord may resort hereunder are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any remedies or means of redress to which Landlord may at any time be lawfully entitled, and Landlord may invoke any remedy (including the remedy of specific performance) allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were not herein provided for.

20.7 No Waiver . Landlord s failure to seek redress for violation, or to insist upon the strict performance, of any covenant or condition of this Lease, or any of the Rules and Regulations promulgated hereunder, shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all the force and effect of an original violation. The receipt by Landlord of Rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. The failure of Landlord to enforce any of such Rules and Regulations against Tenant and/or any other tenant in the Building shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Rules and Regulations. No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by either party unless such waiver be in writing signed by such party. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the stipulated Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy in this Lease provided.

20.8 Restrictions on Tenant’s Rights . During the continuation of any Event of Default, (a) Landlord shall not be obligated to provide Tenant with any notice pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 2.4 above; and (b) Tenant shall not have the right to make, nor to request Landlord s consent or approval with respect to, any Alterations or Transfers.

20.9 Landlord Default . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Landlord shall in no event be in default in the performance of any of Landlord s obligations under this Lease unless Landlord shall have failed to perform such obligations within thirty (30) days (or such additional time as is reasonably required to correct any such default, provided Landlord commences cure within 30 days) after notice by Tenant to Landlord properly specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform any such obligation. Except as expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall not have the right to terminate or cancel this Lease or to withhold rent or to set-off or deduct any claim or damages against rent as a result of any default by Landlord or breach by Landlord of its covenants or any warranties or promises hereunder, except in the case of a wrongful eviction of Tenant from the Premises (constructive or actual) by Landlord, and then only if the same continues after notice to Landlord thereof and an opportunity for Landlord to cure the same as set forth above. In addition, Tenant shall not assert any right to deduct the cost of repairs or any monetary claim against Landlord from rent thereafter due and payable under this Lease.

 

PAGE 53


21.

SURRENDER; ABANDONED PROPERTY; HOLD-OVER

21.1 Surrender

(a) Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall (i) peaceably quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises (including without limitation all fixed lab benches, fume hoods, electric, plumbing, heating and sprinkling systems, fixtures and outlets, vaults, paneling, molding, shelving, radiator enclosures, cork, rubber, linoleum and composition floors, ventilating, silencing, air conditioning and cooling equipment therein and all other furniture, fixtures, and equipment that was either provided by Landlord or paid for in whole or in part by any allowance provided to Tenant by Landlord under this Lease) broom clean, in good order, repair and condition excepting only ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other insured Casualty; (ii) remove all of Tenant’s Property, all autoclaves and cage washers and, at Landlord’s election, any Alterations made by Tenant (Landlord hereby agreeing to make such election at the time that Landlord approves any Alteration if so requested by Tenant in writing at the time that Tenant requests that Landlord approve the plans and specifications for such Alteration); and (iii) repair any damages to the Premises or the Building caused by the installation or removal of Tenant’s Property and/or such Alterations. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 21.1(a) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease contained, the parties expressly agree that Tenant shall have the right, on or before the expiration or prior termination of the term of the Lease, to remove those items of equipment and fixtures which are described on Exhibit 13 hereto, provided that Tenant repairs any damage to the Premises and/or the Building caused by the installation or removal of such items.

(b) Prior to the expiration of this Lease (or within thirty (30) days after any earlier termination), Tenant shall clean and otherwise decommission all interior surfaces (including floors, walls, ceilings, and counters), piping, supply lines, waste lines, acid neutralization systems and plumbing in and/or exclusively serving the Premises, and all exhaust or other ductwork in and/or exclusively serving the Premises, in each case which has carried or released or been contacted by any Hazardous Materials or other chemical or biological materials used in the operation of the Premises, and shall otherwise clean the Premises so as to permit the Surrender Plan (defined below) to be issued. At least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Term (or, if applicable, within five (5) business days after any earlier termination of this Lease), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a reasonably detailed narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Legal Requirements) to be taken by Tenant in order to render the Premises (including any Alterations permitted or required by Landlord to remain therein) free of Hazardous Materials and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy including without limitation causing the Premises to be decommissioned in accordance with the regulations of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission and/or the Massachusetts Department of Public health (the “ MDPH ”) for the control of radiation, and cause the Premises to be released for unrestricted use by the Radiation Control Program of the MDPH (the “ Surrender Plan ”). The Surrender Plan (i) shall be accompanied by a current list of (A) all Required Permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant Party with respect to Hazardous Materials in, on, under, at or about the Premises, and (B) Tenant’s Hazardous Materials, and (ii) shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s environmental consultant. In connection with review and approval of the Surrender Plan, upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning the use of and operations within the Premises as Landlord shall request. On or before the expiration of the Term (or within thirty (30) days after any earlier termination of this Lease, during which period Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises shall be governed by Section 21.3 below), Tenant shall (i) perform or cause to be

 

PAGE 54


performed all actions described in the approved Surrender Plan, and (ii) deliver to Landlord a certification from a third party certified industrial hygienist reasonably acceptable to Landlord certifying that the Premises do not contain any Hazardous Materials and evidence that the approved Surrender Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed by a contractor acceptable to Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Tenant’s expense as set forth below, to cause Landlord’s environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the expiration of the Term (or, if applicable, the date which is thirty (30) days after any earlier termination of this Lease), free of Hazardous Materials and otherwise available for unrestricted use and occupancy as aforesaid. Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver the Surrender Plan and any report by Landlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties. Such third parties and the Landlord Parties shall be entitled to rely on the Surrender Report. If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Surrender Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Surrender Plan, or if such Surrender Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address the use of Hazardous Materials by any of the Tenant Parties in, on, at, under or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take any such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or appropriate to assure that the Premises and the Property are surrendered in the condition required hereunder, the cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s written demand. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 21.1(b) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

(c) No act or thing done by Landlord during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, no employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys of the Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove from the Premises, prior to the end of the Term, any item installed by or for Tenant and which, pursuant to Legal Requirements, must be removed therefrom before the Premises may be used by a subsequent tenant.

21.2 Abandoned Property . After the expiration or earlier termination hereof, if Tenant fails to remove any property from the Building or the Premises which Tenant is obligated by the terms of this Lease to remove within five (5) business days after written notice from Landlord, such property (the “Abandoned Property” ) shall be conclusively deemed to have been abandoned, and may either be retained by Landlord as its property or sold or otherwise disposed of in such manner as Landlord may see fit. If any item of Abandoned Property shall be sold, Tenant hereby agrees that Landlord may receive and retain the proceeds of such sale and apply the same, at its option, to the expenses of the sale, the cost of moving and storage, any damages to which Landlord may be entitled under Section 20 hereof or pursuant to law, and to any arrears of Rent.

 

PAGE 55


21.3 Holdover . If any of the Tenant Parties holds over (which term shall include, without limitation, the failure of Tenant or any Tenant Party to perform all of its obligations under Section 21.1 above) after the end of the Term, Tenant shall be deemed a tenant-at-sufferance subject to the provisions of this Lease. Whether or not Landlord has previously accepted payments of Rent from Tenant:

(i) Tenant shall pay Base Rent at the Hold Over Percentage, as hereinafter defined, of the highest rate of Base Rent payable during the Term,

(ii) Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord all Additional Rent, and

(iii) in the event such hold over extends beyond sixty (60) days after the end of the Term, Tenant shall be liable for all damages, including without limitation lost business and consequential damages, incurred by Landlord as a result of such holding over, Tenant hereby acknowledging that Landlord may need the Premises after the end of the Term for other tenants and that the damages which Landlord may suffer as the result of Tenant’s holding over cannot be determined as of the Execution Date. Nothing contained herein shall grant Tenant the right to holdover after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. The “ Hold Over Percentage ” shall be 150% for the first sixty (60) days of such holdover, and 200% for any period of hold over after the first sixty (60) days. Nothing contained herein shall grant Tenant the right to holdover after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

21.4 Warranties . Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any warranties in effect on the last day of the Term with respect to any fixtures and Alterations installed in the Premises. Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of any such warranties prior to the expiration of the Term (or, if the Lease is earlier terminated, within five (5) days thereafter).

 

22.

MORTGAGEE RIGHTS

22.1 Subordination . Tenant s rights and interests under this Lease shall be (i) subject and subordinate to any ground lease, overleases, mortgage, deed of trust, or similar instrument covering the Premises, the Building and/or the Land and to all advances, modifications, renewals, replacements, and extensions thereof (each of the foregoing, a “Mortgage” ), or (ii) if any Mortgagee elects, prior to the lien of any present or future Mortgage. Tenant further shall attorn to and recognize any successor landlord, whether through foreclosure or otherwise, as if the successor landlord were the originally named landlord. The provisions of this Section 22.1 shall be self-operative and no further instrument shall be required to effect such subordination or attornment; however, Tenant agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, confirming such subordination and attornment in such form as shall be requested by any such holder within fifteen (15) days of request therefor. Such instruments shall be on the customary form used by such holder with such commercially reasonable changes as may be requested by Tenant.

 

PAGE 56


Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall be a condition to Tenant’s obligation to subordinate the Lease to any future Mortgage that the holder of such future Mortgage enters into an SNDA with Tenant. An “ SNDA ” shall be defined as a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement on the standard form of SNDA then being used by the holder of the Mortgage in question, with such commercially reasonable modifications as may be requested by Tenant. Tenant shall pay any reasonable charges (including legal fees) required by such holder as a condition to entering into such SNDA.

22.2 Notices . Tenant shall give each Mortgagee the same notices given to Landlord concurrently with the notice to Landlord, and each Mortgagee shall have a reasonable opportunity thereafter to cure a Landlord default, and Mortgagee s curing of any of Landlord s default shall be treated as performance by Landlord.

22.3 Mortgagee Consent . Tenant acknowledges that, where applicable, any consent or approval hereafter given by Landlord may be subject to the further consent or approval of a Mortgagee; and the failure or refusal of such Mortgagee to give such consent or approval shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease contained, constitute reasonable justification for Landlord s withholding its consent or approval.

22.4 Mortgagee Liability . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that if any Mortgage shall be foreclosed, (a) the liability of the Mortgagee and its successors and assigns shall exist only so long as such Mortgagee or purchaser is the owner of the Premises, and such liability shall not continue or survive after further transfer of ownership; and (b) subject to the last sentence of this Section 22.4, such Mortgagee and its successors or assigns shall not be (i) liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor under this Lease; (ii) liable for the performance of Landlord s covenants pursuant to the provisions of this Lease which arise and accrue prior to such entity succeeding to the interest of Landlord under this Lease or acquiring such right to possession; (iii) subject to any offsets or defense which Tenant may have at any time against Landlord; (iv) bound by any base rent or other sum which Tenant may have paid previously for more than one (1) month; or (v) liable for the performance of any covenant of Landlord under this Lease which is capable of performance only by the original Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (x) nothing shall relieve any Mortgagee, purchaser at foreclosure, or grantee of a deed in lieu of foreclosure from: (i) any liability which it has party-Landlord from and after the date which it succeeds to Landlord s interest under the Lease, and (y) any obligation which Landlord has to perform repairs or maintenance under the Lease based upon the fact that the need for such repairs or maintenance first arose after the Succession Date.

 

23.

QUIET ENJOYMENT.

Landlord covenants that so long as Tenant keeps and performs each and every covenant, agreement, term, provision and condition herein contained on the part and on behalf of Tenant to be kept and performed, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold, occupy and enjoy the Premises during the Term from and against the claims of all persons lawfully claiming by, through or under Landlord subject, nevertheless, to the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease, any matters of record or of which Tenant has knowledge and to any Mortgage to which this Lease is subject and subordinate, as hereinabove set forth.

 

PAGE 57


24.

NOTICES.

Any notice, consent, request, bill, demand or statement hereunder (each, a “ Notice ”) by either party to the other party shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when either delivered by hand or by nationally recognized overnight courier (in either case with evidence of delivery or refusal thereof) addressed as follows:

 

If to Landlord:

  

HCP/King Hayden Campus LLC

c/o King Street Properties

800 Boylston Street, Floor 15

Boston, MA 02199

Attention: Stephen D. Lynch

With a copy to:

  

Goulston & Storrs PC

400 Atlantic Avenue

Boston, MA 02110

Attention: King Street

If to Tenant:

  

Kaleido Biosciences, Inc.

65 Hayden Avenue

Lexington, MA 02421

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

With a copy to:

  

Goodwin Procter LLP

100 Northern Avenue

Boston, MA 02210

Attention: Nicole W. Riley, Esq.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice from Landlord to Tenant regarding ordinary business operations (e.g., exercise of a right of access to the Premises, maintenance activities, invoices, etc.) may also be given by written notice delivered by email to those parties listed in Section 2.4. Either party may at any time change the address or specify an additional address for such Notices by delivering or mailing, as aforesaid, to the other party a notice stating the change and setting forth the changed or additional address, provided such changed or additional address is within the United States. Notices shall be effective upon the date of receipt or refusal thereof.

 

25.

MISCELLANEOUS

25.1 Separability . If any provision of this Lease or portion of such provision or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is for any reason held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease (or the remainder of such provision) and the application thereof to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.

25.2 Captions . The captions are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Lease nor the intent of any provisions thereof.

 

PAGE 58


25.3 Broker . Tenant and Landlord each warrants and represents that it has dealt with no broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than Newmark Knight Frank and Jones Lang LaSalle (collectively, “Broker”) . Tenant and Landlord each agrees to defend, indemnify and save the other harmless from and against any Claims arising in breach of the representation and warranty set forth in the immediately preceding sentence. Landlord shall be solely responsible for the payment of any brokerage commissions to Broker.

25.4 Entire Agreement . This Lease, Lease Summary Sheet and Exhibits 1-13 attached hereto and incorporated herein contain the entire and only agreement between the parties and any and all statements and representations, written and oral, including previous correspondence and agreements between the parties hereto, are merged herein. Tenant acknowledges that all representations and statements upon which it relied in executing this Lease are contained herein and that Tenant in no way relied upon any other statements or representations, written or oral. This Lease may not be modified orally or in any manner other than by written agreement signed by the parties hereto.

25.5 Governing Law . This Lease is made pursuant to, and shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and any applicable local municipal rules, regulations, by-laws, ordinances and the like.

25.6 Representation of Authority . By his or her execution hereof, each of the signatories on behalf of the respective parties hereby warrants and represents to the other that he or she is duly authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of such party. Upon Landlord s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that any requisite resolution, corporate authority and any other necessary consents have been duly adopted and obtained.

25.7 Expenses Incurred by Landlord.

(a) Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for all reasonable expenses, including, without limitation, legal fees, incurred by Landlord in connection with all requests by Tenant for consents, approvals or execution of collateral documentation related to this Lease, including, without limitation, costs incurred by Landlord in the review and approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications in connection with proposed Alterations to be made by Tenant to the Premises or in connection with requests by Tenant for Landlord’s consent to make a Transfer. Such costs shall be deemed to be Additional Rent under this Lease.

Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) the amount of legal fees which Tenant is required to reimburse Landlord with respect to any Transfer shall not exceed the Transfer Legal Fee Cap, as hereinafter defined, with respect to such Transfer, and (ii) with respect any request by Tenant to review and approve Tenant’s plans and specifications with respect to any Alteration, Tenant shall only be required to reimburse Landlord for third party consultants engaged by Landlord to review such plans and specifications as Landlord, in good faith determines is necessary (e.g., reviews by structure engineers, MEP engineers, etc.). The “ Transfer Legal Fees Cap ” shall be defined as $2,500.00, except that (a) the Transfer Legal Fees Cap shall increase by $500 every fifth (5th) anniversary of the North Premises Base Rent Commencement Date, and (b) the Transfer Legal Fees Cap shall not apply to Tenant’s request for Landlord’s approval of any sub-sublease of any tier.

 

PAGE 59


(b) In the case of litigation or other legal proceeding between Landlord and Tenant relating to the provisions of this Lease or Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, the losing party shall, upon demand, reimburse the prevailing party for its reasonable costs of prosecuting and/or defending such proceeding (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees).

25.8 Survival . Without limiting any other obligation of Tenant which may survive the expiration or prior termination of the Term, all obligations on the part of Tenant to indemnify, defend, or hold Landlord harmless, as set forth in this Lease shall survive the expiration or prior termination of the Term.

25.9 Limitation of Liability.

(a) Limitation on Landlord’s Liability . Tenant shall neither assert nor seek to enforce any claim against Landlord or any of the Landlord Parties, or the assets of any of the Landlord Parties, for breach of this Lease or otherwise, other than against Landlord’s interest in the Building and in the uncollected rents, issues and profits thereof, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such interest for the satisfaction of any liability of Landlord under this Lease. This Section 25.9(a) shall not limit any right that Tenant might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Landlord. Landlord and Tenant specifically agree that in no event shall any officer, director, trustee, employee or representative of Landlord or any of the other Landlord Parties ever be personally liable for any obligation under this Lease, nor shall Landlord or any of the other Landlord Parties be liable for consequential or incidental damages or for lost profits whatsoever in connection with this Lease.

(b) Limitation on Tenant’s Liability. Landlord shall neither assert nor seek to enforce any claim against Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties for breach of this Lease or otherwise, other than against the assets and property of Tenant, and Landlord agrees to look solely to such assets and property for the satisfaction of any liability of Tenant or any Tenant Parties under this Lease. This Section 25.9(b) shall not limit any right that Landlord might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Tenant. Landlord and Tenant specifically agree that in no event: (i)  any officer, director, trustee, employee or representative of Tenant or any of the other Tenant Parties ever be personally liable for any obligation under this Lease, and (ii)  Tenant or any of the other Tenant Parties be liable for consequential or incidental damages or for lost profits whatsoever in connection with this Lease, except that nothing in this Section  25.9(b) shall limit or affect any liability or obligation which Tenant may have in the event of any breach by Tenant of its obligations under either Section  17 (Hazardous Materials) or Section  21.3 (Holdover) .

25.10 Binding Effect . The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease shall bind and benefit the successors and assigns of the parties hereto with the same effect as if mentioned in each instance where a party hereto is named or referred to, except that no violation of the provisions of Section 13 hereof shall operate to vest any rights in any successor or assignee of Tenant.

 

PAGE 60


25.11 Landlord Obligations upon Transfer . Upon any sale, transfer or other disposition of the Building, Landlord shall be entirely freed and relieved from the performance and observance thereafter of all covenants and obligations hereunder on the part of Landlord to be performed and observed, it being understood and agreed in such event (and it shall be deemed and construed as a covenant running with the land) that the person succeeding to Landlord s ownership of said reversionary interest shall thereupon and thereafter assume, and perform and observe, any and all of such covenants and obligations of Landlord, except as otherwise agreed in writing.

25.12 No Grant of Interest . Tenant shall not grant any interest whatsoever in any fixtures within the Premises or any item paid in whole or in part by Landlord s Contribution or by Landlord.

25.13 Financial Information . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after Landlord s reasonable request (which request may be made no more often than one time every twelve (12) month period), Tenant s most recently completed balance sheet and related statements of income, shareholder s equity and cash flows statements (audited if available) reviewed by an independent certified public accountant and certified by an officer of Tenant as being true and correct in all material respects. Any such financial information may be relied upon by any actual or potential lessor, purchaser, or mortgagee of the Property or any portion thereof.

25.14 OFAC Certificate and Indemnity . Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001 (the “Executive Order” ), and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 10756, the “Patriot Act” ) prohibit certain property transfers. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord (which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing and re-made at all times during the Term) that neither Tenant nor to Tenant s knowledge any stockholder, manager, beneficiary, partner, or principal of Tenant is subject to the Executive Order, that none of them is listed on the United States Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control ( “OFAC” ) list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons as modified from time to time, and that none of them is otherwise subject to the provisions of the Executive Order or the Patriot Act. The most current list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” can be found at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/index.html. Tenant shall from time to time, within ten days after request by Landlord, deliver to Landlord any certification or other evidence requested from time to time by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, confirming Tenant s compliance with these provisions. No assignment or subletting shall be effective unless and until the assignee or subtenant thereunder delivers to Landlord written confirmation of such party s compliance with the provisions of this subsection, in form and content satisfactory to Landlord. If for any reason the representations and warranties set forth in this subsection, or any certificate or other evidence of compliance delivered to Landlord hereunder, is untrue in any respect when made or delivered, or thereafter becomes untrue in any respect, then an Event of Default hereunder shall be deemed to occur immediately, and there shall be no opportunity to cure. Tenant shall indemnify, defend with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and hold Landlord harmless from and against, any and all liabilities, losses claims, damages, penalties, fines, and costs (including attorneys fees and costs) arising from or related to the breach of any of the foregoing representations, warranties, and duties of Tenant. The provisions of this subsection shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease for the longest period permitted by law.

 

PAGE 61


25.15 Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential. Disclosure of the terms hereof could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate other leases with respect to the Building and may impair Landlord s relationship with other tenants of the Building. Tenant shall not disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to any other person or entity without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be given or withheld by Landlord, in Landlord s sole discretion, except as required for financial disclosures or securities filings, as required by the order of any court or public body with authority over Tenant, or in connection with any litigation between Landlord and Tenant with respect to this Lease or to Tenant s partners, officers, directors, employees, brokers, attorneys, or as may be required as part of any financing or Tenant s normal course of business. It is understood and agreed that damages alone would be an inadequate remedy for the breach of this provision by Tenant, and Landlord shall also have the right to seek specific performance of this provision and to seek injunctive relief to prevent its breach or continued breach.

25.16 Force Majeure . Other than for Tenant s obligations under this Lease that can be performed by the payment of money (e.g., payment of Rent and maintenance of insurance), whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by either party hereto, such party shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation of any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, acts of terrorism, governmental laws, regulations, or restrictions, or any other causes of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the control of such party (collectively “Force Majeure” ). In no event shall financial inability of a party be deemed to be Force Majeure.

 

PAGE 62


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Lease as a sealed instrument as of the Execution Date.

 

LANDLORD
HCP/KING HAYDEN CAMPUS LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   King Mattingly LLC, a Massachusetts
limited liability company, its Manager
  By:   King Street Properties Investments
    LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability
    company, its Manager
    By:   /s/ Stephan D. Lynch
      Name: Stephan D. Lynch
      Its Manager

 

TENANT
KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Michael W. Bonney
  Name:   Michael W. Bonney
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer & Chair

 

PAGE 63


EXHIBIT 1A

LEASE PLAN – PRIME PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 1A, PAGE 1


EXHIBIT 1B

LEASE PLAN – PH SYSTEM PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 1B, PAGE 1


EXHIBIT 1C

LEASE PLAN – EXPANSION PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 1C, PAGE 1


EXHIBIT 1C-A

LEASE PLAN – EXPANSION PREMISES A

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 1C-A, PAGE 1


EXHIBIT 1C-B

LEASE PLAN – EXPANSION PREMISES B

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 1C-B, PAGE 1


EXHIBIT 2

LEGAL DESCRIPTION—LAND

Real property in the Town of Lexington, County of Middlesex, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, described as follows:

Parcel One (45 & 55 Hayden Avenue) :

A certain parcel of land in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, County of Middlesex, Town of Lexington, and shown as Lot 2 on a plan entitled “Plan of Land in Lexington, Mass. (Middlesex County),” dated March 27, 1998, recorded October 6, 1998, with Middlesex South Registry of Deeds as Plan No. 1088 of 1998 in Book 29190, Page 447, prepared by Beals and Thomas, Inc., more particularly bounded and described as follows:

Beginning at the most southwesterly corner of the premises, at the southeasterly corner of Lot 1 as shown on said plan, then running:

N 02° 20’ 56” E 180.68 feet to a point, thence turning and running;

N 87° 39” 04” W 40.00 feet to a point, thence turning and running;

N 02° 20’ 56” E 122.19 feet to a point, thence turning and running;

N 87° 39’ 04” E 40.00 feet to a point, thence turning and running;

N 02° 20’ 56” E 547.13 feet to a point, thence turning and running, said last five courses being bounded by Lot 1, as shown on said plan, thence turning and running;

S 87° 36’ 20” E 1,330.04 feet to a point of curvature, thence running;

Northeasterly to a curve to the left having a radius of 135.00 feet and a length of 58.90 feet to a point of tangency, thence running;

N 67° 23’ 52” E 146.89 feet to a point, thence turning and running;

S 03° 52’ 06” E 111.25 feet to a point, said last four courses being bounded by land now or formerly of the Town of Lexington, thence turning and running;

S 44° 07’ 54 W 561.19 feet to a point, thence turning and running;

S 22° 29’ 38” E 435.76 feet to a point, said last two courses are bounded in part by land now or formerly the Town of Lexington and, in part now or formerly of Hayden Office Trust, thence running;

Southwesterly by a curve to the right, having a radius of 985.00 feet and a length of 12.11 feet to a point of tangency, thence turning and running;

N 87° 36’ 20” W 1,329.27 feet to the point of beginning, said last two courses being bounded by the northerly sideline of Hayden Avenue.

 

EXHIBIT 2, PAGE 1


Containing 1,123,722 square feet more or less, or 25.797 acres, more or less.

A portion of said Lot 2 is registered land, described as follows:

Lot 293 on Land Court Plan 19485 N as approved by the Land Court and filed in the Land Registration Office; and

Lots 10 and 11 on Land Court Plan 16660 O as approved by the Land Court and filed with the Land Registration Office.

Parcel Two (Appurtenant Easements - 45 & 55 Hayden Avenue) :

 

A.

There is appurtenant to the above described Lot 11 the right and easement to use the drainage ditch running from west to east across the northerly portion of Lot 10, shown on said plan, as set forth in Registered Document No. 517903.

 

B.

There is appurtenant to the above described Lot 11 rights and easements for sewer purposes as set forth in Registered Document No. 479201.

 

C.

There is appurtenant to said Lot 293 the benefits of the agreement and reservation as to trunk sewer more particularly set forth in deed filed as Document No. 479738.

 

D.

Lot 10 has the benefit of a reservation in the strip of land marked sewer easement as shown on said plan, set forth in Document 517903 and the rights and easements for sewer purposes as set forth in Registered Document No. 479201, insofar as applicable.

 

E.

Together with the benefit of the appurtenant easements over Lot B shown on plan entitled “A Compiled Plan of Land in Lexington, Mass.” Dated August 27, 1970, by John J. McSweeney, recorded with Middlesex South District Deeds in Book 11928, Page 614, as shown on said plan, as reserved in a taking by the Town of Lexington dated November 30, 1970, recorded with said Deeds in Book 11928, Page 611, and in a deed from George H. Crawford to the Town of Lexington of the said Lot B dated December 7, 1970, recorded with said Deeds in Book 11928, Page 614.

 

F.

Together with the benefit of the appurtenant easements set forth in Declaration of Covenants and Easements dated September 18, 1998 filed as Document No. 1084070 and recorded in Book 29287, Page 189; as affected by Amended and Restated Declaration of Covenants and Easements dated November 8, 1999, filed as Document No. 1123738, and recorded in Book 30855, Page 323; as affected by First Amendment to Amended and Restated Declaration of Covenants and Easements dated March 26, 2002, filed as Document No. 1261521, recorded in Book 37256, Page 364.

Parcel Three (65 Hayden Avenue) :

That certain parcel of land situate in Lexington in the County of Middlesex and Commonwealth of Massachusetts shown as Lot 292 on Land Court Plan No. 19485-N.

All of said boundaries are determined by the Court to be located as shown on a subdivision plan, as approved by the Court, filed in the Land Registration Office, a copy of which is filed in the Registry of Deeds for the South Registry District of Middlesex County in Registration Book 1178 Page 11.

 

EXHIBIT 2, PAGE 2


Parcel Four (Appurtenant Easements—65 Hayden Avenue) :

There is appurtenant to said Lot 292 the right to use the whole of Grassland Street and Valleyfield Street as shown on the plan Registered in the Registration Book 383 Page 149 in common with others entitled thereto; the right to use all streets or roads as shown on the plan Registered in Registration Book 506 Page 153, in common with all others legally entitled thereto; the benefit of the agreement and reservation as to trunk sewer more particularly set forth in the deed Registered as Document No. 479738; and the benefit of the appurtenant easements set forth in Declaration of Covenants and Easements dated September 18, 1998 filed as Document No. 1084070 and recorded in Book 29287, Page 189; as affected by Amended and Restated Declaration of Covenants and Easements dated November 8, 1999, filed as Document No. 1123738, and recorded in Book 30855, Page 323; as affected by First Amendment to Amended and Restated Declaration of Covenants and Easements dated March 26, 2002, filed as Document No. 1261521, recorded in Book 37256, Page 364

 

EXHIBIT 2, PAGE 3


EXHIBIT 3, SHEET 1

PLAN – CURRENT PARKING AREAS

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 3, SHEET 1


EXHIBIT 3, SHEET 2

PLAN—CURRENT PARKING AREAS

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 3, SHEET 2


EXHIBIT 4

WORK LETTER

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease (the “ Lease ”) by and between HCP/KING HAYDEN CAMPUS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), for space located at 65 Hayden Avenue, Lexington, Massachusetts. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given in the Lease.

This Work Letter shall set forth the obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the improvements to be performed in preparing the Premises for Tenant’s use. This Exhibit shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, or to any portion of the original Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Term of the Lease, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, unless expressly so provided in the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease.

 

I.

North Premises .

1. Definitions . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant is leasing the North Premises in their “ AS IS ,” “ WHERE IS ” condition and with all faults on the Execution Date, without representations or warranties, express or implied, in fact or by law, of any kind, and without recourse to Landlord, except that Landlord shall perform Landlord’s North Premises Work, as hereinafter defined, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of the Lease, this Section I, Exhibit 4 , and Landlord shall provide Landlord’s North Premises Contribution, as hereinafter defined, to Tenant in accordance with Section 11 of this Section I, Exhibit 4 . Section I of this Work Letter sets forth the obligations of Landlord with respect to the improvements to be performed in the North Premises by Landlord (“ Landlord’s North Premises Work ”) . The parties intend that Landlord’s Work will be in accordance with construction documents (the North Premises Construction Documents ”) prepared by Landlord and approved by Tenant in accordance with this Exhibit 4 , and the North Premises Construction Documents will be based upon the schematic plan (“ Initial Plan for North Premises ) attached hereto as Exhibit 4-1 and the equipment list (“ Equipment Utility Matrix for North Premises ) attached hereto as Exhibit 4-2 , and the Architectural Basis of Design set forth in Exhibit 4-3 . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the North Premises Construction Documents have not yet been prepared and, therefore, it is impossible to determine the exact cost of the Landlord’s North Premises Work at this time. Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord’s obligation to pay for the Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work, as hereinafter defined, shall be limited to an amount (“ Landlord’s North Premises Contribution ) which shall not exceed $3,548,700.00 (i.e., $90.00 per rentable square foot of the North Premises (the “ North Premises Maximum Amount ) and that Tenant shall be responsible for the Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work to the extent that it exceeds the North Premises Maximum Amount. The “ Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work shall be defined as all hard costs (“ North Premises Hard Costs ) incurred by Landlord relating to the performance of the Landlord’s North Premises Work (including, without limitation, the cost of obtaining permits and any applicable state sales and use taxes) and soft costs (“ North Premises Soft Costs ) incurred by Landlord in connection

 

EXHIBIT 4, PAGE 1


with Landlord’s North Premises Work (including, without limitation, the cost of preparing the North Premises Construction Documents). “ North Premises Other Permitted Costs ” shall be defined as costs incurred by Tenant in project management fees and in installing data/telecom cabling in the North Premises. The North Premises Hard Costs, North Premises Soft Costs, and North Premises Other Permitted Costs are referred to collectively herein as the “ North Premises Permitted Costs ”. Not more than $354,870.00 of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution may be applied towards the North Premises Soft Costs and the North Premises Other Permitted Costs. Landlord will charge Tenant a construction management fee equal to 3% of the amount of the North Premises Hard Costs and the North Premises Soft Costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the Landlord’s North Premises Work.

2. Contractor; GMP . Landlord shall enter into a contract (“ Contract ”) for the Landlord’s North Premises Work with BW Kennedy (“ Contractor ”). The Contract may be on the basis of a guaranteed maximum price (“ GMP ”). The GMP shall be determined based upon the sum of the following:

 

   

Design-Builder’s Fee : 3% of the sum (the “ Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work ”) of: (i) the Direct Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work, and (ii) the General Conditions of the Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work

 

   

General Conditions Costs : 9% of the Direct Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work

 

   

Direct Cost : Determined by bids obtained from subcontractors in accordance with Section 5 below.

 

   

Design Builder’s Contingency : 3% of the Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work

3. Preparation of Construction Documents . The Contractor and/or Landlord shall engage RE Dineen as a subconsultant to prepare the North Premises Construction Documents for Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

4. Tenant Responses .

(i) Tenant shall respond, in writing, to any requests from Landlord or the Contractor for information, consents, or authorizations to proceed, within three (3) business days of Tenant’s receipt of such request. Any failure by Tenant to respond within such time period may be the basis of a Tenant Delay.

(ii) Tenant shall have the right to hire a mutually approved Tenant Construction Representative to oversee all required construction relative to the North Premises.

5. Bid Process . Tenant hereby acknowledges that:

(i) the Contractor will receive a single bid for each of the following portions of Landlord’s North Premises Work from the designated subcontractors (“ Designated Subcontractors ”) listed below who will perform such portions of Landlord’s North Premises Work:

 

EXHIBIT 4, PAGE 2


   

Mechanical/HVAC: Environmental Systems, Inc.

 

   

Plumbing: North Shore Mechanical Contractors, Inc.

 

   

Fire Protection: Legacy Fire Protection, Inc.

 

   

Electrical: Nappa Electric, Inc.

(ii) Landlord will cause the Contractor to use reasonable efforts to obtain at least three (3) bidders for other portions of Landlord’s North Premises Work; however, given the current market, it may not be possible to obtain more than one or two bidders with respect to portions of Landlord’s North Premises Work.

(iii) Landlord shall, upon the written request of Tenant, from time to time, make available to Tenant, for Tenant’s information, all bids, the construction contract, and any other construction agreement on which the North Premises Permitted Costs are based, and any Applications for Payment on which the actual North Premises Permitted Costs are based.

If Tenant reasonably determines that the GMP is higher than is acceptable to Tenant, then Tenant shall have a one-time right to give request changes to Landlord’s North Premises Work. In order to exercise such one-time right to request changes to Landlord’s North Premises Work in order to reduce the GMP, Tenant shall, on or before the date three (3) business days after Tenant receives Landlord’s notice to Tenant of the GMP, give written notice to Landlord specifying the changes in Landlord’s North Premises Work requested by Tenant. Such changes shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed). Based upon the revised North Premises Construction Documents for Landlord’s North Premises Work, which are based upon the changes requested by Tenant, as approved by Landlord, as aforesaid, the Contractor shall revise the GMP for the construction of Landlord’s North Premises Work in accordance with this Section 5. Tenant shall pay for the design cost associated the preparation of the revised North Premises Construction Documents. Tenant shall have the right to review the revised GMP within three (3) business days after receipt thereof.

6. Tenant’s Share . For the purposes of this Exhibit 4 : (i) if the Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work is equal to, or less than, the North Premises Maximum Amount, then “ Tenant’s North Premises Share ” shall be 0%, and (ii) if the Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work is greater than the North Premises Maximum Amount, then Tenant’s North Premises Share shall be a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount by which the total Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work exceeds the North Premises Maximum Amount, and the denominator of which is the total Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work.

7. Tenant’s Obligation to Pay Excess Costs .

(a) If the Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work exceeds the North Premises Maximum Amount, Tenant shall, subject to Section 7(b) below, pay to Landlord such excess costs (the “ North Premises Excess Costs ”) as follows: (i) Tenant shall pay Tenant’s

Share of Landlord’s North Premises Excess Costs within thirty (30) days of Billing, as

 

EXHIBIT 4, PAGE 3


hereinafter defined, (ii) with respect to any Changes to Landlord’s North Premises Work, Tenant shall pay for the cost of such changes in accordance with Section 8 below, and (iii) with respect to any increases in the Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work arising from Claims by the Contractor, Tenant shall pay for the cost of such Claims as set forth in Section 9 below. “ Billing ” shall be defined as any invoice from Landlord setting forth, reasonable detail, the amount due from Tenant, and shall include invoices from vendors and service providers, and applications for payment from the Contractor for work completed through the date of Billing, as certified by the Contractor. Billing may not be submitted to Tenant more than one (1) time per calendar month. The amounts payable by Tenant hereunder constitute Rent payable pursuant to the Lease, and the failure to timely pay same constitutes an event of default under the Lease.

(b) Provided that each portion of the Premises (including, without limitation, the Expansion Premises, if Tenant timely and properly exercises its right to lease the Expansion Premises) is improved to the Minimum Improvement Standard, as hereinafter defined, Tenant may, upon timely written election, apply: (i) a portion the Landlord’s South Premises Contribution towards Tenant’s obligation to pay for the North Premises Excess Costs, as set forth in Section 7(a) above, and (ii) a portion of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution towards Tenant’s obligation to pay for the South Premises Excess Costs (subject to Tenant’s compliance with Section II.7 of this Exhibit 4 ), and (iii) on the conditions that: (x) Tenant timely and properly exercises its right to lease the Expansion Space, as set forth in Section I of Exhibit 11 , and (y) Landlord’s Expansion Space Contribution is available for such use at the time that Tenant’s obligation to pay the North Premises Excess Cost is due. For purposes of this Lease, the “ Minimum Improvement Standard ” shall be defined as the level and quality of leasehold improvements of typical office, laboratory, pilot production (and warehouse space associated with the pilot production) related to such office, laboratory, pilot production and warehouse space associated with the pilot production, found in the Market Area, as defined in Section 1.2 of the Lease. Landlord expressly agrees that: (i) since Tenant is committed to the performance of Landlord’s South Premises Work listed on Exhibits 4-3 and 4-4 attached hereto, the South Premises shall be deemed to be improved to the Minimum Improvement Standard, and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, Tenant has the right to apply any unused portion of the Landlord’s South Premises Contribution towards the North Premises Permitted Cost and (if Tenant timely and properly exercises its right to lease the Expansion Premises) to the Expansion Premises Permitted Costs.

8. Changes . If Tenant shall request any change, addition or alteration in any of the North Premises Initial Plan after approval by Landlord (“ North Premises Change ”), Landlord shall have such revisions to the drawings prepared. Promptly upon completion of the revisions, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the increased cost, if any, which will be chargeable to Tenant by reason of such change, addition or deletion. Tenant, within three (3) business days, shall notify Landlord in writing whether it desires to proceed with such North Premises Change. In the absence of such written authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue work on the North Premises disregarding the requested North Premises Change. To the extent that the cost of performing such revisions cause the cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work to exceed the North Premises Maximum Amount, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work associated with such North Premises Change within thirty (30) days of Billing, as such North Premises Change work is being performed (subject to Tenant’s right, as set forth in Section 7(a) above, to apply a portion of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution towards the Cost of such North Premises Change work).

 

EXHIBIT 4, PAGE 4


9. Claims . To the extent that any claims (“ Claims ”) by the Contractor cause the Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work to exceed the North Premises Maximum Amount, Tenant shall pay for such excess within thirty (30) days of Billing. Claims shall include any amounts properly due to the Contractor under the Contract based upon the claims of the Contractor under the Contract, provided however, that the Claims shall not include any amounts arising from the default or negligence of Landlord, or Landlord’s agents or employees, under the Contract.

10. Performance of Landlord’s North Premises Work . Following approval of the North Premises Construction Documents and Tenant’s written authorization to proceed with Landlord’s North Premises Work, Landlord shall cause the Landlord’s North Premises Work to be constructed in all material respects in accordance with the approved North Premises Construction Documents.

11. Landlord’s North Premises Contribution :

(a) Except as set forth in this Section 11: (i) any portion of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution which exceeds the Cost of the Landlord’s North Premises Work shall accrue to the sole benefit of Landlord, and (ii) Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit, offset, abatement or payment with respect thereto.

(b) Requisitions by Tenant for Other North Premises Permitted Costs . If there is any Remaining Portion of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution, Tenant may submit Requisitions, as hereinafter defined, to Landlord to pay for Other North Premises Permitted Costs, as follows:

(1) A “ Requisition ” shall mean (1) an application for payment (accompanied by, without limitation, invoices from Tenant’s contractors, vendors, service providers and consultants (collectively, “ Contractors ”) listing in reasonable detail Other North Premises Permitted Costs, (2) a certification executed by an authorized representative of Tenant that the amount of the Requisition in question does not exceed the cost of the items, services and work covered by such Requisition, and (3) only with respect to those items and services covered by such Requisition for which mechanic’s lien rights arise under Massachusetts Law, partial lien waivers and subordinations of lien, as specified in M.G.L. Chapter 254, Section 32 (“ Lien Waivers ”). Landlord shall have the right, upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant, to inspect Tenant’s books and records relating to each Requisition in order to verify the amount thereof. Tenant shall submit Requisition(s) no more often than monthly.

(2) On the condition that Tenant is not in default of its obligations under the Lease at the time that Landlord receives a Requisition, Landlord shall pay the amount properly due under such Requisition within thirty (30) days of receipt of such Requisition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord declines

 

EXHIBIT 4, PAGE 5


to pay Tenant on account of any Requisition based upon Tenant then being in default of its obligations under the Lease, and if Tenant subsequently cures such default, then Tenant shall have the right to resubmit such Requisition, and Landlord shall pay the amount due on account of such Requisition, provided that the Lease is then in full force and effect and all of the conditions to payment on account of such Requisition are then satisfied.

(3) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained: (i) Landlord shall have no obligation to advance funds on account of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution more than once per month; (ii) if any contractor, subcontractor of any tier, or materialman records a Notice of Contract which is not discharged or bonded over by, on or behalf of, Tenant, Landlord shall thereafter have the right to have the relevant portion of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution paid directly to such lienor upon receipt of requisite documentation from such lienor evidencing payment to be due and owing, only upon Landlord notifying Tenant in writing of its intent to pay such portion of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution directly to such contractors and Tenant failing within five (5) business days of receipt of such notice to (x) bond over or discharge such lien, as a matter of record or (y) pay such lienor (and provide evidence of such payment to Landlord) the amounts claimed owing to such lienor; (iii) Landlord shall have no obligation to pay any portion of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution with respect to any Requisition submitted after the Outside Requisition Date, as hereinafter defined. Subject to the Section I.B(5) of Exhibit 11 , the “ Outside Requisition Date ” shall be the date ninety (90) days after Landlord gives Tenant written notice setting forth the final Cost of Landlord’s North Premises Work.

(c) Tenant’s Right to Apply Landlord’s North Premises Contribution to South Premises Permitted Costs and Expansion Premises Permitted Costs . Provided that each portion of the Premises (including, without limitation, the Expansion Premises, if Tenant timely and properly exercises its right to lease the Expansion Premises) is improved to the Minimum Improvement Standard, as defined above, Tenant may, at Tenant’s written election, apply any unused portion of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution towards the South Premises Permitted Costs, as hereinafter defined, and the Expansion Premises Permitted Costs, as hereinafter defined (if Tenant timely and properly exercises its right to lease the Expansion Premises). If Tenant makes such election, then the unused portion of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution so designated by Tenant shall become part of Landlord’s South Premises Contribution and/or Landlord’s Expansion Premises Contribution, as the case may be.

12. Landlord’s Warranty

(a) Landlord’s Warranty . Landlord hereby warrants and represents to Tenant that Landlord’s North Premises Work shall be performed: (i) in a good and workmanlike manner; (ii) in all material respects, in accordance with the North Premises Construction Documents, and (iii) in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements. The Landlord warranty and representations set forth in this Section 13(a) are referred to herein as “ Landlord’s Warranty ”.

 

EXHIBIT 4, PAGE 6


(b) Tenant’s Remedies in the Event of Breach of Landlord’s Warranty . If, on or before the Warranty Expiration Date, Tenant gives Landlord written notice of any breach of Landlord’s Warranty promptly after Tenant becomes aware of such breach, Landlord shall, at no cost to Tenant, correct or repair such breach as soon as conditions reasonably permit and as to which, in either case, Tenant shall have given notice to Landlord, as aforesaid. The “ Warranty Expiration Date ” shall be defined as the date eleven (11) months and two (2) weeks after the North Premises Term Commencement Date. Except to the extent to which Tenant shall have given Landlord notice of respects in which Landlord has breached Landlord’s Warranty or Landlord has otherwise failed to perform Landlord’s construction obligations under this Exhibit 4 , Tenant shall be deemed conclusively to have: (i) approved Landlord’s North Premises Work, (ii) waived any claim that Landlord has breached Landlord’s Warranty, and (iii) have agreed that Tenant has no claim that Landlord has failed to perform any of Landlord’s obligations under this Work Agreement. The provisions of this Section 12(b) sets forth the Tenant’s sole remedies for any breach of the Landlord’s Warranty; however nothing in this Section 12(b) shall be deemed to relieve the Landlord of its responsibilities to perform maintenance and repairs as required pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Lease or affect or limit the provisions of Section 10.7 of the Lease. With respect to any latent defects in Landlord’s North Premises Work discovered by Tenant after the Warranty Expiration Date, Landlord shall, upon request of Tenant, assign to Tenant its rights against any contractor, subcontractor, and/or designer engaged by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s North Premises Work to the extent necessary to enable Tenant to assert claims against such contractor, subcontractor and/or designer in connection with such latent defect.

 

II.

South Premises

Reference is made to the fact that the leasehold improvements to be performed in the South Premises will be performed in two phases: (i) Landlord will initially perform Landlord’s South Premises Work, as hereinafter defined, and in accordance with Section II.A below, and (ii) Tenant shall be responsible for any improvements to be performed in the South Premises after Landlord completes Landlord’s South Premises Work.

 

  A.

Landlord’s South Premises Work

1. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant is leasing the South Premises in their “ AS IS ,” “ WHERE IS ” condition and with all faults on the Execution Date, without representations or warranties, express or implied, in fact or by law, of any kind, and without recourse to Landlord, except that Landlord shall perform Landlord’s South Premises Work, as hereinafter defined, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of the Lease, this Section II, Exhibit 4 , and Landlord shall provide Landlord’s South Premises Contribution, as hereinafter defined. Landlord’s South Premises Work shall be performed subject to the same terms and conditions as are applicable to the performance of Landlord’s North Premises Work, as set forth in Section I of this Exhibit 4 , except as set forth in this Section II of Exhibit 4 .

 

EXHIBIT 4, PAGE 7


2. Landlord’s South Premises Work is based upon the Architectural Basis of Design attached hereto as Exhibit 4-3 and the schematic plan (“ Initial Plan for South Premises ”) attached hereto as Exhibit 4.4 .

3. Landlord shall apply Landlord’s South Premises Contribution in accordance with Section B.7 of this Section II towards the cost of Landlord’s South Premises Work.

 

  B.

Tenant’s South Premises Work

1. Tenant’s Plans . All leasehold improvements to the South Premises after the completion of Landlord’s South Premises Work (“ Tenant’s South Premises Work ”) shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of the Lease, including, without limitation, this Section B. Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s approval (i) the name of and other reasonably requested information regarding Tenant’s proposed architect, HVAC and MEP engineers and general contractor, Landlord hereby reserving the right to require that Tenant use a MEP engineer selected by Landlord; (ii) on or before October 1, 2020, a set of design/ development plans sufficient for Landlord to approve Tenant’s proposed design of the Premises (the “ Design/ Development Plans ”), and on or before January 1, 2021, a full set of construction drawings (“ Final Construction Drawings ”) for Tenant’s South Premises Work. The Design/Development Plans and the Final Construction Drawings are collectively referred to herein as the “Tenant’s Plans.” Landlord’s approval of the architect, HVAC and MEP engineers and general contractor shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to require its written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, of any subcontractors performing any work affecting the structural elements of, or any of the utility or building service equipment or systems in, the Building. Landlord’s approval of the Design/Development Plans (and the Final Construction Drawings, provided that the Final Construction Drawings are consistent with the Design/Development Plans), shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed provided the Tenant’s Plans comply with the requirements to avoid aesthetic or other conflicts with the design and function of the balance of the Building and the Property. Landlord’s approval is solely given for the benefit of Landlord and Tenant under this Section 1 and neither Tenant nor any third party shall have the right to rely upon Landlord’s approval of the Tenant’s Plans for any other purpose whatsoever. Landlord agrees to respond to any request for approval of the Tenant’s Plans within ten (10) business days after receipt thereof.

2. Performance of Tenant’s South Premises Work . Tenant’s South Premises Work shall be performed by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of the Lease (including, without limitation, Section 11 of the Lease and this Exhibit 4 ). Tenant’s South Premises Work shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, except for: (i) Landlord’s South Premises Contribution, (ii) Landlord’s North Premises Contribution, and (ii) Landlord’s Expansion Premises Contribution, on the conditions that: (x) Tenant timely and properly exercises its right to lease the Expansion Space, as set forth in Section I of Exhibit 11 , and (y) Landlord’s Expansion Space Contribution is available for such use at the time that Tenant submits requisitions for South Premises Permitted Costs.

 

EXHIBIT 4, PAGE 8


3. Completion of Tenant’s South Premises Work . Tenant shall Substantially Complete (hereinafter defined) Tenant’s South Premises Work on or before June 30, 2021 (the “ Outside Tenant Work Completion Date ”), provided that if Tenant is delayed in the performance of Tenant’s Work by reason of a Landlord Delay (as hereinafter defined), the Outside Tenant Work Completion Date shall be extended by the length of such Landlord Delay. For purposes hereof, Tenant’s South Premises Work shall be deemed “ Substantially Complete ” and “ Substantial Completion ” shall be deemed to have occurred if Tenant has and delivered to Landlord a copy of (i) a certificate of substantial completion from Tenant’s architect for Tenant’s South Premises Work, and (ii) a certificate of occupancy for the South Premises from the Town of Lexington, Massachusetts. A “ Landlord Delay ” shall be defined as any default by Landlord in its obligations under the Lease that causes an actual delay in the completion of Tenant’s South Premises Work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no event shall be deemed to be a Landlord Delay until and unless Tenant has given Landlord written notice (the “ Landlord Delay Notice ”) advising Landlord (i) that a Landlord Delay is occurring, (ii) of the basis on which Tenant has determined that a Landlord Delay is occurring, and (iii) the actions which Tenant believes that Landlord must take to eliminate such Landlord Delay, and Landlord has failed to correct the Landlord Delay specified in the Landlord Delay Notice within forty-eight (48) hours following receipt thereof. No period of time prior to expiration of such forty-eight-(48)-hour period shall be included in the period of time charged to Landlord pursuant to such Landlord Delay Notice.

4. Cost of Tenant’s South Premises Work . Except for: (i) Landlord’s South Premises Contribution, (ii) any unused portion of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution (subject to Tenant’s compliance with Section I.11(c) of this Exhibit 4 ), and (iii) Landlord’s Expansion Premises Contribution, on the conditions that: (x) Tenant timely and properly exercises its right to lease the Expansion Space, as set forth in Section I of Exhibit 11 , and (y) Landlord’s Expansion Premises Contribution is available for such use at the time that Tenant’s obligation to pay Excess Cost is due, all of Tenant’s South Premises Work shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, Section 11 of the Lease).

5. Landlord’s South Premises Contribution . As an inducement to Tenant’s entering into this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to the provisions of this Section II.5, provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (“ Landlord’s South Premises Contribution ”) of up to $2,007,750.00 (i.e., up to $150.00 per rentable square foot of the South Premises (the “ Maximum Amount of Landlord’s South Premises Contribution ”). Landlord shall apply Landlord’s South Premises Contribution towards the cost of Landlord’s South Premises Work. The balance (“ Balance ”) of Landlord’s South Premises Contribution shall be available for use by Tenant solely for Permitted Costs incurred by Tenant in Tenant’s Work (“ South Premises Permitted Costs ”), provided however, that no more than $200,775.00 of Landlord’s South Premises Contribution may be applied to Soft Costs and Other Permitted Costs

6. Budget . Tenant shall have no right to submit any requisition to Landlord on account of South Premises Permitted Costs until: (x) after the completion of Landlord’s South Premises Work, and (y) Tenant has submitted to Landlord a detailed good faith budget (“ Budget ”) of South Premises Permitted Costs. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an update of the Budget at least once every two (2) months, but in any event after Tenant enters into a contract for the performance of Tenant’s Work with its contractor.

 

EXHIBIT 4, PAGE 9


(i) Tenant shall submit to Landlord reasonably detailed documentation evidencing the then current Budget at the time of each Budget update. For the purposes hereof, South Premises Permitted Costs shall not include: (x) the cost of any of Tenant’s Property (hereinafter defined) (other than the cost of installing Tenant’s data, telecom and cabling in the Premises), any de-mountable decorations, artwork and partitions, signs, and trade fixtures, (y) the cost of any fixtures or Alterations that will be removed at the end of the Term, and (z) any fees paid to Tenant, any Affiliated Entity or Successor,

(ii) Requisitions . Landlord shall pay Landlord’s Proportion (hereinafter defined) of the cost shown on each requisition (hereinafter defined) submitted by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days of submission thereof by Tenant to Landlord until the entirety of Landlord’s Contribution has been exhausted. “ Landlord’s Proportion” shall be a fraction, the numerator of which is the Balance (as defined in Section 5 above) of Landlord’s South Premises Contribution and the denominator of which the Budget for South Premises Permitted Costs, from time to time. A “ requisition ” shall mean AIA Documents G-702 and G-703 duly executed and certified by Tenant’s architect and general contractor (accompanied by, without limitation, invoices from Tenant’s contractors, vendors, service providers and consultants (collectively, “ Contractors ”) and partial lien waivers and subordinations of lien, as specified in M.G.L. Chapter 254, Section 32 (“ Lien Waivers”) with respect to the prior month’s requisition, and such other documentation as Landlord or any Mortgagee may reasonably request) showing in reasonable detail the costs of the item in question or of the improvements installed to date in the Premises, accompanied by certifications executed by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operations Officer, Vice President, or other officer of Tenant that the amount of the requisition in question does not exceed the cost of the items, services and work covered by such requisition. Landlord shall have the right, upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant and not more often than one time per calendar month, to inspect Tenant’s books and records relating to each requisition in order to verify the amount thereof. Such inspection shall be at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall submit requisition(s) no more often than monthly.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained: (1) Landlord shall have no obligation to advance funds on account of Landlord’s South Premises Contribution more than once per month; (2) if Tenant fails to pay to Tenant’s contractors the amounts paid by Landlord to Tenant in connection with any previous requisition(s), Landlord shall thereafter have the right to have Landlord’s South Premises Contribution paid directly to Tenant’s contractors; (3) subject to Section I.B(5) of Exhibit 11 , Landlord shall have no obligation to pay any portion of Landlord’s South Premises Contribution June 30, 2021 (the “ Outside South Premises Requisition Date”); provided, however, that if Tenant certifies to Landlord that it is engaged in a good faith dispute with any contractor, such Outside South Premises Requisition Date shall be extended while such dispute is ongoing, so long as Tenant is diligently prosecuting the resolution of such dispute; (4) Tenant shall not be entitled to any unused portion of

 

EXHIBIT 4, PAGE 10


Landlord’s South Premises Contribution; (5) Landlord’s obligation to pay any portion of Landlord’s South Premises Contribution shall be conditioned upon there existing no Event of Default by Tenant in its obligations under this Lease at the time that Landlord would otherwise be required to make such payment; and (6) in addition to all other requirements hereof, Landlord’s obligation to pay the final ten percent (10%) of Landlord’s South Premises Contribution shall be subject to simultaneous delivery of all Lien Waivers relating to items, services and work performed in connection with Tenant’s Work. If Landlord declines to fund any requisition on the basis that, at the time that Tenant submitted such requisition to Landlord, Tenant is in default of its obligations under the Lease, then, if Tenant cures such default and so long as the Lease is still in full force and effect, Tenant shall again have the right to resubmit such requisition (as may be updated by Tenant for any work performed since the date of the previously submitted requisition) for payment subject to the terms and conditions of this Section II.6.

7. Tenant’s Right to Apply Landlord’s South Premises Contribution to North Premises Permitted Costs and Expansion Premises Permitted Costs . Provided that each portion of the Premises (including, without limitation, the Expansion Premises, if Tenant timely and properly exercises its right to lease the Expansion Premises) is improved to the Minimum Improvement Standard, as defined above, Tenant may, at Tenant’s written election, apply any unused portion of the Landlord’s South Premises Contribution and the Landlord’s Expansion Premises Contribution (if applicable) towards the North Premises Permitted Costs, the South Premises Permitted Costs, and the Expansion Premises Permitted Costs (all as hereinafter defined), and as to the Expansion Premises Permitted Costs only if Tenant timely and properly exercises its right to lease the Expansion Premises. Landlord expressly agrees that: (i) since Tenant is committed to the performance of Landlord’s South Premises Work listed on Exhibits 4-3 and 4-4 attached hereto, the South Premises shall be deemed to be improved to the Minimum Improvement Standard, and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, Tenant has the right to apply any unused portion of the Landlord’s South Premises Contribution towards the North Premises Permitted Cost and (if Tenant timely and properly exercises its right to lease the Expansion Premises) to the Expansion Premises Permitted Costs. If Tenant makes such election, then the unused portion of Landlord’s South Premises Contribution and Landlord’s Expansion Premises Contribution (if applicable) so designated by Tenant shall become part of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution and/or Landlord’s South Premises Contribution, and /or Landlord’s Expansion Premises Contribution, as the case may be.

 

III.

Miscellaneous

1. Tenant’s Authorized Representative . Tenant designates Jeffrey Moore (email: jeffrey.moore@kaleido.com; telephone (617)-674-9000) and Richard Donovan (email: rick@RJdonovangroup.com; telephone: (508) 380-9806) (collectively, “ Tenant’s Representative”) as the only person authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“ Communication ”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than five (5) business days advance written notice to Landlord.

 

EXHIBIT 4, PAGE 11


2. Landlord’s Authorized Representative . Landlord designates Stephen Lynch (email: slynch@ks-prop.com; telephone: 617-910-5500; Landlord’s Representative”) as the only person authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than five (5) business days advance written notice to Tenant.

 

IV.

Disputes .

Any disputes relating to provisions or obligations in this Lease in connection with Landlord’s Work or this Exhibit 4 shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of applicable state law, as from time to time amended. Arbitration proceedings, including the selection of an arbitrator, shall be conducted pursuant to the rules, regulations and procedures from time to time in effect as promulgated by the American Arbitration Association. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereby agree that the arbitrator for any disputes relating to Landlord’s Work shall be a construction consultant experienced in the construction of offices/research/laboratory buildings/campuses in the Route 128/Route 2/Alewife corridor real estate market, as mutually agreed upon by the parties, or, if not then designated by the parties, within ten (10) days after either party makes a request for arbitration hereunder, or (if the parties do not mutually agree upon such arbitrator) as designated by the Boston office of the American Arbitration Association upon request by either party. Prior written notice of application by either party for arbitration shall be given to the other at least ten (10) days before submission of the application to the said Association’s office in Boston, Massachusetts. The arbitrator shall hear the parties and their evidence. The decision of the arbitrator shall be binding and conclusive, and judgment upon the award or decision of the arbitrator may be entered in the appropriate court of law; and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of such court and further agree that any process or notice of motion or other application to the Court or a Judge thereof may be served outside the Commonwealth of Massachusetts by registered mail or by personal service, provided a reasonable time for appearance is allowed. The costs and expenses of each arbitration hereunder and their apportionment between the parties shall be determined by the arbitrator in his award or decision. Except where a specified period is referenced in this Lease, no arbitrable dispute shall be deemed to have arisen under this Lease prior to the expiration of the period of twenty (20) days after the date of the giving of written notice by the party asserting the existence of the dispute together with a description thereof sufficient for an understanding thereof. In connection with the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that the parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under the Lease during the pendency of any such arbitration proceeding hereunder (with any adjustments or reallocations to be made on account of such continued performance as determined by the arbitrator in his or her award).

 

EXHIBIT 4, PAGE 12


EXHIBIT 4-1

INITIAL PLAN FOR NORTH PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 4-1, PAGE 1


EXHIBIT 4-2

UTILITY EQUIPMENT MATRIX—NORTH PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 4-2, PAGE 1


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 4-2, PAGE 2


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 4-2, PAGE 3


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 4-2, PAGE 4


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 4-2, PAGE 5


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 4-2, PAGE 6


EXHIBIT 4-3

ARCHITECTURAL BASIS OF DESIGN

ARCHITECTURAL

BASIS OF DESIGN

 

LOGO

65 Hayden Avenue, 1 st Floor

Lexington, Massachusetts

 

EXHIBIT 4-3, PAGE 1


ROOM NAME/NUMBER:    Reception Area
   Airlock, Waiting Area, Board Room.
FUNCTION:    Reception and Conference
ARCHITECTURAL:   

Flooring:

   Tenant Standard Broadloom and Modular Carpet tiles in selected areas. Vinyl Plank tile or other resilient flooring in waiting area. Surface mounted walk-off mat—airlock. Wall Base to be 4” high straight or cove.

Wall Finish:

   Tenant Standard eggshell finish, latex paint—Benjamin Moore Color TBD. Glazed walls and transoms.

Ceiling Height/Finish:

   10’-0” AFF; with some 9’-0” areas per RCP, 2’x2’ tegular acoustical tile (white) Armstrong Dune or Equal—9/16” Fineline grid (white), and GWB ceiling soffit with smooth finish on metal stud system at various heights, Conference/Break room GWB accent celling system.

Door/Frame/Hardware:

   Storefront glass entrance walls and doors at Airlock. Butt glazed wall and glass door hardware to open office. Card readers per plan.
   Board Room and meeting rooms to either be de-mountable glazed wall/door systems by furniture vendor, or butt glazed door and glazed wall by general contractor, which will be decided based on the teams effort to fit this scope within the budget.

Millwork:

   Reception Desk: cabinets shall be premium plastic laminate base and wall units, with solid surface counter. Coffee Bar: cabinets shall be premium plastic laminate base and wall units, with solid surface counter and glass tile backsplash to the underside of wall cabinet above. Board Room: Provide alternate for built-in premium plastic laminate millwork benches.

Window Treatment:

   Sun control “Electroshades” shades at exterior glazing and Board Room surround.
EQUIPMENT:    Provide water feed for Coffee maker. Under-counter fridge at coffee station. Projection screen in large conf. room. Wall mounted TVs, Projector, A/V components, appliances and office equipment by others.
ROOM NAME/NUMBER:    General Office Areas
   Open Office, Meeting rooms, Break Room, Server
FUNCTION:    Office and Meeting Space

 

   2
   LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 4-3, PAGE 2


KSP—Kaleido BioSciences

65 Hayden Ave, Lexington, MA

 

ARCHITECTURAL:   

Flooring:

   Tenant Standard Broadloom and Modular Carpet tiles in selected areas—Offices and open offices areas. Wall Base to be 4” high straight or cove. Existing vinyl flooring to be covered with carpet at exterior wall line. Break Room flooring to be vinyl plank tile or other resilient flooring. Server room to be ESD VCT.

Wall Finish:

   Tenant Standard eggshell finish, latex paint—Benjamin Moore Color TBD. Existing window film to be removed from existing storefront glazing systems at offices and meeting rooms.

Ceiling Height/Finish:    

   Open office areas 10’-0”, with offices at 9’-0” AFF; 2’x2’ tegular acoustical tile (white) Armstrong Dune or Equal—9/16” Fineline grid (white), and GWB ceiling soffits with smooth finish on metal stud system at various heights. Break room 10’-0: AFF ACT ceiling with GWB soffit at exterior curtain wall. GWB Soffit 8’-0” AFF at office and meeting room front walls. GWB Soffit 8’-0” AFF surrounding perimeter of enclosed workstations.

Door/Frame/Hardware:

  

Office and meeting room doors to be 8 ft high De-mountable glazed wall/door systems by furniture vendor. Butt glazed wall and glass door hardware to Break Room.

 

Other Doors—3’-0“x7’-0” flush metal doors painted.

Card readers with electric strikes per plan.

Frames—Hollow metal, semi-gloss latex paint finish.

Hardware—Building standard Schlage Cylindrical Lockset, Athens Lever Design, finish 626 “satin chromium plated”; Hinge—Stanley full mortise FBB179 ANSI A8112, 4-1/2” x 4-1/2” steel; Silencers; Floor stop—Rockwood 441 in finish “satin chrome”. Closers, flush bolts, silencers.

Millwork:

   Break Room & Reception Coffee Bar: kitchen cabinets shall be premium plastic laminate base and wall units, with solid surface counter and glass tile backsplash to the underside of wall cabinet above.
   Coats/Copy Area/Mailroom: premium plastic laminate base/wall units and countertop; Coat rod and shelf. Lockers by others.

Window Treatment:

   Sun control “Electroshades” shades at exterior glazed curtain wall facing courtyard at Open Office and Breakroom. Building standard Mechoshades for others.
EQUIPMENT:    Provide water feed for Coffee maker at all coffee stations. Undercounter fridge at all coffee stations. Wall mounted TVs, A/V components, kitchen appliances and office equipment by others.

 

   3
   LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 4-3, PAGE 3


KSP—Kaleido BioSciences

65 Hayden Ave, Lexington, MA

 

ROOM NAME/NUMBER:    Laboratories & Support Spaces
FUNCTION:    Multi-purpose R & D laboratory environment.
ARCHITECTURAL:   
Flooring:    Biology and support areas to be vinyl composition tile with wall Base—4” high coved. Glasswash & storage epoxy flooring to remain—repair as needed. Chemistry Lab VCT flooring to remain—remove existing accent tiles and repair as needed. Chemistry equipment room existing epoxy floor to remain. Shipping area and freezer farms to be vinyl composition tile with wall Base—4” high coved. Lab corridors existing to remain with repairs as needed—use house stock.
Wall Finish:    Tenant Standard eggshell finish, latex paint. Glasswash and Waste Room to have epoxy paint.
Ceiling Height/Finish:    Biology, Shipping, Freezer Farms: 9’-0” AFF; 2’-0” x 4’-0” x 1/2” ClimaPlus, vinyl faced, square edged tile (white); Chemistry, Glasswash, Chem Equipment, Consumable Storage, and Lab Corridors existing to remain, unless removed for HVAC re-work—replace damaged and soiled tiles. Remove drywall “cube soffits” and infill with GWB in corridors.
Door/Frame/Hardware:    Pair Doors—3’-0”/2’-0”x7’-0” flush metal doors to labs per plan. Half-lite in active leaf. Card readers with electric strikes per plan. Frames—Hollow metal, semi-gloss latex paint finish. Hardware—Building standard Schlage Cylindrical Lockset, Athens Lever Design, finish 626 “satin chromium plated”; Hinge—Stanley full mortise FBB179 ANSI A8112, 4-1/2” x 4-1/2” steel; Silencers; Floor stop—Rockwood 441 in finish “satin chrome”. Closers, flush bolts, armor plate, silencers—or equal.
Interior Glazing:    Glass in metal frame glazing system at lab/office walls and lab corridor “borrowed” lights and transoms per plan.
Casework:    Fixed sink base cabinet—5’-0”long x 2’-6” deep, painted metal. Mobile table benches (New England Lab Cambridge Series or Equal) 5’-’0” and 6’-0” long x 2’-6” wide, painted metal table frames with suspended metal casework; P. Lam. reagent shelving; Bench tops—1” thick epoxy, color “black”; drying racks above sink. BWK to Inventory existing flexible casework on site and re-use where possible (Existing laminate tops to be replaced with 1” epoxy). 6’-0” fume hood(s) with power per plan and utilities per matrix (Relocated and modified for constant volume on site). 2x2 Ceiling utility panels per RCP—Locate two per long peninsulas with vacuum and compressed air where required. Glasswash stainless steel countertop with integral double bowl sink existing to remain. Re-use existing glasswasher. New Tuttnauer 5596 ECP (or Equal) Autoclave.

 

   4
   LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 4-3, PAGE 4


KSP—Kaleido BioSciences

65 Hayden Ave, Lexington, MA

 

EQUIPMENT:

   Wire partition system at loading dock area with caged roof. Lab equipment, floor and bench mounted, and BioSafety Cabinets by others.
ROOM NAME/NUMBER:    South Building
   Large Conference, Collaboration, Meeting Rooms.
FUNCTION:    Meeting Space
ARCHITECTURAL:   

Flooring:

   Midgrade Broadloom Carpet throughout. Wall Base to be 4” high straight.

Wall Finish:

   Tenant Standard eggshell finish, latex paint—Benjamin Moore Color TBD. Wink wall (writable surfaces).

Ceiling Height/Finish:

   9’-0” AFF, 2’x4’ square edge acoustical tile (white)—15/16” grid (white).

Door/Frame/Hardware:

   Doors—3’-0”x7’-0” flush metal doors painted. Half-lite in active leafs. Card readers with electric strikes per plan. Frames—Hollow metal, semi-gloss latex paint finish. Hardware—Building standard Schlage Cylindrical Lockset, Athens Lever Design, finish 626 “satin chromium plated”; Hinge—Stanley full mortise FBB179 ANSI A8112, 4-1/2” x 4-1/2” steel; Silencers; Floor stop-Rockwood 441 in finish “satin chrome”. Closers, flush bolts, silencers.

Millwork:

   None

Window Treatment:

   Dual “Mechoshades” shades at exterior glazing with sun control and room darkening.
EQUIPMENT:    Electric Projection screen and projection power lift in Assembly Space. Telephone rooms, Projector, A/V components, wall mounted TVs by others.

 

   5
   LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 4-3, PAGE 5


EXHIBIT 4-4

INITIAL PLAN FOR SOUTH PREMISES

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 4-4, PAGE 1


EXHIBIT 5-1

AREAS AVAILABLE TO TENANT IN SOUTH PENTHOUSE

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 5-1, PAGE 1


EXHIBIT 5-2

AREAS AVAILABLE TO TENANT IN SOUTH MECHANICAL ROOM

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 5-2, PAGE 1


EXHIBIT 5-3

TENANT-SUPPLIED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT LOCATION

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 5-3, PAGE 1


EXHIBIT 6

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

LOGO

STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

DRAFT of Standby Letter of Credit

Draft for discussion purposes only

begin format

 

BENEFICIARY:    Letter of credit number: 2010100000XX
HCP/King Hayden Campus LLC    Date: xx/xx/xx
200 Cambridge Park Drive   
Cambridge, MA 02140
Attn: Building Manager   

Ladies and Gentlemen:

At the request and for the account of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., 18 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730, we hereby establish our standby letter of credit number 2010100000XX in your favor in the amount of two million fifty seven thousand six hundred fifty eight U.S. dollars and seventy five cents (USD2.057,658.75) (hereinafter the “maximum amount”) available with us at our office listed below, by payment of your draft(s) drawn on us at sight accompanied by the following:

 

  1.

The original of this letter of credit and all amendments (if any).

 

  2.

Statement purportedly signed by the beneficiary stating the following:

  “This

demand is pursuant to me lease dated xx/xx/xx by and between the applicant and the Beneficiary as amended.”

Partial drawings under this letter of credit are permitted. We shall, after each presentation of this letter of credit, return the same to you, marking this letter of credit to show the amount paid by us and the date of such payment.

Each draft must be marked “Drawn under Pacific Western Bank letter of credit number 2010100000XX.”

This letter of credit expires at our office listed below at 5 p.m. eastern time on March 16, 2019.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this letter of credit shall be automatically extended for a period of one year unless at least sixty (60) calendar days prior to any expiration date we have sent written notice to your above address by courier that we elect not to renew this letter of credit for such additional period. In any event, this letter of credit will not be extended beyond March 16, 2029.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, our aggregate obligation to honor such drafts shall not exceed the maximum amount, as reduced by prior draws hereunder.

If any instructions accompanying a drawing under this letter of credit request that payment is to be made by transfer to an account with us or at another bank, we and/or such other bank may rely on an account number specified in such instructions even if the number identifies a person or entity different from the intended payee.

Pacific Western Bank, 475 Fifth Ave, 18 th Floor, New York, N.Y. 10017

 

EXHIBIT 6, PAGE 1


LOGO

This Letter of Credit is transferable one or more times, but in each instance to a single transferee and only in the full amount available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit at the time of such transfer. Any such transfer may be effected only through ourselves and only upon presentation to us at our below-specified office of a duly executed instrument of transfer in the format attached hereto as Exhibit A together with the original of this letter of credit. Each transfer shall be evidenced by our endorsement on the reverse of the original of this letter of credit, and we shall deliver the original of this letter of credit so endorsed to the transferee. Without prejudice to the foregoing, such transfer shall be permitted without our approval, provided that such transfer is not in favor of any person or entity identified on a then-current list of specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons provided by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury. All charges in connection with any transfer under this letter of credit shall be paid by the applicant at the time written notice of a transfer is submitted. The payment of transfer charges shall not be a condition to the transfer of the Letter of Credit, as provided above.

This letter of credit shall be promptly surrendered to us by you (or any subsequent transferee) upon expiration.

Except So far as otherwise expressly stated, this documentary credit is subject to Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, 2007 revision, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600.

We engage with you that each draft drawn under and in compliance with the terms of this letter of credit will be duly honored on delivery of the specified documents, if presented (i) by courier or in person to this office during regular business hours: 475 Fifth Ave, 18 th Floor, New York, NY 10017 or (ii) via facsimile to 646.336.4961.

To the extent a presentation is made by facsimile, and to ensure timely payment, you must provide telephone notification thereof to us at 646.467.5256, prior to or simultaneously with the sending of such facsimile transmission. A (“fax drawing”); will not be effectively presented until you confirm by telephone of our receipt of such fax drawing. If you present a fax drawing under this letter of credit you do not need to present the original of any drawing documents, and if we receive any such original drawing documents they will not be examined by us. In the event of a full or final drawing the original standby letter of credit must be returned to us by overnight courier.

In the event that your presentation is via facsimile with confirmation of receipt of presentation via phone, you are not required to submit the original letter of credit, however, we will mark our records accordingly sending you an advice of the paid drawing and indicating the balance of the reduced maximum amount, which will become an integral part of this letter of credit.

 

Very truly yours,
Pacific Western Bank

end format

Agreed to and accepted by:

 

 

Pacific Western Bank, 475 Fifth Ave, 18 th Floor, New York, N.Y. 10017

 

EXHIBIT 6, PAGE 2


EXHIBIT 7

LANDLORD’S SERVICES

1. Hot and cold water to the Common Area lavatories and the Premises, including both office and laboratory space.

2. Electricity for Building Common Areas and the Premises [Note: Electricity to the Premises shall be submetered.]

3. HVAC services to the Building Common Areas and the Premises, including both office and laboratory space.

4. Elevator service.

5. Trash removal.

6. Snow removal.

7. Exterior grounds and parking maintenance.

8. Management services.

9. Campus security systems, including (i) security personnel staffing a security station in the lobby of the Building during normal business hours and (ii) security personnel located on the Campus, with periodic patrols, 24 hours per day, 7 days per week.

10. Maintenance of life safety systems (fire alarm and sprinkler).

11. Access to the following shared laboratory systems on a pro-rata basis:

 

  a)

Vacuum

 

  b)

Compressed Air

 

  c)

RO/DI Water

12. Such other services as Landlord reasonably determines are necessary or appropriate for the Property.

 

EXHIBIT 7, PAGE 1


EXHIBIT 8

TENANT’S HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

See attached list.

 

EXHIBIT 8, PAGE 1


name

   amount in stock   

Unit Size

  

location

(-)-Epigallocatechin Gallate

   1    1 g    Mini Fridge

1,1,3,3-Tetramethyldisiloxane

   1    100 g    Flammable Cabinet 1

1,2-ethanesulfonic acid

   1    5 g    Hood 2 acid

1,2-O-Isopropylidene-alpha-d-glucofuranose, 100 g

   1    100 g    Mini Fridge

1,4-Dioxane

   3    100 mL    Flammable Cabinet 1

l,8-Diazabicyclo(5.4.0)Undec-7-Ene, 98%

   1    100 g    FH5 Bases

10% Palladium on Carbon in Water

   1    5 g    Inorganic Shelf

10% Palladium on Carbon in Water

   1    5 g    Inorganic Shelf

10% Palladium on Carbon in Water

   1    5 g    Inorganic Shelf

l0g 1,2,3,4,6-Penta-O-acetyl-alpha-D-mannopyranose

   1    100 g    Mini Fridge

1-Butanol

   1    1 L    Hood 7

l-Ethyl-3-Methylimidazolium Tetrafluorob

   1    100 g    FH3 Flammables

1-Heptanol, >=99.5%Gc

   1    5 g    Hood 2

1M borane thf

   4    100 mL    mini fridge

l-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidinone, For Hplc, >=9

   2    100 ml    FH3 Flammables

1-Methylimidazole

   2    100 g    Media Room

1-methylimidazole, reagentplus, 99%

   2    100 g    FH5 Bases

1-Methylimidazolium hydrogen sulfate

   1    100 g    Hood 2

2,2-Azobis(2-methyl-propionitrile)

   2    25 g    Media Room

2,2-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-p-benzoquinone

   3    10 g    FH3 oxidizers

2,2-Dimethoxypropane

   1    500 mL    Hood 4

2,2-Dimethoxypropane, Reagent Grade, 98%

   1    500 ml    FH3 Flammables

2,3,4,6-Tetra-O-acetyl-a-D-mannopyranosyl trichlaroacetimidate, 2 g

   1    2 g    Mini Fridge

2,3,4,6-Tetra-o-acetyl-beta-d-glucopyranosyl 2,2,2-trichloroacetimidate,

   1    5 g    Mini Fridge

2,3-di-o-benzyl-D-glucopyranose

   1    25 g    FH3 Flammables

2,4,6-Triisopropylbenzenesulfonic acid, 5g

   1    10 g    Hood 2 acid

2,5-Dihydroxybenzoic acid

   10    10 mg    Acid Cabinet

20% Palladium on Carbon in Water

   1    5 g    Inorganic Shelf

2alpha-Mannobiose

   1    10 mg    monomer storage

2-amino-4-methylthiophene-3-carboxylate

   1    5 g    mini fridge

2-Aminoacridone

   1    25 mg    Media Room

2-Aminopyridine

   1    25 g    Media Room

2-Chloro-l,3-dimethylimidazolinium chloride

   1    10 g    FH5 acids

2-Mesitylenesulfonic Acid Dihydrate, 97%

   1    25 g    hood 2 acid

2-Pyridinesulfonic Acid, 97%

   1    10 g    Hood 2 acid

3,3-Dimethyl-1-Butanol, 98%

   1    10 g    Hood 2

3,3’-Methylene-Bis(4-Hydroxycoumarin)

   1    5 g    Mini Fridge

342, 1.3k, 6k, 10k, 22k, 50k, 110k, 200k, 400k, 800k

         monomer storage

3-Methyl-l-phenyl-2-pyrazoline-5-one

   1    100 g    Media Room

3-O-Benzyl-l,2-0-isopropylidene-a-D-glucofuranose

   1    25 g    Media Room

3-Pyridinesulfonic Acid, 98%

   1    5 g    Hood 2 acid

4-(Dimethylamino)pyridine

   1    25 g    Hood 7

4,6-O-Benzylidene-D-glucose

   1    50 g    Media Room

4-Nitrophenyl ß-D-galacto-pyran-oside

   1    1 g    Media Room

4-Nitrophenyl ß-D-glucopyranoside

   1    1 g    Media Room

4-O-beta-Galactopyranosyl-D-mannopyranose

   1    25 mg    monomer storage

4-O-beta-Galactopyranosyl-D-mannopyranose

   3    25 mg    monomer storage

4-Phenylbutyric Acid, 99%

   1    25 g    Hood 2

5-Fluorouracil

   1    1 g    Media Room

9-Fluorenylmethyl Chloroformate, 97%

   1    25 g    Mini Fridge

Acetic acid

   1    100 mL    Hood 4

Acetic acid, glacial, ACS, 99.7+%

   1    2L    Flammable Cabinet 1

Acetic anhydride

   6    100 mL    Acid Cabinet

Acetic anhydride

   3    100 g    Acid Cabinet

Acetic anhydride

   1    100 mL    Hood 7

Acetic Anhydride, Reagent plus, >=99%

   3    100 mL    big acid

Acetohydroxamic Acid

   1    5 g    Mini Fridge

Acetone

   5    4L    Fume hood 5

Acetonitrile

   3    100 mL    Flammable Cabinet 1

Acetonitrile

   1    4L    Fume hood 5

Acetonitrile

   3    18L    Flam Cab 1

Acetonitrile

   3    18L    Flam Cab 2

Acetonitrile

   2    4L    Flam Cab 3

Acetonitrile for HPLC, >99.9%

   1    100 ml    FH3 Flammables

 

EXHIBIT 8, PAGE 2


Acetyl chloride

   1    500 g    Hood 4

Activated charcoal

   1    250 g    Inorganic Shelf

A-D-Mannosepentaacetate

   1    5 g    Mini Fridge

Alcian Blue solution

   1    250 mL    Media Room

Allopurinol

   1    5 g    Hood 2

allylbromide

   1    25 g    mini fridge

Alpha-D-Glucose Penta Acetate, 99%

   1    25 g    Mini Fridge

Amberlyst 15 hydrogen form

   1    25 g    Media Room

Ammonium acetate

   1    500 g    Media Room

Ammonium formate

   1    500 g    Inorganic Shelf

Ammonium formate

   1    100 g    Media Room

Ammonium molybdate tetrahydrate

   1    100 g    Media Room

ammonium molybdate tetrahydrate, ACS reagent, >99%

   1    100 g    FH3 oxidizers

Ampicilin

   1    25 g    Media Room

Anthranilic acid

   1    25 g    Media Room

Aspartame

   1    1 g    Media Room

Aspartame

   1    1 g    Media Room

Barium hydroxide

   1    250 g    Inorganic Shelf

Barium oxide

   1    50 g    Inorganic Shelf

Benzaldehyde

   1    100 g    Hood 4

Benzaldehyde dimethyl acetal

   1    100 g    FH3 Flammables

Benzoyl chloride

   1    100 mL    Hood 7

Benzyl Bromide, Reagent Grade, 98%

   1    100 g    FH3 Flammables

Benzylamine, Reagentplus, 99%

   1    100 g    FH5 Bases

Biotin

   1    100 mg    Media Room

bis(tributyltin) oxide

   1    100 g    hood 2

Borane THF complex solution, 1M

   1    100 ml    FH3 Flammables

Boron Trifluoride Diethyl Etherate

   2    100 mL    Mini Fridge

Boron Trifluoride Diethyl Etherate

   4    25 mL    Mini Fridge

Bromophenol Blue

   1    5 g    Media Room

Butane

         Media Room

Butyric Anhydride, 98%

   1    1000 mL    Hood 2 acid

Camphor-10-Sulfonic Acid (Beta), 98%

   1    5 g    Hood 2 acid

Carbon

   1    500 g    monomer storage

Carbon Tetrachloride, Reagent Grade, 99.

   1    1 L    FH3 Flammables

Carbon, Darco G-60, Activated, Fisher Chemical

   1    500 g    Inorganic Shelf

Cefoxitin sodium salt

   1    1 g    Media Room

Celite

   1    1 kg    Inorganic Shelf

Celite 545

   1    500 g    monomer storage

Celite ® 545

   1    500 g    Inorganic Shelf

Cellulose microcrystalline

   1    1 Kg    monomer storage

Cerium(iv) sulfate

   1    25 g    FH3 oxidizers

Cerium(IV) sulfate

   1    25 g    Media Room

Chloroform-d

   1    100 g    Hood 4

Chloromethyl Methyl Ether Tech

   1    25 g    Mini Fridge

Chlorotrimethylsilane

   4    100 mL    Acid Cabinet

Chondroitin sulfate A sodium salt

   1    5 g    monomer storage

Ciprofloxacin

   1    5 g    Media Room

Ciprofloxacin Hydrochloride

   1    100 mg    Mini Fridge

Citric acid

   1    100 g    Media Room

Citric Acid Anhydrous (Crystalline/Certified ACS), Fisher Chemical

   1    500 g    Inorganic Shelf

Colistin sulfate salt

   1    1 g    Media Room

Copper(II) sulfate

   1    500 g    Inorganic Shelf

Copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate, 99+%, for analysis

   1    1KG    Inorganic Shelf

cyanocobalamine

   1    1 g    Media Room

Cyclohexane

   2    4L    Flam Cab 1

D(-)-Arabinose

   1    100 g    monomer storage

D(-)-Arabinose

   1    100 g    monomer storage

D-(-)-Arabinose

   2    100 g    monomer storage

D-(-)-Ribose

   1    100 g    monomer storage

D(+)-Cellobiose

   1    100 g    Media Room

D-(+)-Cellobiose

   1    25 g    monomer storage

D-(+)-Galactose

   1    1 Kg    monomer storage

D-(+)-Maltose monohydrate

   1    500 g    monomer storage

D-(+)-Turanose

   1    1 g    monomer storage

 

EXHIBIT 8, PAGE 3


D-(+)-Xylose

   1    500 g    monomer storage

D-(+)-Xylose

   2    1 Kg    monomer storage

D-(+)-Xylose

   1    1 Kg    monomer storage

D-(+)-Xylose

   1    5 Kg    monomer storage

Daptomycin, Cyclic Lipopeptide Antibiot

   1    100 mg    Mini Fridge

DCM

   2    4L    Flam Cab 5

Deuterium oxide

   2    100 g    Hood 4

Dextrose

   1    1 Kg    monomer storage

D-Galacturonic acid monohydrate

   1    100 g    monomer storage

D-Glucal

   1    25 g    Media Room

D-Glucoronic acid

   1    100 g    monomer storage

D-Glucosamine HCl

   1    500 g    monomer storage

D-Glucose(U13C6)

   1    5 g    monomer storage

Dibutyltin Oxide, 98%

   1    100 g    Hood 2

Dichloromethane

   2    100 mL    Flammable Cabinet 1

Diethyl Ether

   4    1L    Flam Cab 2

Diethyl Ether, Contains 1 Ppm Bht As In

   1    1L    FH3 Flammables

Dimethyl sulfoxide

   1    100 ml    monomer storage

Dimethylsulphoxide, hybri-max

   1    100 ml    FH3 Flammables

D-Lactose monohydrate

   1    1 kg    Media Room

D-Lactose monohydrate

   1    1 Kg    monomer storage

D-Mannitol

   1    250 g    monomer storage

D-Mannose

   1    1 Kg    monomer storage

DMF

   1    4L    Flam Cab 1

DMF

   3    2L    Flam Cab 3

DMSO

   4    4L    Flam Cab 3

DMSO

   1    4L    Flam Cab 5

Dowex ® 50WX8 hydrogen form

   1    500 g    Inorganic Shelf

Dowex ® MAC-3 hydrogen form

   1    250 g    Hood 4

Dowex ® Marathon™ MSC hydrogen form

   1    100 g    Inorganic Shelf

Drierite ® Indicating

   1    2.5000 kg    Inorganic Shelf

D-Sorbitol

   1    500 g    monomer storage

Ethanol

   5    4L    Fume Hood 7

Ethidium bromide in water

   1    10 mL    Media Room

Ethyl acetate

   1    4L    Media Room

Ethylene glycol

   4    2L    Media Room

Ethylene Glycol

   2    4L    Flam Cab 5

EtOAc

   5    4L    Fume Hood 6

Fe(dibm)3

   7    100 mg    Inorganic Shelf

Febuxostat

   1    1 g    Hood 2

Fmoc chloride

   1    5 g    Acid Cabinet

Fructose

   2    500 g    monomer storage

Furosemide

   1    5 g    Hood 2

Gentamicin sulfate

   1    5 g    Media Room

Glycerol

   1    100 ml    Media Room

Glycogen from bovine liver

   1    1 g    monomer storage

GlycoProfile 2-AB Labeling kit, including

   1       Media Room

Heptane

   8    4L    Fume Hood 6

Hexyl Alcohol, Reagent Grade, 98%

   1    100 ML    Hood 2

hydrazine monohydrate, reagent grade, 98%

   1    100 g    FH5 Bases

Hydrobromic acid solution

   1    50 mL    Acid Cabinet

Hydrochloric Acid (Technical), Fisher Chemical

   2    2.5 L    Acid Cabinet

Hydrocinnamoyl Chloride, 98%

   1    25 G    Hood 2

Hydrogen Chloride CA. 3 M IN 1-Butanol

   1    50 mL    Mini Fridge

Imidazole

   1    500 g    Hood 4

imidazole

   1    100 g    Media Room

Imidazole, ACS reagent, >99%

   1    100 g    FH5 Bases

Iodine

   1    100 g    Inorganic Shelf

IPA

   4    4L    Flam Cab 2

IPA

   1    4L    Flam Cab 3

Iron(III) acetylacetonate

   1    50 g    Inorganic Shelf

Kanamycin sulfate

   1    25 g    Media Room

L-(+)-Arabinose

   1    1 Kg    monomer storage

L-(+)-Arabinose

   1    1 Kg    monomer storage

Lactulose

   1    100 g    monomer storage

 

EXHIBIT 8, PAGE 4


L-Cysteine hydrochloride monohydrate    1    100 g    Media Room
L-Cysteine hydrochloride monohydrate    1    100 g    Media Room
Levan from erwinia herbicola    1    1 g    monomer storage
L-Fucose    3    100 g    monomer storage
L-Fucose    3    100 g    monomer storage
L-Histidine hydrochloride monohydrate    1    100 g    Media Room
Lithium aluminum hydride solution    1    800 mL    Hood 4
L-Rhamnose    1    1 Kg    monomer storage
Maltodextrin DE13-17    1    100 g    monomer storage
Maltodextrin DE16.5-19.5    1    100 g    monomer storage
Maltodextrin DE4-7    1    500 g    monomer storage
Maltodextrin DE4-7    1    100 g    monomer storage
Maltoheptaose    1    1 g    monomer storage
Maltohexaose    1    100 mg    monomer storage
Maltooctaose    1    100 mg    monomer storage
Maltopentaose    1    50 mg    monomer storage
Maltotetraose    1    50 mg    monomer storage
Maltotriose    1    1 g    monomer storage
Mannan from saccharomyces cerevisiae    1    100 mg    monomer storage
Melibiose    1    5 g    monomer storage
MeOH    4    4L    Flam Cab 2
methyl a-d-mannopyranoside    1    5 g    mini fridge
Methylamine, 2.0 solution in Tetrahydr    1    100 ml    FH5 Bases
Metronidazole    1    25 g    Media Room
Molecular sieves, 4 A    1    1 kg    Inorganic Shelf
MTBE    10    4L    Flam Cab 2
M-xylene, Anhydrous, >=99%    1    100 ml    FH3 Flammables
N-(1-Naphthyl) Ethylenediamine    1    10 g    Hood 2
N,N-Diisopropylethylamine, Reagentplus    5    100 ml    FH5 Bases
N,N-Dimethylformamide    3    100 mL    Flammable Cabinet 1
N,N-Dimethylformamide, Anhydrous    1    100 ml    FH3 Flammables
N-Acetyl-D-galactosamine    1    100 mg    monomer storage
N-Acetyl-D-glucosamine    1    5 g    monomer storage
N-Acetylneuraminic acid    1    100 g    monomer storage
Naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid, 5g    1    5 g    hood 2 acid
N-Carbamyl-L-Glutamic Acid Crystalline    1    10 g    Hood 2
Neomycin sulfate       1 g    Media Room
N-lodosuccinimide, 95%    1    5 g    Mini Fridge
N-lodosuccinimide, 95%    2    25 g    Mini Fridge
Oxalyl Chloride, 2.0M Solution IN    1    100 mL    Mini Fridge
Oxalyl Chloride, Reagent Grade, 98%    1    25 g    Mini Fridge
Oxipurinol    1    1 g    Hood 2
OXONE, monopersulfate compound    1    100 g    FH3 oxidizers
OXONE, monopersulfate compound    1    100 g    Media Room
Palladium on carbon    3    10 g    Inorganic Shelf
Palladium on carbon    1    10 g    Media Room
p-anisaldehyde, 98%    1    100 g    FH3 Flammables
Pectin from citrus peel    1    1 KG    monomer storage
Phenol Bioxtra    1    100 g    Mini Fridge
Phenol, for molecuklar biology    1    100 g    FH5 acids
Phenol, unstabilized, reagentplus >99%    1    500 g    FH5 acids
Phenylboronic acid—250 grams    1    250 g    FH5 acids
Phosphorus(V) oxychloride    2    5 g    Acid Cabinet
picric acid    1    100 g    biology lab
Pinacol, 500 g bottle    1    500 g    FH5 acids
Pinacol, 98%    1    100 g    FH5 acids
Poly(vinyl alcohol)    2    250 g    Inorganic Shelf
Poly(vinyl alcohol)    2    250 g    Media Room
Potassium Chloride solution, 0.01M    1    250 ml    Media Room
Potassium Chloride, 0.01 M    1    500 ml    monomer storage
Potassium Hydroxide    1    1 kg    Inorganic shelf
Potassium iodide    1    100 g    Inorganic Shelf
p-toluenesulfonic acid, monohydrate    1    100 g    Hood 2 acid
Pullulan from aureobasidium pullulans    1    1 g    monomer storage
Pullulan Standard Set    1    100 mg each    monomer storage

 

EXHIBIT 8, PAGE 5


Pullulan Standard, 12k

   1    25 mg    monomer storage

Pullulan Standard, 1300

   1    25 mg    monomer storage

Pullulan Standard, 6k

   1    25 mg    monomer storage

Pyrazine, 99+%

   1    5 g    Hood 2

Pyridine

   1    100 mL    Hood 7

Pyridine

   5    100 mL    Media Room

Pyruvic Acid, 98%

   1    25 g    Mini Fridge

Quercetin

   1    1 g    Mini Fridge

Rifaximin

   1    1 g    Media Room

Rutinose

   1    25 mg    monomer storage

Sand

   1    1KG    Media Room

Silica gel

   1    5 KG    Media Room

Silver carbonate

   1    25 g    Inorganic Shelf

Silver(I) oxide

   1    10 g    Inorganic Shelf

Sodium acetate

   1    100 g    Inorganic Shelf

Sodium acetate buffer solution

   1    500 mL    Media Room

Sodium azide

   1    100 g    Media Room

Sodium bicarbonate

   1    1 KG    Media Room

Sodium bisulfite

   1    1 kg    Inorganic Shelf

Sodium Borohydride Fine Granular for Syn

   1    25 g    Hood 2

Sodium cyanoborohydride, 1M in THF

   1    100 ml    Media Room

Sodium hydride

   1    100 g    Media Room

Sodium Hydroxide

   1    1 kg    Inorganic Shelf

Sodium Hydroxide, ACS

   1    500 g    Inorganic Shelf

Sodium iodide

   1    100 g    Inorganic Shelf

Sodium metaperiodate—500 grams

   2    500 g    FH3 oxidizers

Sodium methoxide

   1    100 g    Media Room

Sodium methoxide solution

   1    100 mL    Hood 4

Sodium nitrate

   1    250 g    Media Room

Sodium Nitrate

   1    1 Kg    monomer storage

Sodium Nitroprusside

   1    100 mg    Mini Fridge

Sodium silica gel Stage I

   1    25 g    Inorganic Shelf

Sodium sulfate

   1    500 g    Media Room

Styrene

   2    100 mL    Media Room

Sucralose

   1    100 g    monomer storage

Sucrose

   1    500 g    monomer storage

Sucrose

   1    500 g    monomer storage

Sulfolane, 99%

   1    100 g    FH3 Flammables

Sulfuric Acid (Technical), Fisher Chemical

   1    2.5 L    Acid Cabinet

TBE running buffer

   1    1 L    Media Room

tert-Butanol

   1    500 ml    Media Room

tert-Butyl methyl ether

   1    2 L    Hood 4

tert-Butyl(chloro)diphenylsilane

   1    250 g    Acid Cabinet

tert-Butyl(chloro)diphenylsilane

   1    50 g    Hood 4

tert-Butyl(chloro)diphenylsilane

   1    50 g    Media Room

tert-Butylchlorodiphenylsilane, 98%

   2    50GR    Hood 4

Tetrabutylammonium bromide

   1    100 g    Inorganic Shelf

Tetrabutylammonium iodide, 98%

   1    100GR    Inorganic Shelf

Tetrahydrofuran, Anhydrous, >=99.9%

   1    100 ml    FH3 Flammables

THF

   2    1L    Flam Cab 1

THF

   3    4L    Flam Cab 3

Thiourea Acs Reagent

   1    50 g    Mini Fridge

tin (IV) chloride

   1    25 g    acid cabinet

Tin(IV) chloride

   1    25 g    Acid Cabinet

Toluene

   3    1L    Flam Cab 1

Toluene, ACS, 99.5%

   1    1 L    FH3 Flammables

Toluene, anhydrous, 99.8%

   1    100 ml    FH3 Flammables

Tributyrin

   4    1 KG    Media Room

Triethylamine, >=99.5%

   1    500 ml    FH5 Bases

Triethylamine, high purity

   3    100 ml    FH5 bases

Triethylsilane

   1    100 g    Flammable Cabinet 1

Trifluoroacetic acid

   4    100 mL    Acid Cabinet

Trifluoroacetic acid

   10    1 mL    Acid Cabinet

Trifluoroacetic acid

   2    50 mL    Acid Cabinet

Trimethyl phosphate

   2    50 g    Media Room

 

EXHIBIT 8, PAGE 6


Trimethylacetyl chloride

   1    500 mL    Hood 4

Trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate

   1    10 mL    Hood 4

Trityl chloride

   2    100 g    Acid Cabinet

Trityl Chloride, 97%

   1    100 g    FH3 Flammables

Vinylbenzyl chloride

   1    100 mL    Media Room

Water

   5    4L    Flam Cab 3

Xylobiose

   1    10 mg    monomer storage

 

EXHIBIT 8, PAGE 7


EXHIBIT 9-1

BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

65 HAYDEN AVENUE, LEXINGTON, MA

 

A.

General

1. Tenant and its employees shall not in any way obstruct the sidewalks, halls, stairways, or exterior vestibules of the Building, and shall use the same only as a means of passage to and from their respective offices. At no time shall Tenants permit its employees, contractors, or other representatives to loiter in Common Areas or elsewhere in and about the Property.

2. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed.

3. Areas used in common by tenants shall be subject to such regulations as are posted therein.

4. Any Tenant or vendor sponsored activity or event in the Common Area must be approved and scheduled through Landlord’s representative, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

5. No animals, except Seeing Eye dogs, shall be brought into or kept in, on or about the Premises or Common Areas, except as approved by Landlord.

6. Alcoholic beverages (without Landlord’s prior written consent), illegal drugs or other illegal controlled substances are not permitted in the Common Areas, nor will any person under the influence of the same be permitted in the Common Areas. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any persons who, in the judgment of the Landlord, is under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or shall do any act in violation of the rules and regulations of the Building.

7. No firearms or other weapons are permitted in the Common Areas.

8. No fighting or “horseplay” will be tolerated at any time in the Common Areas.

9. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary janitorial labor or services in the Common Areas by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.

10. Smoking and discarding of smoking materials by Tenant and/or any Tenant Party is permitted only in exterior locations designated by Landlord. Tenant will instruct and notify its employees and visitors of such policy.

11. Bicycles and other vehicles are not permitted inside or on the walkways outside the Building, except in those areas specifically designated by Landlord for such purposes

12. Tenant shall not operate or permit to be operated on the Premises any coin or token operated vending machine or similar device (including, without limitation, telephones, lockers, toilets, scales, amusement devices and machines for sale of beverages food, candy, cigarettes or other goods), except for those vending machines or similar devices which are for the sole and exclusive use of tenant’s employees and located within the Tenant Premises.

 

EXHIBIT 9-1, PAGE 1


13. Canvassing, soliciting, and peddling in or about the Building is prohibited. Tenant, its employees, agents and contractors shall cooperate with said policy, and Tenant shall cooperate and use best efforts to prevent the same by Tenant’s invitees.

14. Fire protection and prevention practices implemented by the Landlord from time to time in the Common Areas, including participation in fire drills, must be observed by Tenant at all times.

15. Except as provided for in the Lease, no signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed on or to any windows, doors or other parts of the Building that are visible from the exterior of the Building unless approved in writing by the Landlord.

16. The restroom fixtures shall be used only for the purpose for which they were constructed and no rubbish, ashes, or other substances of any kind shall be thrown into them. Tenant will bear the expense of any damage resulting from misuse.

17. Tenant will not interfere with or obstruct any building central HVAC, electrical, or plumbing systems.

18. Tenant shall utilize the pest control service designated by Landlord to control pests in the Premises. Except as included in Landlord’s Services, tenants shall bear the cost and expense of such pest control services.

19. Tenant shall not install, operate or maintain in the Premises or in any other area of the Building, any electrical equipment which does not bear the U/L (Underwriters Laboratories) seal of approval, or which would overload the electrical system or any part thereof beyond its capacity for proper, efficient and safe operation as determined by Landlord, taking into consideration the overall electrical system and the present and future requirements of the Building.

20. Tenants shall not use more than its proportionate share of telephone lines available to service the Building.

21. Tenants shall not perform improvements or alterations within the Building or their Premises, if the work has the potential of disturbing the fireproofing which has been applied on the surfaces of structural steel members, without the prior written consent of Landlord, subject to the provisions of the Lease.

22. Tenant shall manage its waste removal and janitorial program, at its sole cost and expense, keeping any recyclables, garbage, trash, rubbish and refuse in vermin proof containers for Tenants sole use within the Landlord designated area until removed with all work to be performed during non-business hours.

23. Lab operators who travel outside lab space must abide by the one glove rule and remove lab coats where predetermined.

 

EXHIBIT 9-1, PAGE 2


24. Chemical lists and MSDS sheets must be readily available at the entrance to each lab area. In the event of an emergency, first responders will require this information in order to properly evaluate the situation.

25. Tenant shall provide Landlord, in writing, the names and contact information of two (2) representatives authorized by Tenant to request Landlord services, either billable or non-billable and to act as a liaison for matters related to the Premises.

26. Parking of any trailers, trucks, motor homes, or unregistered vehicles in the parking lots is prohibited.

27. Tenants shall not use more than its proportionate share of Base Building Central HVAC or electrical capacity, subject to the provisions of the lease.

 

B.

Access & Security

1. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during the hours Landlord may deem advisable for the adequate protection of the Property. Use of the Building and the leased premises before 8 AM or after 6 PM, or any time during Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays shall be allowed only to persons with a key/card key to the Building or guests accompanied by such persons. Any persons found in the Building after hours without such keys/card keys are subject to the surveillance of building staff.

2. Tenant shall not place any additional lock or locks on any exterior door in the Premises or Building or on any door in the Building core within the Premises, including doors providing access to the telephone and electric closets and the slop sink, without Landlord’s prior written consent. A reasonable number of keys to the locks on the doors in the Premises shall be furnished by Landlord to Tenant at the cost of Tenant, and Tenant shall not have any duplicate keys made. All keys shall be returned to landlord at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

3. Landlord may from time to time adopt appropriate systems and procedures for the security or safety of the Building, its occupants, entry and use, or its contents, provided that Tenant shall have access to the Building 24 hours per day, 7 days a week. Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, guests and invitees shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable requirements relative thereto.

4. Tenant acknowledges that Property security problems may occur which may require the employment of extreme security measures in the day-to-day operation of the Common Areas. Accordingly, Tenant agrees to cooperate and cause its employees, contractors, and other representatives to cooperate fully with Landlord in the implementation of any reasonable security procedures concerning the Common Areas.

5. Tenant and its employees, agents, contractors, invitees and licensees are limited to the Premises and the Common Areas. Tenants and its employees, agents, contractors, invitees and licensees may not enter other areas of the Project (other than the Common Areas) except when accompanied by an escort from the Landlord.

 

EXHIBIT 9-1, PAGE 3


C.

Shipping/Receiving

1. Dock areas for the Building shall not be used for storage or staging by Tenant except in the Loading Dock Premises as permitted in the Lease.

2. In no case shall any truck or trailer be permitted to remain in a loading dock area for more than 60 minutes, except with prior written notice to Landlord, which notice may be given via email, provided that, in any event Landlord shall have the right, in good faith, to require Tenant to adjust its schedule for the use of the dock areas based upon the needs of the other tenants of the Building and Building operations.

3. There shall not be used in any Common Area, either by Tenant or by delivery personnel or others, in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and sole guards.

4. Lab operators carrying any lab related materials may only travel within the Premises. At no time should any lab materials travel in the Common Areas, except at the Loading Dock and Freight Elevator.

5. Any dry ice brought into the building must be delivered through the loading dock.

6. All nitrogen tanks must travel through the loading dock and should never be left unattended outside of the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT 9-1, PAGE 4


EXHIBIT 9-2

TENANT CONSTRUCTION

LINCOLN PROPERTY COMPANY

TENANT CONSTRUCTION

BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

THE RULES MUST BE POSTED AT THE JOB SITE AT ALL TIMES!

 

1.

Parking . Parking areas are designated by the Management Office and are subject to change at any time. Construction personnel are required to park in the parking areas designated by the management office. Failure to adhere to this regulation will result in the towing of the vehicle in violation at the owner’s expense.

 

2.

Access . Building entrances; lobbies, passages, corridors, public elevators, stairways, and other common areas may not be encumbered, or obstructed by the contractor, or contractor’s agents during construction of the tenant’s lease premises. Material deliveries must be scheduled in advance through the Management Office and coordinated with the Lincoln Property Company representative. Contractors are not to use Tenant phones, or Restrooms under any circumstances. Construction personnel found using phones, or restrooms located in the tenant’s suite will be asked to immediately leave the premises and will not be allowed to return.

 

3.

Each contractor is responsible for their subcontractor(s), and for the actions of their personnel including clean-up of work and construction traffic. No alcoholic beverages, glass containers, or “controlled substances” are allowed on the premises. All work must be scheduled through the Management Office and include a list of contractors performing work prior to the start of the work. After hours work must be scheduled through the Management Office 24 Hours before the activity will occur. Weekend activity must be scheduled by Friday at 9 a.m. Contractors will not be allowed to work in the building after hours, or on weekends unless the procedures outlined above have been followed.

All after hours work must be supervised by the general contractor. There will be no exceptions to this rule.

Prior to the commencement and upon completion of each job, a walk-through of public areas will be made, i.e. restrooms, etc., and any subsequent damages will be the responsibility of the contractor. The contractor shall be responsible for cleaning the assigned restrooms each day at his own expense.

 

4.

Noise and Vapor Restrictions . Any work that would cause inconvenience to other tenants in the building, or that must be done in an occupied space must be done after hours or on the weekend. Structural modifications, floor penetrations created with the use of core drilling machines, pneumatic hammers, etc., shall be performed before 7:30 a.m. or after 7:00 p.m. Likewise, any construction operations causing excessive noise, dust, vapors must be conducted during these hours.

 

EXHIBIT 9-2, PAGE 1


When construction is on an occupied multi-tenant floor, noise i.e., radios, loud talking, noise from equipment, etc. must be kept to a minimum. On these multi-tenant floors, public restrooms are not to be used by contractors.

A Lincoln Property Company superintendent, or the Property Manager will have the sole authority to determine if an operation is causing excessive noise, dust, or vapors.

 

5.

Lincoln Property Company has the right to inspect work at any time and may reject work that does not conform to code, tenant’s plans, or work that may affect the exterior appearance, structural components, or service system of the building.

 

6.

Mechanical and electrical shop drawings must be reviewed and approved by Landlord’s approved engineer. Prior to starting work, the general, mechanical, and electrical contractors must review the work with the Facilities Manager and Facilities Supervisor.

All panels and transformers are to match the building standard systems and all materials and methods used to connect panels and transformers must be approved by Landlord.

Unscheduled outages of any utility, or building service is strictly prohibited.

 

7.

Dust and air contamination are to be controlled with temporary partitions which are sealed adequately to prevent dust from entering leased areas or mechanical equipment. Floor sweep or a comparable material will be used when sweeping concrete or tile floors.

 

8.

Clean-up of Common and Lease Areas . Premises must be kept in a clean, orderly fashion at all times and free of potential safety and fire hazards. A general clean-up of the space under construction is to be performed on a daily basis. Final clean-up will be the responsibility of the contractor, which is to include all vacuuming and dusting as required. Failure to adequately keep the work area clean and accessible will result in Lincoln Property Company using its own forces to achieve this through whatever means determined necessary and the total cost will be deducted from the contract.

 

9.

Trash Removal . Contractor is responsible for removing all construction debris and trash from the construction site. UNDER NO circumstances shall trash, or construction debris be allowed to accumulate. Trash removal must be coordinated through the Lincoln Property Company Management Office. No vehicles, or dumpsters will be allowed to remain stationary on the site.

 

EXHIBIT 9-2, PAGE 2


Under no circumstances is the Landlord’s dumpster to be used.

 

10.

If any fire sprinkler work, or modification to the fire sprinkler system is required, the system must be back in operation at the end of the work day. Under no circumstances shall the fire sprinkler system be left inoperative overnight. The facilities manager must be notified each morning of the location of and type of sprinkler work to be performed. The engineer hourly rate of $75.00 will be charged for routine work and/or extended regular hour work.

 

11.

Existing pull stations and horns and strobes located throughout the building will remain live during construction.

 

12.

All construction staging, storage, and temporary contractor facilities will be located in specific areas assigned by the Lincoln Property Company. Contractors will be responsible for the maintenance, housekeeping, and demolition of all temporary facilities.

 

13.

Any removal, replacement, or repair work to a base building system to accommodate work directed by the tenant, or unforeseen interference (i.e., sprinkler head conflicts) which is not part of the Work, will be performed by the tenant’s contractor at tenant’s sole expense.

 

14.

No fire arms or weapons are permitted on the property.

 

15.

Insurance. Contractors will be required to carry standard requirements incorporating both the owner and LPC Commercial Services, Inc. as additionally insured parties.

 

16.

At no time is any welding, or cutting with a torch to be used in the building without prior approval and coordination from the Management Office. Hot work permits may be required depending on the status of the project for all hot work including welding, soldering, and torch cutting. All hot work requires a fire extinguisher supplied by the contractor and must be in the immediate vicinity and easily accessible. Fire extinguishers must be inspected at lease monthly.

 

17.

A copy of these regulations shall be posted on the job site for all parties to observe. Contractor is responsible for instructing all of his personnel, subcontractors and supplies to comply with these regulations.

 

18.

ALL PASSENGER ELEVATORS AND PUBLIC AREAS SHALL BE RESTRICTED AND OFF LIMITS TO ALL CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL . Under no circumstances shall the exit stairwells be used for access to/from the first floor. All construction personnel for this project shall only use the freight elevator from the first floor back lobby. Under no circumstances shall the main entrance to the building or the garage passenger elevators be used for access.

 

EXHIBIT 9-2, PAGE 3


All deliveries of materials and equipment must be scheduled at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to their delivery through the Lincoln Property Company Management Office . The contractor will be provided access to the freight elevator to be used in the “independent mode” for after-hours deliveries. The Contractor shall provide an operator during work hours to ensure correct and safe usage. Contractor shall keep the elevator cab and door tracks clean and free of all debris. Contractor shall be responsible for repair costs incurred due to misuse or damage caused by his forces. All major deliveries must be made between the hours of 11:00 pm to 7:00 a.m. Monday through Friday and all day long on Saturday and Sunday. Contractor will be charged for having an engineer on duty to assist with deliveries when the loading dock is closed. Additional charges incurred due to non-standard elevator use (i.e., moving freight on top of elevator cab) shall be paid by the General Contractor.

Your signature below signifies that you have read the rules above and agree to abide by all of them.

 

              
Signature     Date      Firm Name

Effective Date:______________________

 

EXHIBIT 9-2, PAGE 4


EXHIBIT 10

TENANT WORK INSURANCE SCHEDULE

Tenant shall, at its own expense, maintain and keep in force, or cause to be maintained and kept in force by any general contractors, sub-contractors or other third party entities where required by contract, throughout any period of alterations to the Premises or the Building by Tenant, the following insurance coverages:

(1) Property Insurance . “All-Risk” or “Special” Form property insurance, and/or Builders Risk coverage for major renovation projects, including, without limitation, coverage for fire; boiler and machinery (if applicable); sprinkler damage; vandalism; malicious mischief coverage on all equipment, furniture, fixtures, fittings, tenants work, improvements and betterments, business income, extra expense, merchandise, inventory/stock, contents, and personal property located on or in the Premises. Such insurance shall be in an amount equal to the full replacement cost of the aggregate of the foregoing and shall provide coverage comparable to the coverage in the standard ISO “All-Risk” or “Special” form, when such coverage is supplemented with the coverages required above. Property policy shall also include coverage for Plate Glass, where required by written contract.

Builders Risk insurance coverage may be provided by the general contractor on a blanket builders risk policy with limits adequate for the project, and evidencing the additional insureds as required in the Lease.

(2) Liability Insurance . General Liability, Umbrella/Excess Liability, Workers Compensation and Auto Liability coverage as follows:

 

(a)   General Liability

   $1,000,000 per occurrence
   $1,000,000 personal & advertising injury
   $2,000,000 products/completed operations aggregate

The General Contractor is required to maintain, during the construction period and up to 3 years after project completion, a General Liability insurance policy, covering bodily injury, personal injury, property damage, completed operations, with limits to include a $1,000,000 limit for blanket contractual liability coverage and adding Landlord as additional insured as respects the project during construction and for completed operations up to 3 years after the end of the project. Landlord requires a copy of the ISO 20 10 11 85 Additional Insured endorsement, showing Landlord as an additional insured to the GC’s policy.

 

(b)   Auto Liability

  

$1,000,000 combined single limit (Any Auto)

  

for bodily injury and property damage,

  

hired and non-owned cover.

 

(c)   Workers Compensation
Employers Liability

  

Statutory Limits

$1,000,000 each accident*

  

$1,000,000 each employee*

   $1,000,000 policy limit*
  

* or such amounts as are customarily

obtained by operators of comparable businesses

 

EXHIBIT 10, PAGE 1


General Contractor shall ensure that any and all sub-contractors shall maintain equal limits of coverage for Workers Compensation/EL and collect insurance certificates verifying same.

 

(d)   Umbrella/Excess Liability

  

For projects, the cost of which is $1,000,000 or less: $5,000,000 per occurrence

  

For projects, the cost of which is more than $1,000,000: $10,000,000 per occurrence

(e) Environmental Insurance – To the extent required by Landlord Contractors’ commercial general liability/umbrella insurance policy(ies) shall include Landlord and Landlord’s designees as additional insureds’, and shall include a primary non-contributory provision. Liability policy shall contain a clause that the insurer may not cancel or materially change coverage without first giving Landlord thirty (30) days prior written notice, except cancellation for non-payment of premium, in which ten (10) days prior written notice shall be required.

(3) Deductibles . If any of the above insurances have deductibles or self-insured retentions, the Tenant and/or contractor (policy Named Insured) shall be responsible for the deductible amount.

All of the insurance policies required in this Exhibit 10 shall be written by insurance companies which are licensed to do business in the State where the property is located, or obtained through a duly authorized surplus lines insurance agent or otherwise in conformity with the laws of such state, with an A.M. Best rating of at least A and a financial size category of not less than VII. Tenant shall provide Landlord with certificates of insurance: (i) upon request from Landlord, (ii) prior to commencement of the Tenant/contractor work, and (iii) upon coverage inception and subsequent renewals or rewrites/replacements of any cancelled/non-renewed policies.

 

EXHIBIT 10, PAGE 2


EXHIBIT 11

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

I.

TENANT’S EXPANSION OPTION.

On the conditions (which conditions Landlord may waive, at its election, by written notice to Tenant at any time) that: (i) Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. itself, and/or any Permitted Transferee(s) is/are then occupying at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the Premises; and (ii) no uncured Event of Default exists (1) as of the date of the Expansion Notice (hereinafter defined), and (2) at the commencement of the and as of the Term Commencement Date of the Term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Premises, as hereinafter defined, Tenant shall have the following right to lease the Expansion Premises, as hereinafter defined.

 

  A.

Definition of Expansion Premises

Expansion Premises shall be defined, at Tenant’s written election (which election Tenant shall make in its Expansion Exercise Notice, as hereinafter defined), as either (x) the entire second (2 nd ) floor of the north portion of the Building, containing approximately 54,468 rentable square feet, as shown on Exhibit 1C of the Lease, (y) the portion of said second floor of the Building, shown as “ Expansion Premises A on Exhibit 1C-A of the Lease, containing approximately 32,103 rentable square feet, or (z) the portion of said second floor of the Building, shown as “ Expansion Premises B o n Exhibit 1C-B of the Lease, containing approximately 22,365 rentable square feet.

 

  B.

Exercise of Right to Lease Expansion Premises

Tenant may exercise its right to lease the Expansion Premises by giving Landlord written notice (“ Expansion Exercise Notice ”) on or before the Last Expansion Notice Date, as hereinafter defined. Subject to the provisions of this Section IB, the “ Last Expansion Exercise Notice Date shall be defined as April 1, 2019. Landlord shall, on or after October 1, 2018, but not later than March 1, 2019, give Tenant written notice (“ Landlord’s Reminder Notice ”) , reminding Tenant of its right to the lease the Expansion Premises pursuant to this Section IB and the last date on or before which Tenant has the right to give its Expansion Exercise Notice. If Landlord fails to give Landlord’s Reminder Notice on or before March 1, 2019, then, and as Tenant’s sole right and remedy, the Last Notice Date shall be thirty (30) days after Landlord gives Landlord’s Reminder Notice to Tenant. If Tenant fails timely to give the Expansion Exercise Notice, Tenant shall have no further right to lease such Expansion Premises pursuant to this Section I.

 

EXHIBIT 11, PAGE 1


  C.

Terms Applicable to Expansion Premises

The leasing to Tenant of the Expansion Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease applicable to the South Premises, except as set forth below:

(1) Term . The Term Commencement Date with respect to the Expansion Premises (the “ Expansion Premises Term ) shall be the latest of: (i) December 1, 2019, (ii) eight (8) months after Tenant gives a timely Expansion Exercise Notice to Landlord, and (iii) the date the current tenant of the Expansion Premises vacates the Expansion Premises. The date which is the later of December 1, 2019, and eight (8) months after Tenant gives a timely Extension Exercise Notice to Landlord is referred to as the “ Expected Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date ”. The Expiration Date with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be the day immediately preceding the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Expansion Premises Base Rent Commencement Date, as hereinafter defined, except that if the Expansion Premises Base Rent Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, then the Expiration Date with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be the last day of the calendar month in which the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Expansion Premises Base Rent Commencement Date occurs.

(2) Base Rent Commencement Date . The Base Rent Commencement Date with respect of the Expansion Premises (the “ Expansion Premise Base Rent Commencement Date ) shall be the earlier of: (x) the date that is three (3) months after the Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date and (y) the date Tenant commences to use the Expansion Premises, or any portion thereof, for the Permitted Use.

(3) Annual Base Rent . The Annual Base Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be based upon the same rate per rentable square foot as is payable by Tenant with respect to the North Premises, from time to time, as detailed in the attached Exhibit 12 . The South Premises Base Rent Abatement Period shall not apply to the Expansion Premises.

(4) Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and Taxes . The Additional Rent Commencement Date with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be the Base Rent Commencement Date with respect to the Expansion Premises. Tenant’s Share with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable area of the Expansion Premises and the denominator of which is the rentable area of the Building, i.e. if the Expansion Premises are:

The entire second floor of the north portion of the Building: 25.57%

Expansion Premises A: 15.07%

Expansion Premises B: 10.50%

(5) Condition of Expansion Premises . Tenant shall take the Expansion Premises “as-is” in its then (i.e., as of the date of premises delivery) state of construction, finish, and decoration, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to construct or prepare the Expansion Premises for Tenant’s occupancy. Without limiting the foregoing, Sections 3.2 and 3.3 of the Lease shall not apply to the Expansion Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (“ Landlord’s Expansion Premises Contribution ) of up to $70.00 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises (i.e., up to $3,812,760.00 if the Expansion Premises consists of the entire second (2 nd ) floor of the north portion of the Building; up to $2,247,210.00 if the Expansion Premises consists of Expansion Premises A; or up to $1,565,550.00 if the Expansion Premises consists of Expansion

 

EXHIBIT 11, PAGE 2


Premises B) to be used by Tenant to pay for Permitted Costs incurred by Tenant in preparing Landlord’s Expansion Premises for Tenant’s occupancy (“ Expansion Premises Permitted Costs ) and (ii) in the event Tenant elects to lease either Expansion Premises A or Expansion Premises B, as the case may be, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, install demising wall(s) separating the applicable Expansion Premises from the remainder of the floor and separate the utilities, fire/life/safety systems, ceiling system, HVAC ducts and diffusers and other Building mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems between the applicable Expansion Premises and the remainder of the floor so as to permit the use and occupancy of the applicable Expansion Premises and the remainder of the floor in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. All such work (collectively, “ Landlord’s Demising Work ”) shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner and in a manner similar to and consistent with the Building standard improvements in the Building. The provisions of Exhibit 4 of the Lease (other than Section I) shall apply to the Expansion Premises, except:

 

   

Design/Development Plans : Tenant shall deliver its Design/Development Plans for the Expansion Premises to Landlord on or before the date that is five (5) months prior to the Expected Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date.

 

   

Final Construction Drawings : Tenant shall deliver its Final Construction Drawings for the Expansion Premises to Landlord on or before the date that is two (2) months prior to the Expected Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date.

 

   

Outside Tenant Work Completion Date : The Outside Tenant Work Completion Date for the Expansion Premises shall be fifteen (15) months after the Expansion Premises Base Rent Commencement Date.

 

   

Maximum Amount of Landlord’s Expansion Premises Contribution : $70.00 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises.

 

   

Limitation on Soft Costs and Other Costs in Connection with Landlord’s Expansion Premises Contribution : $7.00 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises.

 

   

Outside Expansion Premises Requisition Date : June 30, 2021.

 

   

Use of Landlord’s Expansion Premises Contribution to Pay for North Premises and South Premises Improvements : Provided that each portion of the Premises is improved to the Minimum Improvement Standard, Tenant may, at Tenant’s written election, apply any unused portion of Landlord’s Expansion Premises Contribution towards the North Premises Permitted Costs and the South Premises Permitted Costs. If Tenant makes such election, then the unused portion of Landlord’s Expansion Premises Contribution so designated by Tenant shall become part of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution and/or Landlord’s South Premises Contribution, as the case may be.

 

EXHIBIT 11, PAGE 3


   

Tenant’s Right to Apply Landlord’s North Premises Contribution and South Premises Contribution to Expansion Premises Permitted Costs . Provided that each portion of the Premises is improved to the Minimum Improvement Standard, Tenant may, at Tenant’s written election, apply any unused portion of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution and any unused portion of Landlord’s South Premises Contribution towards the Expansion Premises Permitted Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant may not use any portion of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution or Landlord’s South Premises Contribution to pay for Tenant’s Work in the Expansion Premises until after the initial improvements in both the North Premises and South Premises have both been completed to the Minimum Improvement Standard. Landlord expressly agrees that: (i) since Tenant is committed to the performance of Landlord’s South Premises Work listed on Exhibits 4-3 and 4-4 attached hereto, and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, Tenant has the right to apply any unused portion of the Landlord’s South Premises Contribution towards the North Premises Permitted Cost and (if Tenant timely and properly exercises its right to lease the Expansion Premises) to the Expansion Premises Permitted Costs. If Tenant makes such election, then the unused portion of Landlord’s North Premises Contribution and/or Landlord’s South Premises Contribution so designated by Tenant shall become part of Landlord’s Expansion Premises Contribution.

(6) Parking . Landlord shall make available up to 2.5 additional Parking Spaces each per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Expansion Premises to Tenant in connection with Tenant’s demise of the Expansion Premises.

(7) Extension Option for Expansion Premises . In the event Tenant timely exercises its Extension Option for the Prime Premises in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Section 1.2 of this Lease, Tenant shall have the option (“ Stub Extension Option ) to extend the Term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Premises for the period commencing on the day immediately following the expiration of the Expansion Term and expiring on the last day of the Extension Term for the Prime Premises, as set forth in Section 1.2 of this Lease (“ Stub Extension Period ”). Tenant’s right to exercise the Stub Extension Option shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions set forth in Section 1.2 of the Lease, except that:

(i) Tenant must give its Extension Notice with respect to the Stub Extension Period at the same time that Tenant gives Landlord its Extension Notice for the Extension Term with respect to the Prime Premises.

(ii) The Base Rent payable for the Expansion Premises during the Stub Extension Period shall be at the same rate per rentable square foot as is then payable by Tenant with respect to the Prime Premises:

 

EXHIBIT 11, PAGE 4


(iii) Tenant shall have no further right to extend the Term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Premises beyond the Stub Extension Period.

If Tenant fails to give timely notice exercising the Stub Extension Option, Tenant shall have no further right to extend the Term with respect to the Expansion Premises.

D. Execution of Lease Amendments . Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant’s exercise of the above-described option to lease the Expansion Premises shall be self-executing, as aforesaid, the parties hereby agree promptly to execute a lease amendment reflecting the addition of the Expansion Premises. The execution of such lease amendment shall not be deemed to waive any of the conditions to Tenant’s exercise of the herein option to lease the Expansion Premises, unless otherwise specifically provided in such lease amendment.

II. TENANT’S RIGHT TO NEGOTIATE TO LEASE OF ADDITIONAL PREMISES IN THE EVENT LANDLORD CONSTRUCTS ANOTHER BUILDING ON THE CAMPUS

A. Background . Reference is made to the fact that Landlord intends to construct a four-story building on the Campus: (i) to be known as and located at 75 Hayden Avenue, Lexington, MA (“ 75 Hayden ”), and (ii) the second, third and fourth floors of 75 Hayden will each contain at least 50,000 rentable square feet. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has no obligation to construct 75 Hayden and that this Section II shall be void and without force or effect if Landlord, in its sole discretion, elects not to construct 75 Hayden. Landlord estimates that: (i) the construction of 75 Hayden on site (the “ Groundbreaking ”) will occur on or about August 1, 2018, and (ii) the substantial completion of the shell of 75 Hayden will occur on or about February 1, 2020.

B. RTN Premises . The “ RTN Premises shall be defined as either the second, third or fourth floor of 75 Hayden, at Landlord’s sole election.

C. Tenant’s Right to Negotiate . On the conditions (which conditions Landlord may waive, at its election, by written notice to Tenant at any time) that: (i) Landlord commences construction of 75 Hayden, (ii) Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. itself, and/or any Permitted Transferee(s) is/are then occupying at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the Premises; (iii) no uncured Event of Default exists (1) as of the date that Landlord gives Landlord’s Offer, as hereinafter defined, to Tenant, (iv) Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. has reached a valuation of Five Hundred Million Dollars ($500,000,000) calculated on a fully-diluted basis (assuming exercise of all options, regardless of whether outstanding, warrants and other convertible securities) based on the last price paid for shares of Preferred Stock of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc., as of the time of Landlord’s Offer, (v) Tenant timely and properly exercises its right to lease the Expansion Premises pursuant to Section I of this Exhibit 11, and (vi) this Lease is then in full force and effect, then Tenant shall have the following one-time right to lease the RTN Premises, as hereinafter defined, on terms and conditions to be determined by Landlord as specified in Landlord’s Offer, as hereinafter defined. Landlord shall, not earlier than the date that is twelve (12) months after the Groundbreaking and not later than the date that is seventeen (17) months after the Groundbreaking (the “ Offer Period ”) give Tenant written notice (“ Landlord’s Offer ”)

 

EXHIBIT 11, PAGE 5


specifying the terms on which Landlord, in its sole judgment, is willing to lease the RTN Premises to Tenant. Tenant may accept Landlord’s Offer by giving a written acceptance (“ Tenant’s Acceptance ”) to Landlord on or before the date (“ Last Acceptance Date ”) which is the earlier of: (x) eighteen (18) months after the Groundbreaking or (ii) six (6) months after Landlord’s Offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord fails to give Landlord’s Offer to Tenant within the Offer Period, then the Last Notice Date shall be the date thirty (30) days after Landlord gives Landlord’s Offer to Tenant. If Tenant fails timely to give Tenant’s Acceptance, then Tenant shall have no further right to lease the RTN Premises. If Tenant timely gives Tenant’s Acceptance to Landlord, then the parties shall negotiate to enter into a mutually acceptable lease on the terms set forth in Landlord’s Offer. However, if, for any reason, the parties do not, for any reason, enter into a mutually acceptable lease on the terms set forth in Landlord’s Offer, then Tenant shall have no further right to lease the RTN Premises.

D. Tenant’s Right to Negotiate is Subject to Lease of Entirety of 75 Hayden . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, if, on or before the Last Acceptance Date, Landlord accepts an offer from a third party to lease the entirety of 75 Hayden then, even if Tenant has already accepted Landlord’s Offer and entered into a lease of the RTN Premises, Tenant’s Acceptance and such lease shall be void and without force or effect, and Tenant shall have no further right to lease the RTN Premises.

III. TENANT’S FINANCING CONTINGENCY.

If Tenant does not, on or before March 19, 2018, provide to Landlord evidence, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant has successful raised at least an additional $60 million in capital (“ Tenant Financing Contingency ”), then both Landlord and Tenant shall have the right to cancel this Lease. In such event: (i) the provisions of a certain letter agreement between the parties dated March 2, 2018 shall apply, (ii) this Lease shall be void and without further force or effect, and (iii) neither party shall, except as set forth in this Section III, have any further obligation to the other party.

IV. TENANT’S EMERGENCY GENERATOR

In addition to, Tenant’s right to connect its equipment to the Existing Generator, as set forth in Section 1.8 of the Lease, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s election to demise the Generator Area, as hereinafter defined, if Tenant, in its sole discretion, determines that either: (i) the Generator Servicer is failing to maintain the Existing Generator in operable condition, or (ii) the Existing Generator is insufficient to provide enough power to the Premises to service Tenant’s needs. In either such event, Landlord shall demise and lease the Generator Area, as hereinafter defined, to Tenant, and Tenant shall hire and take the Generator Area from Landlord. The “ Generator Area ” shall be defined as an area outside of the Building, which shall be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall have the right to use the Generator Area solely for the purpose of installing a concrete pad and for the installation and use of Tenant’s own emergency generator (“ Tenant’s Generator ”) in accordance with the provisions of this Section IV. The term of the Lease with respect to the Generator Area shall commence as of the date that Tenant first commences work installing said concrete pad (“ Commencement Date in respect of Tenant’s Generator ”) and shall terminate as of the Expiration Date of the Lease, as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 1.2 of this Lease (Tenant’s Generator

 

EXHIBIT 11, PAGE 6


and the Generator Area are deemed to be the “ Generator Premises ”). Said demise of Tenant’s Generator Area shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except as set forth herein. Tenant shall not install or operate Tenant’s Generator until Tenant has obtained and submitted to Landlord copies of all required governmental permits, licenses, and authorizations necessary for the installation and operation of Tenant’s Generator. In addition, Tenant shall comply with all reasonable construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord in the maintenance and operation of Tenant’s Generator. Tenant shall be permitted to use Tenant’s Generator Area solely for the maintenance and operation of Tenant’s Generator, and Tenant’s Generator and Generator Area are solely for the benefit of Tenant and/or any Permitted Transferee. All electricity generated by Tenant’s Generator may only be consumed by Tenant in the Premises.

(i) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s cost, landscape or screen, as directed by Landlord, the area around Tenant’s Generator Area.

(ii) Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent, costs and expenses of the Common Areas, or Taxes in respect of Tenant’s Generator Area.

(iii) Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any services including, without limitation, electric current, to Tenant’s Generator Area; provided, however, that Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, shall, subject to the provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, Section 11 hereof) shall have the right to install wiring in locations designated by Landlord in order to connect Tenant’s Generator to Tenant’s electrical system serving the Prime Premises.

(iv) Tenant shall have no right to make any changes, alterations, additions, decorations or other improvements (collectively “ Installations ”) to Tenant’s Generator Area without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole but bona fide business judgment.

(v) Tenant may remove Tenant’s Generator and any Installations at any time during the Term of the Lease upon prior written notice to Landlord, provided that Tenant restores Tenant’s Generator Area to the same condition as the area surrounding Tenant’s Generator at the time of such removal.

(vi) Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of repairing any damage to the Building caused by the installation of Tenant’s Generator and/or any Installations.

(vii) Tenant shall have no right to sublet Tenant’s Generator Area or to assign its interest hereunder, other than to a Permitted Transferee, as defined in Section 13.7 of this Lease.

(viii) To the maximum extent permitted by law, Tenant’s Generator and all Installations in Tenant’s Generator Area shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant in the event that Tenant’s Generator or any Installations are damaged for any reason, except to the extent caused by the negligent acts, negligent omissions or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties.

 

EXHIBIT 11, PAGE 7


(ix) Tenant shall take Tenant’s Generator Area “as-is” in the condition in which Tenant’s Generator Area is in as of the Commencement Date in respect of Tenant’s Generator, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or construct Tenant’s Generator Area for Tenant’s use or occupancy. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord makes no warranties or representations to Tenant as to the suitability of Tenant’s Generator Area for the installation and operation of Tenant’s Generator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Tenant’s written election, Tenant may include the installation of Tenant’s Generator on Tenant’s Generator Area as part of Landlord’s Work, in which event, the costs incurred by Landlord in installing so installing Tenant’s Generator shall be included as part of the Cost of Landlord’s Work.

(x) In addition to and without limiting Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, Tenant shall comply with all applicable environmental and fire prevention laws, ordinances and regulations in Tenant’s use of Tenant’s Generator Area.

(xi) In addition to and without limiting Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, Tenant covenants and agrees that Tenant’s use of Tenant’s Generator and Installations shall not adversely affect the insurance coverage for the Building. If for any reason, the installation or use of Tenant’s Generator and/or the Installations shall result in an increase in the amount of the premiums for such coverage, then Tenant shall be liable for the full amount of any such increase.

(xii) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, repair and maintain Tenant’s Generator and Installations.

(xiii) In addition to and without limiting the insurance provisions of the Lease, Tenant shall procure, keep in force and pay for Commercial General Liability Insurance in respect of Tenant’s Generator Area of not less than One Million ($1,000,000.00) Dollars in the event of personal injury to any number of persons or damage to property, arising out of any one occurrence and such insurance shall name Landlord as an additional insured party. Tenant shall have the right to maintain the aforesaid insurance under umbrella coverages.

(xiv) In addition to and without limiting the indemnification provisions set forth in the Lease, Tenant shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law and subject to Section 14.5, indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, losses, demands, actions, or causes of actions suffered by any person, firm, corporation, or other entity arising from Tenant’s use of Tenant’s Generator Area, except to the extent caused by the negligent acts, negligent omissions or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties.

 

EXHIBIT 11, PAGE 8


EXHIBIT 12

ANNUAL BASE RENT PER RSF AMOUNTS

 

Rent Year    Annual Base Rent Per RSF

1

   $52.50

2

   $54.08

3

   $55.70

4

   $57.37

5

   $59.09

6

   $60.86

7

   $62.69

8

   $64.57

9

   $66.51

10

   $68.50

11

   $70.56

 

EXHIBIT 12, PAGE 1


EXHIBIT 13

TENANT’S MONUMENT SIGNAGE

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 13, PAGE 1

Exhibit 10.14

XCHANGE AT BEDFORD

LEASE

between

DIV BEDFORD, LLC , as Landlord

and

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC., as Tenant

18 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts

As of May 15, 2017

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1

   GRANT      1  

ARTICLE 2

   TERM      3  

ARTICLE 3

   COMPLETION AND OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES      3  

ARTICLE 4

   RENT AND SECURITY      4  

ARTICLE 5

   ADDITIONAL RENT FOR ESCALATIONS IN REAL ESTATE TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES      6  

ARTICLE 6

   SERVICES AND UTILITIES      11  

ARTICLE 7

   CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT      14  

ARTICLE 8

   ALTERATIONS, IMPROVEMENTS AND SIGNAGE      21  

ARTICLE 9

   INSURANCE      25  

ARTICLE 10

   CASUALTY      27  

ARTICLE 11

   CONDEMNATION      28  

ARTICLE 12

   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING      29  

ARTICLE 13

   DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES      32  

ARTICLE 14

   SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT AND RIGHTS OF MORTGAGE HOLDERS      36  

ARTICLE 15

   NOTICES      37  

ARTICLE 16

   MISCELLANEOUS      37  

List of Exhibits

 

Exhibit 1.1-1    Premises
Exhibit 1.1-2    Legal Description
Exhibit 1.3    Plan
Exhibit 6.1    Cleaning Specifications
Exhibit 7.4    Rules and Regulations
Exhibit 7.6.1.1    Environmental Questionnaire
Exhibit 8.5    Certain Surrender Obligations
Exhibit 14.1    Form of SNDA
Exhibit 14.4    Form of Estoppel


LEASE

This Lease is made and entered into as of May 15, 2017 by and between DIV BEDFORD, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company with its principal place of business at c/o The Davis Companies, 125 High Street, 21 st Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 (the “ Landlord ”) and KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 18 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts (the “ Tenant ”).

ARTICLE 1    GRANT

1.1     Premises . Landlord, for and in consideration of the rents herein reserved and of the covenants and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be performed, hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant accepts from Landlord, the entire first and second floors of the office building known as 18 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts (the “ Building ”), containing approximately 50,000 rentable square feet in area as shown on Exhibit 1.1-1 attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Premises ”). The Premises shall specifically include the loading docks and other loading facilities that are part of or appurtenant to the Building, so long as Tenant is leasing the entire Premises originally leased by Tenant hereunder. The Premises, the Building, the “ Common Areas ” (defined below) and the land upon which the same are located, which is legally described in Exhibit 1.1-2 (the “ Land ”), together with all other buildings and improvements thereon and thereunder are collectively referred to as the “ Property ”. The Property is also known as Xchange at Bedford and currently has an address of 4-18 Crosby Drive, as shown on Exhibit 1.3 , attached. The parties agree that the rentable square footage of the Premises set forth above is conclusive and binding, subject to adjustment only in connection with the expansion of the Premises or as set forth in this Lease.

1.2     Common Areas . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant during the term of this Lease, a right to use, in common with the others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they from time to time exist, subject to the rights, powers and privileges herein reserved to Landlord. The term “Common Areas” as used herein will include all areas and facilities outside the Premises that are provided and designated by Landlord for general non-exclusive use and convenience of Tenant and other tenants at the Property. Common Areas include but are not limited to the fitness center, cafeteria, common hallways, lobbies, stairways and elevators, if any, pedestrian sidewalks, landscaped areas, loading areas, roadways, parking areas, rights of way, walking and jogging paths, if any. Landlord may designate certain Common Areas for the exclusive use of one or more buildings located on the Property. Landlord acknowledges that the Common Areas located within the Building will not serve any other tenants in buildings at the Property so long as Tenant is leasing the entire Premises originally leased by Tenant hereunder.

1.3     Parking . During the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to use, at no additional charge (other than to the extent included in Operating Expenses and Taxes), the parking areas at the Property shown on Exhibit 1.3 attached hereto (the “ Parking Areas ”) in common with other tenants of the Property, but in any event Tenant’s use shall not exceed the ratio of 3.0 spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises (up to 150 spaces) on an unreserved, first-come, first-serve basis, except that Tenant shall have the exclusive right to use the area designated as “Tenant’s Visitor Parking Area” on Exhibit 1.3 , attached, for parking by Tenant and its visitors. Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, will, by the use of signs and markings, designate the spaces within such area as being intended for the use of Tenant’s visitors, but shall not be obligated to police the use of such spaces, which Tenant recognizes are to be operated on a self-parking basis. The Parking Areas shall be available for use twenty-four (24) hours a day, every day of the year during the Term, subject to Force Majeure, casualty, and condemnation, and shall be illuminated when necessary. Further, Landlord shall keep and maintain the Parking Areas in a good and clean condition. Tenant agrees not to overburden the Parking Areas and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of the Parking Areas. Subject to Tenant’s rights set forth herein, Landlord may designate parking facilities at the Property for the handicapped, visitors to the Property, and for exclusive use by other tenants. Landlord may install signage or implement a pass or sticker system to control parking use, and may employ valet parking (including by use of off-site premises) to meet the requirements of this Section. To the extent applicable to Tenant’s use of the parking spaces, the provisions of this Lease shall apply, and Landlord may promulgate rules and regulations of general applicability from time to time with respect to such use. Landlord assumes no responsibility whatsoever for loss or damage due to fire, theft or otherwise to any automobile(s) parked in

 

1


the Parking Areas or to any personal property therein, however caused, and Tenant agrees, upon request from Landlord from time to time, to notify its officers, employees, agents and invitees of such limitation of liability.

1.4     Generator and Carbon Dioxide Tank . Subject to the provisions of this Section 1.4 , Tenant shall have the right to install, maintain, repair, replace and use, at no additional charge, a generator, related connections and a diesel fuel tank or similar fuel storage compartment (collectively, the “ Generator ”) and a liquid carbon dioxide storage tank of a size and capacity reasonably approved by Landlord (the “ CO2 Tank ”), each in an area on the Property to be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (it being understood and agreed that the Generator may not be installed on the roof of the Building).

Tenant’s use of the Generator and CO2 Tank (collectively, the “ Tenant’s Equipment ”) shall be upon all of the conditions of the Lease, except as modified below:

(i)    Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for installing the Tenant’s Equipment. In addition to complying with Section  8.3 , below, Tenant shall not install or operate any portion of the Tenant’s Equipment until Tenant shall have obtained Landlord’s prior written approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications therefor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Landlord will inform Tenant in writing at the time of its review and approval of such plans and specifications whether Landlord will require the same to be removed by Tenant up on the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

(ii)    Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any services to the Tenant’s Equipment, provided Tenant shall have the right to connect Tenant’s Equipment to existing base building utility systems, subject to Landlord’s right to reasonably approve such connections. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Section  1.4 , arrange for all utility services required for the operation of the Tenant’s Equipment.

(iii)    Tenant shall have no right to make any changes, alterations or other improvements to the Tenant’s Equipment without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to maintain and make repairs to the Tenant’s Equipment.

(iv)    Subject to Section 9.6.1 , Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of repairing any damage to the Building, Property or the office park caused by the installation, use and removal of the Tenant’s Equipment.

(v)    Except for assignees of Tenant or subtenants of all or a portion of the Premises, no other person, firm or entity (including without limitation, other tenants, licensees or occupants of the office park) shall have the right to connect to the Tenant’s Equipment other than Tenant.

(vi)    To the maximum extent permitted by law, Tenant’s use of the Tenant’s Equipment shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant in the event that the Tenant’s Equipment is damaged for any reason.

(vii)    In addition to the indemnification obligations of Tenant set forth in this Lease including those contained in Section  9.4(a) , below, Tenant shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law and except to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties (as defined below), indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from any and all claims, losses, demands, actions or causes of actions suffered by any person, firm, corporation or other entity arising from the installation, use or removal of the Tenant’s Equipment.

Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, secure the approvals of all governmental authorities and all permits required by governmental authorities having jurisdiction over such approvals for the Tenant’s Equipment, and shall provide Landlord with copies of such approvals and permits prior to commencing any work with respect thereto. In addition, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses in connection with the installation, maintenance, use and removal of the Tenant’s Equipment, except that Tenant will not be obligated to pay Landlord any additional rental for that portion of the Property upon which Tenant’s Equipment is located. In connection therewith, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence on an annual basis of the existence of a maintenance contract for the Generator

 

2


with a service provider reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall have access to those portions of the Building and the Property on which the Tenant’s Equipment is located for the purposes of inspecting, repairing, maintaining and replacing the same, subject in all events to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations regarding such access (it being understood and agreed, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that access to the rooftops of the Building is controlled by Landlord).

ARTICLE 2    TERM

2.1     Lease Term .

2.1.1     Commencement Date; Term . Tenant currently occupies a substantial portion of the Premises. The Premises shall be leased to Tenant pursuant to this Lease for a term (the “ Term ”) to commence on May 15, 2017 (the “ Commencement Date ). The Term shall end on June 30, 2020 (the “ Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated as herein provided. On or prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant exclusive possession of that portion of the Premises that Tenant does not currently occupy in the in broom-clean condition, free of all furniture, equipment and other personal property, but otherwise in “as is” condition.

2.1.2     Lease Year Defined . The first “ Lease Year ” shall begin on the Commencement Date and shall end on the last day of the twelfth (12th) full calendar month following the Commencement Date. Each Lease Year thereafter shall consist of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months following the end of the immediately preceding Lease Year.

2.1.3     Early Vacancy of the Premises . If (A) Tenant delivers a notice to Landlord (an “ Early Vacancy Notice ”) on or following the date that is two years after the Commencement Date and such Early Vacancy Notice specifies a date (the “ Early Vacancy Date ”) prior to the Expiration Date that Tenant intends to vacate the entire Premises, and (B) thereafter, (i) Landlord enters into one or more leases of the entire Premises with one or more third parties for a term commencing on or after the Early Vacancy Date and prior to the scheduled Expiration Date (any such lease or leases being satisfactory to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion), (ii) Tenant contemporaneously enters into an early termination agreement satisfactory to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (which agreement, among other things, shall not provide for any early termination payment or fee to Tenant), and (iii) Tenant surrenders the Premises in the condition required by this Lease on the date set forth in the early termination agreement, then Landlord shall treat such date as the Expiration Date for all purposes under this Lease. Nothing in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to obligate Landlord to enter into any such leases described in clause (i), above, the early termination agreement described in clause (ii), above, or shall otherwise create any claim against, or liability of, Landlord arising out of this paragraph, including any claims that Landlord is in default under this Lease. The provisions of this paragraph shall be of no force and effect following any Event of Default.

2.2     Holding Over . In the event that Tenant retains occupancy of the Premises, or any part thereof, after the end of the Term, Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises shall be as a tenant at will terminable at any time by Landlord. Tenant shall pay Landlord rent for such time as Tenant remains in possession of the Premises at the rate equal to the higher of (a) two hundred percent (200%) of the Base Rent payable during the last month of the Term, or (b) one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the then market-rate for the Premises, plus all Additional Rent and other sums due under this Lease. In addition, if Tenant’s holdover continues for more than thirty (30) days, Tenant shall pay Landlord for all damages sustained by reason of Tenant’s retention of possession of the Premises after the end of the Term. The provisions hereof do not limit or restrict Landlord’s rights or remedies under this Lease in the event of any holding over by Tenant.

ARTICLE 3    COMPLETION AND OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES

3.1     Condition of the Premises . Tenant acknowledges that it is currently in possession of a substantial portion of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that, except as expressly set forth in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Property, or with respect to the suitability of the Premises, the Building or the Property for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Premises and agrees to take the same in its condition “as is”

 

3


as of the Commencement Date and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Premises, except as otherwise expressly provided herein. Tenant’s execution of this Lease and taking of possession of the entire Premises shall conclusively establish that the Premises, the Building and the Property were at such time in satisfactory condition and repair.

ARTICLE 4    RENT AND SECURITY

4.1     Base Rent .

4.1.1     Schedule of Monthly Rent Payments . Beginning with the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Term, Tenant shall pay to or upon the order of Landlord an annual rental (the “ Base Rent ”) as set forth below which shall be payable in consecutive monthly installments on or before the first day of each calendar month in advance in the monthly amount set forth below:

 

Period

   Annual Base Rent    Monthly Base Rent    Annual Base Rent
per Rentable Square Foot

Commencement

   $917,500.00    $76,458.33    $18.35

Date - 12/31/19

        

1/1/20 - 6/30/20

   $967,500.00    $80,625.00    $19.35

4.1.2     Manner of Payment . All payments of rent shall be made without demand, deduction, counterclaim, set-off, discount or abatement (except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease) in lawful money of the United States of America. If the Commencement Date should occur on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or the Expiration Date should occur on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the monthly installment of Base Rent for such fractional month shall be prorated upon a daily basis based upon a thirty (30)-day paid month.

4.2     Additional Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord all charges and other amounts required under this Lease and the same shall constitute additional rent hereunder (herein called “ Additional Rent ”), including, without limitation, any sums due resulting from the provisions of Article 5 hereof. All such amounts and charges shall be payable to Landlord in accordance with Section  4.3 hereof. Landlord shall have the same remedies for a default in the payment of Additional Rent as for a default in the payment of Base Rent. The term “ Rent ” as used in this Lease shall mean the Base Rent and the Additional Rent.

4.3     Place of Payment . The Base Rent and all other sums payable to Landlord under this Lease shall be paid to Landlord at c/o The Davis Companies, 125 High Street, 21 st Floor, Boston, MA 02110, or at such other place as Landlord shall designate in writing by at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice to Tenant from time to time.

4.4     Terms of Payment . Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Base Rent as provided in Section 4.1 above and Tenant shall pay all Additional Rent payable under Article 5 and Article 6 on the terms provided therein. Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence and as may otherwise be expressly provided by the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of bills or statements therefor all sums of money payable by Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

4.5     Late Charges . If Tenant shall fail to pay any Rent within five (5) days after the date same is due and payable or if any check received by Landlord from Tenant shall be dishonored, Tenant agrees that Landlord’s actual damages resulting therefrom are difficult to fix or ascertain. As a result, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) an administrative fee equal to five percent (5%) per month on the amount due, and (b) interest on the amount due from its due date until paid at the lesser of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the maximum legal rate that Landlord may charge Tenant. Such charges shall be paid to Landlord together with such unpaid amounts as an administrative fee to compensate Landlord for administrative expenses and its cost of funds.

 

4


4.6     Security Deposit .

4.6.1     Letter of Credit Amount . On or before July 24, 2017, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) in the form of a “ Letter of Credit ” (as defined below) in the amount of $117,156.33 for the faithful performance of all terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Tenant agrees that its failure to deliver the Security Deposit to Landlord as required in the preceding sentence following notice from Landlord and Tenant’s failure to cure within three (3) business days after such notice, shall, at Landlord’s election, be a default under this Lease for which there shall be no further cure.

4.6.2.     Letter of Credit Requirements . Each letter of credit provided to Landlord hereunder as the Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional, irrevocable, standby letter of credit which shall be in full force and effect for the periods required hereby, and shall meet all of the following conditions (a “ Letter of Credit ”):

(a)    it shall be issued for the benefit of Landlord by an “ Eligible Bank ” (defined below) approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned;

(b)    it shall be effective on the date of this Lease and have a term of not less than one (1) year following its date of issuance and contain automatic year-to-year renewal provisions subject to the Letter of Credit issuer’s obligation to notify Landlord in writing by certified or registered mail of non-renewal at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit;

(c)    the expiration date of the Letter of Credit for the final Lease Year of the Term shall be at least sixty (60) days following the Expiration Date of this Lease;

(d)    it shall provide for the amount thereof as set forth in Subsection 4.6.1 to be available to Landlord in multiple drawings conditioned only upon presentation of a sight draft;

(e)    it shall be assignable by Landlord to its successors, assigns and mortgagees and by any successive beneficiaries thereof at no cost to transferor or transferee (Tenant agreeing to pay such charges in connection with any transfer of the Letter of Credit), and shall expressly permit multiple assignments; and

(f)    it shall be in such form as shall be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion.

An “ Eligible Bank ” shall mean a commercial or savings bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000.00 which shall be a financial institution having a rating of not less than BBB or its equivalent by Standard and Poors Corporation and subject to a Thompson Watch Rating of C or better. Landlord hereby acknowledges that Pacific Western Bank or Square One Bank is an Eligible Bank as of the date hereof. Tenant, at its expense, shall cause the issuing bank to provide Landlord’s mortgage lender with a written acknowledgment which evidences its consent to Landlord’s collateral assignment of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit and acknowledgment of the security interest of such mortgage lender therein within ten (10) business days following the request of Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee therefor.

4.6.3     Substitute Letter of Credit . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a substitute Letter of Credit that satisfies the requirements for a Letter of Credit stated in this Subsection 4.6.2 for the applicable period not later than ten (10) days following delivery of a non-renewal notice by the Letter of Credit issuer with respect to the Letter of Credit issued to Landlord or thirty (30) days prior to the scheduled expiration of the Letter of Credit, whichever first occurs (such date, the “ Re-Delivery Deadline ”). If Tenant fails to deliver the substitute Letter of Credit within such ten (10) day period or such thirty (30) period, as applicable, Landlord shall have the right to draw the Letter of Credit and receive the proceeds as a cash Security Deposit. Tenant agrees that,

 

5


notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, its failure to furnish Landlord with the required Security Deposit in the form of a substitute Letter of Credit in compliance with the requirements for the initial Letter of Credit prior to the Re-Delivery Deadline shall not be subject to any rights of notice or cure under this Lease.

4.6.4     Landlord’s Rights Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default described in Article 13 hereof, in addition to any other rights or remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to present the Letter of Credit for payment by the issuing bank and the proceeds thereof shall be due and payable to Landlord in accordance with the terms hereof and the Letter of Credit. Tenant agrees that Landlord may, without waiving any of Landlord’s other rights and remedies under this Lease upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default, apply the Security Deposit to remedy any failure by Tenant to perform any of the terms, covenants or conditions to be performed by Tenant under this Lease and to compensate Landlord for any damages incurred as a result of any such Event of Default. If Landlord uses any portion of the Security Deposit to cure any Event of Default by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall forthwith replenish the Security Deposit to the original amount within ten (10) days following written notice from Landlord in the manner directed by Landlord in such notice (which may be in the form of a new or amended Letter of Credit, or in the form of a cash payment). If Tenant fails to restore the full amount of the Security Deposit within such 10 day period, then the amount of such deficiency shall be subject to the charges described in Section  4.5 . During any period that Landlord is holding the Security Deposit in the form of cash, Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on any such deposit.

4.6.5     Sale of Building . In the event of a sale or other transfer of the Building (or Landlord’s interest therein), Landlord shall transfer the balance of the Security Deposit or credit the same to the new owner or transferee. Upon any such transfer and the written agreement by the successor landlord that it has received the Security Deposit and that it has assumed all of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of the Security Deposit; and, thereafter, Tenant shall look to the new landlord for the return of such Security Deposit. If no notice of an Event of Default is outstanding for which a cure has not been completed at the end of the Term, Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, return the Security Deposit, or so much as has not been applied by Landlord as provided herein, to Tenant.

4.7     Independence of Covenants . Landlord’s and Tenant’s covenants herein are independent and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges that its covenant to pay Rent hereunder is independent of Landlord’s obligations hereunder, and that, in the event that Tenant shall have a claim against Landlord, Tenant shall not have the right to deduct the amount allegedly owed to Tenant from any Rent due hereunder, it being understood that Tenant’s sole remedy for recovering upon such claim shall be to bring an independent legal action against Landlord. As such, Tenant’s obligation so to pay Rent under the Lease shall be absolute, unconditional, and independent and shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by any law or regulation now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, or any other restriction on Tenant’s use, or, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Lease, any casualty or taking, or any failure by Landlord to perform or other occurrence, and Tenant waives all rights now or hereafter existing to terminate, quit or surrender this Lease or the Premises or any part thereof, or to assert any defense in the nature of constructive eviction to any action seeking to recover Rent, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease. Nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed to prevent Tenant from the benefit of its express remedy under Section  6.1 of this Lease or the benefit of the provisions applicable following casualty and condemnation pursuant to Articles 10 and 11 of this Lease, in each case on the terms set forth therein.

ARTICLE 5    ADDITIONAL RENT FOR REAL ESTATE TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES

5.1     Definitions . Tenant agrees to pay as Additional Rent, an amount calculated as hereinafter set forth. For purposes of this Article 5 , the following definitions shall apply:

Tax Year ”. The fiscal year of the Town of Bedford (July 1 – June 30) or other applicable governmental authority for real estate tax purposes or such other twelve (12)-month period as may be duly adopted in place thereof.

 

6


Taxes ”: All taxes, assessments and charges of every kind and nature levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any governmental authority upon or against the Property or any improvements, fixtures and equipment of Landlord used in the operation thereof whether such taxes and assessments are general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen in respect of each Tax Year falling wholly or partially within the Term. Taxes shall include, without limitation, all general real property taxes and general and special assessments (provided that, with respect to any special assessments or betterments that may be paid in installments, Taxes for such Tax Year shall include only the amount of the installment plus any interest due and payable during such Tax Year), charges, fees or assessments for all governmental services or purported benefits to the Property, service payments in lieu of taxes, all business privilege taxes, and any tax, fee or excise on the act of entering into this Lease or any other lease of space in the Property, or on the use or occupancy of the Property or any part thereof, or on the rent payable under any lease or in connection with the business of renting space under any lease or in connection with the business of renting space in the Property, that are now or hereafter levied or assessed against Landlord by the United States of America, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or any political subdivision, public corporation, district or other political or public entity, including legal fees, experts’ and other witnesses’ fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce Taxes. Taxes shall also include any other tax, fee or other excise, however described, that may be levied or assessed as a substitute for, or as an addition to, in whole or in part, any other Taxes (including, without limitation, any municipal income tax) and any license fees, tax measured or imposed upon rents, or other tax or charge upon Landlord’s business of leasing the Property, whether or not now customary or in the contemplation of the parties on the date of this Lease. Taxes shall not include: (a) franchise, transfer, gift, excise, capital stock, estate, succession and inheritance taxes, and federal and state income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources, unless due to a change in the method of taxation such tax is levied or assessed against Landlord as a substitute for, or as an addition to, in whole or in part, any other Tax that would constitute a Tax as provided above; or (b) penalties or interest for late payment of Taxes except to the extent arising from Tenant’s failure to pay such amounts.

Expense Year ”: Each calendar year, all or any portion of which shall occur during the Term of this Lease.

Operating Expenses ”: All costs and expenses (and taxes, if any, thereon) paid or incurred on behalf of Landlord (whether directly or through independent contractors) in connection with the ownership, management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Property and Common Areas (including any sales or other taxes thereon) during the Term as a first-class office park, including, without limitation:

(a)    supplies, materials and equipment purchased or rented, total wage and salary costs paid to, and all contract payments made on account of, all persons to the extent engaged in the operation, maintenance, security, cleaning and repair of the Building and the Common Areas at or below the level of building manager (including the amount of any taxes, social security taxes, unemployment insurance contributions, union benefits) and any on-site employees of Landlord’s property management agent;

(b)    the maintenance, repair and replacement of building systems, including heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical, mechanical, sewer, fire detection, sprinkler, life safety and security systems, telecommunications facilities, elevators and escalators, exterior windows and doors, tenant directories, emergency generator, and other equipment used in common by, or for the benefit of, occupants of the Building and Common Areas including such repairs and replacements as may be necessary to maintain the same in proper working order and in compliance with all applicable laws and industry performance standards;

(c)    charges of contractors for services and facilities otherwise includable in Operating Expenses, including security, trash removal, cleaning, janitorial, window washing, snow and ice removal, exterior and interior landscaping, the maintenance and repair of the parking facilities, roadways and light poles;

(d)    the cost of utility services for the Building and the Common Areas, including, without limitation, water, sanitary sewer, electricity, gas, fuel oil, steam, chilled water; but excluding electricity supplied to the Premises and billed to Tenant pursuant to Section 5.4 and electricity used by other tenants of the Property within their leased space and billed directly to such tenants;

 

7


(e)    the premiums for fire, extended coverage, loss of rents, boiler, machinery, sprinkler, public liability, property damage, earthquake, flood, and other insurance relative to the Property and the operation and maintenance thereof (including the fitness center described below) and unreimbursed costs incurred by Landlord that are subject to commercially reasonable insurance deductibles;

(f)    the operation and maintenance of any areas, facilities and amenities located in Common Areas , including, without limitation, the cost of utilities, repairs and insurance associated with such amenities;

(g)    the amortized cost of capital items incurred with respect to the ownership, operation, maintenance and repair of the Property for maintenance, repairs, and replacements (i.e., capital expenditures of any kind, whether for repairs, replacements or improvements) amortized over the reasonable life of the capital items as determined in the reasonable judgment of Landlord’s accountant in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles together with interest at the greater of nine percent (9%) per annum or Landlord’s borrowing rate for such capital items on the unamortized balance of the cost of the capital item and the installation of capital improvements that are made to the Property by Landlord in order to: (i) reduce (or avoid an increase in) operation or maintenance expenses with respect to the Property, (ii) comply with laws, regulations or orders of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority, agency or department which were enacted or became effective after the date hereof, or (iii) comply with the requirements of Landlord’s insurers that are enacted or became effective after the date hereof;

(h)    office costs of administration; legal and accounting fees and other expenses of maintaining and auditing Property accounting records and preparing Landlord’s Statements;

(i)    a commercially reasonable fee for management services whether rendered by Landlord (or affiliate) or a third-party property manager, it being agreed that 4% of gross revenues from the Property constitutes a commercially reasonable management fee; and

(j)    the cost of operating, cleaning and maintaining the Cafeteria and Fitness Center described in Section  6.6 , below, if any (net of revenue, if any, collected from the operation of such cafeteria and fitness center).

In no event shall Landlord be entitled to payment of more than 100% of the Operating Expenses from tenants of the Property in any one Expense Year during the Term.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Operating Expenses shall not include: (1) utility expenses that are separately metered for any individual tenant in the Property; (2) any expense for which Landlord is reimbursed by a specific tenant by reason of a special agreement or requirement of the occupancy of the Property by such tenant; (3) expenses for services provided by Landlord for the exclusive benefit of a given tenant or tenants for which Landlord is directly reimbursed by such tenant or tenants; (4) all costs, fees and disbursements relating to activities for the solicitation, negotiation and execution of leases for space in the Property (including but not limited to advertising costs, leasing commissions and attorneys’ fees therefor); (5) the costs of alterations to or payment of allowance for, or the decorating or the redecorating of, space in the Property leased to other tenants; (6) except as stated in subparagraph (h) of the definition of Operating Expenses, the costs associated with the operation of the business of the ownership or entity which constitutes “Landlord”, including costs of selling, syndicating, financing or mortgaging any of Landlord’s interest in the Property; (7) rentals payable under any ground or underlying lease, if any; (8) except as stated in subparagraph (g) of the definition of Operating Expenses, depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any; (9) repairs or other work required due to fire or other casualty except to the extent of any commercially reasonable deductible; (10) except as set forth in subparagraph (g), costs of capital improvements; (11) payments to affiliates of Landlord, but only to the extent that they exceed market charges (the parties agreeing that a property management fee equal to 4% of gross rents is permissible under this clause (11)); (12) costs of constructing any additional buildings or, except as set forth in subparagraph (g) above, improvements; (13) any increase in the cost of Landlord’s insurance caused by a specific use of another tenant; (14) attorneys’ fees, costs, disbursements, and other expenses incurred in connection with the disputes with tenants; (15) rent for space which is not actually used by Landlord in connection with the management and operation of the Property; (16) all costs or expenses (including fines, penalties and legal fees) incurred due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents,

 

8


contractors or assigns of the terms and conditions of any lease, or any applicable building code, governmental rule, regulation or law; (17) contingency or replacement reserves; (18) costs incurred in remediation of the Property required as the result of Hazardous Substances therein or thereon; (19) except as permitted in subparagraph (g) above, any capital cost incurred in connection with modifying, removing, upgrading or replacing the Building Systems (as hereinafter defined); (20) costs, other than those incurred in ordinary maintenance and repair, for sculptures, paintings, fountains or other objects of art or the display of such item; (21) contributions to charitable or political organizations; (22) Taxes; (23) the cost of repairs or other work to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds, by other tenants (other than through the payment of Operating Expenses) or from any other source, or for which Landlord would have been reimbursed by insurance which Landlord is required to carry under this Lease (whether or not Landlord does so); (24) costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of the Property or any portion thereof; (25) fines, interest and penalties incurred due to the late payment of Taxes or Operating Expenses except to the extent resulting from Tenant’s failure to timely pay Taxes or Operating Expenses; (26) insurance deductibles in excess of commercially reasonable deductibles; and (27) the amount of a judgment or settlement against Landlord which is not covered by the insurance required to be carried by Landlord under this Lease.

Operating Expenses that are incurred jointly for the benefit of the Building and one or more other buildings or properties, whether pursuant to a reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or otherwise, may be allocated between the Building and the other buildings or properties in accordance with the ratio of their respective rentable areas calculated using a consistent methodology or on any other reasonable basis determined by Landlord. Operating Expenses incurred for the benefit of less than all of the tenants at the Property or in the Building may be allocated among such tenants based on the rentable square footage of their respective premises or on any other reasonable basis determined by Landlord.

Tenant’s Share : Tenant’s Share shall be a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the rentable area of the Premises and the denominator of which (i) shall be the rentable area of the Building, with respect to Operating Expenses of and pertaining to the Building, and (ii) the rentable area of the Property, with respect to Operating Expenses of and pertaining to the office park at the Property. On the Commencement Date the Tenant’s Share pertaining to the Property is 10.50% (50,000 RSF/476,207 RSF), and the Tenant’s Share pertaining to the Building is 100% (50,000 RSF/50,000 RSF). The Tenant’s Share shall be recalculated from time to time in the event that there shall be a change in the rentable area of either the Premises, the Building, or the Property. For purposes hereof, Operating Expenses shall be allocated either to the Building or the office park at the Property, but not both (i.e., the provisions of this paragraph shall not operate to enable Landlord to charge Tenant for the same Operating Expense twice).

Landlord’s Statement : An instrument containing a computation of any Additional Rent for Operating Expenses or Taxes due pursuant to the provisions of this Article 5 .

5.2     Payment of Taxes . Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of Taxes payable in respect of any Tax Year falling wholly or partially within the Term (which payment shall be adjusted by proration with respect to any such partial Tax Year). Within thirty (30) days after the issuance by the Town of Bedford or other applicable governmental authority of the final bill for Taxes for each Tax Year, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a copy of such bill, together with Landlord’s Statement and Tenant shall pay the Additional Rent set forth on such Landlord’s Statement (less the amount of estimated payments paid by Tenant on account of prior estimated payments in accordance with this paragraph, if any) as set forth herein. Landlord, at its option, may require Tenant to make monthly payments on account of Tenant’s Share of Taxes. The monthly payments shall be one-twelfth (1/12th) of the amount of Tenant’s Share of Taxes and shall be payable on or before the first day of each month during the Term, in advance, in an amount reasonably estimated by Landlord and billed by Landlord to Tenant; provided, that , Landlord shall have the right initially to determine such monthly estimates and to reasonably revise such estimates from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any change in the monthly payments required to be made by Tenant under this Section  5.2 shall not be effective until thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of notice of such change.

5.3     Payment of Operating Expenses . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of all Operating Expenses in respect of each Expense Year. Tenant shall pay a sum equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for each Expense Year on or before the first day of each month of such Expense Year, in advance, in an amount

 

9


reasonably estimated by Landlord and billed by Landlord to Tenant; provided , that , Landlord shall have the right initially to determine such monthly estimates and to reasonably revise such estimates from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any change in the monthly payments required to be made by Tenant under this Section  5.3 shall not be effective until thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of notice of such change.

5.4     Payment of Utility Expenses . The Building is separately metered for electrical service, water and sewer service and gas service. Water and sewer service is not billed directly to Tenant, and Tenant pays for its water and sewer service as a part of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses. Tenant shall take all steps required by the applicable utility company to provide for direct billing to Tenant for the electricity and gas furnished to the Premises during the Term, including, without limitation, making applications to the applicable utility company in connection with such service and making any deposits as such utility company shall require. Tenant agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, all charges for electricity and gas furnished to the Premises (or by special facilities serving the Premises, if any) during the Term, punctually as and when due. From time to time, if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence of payment to, and good standing with, such utility companies as Landlord may reasonably require. Tenant covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord against all liability, cost and damage arising out of or in any way connected to Tenant’s non-payment or late payment of any and all charges and rates and deposits to such utility companies relating to the Premises during the Term.

If at any time during the Term the Building is not separately metered for electricity and payments on account of electricity are made to Landlord, Landlord shall bill Tenant for such usage based on Landlord’s reasonable estimate (taking into account Tenant’s prior usage of electricity) and Tenant’s rate of payment shall increase from time to time based upon the increases in rate charged by the utility company to Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to issue supplemental billing to Tenant from time to time to account for such increases. Any electrical charges payable to Landlord in respect of the Premises shall constitute Additional Rent under this Lease (but shall not be included as an Operating Expense), and shall be due and payable monthly in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Term. In such event, Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant an estimated amount, payable as Additional Rent on the first of each month, in advance, together with payments of Base Rent, on account of Tenant’s estimated electricity usage, with an annual reconciliation based on actual meter readings such that Tenant will pay the amount due hereunder.

5.5     Landlord’s Statements .

5.5.1     Delivery of Statements . Landlord will deliver Landlord’s Statements to Tenant during the Term. Landlord shall endeavor, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of each Expense Year, to prepare and furnish Tenant with Landlord’s Statement showing the Operating Expenses and Taxes incurred during such Expense Year. Landlord’s delay or failure to render Landlord’s Statement with respect to any Expense Year or any Tax Year beyond a date specified herein shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to render a Landlord’s Statement with respect to that or any subsequent Expense Year or subsequent Tax Year. The obligations of Landlord and Tenant under the provisions of this Article with respect to any Additional Rent incurred during the Term shall survive the expiration or any sooner termination of the Term. If Landlord fails to give Tenant a statement of projected Operating Expenses prior to the commencement of any Expense Year, Tenant shall continue to pay Operating Expenses in accordance with the previous statement, until Tenant receives a new statement from Landlord. Landlord’s Statements with respect to Operating Expenses and Taxes shall be conclusive between the parties absent manifest error, subject to the provisions of Section  5.5.2 , below.

5.5.2     Tenant Inspection Rights . During the one hundred twenty (120)-day period after receipt of any Landlord’s Statement with respect to Operating Expenses and Taxes (the “ Review Period ”), Tenant may inspect and audit Landlord’s records relevant to the cost and expense items reflected in such Landlord’s Statement (a “ Tenant Audit ”) at a reasonable time mutually agreeable to Landlord and Tenant during Landlord’s usual business hours. Each Landlord’s Statement shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant unless within one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of such Landlord’s Statement Tenant shall notify Landlord that it disputes the correctness of Landlord’s Statement, specifying the respects in which Landlord’s Statement is claimed to be incorrect. Tenant’s right to conduct any Tenant Audit shall be conditioned upon the following: (a) no Event of Default shall be ongoing at the time that Tenant seeks to conduct the Tenant Audit; (b) in no event shall any Tenant Audit be performed by a firm retained on a “contingency fee” basis; (c) the Tenant Audit shall be concluded no

 

10


later than sixty (60) days after Landlord first makes its records available to Tenant for inspection and audit; (d) any Tenant Audit shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Landlord’s business; (e) Tenant and its agent conducting the Tenant Audit shall each execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement for Landlord’s benefit prior to commencing any Tenant Audit; (f) Tenant’s agent’s audit report shall, at no charge to Landlord, be submitted in draft form for Landlord’s review and comment before the final approved audit report is delivered to Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right to point out errors or make suggestions with respect to such audit report, and any appropriate comments or clarifications by Landlord which are accepted by Tenant’s agent shall be incorporated into the final audit report, it being the intention of the parties that Landlord’s right to review is intended to prevent errors and avoid the dispute resolution mechanism set forth below and not to unduly influence Tenant’s agent in the preparation of the final audit report; (g) Tenant shall only be able to conduct one (1) Tenant Audit for each Lease Year during the Term; and (h) the Tenant Audit shall be conducted by Tenant at its sole cost and expense unless the results of such Tenant Audit show that Landlord’s Statement overstated the amount of Operating Expenses and Taxes owed by Tenant for the period covered by the Tenant Audit by more than five percent (5%), in which case Landlord shall be responsible for payment of such costs and expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of an invoice therefor. If Tenant makes a timely objection, Tenant shall nonetheless pay the amount shown on the Landlord’s Statement in the manner prescribed in this Lease, without any prejudice to such objection, however, any overpayments identified during any Tenant Audit, if any, shall be applied as a credit against the amount of Additional Rent owed by Tenant immediately following the completion of the Tenant Audit.

5.6     Adjustments . If the actual amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for any Expense Year or Tenant’s Share of Taxes for any Tax Year exceeds the estimated amount thereof paid by Tenant for such Expense Year or Tax Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the difference between the estimated amount paid by Tenant and the actual amount of such Additional Rent payable by Tenant. This Additional Rent payment shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days following delivery of Landlord’s Statement. If the total amount of estimated payments made by Tenant in respect of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for any Expense Year or Tenant’s Share of Taxes for any Tax Year shall exceed the actual amount of such Additional Rent payable by Tenant, then such excess amount shall be credited against the monthly installments of Additional Rent due and payable from Tenant to Landlord hereunder until such amount shall have been refunded in full to Tenant after delivery of the applicable Landlord’s Statement. Any excess payments made by Tenant during the Term that have not been so applied and are outstanding at the end of the Term shall be paid to Tenant promptly following delivery of Landlord’s Statement for the final Expense Year and final Tax Year, as applicable. Tenant’s obligations under this Section   5.6 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

ARTICLE 6    SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1     Services . Landlord shall provide the following services to the Building and the Common Areas, as applicable (subject to Tenant’s reimbursement and payment obligations therefor in accordance with the operation of Article 5 hereof):

(a)    Janitor services in and about the office and laboratory portions of the Premises in accordance with the cleaning specifications set forth in Exhibit 6.1 , Saturdays, Sundays and union and state and federal government holidays (the “ Holidays ”) excepted. In addition, Landlord shall strip and re-wax the laboratory floors on a semi-annual basis.

(b)    Heat and air-conditioning to the Building as required to maintain comfortable temperature 24 hours per day, 7 days per week; provided, however, Tenant shall be responsible for all utility services and the cost of the same necessary to produce such heat and air-conditioning in accordance with Section  5.4 , above, and Tenant shall pay an additional charge for the use of the heating, air conditioning, and ventilation by Tenant for the office portions of the Premises after Normal Business Hours (“ Overtime HVAC ”) in accordance with Section  6.2 , below. The expense charged by Landlord to Tenant for any Overtime HVAC shall be based on Landlord’s actual cost for such service (currently $20.00 per hour), but subject to change from time to time based on Landlord’s actual cost to provide such service.

(c)    Hot running water for lavatory purposes and for laboratory, pilot production and research and development purposes, at the levels existing as of the date hereof, and cold water to the Building for cleaning, fire protection, drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes, and for laboratory, pilot production and research and development purposes, at the levels existing as of the date hereof, drawn through fixtures installed by Landlord or by Tenant with Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

11


(d)    Maintenance of the Common Areas so that they are clean and free from accumulations of debris, rubbish and garbage and exterior drives, walkways and parking areas free of accumulations of snow and otherwise in good order, condition and repair.

(e)    Access to the Premises and the Common Areas serving the Building twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, fifty-two (52) weeks per year, except for emergency situations outside of Landlord’s control and subject to Landlord’s Rules and Regulations. Other services shall be available as provided in Section  6.2 hereof.

Landlord shall have the right to select the utility providers (except to the extent that Tenant contracts directly with such providers) and Tenant shall pay all actual costs associated with obtaining the utility service as provided in Article 5 hereof. Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises the utilities and services described herein, subject to the conditions and in accordance with the standards set forth herein. Landlord’s failure to furnish any of such services when such failure is caused by accidents, the making of repairs, alterations or improvements, labor difficulties, difficulty in obtaining adequate supply of fuel, electricity, steam, water or other service or supplies from the sources from which they are usually obtained for the Building, or governmental constraints or any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, shall not result in any liability to Landlord. Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason of such failure, no eviction of Tenant shall result from such failure and Tenant shall not be relieved from the performance of any covenant or agreement in this Lease. In the event of any failure, stoppage or interruption thereof, Landlord shall diligently attempt to resume service promptly.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there shall be an interruption, curtailment or suspension of any utility or service necessary for the occupancy of the Premises and required to be provided by Landlord pursuant to this Section  6.1 (and no reasonably equivalent alternative service or utility is provided by Landlord) that shall materially interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of all or a material portion of the Premises (a Service Interruption ), and if (i) such Service Interruption shall continue for five (5) consecutive business days following receipt by Landlord of written notice from Tenant describing such Service Interruption (the Service Interruption Notice ), (ii) such Service Interruption is not the result of Force Majeure or any of Tenant’s acts or omissions, and (iii) the restoration of such Service Interruption is in the reasonable control of Landlord, then Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes, based on the nature and duration of the Service Interruption, the area of the Premises affected, and the then current Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes, for the period that shall begin on the 6th day of such Service Interruption and that shall end on the day such Service Interruption ceases. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, but subject to Article 10 and Article 11 (which shall govern in the event of a casualty or condemnation), the remedies expressly provided in this paragraph shall be Tenant’s sole recourse and remedy in the event of an interruption of Landlord services to the Premises.

6.2     Additional Services . Landlord shall impose reasonable charges and may establish reasonable rules and regulations for the following: (a) following a request therefor by Tenant or following prior notice to Tenant by Landlord, the use of any heating, air-conditioning, ventilation by Tenant for the office portion of the Premises after Normal Business Hours (provided that any such charge for such use shall be in accordance with Section 6.1, above), (b) following a request therefor by Tenant or following prior notice to Tenant by Landlord, the use or consumption of any other building services, supplies or utilities after Normal Business Hours, and any unanticipated, additional costs incurred by Landlord to operate the Building after Normal Business Hours as a result thereof; (c) if Landlord has provided Tenant with prior notice, additional or unusual janitorial services required because of any non-building standard improvements in the Premises, the carelessness of Tenant, or the nature of Tenant’s business; and (d) the removal of any refuse and rubbish from the Premises except for discarded material placed in wastepaper baskets and left for emptying as an incident to Landlord’s normal cleaning of the Premises in accordance with Exhibit 6.1 . For the purposes of this Lease, Normal Business Hours shall mean the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday (other than Holidays).

 

12


6.3     Excessive Current .

6.3.1     Prohibited Activities . Tenant shall comply with the conditions of occupancy and connected electrical load reasonably established by Landlord for the Building. Tenant covenants that at no time shall the use of electrical energy in the Premises exceed the capacity of the existing feeders or wiring installations then serving the Premises.

6.3.2     Landlord’s Right to Survey Usage . Landlord may survey Tenant’s use of services from time to time. If Tenant ceases to lease 100% of the Premises initially leased hereunder, Landlord shall have the right to redistribute electricity in the Building at its sole cost and expense to provide for a minimum level of electrical load to any other tenant’s premises in the Building consistent with first class office use.

6.4     Maintenance of Common Areas . The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated and the expenditures therefor shall be at the sole discretion of Landlord and in accordance with the standards of comparable buildings in the Bedford submarket of the Route 128 North submarket. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to (a) make changes in the shape, size, location and appearance of the land and improvements which constitute the Common Areas, provided that with respect to Common Areas in the Building or solely serving the Building, Landlord shall not materially impair Tenant’s ability to operate its business in or reasonable access to the Premises, except temporary impairments required by said changes; (b) make such improvements, alterations and repairs to the Common Areas as may be required by governmental authorities or by utility companies servicing the Property; (c) construct, maintain and operate lighting and other facilities on all said areas and improvements; (d) grant exclusive parking rights to Property tenants (except in or to the Tenant’s Visitor Parking Area); and (e) to add or remove improvements and facilities to or from the Common Areas (except in or to the Tenant’s Visitor Parking Area). The use of the Common Areas shall be subject to such reasonable regulations and changes therein as Landlord shall make from time to time, including (but not by way of limitation) the right to close from time to time, if necessary, all or any portion of the Common Areas to such extent as may be legally sufficient, in the opinion of Landlord’s counsel, to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of rights of any person or of the public therein; provided, however, Landlord shall do so at such times and in such manner as shall minimize any disruption to Tenant to the extent reasonably possible. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Landlord shall not grant to any non-tenant of the Building any rights with respect to the Building that are effective during the Term.

Landlord further reserves the right to add to the Property and to develop and finance additions and other improvements in the Common Areas of the Property as it may determine in its discretion. This may entail subdivision of the land at the Property (except in or to the Tenant’s Visitor Parking Area), a separate ground lease of a portion of the land at the Property, or creation of a condominium or common interest community in a manner that allows development of any addition or other improvements as an independent project. In the case of the development of any addition or other improvements as an independent project, the same shall be excluded from the term “Property” as used in this Lease. In the event any land is added to the Property, Exhibit 1.1-2 shall be deemed amended accordingly. In the event the Property, as originally defined herein, is subdivided, then the term “Property” shall be deemed to refer only to the parcel or parcels of land on which the Building is located and Exhibit 1.1-2 shall be deemed amended accordingly. In the event the Property is submitted to a condominium regime, the Property shall be deemed to be the condominium unit in which the Building is located and all common areas and facilities of the condominium. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any such subdivision, ground lease, or condominium (and covenants and easements granted in connection therewith) so long as the same do not, in any material respect, reduce Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or reduce Tenant’s rights under this Lease. Tenant agrees to enter into any instruments reasonably requested by Landlord in connection with the foregoing so long as the same are not inconsistent with the rights of Tenant under this Lease, including a subordination of this Lease to a ground lease or documents creating a condominium or common interest community at the Property. Tenant agrees not to take any action to oppose any application by Landlord for any permits, consents or approvals from any governmental authorities for any redevelopment or additional development of all or any part of the Property, and will use all commercially reasonable efforts to prevent any of Tenant’s subtenants or assigns, and Tenant’s and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors and consultants (collectively, “ Tenant Responsible Parties ”) from doing so. For purposes hereof, action to oppose any such application shall include, without limitation, communications with any governmental authorities requesting that any such application be limited or altered. Also for purposes hereof, commercially reasonable efforts shall include, without limitation, commercially reasonable efforts, upon receiving notice of any such action to oppose any application on the part of any Tenant Responsible Parties, to obtain injunctive relief, and, in the case of a subtenant, exercising remedies against the subtenant under its sublease.

 

13


6.5     Access to Premises .

6.5.1     Landlord’s Right of Entry . Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises without abatement of Rent at all reasonable times upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant (except in emergencies when no advance notice shall be required), (a) to supply any service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, (b) to show the Premises to Landlord’s Mortgagee (as hereinafter defined) and to prospective purchasers, mortgagees and tenants, (c) to inspect, alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Property, and (d) to introduce conduits, risers, pipes and ducts to and through the Premises, provided that in exercising any such right, Landlord will cause all such conduits, risers, pipes and ducts to be placed above dropped ceilings, within walls, or below floors or in closets, to the extent reasonably practicable. In conducting any such activities, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts not to unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business operations in or access to the Premises or Tenant’s Equipment in a manner inconsistent with first-class buildings.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may identify certain areas of the Premises not to exceed 15,000 rentable square feet in the aggregate that require limited access and special security measures (“ Secure Areas ”) by written notice to Landlord from time-to-time. Landlord shall not enter the Secure Areas without being accompanied by a representative of Tenant except in the event of an emergency threatening life or property or to provide services required to be provided to Tenant by Landlord pursuant to this Lease, or otherwise with Tenant’s prior consent.

Landlord shall cause its janitorial vendors cleaning the laboratory and any Landlord personnel entering portions of the Secure Areas that are used for laboratory or pilot production purposes to comply with Tenant’s reasonable and appropriate safety procedures and Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and such persons to provide the necessary training for such procedures.

6.5.2     Tenant’s Keys . For each of the purposes stated above in this Section  6.5 , Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon and about the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and Secure Areas, and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means that Landlord may deem necessary or proper to open said doors in an emergency, in order to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises.

6.6     Cafeteria and Fitness Center . The Common Areas may contain a fitness center (the “ Fitness Center ”) and a cafeteria (the “ Cafeteria ”) that will be operated and maintained by Landlord (or an operator selected by Landlord). The Cafeteria and Fitness Center, if any, may not be temporarily available from time to time due to construction activities, repairs, maintenance or alterations, or a change in the managing or operating company hired by Landlord, and Landlord reserves the right to change the use of such facilities if the same is uneconomic or insufficiently used by tenants of the Building or Property in which case such facilities shall be subject to discontinuance and removal by Landlord, as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion. Landlord agrees to make the Fitness Center (and its facilities and equipment), if any, available to Tenant’s employees on a direct, non-exclusive basis subject to (a) Landlord’s Rules and Regulations regarding the use thereof; (b) payment of a monthly or other periodic user fee (no such fee being applicable as of the date hereof); and (c) execution of a waiver of liability and indemnity agreement for Landlord’s benefit in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord prior to such person’s use of the Fitness Center. If, at any time, the Fitness Center and/or Cafeteria are located within the Property in an area outside of the Building, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s use of such facilities shall be subject to discontinuance if the Building and Property are no longer owned by the same entity.

ARTICLE 7    CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT

7.1     Permitted Use . The Premises shall be used and occupied only for general office, general laboratory, and research and development purposes, together with customary uses accessory thereto including ancillary pilot production and ancillary storage, as permitted per Applicable Laws (collectively, the “ Permitted Uses ”), but expressly excluding medical, clinical, government and education (as distinguished from training of staff) offices. Tenant shall not use or occupy, or permit the use or occupancy of, the Premises or any part thereof for any use other than the Permitted Uses specifically set

 

14


forth above or in any illegal manner, or in any manner that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would adversely affect or interfere with any services required to be furnished by Landlord to Tenant or to any other tenant or occupant of the Property, or with the proper and economical rendition of any such service, or with the use and enjoyment of any part of the Property by any other tenant or occupant. In no event shall the Permitted Uses include any governmental, medical, clinical or retail uses. Tenant agrees that it will not exceed the maximum floor bearing capacity for the Premises.

7.2     Tenant’s Personal Property . Tenant shall be responsible for any ad valorem taxes on (a) its personal property (whether owned or leased) and (b) on the value of its leasehold improvements in the Premises (which are in excess of building standard improvements), if and to the extent that the leasehold improvements are assessed in a manner segregating their value from the remainder of the Building by the taxing authorities as reasonably evidenced by Landlord, and such taxes shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent. Landlord acknowledges that no leasehold improvements in the Premises are currently assessed separately from the remainder of the Building.

7.3     Compliance with Laws .

7.3.1     Tenant’s Compliance Obligations . From and after the Commencement Date and during the Term or such longer period as Tenant remains in possession of the Premises, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply promptly with the laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of all governmental authorities in effect from time to time during the Term including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ ADA ”), and all applicable federal, state and municipal building, zoning, fire, health, safety and environmental laws (the “ Applicable Laws ”) that shall impose any duty on Tenant with respect to the Premises or the use, occupancy or operation thereof. Tenant will obtain and maintain in full force and effect any and all licenses and permits necessary for its use of the Premises. Tenant shall make any Alterations in or to the Premises in order to comply with the foregoing, which are necessitated or occasioned, in whole or in part by the use or occupancy or manner of use, occupancy or operation of the Premises by Tenant or any of its officers, employees, agents, contractors, invitees, licensees or subtenants (the “ Tenant Parties ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to make any alterations or additions to the structure, roof, exterior and load bearing walls, foundation, structural floor slabs and other structural elements of the Building or any Building Systems unless the same are (x) required by Tenant’s particular use of the Premises (as opposed to office use, generally) or (y) result from any Alterations (as defined below) made by Tenant.

7.3.2     Landlord’s Compliance Obligations . Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws in effect from time to time during the Term that shall impose any duty on Landlord with respect to the Common Areas, excluding any matters that are Tenant’s responsibility under this Lease or the responsibility of other tenants of the Property. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, from and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be responsible for legal compliance, including the requirements of the ADA, with respect to (a) any and all requirements on account of Tenant’s particular use of, or operations in, the Premises (as opposed to office use, generally), and (b) all Alterations designed or constructed by Tenant or its contractors or agents.

7.4     Landlord’s Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall observe and comply with the rules and regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit 7.4 , and all reasonable modifications thereof and additions thereto from time to time put into effect by Landlord (the “ Rules and Regulations ”). Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will create waste or a nuisance, or which shall tend to unreasonably disturb other tenants of the Property. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no rules or regulations, or modifications or additions thereto, established or promulgated by Landlord under or pursuant to this Section  7.4 or any other provisions of this Lease shall be effective unless and until Landlord notifies Tenant thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if there is any conflict between any of the Rules and Regulations or any other rules and regulations promulgated or established by Landlord under or pursuant to this Section  7.4 or any other provisions of this Lease and any of the other terms and provisions of this Lease, the other terms and provisions of this Lease shall govern.

7.5     No Liens . Tenant shall keep the Premises and Property free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of any work performed, material furnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant or any person or entity claiming through or under Tenant. Any claim to, or lien upon, the Premises or the Property arising from any act or omission of Tenant shall accrue only against the

 

15


leasehold estate of Tenant and shall be subject and subordinate to the paramount title and rights of Landlord in and to the Premises and the Property. If any mechanics’ or other lien shall be filed against the Premises or the Property purporting to be for services, labor or material furnished or to be furnished at the request of Tenant, then Tenant shall at its expense cause such lien to be discharged of record by payment, bond or otherwise, within ten (10) days after Tenant has notice of the filing thereof.

7.6     Hazardous Substances .

7.6.1     Tenant’s Obligations .

7.6.1.1 Prohibitions . As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease with Tenant, Tenant has completed Landlord’s Pre-Leasing Environmental Exposure Questionnaire (the “ Environmental Questionnaire ”), which is attached as Exhibit 7.6.1.1 . Subject to the provisions of the immediately following paragraph, except for those chemicals or materials, and their respective quantities, specifically listed on the Environmental Questionnaire or an updated Environmental Questionnaire provided to Landlord subsequent to the execution hereof in accordance with this Section  7.6 , neither Tenant nor Tenant’s subtenants or assigns, or any of their respective employees, contractors and subcontractors of any tier, entities with a contractual relationship with such parties (other than Landlord), or any entity acting as an agent or sub-agent of such parties or any of the foregoing (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) will produce, use, store or generate any “Hazardous Substances”, as that term is defined below, on, under or about the Premises, nor cause or permit Tenant or any person or any entity claiming by, through, or under Tenant to cause any Hazardous Substance to be brought upon, placed, stored, manufactured, generated, blended, handled, recycled, used or “Released”, as that term is defined below, on, in, under or about the Premises or Property. If any information provided to Landlord by Tenant on the Environmental Questionnaire, or otherwise relating to information concerning Hazardous Substances is false, incomplete, or misleading in any material respect, the same shall be deemed a default by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord’s prior written consent shall be required for any Hazardous Substances use for the Premises not described on the initial Environmental Questionnaire, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (but subject to the provisions of the immediately following paragraph).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that Tenant may keep, maintain, use and/or store Hazardous Substances in the Premises that are not listed on an Environmental Questionnaire if the same are (i) consistent with use by a first class laboratory in a mixed use office park and reasonably necessary for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and (ii) are otherwise kept, maintained, used and stored in accordance with the provisions of this Lease. If requested by Landlord (not more than once per month) Tenant shall deliver updated MSDS sheets to Landlord with an updated inventory of Hazardous Substances (including approximate amounts) used by Tenant or anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant at the Property if Tenant has, since the date of the last Environmental Questionnaire provided to Landlord, used any such new Hazardous Substances pursuant to the terms of this paragraph.

Tenant shall not install or permit any underground storage tank at the Premises. In addition, Tenant agrees that it: (i) shall not cause or, during the Term or such longer period as Tenant remains in possession of the Premises, suffer to occur, the Release (as defined below) of any Hazardous Substances at, upon, under or within the Premises or the Property; and (ii) shall not engage in activities at the Premises that give rise to, or lead to the imposition of, liability upon Tenant or Landlord or the creation of an environmental lien or use restriction upon the Premises or the Property. For purposes of this Lease, “ Hazardous Substances ” means all flammable explosives, petroleum and petroleum products, oil, radon, radioactive materials, toxic pollutants, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”), medical waste, chemicals known to cause cancer or reproductive

 

16


toxicity, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic substances or related materials, including without limitation any chemical, element, compound, mixture, solution, substance, object, waste or any combination thereof, which is or may hereafter be determined to be hazardous to human health, safety or to the environment due to its radioactivity, ignitability, corrosiveness, reactivity, explosiveness, toxicity, carcinogenicity, infectiousness or other harmful or potentially harmful properties or effects, or defined as, regulated as or included in, the definition of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous wastes”, “hazardous materials”, or “toxic substances” under any Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” for purposes of this Lease shall also include any mold, fungus or spores, whether or not the same is defined, listed, or otherwise classified as a “hazardous material” under any Environmental Laws, if such mold, fungus or spores may pose a risk to human health or the environment or negatively impact the value of the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, “ Release ” or “ Released ” or “ Releases ” shall mean any release, deposit, discharge, emission, leaking, spilling, seeping, migrating, injecting, pumping, pouring, emptying, escaping, dumping, disposing, or other movement of Hazardous Substances into the environment.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant or anyone claiming by through or under Tenant perform work at or above the risk category Biosafety Level 3 as established by the Department of Health and Human Services (“ DHHS ”) and as further described in the DHHS publication Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories (5 th Edition) (as it may be or may have been further revised, the “ BMBL ”) or such nationally recognized new or replacement standards as Landlord may reasonable designate. Tenant shall comply with all applicable provisions of the standards of the BMBL to the extent applicable to Tenant’s operations in the Premises.

7.6.1.2 Notices to Landlord . Unless Tenant is required by Applicable Laws to give earlier notice to Landlord, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing as soon as possible but in no event later than five (5) days after (i) Tenant becomes aware of the occurrence of any actual, alleged or threatened Release of any Hazardous Substance in, on, under, from, about or in the vicinity of the Premises (whether past or present), regardless of the source or quantity of any such Release, or (ii) Tenant becomes aware of any regulatory actions, inquiries, inspections, investigations, directives, or any cleanup, compliance, enforcement or abatement proceedings (including any threatened or contemplated investigations or proceedings) relating to or potentially affecting the Premises, or (iii) Tenant becomes aware of any claims by any person or entity relating to any Hazardous Substances in, on, under, from, about or in the vicinity of the Premises, whether relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss or injury. Collectively, the matters set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above are hereinafter referred to as “ Hazardous Substances Claims ”. Tenant shall promptly forward to Landlord copies of all orders, notices, permits, applications and other communications and reports in connection with any Hazardous Substances Claims. Additionally, Tenant shall promptly advise Landlord in writing of Tenant’s discovery of any occurrence or condition on, in, under or about the Premises that could subject Tenant or Landlord to any liability, or restrictions on ownership, occupancy, transferability or use of the Premises under any “Environmental Laws”, as that term is defined below. Tenant shall not enter into any legal proceeding or other action, settlement, consent decree or other compromise with respect to any Hazardous Substances Claims without first notifying Landlord of Tenant’s intention to do so and affording Landlord the opportunity to join and participate, as a party if Landlord so elects, in such proceedings and in no event shall Tenant enter into any agreements which are binding on Landlord or the Property without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to appear at and participate in, any and all legal or other administrative proceedings concerning any Hazardous Substances Claim. For purposes of this Lease, “ Environmental Laws ” means all applicable present and future laws relating to the protection of human health, safety, wildlife or the environment, including, without limitation, (i) all requirements pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation and/or remediation of emissions, discharges, Releases, or threatened Releases of Hazardous Substances, whether solid, liquid, or gaseous in nature, into the air, surface water, groundwater, or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of Hazardous Substances; and (ii) all requirements pertaining to the health and safety of employees or the public. Environmental Laws include, but are not limited to, the Comprehensive

 

17


Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 USC § 9601, et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Authorization Act of 1994, 49 USC § 5101, et seq., the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, and Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, 42 USC § 6901, et seq., the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 USC § 1251, et seq., the Clean Air Act of 1966, 42 USC § 7401, et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, 15 USC § 2601, et seq., the Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, 42 USC §§ 300f through 300j, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, 29 USC § 651 et seq., the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 USC § 2701 et seq., the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986, 42 USC § 11001 et seq., the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 USC § 4321 et seq., the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act of 1947, 7 USC § 136 et seq., M.G.L. c.21C; oil and hazardous materials as defined in M.G.L. c.21E; and any other state or local law counterparts, as amended, as such Applicable Laws, are in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date, or thereafter adopted, published or promulgated.

7.6.1.3 Releases of Hazardous Substances . If there occurs any Release of any Hazardous Substance in, on, under, from or about the Premises during the Term or such longer period as Tenant remains in possession of the Premises in violation of Environmental Laws, or requiring any Clean-Up (as defined below), and such Release is not a Release for which Landlord is responsible as further set forth below, then, in addition to notifying Landlord as specified above, Tenant, at its own sole cost and expense, shall (i) immediately comply with any and all reporting requirements imposed pursuant to any and all Environmental Laws, (ii) provide a written certification to Landlord indicating that Tenant has complied with all applicable reporting requirements, (iii) take any and all necessary investigation, corrective, remedial and other Cleanup action in accordance with any and all applicable Environmental Laws, utilizing an environmental consultant approved by Landlord, all in accordance with the provisions and requirements of this Section 7.6 , including, without limitation, Section  7.6.6 , and (iv) take any such additional investigative, remedial and corrective actions as Landlord shall in its reasonable discretion deem necessary such that such Release is remediated to a level allowing unrestricted use of the Premises (i.e., to a level that will allow any future use of the Premises, including residential, without any engineering controls or deed restrictions), all in accordance with the provisions and requirements of this Section  7.6 . Landlord may, as required by any and all Environmental Laws, report the Release of any Hazardous Substance to the appropriate governmental authority, and, if such Release is not a Release for which Landlord is responsible as further set forth below, identifying Tenant as the responsible party. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of all administrative orders, notices, demands, directives or other communications directed to Tenant from any governmental authority with respect to any Release of Hazardous Substances in, on, under, from, or near the Premises during the Term or such longer period as Tenant remains in possession of the Premises, together with copies of all investigation, assessment, and remediation plans and reports prepared by or on behalf of Tenant, if any, in response to any such regulatory order or directive.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section  7.6 , if the presence or Release of Hazardous Substances in, under, or about the Premises or elsewhere on the Property (a) is caused by Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors, or (b) results from the migration of such Hazardous Substances from outside the Premises (but not due to the acts of Tenant or any Tenant Party), and in either event results in the contamination of the Premises or the Property, or any soil or groundwater in, under or about the Property, or (c) is caused by anyone other than Tenant or any Tenant Party and is outside the Premises (collectively, Excluded Matters ), Landlord at its own expense shall promptly take those actions necessary to abate, remove, remediate, or dispose of such Hazardous Substances to the extent required by any Environmental Laws, and make all required submissions to applicable regulatory agencies regarding the same, and Tenant shall have no obligation other than to notify Landlord of any such Release of which Tenant becomes aware.

7.6.2     Indemnification .

7.6.2.1     In General . Without limiting in any way Tenant’s obligations under any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord, its lenders, partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees and independent contractors

 

18


(collectively, the Landlord Parties ) harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, losses, damages, costs, expenses, penalties, enforcement actions, taxes, fines, remedial actions, liabilities (including, without limitation, actual attorneys’ fees, litigation, arbitration and administrative proceeding costs, expert and consultant fees and laboratory costs) including, without limitation, consequential damages (to the extent arising out of claims by third parties only, including without limitation governmental agencies, other tenants at the Property, and any subtenants) and sums paid in settlement of claims, which arise during or after the Term, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, arising out of or attributable to the presence, use, generation, manufacture, treatment, handling, refining, production, processing, storage, or presence—of Hazardous Substances in, on, under or about the Premises or Property by any Tenant Party, except to the extent that such claims, judgments, losses, damages, costs, expenses, penalties, enforcement actions, taxes, fines, remedial actions or liabilities result or arise from Excluded Matters. The foregoing obligations of Tenant shall include, without limitation: (i) the costs of any required or necessary removal, repair, cleanup or remediation of the Premises and Property, and the preparation and implementation of any closure, removal, remedial or other required plans; (ii) judgments for personal injury or property damages; and (iii) all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

7.6.3     Compliance with Environmental Laws . Without limiting the generality of Tenant’s obligation to comply with Applicable Laws as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all Environmental Laws that shall impose any duty on Tenant with respect to the Premises or the use, occupancy or operation thereof by Tenant. Tenant shall obtain and maintain any and all necessary permits, licenses, certifications and approvals appropriate or required for the use, handling, storage, and disposal of any Hazardous Substances used, stored, generated, transported, handled, blended, or recycled by Tenant on the Premises. Landlord shall have a continuing right, without obligation, to require Tenant to obtain, and to review and inspect any and all such permits, licenses, certifications and approvals. Upon Landlord’s reasonable request following any allegation of a Hazardous Substances Claim received by Landlord or Landlord’s good faith belief that a Hazardous Substances Claim may occur, Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of Tenant’s Hazardous Substances management plans, any and all Hazardous Substances risk management and pollution prevention programs instituted by Tenant at the Premises, and any and all Hazardous Substances emergency response and employee training programs respecting Tenant’s use of Hazardous Substances at the Premises.

7.6.4     Assurance of Performance .

7.6.4.1     Environmental Assessments In General . Landlord may, but shall not be required to, engage from time to time such contractors as Landlord determines to be appropriate to perform “Environmental Assessments”, as that term is defined below, to ensure Tenant’s compliance with the requirements of this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances. For purposes of this Lease, Environmental Assessment means an assessment including, without limitation: (i) an environmental site assessment conducted in accordance with the then-current standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials and meeting the requirements for satisfying the “all appropriate inquiries” requirements; and (ii) sampling and testing of the Premises based upon potential recognized environmental conditions or areas of concern or inquiry identified by the environmental site assessment.

7.6.4.2     Costs of Environmental Assessments . All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such Environmental Assessment initially shall be paid by Landlord; provided that if any such Environmental Assessment shows that Tenant has failed to comply with the provisions of this Section  7.6 in any material respect, then all of the costs and expenses of such Environmental Assessment shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand therefor.

7.6.5     Tenant’s Obligations upon Surrender . At the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall: (i) cause an Environmental Assessment of the Premises to be conducted in accordance with Section  8.6.2 ; (ii) cause all Hazardous Substances (other

 

19


than those for which Landlord is responsible as set forth above) to be removed from the Premises and disposed of in accordance with all Environmental Laws and as necessary to allow the Premises to be used for any purpose; and (iii) cause to be removed all containers installed or used by any Tenant Parties to store any Hazardous Substances on the Premises, and cause to be repaired any damage to the Premises caused by such removal.

7.6.6     Clean-up .

7.6.6.1     Environmental Reports; Clean-Up . If any written report, including any report containing results of any Environmental Assessment (an Environmental Report ), shall indicate (i) the presence of any Hazardous Substances as to which Tenant has a removal or remediation obligation under this Section  7.6 . and (ii) that, as a result of such presence, the investigation, characterization, monitoring, assessment, repair, closure, remediation, removal, or other clean-up (the Clean-up ) of any Hazardous Substances is required, Tenant shall promptly prepare and submit to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Environmental Report a comprehensive plan, subject to Landlord’s written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, specifying the actions to be taken by Tenant to perform the Clean-up so that the Premises are restored to the conditions required by this Lease. Upon Landlord’s approval of the Clean-up plan, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, without limitation of any rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease, promptly implement such plan with a consultant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and proceed to Clean-Up such Hazardous Substances in accordance with all applicable laws and as required by such plan and this Lease. If, within thirty (30) days after receiving a copy of such Environmental Report, Tenant fails either (a) to complete such Clean-up, or (b) with respect to any Clean-up that cannot be completed within such 30-day period, fails to proceed with diligence to prepare the Clean-up plan and complete the Clean-up as required herein as promptly as practicable, then Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, and without waiving any other rights under this Lease, to carry out any Clean-up recommended by the Environmental Report or required by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Premises, and recover all of the costs and expenses thereof from Tenant as Additional Rent, payable within ten (10) days after receipt of written demand therefor.

7.6.6.2     No Rent Abatement . Tenant shall continue to pay all Rent due or accruing under this Lease during any Clean-up required to be performed by Tenant under Section  7.6.6.1 , and Tenant shall not be entitled to any reduction, offset or deferral of any Base Rent or Additional Rent due or accruing under this Lease during any such Clean-up.

7.6.6.3     Surrender of Premises . Tenant shall complete any Clean-up required to be performed by Tenant under Section  7.6.6.1 prior to surrender of the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and shall fully comply with all Environmental Laws and requirements of any governmental authority with respect to such completion, including, without limitation, fully comply with any requirement to file a risk assessment, mitigation plan or other information with any such governmental authority in conjunction with such Clean-up prior to such surrender. Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord a letter or other written determination from the overseeing governmental authority confirming that the Clean-up has been completed in accordance with all requirements of such governmental authority and that no further response action of any kind is required for the unrestricted use of the Premises (“ Closure Letter ), but only to the extent that the applicable governmental authority issues Closure Letters with respect to the applicable Clean-up. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall also be obligated to close all permits obtained in connection with Hazardous Substances in accordance with Applicable Laws.

7.6.6.4     Failure to Timely Clean-Up . Should any Clean-up for which Tenant is responsible not be completed, or should Tenant not receive the Closure Letter and any governmental approvals required under Environmental Laws in conjunction with such Clean-up prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and Tenant’s failure to receive the Closure Letter is prohibiting Landlord from leasing the Premises or any part thereof to a third party, or prevents the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by a third party, then Tenant shall be liable to Landlord as a holdover tenant (as more particularly provided in Section  2.2) until Tenant has fully complied with its obligations under this Section  7.6 .

 

20


7.6.7     Confidentiality . Unless required to do so by applicable law, Tenant agrees that Tenant shall not disclose, discuss, disseminate or copy any information, data, findings, communications, conclusions and reports regarding any Release or the status of compliance of the Premises with Environmental Laws to any Person (other than Tenant’s consultants, attorneys, property managers and employees that have a need to know such information), including any governmental authority, without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event Tenant reasonably believes that disclosure is required by Applicable Laws, it shall provide Landlord ten (10) days’ advance notice of disclosure of the applicable confidential information so that Landlord may attempt to obtain a protective order. Tenant may additionally disclose any such information to bona fide prospective purchasers or lenders, subject to any such parties’ written agreement to be bound by the terms of this Section  7.6 .

7.6.8     Copies of Environmental Reports . Within ten (10) days following Landlord’s request therefor, including without limitation with respect to a Release that is not caused by a Tenant Party, or in any event in connection with any Release caused by a Tenant Party (without any obligation for Landlord to make a request therefor), Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of any and all environmental assessments, audits, studies and reports regarding Tenant’s activities with respect to the Premises, or ground water beneath the Land, or the environmental condition or Clean-up thereof. Tenant shall be obligated to provide Landlord with a copy of such materials without regard to whether such materials are generated by Tenant or prepared for Tenant, or how Tenant comes into possession of such materials.

7.6.9     Signs, Response Plans, Etc . Tenant shall be responsible for posting on the Premises any signs required under applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant shall also complete and file any business response plans or inventories required by any applicable Environmental Laws with respect to Tenant or any Tenant Party’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall concurrently file a copy of any such business response plan or inventory with Landlord.

7.6.10     Survival . Each covenant, agreement, representation, warranty and indemnification made by Landlord or Tenant set forth in this Section  7.6 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and shall remain effective until all of such obligations under this Section  7.6 have been completely performed and satisfied.

ARTICLE 8    ALTERATIONS, IMPROVEMENTS AND SIGNAGE

8.1     Landlord’s Obligations . Landlord will maintain in good repair (except casualty and condemnation which shall be governed by Article 10 and Article 11 , respectively) and in compliance with all Applicable Laws (to the extent the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to Section 7.3.2, above) (a) all structural components of the Building, including, without limitation, the roof, foundation, exterior and load-bearing walls, and the structural floor slabs; and (b) the Building Systems (as defined in Section  8.3.1 , below) (excluding Building Systems that exclusively serve any portion of the Premises used exclusively for laboratory, research and development, or pilot production purposes and any Supplemental HVAC Unit (as defined below) installed by Tenant after the date of this Lease). The cost of this maintenance and repair shall be included in Operating Expenses and shall be subject to reimbursement under Article 5 hereof to the extent provided therein. Subject to Section  9.6 , maintenance and repair expenses caused by Tenant’s willful misconduct or negligent acts or omissions shall be paid directly to Landlord by Tenant in accordance with Section 4.4 , and shall not constitute an Operating Expense.

8.2     Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant shall take good care of the Premises, any Building Systems that exclusively serve any portion of the Premises used exclusively for laboratory, research and development, or pilot production purposes and any Supplemental HVAC Unit installed by Tenant after the date of this Lease, and, at Tenant’s cost and expense, shall make all repairs and replacements necessary to maintain the same in as good condition as the same were in on the Commencement Date, ordinary wear and tear, damage due to fire or other casualty (except to the extent the responsibility of Tenant to restore under this Lease) and damage caused by Landlord or its agents, contractors or employees excepted. Tenant shall maintain all plumbing facilities and electrical fixtures and devices (including replacement when necessary of all lamps, starters and ballasts) located within the Premises in as good condition as the same were in on the Commencement Date, ordinary wear and tear, damage due to fire or other casualty (except to the extent the responsibility of Tenant to restore under this Lease) and damage caused by Landlord or its agents, contractors or employees excepted. Subject to Section  9.6 , Tenant shall repair, at its cost, all deteriorations or damages to the Property occasioned by its negligent

 

21


acts or omissions or willful misconduct. If Tenant does not make such repairs required hereunder within twenty (20) days following notice from Landlord, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs, and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof as provided in Section  8.7 hereof.

8.3     Tenant s Alterations .

8.3.1     Landlord’s Consent to Alterations . Tenant shall not make or permit any improvements, installations, alterations or additions ( Alterations ) in or to the Premises, the Building or the Property that involve or affect the structural portions of the Premises or the Property (the Building Structure ) or any of the Property’s HVAC, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, life safety or other essential systems or equipment (the Building Systems ) or the interior walls or corridors within the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building, or which would violate any certificate of occupancy for the Building or any other permits or licenses relating to the Building. Landlord’s prior written consent shall not be required for minor decorations and customary cosmetic wall and floor coverings in the Premises that are not visible from the exterior of the Building and do not affect the Building Structure or the Building Systems, for which Tenant provides advance notice to Landlord and which do not exceed $50,000.00 in the aggregate on an annual basis ( Permitted Cosmetic Alterations ).

8.3.2     Construction Standards . All Alterations made by or on behalf of Tenant shall be made and performed: (a) by contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, who shall carry liability insurance of a type and in such amounts as Landlord shall reasonably require, naming Landlord and Tenant as additional insureds, (b) in a good and workmanlike manner, (c) so that same shall be at least equal in quality, value, and utility to the original work or installation and shall be in conformity with Landlord’s building standard specifications, as the same may be amended by Landlord and in effect at such time, (d) in accordance with all Applicable Laws, and (e) except for Permitted Cosmetic Alterations, pursuant to plans, drawings and specifications ( Tenant’s Plans ) which have been reviewed and approved by Landlord prior to the commencement thereof, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and have been filed with all applicable governmental authorities.

8.3.4     Security System . Subject to Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of Subsection 6.5.2 and Subsection 8.3.2 above, to the extent applicable as provided herein, Tenant shall have the right to install, at its expense, a security system to secure the Premises provided that Landlord is given access cards or passwords as required to permit Landlord to enter the Premises (but not any Secure Areas) in accordance with this Lease.

8.4     Tenant’s Property . Except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of Section  8.5 , all trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and personal property placed in the Premises by Tenant and all computer, telecommunications or other cabling and wiring installed in the Premises or elsewhere at the Property by or for the benefit of Tenant (collectively, the Tenant’s Property ) shall be removed by Tenant at the expiration of the Term. Tenant shall, at its cost and expense, repair any damage to the Premises or the Property caused by such removal. Any of Tenant’s Property not removed from the Premises prior to the Expiration Date shall, at Landlord’s option, become the property of Landlord. Except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of Section  8.5, Landlord may remove such Tenant’s Property, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, Landlord’s cost of removal and of any repairs in connection therewith in accordance with Section  4.4 hereof.

8.5     Ownership and Removal . All additions, fixtures and improvements attached to or installed in or upon the Premises by Tenant or by Landlord shall be Landlord’s property and shall remain upon the Premises at the termination of this Lease without compensation or allowance or credit to Tenant. Landlord may require at the time of Landlord consent that Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, remove any Alterations that have been attached to or installed in the Premises and if Tenant fails to do so, then Landlord may remove the same and, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such removal and of any repairs for any damage to the Premises or Property in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Tenant shall have no obligation to remove (i) any Alterations made under this Lease unless Landlord has conditioned its approval of the same upon such removal at the time it approved Tenant’s final plans and specifications for such Alterations, and Landlord has not thereafter

 

22


rescinded such removal requirement by written notice to Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant shall be required in all events to remove any internal stairwells, private bathrooms and showers, raised floors, Supplemental HVAC Unit, specialized fire suppression systems, kitchens, bathrooms and showers, and any structural improvements made by Tenant following the Commencement Date as Alterations unless otherwise agreed by Landlord in writing; or (ii) any Alterations existing as of the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the equipment described on Exhibit 8.5 , attached, shall remain in the Premises or may be removed from the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term as set forth in such Exhibit 8.5 .

8.6     Surrender of Premises: Environmental Assessment .

8.6.1     Surrender of Premises . Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, Tenant will quietly and peacefully surrender to Landlord the Premises in as good condition as when Tenant took possession, ordinary wear and tear, damage caused by Landlord or any Landlord Party, and damage by fire or other casualty excepted, and otherwise as is required in Section  8.6.2 . For purposes of clarification, in connection with any such surrender, Tenant shall have no obligation to undertake work or construction necessary to cause the Premises to comply with Applicable Laws that existed as of the Commencement Date unless (a) Tenant has received a notice of violation with respect thereto subsequent to the Commencement Date from a governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Premises, (b) any such non-compliance results from Tenant’s (or any Tenant Party’s) acts or omissions after the Commencement Date, or (c) as may otherwise be required to comply with Section 8.6.2.

8.6.2     Environmental Assessment . Prior to the expiration of this Lease (or within thirty (30) days after any earlier termination), Tenant shall clean and otherwise decommission all interior surfaces (including floors, walls, ceilings, and counters), piping, supply lines, waste lines and plumbing in or serving the Premises, and all exhaust or other ductwork in or serving the Premises, in each case that has carried, released or otherwise been exposed to any Hazardous Substances due to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and shall otherwise clean the Premises so as to permit the Environmental Assessment called for by this Section  8.6.2 to be issued. Prior to the expiration of this Lease (or within thirty (30) days after any earlier termination), Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall obtain for Landlord an Environmental Assessment addressed to Landlord (and, at Tenant’s election, Tenant) by a reputable licensed environmental engineer or industrial hygienist that is designated by Tenant and acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, which report shall be based on the environmental engineer’s inspection of the Premises and shall state, to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, that (a) the Hazardous Substances described in the first sentence of this paragraph, to the extent, if any, existing prior to such decommissioning, have been removed in accordance with Applicable Laws; (b) all Hazardous Substances described in the first sentence of this paragraph, if any, have been removed in accordance with Applicable Laws from the interior surfaces of the Premises (including floors, walls, ceilings, and counters), piping, supply lines, waste lines and plumbing, and all such exhaust or other ductwork in the Premises, may be reused by a subsequent tenant or disposed of in compliance with Applicable Laws without incurring special costs or undertaking special procedures for demolition, disposal, investigation, assessment, cleaning or removal of such Hazardous Substances and without giving notice in connection with such Hazardous Substances; and (c) the Premises may be reoccupied for office, research and development, or laboratory use, demolished or renovated without incurring special costs or undertaking special procedures for disposal, investigation, assessment, cleaning or removal of Hazardous Substances described in the first sentence of this paragraph and without giving notice in connection with Hazardous Substances. Further, for purposes of clauses (b) and (c), “special costs” or “special procedures” shall mean costs or procedures, as the case may be, that would not be incurred but for the nature of the Hazardous Substances as Hazardous Substances instead of non-hazardous materials. The report shall also include reasonable detail concerning the clean-up measures taken, the clean-up locations, the tests run and the analytic results. Tenant shall submit to Landlord the identity of the applicable consultants and the scope of the proposed Environmental Assessment for Landlord’s reasonable review and approval at least 30 days prior to commencing the work described therein or at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the Term, whichever is earlier.

If Tenant fails to timely perform its obligations under this Section 8.6.2 , without limiting any other right or remedy, Landlord may, on five (5) business days’ prior written notice to Tenant, perform such obligations at Tenant’s expense if Tenant has not commenced to do so within said five (5) business day period, and Tenant shall within ten (10) days of written demand therefor, reimburse Landlord for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the performance of such obligations. Tenant’s obligations under this Section  15.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this

 

23


Lease. In addition, at Landlord’s election, Landlord may inspect the Premises for Hazardous Substances at Landlord’s cost and expense within sixty (60) days of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall pay for all such costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such inspection if such inspection reveals that a Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Substances exists at the Premises as a result of the acts or omission of Tenant, its officers, employees, contractors, and agents-, except to the extent resulting from (i) Hazardous Substances existing in the Premises as of the delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant, or (ii) the acts or omissions of Landlord or any Landlord Party (in which event Landlord shall be responsible for any Clean-up, as provided in this Lease).

8.7     Tenant’s Failure to Maintain . If Landlord gives Tenant written notice of the necessity of any repairs or replacements required to be made by Tenant under Section  8.2 and Tenant fails to commence diligently to cure the same within twenty (20) days thereafter (except that no notice will be required in case of any emergency repair or replacement necessary to prevent substantial damage or deterioration), Landlord, at its option and in addition to any other remedies, may proceed to make such repairs or replacements and the expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith plus five percent (5%) thereof for Landlord’s supervision, shall be due and payable from Tenant in accordance with Section 4.4 hereof, as Additional Rent; provided , that, Landlord’s making any such repairs or replacements shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s default in failing to make the same.

8.8     Signs . Except as expressly set forth in this Section 8.8 , Tenant shall not place or erect any signs, monuments or other structures on the exterior of the Building or in Common Areas outside of the Building, nor shall Tenant place any signage on the exterior of the Premises or on the inside of the Premises which are visible from the exterior of the Premises. Tenant shall pay for all costs to change signage as a result of a change in the name of the business occupying the Premises.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense, install and maintain signage containing Tenant’s (or any permitted assignee of Tenant’s) name and corporate logo in areas to be reasonably agreed upon by the parties in the main lobby of the Building (the “ Lobby Signage ”). If Tenant leases less than 100% of the rentable area of the Building, Tenant shall be permitted to install and maintain only one (1) sign as Lobby Signage. The design, proportions and color of the Lobby Signage shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant’s rights to such Lobby Signage shall be exclusive for so long as Tenant leases at least 85% of the rentable floor area of the Building, and if Tenant leases less than 85% of the rentable floor area of the Building, Landlord shall provide Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, with non-exclusive building-standard lobby and elevator directory signage and suite entry signage.

For so long as (i) Tenant leases at least 85% of the rentable floor area of the Building, and (ii) Tenant has neither assigned this Lease nor sublet more than 50% of the rentable floor area of the Premises except for Permitted Transfers (the “ Exterior Signage Occupancy Requirements ”), Tenant shall be permitted, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to erect one (1) sign on the exterior façade of the Building facing Crosby Drive (the “ Façade Sign ”) and up to four (4) plaques on the exterior of the Building (“ Exterior Plaques ”) at the entrance to the Premises. The Façade Sign shall contain Tenant’s name and logo (or the name and logo of any permitted assignee of Tenant) and shall be in a location reasonably approved by Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld. The Exterior Plaques may contain Tenant’s name and logo or the name and logo of any Permitted Occupant and shall be in a location reasonably approved by Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant’s right to erect the Façade Sign shall be exclusive so long as Tenant meets the Exterior Signage Occupancy Requirements. At such time as Tenant no longer meets the Exterior Signage Occupancy Requirements, Landlord may permit other Building tenants to install a façade sign on the Building exterior. At such time as Tenant leases less than 100% of the rentable floor area of the Building, Tenant shall be permitted to maintain only one (1) Exterior Plaque on the Building exterior, and Tenant’s right to maintain Exterior Plaques on the Building exterior shall not be exclusive (i.e., Landlord may permit other building tenants to install Exterior Plaques at the entrance to the Building).

The design, size, proportions and color of all signage described in this Section  8.8 shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and shall further be subject to the requirements of the Town of Bedford Zoning By-Law and any other Applicable Laws and to Tenant obtaining all necessary permits and approvals therefor.

 

24


Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, except as otherwise provided in this Section  8.8, Tenant’s right to signage is not on an exclusive basis and Landlord may grant other tenants at the Property the right to maintain signage at the Property.

In the event that at any time during the Term Tenant ceases to meet the applicable occupancy thresholds described above, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s written request and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove all or any portion of the Tenant’s signage described in this Section  8.8 and designated by Landlord for removal and restore any areas affected by the installation and subsequent removal of Tenant’s signage. In addition, Tenant shall be required at its sole cost and expense to remove all of Tenant’s signage described in this Section  8.8 and restore any areas affected by the installation and subsequent removal of Tenant’s signage upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

The provisions of this paragraph are personal to the originally named Tenant and any permitted Transferees. If the Façade Sign or any Exterior Plaque requires municipal or other governmental approval, and such approval is denied, Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default hereunder and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. Landlord shall have the right to relocate the Façade Sign and/or any Exterior Plaque on a temporary basis in connection with the maintenance and repair of the Building. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Landlord agrees that, so long as Tenant leases 85% of the rentable floor area of the Building, Tenant shall have the right to prohibit any sign (other than Tenant’s) from being placed on the roof of or on the exterior façade of the Building (with the exception of signage identifying the Building address and any other sign required by Applicable Laws).

ARTICLE 9    INSURANCE

9.1     Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant, at its own expense, shall provide and keep in force with companies which are rated A/XV or better by A.M. Best Company and licensed in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts: (a) combined single limit commercial general liability insurance insuring against liability for personal injury and property damage, including contractual liability, in the amount of $2,000,000.00 per occurrence/$5,000,000.00 annual aggregate limit which may be achieved through a combination of General Liability and umbrella insurance (provided that any umbrella coverage is on a ‘following-form’ basis); (b) “Special Form” property insurance, including standard fire and extended coverage insurance, in amounts necessary to provide replacement cost coverage, for Tenant’s Property, machinery, electronic data and any Alterations in which Tenant has an insurable property interest, including, without limitation, vandalism and malicious mischief and sprinkler leakage coverage, and “all risk” Builder’s Risk insurance, completed value, non-reporting form at any time that Tenant has commenced construction of any leasehold improvements or any Alterations, and at any time any other construction activities are underway at the Premises; (c) plate glass insurance for the Premises (if applicable); (d) Workers’ Compensation Insurance in statutory limits as required by applicable law; and (e) any other insurance reasonably required by Landlord. At Landlord’s request, the amounts and kinds of insurance coverages described herein may be reasonably increased or expanded to reflect amounts and coverages then typically being carried for similar business operations in institutionally owned or financed properties in the Route 128 corridor between Bedford and Newton, Massachusetts.

9.2     Policies . Each such insurance policy shall: (a) be provided in form, substance and amounts (where not above stated) reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and to Landlord’s Mortgagee; (b) specifically include the liability assumed hereunder by Tenant to the extent applicable for such policy (provided that the amount of such insurance shall not be construed to limit the liability of Tenant hereunder); (c) shall provide that it is primary insurance, and not excess over or contributory with any other valid, existing and applicable insurance in force for or on behalf of Landlord; and (d) provide that the insurer will give Landlord twenty (20) days’ written notice prior to any cancellation (except in the event of cancellation for non-payment of premium for which ten (10) days’ prior written notice will be given). Tenant shall deliver either policies of such insurance or certificates of the insurance policies, as Tenant may elect, required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder to Landlord on or before the Commencement Date, and, thereafter, before the expiration dates of expiring policies. All such certificates for liability insurance shall provide that Landlord, its Mortgagees and Landlord’s managing agent shall each be named as an additional insured. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to timely deliver such certificates, Landlord may, at its option, procure same for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Rent within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor. Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Article 9 shall in no way limit Tenant’s liability under any of the other provisions of this Lease.

 

25


9.3     Increased Insurance Risk . Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done, or keep or permit anything to be kept in the Premises, which would: (a) be in violation of any governmental law, regulation or requirement, (b) invalidate or be in conflict with the provision of any fire or other insurance policies covering the Property or any property located therein, (c) result in a refusal by fire insurance companies of good standing to insure the Property or any such property in amounts required by a Mortgagee or reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, or (d) cause any increase in the fire insurance rates applicable to the Property or property located therein at the beginning of the Term or at any time thereafter. In the event that any use of the Premises by Tenant increases such cost of insurance, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of such increase (including reasonable evidence of such increase and the cause thereof) and a reasonable opportunity to change its use to prevent such increase; provided, however, if Tenant fails to do so, Tenant shall pay such increased cost to Landlord in accordance with Section 4.4 hereof. Acceptance of such payment shall not be construed as a consent by Landlord to Tenant’s such use, or limit Landlord’s remedies under this Lease.

9.4     Indemnity . (a) Subject to the provisions of Section  9.6.1 , Tenant shall defend with counsel approved by Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, all employees, officers, directors, partners, members and shareholders of Landlord, Mortgagees of the Property and any other party having an interest therein from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), causes of action, suits, claims, demands or judgments of any nature arising from or out of (a) any injury to or death of any person or damage to or loss of property during the Term, or any period Tenant is in possession of the Premises, in or on the Premises or connected with the use, condition or occupancy of Premises, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any employee, agent or contractor of Landlord, (b) any breach or violation by Tenant of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of this Lease, (c) any act, omission, fault, misconduct, negligence or violation of applicable laws and regulations by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, or (d) any construction or other work by Tenant on or about the Premises pursuant to Article 8 or otherwise, except to the extent caused by the neligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any employee, agent or contractor of Landlord.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 9.6.1 , Landlord shall defend with counsel approved by Tenant, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant, all employees, officers, directors, partners, members and shareholders of Tenant from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), causes of action, suits, claims, demands or judgments of any nature arising from or with respect to any injury to or death of any person or damage to or loss of property to the extent the same shall arise out of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any employee, agent or contractor of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s indemnity under this Section  9.4 shall not apply to the extent any such liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), causes of action, suits, claims, demands or judgments shall arise out of Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct.

9.5     Tenant’s Use and Occupancy . Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises and the Property and the use thereof by all Tenant Parties, and all Tenant’s and said parties’ furnishings, fixtures, equipment, improvements, materials, supplies, inventory, effects and property of every kind, nature and description which, during the continuance of this Lease or any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or anyone claiming under Tenant, may be in, on or about the Premises, shall be at Tenant’s and said parties’ sole risk and hazard, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease. To the extent permitted pursuant to Applicable Law, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any other party for injury to or death of any person or damage to or destruction of any property in, on or about the Premises, nor for any interruption in Tenant’s use of the Premises or the conduct of its business therein, nor for any other losses, damages, costs, expenses or liabilities whatsoever, including without limitation where caused by fire, water, explosion, collapse, the leakage or bursting of water, steam, or other pipes, any environmental or other condition in, on, or about the Premises, or any other event, occurrence, condition or cause, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease and except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Party.

9.6     Waiver of Claims; Subrogation Rights .

9.6.1     Mutual Waiver . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree and hereby waive any and all rights of recovery against each other for loss or damage occurring to the Building or the Property or any of Landlord’s property or Tenant’s Property contained therein regardless of the cause of such loss or damage to the extent

 

26


that the loss or damage is covered by the injured party’s insurance or the insurance the injured party is required to carry under this Lease, whichever is greater (without regard to any deductible provision in any policy). This waiver also applies to each party’s directors, officers, employees, shareholders, and agents.

9.6.2     Insurance Policy Coverage . Each party will assure that its insurance permits waiver of liability and contains a waiver of subrogation. Each party shall secure an appropriate clause in, or an endorsement to, each insurance policy obtained by or required to be obtained by Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, under this Lease, pursuant to which the insurance company: (a) waives any right of subrogation against Landlord or Tenant as the same may be applicable, or (b) permits Landlord or Tenant, prior to any loss to agree to waive any claim it might have against the other without invalidating the coverage under the insurance policy. If, at any time, the insurance carrier of either party refuses to write (and no other insurance carrier licensed in Massachusetts will write) insurance policies which consent to or permit such release of liability, then such party shall notify the other party and upon the giving of such notice, this Section  9.6.2 shall be void and of no effect.

9.7      Landlord’s Insurance . At all times during the Term, Landlord shall maintain so-called All-Risk property insurance on the Building at replacement cost. In addition, at all times during the Term, Landlord shall maintain Commercial General Liability insurance applicable to the Property, the Building and the Common Areas, providing, on an occurrence basis, a minimum combined single limit of at least $5,000,000.00.

ARTICLE 10    CASUALTY

10.1     Damage or Destruction .

10.1.1     Landlord’s Repair Obligation . Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of any damage by fire or other casualty (a Casualty ) to the Building or any portion thereof. During the thirty (30)-day period following the occurrence of a Casualty (the Notice Period ”), Landlord will notify Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable, good faith estimate (the Landlord’s Estimate ) of the period of time required to complete the restoration work with respect to such Casualty. In the event that the Building or any part thereof or material access thereto shall be damaged or destroyed by a Casualty, and if in the reasonable, good faith judgment of Landlord the restoration work with respect to such Casualty can be completed with available insurance proceeds within two hundred forty (240) days of adjustment of the insurance claim, then Landlord shall so notify Tenant and shall complete the restoration work as provided in Section  10.4 hereof with reasonable diligence, subject to the limitations, if any, of Applicable Laws. If, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, the restoration work with respect to a Casualty cannot be completed with available insurance proceeds within two hundred forty (240) days after adjustment of the insurance claim, then either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice of such termination to the other party within the thirty (30) days after Landlord has provided Landlord’s Estimate to Tenant. If the restoration period estimated by Landlord is more than two hundred forty (240) days and neither party terminates this Lease on account thereof in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section  10.1.1 , Landlord shall complete such restoration work as provided in Section  10.4 hereof with reasonable diligence, subject to the limitations, if any, of Applicable Laws, within the period so estimated by Landlord.

10.1.2     Failure to Complete Repairs: Rights of Termination . If Landlord is obligated, or elects, to perform the restoration work and fails to substantially complete the restoration work within the longer of the period of time required or permitted by this Section  10.1 or the time set forth in Landlord’s Estimate plus a contingency period equal to 10% of the time set forth in Landlord’s Estimate (as the same may be reasonably extended due to any delay caused by Force Majeure) (the Reconstruction Period ) then, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivery of written notice to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days following the end of the Reconstruction Period.

10.2     Abatement of Rent . Base Rent and Additional Rent shall not be abated or suspended if, following any Casualty, Tenant shall continue to have reasonably convenient access to the entire Premises and no portion of the Premises is rendered unfit for use and occupancy. If Tenant shall not have reasonably convenient access to the Premises or any portion thereof or any portion of the Premises shall be otherwise rendered unfit for use and occupancy by Tenant for the purposes set forth in

 

27


Section  7.1 by reason of a Casualty, then Rent shall be equitably suspended or abated relative to the portion of the Premises that cannot be used or accessed by Tenant for its business operations, effective as of the date of the Casualty until Landlord has (a) substantially completed the restoration work and (b) has delivered notice thereof to Tenant.

10.3     Events of Termination . Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 10 , if, prior to or during the Term the Property shall be so damaged by Casualty that, in Landlord’s reasonable estimate, the cost to repair the damage will be more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the replacement value of the Building or all of the buildings located at the Property immediately prior to the occurrence of the Casualty (whether or not the Premises shall have been damaged or rendered untenantable), then, in any of such events, Landlord, may give to Tenant, within sixty (60) days after such Casualty, a sixty (60) days’ notice of the termination of this Lease and, in the event such notice is given, this Lease and the Term shall terminate upon the expiration of such sixty (60) days with the same effect as if such date were the Expiration Date. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the gross rentable area of the Premises shall be wholly or substantially damaged or destroyed by a Casualty at any time during the last six (6) months of the Term, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivery of written notice of such termination to the other party within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such casualty.

10.4     Scope of Landlord’s Repairs . In the event Landlord elects or shall be obligated to repair or restore any damage or destruction to the Premises pursuant to this Article 10 , Landlord shall not be obligated to restore or replace Tenant’s Property or Tenant’s Alterations. No damages, compensation or claim shall be payable by Landlord to Tenant, or any other person, by reason of inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance arising from any damage or destruction, or any repair thereof, as is referred to in this Article 10 .

10.5     Restoration Work . As used in this Article 10 , the phrase “restoration work” with respect to any Casualty shall mean the work required to repair any damage to the Building caused by such Casualty and to restore the Building substantially to the condition the Building was in immediately prior to such Casualty.

ARTICLE 11    CONDEMNATION

11.1     Entire Condemnation . In the event that the whole of the Premises or all of the access thereto shall be taken under the power of eminent domain or by any proceeding for taking for public or quasi-public use (a Condemnation ”), this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall automatically terminate as of the earlier of the date of the vesting of title or the date of dispossession of Tenant as a result of such taking.

11.2     Partial Condemnation .

11.2.1     Effect of Partial Condemnation . In the event that only a part of the Premises shall be taken by Condemnation and the remaining Premises are suitable for the Permitted Uses without material interference with Tenant’s business operations and Tenant shall have reasonable, convenient access to and from the Premises, the Term shall expire as to that portion of the Premises condemned effective as of the date of the vesting of title in the condemning authority, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as to the part of the Premises not so taken. In the event of a partial Condemnation of the Premises or the Common Areas which results in (i) a lack of reasonable, convenient access to and from the Premises and Landlord is unable to promptly make reasonable alternative arrangement to replace the same, (ii) insufficient space within the Premises for Tenant to carry on its business without material interference with its business, or (iii) either thirty-three percent (33%) of the parking spaces available for Tenant’s use in accordance Section  1.3 or all loading dock facilities serving the Building shall be taken, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease.

11.2.2     Landlord’s Option to Terminate . In the event that a part of the Property shall be subject to Condemnation (whether or not the Premises are affected), Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease as of the date of such vesting of title, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within ninety (90) days following the date on which Landlord shall have received notice of the vesting of title in the condemning authority if in Landlord’s reasonable opinion: (a) a substantial alteration or reconstruction of the Property (or any portion thereof) shall be necessary or appropriate, or (b) the portion of the Property so condemned has the effect of rendering the remainder of the Property uneconomic to maintain.

 

28


11.2.3     Landlord’s Repair Obligations . In the event that this Lease is not terminated in accordance with Subsection 11.2.2 hereof, Landlord shall, upon receipt of the award in condemnation, make all necessary repairs or alterations to the Building so as to constitute the remaining Premises a complete architectural unit and make all necessary repairs or alterations to the Common Areas serving the Building to the extent feasible and permitted by Applicable Laws, but Landlord shall not be required to spend for such work an amount in excess of the amount received by Landlord as damages for the part of the Premises so taken. “Amount received by Landlord” shall mean that part of the award in condemnation which is free and clear to Landlord of any collection by Mortgagees and after payment of all costs involved in collection, including but not limited to attorney’s fees. Tenant, at its own cost and expense, shall restore the Premises to the condition it is required to be left in at the end of the Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease. In the event of a partial taking, all provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except as otherwise provided in Section  11.5 .

11.3     Temporary Taking . If there is a taking of the Premises for temporary use arising out of a temporary emergency or other temporary situation, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Tenant shall continue to comply with Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, except to the extent compliance shall be rendered impossible or impracticable by reason of the taking, and Tenant shall be entitled to the award for its leasehold interest.

11.4     Condemnation Awards . Except as provided in the preceding Section 11.3 , Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award in any condemnation proceeding or other proceeding for taking for public or quasi-public use, including, without limitation, any award made for the value of the leasehold estate created by this Lease. No award for any partial or entire taking shall be apportioned, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any award that may be made in such condemnation or other taking, together with any and all rights of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to same or any part thereof; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or to require Tenant to assign to Landlord any award made to Tenant specifically for its relocation expenses or the taking of Tenant’s Property provided that such award does not diminish or reduce the amount of the award payable to Landlord.

11.5     Proration . In the event of a Condemnation that does not result in a termination of this Lease as provided herein, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted in proportion to that portion of the Premises or access thereto affected by such Condemnation.

ARTICLE 12    ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

12.1     Assignment and Subletting . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, encumber or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest herein directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by any party other than Tenant (any such action, a Transfer ). If at any time or from time to time during the Term, when no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice ( Transfer Notice ) setting forth the terms of the proposed Transfer and the identity of the proposed assignee or sublessee (each, a Transferee ). Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to a Transfer, provided that (a) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior written notice of such proposed Transfer together with such related information as Landlord shall reasonably request; (b) no Event of Default under this Lease shall have occurred and be continuing; (c) the proposed Transferee, in the case of an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of 75% or more of the Premises in the aggregate, shall have a net worth equal to or greater than $7,500,000.00 as demonstrated by audited financial statements or equivalent financial information and shall otherwise have a financial condition reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and sufficient to meet its obligations under any sublease of less than 75% of the Premises; (d) Tenant shall remain fully liable under this Lease and, following an assignment, the Transferee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant for ail such obligations arising after the effective date of such assignment; (e) due to the identity or business of a proposed assignee or subtenant, such approval would cause Landlord to be in violation of any covenant or restriction contained in another lease or other agreement affecting space elsewhere in the Property; and (f) in the event of an assignment, such Transferee shall agree directly with Landlord to be bound by all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder arising after the effective date of such assignment pursuant to an

 

29


assumption agreement reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, including, without limitation, the obligation to pay all Rent and other charges due and owing under this Lease after the effective date of such assignment Tenant shall deliver to Landlord with the Transfer Notice an acceptable assumption agreement for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (in the case where the Transfer is a proposed assignment of this Lease) together with all relevant information reasonably requested by Landlord concerning the proposed Transferee to assist Landlord in making an informed judgment regarding the Transferee’s proposed use of the Premises (which use must be permitted by Applicable Laws), and the financial responsibility, creditworthiness, reputation, and business experience of the Transferee. Subject to Section 12.6 , below, the provisions of this Section 12.1 shall apply to a Transfer (by one or more Transfers) of a controlling portion of or interest in the stock or partnership or membership interests or other evidences of equity interests of Tenant as if such Transfer were an assignment of this Lease; provided that if equity interests in Tenant at any time are or become traded on a public stock exchange, the transfer of equity interests in Tenant on a public stock exchange shall not be deemed an assignment within the meaning of this Section 12.1 .

12.2 Landlord’s Options . Landlord shall have the option, exercisable by written notice delivered to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of a Transfer Notice accompanied by the other information described in Section 12.1 , to: (a) permit Tenant to Transfer the Premises; or (b) subject to Section 12.1 , disapprove the Tenant’s Transfer of the Premises and to continue this Lease in full force and effect as to the entire Premises; or (c) if the proposed Transfer is a sublease of less than 25,000 rentable square feet of the Premises (other than a Permitted Transfer or a Transfer to a Permitted Occupant), terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises affected by the Transfer as of the date set forth in Landlord’s notice of exercise of such option, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than ninety (90) days following the giving of such notice; or (d) if the proposed Transfer is an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of 25,000 rentable square feet or more of the Premises (in either case, other than a Permitted Transfer or a Transfer to a Permitted Occupant), terminate this Lease (a Recapture ) as of the date set forth in Landlord’s notice of exercise of such option, which date shall not be less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days following the giving of such notice; provided, however, that Tenant may, prior to the delivery of a Transfer Notice, request in writing designating the affected area of the Premises, identifying the prospective subtenant, and providing such other information as Landlord may reasonably request, whether Landlord will exercise a Recapture of the Premises (a Recapture Notice ) and Landlord shall notify Tenant whether it shall Recapture the Premises within ten (10) business days of receipt of the Recapture Notice (or if later, the receipt of such information). If Landlord approves of the proposed Transfer pursuant to Section 12.1 above, Tenant may enter into the proposed Transfer with such proposed Transferee subject to the following conditions: (i) the Transfer shall be on the same terms set forth in the Transfer Notice; and (ii) no Transfer shall be valid and no Transferee shall take possession of the Premises until an executed counterpart of the assignment, sublease or other instrument effecting the Transfer (in the form approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) has been delivered to Landlord pursuant to which the Transferee shall expressly assume all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (provided that, for a subtenant, the subtenant’s obligations shall be governed by the terms of the applicable sublease). If Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease (or in the case of a partial sublet to release Tenant with respect to the applicable portion of the Premises), Tenant shall surrender possession of the Premises or of such portion of the Premises, as the case may be, on the date set forth in Landlord’s notice, and thereafter neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further liability with respect thereto. If this Lease shall be terminated as to a portion of the Premises only, (i) Rent, Tenant’s Share and Tenant’s parking allocation shall be readjusted proportionately according to the ratio that the number of square feet and the portion of the space surrendered compares to the floor area of Tenant’s Premises during the Term of the proposed sublet, and (ii) Landlord shall be responsible, at Landlord’s cost, for separately demising the terminated portion of the Premises from the remaining portion of the Premises so as to create a multi-tenant building (Tenant acknowledging that Landlord shall have the right to recapture additional portions of the Premises that, in Landlord’s sole judgment, are necessary or desirable in order to provide a new tenant of the terminated portion of the Premises with loading dock access, front door access and elevator access, it being reasonable to require bifurcation of the Premises in a way that will meet code and render the recaptured space marketable).

12.3 Additional Conditions . Tenant shall not knowingly offer to make, or enter into negotiations with respect to, any Transfer to: (a) any tenant of the Property or any entity owned by, or under the common control of, whether directly or indirectly, a tenant in the Property unless there is no competing space then available for leases therein; or (b) any bona fide prospective tenant with whom Landlord is then negotiating with respect to other space in the Property; or (c) any party which would be of such type, character, or condition as to be inappropriate as a tenant for the Property.


12.4 No Release . Landlord’s consent to a Transfer or any Transfer permitted without Landlord’s consent shall not release Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and this Lease and all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as the obligations of a principal (and not as the obligations of a guarantor or surety). From and after any assignment of this Lease, the obligations of the Transferee and of the original Tenant named in this Lease which respect to obligations under this Lease that arise or accrue after the effective date of such assignment shall be joint and several. No acceptance of Rent by Landlord from or recognition in any way of the occupancy of the Premises by a Transferee shall be deemed a consent to such Transfer, or a release of Tenant from direct and primary liability for the further performance of Tenant’s covenants hereunder. The consent by Landlord to a particular Transfer shall not relieve Tenant from the requirement of obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further Transfer. Each violation of any of the covenants, agreements, terms or conditions of this Lease, whether by act or omission, by any of Tenant’s permitted Transferees, shall constitute a violation thereof by Tenant. In the event of default by any Transferee of Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such Transferee or successor.

12.5 Transfer Profit . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, an amount (the Transfer Profit ) equal to any rent and other economic consideration received by Tenant as a result of any Transfer (other than Permitted Transfers) which exceeds, in the aggregate: (a) the total of the remaining rent which Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease plus (b) any reasonable tenant fit-up costs, brokerage commissions and attorneys’ fees actually paid by Tenant in connection with such Transfer amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the Transfer (specifically excluding moving or relocation costs paid to the Transferee and any rent abatement provided to the Transferee). Tenant shall pay such Transfer Profit to Landlord on a monthly basis within ten (10) days after receipt thereof, without affecting or reducing any other obligations of Tenant hereunder. Each such payment shall be sent with a detailed statement. Landlord shall have the right to audit Tenant’s books and records to verify the accuracy of the detailed statement.

12.6 Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding the above, provided Tenant is not in default of this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, then Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease or sublet the Premises without Landlord’s consent (a Permitted Transfer ”), but with no less than ten (10) days’ prior notice to Landlord (unless Tenant’s disclosure of such Transfer is prohibited under a confidentiality agreement to which Tenant is a party, in which event notice shall be provided to Landlord within ten (10) days following such Transfer), to (i) any person that as of the date of determination and at all times thereafter directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant, or (ii) any entity into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated, or to which all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred (any of the foregoing, an Affiliated Company ”); provided , however , that in any such event: (w) use of the Premises shall be for the Permitted Use; (x) the assignee shall have a net worth that is equal to or in excess of the net worth of the original Tenant as of the date of execution of this Lease, and Landlord has been provided with financial statements or evidence otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of the same; (y) any such assignment shall be for an independent business purpose and not a means to circumvent the provisions of this Article 12 , and (z) the purpose or result of such Transfer shall not be to liquidate or substantially reduce the net worth of Tenant or such assignee. For the purposes of this Section 12.6 , the term “control” shall mean the direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more of an entity and the ability to control the day-to-day operations of such entity whether through the board of directors or otherwise.

12.7 Permitted Occupants . Notwithstanding the above, Tenant shall have the right, without the consent of Landlord (but upon reasonable prior to notice to Landlord), to permit the use or occupancy of a portion of the Premises that is not separately demised and consists of not more than 5,000 rentable square feet of the Premises in the aggregate by license for periods of less than one (1) year at a time, by persons who have an ongoing contractual or other business relationship with Tenant in connection with Tenant’s activities at the Premises such that such occupants have a reasonable need to work in proximity with Tenant (each, a Permitted Occupant and, collectively, the Permitted Occupants ”); provided that (a) the Permitted Occupants shall use the Premises in conformity with all applicable provisions of this Lease; (b) such occupancy shall terminate automatically upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; (c) Tenant shall remain fully liable for the acts or omissions of the Permitted Occupants in the Premises and at the Property; (d) the occupancy arrangement is for a legitimate business objective of


Tenant and is not primarily for the purpose of circumventing the restrictions on assignment and subletting contained herein; (e) all notices required of Landlord under this Lease shall be forwarded only to Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Lease and in no event shall Landlord be required to send any notices to any Permitted Occupants; (f) in no event shall any use or occupancy of any portion of the Premises by any Permitted Occupants release or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease; (g) the Permitted Occupants and their employees, contractors and invitees visiting or occupying space in the Premises shall be deemed to be Tenant Parties for purposes of Tenant’s indemnification obligations in Section 9.4 ; and (h) in no event shall the occupancy of any portion of the Premises by Permitted Occupants be deemed to create a landlord/tenant relationship between Landlord and such Permitted Occupants or an interest in real property, and, in all instances, Tenant shall be considered the sole tenant under this Lease notwithstanding the occupancy of any portion of the Premises by the Permitted Occupants.

ARTICLE 13 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

13.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an event of default (each an “Event of Default” ) hereunder:

13.1.1 Nonpayment of Base Rent or Additional Rent . Failure by Tenant to pay any installment of Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other amount, deposit, reimbursement or sum due and payable hereunder, upon the date when said payment is due hereunder, and such failure to pay such Rent shall continue for more than five (5) days after the giving of written notice to Tenant from Landlord specifying the amount of unpaid Rent; provided, however, that Landlord shall only be required to give Tenant one (1) written notice with respect to Tenant’s non-payment on a due date during any twelve (12) month period, and, thereafter, upon the second late payment during any twelve (12) month period, no written notice need be again given by Landlord to Tenant during such period.

13.1.2 Certain Obligations . Failure by Tenant to perform, observe or comply with any material non-monetary obligation contained in Section 4.6 (“ Security Deposit ”), Section 7.5 (“ No Liens ”) and Article 12 (“ Assignment and Subletting ”) of this Lease.

13.1.3 Other Obligations . Failure by Tenant to perform any non-monetary obligation, agreement or covenant under this Lease other than those matters specified in Subsection 13.1.2 , and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice by Landlord to Tenant of such failure; provided , however , that if the nature of Tenant’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then Tenant shall not be in default if Tenant commences performance within such thirty (30)-day period and thereafter diligently and continuously prosecutes the same to completion within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of Landlord’s written notice with respect to such failure.

13.1.4 Assignment; Receivership; Attachment . (a) The making by Tenant of any arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within sixty (60) days; or (iii) the attachment, execution, or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within sixty (60) days.

13.1.5 Bankruptcy . The admission by Tenant or Tenant’s guarantor (if any) in writing of its inability to pay its debts as they become due, the filing by Tenant or Tenant’s guarantor (if any) of a petition in bankruptcy seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, the filing by Tenant or Tenant’s guarantor (if any) of an answer admitting or failing timely to contest a material allegation of a petition filed against Tenant or Tenant’s guarantor (if any) in any such proceeding or, if within sixty (60) days after the commencement of any proceeding against Tenant or Tenant’s guarantor (if any) seeking any involuntary reorganization, or arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation by any of Tenant’s creditors or such guarantor’s creditors, such proceeding shall not have been dismissed.


13.1.6 Abandonment . Abandonment of the Premises by Tenant for a continuous period in excess of thirty (30) days.

13.2 Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and Landlord has not accepted a cure of such Event of Default in writing, Landlord shall have the following rights and remedies, in addition to any and all other rights or remedies available to Landlord in law or equity:

13.2.1 Notice to Quit . Landlord shall have the right to deliver written notice to Tenant to quit possession and occupancy of the Premises and to declare this Lease terminated. Upon Landlord’s termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and peaceably surrender the Premises, and all portions thereof, to Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right to receive all rental and other income of and from the same. At Landlord’s election, any written notice of default may also be designated a notice to quit (provided that nothing in this sentence shall be deemed to deny Tenant the right to applicable cure periods set forth in Section 13.1 , above).

13.2.2 Right of Re-Entry . Landlord shall have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, to re-enter the Premises and take possession thereof by summary proceeding, eviction, ejectment or otherwise and may dispossess all other persons and property from the Premises. Tenant’s property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant. No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Subsection 13.2.2 shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Tenant thereby waives all statutory rights, including without limitation the right to a notice to quit, notice before exercise of any prejudgment remedy, and any rights of redemption, all to the extent such rights may be lawfully waived.

13.2.3 Recovery of Rent and Damages . Landlord shall have the right to recover from Tenant all loss of Rent and other payments that Landlord may incur by reason of termination of the Lease, including, without limitation: (a) all Rent and other sums due and payable by Tenant as of the date of termination; (b) all Rent that would otherwise be payable for the remainder of the Term in accordance with the terms of this Lease, as and when due, and Tenant shall indemnify Landlord for the same; (c) all of Landlord’s then unamortized costs of special inducements provided to Tenant (including without limitation any rent concessions, tenant construction allowances, rent waivers, above building standard leasehold improvements, and the like, if any); (d) the costs of collecting amounts due from Tenant under this Lease and the costs of recovering possession of the Premises (including attorneys fees and litigation costs); (e) the costs of curing Tenant’s defaults existing at or prior to the date of termination; (f) all Reletting Expenses (as defined below); and (g) all Landlord’s other reasonable expenditures arising from the termination. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all such items, and the same shall be due and payable immediately from time to time upon notice from Landlord that an expense has been incurred, without regard to whether the expense was incurred before or after the termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as set forth in Section 2.2 of this Lease, Tenant shall not be liable for any of Landlord’s indirect or consequential damages arising from an Event of Default by Tenant.

13.2.4 Acceleration of Future Rentals . Following termination of this Lease, Landlord, at its written election, shall be entitled to receive as liquidated damages for all Rent that would otherwise be due and payable pursuant to clause (b) of Subsection 13.2.3 , above, an amount equal to: (x) a lump sum payment representing the then present value of the amount of Rent that would have been paid in accordance with this Lease for the remainder of the Term minus the then present value of the aggregate fair market rent and additional charges payable for the Premises for the remainder of the Term (if less than the Rent payable hereunder) estimated by Landlord as of the date of termination, and taking into account Landlord’s reasonable projections of vacancy and time required to re-lease the Premises; or (y) a lump sum payment equal to one year’s Base Rent at the rate applicable under the Lease at the time of such election. Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, such amount as final damages for Tenant’s default with respect to the Rents payable for the remainder of the Term as described above. In the computation of present value, a discount at the then market discount rate as reasonably determined by Landlord shall be employed.

13.2.5 Rents Due After Re-Entry by Landlord . If Landlord re-enters or otherwise takes possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease (but terminating only Tenant’s right of


possession in the Premises), then this Lease and Tenant’s liabilities and obligations thereunder shall survive such action. In the event of any such termination of Tenant’s right of possession, whether or not the Premises, or any portion thereof, shall have been relet, Tenant shall pay Landlord a sum equal to the Rent and any other charges required to be paid by Tenant up to the time of such termination of such right of possession and thereafter Tenant, until the end of the Term, shall be liable to Landlord for and shall pay to Landlord: (a) the equivalent of the amount of the Rent payable under this Lease, less (b) the net proceeds of any reletting effected pursuant to the provisions hereof after deducting all of Landlord’s Reletting Expenses. Tenant shall pay such amounts in accordance with the terms of this Subsection 13.2.5 as set forth in a written statement thereof from Landlord to Tenant (the Deficiency ”) to Landlord in monthly installments on the days on which the Base Rent is payable under this Lease, and Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant each monthly installment of the Deficiency as the same shall arise. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord upon demand the costs incurred by Landlord in curing Tenant’s defaults existing at or prior to the date of such termination, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises and the Reletting Expenses. Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suit to recover any sums that become due under the terms of this Section from time to time, and all reasonable costs and expenses of Landlord, including attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with such suits shall be payable by Tenant on demand.

13.2.6 Certain Terms Defined . For purposes of this Subsection 13.2.6 , Reletting Alterations shall mean all repairs, changes, improvements, alterations or additions made by Landlord in or to the Premises to the extent deemed reasonably necessary by Landlord to prepare the Premises for the re-leasing following an Event of Default; and Reletting Expenses shall mean the reasonable expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with any releasing of the Premises following an Event of Default, including, without limitation, marketing expenses, brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees, the costs of Reletting Alterations, tenant allowances and other economic concessions provided to the new tenant.

13.3 Landlord’s Right to Cure Defaults . If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any condition or covenant on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed under or by virtue of any of the provisions of this Lease, and such default continues beyond any applicable notice and cure period or Landlord reasonably determines that an emergency exists, Landlord, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may, after prior notice (except in the event of an emergency) remedy such default for the account and at the expense of Tenant. If Landlord makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money in connection therewith, including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, such sums paid or obligation incurred and costs, shall be paid upon demand to Landlord by Tenant as Additional Rent pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof and if not so paid with interest from its due date until paid at the lesser of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the maximum legal rate that Landlord may charge Tenant.

13.4 Disposition of Tenant’s Property . In addition to Landlord’s rights under Section 8.4 hereof, Landlord shall have the right to handle, remove, discard or store in a commercial warehouse or otherwise, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, any of Tenant’s Property that is not removed by Tenant at the end of the Term. Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges for such property so long as the same shall be in Landlord’s possession or under Landlord’s control.

13.5 Reletting . In connection with any reletting of the Premises following an Event of Default, Landlord shall be entitled to grant such rental and economic concessions and other incentives as may be customary for similar space in the Route 128 North submarket. Subject to applicable law, Landlord shall not be required to accept any tenant offered by Tenant or observe any instruction given by Tenant about such reletting. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, after any termination of this Lease on account of an Event of Default, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises on such terms as Landlord may determine, for any term(s), and may grant market concessions or free rent to the extent that Landlord considers reasonably advisable and necessary to relet the same, and may make such reasonable alterations, repairs and decorations in the Premises as Landlord in its reasonable judgment considers advisable or necessary for the purpose of reletting the Premises. The making of such alterations, repairs and decorations shall not operate or be construed to release Tenant from liability hereunder as aforesaid. In no event shall Landlord be required to (i) solicit or entertain


negotiations with any other prospective tenant for the Premises until Landlord obtains full and complete possession of the Premises, (ii) relet the Premises before leasing other vacant space in the Building or to show the Premises on a priority basis, or (iii) lease the Premises for a rental less than the current fair market rent then prevailing for similar office space in comparable buildings.

13.6 No Accord and Satisfaction . Landlord may collect and receive any rent due from Tenant, and the payment thereof shall not constitute a waiver of or affect any notice or demand given, suit instituted or judgment obtained by Landlord, or be held to waive, affect, change, modify or alter the rights or remedies that Landlord has against Tenant in equity, at law, or by virtue of this Lease. No receipt or acceptance by Landlord from Tenant of less than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than a partial payment on account for any due and unpaid stipulated rent; no endorsement or statement on any check or any letter or other writing accompanying any check or payment of rent to Landlord shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept and negotiate such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s rights to (a) recover the remaining balance of such unpaid rent, or (b) pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

13.7 Claims in Bankruptcy . Nothing herein shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove and obtain in proceeding for bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement or reorganization by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount is greater, equal to or less than the amount of the loss or damage that Landlord has suffered. Without limiting any of the provisions of this Article 13 . if pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, as the same may be amended, Tenant is permitted to assign this Lease in disregard of the restrictions contained in Article 12 . Tenant agrees that adequate assurance of future performance by the assignee permitted under the Bankruptcy Code shall mean the deposit of cash security with Landlord in any amount equal to all Rent payable under this Lease for the calendar year preceding the year in which such assignment is intended to become effective, which deposit shall be held by Landlord, without interest, for the balance of the term as security for the full and faithful performance of all of the obligations under this Lease on the part of Tenant yet to be performed. If Tenant receives or is to receive any valuable consideration for such an assignment of this Lease, such consideration, after deducting therefrom (a) the brokerage commissions, if any, and other expenses reasonably designated by the assignee as paid for the purchase of Tenant’s property in the Premises, shall be and become the sole exclusive property of Landlord and shall be paid over to Landlord directly by such assignee. In addition, adequate assurance shall mean that any such assignee of this Lease shall have a net worth indicating said assignee’s reasonable ability to pay the Rent, and abide by the terms of this Lease for the remaining portion thereof applying commercially reasonable standards.

13.8 Arbitration . Any dispute arising out of or relating to Article 5 of this Lease (with respect to the issues expressly stated therein) shall be submitted to and determined in binding arbitration under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitration shall be conducted before and by a single arbitrator selected by the parties. If the parties have not selected an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of written demand for arbitration, the arbitrator shall be selected by the Boston office of the American Arbitration Association pursuant to the then current rules of that Association on application by either party. The arbitrator shall have authority to fashion such just, equitable and legal relief as he, in his sole discretion, may determine. The parties agree that the arbitration hearing shall be held within thirty (30) business days following notification to the parties of the appointment of such arbitrator, and that the arbitration proceedings shall be concluded within thirty (30) business days following the first scheduled arbitration hearing. Each party shall bear all its own expenses of arbitration and shall bear equally the costs and expenses of the arbitrator. All arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in the City of Boston, Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Landlord and Tenant further agree that they will faithfully observe this agreement and rules, and that they will abide by and perform any award rendered by the arbitrator and that a judgment of the court having jurisdiction may be entered upon the award. The duty to arbitrate shall survive the cancellation or termination of this Lease.

13.9 Waiver of Trial By Jury . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, BROUGHT BY EITHER AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, OR TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, OR ANY SUMMARY PROCESS, EVICTION OR OTHER STATUTORY REMEDY WITH RESPECT THERETO. EACH PARTY HAS BEEN REPRESENTED BY, AND HAS RECEIVED THE ADVICE OF, LEGAL COUNSEL WITH RESPECT TO THIS WAIVER.


ARTICLE 14 SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT AND RIGHTS OF MORTGAGE HOLDERS

14.1 Subordination . This Lease and all of Tenant’s rights hereunder are, and shall be, subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any mortgages or ground leases (each, a Mortgage ”) which may now exist or hereafter affect the Property, or any portion thereof, in any amount, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements, and extensions of such Mortgages. This Section shall be self-operative and no further subordination shall be required. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any commercially reasonable instrument that Landlord or the holder of any Mortgage or its assigns or successors in interest (each such holder, a Mortgagee ”) may reasonably request to evidence such subordination, the parties agreeing that the form attached hereto as Exhibit 14.1 is commercially reasonable.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from its existing Mortgagee for the benefit of Tenant a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (an SNDA ”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 14.1 . Landlord’s failure to obtain any SNDA under this paragraph shall not result in a default under this Lease.

14.2 Attornment by Tenant . In the event that any such first Mortgage is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, Tenant shall, at the option of the Mortgagee or the grantee or purchaser in foreclosure, notwithstanding any subordination of any such lien to this Lease, attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor in interest to Landlord. Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver, within ten (10) business days following delivery of request by Landlord, Mortgagee, or by Landlord’s successor in interest and in the form reasonably requested by Landlord, Mortgagee, or by Landlord’s successor in interest, any additional documents evidencing the priority or subordination of this Lease with respect to the lien of any such first Mortgage, which additional documents shall be satisfactory to Tenant, Landlord, Mortgagee, and Landlord’s successors in interest.

14.3 Limitation of Mortgagees’ Liability . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, no holder of any such Mortgage shall be obligated to perform or liable in damages for failure to perform any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease unless and until such holder shall foreclose such mortgage or otherwise acquire title to or succeed to the interest of Landlord in the Building, and then shall only be liable for Landlord’s obligations arising or accruing after such foreclosure, succession or acquisition of title. No such holder shall ever be obligated to perform or be liable in damages for any of Landlord’s obligations to the extent arising or accruing before such foreclosure or acquisition of title. Such holder’s obligations and liabilities shall in any event be subject to, and holder shall have the benefit of, Section 16.15 hereof. Tenant shall never pay the Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other charge more than thirty (30) days prior to the due date thereof, and any payments made by Tenant in violation of this provision shall be a nullity as to such holder, and Tenant shall remain liable to such holder therefor. ant agrees on request of Landlord to execute and deliver from time to time any reasonable agreement which may be necessary to implement the provisions of this Section 14.3 .

14.4 Estoppel Certificates . Tenant shall at any time, and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) business days prior written notice from Landlord execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, to any prospective purchaser, or Mortgagee, a written estoppel certificate of Tenant in the form attached as Exhibit 14.4 or any other commercially reasonable form. It is intended that any such certificate of Tenant delivered pursuant to this Section 14.4 may be relied upon by Landlord and any prospective purchaser or the Mortgagee of any part of the Property.

14.5 Quiet Enjoyment . Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Tenant may peacefully and quietly enjoy the Premises during the Term as against all persons or entities lawfully claiming by or through Landlord; subject, however, to the provisions of this Lease.

14.6 Mortgagee Approval . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that this Lease is subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s Mortgagee in accordance with the terms of the mortgage loan documents executed by Landlord in connection with its financing of the Property. Landlord shall submit this Lease to its Mortgagee promptly upon Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord, and Landlord shall promptly advise Tenant of its Mortgagee’s decision. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Landlord executes and delivers this Lease to Tenant, then Landlord’s Mortgagee shall be deemed to have reviewed and approved this Lease.


ARTICLE 15 NOTICES

15.1 Manner of Notice .

15.1.1 Notices; Addresses . All notices, demands and other communications (“notices”) permitted or required to be given under this Lease shall be in writing and sent by personal service, certified mail (postage prepaid) return receipt requested or by a nationally recognized overnight courier service to the following addresses or to such other address as either Landlord or Tenant may designate as its new address for such purpose by notice given to the other in accordance with the provisions of this Section 15.1 :

 

If to Tenant:    at the Premises,
   Attention: Chief Financial Officer
With copies to:   

Nixon Peabody LLP

100 Summer Street

   Boston, Massachusetts 02110-2131
   Attention:   Matthew R. Lynch
If to Landlord:   

DIV Bedford, LLC

c/o The Davis Companies

  

125 High Street, 21 st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

   Attention:   Cappy Daume
With copies to:   

DIV Bedford, LLC

c/o The Davis Companies

   125 High Street, 21 st Floor
   Boston, MA 02110
   Att e ntion:   General Counsel

15.1.2 Delivery . Notices shall be deemed to have been given (a) when hand delivered (provided that delivery shall be evidenced by a receipt executed by or on behalf of the addressee if delivered by personal service) if personal service is used, (b) the sooner of the date of receipt or the date that is three (3) business days after the date of mailing thereof if sent by postage pre-paid registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and (d) one (1) business day after being sent by Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier service (with delivery evidenced by written receipt) if overnight courier service is used.

ARTICLE 16 MISCELLANEOUS

16.1 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any broker, agent or finder in connection with this Lease. Both parties hereto agree to protect, indemnify and hold harmless the other from and against any and all expenses with respect to any compensation, commissions and charges claimed by any broker, agent or finder with respect to this Lease or the negotiation thereof that is made by reason of any action or agreement by such party.

16.2 Building Name . The Building and the Property may be known by such name as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect, and Landlord shall have the right from time to time to change such designation or name without Tenant’s consent upon prior written notice to Tenant.

16.3 Authority . Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that Tenant is a duly authorized and existing entity, that Tenant is duly qualified to do business in Massachusetts, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is duly authorized to do so and that no other signatures are necessary. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that Landlord possesses fee title to the Property and, upon the approval of Mortgagee pursuant to Section 14.6, above, that it is authorized to enter into this Lease.


16.4 Interpretation . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The words used in neuter gender include the masculine and feminine. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations under this Lease imposed on Tenant shall be joint and several. The captions preceding the articles of this Lease have been inserted solely as a matter of convenience and such captions in no way define or limit the scope or intent of any provision of this Lease. This Lease may be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

16.5 Modifications . Neither this Lease nor any term or provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, and no breach thereof shall be waived, altered or modified, except by a written instrument signed by the party against which the enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

16.6 Severability . If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

16.7 Entire Agreement . Landlord’s employees, representatives and agents have no authority to make or agree to make a lease or any other agreement or undertaking in connection herewith. The submission of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer to lease, or a reservation of, or option for, the Premises, and this document shall be effective and binding only upon the execution and delivery hereof by both Landlord and Tenant. This Lease, including the Exhibits hereto, which are made part of this Lease, contain the entire agreement of the parties and all prior negotiations and agreements are merged herein. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Property, or this Lease except as expressly set forth herein, and no rights, easements or licenses are or shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein.

16.8 No Merger . There shall be no merger of this Lease or of the leasehold estate hereby created with the fee estate in the Premises or any part thereof by reason of the fact that the same person may acquire or hold, directly or indirectly, this Lease or the leasehold estate hereby created or any interest in this Lease or in such leasehold estate as well as the fee estate in the leasehold Premises or any interest in such fee estate.

16.9 Easements . Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to grant easements and rights, make dedications, agree to restrictions and record maps affecting the Property as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, restrictions, and maps do not unreasonably interfere with the access to or use of the Premises by Tenant; and this Lease shall be subordinate to such instruments. Subject to the provisions of Article 14, above, this Lease is subject and subordinate to all matters of record now existing or hereafter affecting the Property. Tenant specifically acknowledges that the Property is subject to that certain Notice of Activity and Use Limitation dated October 6, 2011 and recorded at Book 57925, Page 557 of the Middlesex South Registry of Deeds, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

16.10 Bind and Inure . The terms, provisions, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant, and, except as otherwise provided herein, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. If two or more individuals, corporations, partnerships or other business associations (or any combination of two or more thereof) shall sign this Lease as Tenant, the liability of each such individual, corporation, partnership or other business association to pay Rent and perform all other obligations hereunder shall be deemed to be joint and several. All agreements, covenants and indemnifications contained herein or made in writing pursuant to the terms of this Lease by or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed material and shall survive expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

16.11 Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver . No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive, but shall wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity. No


waiver of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision. No waiver of any breach shall affect or alter this Lease, but each and every term, covenant and condition of this Lease shall continue in full force and effect with respect to any other then existing or subsequent breach thereof. No reference to any specific right or remedy shall preclude the exercise of any other right or remedy permitted hereunder or that may be available at law or in equity. No failure by Landlord or Tenant to insist upon the strict performance of any agreement, term, covenant or condition hereof, or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof, and no acceptance of full or partial rent by Landlord during the continuance of any such breach, shall constitute a waiver of any such breach, agreement, term, covenant or condition.

16.12 Tenant’s Financial Statements . Unless Tenant is a publicly traded company, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s request, furnish Landlord annually, within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of Tenant, copies of the balance sheets of Tenant, as at the close of such fiscal year, and statements of income and retained earnings of Tenant for such year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or another accounting method reasonably approved by Landlord, and, if such is Tenant’s normal practice, audited by Tenant’s independent certified public accountants and, if not, certified as true and correct by Tenant’s chief financial officer. Landlord shall keep Tenant’s financial statements provided by Tenant pursuant to this Section 16.12 confidential other than to Landlord’s officers, directors, employees, agents, accountants, attorneys, mortgagees, or prospective mortgagees, or purchasers or prospective purchasers of Landlord’s interest in the Building, provided that such recipients hold such information confidential. Tenant also agrees to furnish to Landlord within ten (10) days following Landlord’s written request therefor (which request shall not be made more than once in any fiscal year unless made in connection with a proposed sale, financing or re-financing of the Building, re-capitalization of Landlord, or following an Event of Default), copies of such financial statements identified above as are then available and balance sheets and cash flow statements for the then current fiscal year prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or another accounting method reasonably approved by Landlord, and on an unaudited basis certified as true and correct by Tenant’s chief financial officer.

16.13 Attorney’s Fees . If Landlord or Tenant brings an action to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party in any such action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to its reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the court in the same or separate suit, and whether or not such action is pursued to decision or judgment. With respect to Landlord’s attorneys’ fees, such fees shall specifically include the fees and expenses of the in-house legal staff of Landlord and its affiliates.

16.14 Landlord Approvals . Whenever Tenant is required to obtain Landlord’s consent hereunder, Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, including reasonable attorney’s fees in order to review documentation or otherwise determine whether to give its consent. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s invoice for any such amounts within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s delivery of its invoice therefor. Any provision of this Lease which requires Tenant to obtain Landlord’s consent to any proposed action by Tenant shall not be the basis for an award of damages or give rise to a right of setoff on Tenant’s behalf, but may be the basis for a declaratory judgment or injunction with respect to the matter in question.

16.15 Landlord’s and Tenant’s Liability . Tenant shall look only to Landlord’s estate in the Property (or the proceeds thereof) for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies with respect to any liability, default or obligation of Landlord under this Lease or otherwise regarding Tenant’s leasing, use and occupancy of the Premises pursuant hereto, including without limitation for the collection of any monetary obligation, judgment or other judicial process requiring the payment of money by Landlord. None of Landlord’s members, stockholders, officers, directors, partners, trustees, beneficiaries or employees shall be personally liable hereunder, nor shall any of Landlord’s property, other than the Property, be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s said remedies. Landlord shall not under any circumstances be liable for any special, indirect or consequential damages of Tenant, including lost profits or revenues. No owner of the Property shall be liable under this Lease except for breaches of Landlord’s obligations occurring while such owner owns the Property. For purposes hereof, “Landlord’s estate in the Property” shall include insurance proceeds, proceeds resulting from a taking and sale proceeds.

No party other than the Tenant entity itself shall be personally liable for any obligation of Tenant under this Lease, including but not limited to, any employee, principal, agent, signatory or the like.


Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not under any circumstances be liable for any special, indirect or consequential damages of Landlord, including lost profits or revenues, except for special, indirect or consequential damages payable by Tenant under Section 2.2 and Section 7.6.2.1 , above.

16.16 Time of Essence . TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE with respect to the due performance of the terms, covenants and conditions herein contained; provided , however , that no delay or failure to enforce any of the provisions herein contained and no conduct or statement shall waive or affect any of Landlord’s or Tenant’s rights hereunder.

16.17 Confidentiality . Tenant agrees: (a) to treat the terms of this Lease, and the terms of any existing and future amendments and modifications to this Lease (the Confidential Information ”) as confidential during the Term of this Lease and for the one (1) year period following the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease (the Non-Disclosure Period ”), and (b) not to disclose, directly or indirectly, to any third party nor permit any third party to have access to any or all of such (Confidential Information during the Non-Disclosure Period, including, without limitation, any Property tenants and any brokers (but excluding Tenant’s brokers, agents, attorneys and accountants, provided that any disclosures to the same are held subject to the provisions of this Section 16.17 ). Landlord acknowledges that Tenant shall also have the right to disclose such Confidential Information only to the extent that such disclosure is required by law or court order or by discovery rules in any legal proceeding. Tenant’s agreements with respect to the Confidential Information shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no liability to Landlord for any breach of its obligations under this Section 16.17 (but Landlord shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief to enforce the provisions of this Section 16.17 ) .

16.18 Submission . Submission of this instrument for examination does not constitute a reservation of or option for lease of the Premises, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until this Lease has been executed by both Landlord and Tenant and a fully executed copy has been delivered to each.

16.19 Governing Law . This Lease and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

16.20 OFAC List . Tenant represents and warrants that it is not listed, nor is it owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of any person or entity, on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury, or any other list of persons or entities with whom Landlord is restricted from doing business with (“ OFAC List ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant shall not permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be used, occupied or operated by or for the benefit of any person or entity that is on the OFAC List. Tenant shall provide documentary and other evidence of Tenant’s identity and ownership as may be reasonably requested by Landlord at any time to enable Landlord to verify Tenant’s identity or to comply with any legal requirement or applicable laws. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that as a condition to the requirement or effectiveness of any consent to any Transfer by Landlord pursuant to Section 12.1 , Tenant shall cause the Transferee, for the benefit of Landlord, to affirm, on behalf of such Transferee, the representations of, and to otherwise comply with the obligations set forth in, this Section 16.20 , and it shall be reasonable for Landlord to refuse to consent to a Transfer in the absence of such reaffirmation and compliance. Tenant agrees that breach of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 16.20 shall at Landlord’s election be a default under this Lease for which there shall be no cure. This Section 16.20 shall survive the termination or earlier expiration of the Lease.

16.21 Rent Not Based On Income . No rent or other payment in respect of the Premises shall be based in any way upon net income or profits from the Premises. Tenant may not enter into or permit any sublease or license or other agreement in connection with the Premises which provides for a rental or other payment based on net income or profit.

16.22 Force Majeure . In the event Landlord or Tenant shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any act required under this Lease to be performed by Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, by reason of strikes, lockouts, labor troubles, inability to procure materials, failure of power, restricted governmental law or regulations, riots, insurrection, war or other reason of a like nature (collectively, Force Majeure ”), then performance of such act shall be excused for the period of


the delay, and the period for the performance of any such act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay (provided, however, that in no event shall this Section 16.22 excuse the payment of sums due under this Lease).

ARTICLE 17 ROOFTOP RIGHTS

17.1 Rooftop Rights .

Landlord grants Tenant the appurtenant, non-exclusive, and irrevocable (except upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease) license at no additional charge, but otherwise subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, to use a portion of the roof of the Building approved by Landlord (the Rooftop Installation Area ”) to operate, maintain, repair and replace a supplemental heating, ventilating and air conditioning unit (or units), appurtenant to the uses permitted under Section 7.1 of the Lease (collectively, the Supplemental HVAC Unit ”). The exact location and layout of the Rooftop Installation Area shall be approved by Landlord and Tenant in their reasonable discretion. Any electricity consumed by the Supplemental HVAC Unit shall be paid for by Tenant in the manner applicable to electricity to the Premises under this Lease.

Tenant shall install the Supplemental HVAC Unit at its sole cost and expense, at such times and in such manner as Landlord may reasonably designate and in accordance with all of the provisions of this Lease, including without limitation Section 8.3 . Tenant shall not install or operate the Supplemental HVAC Unit until it receives prior written approval of the plans for such work in accordance with Section 8.3 . Landlord may withhold approval if the installation or operation of the Supplemental HVAC Unit reasonably would be expected to damage the structural integrity of the Building. Landlord may condition its approval of the Supplemental HVAC Unit upon Tenant’s structural re-enforcement of the roof as deemed necessary or desirable by Landlord in order to accommodate the Supplemental HVAC Unit. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord as reasonably required to accommodate any re-roofing of the Building during the Term and Tenant shall be responsible for any costs associated with working around, moving or temporarily relocating Tenant’s Roof Equipment. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete any such re-roofing as soon as is practicable. Tenant shall have access to the rooftop for the purposes of exercising its rights and obligations under this Article 17 twenty-four (24) hours per day and seven (7) days per week, subject to Landlord’s reasonable security measures.

Tenant shall engage Landlord’s roofer before beginning any rooftop installations or repairs of the Supplemental HVAC Unit, whether under this Article 17 or otherwise, and shall always comply with the roof warranty governing the protection of the roof and modifications to the roof. Tenant shall obtain a letter from Landlord’s roofer following completion of such work stating that the roof warranty remains in effect. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall cause a qualified employee or contractor to inspect the Rooftop Installation Area at least quarterly and as often as recommended by the manufacturer of the Supplemental HVAC Unit and correct any loose bolts, fittings or other appurtenances and shall repair any damage to the roof caused by the installation or operation of the Supplemental HVAC Unit. Tenant shall pay Landlord following a written request therefor, with the next payment of Base Rent, (i) all applicable taxes or governmental charges, fees, or impositions imposed on Landlord because of Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Installation Area and (ii) the amount of any increase in Landlord’s insurance premiums as a result of the installation of the Supplemental HVAC Unit. The Supplemental HVAC Unit shall be screened or otherwise designed so that it is not visible from the ground level of the Property. Unless Landlord notifies Tenant to the contrary at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Term, the Supplemental HVAC Unit shall be removed by Tenant at its own expense at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term or Tenant’s right to possession hereunder and, in such event, Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal.

Tenant agrees that the installation, operation and removal of the Supplemental HVAC Unit shall be at its sole risk. Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord and Landlord’s agents and employees against any liability, claim or cost, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the loss of life, personal injury, damage to property or business or any other loss or injury (except to the extent due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors) arising out of the installation, use, operation, or removal of the Supplemental HVAC Unit by Tenant or its employees, agents, or contractors, including any liability arising out of Tenant’s violation of this Article 17 . The provisions of this paragraph shall survive for one (1) year following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.


Landlord may have granted and may hereafter grant roof rights to other parties, and permit installations on the rooftop by other parties, including other Building tenants in the event that Tenant is no longer the sole tenant of the Building. If the Supplemental HVAC Unit (i) causes physical damage to the structural integrity of the Building, (ii) materially interferes with any telecommunications, mechanical or other systems located at or servicing the Building or any building, premises or location in the vicinity of the Building, Tenant shall promptly cooperate with Landlord or any other tenant or third party making such claim to determine the source of such interference and effect a prompt solution at Tenant’s expense (if the Supplemental HVAC Unit caused such interference or damage).

Based on Landlord’s good faith determination that such relocation is necessary, Landlord reserves the right to cause Tenant to relocate the Supplemental HVAC Unit located on the roof to comparably functional space on the roof by giving Tenant prior notice of such intention to relocate. If within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice Tenant has not agreed with Landlord on the space to which the Supplemental HVAC Unit is to be relocated, the timing of such relocation, and the terms of such relocation, then Landlord shall have the right to make all such determinations in its reasonable judgment. Landlord agrees to pay the reasonable cost of moving the Supplemental HVAC Unit to such other space, taking such other steps necessary to ensure comparable functionality of the Supplemental HVAC Unit, and finishing such space to a condition comparable to the then condition of the current location of the Supplemental HVAC Unit. Tenant shall arrange for the relocation of the Supplemental HVAC Unit within sixty (60) days after a comparable space is agreed upon or selected by Landlord, as the case may be. In the event Tenant fails to arrange for said relocation within the sixty (60) day period, Landlord shall have the right to arrange for the relocation of the Supplemental HVAC Unit at Landlord’s expense, all of which shall be performed in a manner designed to minimize interference with Tenant’s business.

[ remainder of page left intentionally blank – signatures on following page ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD :
DIV BEDFORD, LLC
a Massachusetts limited liability company
By:   Bedford Manager Corp., a
  Massachusetts corporation
  By:   /s/ Richard McCready
  Name:  Richard McCready
  Title:  [President or Vice President]
  By:   /s/ Jordanna Ferreira
  Name:  Jordanna Ferreira
  Title:  [Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer]
TENANT :
KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC., a
Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Michael Bonney
Name:  Michael Bonney
Title:   Chairman and CEO
By:   /s/ Jeffrey R. Moore
Name:  Jeffrey R. Moore
Title:   SVP Finance & Administration/Treasurer


EXHIBIT 1.1-1

PLAN OF PREMISES

 

LOGO


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT 1.1-2

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

4-18 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts

Real property at 4-18 Crosby Drive, in the Town of Bedford, County of Middlesex, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, described as follows:

Parcels 1 & 2

A certain parcel of land situated on the westerly side of Crosby Drive in the Town of Bedford, in the County of Middlesex, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, bounded and described as follows:

Beginning at a point in the westerly line of Crosby Drive at the most northerly corner of the granted premises at land now or formerly of Beacon Properties Limited Partnership, thence

 

S 16° 24’ 24” E    a distance of Nine Hundred Ninety-Two and Fifty-Four Hundredths feet (992.54’) to a point; thence
S 15° 54’ 05” E    a distance of Two Hundred Twenty-Six and Eight Hundredths feet (226.08’) to a point; thence
S 74° 05’ 55” W    a distance of Twenty-Two and No Hundredths feet (22.00’) to a point; thence
S 15° 54’ 05” E    a distance of Four and Three Hundredths feet (4.03’) to a point; thence
SOUTHERLY    and curving to the left along the arc of a curve having a radius of Nine Hundred Seventy and Seventy-Three Hundredths feet (970.73’), a length on One Hundred Fifty-Nine and Sixty-Nine Hundredths feet (159.69’) to a point; thence
SOUTHERLY    and curving to the right along the arc of a curve having a radius of Twenty and No Hundredths feet (20.00’), a length of Thirty-One and Four- Hundredths feet (31.04’) to a point; the previous six (6) courses being along the westerly line of Crosby Drive; thence
S 63° 35’ 55” W    a distance of Sixty-Five and Ninety Hundredths feet (65.90’) to a point; thence
WESTERLY    and curving to the right along the arc of a curve having a radius of Thirty and No Hundredths Feet (30.00’), a length of Thirty-Five and Fifty-Five Hundredths feet (35.55’) to a point; thence
   And curving to the left along the arc of a curve having a radius of Four- Hundred Twenty and no hundredths feet (420.00’), a length of Three Hundred Two and Eighty Hundredths feet (302.80’) to a point; thence
N 89°49’ 15" W    a distance of Two Hundred Ninety-Three and Four Hundredths feet (293.04’) to a point; thence
NORTHWESTERLY    and curving to the right along the arc of a curve having a radius of One Hundred and No Hundredths feet (100.00’), a length of One Hundred Nineteen and Thirty-Six Hundredths feet (119.36’) to a point at a Parcel 4; the previous five (5) courses being along the northerly line of Crosby Road; thence
N 21° 25’ 56” W    a distance of Five Hundred Four and Seventy Hundredths feet (504.70’) to a point; thence


N 21° 56’ 20” W    a distance of Two Hundred Eighty-Three and One H undredth feet (283.01’) to a point at Parcel 3; the previous two ( 2) courses by Parcel 4; thence
N 64°00’ 04” E    a distance of Sixty-Four and Forty-Three Hundredths feet (63.43’) to a point; thence
N 41°27’ 31” E    a distance of One Hundred Seventy a nd Thirty-Three Hundredths feet (170.33’) to a point at land now or formerly of Beacon Prope r ties Limited Partnership, the previous two (2) courses by Parcel 3; thence
N 57° 00’14” E    a distance of Two Hundred Ninety-Two and Thirty-Four Hundredths feet (292.34’) to a drill hole; thence
N 58° 05’ 16” E    a distance of Ninety-One and Ten Hundredths fee t (91.10’) to a drill hole; thence
N 57° 40’ 22” E    a distance of Two Hundred Fifteen and Ninety-Nine Hundredths feet (215.99’) to the Point of Beginning.

The above described Parcel of land contains an area of 838,376 square feet, more or less or 19.2465 acres, more or less, and is more particularly shown as Parcel 1 & 2 on a plan entitled “Plan of Land at 2-14 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Mass (Middlesex County) prepared for Bedford Business Park Limited Partnership, Scale: 50 feet to an inch, dated Nov. 1, 1996, by the BSC Group, Inc.,” recorded with the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds as Plan No. 1246 of 1996.

Parcel 3

A certain parcel of land situated off the northwesterly end of Crosby Road in the Town of Bedford, in the County of Middlesex, Commonwealth of Massachusetts bounded and described as follows:

Beginning at a point in the most southerly corner of the granted premises at the most westerly corner of Parcel 1 & 2 at Parcel 4; said point being Seven Hundred Eighty-seven and Seventy-One Hundredths feet (787.71’) along the line separating Parcel 1 & 2 and Parcel 4 from the most northwesterly end of Crosby Road, thence

 

N 23° 06’ 22” W    by Parcel 4, a distance of Two Hundred Ninety-Nine and Fifty-One Hundredths feet (299.51’) to a point at land now or formerly of Beacon Properties Limited Partnership; thence
N 59° 22’ 33” E    a distance of Two Hundred Nine and Ninety-Five Hundredths feet (200.95’) to a point; thence
S 25° 23’ 47” E    a distance of Two Hundred Fifty and Seventy-Seven Hundredths feet (250.77’) to a point at Parcel 1 & 2; the previous two (2) courses by land now or formerly of Beacon Properties Limited Partnership; thence
S 41° 27’ 31” W    a distance of One Hundred Seventy and Thirty-Three Hundredths feet (170.33’) to a point; thence
S 64° 00’ 04” W    a distance of Sixty-Four and Forty-Three Hundredths feet (64.43’) to the Point of Beginning; the previous two (2) courses by Parcel 1 & 2.

The above described Parcel of land contains an area of 60,990 square feet, more or less, or 1.4001 acres, more or less, and is more particularly shown as Parcel 3 on a plan entitled “Plan of Land at 2-14 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Mass. (Middlesex County) prepared for Bedford Business Park Limited Partnership, scale 50 feet to an inch, dated Nov. 1, 1996 by the BSC Group, Inc.” recorded with the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds as Plan No. 1246 of 1996.


Parcel 4

All of Bedford Business Park Limited Partnership’s Right, Title and Interest in and to the following described Parcel of Land:

A certain Parcel of land situated on the northwesterly end of Crosby Road in the Town of Bedford, in the County of Middlesex, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, bounded and described as follows:

Beginning at a point in the most westerly end of Crosby Road at the most southerly corner of the granted premises at the easterly line of Route 3; thence

 

N 21°25; 56” W    by the easterly line of Route 3, a distance of Four Hundred Fifty-Three and Seven Hundredths feet (453.07’) to a stone bound at land now or formerly of Beacon Properties of Limited Partnership; thence
N 21°48’ 17” W    a distance of Three Hundred Ninety-One and Ninety-One Hundredths feet (391.91’) to a point; thence
N 23° 01’27”W    a distance of One Hundred seventeen and Eighty-two Hundredths feet (117.82’) to a point; thence
N 05° 17’ 44” W    a distance of Forty-One and Thirty-Two Hundredths feet (41.32’) to a point; thence
N 22° 50’28” W    a distance of One Hundred Seven and Nine Hundredths feet (107.09’) to a point; thence
N 00° 22’ 29” W    a distance of Fourteen and Ninety-Six Hundredths feet (14.96’) to a point; thence
N 59° 22’ 23” E    a distance to Twenty-Four and Fourteen Hundredths feet (24.14’) to a point at Parcel 3; the previous six courses by land now or formerly of Beacon Properties Limited Partnership; thence
S 23° 06’ 22” E    by Parcel 3, a distance of Two Hundred Ninety-Nine and Fifty-One Hundredths feet (299.51’) to a point at Parcel 1 & 2; thence
S 21° 56’ 20” E    a distance of Two Hundred Eighty-Three and One Hundredth feet (283.01’) to a point; thence
S 21° 25’ 56” E    a distance of Five Hundred Four and Seventy Hundredths feet (504.70’) to a point in the northwesterly end of Crosby Road; the previous two (2) courses by Parcel 1 & 2; thence
S 25°47’ 26” W    along the northwesterly end of Crosby Road, a distance of Fifty-Nine and Twenty-Five Hundredths feet (59.25’) to the Point of Beginning.

The above described Parcel of land contains an area of 46,110 square feet, more or less, or 1.0585 acres, more or less, and is more particularly shown as Parcel 4 on a plan entitled “Plan of Land at 2-14 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Mass. (Middlesex County) prepared for Bedford Business Park Limited Partnership, scale 50 feet to an inch, dated Nov. 1, 1996 by the BSC Group, Inc.” recorded with the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds as Plan No. 1246 of 1996.

LESS AND EXCEPT so much of Parcel 4 as was taken by virtue of Layout No. 7652 and Order of Taking by the Massachusetts Department of Highways, for the alteration of Route 3, dated September 11, 2002, recorded in Book 36449, Page 166, as shown on Plan No. 998 of 2002, recorded therewith.


A portion of Parcel 4 is Registered Land as follows:

One-half Crosby Road opposite Lot 2 , but not opposite Lot 1, as shown on a subdivision plan, as approved by the Court, filed in the Land Registration Office for the South Registry District of the Middlesex County in Registration Book 855, Page 41, with Certificate No. 144991 (Plan No. 31882B).

Together with benefit of that certain appurtenant easement as set forth in Easement Agreement by and between MA-Crosby Corporate Center, L.L.C. as Grantor, and Boston Properties Limited Partnership, as Grantee, dated as of May 7, 2004, recorded in Book 43035, Page 303 and filed as Document No. 1337304.

Parcel 5

A parcel of land in the Town of Bedford, County of Middlesex, comprising a portion of the January 29, 1952 (Layout No. 3933) State highway layout of Route 3, the December 1, 1953 (Layout No. 4102) State highway alteration of Crosby Road, the September 11, 2002 (Layout No. 7652) State highway alteration of Crosby Drive, and the October 18, 2006 (Layout No. 7977) State highway alteration of Route 3 and bounded by the line described as follows:

 

Beginning    at a point on the northerly location line of Section 3 of the aforesaid September 11, 2002 (Layout No. 7652) St a te highway alteration of Crosby Drive, said point bearin g N 48°20’25” E and being 107.94 feet distant from station 4+70.5 1 of Auxiliary baseline “A” of said 1953 layout and extends thence, leaving said location line by a curve to the right of 490.00 feet radius and 217.79 feet with a chord bearing of S 3°01’34” W and a chord length of 216.00 feet;
thence    by a curve to the right 165.00 feet radius 256.52 feet with a chord bearing S 60°17’48” W and a chord length of 231.45 feet;
thence    N 75°09’57” W 50.62 feet;
thence    N 54°13’39” W 302.73 feet;
thence    N 45°43’32” W 268.93 feet;
thence    N 44°15’11” W 79.75 feet to a point on the northerly location line of the aforesaid October 18, 2006 (Layout No. 7977) State highway alteration, said point bearing N 53°11 ‘34” E and being 169.21 feet distant from station 157+08.65 of the Main baseline of said 1952 layout;
thence    following the location line of said 2006 (Layout No. 7977) State highway alteration in four courses easterly and southeasterly about 14 feet, 14 feet, 13 feet, and 25 feet, respectively;
thence    following the location line of said December 1, 1953 (Layout No. 4102) State highway alteration in two courses easterly and southeasterly about 274 feet and 330 feet respectively;
thence    following said 2002 State highway layout in two courses northeasterly and southeasterly about 118 feet and 30 feet respectively to the point of beginning.

Being shown as Parcel 4-L5-1 on a plan entitled: “Massachusetts Department of Transportation Plan of Road in the Town of Bedford Middlesex County Altered and Laid Out as a State Highway by the Massachusetts Department of Transportation Highway Division Scale: 40 Feet to the Inch”. Plan prepared by: BSC Group, Inc. 15 Elkins Street, Boston MA 02127, and recorded as Plan No. 512 of 2015.


EXHIBIT 1.3

Plan

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT 6.1

CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

TENANT AREAS

 

Frequency                    Service Description

Nightly

   Dust sweep hard surfaces flooring.

Nightly

   Damp mop hard surfaced flooring to remove spills and stains.

Nightly

   Vacuum carpeted areas and rugs. Spot dean stains.
Nightly    Empty wastepaper baskets and waste receptacles, etc. Replace plastic liners in wastebaskets,
Nightly    Remove waste paper and waste materials to designated area in the building using janitor carriages.
Nightly    Dust and wipe clean windowsills, filing cabinets, table, bookcases, shelves and ledges. Rotating areas of the building to complete dusting all areas weekly.
Nightly    Spot clean to remove dirt, finger marks, smudges, etc. from doors, switch plates, light switches, wall and glass areas adjacent to doors, push plates, handles, railing, etc.
Nightly    Clean and sanitize drinking fountains and water coolers.
Weekly    Dust baseboards, chair rails, trim, molding and other “low-dust” areas. Rotating areas of the building to complete weekly.

Once every

Three Months

   Perform high dusting which includes the following:
   Dust pictures, frames, charts, graphs and similar wall hangings not reached in nightly cleaning.
   Dust partitions, ventilating louvers and vents, walls, trim, etc. not reached in nightly cleaning.
   Dust tops of cabinets, files, etc. not reached in nightly cleaning.


CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

 

ELEVATOR LOBBIES AND PUBLIC CORRIDORS

 

Frequency                    Service Description

Nightly

   Dust sweep hard surfaced flooring.

Nightly

   Wash tile flooring.

Nightly

   Vacuum carpeting.

Nightly

   Dust baseboards, trim, louvers, pictures, charts, graphs, doors etc. within reach.

Nightly

   Remove dirt, finger marks, smudges, etc., from doors, door frames, walls switch plates, light swi t ches, glass, push plates, handles, railings, molding, trim, pictures, etc.

Weekly

   Do high dusting within normal rea c h.

 

MAIN ENTRANCE LOBBY

 

Frequency    Service Description

Nightly

   Dust sweep and wash hard surfaces flooring.

Nightly

   Floor mats are to be vacuumed.

Nightly

   Vacuum carpeting.

Nightly

   Dust baseboards, trim, louvers, molding, pictures, charts, planters, furnishings, guard stations and all other fixtures.

Nightly

   Clean and rub down building d i rectory, mail depository and all other decorative metal.

Nightly

   Clean all entrance door glass.

Nightly

   Empty and clean all waste receptacles and remove waste material to designated areas in the building.


CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

 

ELEVATORS

 

Frequency                        Service Descriptions

Nightly

   Floor In elevator cabs will be properly maintained. If carpeted, vacuum and spot clean; if hard-surfaced, sweep and wash.

Nightly

   Clean and polish doors, inside and outside.
Nightly    Clean elevator saddles, door tracks, etc., keeping them free from dirt and debris: polish regularly as needed.

Nightly

  

Hand clean and polish baseboards, trim, railings, etc.

Nightly

   Keep walls, panels, etc. dean and free from fingermarks and smudges: polish as needed using appropriate wood or metal polish.

 

STAIRWAYS

 

Frequency    Service Descriptions

Nightly

   Police stairwells and remove trash and debris.

Weekly

   Sweep stairs and landing: dust handrails, stringers, newels and risers, etc.
Quarterly    Wash stairs and landings.


CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

 

LAVATORIES

 

Frequency                        Service Descriptions
Nightly    Sweep and wash flooring with approved germicidal detergent solution.
Nightly    Wash and polish mirrors, shelves, bright work, etc. Including flush meters, piping and toilet seat hinges.
Nightly    Wash both sides of toilet seats, wash basins, bowls, and urinals with approved germicidal detergent solution.
Nightly    Dust and wipe dears partitions, tile walls, dispensers, doors, receptacles, etc. with special attention to areas behind sinks and around urinals, etc., remove graffiti.
Nightly    Fill toilet tissue, soap, and towel and sanitary napkin dispensers to full capacity with supplies.
Nightly    Empty and clean towel and sanitary disposal receptacles and remove waste material and refuse to a designated area In the building using Janitor carriages.
Monthly    Wash partitions, tile walls and enamel painted surfaces with approved germicidal detergent solution.


CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Service Description

Keep locker rooms, service closets, Janitor closets, etc. in neat and clean condition at all times.

Employees are to sign in and out for each shift works.

At the conclusion of all work assignments, lights are to be turned off, doors and windows closed and locked and premises left in neat and orderly condition.

Carpet Cleaning Program

 

Annually

Rotary shampoo and extract all common area carpeting including cafeteria eating area, locker rooms, common entrances, common lobbies, common hallways, elevators, etc.


EXHIBIT 7.4

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Note : Rules below marked with an asterisk (*) do not apply so long as the Premises includes 100% of the rentable area of the Building.

 

  1.

ALL TENANTS are to conduct their businesses in a manner that shall not unreasonably annoy, disrupt or otherwise interfere with the rights of other tenants in the office park.

 

  2.

At no time and under no circumstances shall Landlord have any responsibility for the storage or removal of any “medical waste”, “infectious waste”, “hazardous medical waste”, “hazardous physical waste” as such terms may from time to time be defined in any municipal, state, or federal statutes, laws, ordinances, rules, or regulations or may apply to Tenant or to the premises demised to Tenant because of the business, profession or activity carried on in the demised premises by Tenant, Tenant’s servants, agents, employees, invites, or anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant.

 

  3.

The common areas and egress pathways must not be obstructed or used for any purpose other than ingress to and egress from any leased premises.

 

  4.

Emergency egress stairway doors may NOT be “propped-open” for any reason. These stairways are for egress only and the stairway doors may be locked from the stair-side to prevent unwanted intrusion into the building.

 

  5.

Tenant shall operate hvac equipment in a manner that is consistent with standards prescribed by building management. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage which may occur from improper operation such as leaving a thermostat at its lowest setpoint for an extended period of time causing a coil to freeze. Please check with building management to confirm proper operating procedures. There are to be NO supplemental heaters or heating elements within tenant spaces. Use of such devices presents a fire hazard.

 

  6.

High intensity or accent lighting (holiday lighting, candles, heat lamps, etc.) is NOT PERMITTED, except for such lighting that is customary in connection with laboratory use, as it presents fire hazards.

 

  7.

As required by local ordinances, Landlord shall, from time to time, test the building’s fire control and alarm systems. Tenant shall cooperate in familiarizing its employees with such fire alarm systems and shall make each of its employees aware of the fire exits within the Premises and shall cooperate with any fire drills, systems, test, inspections and/or repairs as may be required from time to time.

 

  8.

*Building access, Loading Area access and transportation of materials, equipment, furniture, or supplies into and/or through the building must be scheduled, through the Management Office or Tenant Services Coordinator, to take place during non-business hours. (See “LOADING AREA RULES & REGULATIONS”, below)

 

  9.

*Any equipment, computers, furniture, or items being removed from the building must be accompanied by a Property Removal Request (i.e., on Tenant’s letterhead, with authorization evidenced by Tenant’s Office Manager’s signature)

 

  10.

Each tenant must provide the Property Management Office with a key to access its suite(s). Each key will be kept, by the Property Manager, in a secure, locked, key box. Each time a suite is re-keyed, a new key must be provided to the Property Management Office. Whenever possible please notify Management Office prior to re-keying so building key systems can be maintained.


No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanism thereof without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant must, upon the termination of its tenancy, restore to Landlord all keys of stores, shops, booths, stands, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant; and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof.

 

  11.

There are no animals/pets of any kind (leashed, caged, muzzled) allowed into the building, with exception for service animals.

 

  12.

To avoid damage to the building’s plumbing system or to prevent plumbing blockages, restroom trash receptacles (and NOT the toilets) are to be used for disposing of all paper towels, sanitary napkins, and objects foreign to toilet/plumbing systems. Damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances from misuse by Tenant or its agents, employees, or invitees, shall be paid for by Tenant, and Landlord shall not in any case be responsible therefore.

 

  13.

Parking in Fire Lanes, except for medical and emergency vehicles is PROHIBITED BY LAW. All other vehicles are subject to being towed at the owner’s expense.

 

  14.

All plans for proposed improvements to a tenant’s demised premises and any contractor proposed by a tenant must be approved in advance by Davis Management Co. (See Construction Rules.)

 

  15.

No tenant may display any type of advertisements that would alienate site visitors or customers from another tenant’s business.

 

  16.

Construction Rules and Regulations must be adhered to through the construction/improvement process (plan approval, permitting, insurance, delivery & construction scheduling, building access, alarm shut downs, inspections, and occupancy permit). See separate Construction Rules & Regulations.

 

  17.

No trash or debris can be stored within tenant areas that might result in rodent infestation. All food, fluid, or wet trash must be disposed of in the site trash dumpster at the close of business each day.

 

  18.

No tenant shall mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Demised Premises or the building of which they form a part. No boring, cutting, or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of the Landlord, and as the Landlord may direct.

 

  19.

No space in the building, except as provided in individual leases, shall be used for manufacturing, for the storage of merchandise, or for the sale of merchandise, goods, or property of any kind at auction.

 

  20.

Delivery carts, hand trucks and similar devices must be properly equipped with rubber tires and protective guards. Tenant shall be held strictly responsible for any damage to the Premises caused by Tenant’s vendors, suppliers, agents or delivery services.

 

  21.

No tenant shall occupy or permit any portion of the Demised Premises to be occupied for the possession, storage, manufacture or sale of narcotics or drugs, or any other illegal substance of any kind. No tenant shall occupy or permit any portion of the Demised Premises to be occupied for the possession, storage, manufacture or sale of liquor of any kind other than possession of liquor in connection with special events taking place at the Premises if such tenant is carrying


  host liquor liability insurance satisfactory to Landlord and other than the possession, storage, and use of alcohol as a necessary part of Tenant’s laboratory and pilot production activities in connection with the permitted use of the Premises.

 

  22.

Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the building or its desirability as a building for offices or the reputation of the office park or its desirability to office tenants, and upon written notice from Landlord, such tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising. Tenant shall not use the name of the building or its owner in any advertising without the express prior written consent of the Landlord.

 

  23.

No tenant shall install or permit the installation or use of any machines dispensing goods for sale, including without limitation foods, beverages, cigarettes or cigars without first notifying Landlord.

 

  24.

Canvassing, soliciting and pedaling in the building and the office park are prohibited and each Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same by notifying the Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to inspect any parcel or package being removed from the building by Tenant, its employees, representatives and business invitees.

 

  25.

*The main entrance, lobbies, passages, corridors, elevators and stairways or any exterior portions of the Site shall not be encumbered or obstructed by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, licensees or visitors. The moving in and out of all safes, freight, furniture, or bulky matter of any description must take place during the hours which Landlord may determine from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight and bulky matter to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all freight and bulky matter which violates any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease of which these Rules and Regulations are part.

 

  26.

Except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Lease, no curtains, blinds, shades, screens, or signs other than those furnished by Landlord shall be attached to, hung in, or used in connection with any exterior window or suite entry door of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord.

 

  27.

*Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by Tenant of any merchandise or materials which require the use of elevators, stairways, lobby areas, or loading dock areas, shall be restricted to reasonable hours designed by Landlord. Such activity may be supervised by Landlord and performed in the reasonable manner stated by Landlord.

 

  28.

Landlord may prohibit any article, equipment, or any other item from being brought into the Building that would violate this Lease. Tenant is to assume all risk for damage to articles moved and injury to any persons resulting from such activity. If any equipment, property, and/or personnel of Landlord or of any other tenant is damaged or injured as a result of or in connection with such activity, Tenant shall be solely liable for any and all damage or loss resulting therefrom.

 

  29.

Landlord shall have the power to prescribe the weight and position of safes and other heavy equipment or items, which in all cases shall not in the opinion of Landlord exceed acceptable floor loading and weight distribution requirements. All damage done to the Building by the installation, maintenance, operation, existence or removal of any property of Tenant shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

  30.

*Common area corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed.


  31.

No flammable, explosive, or dangerous fluid or substance shall be used or kept by Tenant in the Premises or Building, except for those substances as are typically found in similar premises used for general business office purposes or laboratory purposes and are being used by Tenant in accordance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations and the Lease. Except as permitted by the within Lease, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, use, store, install, spill, remove, release or dispose of within or about the Premises or any other portion of the Property, any asbestos-containing materials or any solid, liquid or gaseous material now or hereafter considered toxic or hazardous materials under the provisions of any applicable environmental law which may now or hereafter be in effect. If the foregoing is permitted by the within Lease or if Landlord does give written consent to Tenant pursuant to the foregoing sentence, Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations pertaining to and governing such use by Tenant, and shall remain liable for all costs of cleanup or removal in connection therewith. Tenant shall supply building management with current Material Safety Data Sheets along with maximum quantities of materials stored on site as and when required by the Lease.

 

  32.

Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in any manner or for any purpose which would injure the reputation or impair the present or future value of the Premises, the Building or the office park; without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be used for lodging, sleeping or for any illegal purpose.

 

  33.

Tenant shall not take any action which would violate Landlord’s labor contracts affecting the Building or the office park or which would cause any work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption or dispute, or any interference with the business of Landlord or any other tenant or occupant of the Building or with the rights and privileges of any person lawfully in the Building. Tenant shall take any actions necessary to resolve any such work stoppage, picketing; labor disruption, dispute or interference and shall have pickets removed and, at the request of Landlord, immediately terminate at any time any construction work being performed in the Premises giving rise to such labor problems, until such time as Landlord shall have given its written consent for such work to resume.

 

  34.

Tenant shall not install, operate or maintain in the Premises or any other area of the Building, any electrical equipment which does not bear the U/L (Underwriters Laboratories) seal of approval where typical (unless Tenant shall supply the Landlord with documentation evidencing the safety and capacity of such non U/L approved equipment), or which would overload the electrical system or any part thereof beyond its capacity for proper, efficient and safe operation as reasonably determined by Landlord, taking into consideration the overall electrical system and the present and future requirements therefore in the Building. Tenant shall not furnish any cooling or heating to the Premises, including, without limitation, the use of any electronic or gas heating devices, without Landlord’s prior written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  35.

All vendors to be contracted by the Tenant must comply with insurance requirements if deemed appropriate by building management. (See insurance requirements, below.) If Tenant ceases to lease 100% of the Premises initially leased under the Lease, Construction vendors must comply with Construction Rules, see attached. Contractor and contractor’s sub-contractors must check in with building management, 978-815-4722 or 617-875-5441 upon each daily arrival to the building.

 

  36.

For daily maintenance service calls, or general tenant requests, questions, or concerns please contact the Tenant Services Coordinator, Kate Somers, at: (781) 272-4212. Alternatively, tenants may use the web based service request system. Please contact building management for specific instructions and to receive a tenant specific password.

 

  37.

Tenants shall adhere to and familiarize their employees with building safety and evacuation plans as furnished and modified by the Property Manager. In the event of any building/site-related Emergency, please contact the Tenant Services Coordinator (781)-272-4212. or the Emergency line at (617)-451-1300 x265.


  38.

The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company lawfully authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts insurance for protection from claims under workers’ or workmen’s compensation acts and other employee benefit acts which are applicable, claims for damages because of bodily injury, including death, and from claims for damages, other than to the work itself, to property which may arise out of or result from the Contractors operations, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them. This insurance shall be of the types and within minimum limits or liability as follows: Worker’s Compensation $500,000, Comprehensive General Liability $1,000,000 per occurrence, $2,000,000 aggregate. Automobile liability insurance on any vehicle used by Contractor in the performance of the services specified herein with combined single limit coverage of not less than $1,000,000. Please contact Tenant Services Coordinator 617-451-2660 for landlord additional insured entities which must be named on each certificate of insurance. Certificates of such insurance shall be filed with the Management Company prior to the commencement of the Work.

Tenant shall maintain insurance coverage as required in the lease. Please contact Tenant Services Coordinator (781)-272-4212 for landlord additional insured entities which must be named on each certificate of insurance.

 

  39.

*Access to certain Electric Room and Janitors’ Closets may be restricted. During normal business hours, access to these areas may be arranged by contacting the Tenant Service Coordinator (see “Work Orders & Service Requests”, below). After hours access to these areas is available by prior arrangement. Please note: these rooms are not to be used for storage of any items, and any items found stored in these rooms will be disposed of at a cost to the responsible tenant.

 

  40.

Cleaning of the Premises is performed strictly in accordance with requirements outlined in each respective lease.

 

  41.

Tenants shall not store or keep flammable fluids or solvents in their leased premises unless permitted by their lease. Please see item #30.

 

  42.

4-18 Crosby Drive parking is only for those tenants who have parking privileges in their lease. Additional surface parking spaces may be available from time to time on a TAW basis. Please check with the management office for availability. Tenants and their visitors shall obey all parking regulations.

 

  43.

Bicycles and other vehicles are not permitted inside or to be parked on the walkways outside the Building. Bicycle parking is available at the bicycle racks.

 

  44.

*Tenant shall carry out Tenant’s permitted maintenance repairs, alterations and improvements in the Premises only during reasonable times agreed to in advance by Landlord and in a manner which will not interfere with the rights of other tenants in the Building.

 

  45.

Tenant shall inform its employees and visitors of the laws and ordinances of the Town/City of Bedford relating to prohibition of smoking. No smoking will be allowed anywhere inside the building.

 

  46.

NO natural holiday decorations (trees, wreaths, evergreens decorations, etc.) are allowed within the building. All such items are categorized by the Bedford Fire Department as fire hazards.


  47.

Normal Business Hours are Monday through Friday between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m., holidays excluded.

 

  48.

*Outside normal business hours the building will be locked. In order to gain access to the building, tenants will be required to use their building access cards.

 

  49.

Access Cards for the fitness center may be requested from Kate Somers, Tenant Service Coordinator, in writing, on company letterhead, by fax or electronically, as follows:

 

    By FAX:
    By E-Mail:

617-451-3604

ksomers@thedaviscompanies.com

 

 

Each request for an Access Card must be submitted by authorized tenant-representatives and must provide, at a minimum, the following information:

 

   

The full name(s) of the individual(s) for whom access is being requested;

   

The specific building/door(s) for which access is being requested;

   

The make(s), model(s) and license plate(s) state and number for any vehicle(s) each applicant may park at the building;

   

The full name and signature of the authorized individual requesting the Access Card(s).

 

  50.

*The building has a loading area which is available for tenant use.

 

  a.

Operational Hours 7:00a.m. through 5:00p.m. Monday through Friday and 7:00a.m. for deliveries and removals. Use of the loading dock outside these hours can be arranged at tenant cost for building personnel to open and secure the loading dock as necessary.

 

  b.

Requests for Loading must be pre-scheduled, 48 hours in advance, through the Property Management Office. Use of the Loading Area for staging deliveries, which might conflict with other scheduled deliveries, will not be permitted.

 

  c.

Any shipping, packing, staging, rigging, building protection materials generated as part of a delivery must be cleaned-up and removed by the delivery company or by the tenant responsible for receiving the delivery, otherwise such tenant will be charged with the associated disposal costs.

 

  51.

Handicapped Parking Spaces are for those who need them and have the appropriate license plates or vehicle identification. Any abuse of handicapped parking spaces may be reported directly to The Property Management Office.

 

  52.

Visitor parking is allowed only for visitors of specific tenants.


CONSTRUCTION RULES

(Revised 5/20/14)

Section I

BUILDING STANDARDS

These guidelines provide the standards to be followed for any construction in the building. Also listed are the responsibilities of both the Contractor and the Tenant for construction of leased premises. Questions and comments are invited. Please address them to Landlord:

c/o The Davis Companies

Attn: Jason Biedrzycki

Senior Property Manager

125 High Street 21 st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

Or Contact

(617) 451-1300

Assistant Property Mgr. Ron Dorazio

617-875-5441

GENERAL

Contractor understands the building and the office park are occupied by tenants and will use best efforts to not interrupt the work of others or create an unpleasant situation for current occupants. Disruption of tenant’s production process will result in substantial claims against the contractor. Contractor shall not store supplies or equipment in public area or common areas and shall leave all public/common areas clean each night. Primary construction access shall be through the east entry.

In addition, contractor will clean common areas and driveway/pavement areas of any material that is tracked onto common areas and pavement from its operation and use best efforts to keep dust down. Contractor will coordinate its work within tenant spaces to minimize disruption and will seek property manager’s approval of methods for this work.

Contractor acknowledges and understands that he will be working around existing tenants and new tenant equipment, inventory and personnel and will take every precaution to prevent injury and/or claim.

Contractors must provide all of their own equipment, tools, phones, etc. Building equipment is not available to the contractors.

Contractor and Contractor’s sub-Contractors must check in with building management, Ron: 617-875-5441 or Doug: 617-592-0719 upon each daily arrival to the building.

PLANS

All plans are subject to prior approval by building management. Contractor shall provide building management with copies of all construction plans as approved by the Town of Bedford along with copies of all as-built drawings.


BUSINESS HOURS

General Business Hours for the building are Monday through Friday 8AM to 5PM.

DISTURBANCE

Work shall be scheduled so as not to disturb surrounding tenants in any way. Knowingly offensive work such as coring, oil painting, polymix, sawing, or any operation which can cause noise or odor disturbances to other tenants shall be conducted during non-business hours.

Demolition shall be conducted during non-business hours only. Demolition debris is to be placed in hampers and covered during transport from the work area to the disposal area and removed from the premises during non-business hours only.

*Common area work shall be conducted during non-business hours.

Contractor shall at all times minimize noise or activities which may be disturbing to residential neighbors, i.e. trucking activities, light testing, alarm testing, etc.

Radios are not allowed.

Smoking is not permitted anywhere inside the building.

ELEVATORS

Contractor shall not exceed elevator loading limits and will be held responsible for any repairs necessitated due to overloading.

At all times, building elevator pads must be used by construction personnel to protect the elevators. Building Management shall be notified 24 hours in advance of intended use of elevators for construction purposes. Extended use of the elevator for construction purposes shall not be allowed during business hours.

*TRASH AND DEBRIS

Removal of trash and debris shall be conducted during non-business hours. Placement of dumpsters is to be arranged with building management. The building dumpsters are not available for construction use or for the disposal of Hazardous Substances.

*DELIVERIES

Delivery of any bulk stock or materials is to be scheduled with building management 24 hours in advance. In most cases, bulk stock deliveries will be permitted only during non-business hours. Delivery vehicles which do not fit into the loading zone, i.e. tractor trailers, large flat beds, etc., are not permitted in the parking lot during business hours.

FIRE ALARM AND SPRINKLER

The building is sprinkler-ready in compliance with the Massachusetts State Building code. Alterations to the existing sprinkler system or changing of head placement requires Landlord approval. All work must comply with the State Building Code as required.

The building(s) are equipped with multi-zone smoke detection and fire alarm systems. Capacity will be provided to our audible fire alarm system and connection points per floor for code


required devices. The electrical contractor must coordinate final tie-in with the building alarm company and the Management Office. A 48-hour advance notice is required. The Tenant is responsible for any costs incurred, such as Fire Alarm/Sprinkler system impairments and any required site staff overtime.

A copy of the Contractor’s Certificate of Insurance and Sprinkler Permit must be in the Management Office prior to the start of any construction.

PARKING

All construction related vehicles shall be parked as directed by building management. Vehicles in violation are subject to tow at the vehicle owner’s expense.

INSURANCE

The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company lawfully authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts insurance for protection from claims under workers’ or workmen’s compensation acts and other employee benefit acts which are applicable, claims for damages because of bodily injury, including death, and from claims for damages, other than to the work itself, to property which may arise out of or result from the Contractors operations, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.

Contractor agrees to carry, at Contractor’s sole expense, the following insurance coverage:

 

A.

Workers Compensation Insurance in the statutory amount and employer’s liability coverage in an amount of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

 

B.

Automobile liability insurance on any vehicle used by Contractor in the performance of the services specified herein with combined single limit coverage of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

 

C.

Comprehensive general liability insurance with combined single limit coverage of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence, $2,000,000 aggregate. Said coverage shall include provisions for blanket contractual liability, personal injury and broad form property damage.

 

D.

All-Risk property insurance coverage for tools and equipment brought onto and/or used at the Property, the amount of which is equal to the replacement costs of all such tools and equipment.

The insurance described above shall be in the name of Contractor; provided, however, general liability policy shall name as additional insureds the following parties:

4-18 Crosby Drive, Bedford MA:

Additional Insureds:

Santander Bank, N.A.

DIV Bedford, LLC

Davis Management Company, LLC


Certificate Holder:

DIV Bedford, LLC

c/o The Davis Companies

125 High Street 21st floor

Boston, MA 02110

Certificates of such insurance shall be filed with the Management Company prior to the commencement of the Work.

CLEANING

The construction contractor is responsible for doing his/her part to keep common areas clean at all times. Any extra cleaning that may be necessary due to construction contractor’s negligence will be performed by building cleaners at construction contractor’s expense.

SCHEDULING

Building management shall be kept informed of job schedule and changes.

HVAC

Construction contractor shall be responsible for the replacement of filters and the proper cleaning of all coils, drains, and pans on all HVAC equipment affected by construction. Ultra Services Inc 978-667-8800, the building HVAC contractor, shall be consulted on all planned HVAC modifications.

SUBCONTRACTORS

General Contractor represents that all subcontractors will perform in accordance with these building rules. The general contractor must provide building management with a contact list of all subcontractors with contact name, phone number, and pager number.

Section II

RULES FOR TENANT CONTRACTORS

The following additional rules have been established as an effective mechanism to enable contractors and Tenants to work freely with minimum conflict.

This is private property and access is by permission only. Permission to enter will be granted to each Tenant Contractor and its employees who are entering for the purpose of performing work in the building. Access for any other reason will not be permitted.

 

1.

Each General Contractor or Contractor is required to submit a contact list including emergency contact numbers (pager/cell phone) of all sub contractors who will be working on site.

 

2.

FIRE IMPAIRMENT & HOT WORKS REQUIREMENTS:

All FIRE ALARM IMPAIRMENTS and/or ALARM DEACTIVATIONS must be coordinated through the Property Manager. The General Contractor is required to obtain a smoke detector bagging permit from the local Fire Department, or have the fire alarm plugged out on a daily basis. The costs for the alarm plug outs or bagging permit are the contractor’s responsibility. Any costs resulting from false alarms (Fire Department) will be the responsibility of the Tenant and the Tenant’s Contractor. The Tenant shall be responsible for managing the Contractor(s) who are performing its construction/renovations.


HOT WORKS requests and BURN PERMIT letter(s) need to be obtained and approved through the Property Management Office. All Fire Watches required by the Bedford Fire Department will be at the Tenant/Contractor’s cost.

 

3.

Electrical power will originate from the tenant meter/panel located in the electrical rooms. Any temporary 120 volt service must originate from one of these locations and be removed as soon as the Tenant panel is installed. A prorated cost will be back charged to the Tenant for temporary electrical power provided for their construction use, which is supplied by base building meters/panels.

 

4.

Contractors can only utilize the area designated by their contract for storage of materials and work. No materials are to be left in the common areas of the building including but not limited to hallways, elevator landings, stairways, janitor/storage closets, electrical closets, or any parking spaces (interior or exterior). Any material found in these locations without prior approval will become the sole property of the Management Company.

 

5.

Water for construction and cleaning tools is available in the janitor closets. These closets are kept locked. These closets are not to be used for the disposal of paint or plaster.

 

6.

Any fire alarm disconnects must be coordinated with the Management Office.

 

7.

All contractor personnel and materials must enter the building through the Rear Entry and loading dock only. There is no transportation of materials, or tools, in the passenger elevators without protecting ALL SURFACES. Scheduling the use of an elevator during specified times: Non-business or Light Traffic Periods. Materials must be of a length or cut to a length that will not strike ceilings or wall surfaces, and any damage caused to any elevator surface will result in repair or replacement cost being the responsibility of that vendor and tenant. Contractors are not to use any alarmed side doors for egress exits. Rubber wheels will be required on all carts and dollies used.

 

8.

It is the Contractor’s responsibility to discard all debris and trash into a container which the contractor or tenant supplies. There will be no disposal into building trash compactors or containers. Any additional cleaning of common areas which is generated by the contractor during construction/renovations will be billed back to the Tenant.

 

9.

All phone and electrical wiring must be in conduit.

 

10.

It is the responsibility of the Tenant and contractor to minimize the amount of debris/odor which emits from the space.

 

11.

Fire stopping will be provided by general contractor for electrical, plumbing, etc.

 

12.

Appropriate temporary protection and donage must be in place prior to any placement of crane out riggers. All delivery trucks or cranes must be of approved weight.


Section III

TENANT FINISH PROCEDURE

CONSTRUCTION

The following is the suggested procedure as you prepare to complete the construction of a leased space:

 

  1.

Tours are available for architects/contractors to familiarize themselves with existing conditions. These are conducted with the Property Manager through an appointment with him, (617) 451-1300 or (617) 875-5441

 

  2.

Submit plans and specifications to the Management Office for verification. The plans and specification are to be in the following form:

 

  A.

Architectural Drawings

 

  1.

Floor plan indicating any proposed demolition

 

  2.

Floor plans indicating partition construction and location

 

  3.

Reflected ceiling plans indicating any suspended ceiling or other equipment

 

  4.

Interior elevation and exterior walls

 

  5.

All built-in equipment, casework, counters, shelving, etc.

 

  6.

All stairs and corridors adjacent to showrooms must be clearly delineated

 

  7.

All architectural drawings shall be stamped by a Massachusetts Registered Architect.

 

  B.

Electrical Drawings

 

  1.

Complete electrical drawings, floor plans and specifications

 

  2.

Complete schedules of panel board circulating and final load breakdown

 

  3.

Provisions for special electrical equipment (i.e., copiers, computers, telephone systems, etc.)

 

  4.

Properly stamped drawings by a Massachusetts Licensed Electrical Engineer

 

  C.

HVAC Drawings

 

  1.

Completed HVAC drawings and specifications

 

  2.

Proposed connection to building services

 

  3.

Cooling and heating load calculations, including equipment requiring special HVAC provisions (i.e., computer)

 

  4.

Property stamped drawings by a Massachusetts Licensed Mechanical Engineer

 

  D.

Fire Protection Drawings

 

  1.

Drawings and specifications must show alarm speakers, pull stations, and sprinkler systems

 

  2.

Drawings must clearly delineate all changes the Tenant wishes to make to location, extent and number of heads and run outs

 

  3.

Insurance test certificates must be provided for any sprinkler work

 

  4.

Drawings shall include all requirements of local authorities including engineered hydraulic calculations as necessary.


It is suggested that the General Contractor set up an informal meeting with the local Inspectional Services Department for the property involved.

The Landlord will not serve as an interpreter of the Codes. The Tenant plans must comply with Code as interpreted/implemented by the State and local (city/town) requirements. All wood must comply with the fire retardant treatment prescribed in the Code.

The following must be furnished to the Property Manager prior to commencement of construction by your contractor:

 

  1.

Copy of Building Permit issued

 

  2.

Copy of completed stamped mechanical plans

 

  3.

Certificate of Insurance naming as additional insured: contact Property manager for listing of additional insureds

 

  4.

Copy of Contractor License

 

  5.

Schedule of work hours

 

  6.

Material safety date sheets for all products including but not limited to adhesives, cleaners, paints, oils and items related to HVAC equipment.

 

  7.

Sign off by the property manager is required before work commences.

Once the job is completed, the following is to be furnished to the Property Manager:

 

  1.

Copy of the Certificate of Occupancy

 

  2.

Completed “as built” drawings

BUILDING MANAGEMENT

Davis Management Co

Senior Property Manager: Jason Biedrzycki

Office: (617) 451-1300

Cell: (603) 320-7594

Assistant Property Manager: Ron Dorazio

Cell: (617) 875-5441

Chief Engineer: Doug Moulton

Cell: (617) 592-0719

 

Tenant

Acknowledged by:

       Date:     

Contractor

Acknowledged by:

       Date:     


EXHIBIT 7.6.1.1

XCHANGE AT BEDFORD

ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE

ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE

FOR COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES

Property Name:

 

Property Address:

 

Instructions : The following questionnaire is to be completed by the Lessee representative with knowledge of the planned operations for the specified building/location. Please print clearly and attach additional sheets as necessary.

 

1.0

PROCESS INFORMATION

Describe planned use, and include brief description of manufacturing processes employed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.0

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

Are hazardous materials used or stored? If so, continue with the next question. If not, go to Section  3.0 .

 

2.1  Are any of the following materials handled on the Property?

   Yes  No

(A material is handled if it is used, generated, processed, produced, packaged, treated, stored, emitted, discharged, or disposed.) If so, complete this section. If this question is not applicable, skip this section and go on to Section  5.0 .

 

Explosives    Fuels    Oils   
Solvents    Oxidizers    Organics/Inorganics   
Acids    Bases    Pesticides   
Gases    PCBs    Radioactive Materials   
Other (please specify)         

 

2-2.

If any of the groups of materials checked in Section  2.1 , please list the specific material(s), use(s), and quantity of each chemical used or stored on the site in the Table below. If convenient, you may substitute a chemical inventory and list the uses of each of the chemicals in each category separately.

 

Material

   Physical State (Solid,
Liquid, or Gas)
     Usage      Container
Size
     Number of
Containers
     Total
Quantity
 
              
              
              
              


Material

   Physical State (Solid,
Liquid, or Gas)
     Usage      Container
Size
     Number of
Containers
     Total
Quantity
 
              

 

2-3.

Describe the planned storage area location(s) for these materials. Please include site maps and drawings as appropriate.

 

 
 
 

 

3.0

HAZARDOUS WASTES

Are hazardous wastes generated?                                                                                                                                                        Yes  No

If yes, continue with the next question. If not, skip this section and go to Section  4.0 .

 

3.1

Are any of the following wastes generated, handled, or disposed of (where applicable) on the Property?

 

Hazardous wastes   

Industrial Wastewater

Waste oils   

PCBs

Air emissions   

Sludges

Regulated Wastes   

Other (please specify)

 

3-2.

List and quantify the materials identified in Question 3-1 of this section.

 

WASTE

GENERATED

 

RCRA

listed

Waste?

 

SOURCE

 

APPROXIMATE

MONTHLY

QUANTITY

 

WASTE

CHARACTERIZATION

 

DISPOSITION

         
         
         
         

 

3-3.

Please include name, location, and permit number (e.g. EPA ID No.) for transporter and disposal facility, if applicable). Attach separate pages as necessary.

 

Transporter/Disposal Facility

Name

 

Facility

Location

 

Transporter (T) or Disposal (D)

Facility

  

Permit

Number

      
      
      
      

 

3-4.

Are pollution controls or monitoring employed in the process to prevent or minimize the release of wastes into the environment?         Yes No


3-5.

If so, please describe.

 

 
 
 

 

4.0

USTS/ASTS

 

4.1

Are underground storage tanks (USTs), aboveground storage tanks (ASTs), or associated pipelines used for the storage of petroleum products, chemicals, or liquid wastes present on site (lease renewals) or required for planned operations (new tenants)?     Yes      No     

If not, continue with Section 5.0 . If yes, please describe capacity, contents, age, type of the USTs or ASTs, as well any associated leak detection/spill prevention measures. Please attach additional pages if necessary.

 

Capacity

   Contents      Year
Installed
     Type (Steel,
Fiberglass, etc.)
    

Associated Leak Detection / Spill
Prevention Measures*

           
           
           

 

*Note:

The following are examples of leak detection / spill prevention measures:

  Integrity testing    Inventory reconciliation    Leak detection system   
  Overfill spill protection    Secondary containment    Cathodic protection   

 

4-2.

Please provide copies of written tank integrity test results and/or monitoring documentation, if available.

 

4-3.

  Is the UST/AST registered and permitted with the appropriate regulatory agencies?      Yes  No  
 

 

If so, please attach a copy of the required permits.

  

 

4-4.

If this Questionnaire is being completed for a lease renewal, and if any of the USTs/ASTs have leaked, please state the substance released, the media(s) impacted (e.g., soil, water, asphalt, etc.), the actions taken, and all remedial responses to the incident.

 

 
 
 

 

4-5.

  If this Questionnaire is being completed for a lease renewal, have USTs/ASTs been removed from the Property?    Yes  No

If yes, please provide any official closure letters or reports and supporting documentation (e.g., analytical test results, remediation report results, etc.).

 

4-6.

  For Lease renewals, are there any above or below ground pipelines on site used to transfer chemicals or wastes?      Yes  No  

For new tenants, are installations of this type required for the planned operations?

Yes  No


If yes to either question, please describe.

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

5.0

ASBESTOS CONTAINING BUILDING MATERIALS

Please be advised that an asbestos survey may have been performed at the Property. If provided, please review the information that identifies the locations of known asbestos containing material or presumed asbestos containing material. All personnel and appropriate subcontractors should be notified of the presence of these materials, and informed not to disturb these materials. Any activity that involves the disturbance or removal of these materials must be done by an appropriately trained individual/contractor.

 

6.0

REGULATORY

 

6-1.

Does the operation have or require a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) or equivalent permit?     Yes No

 

    

If so, please attach a copy of this permit.

 

6-2.

Has a Hazardous Materials Business Plan been developed for the site?    Yes No

 

    

If so, please attach a copy.

CERTIFICATION

Lessee understands that Lessor will rely on the completeness and accuracy of these answers in assessing any environmental liability risks associated with the property.

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

Telephone:  

 


EXHIBIT 8.5

SURRENDER OBLIGATION SPECIFICATIONS

Communications Equipment

 

  a.

Tenant shall not be obligated to remove any office voice and data cabling, to include patch panels in the server room and phone closet.

 

  b.

Tenant shall remove all voice and data switches, network appliances, wireless access points, computers and servers.

HVAC System, Fans and Air Processing Equipment

 

  a.

Tenant shall not remove the HVAC System, Fans and Air Processing Equipment.

 

  b.

Tenant shall not remove the rooftop heaters and air conditioners provided for and managed by Landlord.

 

  c.

Tenant shall not remove the two Strobic fan units

 

  d.

Tenant shall not remove Split systems and Ductless units in the labs.

 

  e.

Tenant shall not remove the gas-fired boilers.

 

  f.

Tenant shall not remove the two Water Heaters in the Main Mechanical Room

 

  g.

Tenant shall not remove the Building Automation System.

Miscellaneous Equipment

 

  a.

Tenant shall not remove the central Glasswash.

 

  b.

Tenant shall not remove the Autoclave system.

 

  c.

Tenant shall not remove pH Neutralization System.

 

  d.

Tenant shall not remove the Casework & Fume Hoods.

 

  e.

Tenant shall not remove the Compressed Air System.

 

  f.

Tenant shall not remove the Vacuum System.

With respect to any of the items set forth above that Tenant “shall remove,” Landlord, at its election, may provide Tenant written notice no later than thirty (30) days’ prior to the Expiration Date that Landlord has changed its designation of the disposition of such items and, therefore, Tenant “shall not remove” such items.


EXHIBIT 14.1

FORM OF SNDA

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE

AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

This Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement made on                     , 2017, by and among Landlord, Tenant and Lender, all as hereinafter defined;

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

IN CONSIDERATION OF TEN AND NO/100 ($10.00) DOLLARS and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned Landlord, Tenant and Lender hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1.     For purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

A.     Assignment of Leases : That certain Assignment of Leases and Rents affecting Landlord’s interest in the Lease executed by Landlord in favor of Lender and recorded in the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds (the “Registry”) in Book 59113, Page 426 and filed with the Middlesex South Registry District of the Land Court (the “Registry District”) as Document No. 01601091.

B.     Mortgage : That certain Mortgage, Assignment of Rents and Leases, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing to be executed by Landlord in favor of Lender, conveying Landlord’s interest in the Property to Lender and recorded in the Registry in Book 59113, Page 397 and filed with the Registry District as Document No. 01601090 (included in the term are all amendments, additions and substitutions thereof).

C.    Landlord: DIV Bedford, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company.

D.    Lease: That certain Lease by and between Landlord and Tenant dated June     , 2017, affecting a portion of the Property, consisting of the leasable area of the building located at and known as 18 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts.

E.    Property: All that tract or parcel of land lying and being in Middlesex County, Massachusetts, as more particularly described on Exhibit “A” attached hereto and made a part hereof.

F.    Tenant: Kaleido BioSciences, Inc. a Delaware corporation

G.    Lender: Santander Bank, N.A., successor in interest to Sovereign Bank, N.A.

H.    Lender’s Address:                                                                                  

2.    Tenant has subordinated and does hereby subordinate all of its rights in and to the Property and in and to the Lease (including any options to purchase) to the lien of the following: (i) the Mortgage; (ii) any, and all renewals, substitutions, extensions, modifications, replacements or amendments of the Mortgage; (iii) all loan documents executed in connection with the Mortgage including, without limitation, the Assignment of Leases; and (iv) all indebtedness secured by the Mortgage and all advances made pursuant thereto prior to or after the date hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Lease, any interest of Tenant in any right of first refusal contained in the Lease shall not be binding upon Lender at a foreclosure sale of the Property, upon any purchaser at a foreclosure sale of the Property or upon a transfer of the Property by Lender by deed in lieu of foreclosure.


3.    Tenant shall give written notice to Lender (at its address set forth above) of any default of Landlord under the Lease (at the time and in the same manner it gives said notice to Landlord) and agrees that Lender shall have the time periods set forth in the Lease for cure to cure said Landlord default.

4.    So long as Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods in the payment of rent or additional rent or in the performance of any of the terms, or conditions of the Lease, Lender covenants and agrees that possession of the demised premises under the Lease and the rights and privileges of Tenant under the Lease shall not be diminished or interfered with by the Lender in the exercise of any of its rights under the Mortgage.

5.    If Lender, its successors or assigns shall succeed to the interest of Landlord under the Lease in any manner, or if any other person or entity shall acquire Landlord’s interest in the Property upon any foreclosure of the Mortgage (Lender, its successors or assigns, or such other person or entity, as the case may be, being hereinafter referred to as “Successor Landlord”), Tenant shall attorn to Successor Landlord upon such succession or foreclosure sale and shall recognize Successor Landlord as the landlord under the Lease, and the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall inure to the benefit of Successor Landlord as landlord thereunder. Such attornment shall be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instrument. Tenant agrees, however, to execute and deliver at any time and from time to time, upon the request of Successor Landlord, any instrument or certificate that may be necessary or appropriate to evidence such attornment. From and after any such attornment, Successor Landlord shall be bound to Tenant under all the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, except that Successor Landlord shall not (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord (including Landlord), except that, so long as Tenant has given notice to Lender pursuant to Section 3 hereof with respect to a default of a prior landlord in the performance of its obligations under the Lease, Successor Landlord shall be bound to perform such obligations; or (b) be subject to any offset or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including Landlord), except such offset rights and defenses as are expressly set forth in the Lease with respect to any default by Landlord as to which Tenant had given notice to Lender pursuant to Section 3 hereof, which default remains uncured; or (c) be bound by any rent or additional rent which Tenant might have paid for more than sixty (60) days in advance to any prior landlord (including Landlord); or (d) be bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease made without the consent of Lender.

6.    This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of successors in interest of the parties hereto.

7.    This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Tenant has hereunto caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized corporate officials and its corporate seal to be affixed hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

 

KALEIDO BIOSCIENCES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:                                                                              

Name:                                                                          
Its:                                                                                

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

                                      , ss.

On this      day of June, 2017, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared                              proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which was                              , to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purposes as said                              of the                              .

                              , Notary Public

My commission expires:

(SNDA)


LANDLORD:

DIV BEDFORD, LLC, a Massachusetts

limited liability company

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

STATE OF/COMMONWEALTH OF                                         

                                                  , ss.

On this              day of June, 2017, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared                                  proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which was                                      , to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purposes as said                                       of the                                      .

                                          , Notary Public

My commission expires:

(SNDA)


LENDER:

SANTANDER BANK, N.A.

By:                                                             

Name:                                                

Its:                                                       

STATE OF/COMMONWEALTH OF                                     

                                  , ss.

On this      day of June, 2017, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared                                  proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which was                                  , to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purposes as said                                  of Santander Bank, N.A.

                              , Notary Public

My commission expires:

(SNDA)


EXHIBIT 14.4

FORM OF ESTOPPEL

Form of Tenant Estoppel Certificate

The undersigned (“Tenant”) hereby certifies to                      and                      (collectively, the “Recipients”), as of the date hereof, as follows:

1. Lease . Tenant is the current tenant under that certain Lease dated                              , 20      (the “Original Lease”) by and between                                      (“Landlord”) and Tenant, pursuant to which Tenant leases approximately              square feet (the “Premises”) in the building located at                              (the “Building”).

2. No Modifications . The Original Lease has not been modified, changed, altered, supplemented, amended or terminated in any respect, except as indicated below (if none, please state “none”; the Original Lease, as modified, changed, altered, supplemented or amended as indicated below, is referred to collectively as the “Lease”):

 

   
   
   
   

3. Copy . A true, correct and complete copy of the Lease is attached hereto.

4. Validity . The Lease represents the valid and binding obligation of Tenant in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect on the date hereof. The Lease represents the entire agreement and understanding between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Premises, the Building and the land on which the Building is situated. Except as expressly set forth in the Lease, Tenant has no right under the Lease to terminate all or any portion of the Lease.

5. No Concessions . Except as set forth in the Lease, Tenant is not entitled to, and has made no agreement with Landlord or its agents or employees concerning, free rent, partial rent, rebate of rent payments, credit or offset or reduction in rent, or any other type of rental concession including, without limitation, lease support payments, lease buy-outs, or assumption of any leasing or occupancy agreements of Tenant.

6. Term . Except for                                                               , all conditions precedent to the commencement of the initial term of the Lease have been fully satisfied or waived. The initial term of the Lease began on                      , 20      . The expiration date of the present term of the Lease, excluding unexercised renewal terms, is                      , 20      , or, if the commencement date has not yet been set,          months after the commencement date. [IF TRUE: The commencement date has occurred and Tenant has accepted possession of and currently occupies the Premises. Tenant has not sublet all or any portion of the Premises to any sublessee, has not assigned, transferred, mortgaged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered any of its rights or interests under the Lease and has not entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto, except for the following in accordance with the Lease:                                                               .


7.     Options . Except as set forth in the Lease, Tenant has no outstanding options or rights to renew or extend the term of the Lease, or expansion options, or cancellation options, rights of first refusal, or rights of first offer to lease other space within the Building. Tenant has no outstanding options, rights of first refusal or rights of first offer to purchase the Premises or any part thereof or all or any part of the Building and/or the land on which the Building is situated.

8.     Rents . The obligation to pay rent began (or begins) on                                  , 20          . The current monthly base rent payable under the Leases is $                              . The monthly base rental payment (excluding pass through charges) has been paid through the month of                              ,                  . Tenant is also obligated to pay its proportionate share of ad valorem taxes, insurance and operating expenses on the Building, to the extent provided in the Lease. Tenant’s estimated share of ad valorem taxes, insurance and operating expenses on the Building has been paid by Tenant through                                  ,                  . Except for payments of its estimated share of ad valorem taxes, insurance and operating expenses being paid in accordance with the Lease, no rent (excluding security deposits described in Paragraph 9 below) has been paid more than one (1) month in advance of its due date.

9.     Security Deposits . Tenant’s security deposit, if any, which has been previously deposited with Landlord is $                                  (if none, please state “none”). The security deposit                  is, or                  is not, represented by a letter of credit.

10.     No Default . To the best of Tenant’s knowledge, no event has occurred and no condition exists that constitutes, or that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute, a default by Landlord or, to the best knowledge of Tenant, Tenant under the Lease except                      . To the best knowledge of Tenant, Tenant has no existing claims against Landlord or defenses to the enforcement of the Lease by Landlord and Tenant is not currently entitled to any rent abatements or offsets against the rents owing under the Lease except                         

11.     Allowances . All required allowances, contributions or payments (whether or not currently due and payable) by Landlord to Tenant on account of Tenant’s tenant improvements have been received by Tenant and all of Tenant’s tenant improvements have been completed in accordance with the terms of the Lease, except as indicated below (if none, please state “none”):

 

    

    

    

    

To the best knowledge of Tenant, Tenant’s current use and operation of the Premises complies with all covenants and operating requirements in the Lease.

12.     No Bankruptcy Proceedings . No voluntary actions or, to Tenant’s best knowledge, involuntary actions are pending against Tenant under the bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization laws of the United States or any state thereof.

13.     Environmental Matters . Tenant has received no notice by any governmental authority or person claiming a violation of, or requiring compliance with, any federal, state or local statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or other requirement of law, for environmental contamination at the Premises and no hazardous, toxic or polluting substances or wastes have been generated, treated, manufactured, stored, refined, used, handled, transported, released, spilled, disposed of or deposited on, in or under the Premises, except                                  .


14.     Address . The current address for notices to be sent to Tenant under the Lease is set forth below.

15.     Reliance . Tenant acknowledges that the Recipients have or will hereafter acquire an interest in the Landlord or the Property and/or loan money to the Landlord in connection with the Property, and that the Recipients are relying upon this Tenant’s Estoppel Certificate in connection therewith. Tenant further acknowledges that this Tenant’s Estoppel Certificate may be relied upon by, and inures to the benefit of, the Recipients and each of their respective partners, successors and assigns.

16.     Authority . The undersigned is duly authorized to execute this Tenant’s Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant.

17.     Accuracy . The information contained in this Tenant’s Estoppel Certificate is true, correct and complete as of the date below written.

Executed as of the          day of          ,          .

 

TENANT:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Tenant’s Current Address for Notices:

 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Cadena Bio, Inc.    Delaware
Kaleido Biosciences Securities Corporation    Massachusetts

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated September 24, 2018 relating to the financial statements of Kaleido Biosciences, Inc. appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

January 11, 2019